diff options
| author | Vladlen Popolitov <vladlen@FreeBSD.org> | 2026-08-13 13:55:36 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Vladlen Popolitov <vladlen@FreeBSD.org> | 2026-08-13 13:55:36 +0000 |
| commit | b3d1d700408861c170023293d9d228c49f49292d (patch) | |
| tree | 89c34e2ee8da67072211db1c9f4806dd1ac1f007 | |
| parent | 8434b998ebcda473eae45ddd86875776aaaddcff (diff) | |
update translation of books/handbook to Russian
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D58795
73 files changed, 12984 insertions, 12419 deletions
diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/_index.po index dfc3a02651..8ecffc91b3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/_index.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-23 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" @@ -14,16 +14,15 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap msgid "A constantly evolving, comprehensive resource for FreeBSD users" -msgstr "" -"Постоянно развивающийся и всеобъемлющий ресурс для пользователей FreeBSD" +msgstr "Постоянно развивающийся и всеобъемлющий ресурс для пользователей FreeBSD" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/_index.adoc:1 @@ -33,6 +32,6 @@ msgid "FreeBSD Handbook" msgstr "Руководство FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/_index.adoc:54 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/_index.adoc:53 msgid "'''" msgstr "'''" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc index 7dece84b45..a8fb1a87e2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'IV. Сетевое взаимодействие' prev: books/handbook/firewalls showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["Advanced Networking", "Handbook", "gateway", "routes", "wireless", "tethering", "bluetooth", "bridging", "CARP", "VLAN", "WiFi"] -title: 'Глава 34. Сложные вопросы работы в сети' +title: 'Глава 35. Сложные вопросы работы в сети' weight: 39 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 39 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 34 +:sectnumoffset: 35 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ route_internalnet2="-net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2" Переменная конфигурации `static_routes` представляет собой список строк, разделённых пробелом, где каждая строка ссылается на имя маршрута. Переменная `route_internalnet2` содержит статический маршрут для этого имени маршрута. -Использование более одной строки в `static_routes` создаёт несколько статических маршрутов. Ниже приведен пример добавления статических маршрутов для сетей `192.168.0.0/24` и `192.168.1.0/24`: +Использование более одной строки в `static_routes` создаёт несколько статических маршрутов. Ниже приведён пример добавления статических маршрутов для сетей `192.168.0.0/24` и `192.168.1.0/24`: [.programlisting] .... @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 [[network-wireless-wpa-eap-ttls]] === WPA с EAP-TTLS -С EAP-TLS и сервер аутентификации, и клиент нуждаются в сертификате. С EAP-TTLS сертификат клиента необязателен. Этот метод аналогичен веб-серверу, который создаёт защищенный SSL-туннель, даже если у посетителей нет клиентских сертификатов. EAP-TTLS использует зашифрованный TLS-туннель для безопасной передачи данных аутентификации. +С EAP-TLS и сервер аутентификации, и клиент нуждаются в сертификате. С EAP-TTLS сертификат клиента необязателен. Этот метод аналогичен веб-серверу, который создаёт защищённый SSL-туннель, даже если у посетителей нет клиентских сертификатов. EAP-TTLS использует зашифрованный TLS-туннель для безопасной передачи данных аутентификации. Требуемая конфигурация может быть добавлена в [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf#: @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ wlan0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 PEAPv0/EAP-MSCHAPv2 является наиболее распространённым методом PEAP. В этой главе термин PEAP используется для обозначения данного метода. ==== -Защищенный EAP (PEAP) разработан как альтернатива EAP-TTLS и является наиболее используемым стандартом EAP после EAP-TLS. В сети с разными операционными системами PEAP должен быть наиболее поддерживаемым стандартом после EAP-TLS. +Защищённый EAP (PEAP) разработан как альтернатива EAP-TTLS и является наиболее используемым стандартом EAP после EAP-TLS. В сети с разными операционными системами PEAP должен быть наиболее поддерживаемым стандартом после EAP-TLS. PEAP аналогичен EAP-TTLS, так как использует сертификат на стороне сервера для аутентификации клиентов путем создания зашифрованного TLS-туннеля между клиентом и сервером аутентификации, что защищает последующий обмен аутентификационной информацией. Аутентификация PEAP отличается от EAP-TTLS тем, что передаёт имя пользователя в открытом виде, и только пароль отправляется в зашифрованном TLS-туннеле. EAP-TTLS использует TLS-туннель как для имени пользователя, так и для пароля. @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ hcsecd[16484]: Sending PIN_Code_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29: L2CAP основан на концепции _каналов_. Канал — это логическое соединение поверх базового соединения, где каждый канал связан с одним протоколом по принципу "многие к одному". Несколько каналов могут быть связаны с одним и тем же протоколом, но канал не может быть связан с несколькими протоколами. Каждый полученный L2CAP-пакет на канале направляется соответствующему протоколу более высокого уровня. Несколько каналов могут совместно использовать одно и то же базовое соединение. -В FreeBSD для каждого устройства Bluetooth создаётся узел netgraph типа L2CAP. Этот узел обычно соединен с нижестоящим узлом Bluetooth HCI и вышестоящими узлами Bluetooth-сокет. По умолчанию узел L2CAP имеет имя "devicel2cap". Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к man:ng_l2cap[4]. +В FreeBSD для каждого устройства Bluetooth создаётся узел netgraph типа L2CAP. Этот узел обычно соединён с нижестоящим узлом Bluetooth HCI и вышестоящими узлами Bluetooth-сокет. По умолчанию узел L2CAP имеет имя "devicel2cap". Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к man:ng_l2cap[4]. Полезной командой является man:l2ping[8], которую можно использовать для проверки связи с другими устройствами. Некоторые реализации Bluetooth могут не возвращать все отправленные им данные, поэтому `0 байт` в следующем примере является нормой. @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ ifconfig_bridge0_ipv6="inet6 auto_linklocal accept_rtadv" Для правильной работы Ethernet-сети между двумя устройствами может существовать только один активный путь. Протокол STP обнаруживает петли и переводит избыточные соединения в заблокированное состояние. Если одно из активных соединений выйдет из строя, STP вычисляет новое дерево и активирует один из заблокированных путей, чтобы восстановить подключение ко всем точкам сети. -Протокол Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP или 802.1w) обеспечивает обратную совместимость с устаревшим STP. RSTP предоставляет более быструю сходимость и обменивается информацией с соседними коммутаторами для быстрого перехода в режим передачи без создания петель. FreeBSD поддерживает RSTP и STP в качестве режимов работы, причем RSTP является режимом по умолчанию. +Протокол Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP или 802.1w) обеспечивает обратную совместимость с устаревшим STP. RSTP предоставляет более быструю сходимость и обменивается информацией с соседними коммутаторами для быстрого перехода в режим передачи без создания петель. FreeBSD поддерживает RSTP и STP в качестве режимов работы, причём RSTP является режимом по умолчанию. STP может быть включен на интерфейсах участников с помощью man:ifconfig[8]. Для моста с интерфейсами [.filename]#fxp0# и [.filename]#fxp1# включите STP командой: @@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ bridge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500 Этот мост имеет идентификатор остовного дерева `00:01:02:4b:d4:50` и приоритет `32768`. Поскольку `root id` совпадает, это указывает на то, что данный мост является корневым для дерева. -Еще один мост в сети также имеет включенный STP: +Еще один мост в сети также имеет включённый STP: [source, shell] .... @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ private:: Приватный интерфейс не передаёт трафик на другие порты, также обозначенные как приватные. Трафик блокируется безусловно, поэтому Ethernet-кадры, включая ARP-пакеты, не будут передаваться. Если требуется выборочная блокировка трафика, следует использовать межсетевой экран. span:: -Порт зеркалирования (SPAN —Switch Port Analyzer) передаёт копию каждого Ethernet-фрейма, полученного мостом. Количество портов зеркалирования, настроенных на мосту, не ограничено, но если интерфейс назначен как порт зеркалирования, он не может использоваться в качестве обычного порта моста. Это наиболее полезно для пассивного мониторинга сети, подключенной к мосту, на другом хосте, подключенном к одному из портов зеркалирования моста. Например, чтобы отправить копию всех фреймов через интерфейс с именем [.filename]#fxp4#: +Порт зеркалирования (SPAN —Switch Port Analyzer) передаёт копию каждого Ethernet-фрейма, полученного мостом. Количество портов зеркалирования, настроенных на мосту, не ограничено, но если интерфейс назначен как порт зеркалирования, он не может использоваться в качестве обычного порта моста. Это наиболее полезно для пассивного мониторинга сети, подключённой к мосту, на другом хосте, подключённом к одному из портов зеркалирования моста. Например, чтобы отправить копию всех фреймов через интерфейс с именем [.filename]#fxp4#: + [source, shell] .... @@ -2004,7 +2004,7 @@ ifconfig_em0_alias1="inet vhid 2 advskew 100 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.51/32 [NOTE] ==== -Видите, что имя интерфейса состоит из имени драйвера сетевой карты и тега VLAN, разделенных точкой? Это рекомендуемая практика для упрощения работы с конфигурациями VLAN, когда на машине присутствует множество VLAN. +Видите, что имя интерфейса состоит из имени драйвера сетевой карты и тега VLAN, разделённых точкой? Это рекомендуемая практика для упрощения работы с конфигурациями VLAN, когда на машине присутствует множество VLAN. ==== [NOTE] diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po index 01d3705476..53b7ab636d 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-22 15:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-12 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookadvanced-networking_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "IV. Сетевое взаимодействие" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 34. Advanced Networking" -msgstr "Глава 34. Сложные вопросы работы в сети" +msgid "Chapter 35. Advanced Networking" +msgstr "Глава 35. Сложные вопросы работы в сети" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,48 +43,48 @@ msgid "Advanced Networking" msgstr "Сложные вопросы работы в сети" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:55 msgid "This chapter covers a number of advanced networking topics." msgstr "Эта глава охватывает ряд сложных тем, связанных с сетями." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:57 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:59 msgid "The basics of gateways and routes." msgstr "Основы шлюзов и маршрутов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:60 msgid "How to set up USB tethering." msgstr "Как настроить USB-тетеринг." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to set up IEEE(R) 802.11 and Bluetooth(R) devices." msgstr "Как настроить устройства IEEE(R) 802.11 и Bluetooth(R)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to make FreeBSD act as a bridge." msgstr "Как сделать так, чтобы система FreeBSD работала как мост." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to set up network PXE booting." msgstr "Как настроить загрузку системы из сети с помощью PXE." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "How to enable and utilize the features of the Common Address Redundancy " "Protocol (CARP) in FreeBSD." @@ -93,32 +93,32 @@ msgstr "" "Protocol (CARP) в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to configure multiple VLANs on FreeBSD." msgstr "Как настроить несколько VLAN в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to configure a bluetooth headset." msgstr "Как настроить гарнитуру Bluetooth." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:68 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:70 msgid "Understand the basics of the [.filename]#/etc/rc# scripts." msgstr "Понимать основы скриптов [.filename]#/etc/rc#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:71 msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology." msgstr "Знать основные термины и понятия сетевых технологий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Understand basic network configuration on FreeBSD (crossref:network[network," "FreeBSD network])." @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Know how to configure and install a new FreeBSD kernel (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Настройка ядра FreeBSD])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." @@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ msgstr "" "(crossref:ports[ports,Установка приложений: Пакеты и Порты])." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "Gateways and Routes" msgstr "Шлюзы и маршруты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "_Routing_ is the mechanism that allows a system to find the network path to " "another system. A _route_ is a defined pair of addresses which represent " @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "" "Известные маршруты хранятся в таблице маршрутизации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of routing basics. It then demonstrates " "how to configure a FreeBSD system as a router and offers some " @@ -185,20 +185,20 @@ msgstr "" "по устранению неполадок." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Routing Basics" msgstr "Основы маршрутизации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:93 msgid "To view the routing table of a FreeBSD system, use man:netstat[1]:" msgstr "" "Для просмотра таблицы маршрутизации системы FreeBSD используйте man:" "netstat[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% netstat -r\n" @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr "" "Routing tables\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Internet:\n" @@ -236,18 +236,18 @@ msgstr "" "224 link#1 UC 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:113 msgid "The entries in this example are as follows:" msgstr "Записи в этом примере следующие:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "default" msgstr "default" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "The first route in this table specifies the `default` route. When the local " "system needs to make a connection to a remote host, it checks the routing " @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgstr "" "записи." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "If the destination does not match an entry, or if all known paths fail, the " "system uses the entry for the default route. For hosts on a local area " @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" "убедитесь, что столбец `Flags` указывает на то, что шлюз доступен (`UG`)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "The default route for a machine which itself is functioning as the gateway " "to the outside world will be the gateway machine at the Internet Service " @@ -288,13 +288,13 @@ msgstr "" "внешний мир, будет шлюзом провайдера интернет-услуг (ISP)." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "localhost" msgstr "localhost" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "The second route is the `localhost` route. The interface specified in the " "`Netif` column for `localhost` is [.filename]#lo0#, also known as the " @@ -307,13 +307,13 @@ msgstr "" "должен быть внутренним, а не отправляться через сеть." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "MAC address" msgstr "MAC адрес" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "The addresses beginning with `0:e0:` are MAC addresses. FreeBSD will " "automatically identify any hosts, `test0` in the example, on the local " @@ -336,13 +336,13 @@ msgstr "" "основе определения кратчайшего пути." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "subnet" msgstr "subnet" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "FreeBSD will automatically add subnet routes for the local subnet. In this " "example, `10.20.30.255` is the broadcast address for the subnet `10.20.30` " @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" "`link#1` относится к первой Ethernet-карте в машине." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "Local network hosts and local subnets have their routes automatically " "configured by a daemon called man:routed[8]. If it is not running, only " @@ -366,13 +366,13 @@ msgstr "" "маршруты, статически определённые администратором." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "host" -msgstr "хост-система (тексты про jails)" +msgstr "host" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "The `host1` line refers to the host by its Ethernet address. Since it is " "the sending host, FreeBSD knows to use the loopback interface ([." @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" "вместо Ethernet-интерфейса." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "The two `host2` lines represent aliases which were created using man:" "ifconfig[8]. The `=>` symbol after the [.filename]#lo0# interface says that " @@ -398,20 +398,20 @@ msgstr "" "сети будут иметь строку `link#1` для таких маршрутов." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "224" msgstr "224" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:155 msgid "The final line (destination subnet `224`) deals with multicasting." msgstr "" "Последняя строка (подсеть назначения `224`) относится к многоадресной " "рассылке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "Various attributes of each route can be seen in the `Flags` column. " "crossref:advanced-networking[routeflags,Commonly Seen Routing Table Flags] " @@ -422,109 +422,109 @@ msgstr "" "маршрутизации] содержит сводку некоторых из этих флагов и их значений:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "Commonly Seen Routing Table Flags" msgstr "Часто встречающиеся флаги таблицы маршрутизации" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Flag" msgstr "Flag" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Назначение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "U" msgstr "U" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "The route is active (up)." msgstr "Маршрут активен (поднят)." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "H" msgstr "H" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "The route destination is a single host." msgstr "Целью маршрута является отдельный хост." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "G" msgstr "G" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "Send anything for this destination on to this gateway, which will figure out from there where to send it." msgstr "Отправляйте всё для этого назначения на этот шлюз, который разберётся, куда это нужно отправить." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "S" msgstr "S" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "This route was statically configured." msgstr "Этот маршрут был настроен статически." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "C" msgstr "C" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "Clones a new route based upon this route for machines to connect to. This type of route is normally used for local networks." msgstr "Клонирует новый маршрут на основе данного для подключения машин. Такой тип маршрута обычно используется для локальных сетей." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "W" msgstr "W" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "The route was auto-configured based upon a local area network (clone) route." msgstr "Маршрут был автоматически настроен на основе локальной сети (клон) маршрута." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "L" msgstr "L" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "Route involves references to Ethernet (link) hardware." msgstr "Маршрут включает ссылки на оборудование Ethernet (link)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "On a FreeBSD system, the default route can be defined in [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf# by specifying the IP address of the default gateway:" @@ -533,24 +533,24 @@ msgstr "" "etc/rc.conf# путём указания IP-адреса шлюза по умолчанию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\"\n" msgstr "defaultrouter=\"10.20.30.1\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:196 msgid "It is also possible to manually add the route using `route`:" msgstr "Также можно вручную добавить маршрут с помощью `route`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "# route add default 10.20.30.1\n" msgstr "# route add default 10.20.30.1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "Note that manually added routes will not survive a reboot. For more " "information on manual manipulation of network routing tables, refer to man:" @@ -561,13 +561,13 @@ msgstr "" "таблицами сетевой маршрутизации обратитесь к man:route[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Router with Static Routes" msgstr "Настройка маршрутизатора со статическими маршрутами" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "A FreeBSD system can be configured as the default gateway, or router, for a " "network if it is a dual-homed system. A dual-homed system is a host which " @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" "одному физическому интерфейсу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "In order for the system to forward packets between interfaces, FreeBSD must " "be configured as a router. Internet standards and good engineering practice " @@ -599,13 +599,13 @@ msgstr "" "строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway\n" msgstr "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Set to YES if this host will be a gateway\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "To enable routing now, set the man:sysctl[8] variable `net.inet.ip." "forwarding` to `1`. To stop routing, reset this variable to `0`." @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ msgstr "" "сбросьте эту переменную в `0`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "The routing table of a router needs additional routes so it knows how to " "reach other networks. Routes can be either added manually using static " @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ msgstr "" "статической маршрутизации для небольшой сети." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "For large networks, static routes quickly become unscalable. FreeBSD comes " "with the standard BSD routing daemon man:routed[8], which provides the " @@ -646,18 +646,18 @@ msgstr "" "quagga[] или порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:235 msgid "Consider the following network:" msgstr "Рассмотрим следующую сеть:" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "static-routes.png" msgstr "static-routes.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "In this scenario, `RouterA` is a FreeBSD machine that is acting as a router " "to the rest of the Internet. It has a default route set to `10.0.0.1` which " @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "Before adding any static routes, the routing table on `RouterA` looks like " "this:" @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" "`RouterA` выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% netstat -nr\n" @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ msgstr "" "Routing tables\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Internet:\n" @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" "192.168.1.0/24 link#2 UC 0 0 xl1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "With the current routing table, `RouterA` does not have a route to the " "`192.168.2.0/24` network. The following command adds the `Internal Net 2` " @@ -720,13 +720,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующего прыжка:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "# route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\n" msgstr "# route add -net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "Now, `RouterA` can reach any host on the `192.168.2.0/24` network. However, " "the routing information will not persist if the FreeBSD system reboots. If " @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add Internal Net 2 as a persistent static route\n" @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" "route_internalnet2=\"-net 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.1.2\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "The `static_routes` configuration variable is a list of strings separated by " "a space, where each string references a route name. The variable " @@ -762,18 +762,18 @@ msgstr "" "маршрута." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Using more than one string in `static_routes` creates multiple static " "routes. The following shows an example of adding static routes for the " "`192.168.0.0/24` and `192.168.1.0/24` networks:" msgstr "" "Использование более одной строки в `static_routes` создаёт несколько " -"статических маршрутов. Ниже приведен пример добавления статических маршрутов " +"статических маршрутов. Ниже приведён пример добавления статических маршрутов " "для сетей `192.168.0.0/24` и `192.168.1.0/24`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:287 #, no-wrap msgid "" "static_routes=\"net1 net2\"\n" @@ -785,14 +785,14 @@ msgstr "" "route_net2=\"-net 192.168.1.0/24 192.168.1.1\"\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:291 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1323 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Устранение неполадок" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "When an address space is assigned to a network, the service provider " "configures their routing tables so that all traffic for the network will be " @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "отправлять к межсетевому экрану провайдера сети?" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "There is a system that keeps track of all assigned address spaces and " "defines their point of connection to the Internet backbone, or the main " @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ msgstr "" "конкретной сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "It is the task of the service provider to advertise to the backbone sites " "that they are the point of connection, and thus the path inward, for a " @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" "как распространение маршрутов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "Sometimes, there is a problem with route propagation and some sites are " "unable to connect. Perhaps the most useful command for trying to figure out " @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" "`ping` не срабатывает." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "When using `traceroute`, include the address of the remote host to connect " "to. The output will show the gateway hosts along the path of the attempt, " @@ -858,17 +858,17 @@ msgstr "" "При использовании `traceroute` укажите адрес удалённого хоста для " "подключения. В выводе будут показаны шлюзы на пути попытки соединения, в " "конечном итоге достигая целевого хоста или прерываясь из-за отсутствия " -"соединения. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к " -"man:traceroute[8]." +"соединения. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к man:" +"traceroute[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "Multicast Considerations" msgstr "Аспекты многоадресной рассылки (multicast)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "FreeBSD natively supports both multicast applications and multicast " "routing. Multicast applications do not require any special configuration in " @@ -882,13 +882,13 @@ msgstr "" "опцию в собственном ядре:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "options MROUTING\n" msgstr "options MROUTING\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "The multicast routing daemon, mrouted can be installed using the package:net/" "mrouted[] package or port. This daemon implements the DVMRP multicast " @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "DVMRP has largely been replaced by the PIM protocol in many multicast " "installations. Refer to man:pim[4] for more information." @@ -916,13 +916,13 @@ msgstr "" "в man:pim[4]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Hosts" msgstr "Виртуальные узлы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "A common use of FreeBSD is virtual site hosting, where one server appears to " "the network as many servers. This is achieved by assigning multiple network " @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ msgstr "" "достигается путём назначения нескольких сетевых адресов одному интерфейсу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "A given network interface has one \"real\" address, and may have any number " "of \"alias\" addresses. These aliases are normally added by placing alias " @@ -945,13 +945,13 @@ msgstr "" "этом примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:348 msgid "" "Alias entries must start with `alias__0__` using a sequential number such as " "`alias0`, `alias1`, and so on. The configuration process will stop at the " @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройки остановится при первом пропущенном числе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "The calculation of alias netmasks is important. For a given interface, " "there must be one address which correctly represents the network's netmask. " @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr "" "из всех ``1``, выраженную как `255.255.255.255` или `0xffffffff`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "For example, consider the case where the `fxp0` interface is connected to " "two networks: `10.1.1.0` with a netmask of `255.255.255.0` and `202.0.75.16` " @@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроены с маской `255.255.255.255`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# entries configure the adapter " "correctly for this scenario:" @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# :" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc ifconfig_fxp0_alias7=\"inet 202.0.75.20 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "A simpler way to express this is with a space-separated list of IP address " "ranges. The first address will be given the indicated subnet mask and the " @@ -1039,19 +1039,19 @@ msgstr "" "маска подсети, а дополнительным адресам — маска подсети `255.255.255.255`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\"\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "Wireless Advanced Authentication" msgstr "Расширенная аутентификация в беспроводной сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports different ways of connecting to a wireless network. This " "section describes how to perform advanced authentication to a Wireless " @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" "беспроводной сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "To make a connection and basic authentication to a wireless network the " "section crossref:network[wireless-authentication,Connection and " @@ -1074,13 +1074,13 @@ msgstr "" "сети] в главе \"Сеть\" описывает, как это сделать." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA with EAP-TLS" msgstr "WPA с EAP-TLS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "The second way to use WPA is with an 802.1X backend authentication server. " "In this case, WPA is called WPA Enterprise to differentiate it from the less " @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ msgstr "" "расширяемом протоколе аутентификации (EAP)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "EAP does not come with an encryption method. Instead, EAP is embedded " "inside an encrypted tunnel. There are many EAP authentication methods, but " @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" "наиболее распространены EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS и EAP-PEAP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "EAP with Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) is a well-supported wireless " "authentication protocol since it was the first EAP method to be certified by " @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверяют, что эти сертификаты были подписаны CA организации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "As previously, the configuration is done via [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant." "conf#:" @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1164,19 +1164,19 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:422 msgid "This field indicates the network name (SSID)." msgstr "Это поле указывает имя сети (SSID)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:423 msgid "This example uses the RSN IEEE(R) 802.11i protocol, also known as WPA2." msgstr "" "Этот пример использует протокол RSN IEEE(R) 802.11i, также известный как " "WPA2." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "The `key_mgmt` line refers to the key management protocol to use. In this " "example, it is WPA using EAP authentication." @@ -1185,19 +1185,19 @@ msgstr "" "данном примере это WPA с аутентификацией EAP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:425 msgid "This field indicates the EAP method for the connection." msgstr "Это поле указывает метод EAP для подключения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:426 msgid "The `identity` field contains the identity string for EAP." msgstr "Поле `identity` содержит строку идентификации для EAP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:428 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:492 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "The `ca_cert` field indicates the pathname of the CA certificate file. This " "file is needed to verify the server certificate." @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "для проверки сертификата сервера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "The `client_cert` line gives the pathname to the client certificate file. " "This certificate is unique to each wireless client of the network." @@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr "" "сертификат уникален для каждого беспроводного клиента в сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "The `private_key` field is the pathname to the client certificate private " "key file." @@ -1224,21 +1224,21 @@ msgstr "" "сертификата." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "The `private_key_passwd` field contains the passphrase for the private key." msgstr "" "Поле `private_key_passwd` содержит парольную фразу для закрытого ключа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:432 msgid "Then, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Затем добавьте следующие строки в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:438 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:500 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1248,13 +1248,13 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:441 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:502 msgid "The next step is to bring up the interface:" msgstr "Следующий шаг — поднять интерфейс:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif start\n" @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ msgstr "" " wme burst roaming MANUAL\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:462 msgid "" "It is also possible to bring up the interface manually using man:" "wpa_supplicant[8] and man:ifconfig[8]." @@ -1301,13 +1301,13 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:464 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA with EAP-TTLS" msgstr "WPA с EAP-TTLS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" "With EAP-TLS, both the authentication server and the client need a " "certificate. With EAP-TTLS, a client certificate is optional. This method " @@ -1317,12 +1317,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "С EAP-TLS и сервер аутентификации, и клиент нуждаются в сертификате. С EAP-" "TTLS сертификат клиента необязателен. Этот метод аналогичен веб-серверу, " -"который создаёт защищенный SSL-туннель, даже если у посетителей нет " +"который создаёт защищённый SSL-туннель, даже если у посетителей нет " "клиентских сертификатов. EAP-TTLS использует зашифрованный TLS-туннель для " "безопасной передачи данных аутентификации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "The required configuration can be added to [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant." "conf#:" @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" "wpa_supplicant.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:485 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1357,14 +1357,14 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:489 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:558 msgid "This field specifies the EAP method for the connection." msgstr "Это поле определяет метод EAP для подключения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:490 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:559 msgid "" "The `identity` field contains the identity string for EAP authentication " "inside the encrypted TLS tunnel." @@ -1373,14 +1373,14 @@ msgstr "" "зашифрованного TLS-туннеля." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:491 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "The `password` field contains the passphrase for the EAP authentication." msgstr "Поле `password` содержит парольную фразу для аутентификации EAP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:492 msgid "" "This field specifies the authentication method used in the encrypted TLS " "tunnel. In this example, EAP with MD5-Challenge is used. The \"inner " @@ -1391,13 +1391,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"внутренней аутентификации\" часто называется \"phase2\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:494 msgid "Next, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Далее добавьте следующие строки в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:523 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:593 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service netif start\n" @@ -1437,13 +1437,13 @@ msgstr "" " wme burst roaming MANUAL\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA with EAP-PEAP" msgstr "WPA с EAP-PEAP" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "PEAPv0/EAP-MSCHAPv2 is the most common PEAP method. In this chapter, the " "term PEAP is used to refer to that method." @@ -1452,19 +1452,19 @@ msgstr "" "главе термин PEAP используется для обозначения данного метода." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "Protected EAP (PEAP) is designed as an alternative to EAP-TTLS and is the " "most used EAP standard after EAP-TLS. In a network with mixed operating " "systems, PEAP should be the most supported standard after EAP-TLS." msgstr "" -"Защищенный EAP (PEAP) разработан как альтернатива EAP-TTLS и является " +"Защищённый EAP (PEAP) разработан как альтернатива EAP-TTLS и является " "наиболее используемым стандартом EAP после EAP-TLS. В сети с разными " "операционными системами PEAP должен быть наиболее поддерживаемым стандартом " "после EAP-TLS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:539 msgid "" "PEAP is similar to EAP-TTLS as it uses a server-side certificate to " "authenticate clients by creating an encrypted TLS tunnel between the client " @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "как для имени пользователя, так и для пароля." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:541 msgid "" "Add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf# to " "configure the EAP-PEAP related settings:" @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройки параметров, связанных с EAP-PEAP:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "This field contains the parameters for the first phase of authentication, " "the TLS tunnel. According to the authentication server used, specify a " @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительную информацию можно найти в man:wpa_supplicant.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:563 msgid "" "This field specifies the authentication protocol used in the encrypted TLS " "tunnel. In the case of PEAP, it is `auth=MSCHAPV2`." @@ -1544,23 +1544,23 @@ msgstr "" "TLS-туннеле. В случае PEAP, это `auth=MSCHAPV2`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:565 msgid "Add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Добавьте следующее в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:573 msgid "Then, bring up the interface:" msgstr "Затем поднимите интерфейс:" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:596 #, no-wrap msgid "Wireless Ad-hoc Mode" msgstr "Беспроводное соединение в режиме Ad-hoc" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "IBSS mode, also called ad-hoc mode, is designed for point to point " "connections. For example, to establish an ad-hoc network between the " @@ -1571,12 +1571,12 @@ msgstr "" "выберите два IP-адреса и SSID." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:602 msgid "On `A`:" msgstr "На `A`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode adhoc\n" @@ -1604,18 +1604,18 @@ msgstr "" "\t protmode CTS wme burst\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "The `adhoc` parameter indicates that the interface is running in IBSS mode." msgstr "Параметр `adhoc` указывает, что интерфейс работает в режиме IBSS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:621 msgid "`B` should now be able to detect `A`:" msgstr "`B` теперь должен иметь возможность обнаруживать `A`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode adhoc\n" @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ msgstr "" " freebsdap 02:11:95:c3:0d:ac 2 54M -64:-96 100 IS WME\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:632 msgid "" "The `I` in the output confirms that `A` is in ad-hoc mode. Now, configure " "`B` with a different IP address:" @@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройте `B` с другим IP-адресом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" @@ -1664,18 +1664,18 @@ msgstr "" "\t protmode CTS wme burst\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:648 msgid "Both `A` and `B` are now ready to exchange information." msgstr "Оба `A` и `B` теперь готовы обмениваться информацией." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Host Access Points" msgstr "Хост FreeBSD в роли точки доступа" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:654 msgid "" "FreeBSD can act as an Access Point (AP) which eliminates the need to buy a " "hardware AP or run an ad-hoc network. This can be particularly useful when " @@ -1688,13 +1688,13 @@ msgstr "" "шлюза к другой сети, например, к Интернету." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Settings" msgstr "Основные настройки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "Before configuring a FreeBSD machine as an AP, the kernel must be configured " "with the appropriate networking support for the wireless card as well as the " @@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@ msgstr "" "ap-basic, Базовые настройки]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "The NDIS driver wrapper for Windows(R) drivers does not currently support AP " "operation. Only native FreeBSD wireless drivers support AP mode." @@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйверы FreeBSD поддерживают режим AP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:668 msgid "" "Once wireless networking support is loaded, check if the wireless device " "supports the host-based access point mode, also known as hostap mode:" @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "" "как режим hostap:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:675 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "cryptocaps=1f<WEP,TKIP,AES,AES_CCM,TKIPMIC>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "This output displays the card's capabilities. The `HOSTAP` word confirms " "that this wireless card can act as an AP. Various supported ciphers are " @@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "" "точке доступа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "The wireless device can only be put into hostap mode during the creation of " "the network pseudo-device, so a previously created device must be destroyed " @@ -1767,13 +1767,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо сначала удалить:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 destroy\n" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 destroy\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "then regenerated with the correct option before setting the other parameters:" msgstr "" @@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 wlanmode hostap\n" @@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap mode 11g channel 1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "Use man:ifconfig[8] again to see the status of the [.filename]#wlan0# " "interface:" @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#wlan0#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t protmode CTS wme burst dtimperiod 1 -dfs\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "The `hostap` parameter indicates the interface is running in the host-based " "access point mode." @@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr "" "на основе хоста." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:715 msgid "" "The interface configuration can be done automatically at boot time by adding " "the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавить следующие строки в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "" "wlans_ath0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1854,13 +1854,13 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet 192.168.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap mode 11g channel 1\"\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:723 #, no-wrap msgid "Host-based Access Point Without Authentication or Encryption" msgstr "Точка доступа на основе хоста без аутентификации или шифрования" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:727 msgid "" "Although it is not recommended to run an AP without any authentication or " "encryption, this is a simple way to check if the AP is working. This " @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" "Такая конфигурация также важна для отладки проблем с клиентами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:729 msgid "" "Once the AP is configured, initiate a scan from another wireless machine to " "find the AP:" @@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройства для её обнаружения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:736 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0\n" @@ -1894,13 +1894,13 @@ msgstr "" "freebsdap 00:11:95:c3:0d:ac 1 54M -66:-96 100 ES WME\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:739 msgid "The client machine found the AP and can be associated with it:" msgstr "" "Клиентская машина обнаружила точку доступа и может быть ассоциирована с ней:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:753 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0 inet 192.168.0.2 netmask 255.255.255.0 ssid freebsdap\n" @@ -1928,13 +1928,13 @@ msgstr "" "\t roam:rate 5 protmode CTS wme burst\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA2 Host-based Access Point" msgstr "Точка доступа WPA2 на основе хоста" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "This section focuses on setting up a FreeBSD access point using the WPA2 " "security protocol. More details regarding WPA and the configuration of WPA-" @@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "" "networking[network-wireless-wpa-eap-tls, WPA с EAP-TLS]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "The man:hostapd[8] daemon is used to deal with client authentication and key " "management on the WPA2-enabled AP." @@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ msgstr "" "управления ключами на точке доступа с поддержкой WPA2." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:766 msgid "" "The following configuration operations are performed on the FreeBSD machine " "acting as the AP. Once the AP is correctly working, man:hostapd[8] can be " @@ -1968,13 +1968,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке, добавив эту строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "hostapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "hostapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:774 msgid "" "Before trying to configure man:hostapd[8], first configure the basic " "settings introduced in crossref:advanced-networking[network-wireless-ap-" @@ -1985,13 +1985,13 @@ msgstr "" "basic, Основные настройки]." #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA2-PSK" msgstr "WPA2-PSK" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:778 msgid "" "WPA2-PSK is intended for small networks where the use of a backend " "authentication server is not possible or desired." @@ -2000,12 +2000,12 @@ msgstr "" "аутентификации невозможно или нежелательно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:780 msgid "The configuration is done in [.filename]#/etc/hostapd.conf#:" msgstr "Конфигурация выполняется в [.filename]#/etc/hostapd.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "" "interface=wlan0 <.>\n" @@ -2029,12 +2029,12 @@ msgstr "" "wpa_pairwise=CCMP <.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:795 msgid "Wireless interface used for the access point." msgstr "Беспроводной интерфейс, используемый для точки доступа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Level of verbosity used during the execution of man:hostapd[8]. A value of " "`1` represents the minimal level." @@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@ msgstr "" "Значение `1` представляет минимальный уровень." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "Pathname of the directory used by man:hostapd[8] to store domain socket " "files for communication with external programs such as man:hostapd_cli[8]. " @@ -2054,19 +2054,19 @@ msgstr "" "hostapd_cli[8]. В этом примере используется значение по умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:798 msgid "The group allowed to access the control interface files." msgstr "Группа, которой разрешён доступ к файлам управляющего интерфейса." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:799 msgid "The wireless network name, or SSID, that will appear in wireless scans." msgstr "" "Имя беспроводной сети, или SSID, которое будет отображаться при сканировании " "беспроводных сетей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "Enable WPA and specify which WPA authentication protocol will be required. A " "value of `2` configures the AP for WPA2 and is recommended. Set to `1` only " @@ -2077,19 +2077,19 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуемым. Установите значение `1` только если требуется устаревший WPA." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:801 msgid "ASCII passphrase for WPA authentication." msgstr "ASCII-пароль для аутентификации WPA." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:802 msgid "The key management protocol to use. This example sets WPA-PSK." msgstr "" "Протокол управления ключами для использования. В этом примере установлен WPA-" "PSK." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:803 msgid "" "Encryption algorithms accepted by the access point. In this example, only " "the CCMP (AES) cipher is accepted. CCMP is an alternative to TKIP and is " @@ -2102,18 +2102,18 @@ msgstr "" "только в случае наличия станций, не способных использовать CCMP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:805 msgid "The next step is to start man:hostapd[8]:" msgstr "Следующий шаг — запустить man:hostapd[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "# service hostapd forcestart\n" msgstr "# service hostapd forcestart\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" @@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr "" "\tgroups: wlan\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:831 msgid "" "Once the AP is running, the clients can associate with it. See crossref:" "advanced-networking[network-wireless-ap-basic, Basic Settings] for more " @@ -2158,13 +2158,13 @@ msgstr "" "с помощью команды `ifconfig _wlan0_ list sta`." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Tethering" msgstr "Раздача интернета через USB" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:837 msgid "" "Many cellphones provide the option to share their data connection over USB " "(often called \"tethering\"). This feature uses one of RNDIS, CDC, or a " @@ -2177,28 +2177,28 @@ msgstr "" "iPad(R)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:839 msgid "Android(TM) devices generally use the man:urndis[4] driver." msgstr "Устройства Android(TM) обычно используют драйвер man:urndis[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:840 msgid "Apple(R) devices use the man:ipheth[4] driver." msgstr "Устройства Apple(R) используют драйвер man:ipheth[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:841 msgid "Older devices will often use the man:cdce[4] driver." msgstr "Старые устройства часто используют драйвер man:cdce[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:843 msgid "Before attaching a device, load the appropriate driver into the kernel:" msgstr "" "Перед подключением устройства загрузите соответствующий драйвер в ядро:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:849 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kldload if_urndis\n" @@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" "# kldload if_ipheth\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "Once the device is attached ``ue``_0_ will be available for use like a " "normal network device. Be sure that the \"USB tethering\" option is enabled " @@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"USB-тетеринг\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "To make this change permanent and load the driver as a module at boot time, " "place the appropriate line of the following in [.filename]#/boot/loader." @@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ msgstr "" "loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "" "if_urndis_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2244,13 +2244,13 @@ msgstr "" "if_ipheth_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "Bluetooth is a wireless technology for creating personal networks operating " "in the 2.4 GHz unlicensed band, with a range of 10 meters. Networks are " @@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ msgstr "" "последовательной линии и многое другое." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:872 msgid "" "This section describes the use of a USB Bluetooth dongle on a FreeBSD " "system. It then describes the various Bluetooth protocols and utilities." @@ -2277,13 +2277,13 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD. Затем рассматриваются различные протоколы и утилиты Bluetooth." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "Loading Bluetooth Support" msgstr "Загрузка поддержки Bluetooth" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "The Bluetooth stack in FreeBSD is implemented using the man:netgraph[4] " "framework. A broad variety of Bluetooth USB dongles is supported by man:" @@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "" "и утилитой man:hcseriald[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:883 msgid "" "Before attaching a device, determine which of the above drivers it uses, " "then load the driver. For example, if the device uses the man:ng_ubt[4] " @@ -2312,13 +2312,13 @@ msgstr "" "использует драйвер man:ng_ubt[4]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload ng_ubt\n" msgstr "# kldload ng_ubt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "If the Bluetooth device will be attached to the system during system " "startup, the system can be configured to load the module at boot time by " @@ -2329,13 +2329,13 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:894 #, no-wrap msgid "ng_ubt_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "ng_ubt_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:898 msgid "" "Once the driver is loaded, plug in the USB dongle. If the driver load was " "successful, output similar to the following should appear on the console and " @@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ msgstr "" "вывод, похожий на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ubt0: vendor 0x0a12 product 0x0001, rev 1.10/5.25, addr 2\n" @@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr "" " wMaxPacketSize=49, nframes=6, buffer size=294\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "To start and stop the Bluetooth stack, use its startup script. It is a good " "idea to stop the stack before unplugging the device. Starting the bluetooth " @@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr "" "должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service bluetooth start ubt0\n" @@ -2403,13 +2403,13 @@ msgstr "" "Number of SCO packets: 8\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding Other Bluetooth Devices" msgstr "Поиск других устройств Bluetooth" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "The Host Controller Interface (HCI) provides a uniform method for accessing " "Bluetooth baseband capabilities. In FreeBSD, a netgraph HCI node is created " @@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ msgstr "" "каждого устройства Bluetooth. Подробнее см. man:ng_hci[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:939 msgid "" "One of the most common tasks is discovery of Bluetooth devices within RF " "proximity. This operation is called _inquiry_. Inquiry and other HCI " @@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ msgstr "" "режиме _обнаруживаемое_ (discoverable)." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:952 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci inquiry\n" @@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ msgstr "" "Inquiry complete. Status: No error [00]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "The `BD_ADDR` is the unique address of a Bluetooth device, similar to the " "MAC address of a network card. This address is needed for further " @@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ msgstr "" "присвоенное удалённому устройству:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:964 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci remote_name_request 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" @@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ msgstr "" "Name: Pav's T39\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "If an inquiry is performed on a remote Bluetooth device, it will find the " "computer as \"your.host.name (ubt0)\". The name assigned to the local " @@ -2505,7 +2505,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройству, можно изменить в любое время." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:971 msgid "" "Remote devices can be assigned aliases in [.filename]#/etc/bluetooth/" "hosts#. More information about [.filename]#/etc/bluetooth/hosts# file might " @@ -2516,7 +2516,7 @@ msgstr "" "bluetooth/hosts# может быть найдена в man:bluetooth.hosts[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "The Bluetooth system provides a point-to-point connection between two " "Bluetooth units, or a point-to-multipoint connection which is shared among " @@ -2529,13 +2529,13 @@ msgstr "" "создать соединение с удалённым устройством:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci create_connection BT_ADDR\n" msgstr "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci create_connection BT_ADDR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "`create_connection` accepts `BT_ADDR` as well as host aliases in [." "filename]#/etc/bluetooth/hosts#." @@ -2544,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/bluetooth/hosts#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" "The following example shows how to obtain the list of active baseband " "connections for the local device:" @@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ msgstr "" "для локального устройства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% hccontrol -n ubt0hci read_connection_list\n" @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ msgstr "" "00:80:37:29:19:a4 41 ACL 0 MAST NONE 0 0 OPEN\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:993 msgid "" "A _connection handle_ is useful when termination of the baseband connection " "is required, though it is normally not required to do this by hand. The " @@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически разрывает неактивные базовые соединения." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:999 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci disconnect 41\n" @@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reason: Connection terminated by local host [0x16]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1003 msgid "" "Type `hccontrol help` for a complete listing of available HCI commands. " "Most of the HCI commands do not require superuser privileges." @@ -2597,13 +2597,13 @@ msgstr "" "Большинство команд HCI не требуют прав суперпользователя." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1004 #, no-wrap msgid "Device Pairing" msgstr "Сопряжение устройств" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1015 msgid "" "By default, Bluetooth communication is not authenticated, and any device can " "talk to any other device. A Bluetooth device, such as a cellular phone, may " @@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1019 msgid "" "The man:hcsecd[8] daemon is responsible for handling Bluetooth " "authentication requests. The default configuration file is [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr "" "ниже:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device {\n" @@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ msgstr "" " }\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1038 msgid "" "The only limitation on PIN codes is length. Some devices, such as Bluetooth " "headsets, may have a fixed PIN code built in. The `-d` switch forces man:" @@ -2684,7 +2684,7 @@ msgstr "" "удалённого устройства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1040 msgid "" "The following line can be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to configure " "man:hcsecd[8] to start automatically on system start:" @@ -2693,18 +2693,18 @@ msgstr "" "автоматический запуск man:hcsecd[8] при загрузке системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1044 #, no-wrap msgid "hcsecd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "hcsecd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "The following is a sample of the man:hcsecd[8] daemon output:" msgstr "Вот пример вывода демона man:hcsecd[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1056 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hcsecd[16484]: Got Link_Key_Request event from 'ubt0hci', remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n" @@ -2722,13 +2722,13 @@ msgstr "" "hcsecd[16484]: Sending PIN_Code_Reply to 'ubt0hci' for remote bdaddr 0:80:37:29:19:a4\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1058 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Access with PPP Profiles" msgstr "Доступ в сеть с профилями PPP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1062 msgid "" "A Dial-Up Networking (DUN) profile can be used to configure a cellular phone " "as a wireless modem for connecting to a dial-up Internet access server. It " @@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@ msgstr "" "телефона." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "Network access with a PPP profile can be used to provide LAN access for a " "single Bluetooth device or multiple Bluetooth devices. It can also provide " @@ -2754,7 +2754,7 @@ msgstr "" "сетей через эмуляцию последовательного кабеля." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, these profiles are implemented with man:ppp[8] and the man:" "rfcomm_pppd[8] wrapper which converts a Bluetooth connection into something " @@ -2768,7 +2768,7 @@ msgstr "" "rfcomm_pppd[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "In this example, man:rfcomm_pppd[8] is used to open a connection to a remote " "device with a `BD_ADDR` of `00:80:37:29:19:a4` on a DUNRFCOMM channel:" @@ -2777,13 +2777,13 @@ msgstr "" "удалённым устройством с `BD_ADDR` `00:80:37:29:19:a4` на DUNRFCOMM канале:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1075 #, no-wrap msgid "# rfcomm_pppd -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -c -C dun -l rfcomm-dialup\n" msgstr "# rfcomm_pppd -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -c -C dun -l rfcomm-dialup\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "The actual channel number will be obtained from the remote device using the " "SDP protocol. It is possible to specify the RFCOMM channel by hand, and in " @@ -2792,11 +2792,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Фактический номер канала будет получен с удалённого устройства с " "использованием протокола SDP. Можно указать канал RFCOMM вручную, и в этом " -"случае man:rfcomm_pppd[8] не будет выполнять запрос SDP. Используйте " -"man:sdpcontrol[8], чтобы узнать канал RFCOMM на удалённом устройстве." +"случае man:rfcomm_pppd[8] не будет выполнять запрос SDP. Используйте man:" +"sdpcontrol[8], чтобы узнать канал RFCOMM на удалённом устройстве." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "In order to provide network access with the PPPLAN service, man:sdpd[8] must " "be running and a new entry for LAN clients must be created in [.filename]#/" @@ -2814,19 +2814,19 @@ msgstr "" "сервер RFCOMMPPP." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "# rfcomm_pppd -s -C 7 -l rfcomm-server\n" msgstr "# rfcomm_pppd -s -C 7 -l rfcomm-server\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "Bluetooth Protocols" msgstr "Протоколы Bluetooth" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the various Bluetooth protocols, their " "function, and associated utilities." @@ -2835,13 +2835,13 @@ msgstr "" "связанных с ними утилит." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1096 #, no-wrap msgid "Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP)" msgstr "Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "" "The Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP) provides connection-" "oriented and connectionless data services to upper layer protocols. L2CAP " @@ -2855,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" "килобайт." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "" "L2CAP is based around the concept of _channels_. A channel is a logical " "connection on top of a baseband connection, where each channel is bound to a " @@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать одно и то же базовое соединение." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, a netgraph L2CAP node is created for each Bluetooth device. " "This node is normally connected to the downstream Bluetooth HCI node and " @@ -2882,13 +2882,13 @@ msgid "" "\"devicel2cap\". For more details refer to man:ng_l2cap[4]." msgstr "" "В FreeBSD для каждого устройства Bluetooth создаётся узел netgraph типа " -"L2CAP. Этот узел обычно соединен с нижестоящим узлом Bluetooth HCI и " +"L2CAP. Этот узел обычно соединён с нижестоящим узлом Bluetooth HCI и " "вышестоящими узлами Bluetooth-сокет. По умолчанию узел L2CAP имеет имя " -"\"devicel2cap\". Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к " -"man:ng_l2cap[4]." +"\"devicel2cap\". Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к man:" +"ng_l2cap[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1114 msgid "" "A useful command is man:l2ping[8], which can be used to ping other devices. " "Some Bluetooth implementations might not return all of the data sent to " @@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ msgstr "" "примере является нормой." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# l2ping -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4\n" @@ -2916,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" "0 bytes from 0:80:37:29:19:a4 seq_no=3 time=46.150 ms result=0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "The man:l2control[8] utility is used to perform various operations on L2CAP " "nodes. This example shows how to obtain the list of logical connections " @@ -2927,7 +2927,7 @@ msgstr "" "соединений (каналов) и список базовых соединений для локального устройства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% l2control -a 00:02:72:00:d4:1a read_channel_list\n" @@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ msgstr "" "00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 41 O 0 OPEN\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "" "Another diagnostic tool is man:btsockstat[1]. It is similar to man:" "netstat[1], but for Bluetooth network-related data structures. The example " @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ msgstr "" "l2control[8] выше." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1155 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% btsockstat\n" @@ -2987,13 +2987,13 @@ msgstr "" "c2e8bc80 0 250 00:02:72:00:d4:1a 00:07:e0:00:0b:ca 3 6 OPEN\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "Radio Frequency Communication (RFCOMM)" msgstr "Радиочастотная связь (RFCOMM)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1162 msgid "" "The RFCOMM protocol provides emulation of serial ports over the L2CAP " "protocol. RFCOMM is a simple transport protocol, with additional provisions " @@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ msgstr "" "RFCOMM) между двумя устройствами Bluetooth." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1166 msgid "" "For the purposes of RFCOMM, a complete communication path involves two " "applications running on the communication endpoints with a communication " @@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ msgstr "" "представляет собой прямое Bluetooth-соединение между устройствами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "RFCOMM is only concerned with the connection between the devices in the " "direct connect case, or between the device and a modem in the network case. " @@ -3039,18 +3039,18 @@ msgstr "" "стороны и предоставляют проводной интерфейс с другой стороны." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "In FreeBSD, RFCOMM is implemented at the Bluetooth sockets layer." msgstr "В FreeBSD RFCOMM реализован на уровне сокетов Bluetooth." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1172 #, no-wrap msgid "Service Discovery Protocol (SDP)" msgstr "Протокол обнаружения служб (SDP)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "The Service Discovery Protocol (SDP) provides the means for client " "applications to discover the existence of services provided by server " @@ -3065,7 +3065,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимую для использования службы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1183 msgid "" "SDP involves communication between a SDP server and a SDP client. The " "server maintains a list of service records that describe the characteristics " @@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@ msgstr "" "использования этих служб." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1187 msgid "" "Normally, a SDP client searches for services based on some desired " "characteristics of the services. However, there are times when it is " @@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" "(browsing)_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1190 msgid "" "The Bluetooth SDP server, man:sdpd[8], and command line client, man:" "sdpcontrol[8], are included in the standard FreeBSD installation. The " @@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "" "показано, как выполнить запрос обзора SDP." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1201 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec browse\n" @@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "" " Protocol specific parameter #2: u/int/uuid16 1\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1205 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Record Handle: 0x00000001\n" @@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr "" " Browse Group Descriptor (0x1001)\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1215 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Record Handle: 0x00000002\n" @@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ msgstr "" " LAN Access Using PPP (0x1102) ver. 1.0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1222 msgid "" "Note that each service has a list of attributes, such as the RFCOMM " "channel. Depending on the service, the user might need to make note of some " @@ -3190,13 +3190,13 @@ msgstr "" "Object Push (OPUSH):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1226 #, no-wrap msgid "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec search OPUSH\n" msgstr "% sdpcontrol -a 00:01:03:fc:6e:ec search OPUSH\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1230 msgid "" "Offering services on FreeBSD to Bluetooth clients is done with the man:" "sdpd[8] server. The following line can be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc." @@ -3207,24 +3207,24 @@ msgstr "" "conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1234 #, no-wrap msgid "sdpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "sdpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1237 msgid "Then the man:sdpd[8] daemon can be started with:" msgstr "Затем демон man:sdpd[8] можно запустить с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1241 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sdpd start\n" msgstr "# service sdpd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1246 msgid "" "The local server application that wants to provide a Bluetooth service to " "remote clients will register the service with the local SDP daemon. An " @@ -3237,7 +3237,7 @@ msgstr "" "зарегистрирует сервис Bluetooth LAN в локальном демоне SDP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1248 msgid "" "The list of services registered with the local SDP server can be obtained by " "issuing a SDP browse query via the local control channel:" @@ -3246,19 +3246,19 @@ msgstr "" "выполнив запрос обзора SDP через локальный управляющий канал:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1252 #, no-wrap msgid "# sdpcontrol -l browse\n" msgstr "# sdpcontrol -l browse\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1254 #, no-wrap msgid "OBEX Object Push (OPUSH)" msgstr "Отправка объектов протоколом OBEX (Object Push — OPUSH)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1258 msgid "" "Object Exchange (OBEX) is a widely used protocol for simple file transfers " "between mobile devices. Its main use is in infrared communication, where it " @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ msgstr "" "приложениями для управления персональной информацией (PIM)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "The OBEX server and client are implemented by obexapp, which can be " "installed using the package:comms/obexapp[] package or port." @@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью package:comms/obexapp[] или порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1268 msgid "" "The OBEX client is used to push and/or pull objects from the OBEX server. " "An example object is a business card or an appointment. The OBEX client can " @@ -3305,7 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "" "карточка, отправляется в директорию телефона." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1278 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% obexapp -a 00:80:37:29:19:a4 -C IrMC\n" @@ -3325,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Success, response: OK, Success (0x20)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1285 msgid "" "In order to provide the OPUSH service, man:sdpd[8] must be running and a " "root folder, where all incoming objects will be stored, must be created. " @@ -3342,19 +3342,19 @@ msgstr "" "приведённом ниже примере показано, как запустить сервер OBEX." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1289 #, no-wrap msgid "# obexapp -s -C 10\n" msgstr "# obexapp -s -C 10\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1291 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial Port Profile (SPP)" msgstr "Профиль последовательного порта (Serial Port Profile — SPP)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1295 msgid "" "The Serial Port Profile (SPP) allows Bluetooth devices to perform serial " "cable emulation. This profile allows legacy applications to use Bluetooth " @@ -3366,7 +3366,7 @@ msgstr "" "виртуального последовательного порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1300 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, man:rfcomm_sppd[1] implements SPP and a pseudo tty is used as a " "virtual serial port abstraction. The example below shows how to connect to " @@ -3382,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr "" "укажите RFCOMM-канал в командной строке." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1306 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t\n" @@ -3394,27 +3394,27 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/pts/6\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1309 msgid "Once connected, the pseudo tty can be used as serial port:" msgstr "" "После подключения псевдотерминал можно использовать как последовательный " "порт:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1313 #, no-wrap msgid "# cu -l /dev/pts/6\n" msgstr "# cu -l /dev/pts/6\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1316 msgid "The pseudo tty is printed on stdout and can be read by wrapper scripts:" msgstr "" "Псевдотерминал выводится в stdout и может быть прочитан обёрточными " "скриптами:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1321 #, no-wrap msgid "" "PTS=`rfcomm_sppd -a 00:07:E0:00:0B:CA -t`\n" @@ -3424,7 +3424,7 @@ msgstr "" "cu -l $PTS\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1329 msgid "" "By default, when FreeBSD is accepting a new connection, it tries to perform " "a role switch and become master. Some older Bluetooth devices which do not " @@ -3441,13 +3441,13 @@ msgstr "" "опция HCI для отключения смены роли на локальной стороне:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1333 #, no-wrap msgid "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci write_node_role_switch 0\n" msgstr "# hccontrol -n ubt0hci write_node_role_switch 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1337 msgid "" "To display Bluetooth packets, use the third-party package hcidump, which can " "be installed using the package:comms/hcidump[] package or port. This " @@ -3462,13 +3462,13 @@ msgstr "" "файл." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1339 #, no-wrap msgid "Bridging" msgstr "Создание моста" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1343 msgid "" "It is sometimes useful to divide a network, such as an Ethernet segment, " "into network segments without having to create IP subnets and use a router " @@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"мостом\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1348 msgid "" "A bridge works by learning the MAC addresses of the devices on each of its " "network interfaces. It forwards traffic between networks only when the " @@ -3497,18 +3497,18 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD с несколькими сетевыми интерфейсами может быть настроена как мост." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1350 msgid "Bridging can be useful in the following situations:" msgstr "Мост может быть полезен в следующих ситуациях:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1351 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting Networks" msgstr "Соединение сетей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1355 msgid "" "The basic operation of a bridge is to join two or more network segments. " "There are many reasons to use a host-based bridge instead of networking " @@ -3523,13 +3523,13 @@ msgstr "" "режиме hostap, с проводной сетью и выступать в качестве точки доступа." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1356 #, no-wrap msgid "Filtering/Traffic Shaping Firewall" msgstr "Межсетевой экран с фильтрацией и управлением трафиком" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1358 msgid "" "A bridge can be used when firewall functionality is needed without routing " "or Network Address Translation (NAT)." @@ -3538,7 +3538,7 @@ msgstr "" "экрана без маршрутизации или преобразования сетевых адресов (NAT)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1363 msgid "" "An example is a small company that is connected via DSL or ISDN to an ISP. " "There are thirteen public IP addresses from the ISP and ten computers on the " @@ -3553,13 +3553,13 @@ msgstr "" "настроить без каких-либо проблем с IP-адресацией." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1364 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Tap" msgstr "Ответвитель сетевого трафика (Network Tap)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1366 msgid "" "A bridge can join two network segments in order to inspect all Ethernet " "frames that pass between them using man:bpf[4] and man:tcpdump[1] on the " @@ -3572,13 +3572,13 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейс, известный как span-порт." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1367 #, no-wrap msgid "Layer 2 VPN" msgstr "VPN уровня 2" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1369 msgid "" "Two Ethernet networks can be joined across an IP link by bridging the " "networks to an EtherIP tunnel or a man:tap[4] based solution such as OpenVPN." @@ -3588,13 +3588,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenVPN." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1370 #, no-wrap msgid "Layer 2 Redundancy" msgstr "Избыточность уровня 2" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1372 msgid "" "A network can be connected together with multiple links and use the Spanning " "Tree Protocol (STP) to block redundant paths." @@ -3603,7 +3603,7 @@ msgstr "" "Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) для блокировки избыточных путей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1375 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a bridge using " "man:if_bridge[4]. A netgraph bridging driver is also available, and is " @@ -3614,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr "" "netgraph, который описан в man:ng_bridge[4]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1380 msgid "" "Packet filtering can be used with any firewall package that hooks into the " "man:pfil[9] framework. The bridge can be used as a traffic shaper with man:" @@ -3625,13 +3625,13 @@ msgstr "" "шейпер (ограничитель) трафика с man:altq[4] или man:dummynet[4]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1382 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling the Bridge" msgstr "Включение моста" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1386 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, man:if_bridge[4] is a kernel module which is automatically " "loaded by man:ifconfig[8] when creating a bridge interface. It is also " @@ -3644,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr "" "if_bridge` в конфигурационный файл собственного ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1389 msgid "" "The bridge is created using interface cloning. To create the bridge " "interface:" @@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ msgstr "" "моста:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1400 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge create\n" @@ -3675,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr "" " root id 00:00:00:00:00:00 priority 0 ifcost 0 port 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1405 msgid "" "When a bridge interface is created, it is automatically assigned a randomly " "generated Ethernet address. The `maxaddr` and `timeout` parameters control " @@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ msgstr "" "последнего обнаружения. Остальные параметры управляют работой STP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1408 msgid "" "Next, specify which network interfaces to add as members of the bridge. For " "the bridge to forward packets, all member interfaces and the bridge need to " @@ -3701,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" "быть включены:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1414 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 up\n" @@ -3713,7 +3713,7 @@ msgstr "" "# ifconfig fxp1 up\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1418 msgid "" "The bridge can now forward Ethernet frames between [.filename]#fxp0# and [." "filename]#fxp1#. Add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# so " @@ -3724,7 +3724,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы мост создавался при загрузке:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1425 #, no-wrap msgid "" "cloned_interfaces=\"bridge0\"\n" @@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_fxp1=\"up\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1430 msgid "" "If the bridge host needs an IP address, set it on the bridge interface, not " "on the member interfaces. The address can be set statically or via DHCP. " @@ -3749,18 +3749,18 @@ msgstr "" "В этом примере задаётся статический IP-адрес:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1434 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24\n" msgstr "# ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1437 msgid "It is also possible to assign an IPv6 address to a bridge interface." msgstr "Также можно назначит IPv6 адрес интерфейсу моста." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1439 msgid "" "To make the changes permanent, add the addressing information to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." @@ -3769,18 +3769,18 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1441 msgid "This example uses a dynamic IPv6 address:" msgstr "Этот пример использует динамический адрес IPv6:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1445 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_bridge0_ipv6=\"inet6 auto_linklocal accept_rtadv\"\n" msgstr "ifconfig_bridge0_ipv6=\"inet6 auto_linklocal accept_rtadv\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1452 msgid "" "When packet filtering is enabled, bridged packets will pass through the " "filter inbound on the originating interface on the bridge interface, and " @@ -3795,7 +3795,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсах-участниках, а не на самом мосте." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1455 msgid "" "The bridge has several configurable settings for passing non-IP and IP " "packets, and layer2 firewalling with man:ipfw[8]. See man:if_bridge[4] for " @@ -3806,13 +3806,13 @@ msgstr "" "см. man:if_bridge[4]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1457 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Spanning Tree" msgstr "Включение протокола островного дерева (STP)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1462 msgid "" "For an Ethernet network to function properly, only one active path can exist " "between two devices. The STP protocol detects loops and puts redundant " @@ -3828,7 +3828,7 @@ msgstr "" "сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1466 msgid "" "The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP or 802.1w) provides backwards " "compatibility with legacy STP. RSTP provides faster convergence and " @@ -3840,10 +3840,10 @@ msgstr "" "совместимость с устаревшим STP. RSTP предоставляет более быструю сходимость " "и обменивается информацией с соседними коммутаторами для быстрого перехода в " "режим передачи без создания петель. FreeBSD поддерживает RSTP и STP в " -"качестве режимов работы, причем RSTP является режимом по умолчанию." +"качестве режимов работы, причём RSTP является режимом по умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1469 msgid "" "STP can be enabled on member interfaces using man:ifconfig[8]. For a bridge " "with [.filename]#fxp0# and [.filename]#fxp1# as the current interfaces, " @@ -3854,7 +3854,7 @@ msgstr "" "командой:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1484 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 stp fxp0 stp fxp1\n" @@ -3884,7 +3884,7 @@ msgstr "" " role designated state forwarding\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1488 msgid "" "This bridge has a spanning tree ID of `00:01:02:4b:d4:50` and a priority of " "`32768`. As the `root id` is the same, it indicates that this is the root " @@ -3895,12 +3895,12 @@ msgstr "" "данный мост является корневым для дерева." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1490 msgid "Another bridge on the network also has STP enabled:" -msgstr "Еще один мост в сети также имеет включенный STP:" +msgstr "Еще один мост в сети также имеет включённый STP:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1504 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bridge0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" @@ -3928,7 +3928,7 @@ msgstr "" " role designated state forwarding\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1508 msgid "" "The line `root id 00:01:02:4b:d4:50 priority 32768 ifcost 400000 port 4` " "shows that the root bridge is `00:01:02:4b:d4:50` and has a path cost of " @@ -3941,13 +3941,13 @@ msgstr "" "4`, которым является [.filename]#fxp0#." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1509 #, no-wrap msgid "Bridge Interface Parameters" msgstr "Параметры интерфейса моста" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1514 msgid "" "Several `ifconfig` parameters are unique to bridge interfaces. This section " "summarizes some common uses for these parameters. The complete list of " @@ -3958,13 +3958,13 @@ msgstr "" "Полный список доступных параметров описан в man:ifconfig[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1515 #, no-wrap msgid "private" msgstr "private" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1519 msgid "" "A private interface does not forward any traffic to any other port that is " "also designated as a private interface. The traffic is blocked " @@ -3978,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr "" "блокировка трафика, следует использовать межсетевой экран." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1520 #, no-wrap msgid "span" msgstr "span" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1525 msgid "" "A span port transmits a copy of every Ethernet frame received by the " "bridge. The number of span ports configured on a bridge is unlimited, but " @@ -3998,25 +3998,25 @@ msgstr "" "Ethernet-фрейма, полученного мостом. Количество портов зеркалирования, " "настроенных на мосту, не ограничено, но если интерфейс назначен как порт " "зеркалирования, он не может использоваться в качестве обычного порта моста. " -"Это наиболее полезно для пассивного мониторинга сети, подключенной к мосту, " -"на другом хосте, подключенном к одному из портов зеркалирования моста. " +"Это наиболее полезно для пассивного мониторинга сети, подключённой к мосту, " +"на другом хосте, подключённом к одному из портов зеркалирования моста. " "Например, чтобы отправить копию всех фреймов через интерфейс с именем [." "filename]#fxp4#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1529 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 span fxp4\n" msgstr "# ifconfig bridge0 span fxp4\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1531 #, no-wrap msgid "sticky" msgstr "sticky" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1536 msgid "" "If a bridge member interface is marked as sticky, dynamically learned " "address entries are treated as static entries in the forwarding cache. " @@ -4035,7 +4035,7 @@ msgstr "" "моста, не могут перемещаться на другой сегмент." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1539 msgid "" "An example of using sticky addresses is to combine the bridge with VLANs in " "order to isolate customer networks without wasting IP address space. " @@ -4048,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr "" "`vlan101`, а мост имеет адрес `192.168.0.1`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1544 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm vlan100 sticky vlan100 addm vlan101 sticky vlan101\n" @@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@ msgstr "" "# ifconfig bridge0 inet 192.168.0.1/24\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1548 msgid "" "In this example, both clients see `192.168.0.1` as their default gateway. " "Since the bridge cache is sticky, one host cannot spoof the MAC address of " @@ -4069,7 +4069,7 @@ msgstr "" "адрес другого клиента, чтобы перехватить его трафик." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1550 msgid "" "Any communication between the VLANs can be blocked using a firewall or, as " "seen in this example, private interfaces:" @@ -4078,13 +4078,13 @@ msgstr "" "межсетевого экрана или, как показано в этом примере, частных интерфейсов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1554 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private vlan101\n" msgstr "# ifconfig bridge0 private vlan100 private vlan101\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1557 msgid "" "The customers are completely isolated from each other and the full `/24` " "address range can be allocated without subnetting." @@ -4093,7 +4093,7 @@ msgstr "" "может быть выделен без разделения на подсети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1560 msgid "" "The number of unique source MAC addresses behind an interface can be " "limited. Once the limit is reached, packets with unknown source addresses " @@ -4105,7 +4105,7 @@ msgstr "" "в кэше хоста не истечёт или не будет удалена." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1562 msgid "" "The following example sets the maximum number of Ethernet devices for " "`CustomerA` on `vlan100` to 10:" @@ -4114,13 +4114,13 @@ msgstr "" "для `CustomerA` на `vlan100` равным 10:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1566 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10\n" msgstr "# ifconfig bridge0 ifmaxaddr vlan100 10\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1572 msgid "" "Bridge interfaces also support monitor mode, where the packets are discarded " "after man:bpf[4] processing and are not processed or forwarded further. " @@ -4139,7 +4139,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсов как один поток:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig bridge0 addm fxp0 addm fxp1 addm fxp2 addm fxp3 monitor up\n" @@ -4149,13 +4149,13 @@ msgstr "" "# tcpdump -i bridge0\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1579 #, no-wrap msgid "SNMP Monitoring" msgstr "Мониторинг SNMP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1583 msgid "" "The bridge interface and STP parameters can be monitored via man:bsnmpd[1] " "which is included in the FreeBSD base system. The exported bridge MIBs " @@ -4168,7 +4168,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать любой SNMP-клиент или пакет мониторинга." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1585 msgid "" "To enable monitoring on the bridge, uncomment this line in [.filename]#/etc/" "snmpd.config# by removing the beginning `+#+` symbol:" @@ -4177,13 +4177,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/snmpd.config#, удалив символ `+#+` в начале:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1589 #, no-wrap msgid "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\"\n" msgstr "begemotSnmpdModulePath.\"bridge\" = \"/usr/lib/snmp_bridge.so\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1594 msgid "" "Other configuration settings, such as community names and access lists, may " "need to be modified in this file. See man:bsnmpd[1] and man:snmp_bridge[3] " @@ -4196,24 +4196,24 @@ msgstr "" "в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1598 #, no-wrap msgid "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "bsnmpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1601 msgid "Then, start man:bsnmpd[1]:" msgstr "Затем, запустите man:bsnmpd[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1605 #, no-wrap msgid "# service bsnmpd start\n" msgstr "# service bsnmpd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1610 msgid "" "The following examples use the Net-SNMP software (package:net-mgmt/net-" "snmp[]) to query a bridge from a client system. The package:net-mgmt/" @@ -4228,7 +4228,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf#, чтобы импортировать определения MIB для моста:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1615 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mibdirs +/usr/share/snmp/mibs\n" @@ -4238,13 +4238,13 @@ msgstr "" "mibs +BRIDGE-MIB:RSTP-MIB:BEGEMOT-MIB:BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1618 msgid "To monitor a single bridge using the IETF BRIDGE-MIB (RFC4188):" msgstr "" "Для мониторинга одного моста с использованием IETF BRIDGE-MIB (RFC4188):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1637 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com mib-2.dot1dBridge\n" @@ -4282,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr "" "RSTP-MIB::dot1dStpVersion.0 = INTEGER: rstp(2)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1642 msgid "" "The `dot1dStpTopChanges.0` value is two, indicating that the STP bridge " "topology has changed twice. A topology change means that one or more links " @@ -4296,7 +4296,7 @@ msgstr "" "когда это произошло." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1644 msgid "" "To monitor multiple bridge interfaces, the private BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB can be " "used:" @@ -4305,7 +4305,7 @@ msgstr "" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1662 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpwalk -v 2c -c public bridge1.example.com\n" @@ -4341,7 +4341,7 @@ msgstr "" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeStpDesignatedRoot.\"bridge2\" = Hex-STRING: 80 00 00 50 8B B8 C6 A9\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1665 msgid "" "To change the bridge interface being monitored via the `mib-2.dot1dBridge` " "subtree:" @@ -4350,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr "" "dot1dBridge`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1670 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% snmpset -v 2c -c private bridge1.example.com\n" @@ -4360,13 +4360,13 @@ msgstr "" "BEGEMOT-BRIDGE-MIB::begemotBridgeDefaultBridgeIf.0 s bridge2\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1673 #, no-wrap msgid "Link Aggregation and Failover" msgstr "Агрегация каналов и отказоустойчивость" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1678 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides the man:lagg[4] interface which can be used to aggregate " "multiple network interfaces into one virtual interface in order to provide " @@ -4386,7 +4386,7 @@ msgstr "" "отказ отдельных каналов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "" "The aggregation protocols supported by the lagg interface determine which " "ports are used for outgoing traffic and whether or not a specific port " @@ -4398,13 +4398,13 @@ msgstr "" "входящий трафик. В man:lagg[4] поддерживаются следующие протоколы:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1682 #, no-wrap msgid "failover" msgstr "failover" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1687 msgid "" "This mode sends and receives traffic only through the master port. If the " "master port becomes unavailable, the next active port is used. The first " @@ -4421,13 +4421,13 @@ msgstr "" "порт снова становится основным, как только становится доступным." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1688 #, no-wrap msgid "loadbalance" msgstr "loadbalance" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1691 msgid "" "This provides a static setup and does not negotiate aggregation with the " "peer or exchange frames to monitor the link. If the switch supports LACP, " @@ -4438,13 +4438,13 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживает LACP, следует использовать его." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1692 #, no-wrap msgid "lacp" msgstr "lacp" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1697 msgid "" "The IEEE(R) 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) negotiates a " "set of aggregable links with the peer into one or more Link Aggregated " @@ -4463,7 +4463,7 @@ msgstr "" "физической связности LACP быстро сходится к новой конфигурации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1700 msgid "" "LACP balances outgoing traffic across the active ports based on hashed " "protocol header information and accepts incoming traffic from any active " @@ -4476,13 +4476,13 @@ msgstr "" "если доступно, тег VLAN и исходный и целевой IPv4 или IPv6 адреса." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1701 #, no-wrap msgid "roundrobin" msgstr "roundrobin" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1704 msgid "" "This mode distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through " "all active ports and accepts incoming traffic from any active port. Since " @@ -4494,13 +4494,13 @@ msgstr "" "следует использовать с осторожностью." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1705 #, no-wrap msgid "broadcast" msgstr "broadcast" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1707 msgid "" "This mode sends outgoing traffic to all ports configured on the lagg " "interface, and receives frames on any port." @@ -4509,13 +4509,13 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсе lagg, и принимает кадры на любом порту." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1708 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Examples" msgstr "Примеры конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1712 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure a Cisco(R) switch and a FreeBSD " "system for LACP load balancing. It then shows how to configure two Ethernet " @@ -4528,13 +4528,13 @@ msgstr "" "отказоустойчивости между Ethernet и беспроводным интерфейсом." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1714 #, no-wrap msgid "LACP Aggregation with a Cisco(R) Switch" msgstr "Агрегация каналов с использованием LACP и коммутатора Cisco(R)" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1720 msgid "" "This example connects two man:fxp[4] Ethernet interfaces on a FreeBSD " "machine to the first two Ethernet ports on a Cisco(R) switch as a single " @@ -4552,7 +4552,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурацией." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1723 msgid "" "Frame ordering is mandatory on Ethernet links and any traffic between two " "stations always flows over the same physical link, limiting the maximum " @@ -4568,7 +4568,7 @@ msgstr "" "потоков между доступными интерфейсами." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1725 msgid "" "On the Cisco(R) switch, add the _FastEthernet0/1_ and _FastEthernet0/2_ " "interfaces to channel group _1_:" @@ -4577,7 +4577,7 @@ msgstr "" "_FastEthernet0/2_ в группу каналов _1_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1735 #, no-wrap msgid "" "interface FastEthernet0/1\n" @@ -4597,7 +4597,7 @@ msgstr "" " channel-protocol lacp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1738 msgid "" "On the FreeBSD system, create the man:lagg[4] interface using the physical " "interfaces _fxp0_ and _fxp1_ and bring the interfaces up with an IP address " @@ -4608,7 +4608,7 @@ msgstr "" "_10.0.0.3/24_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1745 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" @@ -4622,12 +4622,12 @@ msgstr "" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto lacp laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.3/24\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "Next, verify the status of the virtual interface:" msgstr "Далее проверьте состояние виртуального интерфейса:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1761 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" @@ -4653,7 +4653,7 @@ msgstr "" " laggport: fxp0 flags=1c<ACTIVE,COLLECTING,DISTRIBUTING>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1766 msgid "" "Ports marked as `ACTIVE` are part of the LAG that has been negotiated with " "the remote switch. Traffic will be transmitted and received through these " @@ -4665,12 +4665,12 @@ msgstr "" "просмотреть идентификаторы LAG." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "To see the port status on the Cisco(R) switch:" msgstr "Чтобы проверить статус порта на коммутаторе Cisco(R):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1775 #, no-wrap msgid "" "switch# show lacp neighbor\n" @@ -4684,19 +4684,19 @@ msgstr "" " A - Device is in Active mode P - Device is in Passive mode\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1777 #, no-wrap msgid "Channel group 1 neighbors\n" msgstr "Channel group 1 neighbors\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1779 #, no-wrap msgid "Partner's information:\n" msgstr "Partner's information:\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1784 #, no-wrap msgid "" " LACP port Oper Port Port\n" @@ -4710,13 +4710,13 @@ msgstr "" "Fa0/2 SA 32768 0005.5d71.8db8 29s 0x146 0x4 0x3D\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1787 msgid "For more detail, type `show lacp neighbor detail`." msgstr "" "Для получения более подробной информации введите `show lacp neighbor detail`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1789 msgid "" "To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# on the FreeBSD system:" @@ -4725,7 +4725,7 @@ msgstr "" "записи в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# на системе FreeBSD:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1796 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" @@ -4739,13 +4739,13 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"laggproto lacp laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.3/24\"\n" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1801 #, no-wrap msgid "Failover Mode" msgstr "Режим отказоустойчивости" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1808 msgid "" "Failover mode can be used to switch over to a secondary interface if the " "link is lost on the master interface. To configure failover, make sure that " @@ -4762,7 +4762,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP-адрес _10.0.0.15/24_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1815 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig fxp0 up\n" @@ -4776,13 +4776,13 @@ msgstr "" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto failover laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.15/24\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1819 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1919 msgid "The virtual interface should look something like this:" msgstr "Виртуальный интерфейс должен выглядеть примерно так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1831 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" @@ -4808,7 +4808,7 @@ msgstr "" " laggport: fxp0 flags=5<MASTER,ACTIVE>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1836 msgid "" "Traffic will be transmitted and received on _fxp0_. If the link is lost on " "_fxp0_, _fxp1_ will become the active link. If the link is restored on the " @@ -4819,8 +4819,8 @@ msgstr "" "соединение на основном интерфейсе восстановится, он снова станет активным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1839 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1942 msgid "" "To retain this configuration across reboots, add the following entries to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -4829,7 +4829,7 @@ msgstr "" "записи в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1845 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"up\"\n" @@ -4843,13 +4843,13 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"laggproto failover laggport fxp0 laggport fxp1 10.0.0.15/24\"\n" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1850 #, no-wrap msgid "Failover Mode Between Ethernet and Wireless Interfaces" msgstr "Режим автоматического переключения между Ethernet и беспроводным интерфейсом" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1856 msgid "" "For laptop users, it is usually desirable to configure the wireless device " "as a secondary which is only used when the Ethernet connection is not " @@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@ msgstr "" "возможность передачи данных через беспроводное соединение." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1858 msgid "" "This is achieved by overriding the Ethernet interface's MAC address with " "that of the wireless interface." @@ -4873,8 +4873,8 @@ msgstr "" "Это достигается путем замены MAC-адреса Ethernet-интерфейса на MAC-адрес " "беспроводного интерфейса." -#. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1865 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1864 msgid "" "In theory, either the Ethernet or wireless MAC address can be changed to " "match the other. However, some popular wireless interfaces lack support for " @@ -4886,8 +4886,8 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсы не поддерживают переопределение MAC-адреса. Поэтому мы " "рекомендуем переопределить Ethernet MAC-адрес для этой цели." -#. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1872 +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1871 msgid "" "If the driver for the wireless interface is not loaded in the `GENERIC` or " "custom kernel, and the computer is running FreeBSD {rel121-current}, load " @@ -4908,7 +4908,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйвер ещё не загружен к моменту настройки интерфейса man:lagg[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1877 msgid "" "In this example, the Ethernet interface, _re0_, is the master and the " "wireless interface, _wlan0_, is the failover. The _wlan0_ interface was " @@ -4927,18 +4927,18 @@ msgstr "" "системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1881 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 country FR ssid my_router up\n" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev ath0 country FR ssid my_router up\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1884 msgid "Determine the MAC address of the wireless interface like this:" msgstr "Определите MAC-адрес беспроводного интерфейса, например, так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1899 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig wlan0\n" @@ -4968,7 +4968,7 @@ msgstr "" "\tnd6 options=29<PERFORMNUD,IFDISABLED,AUTO_LINKLOCAL>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1903 msgid "" "The `ether` line will contain the MAC address of the specified interface. " "Now, change the MAC address of the Ethernet interface to match:" @@ -4977,13 +4977,13 @@ msgstr "" "измените MAC-адрес интерфейса Ethernet, чтобы он совпадал:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1907 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig re0 ether b8:ee:65:5b:32:59\n" msgstr "# ifconfig re0 ether b8:ee:65:5b:32:59\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1910 msgid "" "Make sure the _re0_ interface is up, then create the man:lagg[4] interface " "with _re0_ as master with failover to _wlan0_:" @@ -4992,7 +4992,7 @@ msgstr "" "с _re0_ в качестве основного с переключением на _wlan0_ в случае отказа:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1916 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig re0 up\n" @@ -5004,7 +5004,7 @@ msgstr "" "# ifconfig lagg0 up laggproto failover laggport re0 laggport wlan0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1932 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ifconfig lagg0\n" @@ -5030,18 +5030,18 @@ msgstr "" " status: active\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1935 msgid "Then, start the DHCP client to obtain an IP address:" msgstr "Затем запустите DHCP-клиент для получения IP-адреса:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1939 #, no-wrap msgid "# dhclient lagg0\n" msgstr "# dhclient lagg0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1951 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ifconfig_re0=\"ether b8:ee:65:5b:32:59\"\n" @@ -5059,13 +5059,13 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_lagg0=\"up laggproto failover laggport re0 laggport wlan0 DHCP\"\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1956 #, no-wrap msgid "Diskless Operation with PXE" msgstr "Запуск системы по сети (PXE) без использования локальных накопителей" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1962 msgid "" "The Intel(R) Preboot eXecution Environment (PXE) allows an operating system " "to boot over the network. For example, a FreeBSD system can boot over the " @@ -5083,7 +5083,7 @@ msgstr "" "время инициализации системы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1964 msgid "" "In order to provide the files needed for an operating system to boot over " "the network, a PXE setup also requires properly configured DHCP, TFTP, and " @@ -5094,7 +5094,7 @@ msgstr "" "и NFS, где:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1966 msgid "" "Initial parameters, such as an IP address, executable boot filename and " "location, server name, and root path are obtained from the DHCP server." @@ -5103,18 +5103,18 @@ msgstr "" "и его расположение, имя сервера и корневой путь, получаются от сервера DHCP." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1967 msgid "The operating system loader file is booted using TFTP." msgstr "" "Файл загрузчика операционной системы загружается с использованием TFTP." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1968 msgid "The file systems are loaded using NFS." msgstr "Файловые системы загружаются с использованием NFS." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1973 msgid "" "When a computer PXE boots, it receives information over DHCP about where to " "obtain the initial boot loader file. After the host computer receives this " @@ -5133,7 +5133,7 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:boot[boot,Процесс загрузки FreeBSD]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1978 msgid "" "For UEFI PXE based boot, the actual boot loader file to use is [.filename]#/" "boot/loader.efi#. See the below section crossref:advanced-" @@ -5146,7 +5146,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать [.filename]#/boot/loader.efi#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1982 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure these services on a FreeBSD system " "so that other systems can PXE boot into FreeBSD. Refer to man:diskless[8] " @@ -5157,7 +5157,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно найти в man:diskless[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1987 msgid "" "As described, the system providing these services is insecure. It should " "live in a protected area of a network and be untrusted by other hosts." @@ -5167,13 +5167,13 @@ msgstr "" "другим хостам." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1990 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up the PXE Environment" msgstr "Настройка окружения PXE" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:1996 msgid "" "The steps shown in this section configure the built-in NFS and TFTP " "servers. The next section demonstrates how to install and configure the " @@ -5192,7 +5192,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2001 msgid "" "The command examples below assume use of the man:sh[1] shell. man:csh[1] " "and man:tcsh[1] users will need to start a man:sh[1] shell or adapt the " @@ -5203,7 +5203,7 @@ msgstr "" "sh[1] или адаптировать команды к синтаксису man:csh[1]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2005 msgid "" "Create the root directory which will contain a FreeBSD installation to be " "NFS mounted:" @@ -5212,7 +5212,7 @@ msgstr "" "монтирования по NFS:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2010 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# export NFSROOTDIR=/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install\n" @@ -5222,19 +5222,19 @@ msgstr "" "# mkdir -p ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "Enable the NFS server by adding this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" "Включите сервер NFS, добавив следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2017 #, no-wrap msgid "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "nfs_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2020 msgid "" "Export the diskless root directory via NFS by adding the following to [." "filename]#/etc/exports#:" @@ -5243,24 +5243,24 @@ msgstr "" "следующее в [.filename]#/etc/exports#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2024 #, no-wrap msgid "/b -ro -alldirs -maproot=root\n" msgstr "/b -ro -alldirs -maproot=root\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2027 msgid "Start the NFS server:" msgstr "Запустите сервер NFS:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2031 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsd start\n" msgstr "# service nfsd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2034 msgid "" "Enable man:inetd[8] by adding the following line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" @@ -5268,13 +5268,13 @@ msgstr "" "Включите man:inetd[8], добавив следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2038 #, no-wrap msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2041 msgid "" "Uncomment the following line in [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf# by making sure " "it does not start with a `+#+` symbol:" @@ -5283,13 +5283,13 @@ msgstr "" "убедившись, что она не начинается с символа `+#+`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2045 #, no-wrap msgid "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd blocksize 1468 -l -s /b/tftpboot\n" msgstr "tftp dgram udp wait root /usr/libexec/tftpd tftpd blocksize 1468 -l -s /b/tftpboot\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2052 msgid "" "The specified tftp blocksize, e.g. 1468 bytes, replaces the default size 512 " "bytes. Some PXE versions require the TCP version of TFTP. In this case, " @@ -5300,18 +5300,18 @@ msgstr "" "раскомментируйте вторую строку `tftp`, содержащую `stream tcp`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2055 msgid "Start man:inetd[8]:" msgstr "Запустите man:inetd[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2059 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd start\n" msgstr "# service inetd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2062 msgid "" "Install the base system into [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}#, either by " "decompressing the official archives or by rebuilding the FreeBSD kernel and " @@ -5328,7 +5328,7 @@ msgstr "" "installkernel` и `make installworld`)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2063 msgid "" "Test that the TFTP server works and can download the boot loader which will " "be obtained via PXE:" @@ -5337,7 +5337,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет получен через PXE:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2069 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tftp localhost\n" @@ -5349,7 +5349,7 @@ msgstr "" "Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2072 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/fstab# and create an entry to mount the " "root file system over NFS:" @@ -5358,7 +5358,7 @@ msgstr "" "для монтирования корневой файловой системы через NFS:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2077 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FSType Options Dump Pass\n" @@ -5368,7 +5368,7 @@ msgstr "" "myhost.example.com:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install / nfs ro 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2081 msgid "" "Replace _myhost.example.com_ with the hostname or IP address of the NFS " "server. In this example, the root file system is mounted read-only in order " @@ -5381,7 +5381,7 @@ msgstr "" "клиентами NFS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2082 msgid "" "Set the root password in the PXE environment for client machines which are " "PXE booting :" @@ -5390,7 +5390,7 @@ msgstr "" "PXE:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2087 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" @@ -5400,7 +5400,7 @@ msgstr "" "# passwd\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2090 msgid "" "If needed, enable man:ssh[1] root logins for client machines which are PXE " "booting by editing [.filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}/etc/ssh/sshd_config# and " @@ -5412,7 +5412,7 @@ msgstr "" "sshd_config[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2091 msgid "" "Perform any other needed customizations of the PXE environment in [." "filename]#${NFSROOTDIR}#. These customizations could include things like " @@ -5423,7 +5423,7 @@ msgstr "" "редактирование файла паролей с помощью man:vipw[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2094 msgid "" "When booting from an NFS root volume, [.filename]#/etc/rc# detects the NFS " "boot and runs [.filename]#/etc/rc.initdiskless#. In this case, [.filename]#/" @@ -5437,7 +5437,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталог NFS доступен только для чтения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2101 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" @@ -5451,7 +5451,7 @@ msgstr "" "# tar -c -v -f conf/base/var.cpio.gz --format cpio --gzip var\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2106 msgid "" "When the system boots, memory file systems for [.filename]#/etc# and [." "filename]#/var# will be created and mounted and the contents of the [." @@ -5476,13 +5476,13 @@ msgstr "" "соответственно." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2108 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the DHCP Server" msgstr "Настройка DHCP-сервера" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2111 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not need to be the same machine as the TFTP and NFS " "server, but it needs to be accessible in the network." @@ -5491,7 +5491,7 @@ msgstr "" "серверы TFTP и NFS, но он должен быть доступен в сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2113 msgid "" "DHCP is not part of the FreeBSD base system but can be installed using the " "package:net/isc-dhcp44-server[] port or package." @@ -5500,7 +5500,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью порта package:net/isc-dhcp44-server[] или пакета." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2116 msgid "" "Once installed, edit the configuration file, [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" "dhcpd.conf#. Configure the `next-server`, `filename`, and `root-path` " @@ -5511,7 +5511,7 @@ msgstr "" "как показано в этом примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "subnet 192.168.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n" @@ -5531,7 +5531,7 @@ msgstr "" " option domain-name \"example.com\";\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2129 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # IP address of TFTP server\n" @@ -5541,7 +5541,7 @@ msgstr "" " next-server 192.168.0.1 ;\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2132 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # path of boot loader obtained via tftp\n" @@ -5551,7 +5551,7 @@ msgstr "" " filename \"FreeBSD/install/boot/pxeboot\" ;\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2135 #, no-wrap msgid "" " # pxeboot boot loader will try to NFS mount this directory for root FS\n" @@ -5561,13 +5561,13 @@ msgstr "" " option root-path \"192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install/\" ;\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2137 #, no-wrap msgid "}\n" msgstr "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2140 msgid "" "The `next-server` directive is used to specify the IP address of the TFTP " "server." @@ -5575,7 +5575,7 @@ msgstr "" "Директива `next-server` используется для указания IP-адреса TFTP-сервера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2143 msgid "" "The `filename` directive defines the path to [.filename]#/boot/pxeboot#. A " "relative filename is used, meaning that [.filename]#/b/tftpboot# is not " @@ -5586,12 +5586,12 @@ msgstr "" "tftpboot# не включен в путь." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2145 msgid "The `root-path` option defines the path to the NFS root file system." msgstr "Опция `root-path` определяет путь к корневой файловой системе NFS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2147 msgid "" "Once the edits are saved, enable DHCP at boot time by adding the following " "line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -5600,30 +5600,30 @@ msgstr "" "строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2151 #, no-wrap msgid "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2154 msgid "Then start the DHCP service:" msgstr "Затем запустите службу DHCP:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2158 #, no-wrap msgid "# service isc-dhcpd start\n" msgstr "# service isc-dhcpd start\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2160 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging PXE Problems" msgstr "Отладка проблем PXE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2164 msgid "" "Once all of the services are configured and started, PXE clients should be " "able to automatically load FreeBSD over the network. If a particular client " @@ -5636,7 +5636,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроена на загрузку с сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2166 msgid "" "This section describes some troubleshooting tips for isolating the source of " "the configuration problem should no clients be able to PXE boot." @@ -5646,7 +5646,7 @@ msgstr "" "PXE." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2170 msgid "" "Use the package:net/wireshark[] package or port to debug the network traffic " "involved during the PXE booting process, which is illustrated in the diagram " @@ -5657,24 +5657,24 @@ msgstr "" "схеме ниже." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2171 #, no-wrap msgid "PXE Booting Process with NFS Root Mount" msgstr "Процесс загрузки PXE с монтированием корневой файловой системы по NFS" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2172 #, no-wrap msgid "pxe-nfs.png" msgstr "pxe-nfs.png" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2175 msgid "Client broadcasts a DHCPDISCOVER message." msgstr "Клиент рассылает широковещательное сообщение DHCPDISCOVER." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2177 msgid "" "The DHCP server responds with the IP address, next-server, filename, and " "root-path values." @@ -5683,7 +5683,7 @@ msgstr "" "root-path." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2179 msgid "" "The client sends a TFTP request to next-server, asking to retrieve filename." msgstr "" @@ -5691,12 +5691,12 @@ msgstr "" "filename." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2181 msgid "The TFTP server responds and sends filename to client." msgstr "Сервер TFTP отвечает и отправляет имя файла клиенту." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2183 msgid "" "The client executes filename, which is pxeboot(8), which then loads the " "kernel. When the kernel executes, the root file system specified by root-" @@ -5707,7 +5707,7 @@ msgstr "" "через NFS." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2185 msgid "" "On the TFTP server, read [.filename]#/var/log/xferlog# to ensure that [." "filename]#pxeboot# is being retrieved from the correct location. To test " @@ -5718,7 +5718,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации, сделанной для этого примера:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2191 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# tftp 192.168.0.1\n" @@ -5730,7 +5730,7 @@ msgstr "" "Received 264951 bytes in 0.1 seconds\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2194 msgid "" "The `BUGS` sections in man:tftpd[8] and man:tftp[1] document some " "limitations with TFTP." @@ -5739,7 +5739,7 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2195 msgid "" "Make sure that the root file system can be mounted via NFS. To test this " "example configuration:" @@ -5748,13 +5748,13 @@ msgstr "" "Для проверки конфигурации из этого примера:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2199 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install /mnt\n" msgstr "# mount -t nfs 192.168.0.1:/b/tftpboot/FreeBSD/install /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2202 msgid "" "For UEFI PXE based booting, replace the [.filename]#boot/pxeboot# file with " "the [.filename]#boot/loader.efi# file:" @@ -5763,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#boot/loader.efi#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2207 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot ${NFSROOTDIR}\n" @@ -5775,13 +5775,13 @@ msgstr "" "# cp boot/loader.efi boot/pxeboot\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2211 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP)" msgstr "Протокол общей избыточности адресов (CARP)" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2215 msgid "" "The Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) allows multiple hosts to share " "the same IP address and Virtual Host ID (VHID) in order to provide _high " @@ -5797,7 +5797,7 @@ msgstr "" "работе службы." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2219 msgid "" "In addition to the shared IP address, each host has its own IP address for " "management and configuration. All of the machines that share an IP address " @@ -5810,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" "уникальным в пределах широковещательного домена сетевого интерфейса." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2222 msgid "" "High availability using CARP is built into FreeBSD, though the steps to " "configure it vary slightly depending upon the FreeBSD version. This section " @@ -5823,7 +5823,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD 10." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2225 msgid "" "This example configures failover support with three hosts, all with unique " "IP addresses, but providing the same web content. It has two different " @@ -5837,7 +5837,7 @@ msgstr "" "example.org`." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2232 msgid "" "These machines are load balanced with a Round Robin DNS configuration. The " "master and backup machines are configured identically except for their " @@ -5860,13 +5860,13 @@ msgstr "" "сервер возьмёт IP-адрес вышедшей из строя основной машины." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2234 #, no-wrap msgid "Using CARP" msgstr "Использование CARP" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2237 msgid "" "Enable boot-time support for CARP by adding an entry for the [." "filename]#carp.ko# kernel module in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" @@ -5875,24 +5875,24 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#carp.ko# в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2241 #, no-wrap msgid "carp_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "carp_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2244 msgid "To load the module now without rebooting:" msgstr "Чтобы сейчас загрузить модуль без перезагрузки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2248 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload carp\n" msgstr "# kldload carp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2251 msgid "" "For users who prefer to use a custom kernel, include the following line in " "the custom kernel configuration file and compile the kernel as described in " @@ -5903,13 +5903,13 @@ msgstr "" "описано в crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Настройка ядра FreeBSD]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2255 #, no-wrap msgid "device\tcarp\n" msgstr "device\tcarp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2258 msgid "" "The hostname, management IP address and subnet mask, shared IP address, and " "VHID are all set by adding entries to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. This " @@ -5920,7 +5920,7 @@ msgstr "" "для `hosta.example.org`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hosta.example.org\"\n" @@ -5932,7 +5932,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet vhid 1 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.50/32\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2269 msgid "" "The next set of entries are for `hostb.example.org`. Since it represents a " "second master, it uses a different shared IP address and VHID. However, the " @@ -5946,7 +5946,7 @@ msgstr "" "паролем." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2275 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostb.example.org\"\n" @@ -5958,7 +5958,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet vhid 2 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.51/32\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2280 msgid "" "The third machine, `hostc.example.org`, is configured to handle failover " "from either master. This machine is configured with two CARPVHIDs, one to " @@ -5976,7 +5976,7 @@ msgstr "" "резервных серверов." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2287 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"hostc.example.org\"\n" @@ -5990,7 +5990,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_em0_alias1=\"inet vhid 2 advskew 100 pass testpass alias 192.168.1.51/32\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2291 msgid "" "Having two CARPVHIDs configured means that `hostc.example.org` will notice " "if either of the master servers becomes unavailable. If a master fails to " @@ -6003,7 +6003,7 @@ msgstr "" "себя общий IP-адрес до тех пор, пока главный сервер снова не станет доступен." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2298 msgid "" "If the original master server becomes available again, `hostc.example.org` " "will not release the virtual IP address back to it automatically. For this " @@ -6020,13 +6020,13 @@ msgstr "" "резервного сервера:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2302 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup\n" msgstr "# ifconfig em0 vhid 1 state backup\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2308 msgid "" "Once the configuration is complete, either restart networking or reboot each " "system. High availability is now enabled." @@ -6035,7 +6035,7 @@ msgstr "" "систему. Высокая доступность теперь включена." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2311 msgid "" "CARP functionality can be controlled via several man:sysctl[8] variables " "documented in the man:carp[4] manual pages. Other actions can be triggered " @@ -6046,13 +6046,13 @@ msgstr "" "событиях CARP с использованием man:devd[8]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2313 #, no-wrap msgid "VLANs" msgstr "Виртуальные сети VLAN" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2317 msgid "" "VLANs are a way of virtually dividing up a network into many different " "subnetworks, also referred to as segmenting. Each segment will have its own " @@ -6064,7 +6064,7 @@ msgstr "" "изолированным от других VLAN." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2320 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, VLANs must be supported by the network card driver. To see " "which drivers support vlans, refer to the man:vlan[4] manual page." @@ -6074,7 +6074,7 @@ msgstr "" "руководства man:vlan[4]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2323 msgid "" "When configuring a VLAN, a couple pieces of information must be known. " "First, which network interface? Second, what is the VLAN tag?" @@ -6083,7 +6083,7 @@ msgstr "" "сетевой интерфейс? Во-вторых, какой тег VLAN?" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2325 msgid "" "To configure VLANs at run time, with a NIC of `em0` and a VLAN tag of `5` " "the command would look like this:" @@ -6092,24 +6092,24 @@ msgstr "" "`5`, команда будет выглядеть следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2329 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0.5 create vlan 5 vlandev em0 inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" msgstr "# ifconfig em0.5 create vlan 5 vlandev em0 inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2334 msgid "" "See how the interface name includes the NIC driver name and the VLAN tag, " "separated by a period? This is a best practice to make maintaining the VLAN " "configuration easy when many VLANs are present on a machine." msgstr "" "Видите, что имя интерфейса состоит из имени драйвера сетевой карты и тега " -"VLAN, разделенных точкой? Это рекомендуемая практика для упрощения работы с " +"VLAN, разделённых точкой? Это рекомендуемая практика для упрощения работы с " "конфигурациями VLAN, когда на машине присутствует множество VLAN." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2340 msgid "" "When defining VLANs, ensure that the parent network interface is also " "configured and enabled. The minimum configuration for the above example " @@ -6120,13 +6120,13 @@ msgstr "" "будет следующей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2344 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0 up\n" msgstr "# ifconfig em0 up\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2349 msgid "" "To configure VLANs at boot time, [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# must be updated. " "To duplicate the configuration above, the following will need to be added:" @@ -6136,7 +6136,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vlans_em0=\"5\"\n" @@ -6146,7 +6146,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_em0_5=\"inet 192.168.20.20/24\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2357 msgid "" "Additional VLANs may be added, by simply adding the tag to the `vlans_em0` " "field and adding an additional line configuring the network on that VLAN " @@ -6157,7 +6157,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсе с этим тегом VLAN." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2362 msgid "" "When defining VLANs in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, make sure that the parent " "network interface is configured and enabled as well. The minimum " @@ -6168,13 +6168,13 @@ msgstr "" "приведённого выше примера будет следующей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2366 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_em0=\"up\"\n" msgstr "ifconfig_em0=\"up\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2372 msgid "" "It is useful to assign a symbolic name to an interface so that when the " "associated hardware is changed, only a few configuration variables need to " @@ -6190,7 +6190,7 @@ msgstr "" "ixgb[4], все упоминания `em0.1` не нужно будет изменять на `ixgb0.1`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2374 msgid "" "To configure VLAN `5`, on the NIC `em0`, assign the interface name " "`cameras`, and assign the interface an IP address of `_192.168.20.20_` with " @@ -6201,24 +6201,24 @@ msgstr "" "префиксом используйте следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2378 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0.5 create vlan 5 vlandev em0 name cameras inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" msgstr "# ifconfig em0.5 create vlan 5 vlandev em0 name cameras inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2381 msgid "For an interface named `video`, use the following:" msgstr "Для интерфейса с именем `video` используйте следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2385 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig video.5 create vlan 5 vlandev video name cameras inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" msgstr "# ifconfig video.5 create vlan 5 vlandev video name cameras inet 192.168.20.20/24\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2388 msgid "" "To apply the changes at boot time, add the following lines to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -6227,7 +6227,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/advanced-networking/_index.adoc:2394 #, no-wrap msgid "" "vlans_video=\"cameras\"\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc index f4b9ca2455..d08abcf62e 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'Часть III. Администрирование системы' prev: books/handbook/mac showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["audit", "terms", "configuration", "guide", "audit trails"] -title: 'Глава 19. Аудит событий безопасности' +title: 'Глава 20. Аудит событий безопасности' weight: 23 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 23 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 19 +:sectnumoffset: 20 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ crossref:audit[event-selection,Классы событий аудита по у |ap |application -|Определенное приложением действие. +|Определённое приложением действие. |cl |file close @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ crossref:audit[event-selection,Классы событий аудита по у Эти классы событий аудита могут быть настроены путем изменения конфигурационных файлов [.filename]#audit_class# и [.filename]#audit_event#. -Каждый класс событий аудита может быть объединен с префиксом, указывающим, соответствуют ли успешные/неудачные операции, и добавляется или удаляется запись для соответствия классу и типу. В crossref:audit[event-prefixes,Префиксы для классов событий аудита] приведены доступные префиксы: +Каждый класс событий аудита может быть объединён с префиксом, указывающим, соответствуют ли успешные/неудачные операции, и добавляется или удаляется запись для соответствия классу и типу. В crossref:audit[event-prefixes,Префиксы для классов событий аудита] приведены доступные префиксы: [[event-prefixes]] .Префиксы для классов событий аудита diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/audit/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/audit/_index.po index a90c70af27..c1a3bb30f8 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/audit/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/audit/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookaudit_index/ru/>\n" @@ -22,11 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD security event auditing supports reliable, fine-grained, and configurable logging of a variety of security-relevant system events, including logins, configuration changes, and file and network access" -msgstr "" -"В FreeBSD поддерживается аудит событий безопасности, обеспечивающий " -"надёжное, детализированное и настраиваемое журналирование различных " -"системных событий, связанных с безопасностью, включая входы в систему, " -"изменения конфигурации, а также доступ к файлам и сети" +msgstr "В FreeBSD поддерживается аудит событий безопасности, обеспечивающий надёжное, детализированное и настраиваемое журналирование различных системных событий, связанных с безопасностью, включая входы в систему, изменения конфигурации, а также доступ к файлам и сети" #. type: YAML Front Matter: part #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:1 @@ -37,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "Часть III. Администрирование системы" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 19. Security Event Auditing" -msgstr "Глава 19. Аудит событий безопасности" +msgid "Chapter 20. Security Event Auditing" +msgstr "Глава 20. Аудит событий безопасности" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:15 @@ -47,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Security Event Auditing" msgstr "Аудит событий безопасности" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "The FreeBSD operating system includes support for security event auditing. " "Event auditing supports reliable, fine-grained, and configurable logging of " @@ -75,7 +71,7 @@ msgstr "" "реализациями аудита Solaris(TM) и Mac OS(R) X." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "This chapter focuses on the installation and configuration of event " "auditing. It explains audit policies and provides an example audit " @@ -85,22 +81,22 @@ msgstr "" "политики аудита и приводится пример конфигурации аудита." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:63 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:65 msgid "What event auditing is and how it works." msgstr "Что такое аудит событий и как он работает." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to configure event auditing on FreeBSD for users and processes." msgstr "Как настроить аудит событий в FreeBSD для пользователей и процессов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "How to review the audit trail using the audit reduction and review tools." msgstr "" @@ -108,12 +104,12 @@ msgstr "" "просмотра аудита." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." @@ -121,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "" "Понимать основы UNIX(R) и FreeBSD (crossref:basics[basics,Основы FreeBSD])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration/compilation (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." @@ -130,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Настройка ядра FreeBSD])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." @@ -139,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD (crossref:security[security,Безопасность])." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "The audit facility has some known limitations. Not all security-relevant " "system events are auditable and some login mechanisms, such as Xorg-based " @@ -152,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "" "настраивают аудит для сеансов пользовательского входа должным образом." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "The security event auditing facility is able to generate very detailed logs " "of system activity. On a busy system, trail file data can be very large " @@ -173,18 +169,18 @@ msgstr "" "файловые системы не пострадали, если файловая система аудита переполнится." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "Key Terms" msgstr "Ключевые термины" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:89 msgid "The following terms are related to security event auditing:" msgstr "Следующие термины связаны с аудитом событий безопасности:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "_event_: an auditable event is any event that can be logged using the audit " "subsystem. Examples of security-relevant events include the creation of a " @@ -204,7 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" "систему, например, неудачные попытки ввода пароля." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "_class_: a named set of related events which are used in selection " "expressions. Commonly used classes of events include \"file creation\" (fc), " @@ -215,7 +211,7 @@ msgstr "" "\" (fc), \"выполнение\" (ex) и \"вход/выход\" (lo)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "_record_: an audit log entry describing a security event. Records contain a " "record event type, information on the subject (user) performing the action, " @@ -229,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполнения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "_trail_: a log file consisting of a series of audit records describing " "security events. Trails are in roughly chronological order with respect to " @@ -243,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" "журнал аудита." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "_selection expression_: a string containing a list of prefixes and audit " "event class names used to match events." @@ -253,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" "событий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "_preselection_: the process by which the system identifies which events are " "of interest to the administrator. The preselection configuration uses a " @@ -269,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "неавторизованным процессам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "_reduction_: the process by which records from existing audit trails are " "selected for preservation, printing, or analysis. Likewise, the process by " @@ -288,13 +284,13 @@ msgstr "" "входах в систему для архивных целей." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit Configuration" msgstr "Настройка аудита" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "User space support for event auditing is installed as part of the base " "FreeBSD operating system. Kernel support is available in the [." @@ -307,24 +303,24 @@ msgstr "" "быть включен добавлением следующей строки в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "auditd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "auditd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:110 msgid "Then, start the audit daemon:" msgstr "Затем запустите демон аудита:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "# service auditd start\n" msgstr "# service auditd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "Users who prefer to compile a custom kernel must include the following line " "in their custom kernel configuration file:" @@ -333,19 +329,19 @@ msgstr "" "следующую строку в файл конфигурации своего ядра:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tAUDIT\n" msgstr "options\tAUDIT\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "Event Selection Expressions" msgstr "Выражения выбора событий" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "Selection expressions are used in a number of places in the audit " "configuration to determine which events should be audited. Expressions " @@ -359,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" "направо, а два выражения объединяются путем добавления одного к другому." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "crossref:audit[event-selection,Default Audit Event Classes] summarizes the " "default audit event classes:" @@ -368,381 +364,381 @@ msgstr "" "сводку классов событий аудита по умолчанию:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "Default Audit Event Classes" msgstr "Классы событий аудита по умолчанию" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "Class Name" msgstr "Имя класса" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:140 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "Action" msgstr "Действие" #. type: Table +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:140 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:141 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "all" msgstr "all" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Match all event classes." msgstr "Совпадает со всеми классами событий." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "aa" msgstr "aa" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "authentication and authorization" msgstr "authentication and authorization" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "ad" msgstr "ad" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "administrative" msgstr "administrative" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Administrative actions performed on the system as a whole." msgstr "Административные действия, выполняемые с системой в целом." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "ap" msgstr "ap" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "application" msgstr "application" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Application defined action." -msgstr "Определенное приложением действие." +msgstr "Определённое приложением действие." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "cl" msgstr "cl" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "file close" msgstr "file close" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit calls to the `close` system call." msgstr "Аудит вызовов системного вызова `close`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "ex" msgstr "ex" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "exec" msgstr "exec" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit program execution. Auditing of command line arguments and environmental variables is controlled via man:audit_control[5] using the `argv` and `envv` parameters to the `policy` setting." msgstr "Аудит выполнения программ. Аудит аргументов командной строки и переменных окружения контролируется через man:audit_control[5] с использованием параметров `argv` и `envv` в настройке `policy`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "fa" msgstr "fa" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "file attribute access" msgstr "file attribute access" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:167 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit the access of object attributes such as man:stat[1] and man:pathconf[2]." msgstr "Аудит доступа к атрибутам объектов, таким как man:stat[1] и man:pathconf[2]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "fc" msgstr "fc" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "file create" msgstr "file create" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where a file is created as a result." msgstr "События аудита, в результате которых создаётся файл." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "fd" msgstr "fd" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "file delete" msgstr "file delete" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where file deletion occurs." msgstr "Аудит событий, в которых происходит удаление файлов." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "fm" msgstr "fm" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "file attribute modify" msgstr "file attribute modify" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events where file attribute modification occurs, such as by man:chown[8], man:chflags[1], and man:flock[2]." msgstr "События аудита, связанные с изменением атрибутов файлов, например, с помощью man:chown[8], man:chflags[1] и man:flock[2]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "fr" msgstr "fr" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "file read" msgstr "file read" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events in which data is read or files are opened for reading." msgstr "События аудита, в которых данные читаются или файлы открываются для чтения." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "fw" msgstr "fw" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "file write" msgstr "file write" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events in which data is written or files are written or modified." msgstr "События аудита, в которых данные записываются или файлы создаются либо изменяются." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "io" msgstr "io" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "ioctl" msgstr "ioctl" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit use of the `ioctl` system call." msgstr "Контроль использования системного вызова `ioctl`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "ipc" msgstr "ipc" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit various forms of Inter-Process Communication, including POSIX pipes and System V IPC operations." msgstr "Аудит различных форм межпроцессного взаимодействия, включая POSIX-каналы и операции System V IPC." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "lo" msgstr "lo" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "login_logout" msgstr "login_logout" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit man:login[1] and man:logout[1] events." msgstr "Audit man:login[1] и man:logout[1] события." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "na" msgstr "na" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "non attributable" msgstr "non attributable" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit non-attributable events." msgstr "Аудит неприписываемых событий." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "no" msgstr "no" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "invalid class" msgstr "ошибочный класс" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "Match no audit events." msgstr "Не соответствует ни одному событию аудита." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "nt" msgstr "nt" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "network" msgstr "network" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit events related to network actions such as man:connect[2] and man:accept[2]." msgstr "События аудита, связанные с сетевыми действиями, такими как man:connect[2] и man:accept[2]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "ot" msgstr "ot" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "other" msgstr "other" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit miscellaneous events." msgstr "Аудит различных событий." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "pc" msgstr "pc" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "process" msgstr "process" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit process operations such as man:exec[3] and man:exit[3]." msgstr "Аудит операций процессов, таких как man:exec[3] и man:exit[3]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "These audit event classes may be customized by modifying the [." "filename]#audit_class# and [.filename]#audit_event# configuration files." @@ -751,92 +747,92 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурационных файлов [.filename]#audit_class# и [.filename]#audit_event#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "Each audit event class may be combined with a prefix indicating whether " "successful/failed operations are matched, and whether the entry is adding or " "removing matching for the class and type. crossref:audit[event-prefixes," "Prefixes for Audit Event Classes] summarizes the available prefixes:" msgstr "" -"Каждый класс событий аудита может быть объединен с префиксом, указывающим, " +"Каждый класс событий аудита может быть объединён с префиксом, указывающим, " "соответствуют ли успешные/неудачные операции, и добавляется или удаляется " "запись для соответствия классу и типу. В crossref:audit[event-prefixes," "Префиксы для классов событий аудита] приведены доступные префиксы:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "Prefixes for Audit Event Classes" msgstr "Префиксы для классов событий аудита" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Prefix" msgstr "Префикс" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "+" msgstr "+" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit successful events in this class." msgstr "Аудит успешных событий в этом классе." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "-" msgstr "-" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit failed events in this class." msgstr "Аудит неудачных событий в этом классе." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "^" msgstr "^" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Audit neither successful nor failed events in this class." msgstr "Не аудировать ни успешные, ни неудачные события в этом классе." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "^+" msgstr "^+" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "Do not audit successful events in this class." msgstr "Не аудировать успешные события в данном классе." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "^-" msgstr "^-" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "Do not audit failed events in this class." msgstr "Не аудировать неудачные события в этом классе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "If no prefix is present, both successful and failed instances of the event " "will be audited." @@ -845,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" "экземпляры события." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "The following example selection string selects both successful and failed " "login/logout events, but only successful execution events:" @@ -854,19 +850,19 @@ msgstr "" "выхода, но только успешные события выполнения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "lo,+ex\n" msgstr "lo,+ex\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "Файлы конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "The following configuration files for security event auditing are found in [." "filename]#/etc/security#:" @@ -875,13 +871,13 @@ msgstr "" "для аудита событий безопасности:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:262 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_class#: contains the definitions of the audit classes." msgstr "[.filename]#audit_class#: содержит определения классов аудита." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_control#: controls aspects of the audit subsystem, such as " "default audit classes, minimum disk space to leave on the audit log volume, " @@ -892,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналом аудита и максимальный размер журнала аудита." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_event#: textual names and descriptions of system audit " "events and a list of which classes each event is in." @@ -901,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" "аудита, а также список классов, к которым относится каждое событие." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_user#: user-specific audit requirements to be combined " "with the global defaults at login." @@ -910,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr "" "объединяются с глобальными настройками по умолчанию при входе в систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:266 msgid "" "[.filename]#audit_warn#: a customizable shell script used by man:auditd[8] " "to generate warning messages in exceptional situations, such as when space " @@ -923,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" "файл журнала аудита был перезаписан." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:270 msgid "" "Audit configuration files should be edited and maintained carefully, as " "errors in configuration may result in improper logging of events." @@ -932,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "" "так как ошибки в конфигурации могут привести к некорректной записи событий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "In most cases, administrators will only need to modify [." "filename]#audit_control# and [.filename]#audit_user#. The first file " @@ -945,13 +941,13 @@ msgstr "" "для тонкой настройки аудита по пользователям." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#audit_control# File" msgstr "Файл [.filename]#audit_control#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "A number of defaults for the audit subsystem are specified in [." "filename]#audit_control#:" @@ -960,7 +956,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#audit_control#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dir:/var/audit\n" @@ -982,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" "expire-after:10M\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "The `dir` entry is used to set one or more directories where audit logs will " "be stored. If more than one directory entry appears, they will be used in " @@ -998,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" "заполнении файловой системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "If the `dist` field is set to `on` or `yes`, hard links will be created to " "all trail files in [.filename]#/var/audit/dist#." @@ -1007,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" "для всех файлов журнала в [.filename]#/var/audit/dist#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "The `flags` field sets the system-wide default preselection mask for " "attributable events. In the example above, successful and failed login/" @@ -1020,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "авторизация для всех пользователей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "The `minfree` entry defines the minimum percentage of free space for the " "file system where the audit trail is stored." @@ -1029,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" "системе, где хранится журнал аудита." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "The `naflags` entry specifies audit classes to be audited for non-attributed " "events, such as the login/logout process and authentication and " @@ -1039,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" "как процесс входа/выхода, аутентификация и авторизация." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "The `policy` entry specifies a comma-separated list of policy flags " "controlling various aspects of audit behavior. The `cnt` indicates that the " @@ -1055,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполнения команды." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "The `filesz` entry specifies the maximum size for an audit trail before " "automatically terminating and rotating the trail file. A value of `0` " @@ -1068,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr "" "он будет проигнорирован, и будет сгенерировано сообщение в логе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "The `expire-after` field specifies when audit log files will expire and be " "removed." @@ -1077,13 +1073,13 @@ msgstr "" "удалены." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#audit_user# File" msgstr "Файл [.filename]#audit_user#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "The administrator can specify further audit requirements for specific users " "in [.filename]#audit_user#. Each line configures auditing for a user via " @@ -1099,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "" "аудироваться для пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "The following example entries audit login/logout events and successful " "command execution for `root` and file creation and successful command " @@ -1114,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "события входа/выхода также будут фиксироваться для `www`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root:lo,+ex:no\n" @@ -1124,13 +1120,13 @@ msgstr "" "www:fc,+ex:no\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Working with Audit Trails" msgstr "Работа с журналами аудита" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "Since audit trails are stored in the BSM binary format, several built-in " "tools are available to modify or convert these trails to text. To convert " @@ -1150,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "" "которым выполнялось действие." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "For example, to dump the entire contents of a specified audit log in plain " "text:" @@ -1159,18 +1155,18 @@ msgstr "" "обычного текста:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "# praudit /var/audit/AUDITFILE\n" msgstr "# praudit /var/audit/AUDITFILE\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:346 msgid "Where _AUDITFILE_ is the audit log to dump." msgstr "Где _AUDITFILE_ — файл журнала аудита для дампа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "Audit trails consist of a series of audit records made up of tokens, which " "`praudit` prints sequentially, one per line. Each token is of a specific " @@ -1184,7 +1180,7 @@ msgstr "" "события `execve`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "header,133,10,execve(2),0,Mon Sep 25 15:58:03 2006, + 384 msec\n" @@ -1204,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" "trailer,133\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "This audit represents a successful `execve` call, in which the command " "`finger doug` has been run. The `exec arg` token contains the processed " @@ -1233,7 +1229,7 @@ msgstr "" "успешное выполнение, а `trailer` завершает запись." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "XML output format is also supported and can be selected by including `-x`." msgstr "" @@ -1241,7 +1237,7 @@ msgstr "" "опции `-x`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "Since audit logs may be very large, a subset of records can be selected " "using `auditreduce`. This example selects all audit records produced for " @@ -1253,13 +1249,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#AUDITFILE#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "# auditreduce -u trhodes /var/audit/AUDITFILE | praudit\n" msgstr "# auditreduce -u trhodes /var/audit/AUDITFILE | praudit\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "Members of the `audit` group have permission to read audit trails in [." "filename]#/var/audit#. By default, this group is empty, so only the `root` " @@ -1270,21 +1266,21 @@ msgid "" "performed with caution." msgstr "" "Участники группы `audit` имеют право читать журналы аудита в [.filename]#/" -"var/audit#. По умолчанию эта группа пуста, поэтому только пользователь `root`" -" может читать журналы аудита. Пользователи могут быть добавлены в группу " -"`audit` для делегирования прав просмотра аудита. Поскольку возможность " -"отслеживать содержимое журналов аудита даёт значительное представление о " -"поведении пользователей и процессов, рекомендуется делегировать права " -"просмотра аудита с осторожностью." +"var/audit#. По умолчанию эта группа пуста, поэтому только пользователь " +"`root` может читать журналы аудита. Пользователи могут быть добавлены в " +"группу `audit` для делегирования прав просмотра аудита. Поскольку " +"возможность отслеживать содержимое журналов аудита даёт значительное " +"представление о поведении пользователей и процессов, рекомендуется " +"делегировать права просмотра аудита с осторожностью." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "Live Monitoring Using Audit Pipes" msgstr "Мониторинг в реальном времени с использованием потоков аудита" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "Audit pipes are cloning pseudo-devices which allow applications to tap the " "live audit record stream. This is primarily of interest to authors of " @@ -1303,13 +1299,13 @@ msgstr "" "за ротации логов. Для отслеживания живого потока событий аудита:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "# praudit /dev/auditpipe\n" msgstr "# praudit /dev/auditpipe\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:399 msgid "" "By default, audit pipe device nodes are accessible only to the `root` user. " "To make them accessible to the members of the `audit` group, add a `devfs` " @@ -1320,13 +1316,13 @@ msgstr "" "правило `devfs` в [.filename]#/etc/devfs.rules#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit\n" msgstr "add path 'auditpipe*' mode 0440 group audit\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "See man:devfs.rules[5] for more information on configuring the devfs file " "system." @@ -1335,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" "devfs.rules[5]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "It is easy to produce audit event feedback cycles, in which the viewing of " "each audit event results in the generation of more audit events. For " @@ -1354,13 +1350,13 @@ msgstr "" "сеансов без детального аудита ввода-вывода." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "Rotating and Compressing Audit Trail Files" msgstr "Ротация и сжатие файлов журнала аудита" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "Audit trails are written to by the kernel and managed by the audit daemon, " "man:auditd[8]. Administrators should not attempt to use man:newsyslog." @@ -1382,13 +1378,13 @@ msgstr "" "действия:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "# audit -n\n" msgstr "# audit -n\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "If man:auditd[8] is not currently running, this command will fail and an " "error message will be produced." @@ -1397,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "ошибкой и будет выведено сообщение об ошибке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "Adding the following line to [.filename]#/etc/crontab# will schedule this " "rotation every twelve hours:" @@ -1406,19 +1402,19 @@ msgstr "" "эту ротацию каждые двенадцать часов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "0 */12 * * * root /usr/sbin/audit -n\n" msgstr "0 */12 * * * root /usr/sbin/audit -n\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:437 msgid "The change will take effect once [.filename]#/etc/crontab# is saved." msgstr "" "Изменение вступит в силу после сохранения файла [.filename]#/etc/crontab#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "Automatic rotation of the audit trail file based on file size is possible " "using `filesz` in [.filename]#audit_control# as described in crossref:" @@ -1429,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:audit[audit-auditcontrol,Файл audit_control]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "As audit trail files can become very large, it is often desirable to " "compress or otherwise archive trails once they have been closed by the audit " @@ -1448,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "аудита после закрытия:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -1466,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "fi\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/audit/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "Other archiving activities might include copying trail files to a " "centralized server, deleting old trail files, or reducing the audit trail to " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc index 9eb88c03f7..59a1107f66 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ passwd: done Группа — это список пользователей. Группа идентифицируется по своему названию и GID. В FreeBSD ядро использует UID процесса и список групп, к которым он принадлежит, чтобы определить, что процесс может делать. В большинстве случаев под GID пользователя или процесса обычно подразумевается первая группа в списке. -Соответствие имён групп и GID перечислено в `/etc/group`. Это простой текстовый файл с четырьмя полями, разделенными двоеточиями. Первое поле — имя группы, второе — зашифрованный пароль, третье — GID, а четвертое — список участников, разделенных запятыми. Полное описание синтаксиса смотрите в man:group[5]. +Соответствие имён групп и GID перечислено в `/etc/group`. Это простой текстовый файл с четырьмя полями, разделёнными двоеточиями. Первое поле — имя группы, второе — зашифрованный пароль, третье — GID, а четвертое — список участников, разделённых запятыми. Полное описание синтаксиса смотрите в man:group[5]. Суперпользователь может изменить `/etc/group` с помощью текстового редактора, однако предпочтительнее редактировать файл групп с помощью man:vigr[8], так как это позволяет избежать некоторых распространённых ошибок. Или для добавления и редактирования групп можно использовать man:pw[8]. Например, чтобы добавить группу с именем `teamtwo` и затем убедиться, что она существует: @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ FreeBSD также использует место на диске для _ра |Обычно содержит раздел подкачки. |`c` -|Обычно имеет тот же размер, что и окружающий слайс. Это позволяет утилитам, которым необходимо работать со всем слайсом, например, сканеру плохих блоков, работать с разделом `c`. Файловая система обычно не создаётся на этом разделе. +|Обычно имеет тот же размер, что и окружающий слайс. Это позволяет утилитам, которым необходимо работать со всем слайсом, например, сканеру плохих блоков, работать с разделом `c`. Файловая система на этом разделе обычно не создаётся. |`d` |Раздел `d` ранее имел особое значение, но сейчас это ушло в прошлое, и `d` может использоваться как обычный раздел. @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ FreeBSD также использует место на диске для _ра Наконец, каждый диск в системе идентифицируется. Имя диска начинается с кода, указывающего тип диска, за которым следует номер, обозначающий конкретный диск. В отличие от разделов и слайсов, нумерация дисков начинается с 0. Распространённые коды перечислены в crossref:basics[disks-naming,Имена устройств дисков]. -При указании раздела в слайсе укажите имя диска, `s`, номер слайса, а затем букву раздела. Примеры приведены в разделе crossref:basics[basics-disk-slice-part,Примеры имён дисков, слайсов и разделов]. Разделы GPT включают имя диска, `p`, а затем номер раздела. +При указании раздела в слайсе укажите имя диска, `s`, номер слайса, а затем букву раздела. Примеры приведены в разделе crossref:basics[basics-disk-slice-part,"Примеры имён дисков, слайсов и разделов"]. Разделы GPT включают имя диска, `p`, а затем номер раздела. crossref:basics[basics-concept-disk-model,Концептуальная модель диска] показывает концептуальную модель разметки диска с использованием разделов MBR. @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ device /mount-point fstype options dumpfreq passno `-w`:: Смонтировать файловую систему в режиме чтения-записи. -Следующие параметры могут быть переданы в `-o` в виде списка, разделенного запятыми: +Следующие параметры могут быть переданы в `-o` в виде списка, разделённого запятыми: `nosuid`:: Не интерпретировать флаги setuid или setgid на файловой системе. Это также полезная опция безопасности. @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ _Оболочка_ предоставляет интерфейс командн Но оболочка показывает только `rm foo`. Она не смогла завершить имя файла, потому что и `foobar`, и `football` начинаются с `foo`. Некоторые оболочки издают звуковой сигнал или показывают все варианты, если совпадает более одного имени. Пользователь должен затем ввести дополнительные символы, чтобы указать нужное имя файла. Ввод `t` и повторное нажатие kbd:[Tab] достаточно, чтобы оболочка определила, какое имя файла требуется, и заполнила остальное. -Еще одна особенность оболочки — использование переменных окружения. Переменные окружения представляют собой пару переменная/ключ, хранящуюся в окружении оболочки. Это окружение может быть прочитано любой программой, запущенной оболочкой, и поэтому содержит множество настроек программ. В crossref:basics[shell-env-vars,Распространенные переменные окружения] приведен список распространённых переменных окружения и их значений. Обратите внимание, что имена переменных окружения всегда записываются в верхнем регистре. +Еще одна особенность оболочки — использование переменных окружения. Переменные окружения представляют собой пару переменная/ключ, хранящуюся в окружении оболочки. Это окружение может быть прочитано любой программой, запущенной оболочкой, и поэтому содержит множество настроек программ. В crossref:basics[shell-env-vars,Распространенные переменные окружения] приведён список распространённых переменных окружения и их значений. Обратите внимание, что имена переменных окружения всегда записываются в верхнем регистре. [[shell-env-vars]] .Распространенные переменные окружения diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/basics/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/basics/_index.po index ca75690a1e..43f4277e86 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/basics/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/basics/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookbasics_index/ru/>\n" @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "FreeBSD Basics" msgstr "Основы FreeBSD" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD " "operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any UNIX(R)-like " @@ -62,77 +62,77 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуется внимательно ознакомиться с этой главой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:59 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles." msgstr "Как использовать и настраивать виртуальные консоли." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD." msgstr "" "Как создавать пользователей и группы пользователей во FreeBSD и управлять " "ими." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How UNIX(R) file permissions and FreeBSD file flags work." msgstr "" "Как работают права доступа на файлы в UNIX® и файловые флаги во FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:64 msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout." msgstr "Иерархию каталогов FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:65 msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization." msgstr "Организация дисков в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems." msgstr "Как монтировать и размонтировать файловые системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:67 msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are." msgstr "Что такое процессы, демоны и сигналы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:68 msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment." msgstr "Что такое оболочка и как изменить среду входа по умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to use basic text editors." msgstr "Как использовать основные текстовые редакторы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:70 msgid "What devices and device nodes are." msgstr "Что такое устройства и узлы устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to read manual pages for more information." msgstr "" "Как читать справочные страницы для получения дополнительной информации." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals" msgstr "Виртуальные консоли и терминалы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical " "environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login " @@ -143,19 +143,19 @@ msgstr "" "входа, как показано в этом примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n" msgstr "FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:82 #, no-wrap msgid "login:\n" msgstr "login:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "The first line contains some information about the system. The `amd64` " "indicates that FreeBSD is running on a 64-bit x86 system. The hostname is " @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ msgstr "" "приглашение для входа в систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish " "between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to " @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя есть уникальное «имя пользователя» и личный «пароль»." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during " "system installation, as described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-addusers," @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" "отображается_ в целях безопасности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (MOTD) will be " "displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the shell that was " @@ -211,13 +211,13 @@ msgstr "" "консоль системы FreeBSD и готов попробовать доступные команды." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Consoles" msgstr "Виртуальные консоли" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user " "working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will " @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователь, что затрудняет концентрацию на текущей задаче." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for " "inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell " @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "среде." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "The key combinations kbd:[Alt+F1] through kbd:[Alt+F8] have been reserved by " "FreeBSD for switching between virtual consoles. Use kbd:[Alt+F1] to switch " @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "используется сочетание kbd:[Ctrl+Alt+F1]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen " "output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and " @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "" "работать при переключении пользователя на другую виртуальную консоль." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "Refer to man:kbdcontrol[1], man:vidcontrol[1], man:atkbd[4], man:syscons[4], " "and man:vt[4] for a more technical description of the FreeBSD console and " @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйверов клавиатуры." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this " "section of `/etc/ttys`:" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе `/etc/ttys`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ msgstr "" "ttyv8 \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\" xterm off secure\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (`+#+`) at the beginning " "of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to reduce the " @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" "и настроен, как описано в crossref:x11[x11,Система X Window]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available " "options for the virtual consoles, refer to man:ttys[5]." @@ -364,13 +364,13 @@ msgstr "" "виртуальных консолей обратитесь к man:ttys[5]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "Single User Mode" msgstr "Однопользовательский режим" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as \"Boot Single User\". " "If this option is selected, the system will boot into a special mode known " @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечения безопасности системы FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of `/" "etc/ttys`:" @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе файла `/etc/ttys`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "" "console none unknown off secure\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "By default, the status is set to `secure`. This assumes that who has " "physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it is controlled " @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузку в однопользовательском режиме." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "_Be careful when changing this setting to `insecure`!_ If the `root` " "password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but " @@ -452,13 +452,13 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing Console Video Modes" msgstr "Изменение видеорежимов консоли" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, " "1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To " @@ -469,13 +469,13 @@ msgstr "" "Для использования другого видео режима загрузите модуль `VESA`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload vesa\n" msgstr "# kldload vesa\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use man:" "vidcontrol[1]. To get a list of supported video modes issue the following:" @@ -485,13 +485,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "# vidcontrol -i mode\n" msgstr "# vidcontrol -i mode\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the " "hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using man:" @@ -502,13 +502,13 @@ msgstr "" "с помощью man:vidcontrol[1] от имени пользователя `root`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "# vidcontrol MODE_279\n" msgstr "# vidcontrol MODE_279\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by " "adding it to `/etc/rc.conf`:" @@ -517,19 +517,19 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке, добавив в `/etc/rc.conf`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\"\n" msgstr "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\"\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Users and Basic Account Management" msgstr "Пользователи и базовая настройка учётных записей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While " "only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one " @@ -543,22 +543,22 @@ msgstr "" "каждый пользователь должен иметь свою собственную учётную запись." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:220 msgid "This chapter describes:" msgstr "Эта глава описывает:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:222 msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "Типы учётных записей пользователей в системе FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:223 msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts." msgstr "Как добавлять, удалять и изменять учётные записи пользователей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:224 msgid "" "How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed " "to access." @@ -567,19 +567,19 @@ msgstr "" "группам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:225 msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group." msgstr "" "Как создавать группы и добавлять пользователей в качестве членов группы." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Типы учётных записей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all " "processes are run by users, user and account management is important." @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователями и учётными записями является важным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and " "the superuser account." @@ -598,13 +598,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользовательские учётные записи и учётная запись суперпользователя." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "System Accounts" msgstr "Системные учётные записи" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web " "servers. The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the " @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr "" "ограничений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "Examples of system accounts are `daemon`, `operator`, `bind`, `news`, and " "`www`." @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ msgstr "" "`www`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:243 msgid "" "`nobody` is the generic unprivileged system account. However, the more " "services that use `nobody`, the more files and processes that user will " @@ -637,13 +637,13 @@ msgstr "" "получит." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "User Accounts" msgstr "Пользовательские учётные записи" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the " "system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user " @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменения пользователями настроек друг друга." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the " "system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and " @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" "сочетаний клавиш и языковых параметров." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated " "with it:" @@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ msgstr "" "связанную с ней информацию:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "User name" msgstr "Имя пользователя" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:260 msgid "" "The user name is typed at the `login:` prompt. Each user must have a unique " "user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user names which " @@ -698,24 +698,24 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечения обратной совместимости с приложениями." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Password" msgstr "Пароль" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:263 msgid "Each account has an associated password." msgstr "У каждой учётной записи есть связанный с ней пароль." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "User ID (UID)" msgstr "Идентификатор пользователя (UID)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "The User ID (UID) is a number used to uniquely identify the user to the " "FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be specified will first " @@ -729,13 +729,13 @@ msgstr "" "проблемы совместимости с некоторым программным обеспечением." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Group ID (GID)" msgstr "Идентификатор группы (GID)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "The Group ID (GID) is a number used to uniquely identify the primary group " "that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for controlling access to " @@ -753,13 +753,13 @@ msgstr "" "высокие GID могут привести к неработоспособности некоторых программ." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Login class" msgstr "Класс входа (Login class)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide " "additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login " @@ -772,13 +772,13 @@ msgstr "" "Настройка классов входа]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Password change time" msgstr "Время изменения пароля" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be " "enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their " @@ -790,13 +790,13 @@ msgstr "" "времени." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Account expiration time" msgstr "Время истечения срока действия учётной записи" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that " "need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the " @@ -811,13 +811,13 @@ msgstr "" "входа в систему, хотя каталоги и файлы этой учётной записи останутся." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "User's full name" msgstr "Полное имя пользователя" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not " "necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this " @@ -830,13 +830,13 @@ msgstr "" "длиннее 8 символов." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "Home directory" msgstr "Домашний каталог" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is " "the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is " @@ -851,13 +851,13 @@ msgstr "" "подкаталоги в собственном домашнем каталоге." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "User shell" msgstr "Оболочка пользователя" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the " "system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will " @@ -869,13 +869,13 @@ msgstr "" "учётной записи." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "The Superuser Account" msgstr "Учётная запись суперпользователя" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "The superuser account, usually called `root`, is used to manage the system " "with no limitations on privileges. For this reason, it should not be used " @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr "" "обычное изучение системы или программирование." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and " "misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User " @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "" "тогда, когда команде требуются дополнительные привилегии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:312 msgid "" "Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since " "an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss." @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" "привести к невосполнимой потере данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as " "`root`, this is highly discouraged." @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно войти в систему как `root`, это крайне не рекомендуется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "Instead, use man:su[1] to become the superuser. If `-` is specified when " "running this command, the user will also inherit the root user's " @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ msgstr "" "также должен знать пароль учётной записи `root`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run `make " "install` as this step requires superuser privilege. Once the command " @@ -952,13 +952,13 @@ msgstr "" "учётной записи." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser" msgstr "Установка программы от имени суперпользователя" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% configure\n" @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" "%\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "The built-in man:su[1] framework works well for single systems or small " "networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install " @@ -994,13 +994,13 @@ msgstr "" "суперпользователя." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Accounts" msgstr "Управление учётными записями" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. " "The most common commands are summarized in crossref:basics[users-modifying-" @@ -1016,103 +1016,103 @@ msgstr "" "(man) каждой утилиты." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts" msgstr "Утилиты для управления учётными записями пользователей" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:356 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "Команда" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Summary" msgstr "Краткое содержание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "man:adduser[8]" msgstr "man:adduser[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users." msgstr "Рекомендуемое приложение командной строки для добавления новых пользователей." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rmuser[8]" msgstr "man:rmuser[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users." msgstr "Рекомендуемое приложение командной строки для удаления пользователей." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "man:chpass[1]" msgstr "man:chpass[1]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:367 #, no-wrap msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information." msgstr "Гибкий инструмент для изменения информации в пользовательской базе данных." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "man:passwd[1]" msgstr "man:passwd[1]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords." msgstr "Инструмент командной строки для изменения паролей пользователей." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "man:pw[8]" msgstr "man:pw[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts." msgstr "Мощный и гибкий инструмент для изменения всех аспектов пользовательских учётных записей." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "man:bsdconfig[8]" msgstr "man:bsdconfig[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:375 #, no-wrap msgid "A system configuration utility with account management support." msgstr "Утилита для настройки системы с поддержкой управления учётными записями." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a user" msgstr "Добавление пользователя" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "The recommended program for adding new users is man:adduser[8]. When a new " "user is added, this program automatically updates `/etc/passwd` and `/etc/" @@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" "утилиту необходимо запускать от имени суперпользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:389 msgid "" "The man:adduser[8] utility is interactive and walks through the steps for " "creating a new user account. As seen in crossref:basics[users-modifying-" @@ -1148,35 +1148,35 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя или выйти." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD" msgstr "Добавление пользователя в FreeBSD" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:397 #, no-wrap msgid "# adduser\n" msgstr "# adduser\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:401 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:473 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:512 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:571 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:596 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:650 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:671 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:693 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:712 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:790 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1560 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1587 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:431 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Username: jru\n" @@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr "" "Goodbye!\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the " "password when creating the user account." @@ -1247,13 +1247,13 @@ msgstr "" "ошибиться при создании учётной записи пользователя." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing a user" msgstr "Удаление пользователя" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "To completely remove a user from the system, run man:rmuser[8] as the " "superuser. This command performs the following steps:" @@ -1263,27 +1263,27 @@ msgstr "" "действия:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:448 msgid "Removes the user's man:crontab[1] entry, if one exists." msgstr "Удаляет запись пользователя в man:crontab[1], если она существует." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:449 msgid "Removes any man:at[1] jobs belonging to the user." msgstr "Удаляет все задания man:at[1], принадлежащие пользователю." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:450 msgid "Sends a SIGKILL signal to all processes owned by the user." msgstr "Посылает сигнал SIGKILL всем процессам, принадлежащим пользователю." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:451 msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file." msgstr "Удаляет пользователя из локального файла паролей системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "Removes the user's home directory (if it is owned by the user), including " "handling of symbolic links in the path to the actual home directory." @@ -1293,12 +1293,12 @@ msgstr "" "каталогу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:453 msgid "Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from `/var/mail`." msgstr "Удаляет входящие почтовые файлы пользователя из `/var/mail`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "Removes all files owned by the user from `/tmp`, `/var/tmp`, and `/var/tmp/" "vi.recover`." @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "tmp/vi.recover`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:455 msgid "" "Removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in `/etc/group`. " "(If a group becomes empty and the group name is the same as the username, " @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ msgstr "" "adduser[8] в части уникальных групп для каждого пользователя.)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "Removes all message queues, shared memory segments and semaphores owned by " "the user." @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" "принадлежащие пользователю." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "man:rmuser[8] cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is " "almost always an indication of massive destruction." @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "" "катастрофических последствиях." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example." msgstr "" @@ -1347,19 +1347,19 @@ msgstr "" "примере." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "`rmuser` Interactive Account Removal" msgstr "`rmuser` Интерактивное удаление учётной записи" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "# rmuser jru\n" msgstr "# rmuser jru\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Matching password entry:\n" @@ -1375,13 +1375,13 @@ msgstr "" "Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:484 #, no-wrap msgid "Change user information" msgstr "Изменить информацию о пользователе" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" "Any user can use man:chpass[1] to change their default shell and personal " "information associated with their user account. The superuser can use this " @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительных параметров учётной записи любого пользователя." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "When passed no options, aside from an optional username, man:chpass[1] " "displays an editor containing user information. When the user exits from " @@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ msgstr "" "информацией." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, " "unless the utility is run as the superuser." @@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "только она не запущена от имени суперпользователя." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:500 msgid "" "In crossref:basics[users-modifying-chpass-su,Using `chpass` as Superuser], " "the superuser has typed `chpass jru` and is now viewing the fields that can " @@ -1430,19 +1430,19 @@ msgstr "" "ru,Использование `chpass` обычным пользователем]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `chpass` as Superuser" msgstr "Использование `chpass` с правами суперпользователя" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "# chpass jru\n" msgstr "# chpass jru\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Changing user database information for jru.\n" @@ -1478,13 +1478,13 @@ msgstr "" "Other information:\n" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:533 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `chpass` as Regular User" msgstr "Использование `chpass` обычным пользователем" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Changing user database information for jru.\n" @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "" "Other information:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "The commands man:chfn[1] and man:chsh[1] are links to man:chpass[1], as are " "man:ypchpass[1], man:ypchfn[1], and man:ypchsh[1]. Since NIS support is " @@ -1518,13 +1518,13 @@ msgstr "" "описана в crossref:network-servers[network-servers,Сетевые серверы]." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:556 #, no-wrap msgid "Change user password" msgstr "Изменение пароля пользователя" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "Any user can easily change their password using man:passwd[1]. To prevent " "accidental or unauthorized changes, this command will prompt for the user's " @@ -1535,19 +1535,19 @@ msgstr "" "запросит исходный пароль пользователя перед установкой нового пароля:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing The Password" msgstr "Смена собственного пароля" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "% passwd\n" msgstr "% passwd\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Changing local password for jru.\n" @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "passwd: done\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when " "running man:passwd[1]. When this utility is run as the superuser, it will " @@ -1579,19 +1579,19 @@ msgstr "" "пароль." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:586 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser" msgstr "Изменение пароля другого пользователя суперпользователем" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "# passwd jru\n" msgstr "# passwd jru\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Changing local password for jru.\n" @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ msgstr "" "passwd: done\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "As with man:chpass[1], man:yppasswd[1] is a link to man:passwd[1], so NIS " "works with either command." @@ -1616,13 +1616,13 @@ msgstr "" "поэтому NIS работает с любой из этих команд." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:612 #, no-wrap msgid "Create, remove, modify and display system users and groups" msgstr "Создание, удаление, изменение и отображение пользователей и групп системы" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "The man:pw[8] utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and " "groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. " @@ -1638,13 +1638,13 @@ msgstr "" "представленных в этом разделе." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Groups" msgstr "Управление группами" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and " "GID. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the UID of a process, and the list of " @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" "первая группа в списке." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:629 msgid "" "The group name to GID mapping is listed in `/etc/group`. This is a plain " "text file with four colon-delimited fields. The first field is the group " @@ -1668,13 +1668,13 @@ msgid "" "the syntax, refer to man:group[5]." msgstr "" "Соответствие имён групп и GID перечислено в `/etc/group`. Это простой " -"текстовый файл с четырьмя полями, разделенными двоеточиями. Первое поле — " +"текстовый файл с четырьмя полями, разделёнными двоеточиями. Первое поле — " "имя группы, второе — зашифрованный пароль, третье — GID, а четвертое — " -"список участников, разделенных запятыми. Полное описание синтаксиса смотрите " +"список участников, разделённых запятыми. Полное описание синтаксиса смотрите " "в man:group[5]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "The superuser can modify `/etc/group` using a text editor, although editing " "the group file using man:vigr[8] is preferred because it can catch some " @@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" "она существует:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "Care must be taken when using the operator group, as unintended superuser-" "like access privileges may be granted, including but not limited to " @@ -1702,13 +1702,13 @@ msgstr "" "системы, перезагрузки и доступа ко всем элементам в `/dev` в рамках группы." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "Добавление группы с помощью man:pw[8]" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupadd teamtwo\n" @@ -1718,13 +1718,13 @@ msgstr "" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "teamtwo:*:1100:\n" msgstr "teamtwo:*:1100:\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "In this example, `1100` is the GID of `teamtwo`. Right now, `teamtwo` has " "no members. This command will add `jru` as a member of `teamtwo`." @@ -1734,13 +1734,13 @@ msgstr "" "`teamtwo`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "Добавление пользовательских учётных записей в новую группу с помощью man:pw[8]" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:667 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru\n" @@ -1750,13 +1750,13 @@ msgstr "" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "teamtwo:*:1100:jru\n" msgstr "teamtwo:*:1100:jru\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "The argument to `-M` is a comma-delimited list of users to be added to a new " "(empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. To the user, " @@ -1778,13 +1778,13 @@ msgstr "" "пытается читать дополнительные данные из `/etc/passwd`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding a New Member to a Group Using man:pw[8]" msgstr "Добавление нового участника в группу с помощью man:pw[8]" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw groupmod teamtwo -m db\n" @@ -1794,13 +1794,13 @@ msgstr "" "# pw groupshow teamtwo\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db\n" msgstr "teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:701 msgid "" "In this example, the argument to `-m` is a comma-delimited list of users who " "are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, these users are " @@ -1812,30 +1812,30 @@ msgstr "" "существующих в ней пользователей." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:id[1] to Determine Group Membership" msgstr "Использование man:id[1] для определения членства в группе" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "% id jru\n" msgstr "% id jru\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:715 #, no-wrap msgid "uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)\n" msgstr "uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:719 msgid "In this example, `jru` is a member of the groups `jru` and `teamtwo`." msgstr "В этом примере `jru` является участником групп `jru` и `teamtwo`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "For more information about this command and the format of `/etc/group`, " "refer to man:pw[8] and man:group[5]." @@ -1844,13 +1844,13 @@ msgstr "" "etc/group` обратитесь к man:pw[8] и man:group[5]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:723 #, no-wrap msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Разрешения" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:727 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions " "and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these " @@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступа к файлам операционной системы или файлам других пользователей." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "This section discusses the traditional UNIX(R) permissions used in FreeBSD. " "For finer-grained file system access control, refer to crossref:security[fs-" @@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступа]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:736 msgid "" "In UNIX(R), basic permissions are assigned using three types of access: " "read, write, and execute. These access types are used to determine file " @@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" "`1`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:739 msgid "" "Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. " "When reading the \"Directory Listing\" column, a `-` is used to represent a " @@ -1910,175 +1910,175 @@ msgstr "" "отключённого разрешения." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "UNIX(R) Permissions" msgstr "Права доступа UNIX(R)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "Value" msgstr "Значение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "Permission" msgstr "Разрешение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:747 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Listing" msgstr "Список файлов каталога" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:748 #, no-wrap msgid "0" msgstr "0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:749 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, no write, no execute" msgstr "Нет чтения, нет записи, нет выполнения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:751 #, no-wrap msgid "`---`" msgstr "`---`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:752 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "1" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:753 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, no write, execute" msgstr "Нет чтения, нет записи, выполнение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:755 #, no-wrap msgid "`--x`" msgstr "`--x`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "2" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:757 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, write, no execute" msgstr "Нет чтения, записи, выполнения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:759 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w-`" msgstr "`-w-`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:760 #, no-wrap msgid "3" msgstr "3" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "No read, write, execute" msgstr "Нет прав на чтение, запись, выполнение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:763 #, no-wrap msgid "`-wx`" msgstr "`-wx`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:764 #, no-wrap msgid "4" msgstr "4" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, no write, no execute" msgstr "Чтение, нет записи, нет выполнения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "`r--`" msgstr "`r--`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:768 #, no-wrap msgid "5" msgstr "5" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, no write, execute" msgstr "Чтение, нет записи, выполнение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "`r-x`" msgstr "`r-x`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:772 #, no-wrap msgid "6" msgstr "6" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:773 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, write, no execute" msgstr "Чтение, запись, без выполнения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "`rw-`" msgstr "`rw-`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "7" msgstr "7" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "Read, write, execute" msgstr "Чтение, запись, выполнение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid "`rwx`" msgstr "`rwx`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:782 msgid "" "Use the `-l` argument with man:ls[1] to view a long directory listing that " "includes a column of information about a file's permissions for the owner, " @@ -2091,13 +2091,13 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге может вывести:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "% ls -l\n" msgstr "% ls -l\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "" "total 530\n" @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" "-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 7680 Sep 5 12:31 email.txt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:806 msgid "" "Focusing on the line for `myfile`, the first `(leftmost)` character " "indicates whether this file is a regular file, a directory, a special " @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" "представляет одну из трёх частей прав файла." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" "How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most " "hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. " @@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" "хранятся в `/dev/`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:815 msgid "" "Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute " "permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different " @@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступ к файлам внутри этого каталога, в зависимости от прав на сами файлы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:818 msgid "" "In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on " "the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is " @@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ msgstr "" "требуются права на запись _и_ выполнение для каталога, содержащего этот файл." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special " "circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more " @@ -2193,13 +2193,13 @@ msgstr "" "обратитесь к man:chmod[1]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "Symbolic Permissions" msgstr "Символьные права доступа" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:826 msgid "" "Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign " "permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of " @@ -2211,196 +2211,196 @@ msgstr "" "значения:" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "Option" msgstr "Опция" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "Letter" msgstr "Буква" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "Represents" msgstr "Представляет" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:836 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:840 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:844 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "(who)" msgstr "(кто)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "u" msgstr "u" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "User" msgstr "Пользователь" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:840 #, no-wrap msgid "g" msgstr "g" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:842 #, no-wrap msgid "Group owner" msgstr "Владелец группы" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "o" msgstr "o" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:846 #, no-wrap msgid "Other" msgstr "Другие" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:848 #, no-wrap msgid "a" msgstr "a" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:850 #, no-wrap msgid "All (\"world\")" msgstr "Все (all, \"world\")" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:852 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:856 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "(action)" msgstr "(действие)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:852 #, no-wrap msgid "+" msgstr "+" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding permissions" msgstr "Добавление разрешений" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:856 #, no-wrap msgid "-" msgstr "-" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:858 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing permissions" msgstr "Удаление прав доступа" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "=" msgstr "=" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:862 #, no-wrap msgid "Explicitly set permissions" msgstr "Явно заданные разрешения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:864 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:868 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:872 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:876 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "(permissions)" msgstr "(права доступа)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "r" msgstr "r" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "Read" msgstr "Чтение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:868 #, no-wrap msgid "w" msgstr "w" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:870 #, no-wrap msgid "Write" msgstr "Запись" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "x" msgstr "x" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:874 #, no-wrap msgid "Execute" msgstr "Выполнение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "t" msgstr "t" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:878 #, no-wrap msgid "Sticky bit" msgstr "Бит закрепления (sticky)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:880 #, no-wrap msgid "s" msgstr "s" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:881 #, no-wrap msgid "Set UID or GID" msgstr "Установка UID или GID" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "These values are used with man:chmod[1], but with letters instead of " "numbers. For example, the following command would block both members of the " @@ -2411,13 +2411,13 @@ msgstr "" "связанной с _FILE_, так и всем остальным пользователям:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:889 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod go= FILE\n" msgstr "% chmod go= FILE\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to " "a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group " @@ -2430,19 +2430,19 @@ msgstr "" "также добавляет разрешение на выполнение для всех:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:897 #, no-wrap msgid "% chmod go-w,a+x FILE\n" msgstr "% chmod go-w,a+x FILE\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:899 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD File Flags" msgstr "Флаги файлов FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:904 msgid "" "In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of \"file flags" "\". These flags add an additional level of security and control over files, " @@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователь `root` может быть лишён возможности удалять или изменять файлы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:907 msgid "" "File flags are modified using man:chflags[1]. For example, to enable the " "system undeletable flag on the file `file1`, issue the following command:" @@ -2464,13 +2464,13 @@ msgstr "" "системный флаг «неудаляемый» для файла `file1`, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:911 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags sunlink file1\n" msgstr "# chflags sunlink file1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:914 msgid "" "To disable the system undeletable flag, put a \"no\" in front of the " "`sunlink`:" @@ -2479,30 +2479,30 @@ msgstr "" "`sunlink`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags nosunlink file1\n" msgstr "# chflags nosunlink file1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:921 msgid "To view the flags of a file, use `-lo` with man:ls[1]:" msgstr "Чтобы просмотреть флаги файла, используйте `-lo` с man:ls[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -lo file1\n" msgstr "# ls -lo file1\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:930 #, no-wrap msgid "-rw-r--r-- 1 trhodes trhodes sunlnk 0 Mar 1 05:54 file1\n" msgstr "-rw-r--r-- 1 trhodes trhodes sunlnk 0 Mar 1 05:54 file1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:935 msgid "" "Several file flags may only be added or removed by the `root` user. In " "other cases, the file owner may set its file flags. Refer to man:chflags[1] " @@ -2513,13 +2513,13 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительную информацию можно найти в man:chflags[1] и man:chflags[2]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:936 #, no-wrap msgid "The setuid, setgid, and sticky Permissions" msgstr "Установленные биты setuid, setgid и sticky" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:940 msgid "" "Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific " "settings that all administrators should know about. They are the `setuid`, " @@ -2530,7 +2530,7 @@ msgstr "" "`sticky`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "These settings are important for some UNIX(R) operations as they provide " "functionality not normally granted to normal users. To understand them, the " @@ -2543,7 +2543,7 @@ msgstr "" "ID)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:949 msgid "" "The real user ID is the UID who owns or starts the process. The effective " "UID is the user ID the process runs as. As an example, man:passwd[1] runs " @@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Permission Denied`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "The setuid permission may be added symbolically by adding the `s` permission " "for the user as in the following example:" @@ -2570,13 +2570,13 @@ msgstr "" "`s` для пользователя, как в следующем примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:955 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod u+s suidexample.sh\n" msgstr "# chmod u+s suidexample.sh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "The setuid permission may also be set by prefixing a permission set with the " "number four (4) as shown in the following example:" @@ -2585,25 +2585,25 @@ msgstr "" "перед набором прав, как показано в следующем примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:962 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 4755 suidexample.sh\n" msgstr "# chmod 4755 suidexample.sh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:965 msgid "The permissions on `suidexample.sh` now look like the following:" msgstr "" "Разрешения для файла `suidexample.sh` теперь выглядят следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:969 #, no-wrap msgid "-rwsr-xr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh\n" msgstr "-rwsr-xr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "Note that a `s` is now part of the permission set designated for the file " "owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows utilities which need " @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" "повышенных прав, таких как man:passwd[1]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "The `nosuid` man:mount[8] option will cause such binaries to silently fail " "without alerting the user. That option is not completely reliable as a " @@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "обёртка `nosuid` может её обойти." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" "To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type `passwd` as a " "normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the process table and " @@ -2637,12 +2637,12 @@ msgstr "" "для man:passwd[1]:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:985 msgid "In terminal A:" msgstr "В терминале A:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Changing local password for trhodes\n" @@ -2652,18 +2652,18 @@ msgstr "" "Old Password:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:993 msgid "In terminal B:" msgstr "В терминале B:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:997 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps aux | grep passwd\n" msgstr "# ps aux | grep passwd\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1003 #, no-wrap msgid "" "trhodes 5232 0.0 0.2 3420 1608 0 R+ 2:10AM 0:00.00 grep passwd\n" @@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@ msgstr "" "root 5211 0.0 0.2 3620 1724 2 I+ 2:09AM 0:00.01 passwd\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "" "Although man:passwd[1] is run as a normal user, it is using the effective " "UID of `root`." @@ -2682,7 +2682,7 @@ msgstr "" "эффективный UID `root`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1009 msgid "" "The `setgid` permission performs the same function as the `setuid` " "permission; except that it alters the group settings. When an application " @@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ msgstr "" "запустившим процесс." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1011 msgid "" "To set the `setgid` permission on a file symbolically, add the `s` " "permission for the group with man:chmod[1]:" @@ -2705,24 +2705,24 @@ msgstr "" "`s` для группы с помощью man:chmod[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1015 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod g+s sgidexample.sh\n" msgstr "# chmod g+s sgidexample.sh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1018 msgid "Alternatively, provide man:chmod[1] with a leading two (2):" msgstr "В качестве альтернативы укажите в man:chmod[1] ведущую двойку (2):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh\n" msgstr "# chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "In the following listing, notice that the `s` is now in the field designated " "for the group permission settings:" @@ -2731,13 +2731,13 @@ msgstr "" "поле, предназначенном для настроек прав группы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "-rwxr-sr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh\n" msgstr "-rwxr-sr-x 1 trhodes trhodes 44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable " "file, it will not run with a different EUID or effective user ID. This is " @@ -2749,7 +2749,7 @@ msgstr "" "могут использовать системные вызовы man:setuid[2]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1039 msgid "" "The `setuid` and `setgid` permission bits may lower system security, by " "allowing for elevated permissions. The third special permission, the " @@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "" "bit`, напротив, может повысить безопасность системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "When the `sticky bit` is set on a directory, it allows file deletion only by " "the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in public " @@ -2774,26 +2774,26 @@ msgstr "" "к файлу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod +t /tmp\n" msgstr "# chmod +t /tmp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "Alternatively, prefix the permission set with a one (1):" msgstr "" "В качестве альтернативы можно добавить единицу (1) перед набором прав " "доступа:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 1777 /tmp\n" msgstr "# chmod 1777 /tmp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1057 msgid "" "The `sticky bit` permission will display as a `t` at the very end of the " "permission set:" @@ -2801,25 +2801,25 @@ msgstr "" "Разрешение `sticky bit` отображается как `t` в самом конце набора разрешений:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -al / | grep tmp\n" msgstr "# ls -al / | grep tmp\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1066 #, no-wrap msgid "drwxrwxrwt 10 root wheel 512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp\n" msgstr "drwxrwxrwt 10 root wheel 512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1069 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Structure" msgstr "Структура каталогов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1075 msgid "" "The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall " "understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, \"/" @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "которые монтируются во время перехода в многопользовательский режим." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1083 msgid "" "A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted " "onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further " @@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ msgstr "" "Подробности можно найти в разделе crossref:basics[disks-fstab,Файл fstab]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "A complete description of the file system hierarchy is available in man:" "hier[7]. The following table provides a brief overview of the most common " @@ -2872,410 +2872,410 @@ msgstr "" "каталогов." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory" msgstr "Каталог" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1093 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1697 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "`/`" msgstr "`/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "Root directory of the file system." msgstr "Корневой каталог файловой системы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1096 #, no-wrap msgid "`/bin/`" msgstr "`/bin/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1098 #, no-wrap msgid "User utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments." msgstr "Пользовательские утилиты, основные как для однопользовательской, так и для многопользовательской среды." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1099 #, no-wrap msgid "`/boot/`" msgstr "`/boot/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1101 #, no-wrap msgid "Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap." msgstr "Программы и конфигурационные файлы, используемые при загрузке операционной системы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1102 #, no-wrap msgid "`/boot/defaults/`" msgstr "`/boot/defaults/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "Default boot configuration files. Refer to man:loader.conf[5] for details." msgstr "Файлы конфигурации загрузки по умолчанию. Подробности смотрите в man:loader.conf[5]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap msgid "`/dev/`" msgstr "`/dev/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "Device special files managed by man:devfs[5]" msgstr "Специальные файлы устройств, управляемые man:devfs[5]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1108 #, no-wrap msgid "`/etc/`" msgstr "`/etc/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1110 #, no-wrap msgid "System configuration files and scripts." msgstr "Системные конфигурационные файлы и скрипты." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1111 #, no-wrap msgid "`/etc/defaults/`" msgstr "`/etc/defaults/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "Default system configuration files. Refer to man:rc[8] for details." msgstr "Файлы конфигурации системы по умолчанию. Подробности смотрите в man:rc[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "`/etc/periodic/`" msgstr "`/etc/periodic/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "Scripts that run daily, weekly, and monthly, via man:cron[8]. Refer to man:periodic[8] for details." msgstr "Скрипты, выполняемые ежедневно, еженедельно и ежемесячно, через man:cron[8]. Подробности смотрите в man:periodic[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1117 #, no-wrap msgid "`/lib/`" msgstr "`/lib/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1119 #, no-wrap msgid "Critical system libraries needed for binaries in `/bin` and `/sbin`" msgstr "Критические системные библиотеки, необходимые для бинарных файлов в `/bin` и `/sbin`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1120 #, no-wrap msgid "`/libexec/`" msgstr "`/libexec/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "Critical system files" msgstr "Критические системные файлы" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1123 #, no-wrap msgid "`/media/`" msgstr "`/media/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1125 #, no-wrap msgid "Contains subdirectories to be used as mount points for removable media such as CDs, USB drives, and floppy disks" msgstr "Содержит подкаталоги, предназначенные для использования в качестве точек монтирования съемных носителей, таких как компакт-диски, USB-накопители и дискеты" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1126 #, no-wrap msgid "`/mnt/`" msgstr "`/mnt/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1128 #, no-wrap msgid "Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount point." msgstr "Пустой каталог, обычно используемый системными администраторами в качестве временной точки монтирования." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1129 #, no-wrap msgid "`/net/`" msgstr "`/net/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1131 #, no-wrap msgid "Automounted NFS shares; see man:auto_master[5]" msgstr "Автомонтируемые NFS-ресурсы; см. man:auto_master[5]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1132 #, no-wrap msgid "`/proc/`" msgstr "`/proc/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1134 #, no-wrap msgid "Process file system. Refer to man:procfs[5] for details." msgstr "Файловая система процессов. Подробности смотрите в man:procfs[5]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1135 #, no-wrap msgid "`/rescue/`" msgstr "`/rescue/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "Statically linked programs for emergency recovery as described in man:rescue[8]." msgstr "Статически связанные программы для аварийного восстановления, как описано в man:rescue[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1138 #, no-wrap msgid "`/root/`" msgstr "`/root/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1140 #, no-wrap msgid "Home directory for the `root` account." msgstr "Домашний каталог для учётной записи `root`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1141 #, no-wrap msgid "`/sbin/`" msgstr "`/sbin/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1143 #, no-wrap msgid "System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments." msgstr "Системные программы и административные утилиты, необходимые как для однопользовательского, так и для многопользовательского окружения." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1144 #, no-wrap msgid "`/tmp/`" msgstr "`/tmp/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1146 #, no-wrap msgid "Temporary files which are usually _not_ preserved across a system reboot. A memory-based file system is often mounted at `/tmp`. This can be automated using the tmpmfs-related variables of man:rc.conf[5] or with an entry in `/etc/fstab`; refer to man:mdmfs[8] for details." msgstr "Временные файлы, которые обычно _не_ сохраняются после перезагрузки системы. Часто в `/tmp` монтируется файловая система в памяти. Это можно автоматизировать, используя переменные, связанные с tmpmfs, из man:rc.conf[5], или добавив запись в `/etc/fstab`; подробности смотрите в man:mdmfs[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1147 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/`" msgstr "`/usr/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "The majority of user utilities and applications." msgstr "Большинство пользовательских утилит и приложений." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1150 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/bin/`" msgstr "`/usr/bin/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1152 #, no-wrap msgid "Common utilities, programming tools, and applications." msgstr "Общие утилиты, инструменты программирования и приложения." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1153 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/include/`" msgstr "`/usr/include/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1155 #, no-wrap msgid "Standard C include files." msgstr "Стандартные включаемые файлы языка C." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1156 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/lib/`" msgstr "`/usr/lib/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1158 #, no-wrap msgid "Archive libraries." msgstr "Библиотеки архивов." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1159 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/libdata/`" msgstr "`/usr/libdata/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous utility data files." msgstr "Различные вспомогательные файлы данных." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1162 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/libexec/`" msgstr "`/usr/libexec/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1164 #, no-wrap msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs." msgstr "Системные демоны и системные утилиты, выполняемые другими программами." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1165 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/local/`" msgstr "`/usr/local/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1167 #, no-wrap msgid "Local executables and libraries. Also used as the default destination for the FreeBSD ports framework. Within `/usr/local`, the general layout sketched out by man:hier[7] for `/usr` should be used. Exceptions are the man directory, which is directly under `/usr/local` rather than under `/usr/local/share`, and the ports documentation is in `share/doc/port`." msgstr "Локальные исполняемые файлы и библиотеки. Также используется как путь по умолчанию для установки портов FreeBSD. Внутри `/usr/local` должна использоваться общая структура каталогов, описанная в man:hier[7] для `/usr`. Исключениями являются каталог man, который находится непосредственно в `/usr/local`, а не в `/usr/local/share`, а документация портов располагается в `share/doc/port`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1168 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/ports/`" msgstr "`/usr/ports/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1170 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection (optional)." msgstr "Коллекция портов FreeBSD (опционально)." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1171 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/sbin/`" msgstr "`/usr/sbin/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1173 #, no-wrap msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by users." msgstr "Системные демоны и системные утилиты, выполняемые пользователями." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1174 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/share/`" msgstr "`/usr/share/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1176 #, no-wrap msgid "Architecture-independent files." msgstr "Архитектурно-независимые файлы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1177 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr/src/`" msgstr "`/usr/src/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1179 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD and/or local source files." msgstr "BSD и/или локальные исходные файлы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1180 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var/`" msgstr "`/var/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1182 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files." msgstr "Многоцелевые файлы журналов, временные, транзиентные и файлы очередей." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1183 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var/log/`" msgstr "`/var/log/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous system log files." msgstr "Различные системные журналы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1186 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var/tmp/`" msgstr "`/var/tmp/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1188 #, no-wrap msgid "Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot." msgstr "Временные файлы, которые обычно сохраняются после перезагрузки системы." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1191 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Organization" msgstr "Организация диска" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1196 msgid "" "The smallest unit of organization that FreeBSD uses to find files is the " "filename. Filenames are case-sensitive, which means that `readme.txt` and " @@ -3290,7 +3290,7 @@ msgstr "" "документом или каким-либо другим видом данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1200 msgid "" "Files are stored in directories. A directory may contain no files, or it " "may contain many hundreds of files. A directory can also contain other " @@ -3302,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr "" "создавать иерархию вложенных каталогов для организации данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1206 msgid "" "Files and directories are referenced by giving the file or directory name, " "followed by a forward slash, `/`, followed by any other directory names that " @@ -3323,13 +3323,13 @@ msgstr "" "Например, в FreeBSD не указывают путь вида `c:\\foo\\bar\\readme.txt`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1208 #, no-wrap msgid "File systems" msgstr "Файловые системы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1216 msgid "" "Directories and files are stored in a file system. Each file system " "contains exactly one directory at the very top level, called the _root " @@ -3348,7 +3348,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталог выглядит как часть одного и того же диска." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1219 msgid "" "Consider three file systems, called `A`, `B`, and `C`. Each file system has " "one root directory, which contains two other directories, called `A1`, `A2` " @@ -3359,7 +3359,7 @@ msgstr "" "`A1`, `A2` (аналогично `B1`, `B2` и `C1`, `C2`)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1223 msgid "" "Call `A` the root file system. If man:ls[1] is used to view the contents of " "this directory, it will show two subdirectories, `A1` and `A2`. The " @@ -3370,21 +3370,21 @@ msgstr "" "`A2`. Дерево каталогов выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1225 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1230 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1237 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory tree with the root directory and two subdirectories" msgstr "Дерево каталогов с корневым каталогом и двумя подкаталогами" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1224 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir1.png" msgstr "example-dir1.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1228 msgid "" "A file system must be mounted on to a directory in another file system. " "When mounting file system `B` on to the directory `A1`, the root directory " @@ -3395,13 +3395,13 @@ msgstr "" "заменяет `A1`, а каталоги в `B` отображаются соответствующим образом:" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1229 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir2.png" msgstr "example-dir2.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1234 msgid "" "Any files that are in the `B1` or `B2` directories can be reached with the " "path `/A1/B1` or `/A1/B2` as necessary. Any files that were in `/A1` have " @@ -3412,23 +3412,23 @@ msgstr "" "снова станут доступны, если `B` будет _отмонтирован_ из `A`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "If `B` had been mounted on `A2` then the diagram would look like this:" msgstr "Если бы `B` был смонтирован на `A2`, то диаграмма выглядела бы так:" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1237 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir3.png" msgstr "example-dir3.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1240 msgid "and the paths would be `/A2/B1` and `/A2/B2` respectively." msgstr "и пути будут `/A2/B1` и `/A2/B2` соответственно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1243 msgid "" "File systems can be mounted on top of one another. Continuing the last " "example, the `C` file system could be mounted on top of the `B1` directory " @@ -3439,20 +3439,20 @@ msgstr "" "файловой системе `B`, что приведёт к следующей структуре:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1245 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1248 #, no-wrap msgid "A complex directory tree. With different subdirectories hanging from root." msgstr "Сложная древовидная структура каталогов. С различными подкаталогами, отходящими от корневого." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1244 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir4.png" msgstr "example-dir4.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1247 msgid "" "Or `C` could be mounted directly on to the `A` file system, under the `A1` " "directory:" @@ -3461,13 +3461,13 @@ msgstr "" "каталог `A1`:" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1248 #, no-wrap msgid "example-dir5.png" msgstr "example-dir5.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "" "It is entirely possible to have one large root file system, and not need to " "create any others. There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one " @@ -3477,13 +3477,13 @@ msgstr "" "других. У такого подхода есть несколько недостатков и одно преимущество." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1253 #, no-wrap msgid "Benefits of Multiple File Systems" msgstr "Преимущества нескольких файловых систем" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1255 msgid "" "Different file systems can have different _mount options_. For example, the " "root file system can be mounted read-only, making it impossible for users to " @@ -3502,7 +3502,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасность." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1256 msgid "" "FreeBSD automatically optimizes the layout of files on a file system, " "depending on how the file system is being used. So a file system that " @@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ msgstr "" "нарушается." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at " "a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By " @@ -3532,13 +3532,13 @@ msgstr "" "копии при необходимости." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1258 #, no-wrap msgid "Benefit of a Single File System" msgstr "Преимущество единой файловой системы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "File systems are a fixed size. When creating a file system during the " "FreeBSD installation and giving it a specific size, it may be that one wants " @@ -3553,7 +3553,7 @@ msgstr "" "восстановления данных из резервной копии." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1267 msgid "" "FreeBSD features the man:growfs[8] command, which makes it possible to " "increase the size of file system on the fly, removing this limitation. A " @@ -3570,13 +3570,13 @@ msgstr "" "диск расширен, то раздел также можно расширить." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1270 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk partitions" msgstr "Разделы диска" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1283 msgid "" "File systems are contained in _partitions_. Disks are divided into " "partitions using one of several partitioning schemes; see crossref:" @@ -3605,7 +3605,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделы с использованием меток BSD (см. man:bsdlabel[8])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1289 msgid "" "Slice numbers follow the device name, prefixed with an `s`, starting at 1. " "So \"da0__s1__\" is the first slice on the first SCSI drive. There can only " @@ -3624,7 +3624,7 @@ msgstr "" "файловыми системами, которые предназначены для размещения в слайсе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1291 msgid "" "Each GPT or BSD partition can contain only one file system, which means that " "file systems are often described by either their typical mount point in the " @@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ msgstr "" "котором они находятся." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1296 msgid "" "FreeBSD also uses disk space for _swap space_ to provide _virtual memory_. " "This allows the computer to behave as though it has much more memory than it " @@ -3653,72 +3653,72 @@ msgstr "" "процесс называется _подкачкой_ (_paging_)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1298 msgid "Some BSD partitions have certain conventions associated with them." msgstr "Некоторые разделы BSD имеют определённые соглашения, связанные с ними." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1302 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition" msgstr "Раздел" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1304 #, no-wrap msgid "Convention" msgstr "Соглашение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1305 #, no-wrap msgid "`a`" msgstr "`a`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1307 #, no-wrap msgid "Normally contains the root file system." msgstr "Обычно содержит корневую файловую систему." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1308 #, no-wrap msgid "`b`" msgstr "`b`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1310 #, no-wrap msgid "Normally contains swap space." msgstr "Обычно содержит раздел подкачки." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1311 #, no-wrap msgid "`c`" msgstr "`c`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1313 #, no-wrap msgid "Normally the same size as the enclosing slice. This allows utilities that need to work on the entire slice, such as a bad block scanner, to work on the `c` partition. A file system would not normally be created on this partition." -msgstr "Обычно имеет тот же размер, что и окружающий слайс. Это позволяет утилитам, которым необходимо работать со всем слайсом, например, сканеру плохих блоков, работать с разделом `c`. Файловая система обычно не создаётся на этом разделе." +msgstr "Обычно имеет тот же размер, что и окружающий слайс. Это позволяет утилитам, которым необходимо работать со всем слайсом, например, сканеру плохих блоков, работать с разделом `c`. Файловая система на этом разделе обычно не создаётся." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1314 #, no-wrap msgid "`d`" msgstr "`d`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1315 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition `d` used to have a special meaning associated with it, although that is now gone and `d` may work as any normal partition." msgstr "Раздел `d` ранее имел особое значение, но сейчас это ушло в прошлое, и `d` может использоваться как обычный раздел." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1320 msgid "" "Slices and \"dangerously dedicated\" physical drives contain BSD partitions, " "which are represented as letters from `a` to `h`. This letter is appended " @@ -3733,7 +3733,7 @@ msgstr "" "пятый раздел в третьем срезе второго диска SATA." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1325 msgid "" "Finally, each disk on the system is identified. A disk name starts with a " "code that indicates the type of disk, and then a number, indicating which " @@ -3747,20 +3747,20 @@ msgstr "" "naming,Имена устройств дисков]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1329 msgid "" "When referring to a partition in a slice, include the disk name, `s`, the " "slice number, and then the partition letter. Examples are shown in crossref:" -"basics[basics-disk-slice-part,Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names]. GPT " -"partitions include the disk name, `p`, and then the partition number." +"basics[basics-disk-slice-part,\"Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names\"]. " +"GPT partitions include the disk name, `p`, and then the partition number." msgstr "" "При указании раздела в слайсе укажите имя диска, `s`, номер слайса, а затем " "букву раздела. Примеры приведены в разделе crossref:basics[basics-disk-slice-" -"part,Примеры имён дисков, слайсов и разделов]. Разделы GPT включают имя " +"part,\"Примеры имён дисков, слайсов и разделов\"]. Разделы GPT включают имя " "диска, `p`, а затем номер раздела." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1331 msgid "" "crossref:basics[basics-concept-disk-model,Conceptual Model of a Disk] shows " "a conceptual model of a disk layout using MBR slices." @@ -3770,7 +3770,7 @@ msgstr "" "MBR." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1336 msgid "" "When installing FreeBSD, configure the disk slices if using MBR, and create " "partitions within the slice to be used for FreeBSD. If using GPT, configure " @@ -3786,164 +3786,164 @@ msgstr "" "Подробности о работе с разделами см. в man:gpart[8]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1338 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Device Names" msgstr "Имена устройств дисков" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1342 #, no-wrap msgid "Drive Type" msgstr "Тип накопителя" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1344 #, no-wrap msgid "Drive Device Name" msgstr "Имя устройства накопителя" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1345 #, no-wrap msgid "SATA and IDE hard drives" msgstr "SATA и IDE жёсткие диски" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1347 #, no-wrap msgid "`ada`" msgstr "`ada`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1348 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI hard drives and USB storage devices" msgstr "SCSI жёсткие диски и USB устройства хранения данных" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1350 #, no-wrap msgid "`da`" msgstr "`da`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1351 #, no-wrap msgid "NVMe storage" msgstr "Хранилище NVMe" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1353 #, no-wrap msgid "`nvd` or `nda`" msgstr "`nvd` или `nda`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1354 #, no-wrap msgid "SATA and IDE CD-ROM drives" msgstr "SATA и IDE приводы CD-ROM" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1357 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1359 #, no-wrap msgid "`cd`" msgstr "`cd`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1357 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI CD-ROM drives" msgstr "SCSI CD-ROM приводы" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1360 #, no-wrap msgid "Floppy drives" msgstr "Накопители на гибких дисках" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1362 #, no-wrap msgid "`fd`" msgstr "`fd`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1363 #, no-wrap msgid "SCSI tape drives" msgstr "SCSI-ленточные накопители" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1365 #, no-wrap msgid "`sa`" msgstr "`sa`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1366 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID drives" msgstr "RAID-диски" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1367 #, no-wrap msgid "Examples include `aacd` for Adaptec(R) AdvancedRAID, `mlxd` and `mlyd` for Mylex(R), `amrd` for AMI MegaRAID(R), `idad` for Compaq Smart RAID, `twed` for 3ware(R) RAID." msgstr "Примеры включают `aacd` для Adaptec(R) AdvancedRAID, `mlxd` и `mlyd` для Mylex(R), `amrd` для AMI MegaRAID(R), `idad` для Compaq Smart RAID, `twed` для 3ware(R) RAID." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1372 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names" msgstr "Примеры названий дисков, слайсов и разделов" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1377 #, no-wrap msgid "Name" msgstr "Имя" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1379 #, no-wrap msgid "Meaning" msgstr "Значение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1380 #, no-wrap msgid "`ada0s1a`" msgstr "`ada0s1a`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1382 #, no-wrap msgid "The first partition (`a`) on the first slice (`s1`) on the first SATA disk (`ada0`)." msgstr "Первый раздел (`a`) на первом слайсе (`s1`) на первом SATA-диске (`ada0`)." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1383 #, no-wrap msgid "`da1s2e`" msgstr "`da1s2e`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1384 #, no-wrap msgid "The fifth partition (`e`) on the second slice (`s2`) on the second SCSI disk (`da1`)." msgstr "Пятый раздел (`e`) на втором срезе (`s2`) второго SCSI-диска (`da1`)." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1388 #, no-wrap msgid "Conceptual Model of a Disk" msgstr "Концептуальная модель диска" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1395 msgid "" "This diagram shows FreeBSD's view of the first SATA disk attached to the " "system. Assume that the disk is 250 GB in size, and contains an 80 GB slice " @@ -3960,7 +3960,7 @@ msgstr "" "присутствуют четыре раздела с данными и один раздел подкачки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1399 msgid "" "The four partitions each hold a file system. Partition `a` is used for the " "root file system, `d` for `/var/`, `e` for `/tmp/`, and `f` for `/usr/`. " @@ -3973,25 +3973,25 @@ msgstr "" "используется для обычных разделов." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1400 #, no-wrap msgid "Layout of a shared drive between Windows and FreeBSD" msgstr "Компоновка общего диска между Windows и FreeBSD" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1400 #, no-wrap msgid "disk-layout.png" msgstr "disk-layout.png" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1404 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting and Unmounting File Systems" msgstr "Монтирование и демонтирование файловых систем" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1407 msgid "" "The file system is best visualized as a tree, rooted, as it were, at `/`. `/" "dev`, `/usr`, and the other directories in the root directory are branches, " @@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" "usr/local`, и так далее." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1411 msgid "" "There are various reasons to house some of these directories on separate " "file systems. `/var` contains the directories `log/`, `spool/`, and various " @@ -4018,7 +4018,7 @@ msgstr "" "отделить `/var` от `/`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1413 msgid "" "Another common reason to contain certain directory trees on other file " "systems is if they are to be housed on separate physical disks, or are " @@ -4033,13 +4033,13 @@ msgstr "" "(NFS)”], или приводы CDROM." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1415 #, no-wrap msgid "The fstab File" msgstr "Файл fstab" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1419 msgid "" "During the boot process (crossref:boot[boot,The FreeBSD Booting Process]), " "file systems listed in `/etc/fstab` are automatically mounted except for the " @@ -4052,19 +4052,19 @@ msgstr "" "следующем формате:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1423 #, no-wrap msgid "device /mount-point fstype options dumpfreq passno\n" msgstr "device /mount-point fstype options dumpfreq passno\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1425 #, no-wrap msgid "`device`" msgstr "`device`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1427 msgid "" "An existing device name as explained in crossref:basics[disks-naming,Disk " "Device Names]." @@ -4073,24 +4073,24 @@ msgstr "" "Имена устройств дисков]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1428 #, no-wrap msgid "`mount-point`" msgstr "`mount-point`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1430 msgid "An existing directory on which to mount the file system." msgstr "Существующий каталог, на который монтируется файловая система." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1431 #, no-wrap msgid "`fstype`" msgstr "`fstype`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1434 msgid "" "The file system type to pass to man:mount[8]. The default FreeBSD file " "system is `ufs`." @@ -4099,13 +4099,13 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию в FreeBSD — `ufs`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1435 #, no-wrap msgid "`options`" msgstr "`options`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1439 msgid "" "Either `rw` for read-write file systems, or `ro` for read-only file systems, " "followed by any other options that may be needed. A common option is " @@ -4118,13 +4118,13 @@ msgstr "" "не монтируются при загрузке. Другие опции перечислены в man:mount[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1440 #, no-wrap msgid "`dumpfreq`" msgstr "`dumpfreq`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1443 msgid "" "Used by man:dump[8] to determine which file systems require dumping. If the " "field is missing, a value of zero is assumed." @@ -4133,13 +4133,13 @@ msgstr "" "дампинга. Если поле отсутствует, предполагается значение ноль." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1444 #, no-wrap msgid "`passno`" msgstr "`passno`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1450 msgid "" "Determines the order in which UFS file systems should be checked by man:" "fsck[8] after a reboot. File systems that should be skipped should have " @@ -4158,7 +4158,7 @@ msgstr "" "параллельно, если это возможно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1452 msgid "" "Refer to man:fstab[5] for more information on the format of `/etc/fstab` and " "its options." @@ -4167,13 +4167,13 @@ msgstr "" "fstab` и его параметрах." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1454 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:mount[8]" msgstr "Использование man:mount[8]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1458 msgid "" "File systems are mounted using man:mount[8]. The most basic syntax is as " "follows:" @@ -4182,13 +4182,13 @@ msgstr "" "конструкция выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1464 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount device mountpoint\n" msgstr "# mount device mountpoint\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1468 msgid "" "A file system listed in `/etc/fstab` can also be mounted by providing just " "the mountpoint." @@ -4197,7 +4197,7 @@ msgstr "" "если указать только точку монтирования." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1471 msgid "" "This command provides many options which are described in man:mount[8]. The " "most commonly used options include:" @@ -4206,19 +4206,19 @@ msgstr "" "Наиболее часто используемые опции включают:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1472 #, no-wrap msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Параметры монтирования" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1473 #, no-wrap msgid "`-a`" msgstr "`-a`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1475 msgid "" "Mount all the file systems listed in `/etc/fstab`, except those marked as " "\"noauto\", excluded by the `-t` flag, or those that are already mounted." @@ -4228,13 +4228,13 @@ msgstr "" "уже смонтированы." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1476 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d`" msgstr "`-d`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1479 msgid "" "Do everything except for the actual mount system call. This option is " "useful in conjunction with the `-v` flag to determine what man:mount[8] is " @@ -4245,13 +4245,13 @@ msgstr "" "пытается сделать man:mount[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1480 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f`" msgstr "`-f`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1482 msgid "" "Force the mount of an unclean file system (dangerous), or the revocation of " "write access when downgrading a file system's mount status from read-write " @@ -4262,26 +4262,26 @@ msgstr "" "с чтения-записи на только чтение." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1483 #, no-wrap msgid "`-r`" msgstr "`-r`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1486 msgid "Mount the file system read-only. This is identical to using `-o ro`." msgstr "" "Смонтировать файловую систему в режиме только для чтения. Это эквивалентно " "использованию `-o ro`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1487 #, no-wrap msgid "``-t _fstype_``" msgstr "``-t _тип_фс_``" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1490 msgid "" "Mount the specified file system type or mount only file systems of the given " "type, if `-a` is included. \"ufs\" is the default file system type." @@ -4291,53 +4291,53 @@ msgstr "" "\" используется по умолчанию." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1491 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u`" msgstr "`-u`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1493 msgid "Update mount options on the file system." msgstr "Обновить параметры монтирования файловой системы." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1494 #, no-wrap msgid "`-v`" msgstr "`-v`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1496 msgid "Be verbose." msgstr "Выдавать более подробную информацию." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1497 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w`" msgstr "`-w`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1499 msgid "Mount the file system read-write." msgstr "Смонтировать файловую систему в режиме чтения-записи." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1501 msgid "The following options can be passed to `-o` as a comma-separated list:" msgstr "" -"Следующие параметры могут быть переданы в `-o` в виде списка, разделенного " +"Следующие параметры могут быть переданы в `-o` в виде списка, разделённого " "запятыми:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1502 #, no-wrap msgid "nosuid" msgstr "`nosuid`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1505 msgid "" "Do not interpret setuid or setgid flags on the file system. This is also a " "useful security option." @@ -4346,13 +4346,13 @@ msgstr "" "полезная опция безопасности." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1507 #, no-wrap msgid "Using man:umount[8]" msgstr "Использование man:umount[8]" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1511 msgid "" "To unmount a file system use man:umount[8]. This command takes one " "parameter which can be a mountpoint, device name, `-a` or `-A`." @@ -4362,7 +4362,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройства, `-a` или `-A`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1514 msgid "" "All forms take `-f` to force unmounting, and `-v` for verbosity. Be warned " "that `-f` is not generally a good idea as it might crash the computer or " @@ -4375,7 +4375,7 @@ msgstr "" "системе." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1517 msgid "" "To unmount all mounted file systems, or just the file system types listed " "after `-t`, use `-a` or `-A`. Note that `-A` does not attempt to unmount " @@ -4386,13 +4386,13 @@ msgstr "" "внимание, что `-A` не пытается размонтировать корневую файловую систему." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1519 #, no-wrap msgid "Processes and Daemons" msgstr "Процессы и демоны" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1524 msgid "" "FreeBSD is a multi-tasking operating system. Each program running at any " "one time is called a _process_. Every running command starts at least one " @@ -4405,7 +4405,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD выполняется ряд системных процессов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1530 msgid "" "Each process is uniquely identified by a number called a _process ID_ " "(PID). Similar to files, each process has one owner and group, and the " @@ -4427,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке и всегда имеет PID `1`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1537 msgid "" "Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and " "disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web " @@ -4448,7 +4448,7 @@ msgstr "" "кроссовках и с вилами." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1543 msgid "" "There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a " "trailing \"d\". For example, BIND is the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but " @@ -4465,13 +4465,13 @@ msgstr "" "почтовый демон для приложения Sendmail называется `sendmail`, а не `maild`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1544 #, no-wrap msgid "Viewing Processes" msgstr "Просмотр процессов" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1549 msgid "" "To see the processes running on the system, use man:ps[1] or man:top[1]. To " "display a static list of the currently running processes, their PIDs, how " @@ -4488,7 +4488,7 @@ msgstr "" "работой компьютера, используйте man:top[1]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1552 msgid "" "By default, man:ps[1] only shows the commands that are running and owned by " "the user. For example:" @@ -4497,13 +4497,13 @@ msgstr "" "принадлежащие текущему пользователю. Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1556 #, no-wrap msgid "% ps\n" msgstr "% ps\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1565 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PID TT STAT TIME COMMAND\n" @@ -4515,7 +4515,7 @@ msgstr "" "8895 0 R+ 0:00.00 ps\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1575 msgid "" "The output from man:ps[1] is organized into a number of columns. The `PID` " "column displays the process ID. PIDs are assigned starting at 1, go up to " @@ -4538,7 +4538,7 @@ msgstr "" "`COMMAND` — это команда, которая использовалась для запуска программы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1578 msgid "" "A number of different options are available to change the information that " "is displayed. One of the most useful sets is `auxww`, where `a` displays " @@ -4557,18 +4557,18 @@ msgstr "" "становится слишком длинной для экрана." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1580 msgid "The output from man:top[1] is similar:" msgstr "Вывод команды man:top[1] выглядит аналогично:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1584 #, no-wrap msgid "% top\n" msgstr "% top\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1596 #, no-wrap msgid "" "last pid: 9609; load averages: 0.56, 0.45, 0.36 up 0+00:20:03 10:21:46\n" @@ -4586,7 +4586,7 @@ msgstr "" "Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1609 #, no-wrap msgid "" " PID USERNAME THR PRI NICE SIZE RES STATE C TIME WCPU COMMAND\n" @@ -4616,7 +4616,7 @@ msgstr "" " 1427 dru 5 22 0 605M 86412K select 1 0:05 0.00% kdeinit4\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1615 msgid "" "The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six " "lines) shows the PID of the last process to run, the system load averages " @@ -4638,7 +4638,7 @@ msgstr "" "диска." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1620 msgid "" "Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to " "the output from man:ps[1], such as the PID, username, amount of CPU time, " @@ -4657,7 +4657,7 @@ msgstr "" "который оно фактически использует в данный момент." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1623 msgid "" "man:top[1] automatically updates the display every two seconds. A different " "interval can be specified with `-s`." @@ -4666,13 +4666,13 @@ msgstr "" "интервал можно указать с помощью `-s`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1625 #, no-wrap msgid "Killing Processes" msgstr "Прекращение процессов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1631 msgid "" "One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a " "_signal_ using man:kill[1]. There are a number of different signals; some " @@ -4691,7 +4691,7 @@ msgstr "" "может отправлять сигналы любым процессам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1635 msgid "" "The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application " "is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, " @@ -4708,7 +4708,7 @@ msgstr "" "определённого времени, ему будет отправлен сигнал \"Будильник\" (`SIGALRM`)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1639 msgid "" "Two signals can be used to stop a process: `SIGTERM` and `SIGKILL`. " "`SIGTERM` is the polite way to kill a process as the process can read the " @@ -4724,7 +4724,7 @@ msgstr "" "которую нельзя прервать." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1642 msgid "" "`SIGKILL` cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a `SIGKILL` to a process " "will usually stop that process there and then. footnote:[There are a few " @@ -4743,7 +4743,7 @@ msgstr "" "произойдет, процесс будет убит.]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1645 msgid "" "Other commonly used signals are `SIGHUP`, `SIGUSR1`, and `SIGUSR2`. Since " "these are general purpose signals, different applications will respond " @@ -4754,7 +4754,7 @@ msgstr "" "реагировать на них по-разному." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1650 msgid "" "For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web " "server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting `httpd` " @@ -4771,7 +4771,7 @@ msgstr "" "желаемому результату." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1657 msgid "" "Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, man:" "init[8], PID 1, is special. Running `/bin/kill -s KILL 1` is a quick, and " @@ -4784,13 +4784,13 @@ msgstr "" "для man:kill[1] _перед_ нажатием kbd:[Return]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1660 #, no-wrap msgid "Shells" msgstr "Оболочки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1667 msgid "" "A _shell_ provides a command line interface for interacting with the " "operating system. A shell receives commands from the input channel and " @@ -4804,15 +4804,15 @@ msgstr "" "_Оболочка_ предоставляет интерфейс командной строки для взаимодействия с " "операционной системой. Оболочка получает команды из входного канала и " "выполняет их. Многие оболочки предоставляют встроенные функции для помощи в " -"повседневных задачах, таких как управление файлами, подстановка имён файлов (" -"file globbing), редактирование командной строки, макросы команд и переменные " -"окружения. FreeBSD поставляется с несколькими оболочками, включая " +"повседневных задачах, таких как управление файлами, подстановка имён файлов " +"(file globbing), редактирование командной строки, макросы команд и " +"переменные окружения. FreeBSD поставляется с несколькими оболочками, включая " "расширенную оболочку POSIX(R) shell (man:sh[1]) и расширенную оболочку C " "shell (man:tcsh[1]). Другие оболочки доступны в коллекции портов FreeBSD, " "например `zsh` и `bash`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1672 msgid "" "The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might " "feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as man:tcsh[1]. A Linux(R) " @@ -4828,7 +4828,7 @@ msgstr "" "какую оболочку использовать." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1677 msgid "" "One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the " "first few letters of a command or filename and presses kbd:[Tab], the shell " @@ -4844,7 +4844,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажать kbd:[Tab] для завершения имени файла." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1683 msgid "" "But the shell only shows `rm foo`. It was unable to complete the filename " "because both `foobar` and `football` start with `foo`. Some shells sound a " @@ -4861,7 +4861,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы оболочка определила, какое имя файла требуется, и заполнила остальное." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1689 msgid "" "Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. " "Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's " @@ -4876,156 +4876,156 @@ msgstr "" "окружении оболочки. Это окружение может быть прочитано любой программой, " "запущенной оболочкой, и поэтому содержит множество настроек программ. В " "crossref:basics[shell-env-vars,Распространенные переменные окружения] " -"приведен список распространённых переменных окружения и их значений. " +"приведён список распространённых переменных окружения и их значений. " "Обратите внимание, что имена переменных окружения всегда записываются в " "верхнем регистре." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1691 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Environment Variables" msgstr "Распространенные переменные окружения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1695 #, no-wrap msgid "Variable" msgstr "Переменная" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1698 #, no-wrap msgid "`USER`" msgstr "`USER`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1700 #, no-wrap msgid "Current logged in user's name." msgstr "Имя текущего вошедшего пользователя." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1701 #, no-wrap msgid "`PATH`" msgstr "`PATH`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1703 #, no-wrap msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries." msgstr "Двоеточием разделённый список каталогов для поиска бинарных файлов." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1704 #, no-wrap msgid "`DISPLAY`" msgstr "`DISPLAY`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1706 #, no-wrap msgid "Network name of the Xorg display to connect to, if available." msgstr "Сетевое имя дисплея Xorg для подключения, если доступно." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1707 #, no-wrap msgid "`SHELL`" msgstr "`SHELL`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1709 #, no-wrap msgid "The current shell." msgstr "Текущая оболочка." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1710 #, no-wrap msgid "`TERM`" msgstr "`TERM`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1712 #, no-wrap msgid "The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities of the terminal." msgstr "Имя типа терминала пользователя. Используется для определения возможностей терминала." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1713 #, no-wrap msgid "`TERMCAP`" msgstr "`TERMCAP`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1715 #, no-wrap msgid "Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal functions." msgstr "Запись в базе данных escape-кодов терминала для выполнения различных функций терминала." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1716 #, no-wrap msgid "`OSTYPE`" msgstr "`OSTYPE`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1718 #, no-wrap msgid "Type of operating system." msgstr "Тип операционной системы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1719 #, no-wrap msgid "`MACHTYPE`" msgstr "`MACHTYPE`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1721 #, no-wrap msgid "The system's CPU architecture." msgstr "Архитектура процессора системы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1722 #, no-wrap msgid "`EDITOR`" msgstr "`EDITOR`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1724 #, no-wrap msgid "The user's preferred text editor." msgstr "Предпочитаемый текстовый редактор пользователя." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1725 #, no-wrap msgid "`PAGER`" msgstr "`PAGER`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1727 #, no-wrap msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time." msgstr "Предпочитаемая пользователем утилита для просмотра текста постранично." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1728 #, no-wrap msgid "`MANPATH`" msgstr "`MANPATH`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1729 #, no-wrap msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages." msgstr "Двоеточием разделённый список каталогов для поиска страниц руководства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1735 msgid "" "How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In man:tcsh[1] " "and man:csh[1], use `setenv` to set environment variables. In man:sh[1] and " @@ -5040,24 +5040,24 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию в `/usr/local/bin/emacs` для оболочки man:tcsh[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1739 #, no-wrap msgid "% setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs\n" msgstr "% setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1742 msgid "The equivalent command for `bash` would be:" msgstr "Эквивалентная команда для `bash` будет:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1746 #, no-wrap msgid "% export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"\n" msgstr "% export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1750 msgid "" "To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type " "a `$` character in front of its name on the command line. For example, " @@ -5068,7 +5068,7 @@ msgstr "" "выведет текущее значение переменной `$TERM`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1755 msgid "" "Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special " "representations of data. The most common meta-character is `\\*`, which " @@ -5085,7 +5085,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующие шаблону `\\*`, а `echo` выводит их в командной строке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1758 msgid "" "To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from " "the shell by starting it with a backslash (`\\`). For example, `echo $TERM` " @@ -5098,13 +5098,13 @@ msgstr "" "$TERM` буквально." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1760 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing the Shell" msgstr "Изменение оболочки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1765 msgid "" "The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use `chsh`. " "Running this command will open the editor that is configured in the `EDITOR` " @@ -5117,7 +5117,7 @@ msgstr "" "строку `Shell:` на полный путь к новой оболочке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "" "Alternately, use `chsh -s` which will set the specified shell without " "opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to `bash`:" @@ -5126,13 +5126,13 @@ msgstr "" "редактора. Например, чтобы изменить оболочку на `bash`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1772 #, no-wrap msgid "% chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash\n" msgstr "% chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1776 msgid "" "Enter the password at the prompt and press kbd:[Return] to change the " "shell. Log off and log in again to start using the new shell." @@ -5142,7 +5142,7 @@ msgstr "" "новую оболочку." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1782 msgid "" "The new shell _must_ be present in `/etc/shells`. If the shell was " "installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as described in crossref:" @@ -5157,24 +5157,24 @@ msgstr "" "следующей команды, заменив путь на путь к вашей оболочке:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1786 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo /usr/local/bin/bash >> /etc/shells\n" msgstr "# echo /usr/local/bin/bash >> /etc/shells\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1789 msgid "Then, rerun man:chsh[1]." msgstr "Затем снова запустите man:chsh[1]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1791 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques" msgstr "Продвинутые методы работы с оболочкой" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1795 msgid "" "The UNIX(R) shell is not just a command interpreter, it acts as a powerful " "tool which allows users to execute commands, redirect their output, redirect " @@ -5190,7 +5190,7 @@ msgstr "" "работы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1798 msgid "" "Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a " "command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the " @@ -5201,13 +5201,13 @@ msgstr "" "в файл, перенаправьте вывод:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1802 #, no-wrap msgid "% ls > directory_listing.txt\n" msgstr "% ls > directory_listing.txt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1807 msgid "" "The directory contents will now be listed in `directory_listing.txt`. Some " "commands can be used to read input, such as man:sort[1]. To sort this " @@ -5218,13 +5218,13 @@ msgstr "" "ввода. Чтобы отсортировать этот список, перенаправьте ввод:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1811 #, no-wrap msgid "% sort < directory_listing.txt\n" msgstr "% sort < directory_listing.txt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1815 msgid "" "The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input " "into another file, one could redirect the output of man:sort[1] by mixing " @@ -5235,13 +5235,13 @@ msgstr "" "направление:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1819 #, no-wrap msgid "% sort < directory_listing.txt > sorted.txt\n" msgstr "% sort < directory_listing.txt > sorted.txt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "" "In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection " "using file descriptors. Every UNIX(R) system has file descriptors, which " @@ -5263,7 +5263,7 @@ msgstr "" "вводе-выводе, и иногда называются потоками." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1830 msgid "" "Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to " "be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. " @@ -5274,7 +5274,7 @@ msgstr "" "перенаправления — оператор конвейера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1833 msgid "" "The UNIX(R) pipe operator, \"|\" allows the output of one command to be " "directly passed or directed to another program. Basically, a pipe allows " @@ -5287,13 +5287,13 @@ msgstr "" "другой команды, например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1837 #, no-wrap msgid "% cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less\n" msgstr "% cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1841 msgid "" "In that example, the contents of `directory_listing.txt` will be sorted and " "the output passed to man:less[1]. This allows the user to scroll through " @@ -5304,13 +5304,13 @@ msgstr "" "в удобном темпе и предотвращает его исчезновение с экрана." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1843 #, no-wrap msgid "Text Editors" msgstr "Текстовые редакторы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1847 msgid "" "Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files, so it is a good " "idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with a few as " @@ -5322,7 +5322,7 @@ msgstr "" "портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1854 msgid "" "A simple editor to learn is man:ee[1], which stands for easy editor. To " "start this editor, type `ee _filename_` where _filename_ is the name of the " @@ -5342,7 +5342,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если файл был изменен, редактор предложит сохранить изменения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1859 msgid "" "FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as man:vi[1], as " "part of the base system. Other editors, like package:editors/emacs[] and " @@ -5359,7 +5359,7 @@ msgstr "" "время в долгосрочной перспективе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1863 msgid "" "Many applications which modify files or require typed input will " "automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the " @@ -5372,13 +5372,13 @@ msgstr "" "basics[shells, Оболочки]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1865 #, no-wrap msgid "Devices and Device Nodes" msgstr "Устройства и узлы устройств" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1870 msgid "" "A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, " "including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD " @@ -5391,7 +5391,7 @@ msgstr "" "Копия этих сообщений сохраняется в файле `/var/run/dmesg.boot`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1873 msgid "" "Each device has a device name and number. For example, `ada0` is the first " "SATA hard drive, while `kbd0` represents the keyboard." @@ -5400,7 +5400,7 @@ msgstr "" "диск SATA, а `kbd0` обозначает клавиатуру." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1875 msgid "" "Most devices in FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called device " "nodes, which are located in `/dev`." @@ -5409,13 +5409,13 @@ msgstr "" "файлы, называемые узлами устройств, которые расположены в `/dev`." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1877 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Pages" msgstr "Справочник" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1882 msgid "" "The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual " "pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference " @@ -5428,13 +5428,13 @@ msgstr "" "руководства можно просматривать с помощью команды `man`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1886 #, no-wrap msgid "% man command\n" msgstr "% man command\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1890 msgid "" "where _command_ is the name of the command to learn about. For example, to " "learn more about man:ls[1], type:" @@ -5443,13 +5443,13 @@ msgstr "" "Например, чтобы узнать больше о man:ls[1], введите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1894 #, no-wrap msgid "% man ls\n" msgstr "% man ls\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1898 msgid "" "Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. " "In FreeBSD, the following sections are available:" @@ -5458,52 +5458,52 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD доступны следующие разделы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1900 msgid "User commands." msgstr "Пользовательские команды." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1901 msgid "System calls and error numbers." msgstr "Системные вызовы и коды ошибок." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1902 msgid "Functions in the C libraries." msgstr "Функции в библиотеках C." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1903 msgid "Device drivers." msgstr "Драйверы устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1904 msgid "File formats." msgstr "Форматы файлов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1905 msgid "Games and other diversions." msgstr "Развлечения и другие игры." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1906 msgid "Miscellaneous information." msgstr "Различная информация." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1907 msgid "System maintenance and operation commands." msgstr "Системные команды обслуживания и эксплуатации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1908 msgid "System kernel interfaces." msgstr "Интерфейсы ядра системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1912 msgid "" "In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the " "online manual. For example, there is a `chmod` user command and a `chmod()` " @@ -5516,13 +5516,13 @@ msgstr "" "отображать, укажите номер раздела:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1916 #, no-wrap msgid "% man 1 chmod\n" msgstr "% man 1 chmod\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1920 msgid "" "This will display the manual page for the user command man:chmod[1]. " "References to a particular section of the online manual are traditionally " @@ -5535,7 +5535,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользовательской команде, а man:chmod[2] — к системному вызову." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1922 msgid "" "If the name of the manual page is unknown, use `man -k` to search for " "keywords in the manual page descriptions:" @@ -5544,13 +5544,13 @@ msgstr "" "поиска ключевых слов в описаниях страниц руководства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1926 #, no-wrap msgid "% man -k mail\n" msgstr "% man -k mail\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1930 msgid "" "This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword \"mail\" in " "their descriptions. This is equivalent to using man:apropos[1]." @@ -5559,12 +5559,12 @@ msgstr "" "описаниях. Это эквивалентно использованию man:apropos[1]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1932 msgid "To read the descriptions for all of the commands in `/usr/sbin`, type:" msgstr "Чтобы прочитать описания всех команд в `/usr/sbin`, введите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1937 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd /usr/sbin\n" @@ -5574,12 +5574,12 @@ msgstr "" "% man -f * | more\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1940 msgid "or" msgstr "или" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1945 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% cd /usr/sbin\n" @@ -5589,13 +5589,13 @@ msgstr "" "% whatis * |more\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1948 #, no-wrap msgid "GNU Info Files" msgstr "Файлы GNU Info" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1953 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free " "Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may " @@ -5610,18 +5610,18 @@ msgstr "" "info редактора emacs." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1955 msgid "To use man:info[1], type:" msgstr "Чтобы использовать man:info[1], введите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1959 #, no-wrap msgid "% info\n" msgstr "% info\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/basics/_index.adoc:1962 msgid "" "For a brief introduction, type `h`. For a quick command reference, type `?`." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po index 90dd832b30..58a696c145 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2025-11-12 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgid "Bibliography" msgstr "Библиография" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:54 msgid "" "While manual pages provide a definitive reference for individual pieces of " "the FreeBSD operating system, they seldom illustrate how to put the pieces " @@ -58,138 +58,103 @@ msgstr "" "по администрированию UNIX(R)." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:56 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Bibliography" msgstr "Библиография FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:59 #, no-wrap msgid "*Absolute FreeBSD: The Complete Guide To FreeBSD*, Third Edition, published by link:https://nostarch.com/absfreebsd3[No Starch Press], 2018. ISBN: 978-1593278922\n" -msgstr "" -"*Absolute FreeBSD: The Complete Guide To FreeBSD*, третье издание, издано " -"link:https://nostarch.com/absfreebsd3[No Starch Press], 2018. ISBN: 978-" -"1593278922\n" +msgstr "*Absolute FreeBSD: The Complete Guide To FreeBSD*, третье издание, издано link:https://nostarch.com/absfreebsd3[No Starch Press], 2018. ISBN: 978-1593278922\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:60 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: Storage Essentials*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/freebsd-mastery-storage-essentials/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2014. ISBN: 978-1642350098\n" -msgstr "" -"*FreeBSD Mastery: Storage Essentials*, издано link:https://www." -"tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/freebsd-mastery-storage-essentials/[Tilted " -"Windmill Press], 2014. ISBN: 978-1642350098\n" +msgstr "*FreeBSD Mastery: Storage Essentials*, издано link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/freebsd-mastery-storage-essentials/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2014. ISBN: 978-1642350098\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:61 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: Specialty Filesystems*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmspf/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2015. ISBN: 978-1642350111\n" -msgstr "" -"*FreeBSD Mastery: Specialty Filesystems*, издано link:https://www." -"tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmspf/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2015. ISBN: " -"978-1642350111\n" +msgstr "*FreeBSD Mastery: Specialty Filesystems*, издано link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmspf/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2015. ISBN: 978-1642350111\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:62 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: ZFS*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmzfs/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2015. ISBN: 978-1642350005\n" -msgstr "" -"*FreeBSD Mastery: ZFS*, издано link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/" -"product/fmzfs/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2015. ISBN: 978-1642350005\n" +msgstr "*FreeBSD Mastery: ZFS*, издано link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmzfs/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2015. ISBN: 978-1642350005\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:63 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: Advanced ZFS*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmaz/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2016. ISBN: 978-0692688687\n" -msgstr "" -"*FreeBSD Mastery: Advanced ZFS*, издано link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress." -"com/product/fmaz/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2016. ISBN: 978-0692688687\n" +msgstr "*FreeBSD Mastery: Advanced ZFS*, издано link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmaz/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2016. ISBN: 978-0692688687\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:64 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Mastery: Jails*, published by link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmjail/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2019. ISBN: 978-1642350241\n" -msgstr "" -"*FreeBSD Mastery: Jails*, издано link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/" -"product/fmjail/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2019. ISBN: 978-1642350241\n" +msgstr "*FreeBSD Mastery: Jails*, издано link:https://www.tiltedwindmillpress.com/product/fmjail/[Tilted Windmill Press], 2019. ISBN: 978-1642350241\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Device Drivers: A Guide for the Intrepid*, published by link:https://nostarch.com/bsddrivers.htm[No Starch Press], 2012. ISBN: 978-1593272043\n" -msgstr "" -"*FreeBSD Device Drivers: A Guide for the Intrepid*, издано " -"link:https://nostarch.com/bsddrivers.htm[No Starch Press], 2012. ISBN: 978-" -"1593272043\n" +msgstr "*FreeBSD Device Drivers: A Guide for the Intrepid*, издано link:https://nostarch.com/bsddrivers.htm[No Starch Press], 2012. ISBN: 978-1593272043\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:66 #, no-wrap msgid "*The Design And Implementation Of The Freebsd Operating System*, Second Edition, published by link:https://www.pearson.com/store/p/design-and-implementation-of-the-freebsd-operating-system-the/P200000000463/9780321968975[Pearson Education, Inc.], 2014. ISBN: 978-0321968975\n" -msgstr "" -"*The Design And Implementation Of The Freebsd Operating System*, второе " -"издание, издано link:https://www.pearson.com/store/p/" -"design-and-implementation-of-the-freebsd-operating-system-the/P200000000463/" -"9780321968975[Pearson Education, Inc.], 2014. ISBN: 978-0321968975\n" +msgstr "*The Design And Implementation Of The Freebsd Operating System*, второе издание, издано link:https://www.pearson.com/store/p/design-and-implementation-of-the-freebsd-operating-system-the/P200000000463/9780321968975[Pearson Education, Inc.], 2014. ISBN: 978-0321968975\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:67 #, no-wrap msgid "*UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook*, Fifth Edition, published by link:https://www.pearson.com/en-us/subject-catalog/p/unix-and-linux-system-administration-handbook/P200000000513/9780137460359[Pearson Education, Inc.], 2017. ISBN: 978-0134277554\n" -msgstr "" -"*UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook*, пятое издание, издано " -"link:https://www.pearson.com/en-us/subject-catalog/p/" -"unix-and-linux-system-administration-handbook/P200000000513/9780137460359[" -"Pearson Education, Inc.], 2017. ISBN: 978-0134277554\n" +msgstr "*UNIX and Linux System Administration Handbook*, пятое издание, издано link:https://www.pearson.com/en-us/subject-catalog/p/unix-and-linux-system-administration-handbook/P200000000513/9780137460359[Pearson Education, Inc.], 2017. ISBN: 978-0134277554\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:68 #, no-wrap msgid "*Designing BSD Rootkits*, published by link:https://nostarch.com/rootkits.htm[No Starch Press], 2007. ISBN: 978-1593271428\n" -msgstr "" -"*Designing BSD Rootkits*, издано link:https://nostarch.com/rootkits.htm[No " -"Starch Press], 2007. ISBN: 978-1593271428\n" +msgstr "*Designing BSD Rootkits*, издано link:https://nostarch.com/rootkits.htm[No Starch Press], 2007. ISBN: 978-1593271428\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "*FreeBSD Jails using VNETs*, published in link:https://rderik.gumroad.com/l/uwOLZ[gumroad]\n" -msgstr "" -"*FreeBSD Jails using VNETs*, опубликовано в link:https://rderik.gumroad.com/" -"l/uwOLZ[gumroad]\n" +msgstr "*FreeBSD Jails using VNETs*, опубликовано в link:https://rderik.gumroad.com/l/uwOLZ[gumroad]\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:71 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Reference" msgstr "Издания о безопасности" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:74 #, no-wrap msgid "*The Book of PF: A No-Nonsense Guide to the OpenBSD Firewall*, Third Edition, published by link:https://nostarch.com/pf3[No Starch Press], 2014. ISBN: 978-1593275891\n" -msgstr "" -"*The Book of PF: A No-Nonsense Guide to the OpenBSD Firewall*, третье " -"издание, издано link:https://nostarch.com/pf3[No Starch Press], 2014 год. " -"ISBN: 978-1593275891\n" +msgstr "*The Book of PF: A No-Nonsense Guide to the OpenBSD Firewall*, третье издание, издано link:https://nostarch.com/pf3[No Starch Press], 2014 год. ISBN: 978-1593275891\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "*SSH Mastery: OpenSSH, PuTTY, Tunnels, and Keys*, Second Edition, 2018. ISBN: 978-1642350029\n" -msgstr "" -"*SSH Mastery: OpenSSH, PuTTY, Tunnels, and Keys*, второе издание, 2018 год. " -"ISBN: 978-1642350029\n" +msgstr "*SSH Mastery: OpenSSH, PuTTY, Tunnels, and Keys*, второе издание, 2018 год. ISBN: 978-1642350029\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "UNIX(R) History" msgstr "История UNIX(R)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Lion, John _Lion's Commentary on UNIX, 6th Ed. With Source Code_. ITP Media " "Group, 1996. ISBN 1573980137" @@ -198,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "Group, 1996 год. ISBN 1573980137" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:81 msgid "" "Raymond, Eric S. _The New Hacker's Dictionary, 3rd edition_. MIT Press, " "1996. ISBN 0-262-68092-0. Also known as the http://www.catb.org/~esr/jargon/" @@ -209,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr "" "jargon/html/index.html[Jargon File]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Salus, Peter H. _A quarter century of UNIX_. Addison-Wesley Publishing " "Company, Inc., 1994. ISBN 0-201-54777-5" @@ -218,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr "" "Publishing Company, Inc., 1994 год. ISBN 0-201-54777-5" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Simon Garfinkel, Daniel Weise, Steven Strassmann. _The UNIX-HATERS " "Handbook_. IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., 1994. ISBN 1-56884-203-1. Out of " @@ -229,7 +194,7 @@ msgstr "" "снята с печати, но доступна http://www.simson.net/ref/ugh.pdf[онлайн]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Don Libes, Sandy Ressler _Life with UNIX_ - special edition. Prentice-Hall, " "Inc., 1989. ISBN 0-13-536657-7" @@ -238,7 +203,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hall, Inc., 1989 год. ISBN 0-13-536657-7" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "_The BSD family tree_. https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/bsd-" "family-tree[https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/bsd-family-tree] or " @@ -246,17 +211,17 @@ msgid "" "family-tree] on a FreeBSD machine." msgstr "" "_Генеалогическое древо BSD_. https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/" -"bsd-family-tree[https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/bsd-family-tree]" -" или link:file://localhost/usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree[/usr/share/misc/" -"bsd-family-tree] на машине с FreeBSD." +"bsd-family-tree[https://cgit.freebsd.org/src/tree/share/misc/bsd-family-" +"tree] или link:file://localhost/usr/share/misc/bsd-family-tree[/usr/share/" +"misc/bsd-family-tree] на машине с FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:86 msgid "_Networked Computer Science Technical Reports Library_." msgstr "_Сетевая библиотека технических отчётов по компьютерным наукам_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "_Old BSD releases from the Computer Systems Research group (CSRG)_. http://" "www.mckusick.com/csrg/[http://www.mckusick.com/csrg/]: The 4CD set covers " @@ -271,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" "исходные тексты вместе с файлами SCCS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Kernighan, Brian _Unix: A History and a Memoir_. Kindle Direct Publishing, " "2020. ISBN 978-169597855-3" @@ -280,13 +245,13 @@ msgstr "" "год. ISBN 978-169597855-3" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Periodicals, Journals, and Magazines" msgstr "Периодические издания, журналы и газеты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "https://www.admin-magazin.de/[Admin Magazin] (in German), published by " "Medialinx AG. ISSN: 2190-1066" @@ -295,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "издательство Medialinx AG. ISSN: 2190-1066" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "https://www.bsdnow.tv/[BSD Now - Video Podcast], published by Jupiter " "Broadcasting LLC" @@ -304,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "LLC" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bibliography/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "https://freebsdfoundation.org/our-work/journal/[FreeBSD Journal], published " "by S&W Publishing, sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation. ISBN: " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/book.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/book.adoc index ce686e9595..88bb6fa5de 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/book.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/book.adoc @@ -100,6 +100,8 @@ include::{chapters-path}security/_index.adoc[leveloffset=+1] include::{chapters-path}jails/_index.adoc[leveloffset=+1] +include::{chapters-path}containers/_index.adoc[leveloffset=+1] + include::{chapters-path}mac/_index.adoc[leveloffset=+1] include::{chapters-path}audit/_index.adoc[leveloffset=+1] diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/book.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/book.po index afe114a098..2c12437be5 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/book.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/book.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-07-07 23:22-0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-23 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" @@ -14,16 +14,15 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/book.adoc:1 #, no-wrap msgid "A constantly evolving, comprehensive resource for FreeBSD users" -msgstr "" -"Постоянно развивающийся и всеобъемлющий ресурс для пользователей FreeBSD" +msgstr "Постоянно развивающийся и всеобъемлющий ресурс для пользователей FreeBSD" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/book.adoc:1 @@ -33,6 +32,6 @@ msgid "FreeBSD Handbook" msgstr "Руководство FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/book.adoc:51 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/book.adoc:50 msgid "'''" msgstr "'''" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc index c75b929f23..9b0ad69446 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc @@ -189,7 +189,10 @@ boot: |Продолжает загрузку ядра, если не прервано в течение указанного времени в секундах. Отображает обратный отсчет, а время по умолчанию составляет 10 секунд. |boot [`-options`] [`kernelname`] -|Немедленно переходит к загрузке ядра с любыми указанными параметрами или именем ядра. Указание имени ядра в командной строке применимо только после выполнения команды `unload`. В противном случае будет использовано ранее загруженное ядро. Если _kernelname_ не указан полностью, поиск будет выполнен в _/boot/kernel_ и _/boot/modules_. +|Немедленно переходит к загрузке ядра с любыми указанными параметрами или именем ядра. +Указание имени ядра в командной строке применимо только после выполнения команды `unload`. +В противном случае будет использовано ранее загруженное ядро. +Если _kernelname_ не является полным путём к файлу ядра, поиск будет выполнен в _/boot/kernel_ и _/boot/modules_. |boot-conf |Проходит ту же автоматическую настройку модулей на основе указанных переменных, чаще всего `kernel`. Имеет смысл только при использовании `unload` перед изменением некоторых переменных. @@ -201,7 +204,9 @@ boot: |Читает указанный файл и обрабатывает его построчно. Ошибка немедленно останавливает `include`. |load [-t ``_тип_``] `_имяфайла_` -|Загружает ядро, модуль ядра или файл указанного типа с заданным именем. Все аргументы после _имяфайла_ передаются файлу. Если _имяфайла_ не указано полностью, файл будет искаться в _/boot/kernel_ и _/boot/modules_. +|Загружает ядро, модуль ядра или файл указанного типа с заданным именем. +Все аргументы после _имяфайла_ передаются файлу. +Если _имяфайла_ не указано полностью, файл будет искаться в _/boot/kernel_ и _/boot/modules_. |ls [-l] [``_путь_``] |Отображает список файлов в указанном пути или в корневом каталоге, если путь не указан. Если указан параметр `-l`, также будут показаны размеры файлов. @@ -242,7 +247,7 @@ boot: Используйте полный путь [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC/kernel# для ссылки на стандартное ядро, поставляемое с установкой, или [.filename]#/boot/kernel.old/kernel# для ссылки на предыдущую версию ядра до обновления системы или до настройки собственного ядра. -Используйте следующее для загрузки обычных модулей с другим ядром. Обратите внимание, что в этом случае не обязательно указывать полное имя: +Используйте следующее для загрузки обычных модулей с другим ядром. Обратите внимание, что в этом случае не обязательно указывать полный путь к файлу, достаточно только имя: [source, shell] .... @@ -301,7 +306,7 @@ Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh: Однопользовательский режим обычно используется для восстановления системы, которая не загружается из-за несогласованности файловой системы или ошибки в конфигурационном файле загрузки. Он также может применяться для сброса пароля `root`, если он неизвестен. Эти действия возможны, поскольку приглашение однопользовательского режима предоставляет полный локальный доступ к системе и её конфигурационным файлам. В этом режиме отсутствует сетевое взаимодействие. -Хотя однопользовательский режим полезен для восстановления системы, он представляет угрозу безопасности, если система не находится в физически защищенном месте. По умолчанию любой пользователь, имеющий физический доступ к системе, получит полный контроль над ней после загрузки в однопользовательском режиме. +Хотя однопользовательский режим полезен для восстановления системы, он представляет угрозу безопасности, если система не находится в физически защищённом месте. По умолчанию любой пользователь, имеющий физический доступ к системе, получит полный контроль над ней после загрузки в однопользовательском режиме. Если в [.filename]#/etc/ttys# параметр `console` изменён на `insecure`, система сначала запросит пароль `root` перед переходом в однопользовательский режим. Это добавляет уровень безопасности, но лишает возможности сбросить пароль `root`, если он неизвестен. diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/boot/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/boot/_index.po index 19cef71f6e..7d67eed308 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/boot/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/boot/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-11 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookboot_index/ru/>\n" @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "The FreeBSD Booting Process" msgstr "Процесс загрузки FreeBSD" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "The process of starting a computer and loading the operating system is " "referred to as \"the bootstrap process\", or \"booting\". FreeBSD's boot " @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы или другим установленным ядром." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "This chapter details the configuration options that can be set. It " "demonstrates how to customize the FreeBSD boot process, including everything " @@ -81,17 +81,17 @@ msgstr "" "ярко-белого на серый." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:62 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:64 msgid "The components of the FreeBSD bootstrap system and how they interact." msgstr "Компоненты загрузочной системы FreeBSD и их взаимодействие." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "The options that can be passed to the components in the FreeBSD bootstrap in " "order to control the boot process." @@ -100,12 +100,12 @@ msgstr "" "для управления процессом загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:66 msgid "The basics of setting device hints." msgstr "Основы настройки подсказок устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "How to boot into single- and multi-user mode and how to properly shut down a " "FreeBSD system." @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" "правильно завершить работу системы FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "This chapter only describes the boot process for FreeBSD running on x86 and " "amd64 systems." @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ msgstr "" "архитектурой x86 и amd64." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:74 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Process" msgstr "Процесс загрузки FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Turning on a computer and starting the operating system poses an interesting " "dilemma. By definition, the computer does not know how to do anything until " @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "" "тогда запускается операционная система?" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "This problem parallels one in the book The Adventures of Baron Munchausen. " "A character had fallen part way down a manhole, and pulled himself out by " @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы. Со временем он сократился до «**загрузки**» (англ. \"booting\")." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "On x86 hardware, the Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) is responsible for " "loading the operating system. The BIOS looks on the hard disk for the " @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционной системы, возможно, с помощью BIOS." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides for booting from both the older MBR standard, and the newer " "GUID Partition Table (GPT). GPT partitioning is often found on computers " @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ msgstr "" "через UEFI." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "The code within the MBR is typically referred to as a _boot manager_, " "especially when it interacts with the user. The boot manager usually has " @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ msgstr "" #. There is extref:{faq}[a frequently asked question] about GRUB. Beyond the answer there, // #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "Users of GRUB should refer to https://www.gnu.org/software/grub/grub-" "documentation.html[GNU-provided documentation]." @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentation.html[документации от GNU]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "If only one operating system is installed, the MBR searches for the first " "bootable (active) slice on the disk, and then runs the code on that slice to " @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" "для загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "The remainder of the FreeBSD bootstrap system is divided into three stages. " "The first stage knows just enough to get the computer into a specific state " @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" "более гибкий загрузчик." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:120 msgid "" "The kernel is then started and begins to probe for devices and initialize " "them for use. Once the kernel boot process is finished, the kernel passes " @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" "запускает процессы, запланированные для выполнения при старте системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "This section describes these stages in more detail and demonstrates how to " "interact with the FreeBSD boot process." @@ -282,13 +282,13 @@ msgstr "" "с процессом загрузки FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "The Boot Manager" msgstr "Загрузчик" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "The boot manager code in the MBR is sometimes referred to as _stage zero_ of " "the boot process. By default, FreeBSD uses the boot0 boot manager." @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию FreeBSD использует загрузчик boot0." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "The MBR installed by the FreeBSD installer is based on [.filename]#/boot/" "boot0#. The size and capability of boot0 is restricted to 446 bytes due to " @@ -312,13 +312,13 @@ msgstr "" "этот пример:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#boot0# Screenshot" msgstr "Экран [.filename]#boot0#" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "" "F1 Win\n" @@ -328,13 +328,13 @@ msgstr "" "F2 FreeBSD\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "Default: F2\n" msgstr "Default: F2\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "Other operating systems will overwrite an existing MBR if they are installed " "after FreeBSD. If this happens, or to replace the existing MBR with the " @@ -345,13 +345,13 @@ msgstr "" "существующую MBR на MBR FreeBSD, используйте следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "# fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 device\n" msgstr "# fdisk -B -b /boot/boot0 device\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "where _device_ is the boot disk, such as [.filename]#ad0# for the first IDE " "disk, [.filename]#ad2# for the first IDE disk on a second IDE controller, or " @@ -364,13 +364,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации MBR обратитесь к man:boot0cfg[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "Stage One and Stage Two" msgstr "Этап первый и Этап второй" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Conceptually, the first and second stages are part of the same program on " "the same area of the disk. Due to space constraints, they have been split " @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ msgstr "" "или `bsdlabel`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "These two stages are located outside file systems, in the first track of the " "boot slice, starting with the first sector. This is where boot0, or any " @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжит процесс загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "The first stage, [.filename]#boot1#, is very simple, since it can only be " "512 bytes in size. It knows just enough about the FreeBSD _bsdlabel_, which " @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#boot2#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Stage two, [.filename]#boot2#, is slightly more sophisticated, and " "understands the FreeBSD file system enough to find files. It can provide a " @@ -426,13 +426,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующий интерактивный экран:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#boot2# Screenshot" msgstr "Экран [.filename]#boot2#" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "" ">> FreeBSD/i386 BOOT\n" @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "boot:\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "To replace the installed [.filename]#boot1# and [.filename]#boot2#, use " "`bsdlabel`, where _diskslice_ is the disk and slice to boot from, such as [." @@ -456,13 +456,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdlabel -B diskslice\n" msgstr "# bsdlabel -B diskslice\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "If just the disk name is used, such as [.filename]#ad0#, `bsdlabel` will " "create the disk in \"dangerously dedicated mode\", without slices. This is " @@ -475,13 +475,13 @@ msgstr "" "_дисковый раздел_ перед нажатием kbd:[Enter]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Stage Three" msgstr "Этап три" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "The loader is the final stage of the three-stage bootstrap process. It is " "located on the file system, usually as [.filename]#/boot/loader#." @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "" "loader#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "The loader is intended as an interactive method for configuration, using a " "built-in command set, backed up by a more powerful interpreter which has a " @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерпретатором с расширенным набором команд." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "During initialization, loader will probe for a console and for disks, and " "figure out which disk it is booting from. It will set variables " @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr "" "передаваться из скрипта или вводиться в интерактивном режиме." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:217 msgid "" "The loader will then read [.filename]#/boot/loader.rc#, which by default " "reads in [.filename]#/boot/defaults/loader.conf# which sets reasonable " @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" "выбранные модули и ядро." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "Finally, by default, loader issues a 10 second wait for key presses, and " "boots the kernel if it is not interrupted. If interrupted, the user is " @@ -551,182 +551,200 @@ msgstr "" "обратитесь к man:loader[8]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "Loader Built-In Commands" msgstr "Встроенные команды загрузчика" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "Variable" msgstr "Переменная" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:231 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "autoboot _seconds_" msgstr "autoboot _секунды_" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceeds to boot the kernel if not interrupted within the time span given, in seconds. It displays a countdown, and the default time span is 10 seconds." msgstr "Продолжает загрузку ядра, если не прервано в течение указанного времени в секундах. Отображает обратный отсчет, а время по умолчанию составляет 10 секунд." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "boot [`-options`] [`kernelname`]" msgstr "boot [`-options`] [`kernelname`]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap -msgid "Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with any specified options or kernel name. Providing a kernel name on the command-line is only applicable after an `unload` has been issued. Otherwise, the previously-loaded kernel will be used. If _kernelname_ is not qualified, it will be searched under _/boot/kernel_ and _/boot/modules_." -msgstr "Немедленно переходит к загрузке ядра с любыми указанными параметрами или именем ядра. Указание имени ядра в командной строке применимо только после выполнения команды `unload`. В противном случае будет использовано ранее загруженное ядро. Если _kernelname_ не указан полностью, поиск будет выполнен в _/boot/kernel_ и _/boot/modules_." +msgid "" +"Immediately proceeds to boot the kernel, with any specified options or kernel\n" +"name. Providing a kernel name on the command-line is only applicable after an\n" +"`unload` has been issued. Otherwise, the previously-loaded kernel will be\n" +"used. If _kernelname_ is not provided with the full path, it will be searched under _/boot/kernel_ and _/boot/modules_." +msgstr "" +"Немедленно переходит к загрузке ядра с любыми указанными параметрами или " +"именем ядра.\n" +"Указание имени ядра в командной строке применимо только после выполнения " +"команды `unload`.\n" +"В противном случае будет использовано ранее загруженное ядро.\n" +"Если _kernelname_ не является полным путём к файлу ядра, поиск будет " +"выполнен в _/boot/kernel_ и _/boot/modules_." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "boot-conf" msgstr "boot-conf" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Goes through the same automatic configuration of modules based on specified variables, most commonly `kernel`. This only makes sense if `unload` is used first, before changing some variables." msgstr "Проходит ту же автоматическую настройку модулей на основе указанных переменных, чаще всего `kernel`. Имеет смысл только при использовании `unload` перед изменением некоторых переменных." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "help [`_topic_`]" msgstr "help [`_тема_`]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "Shows help messages read from [.filename]#/boot/loader.help#. If the topic given is `index`, the list of available topics is displayed." msgstr "Показывает справочные сообщения, прочитанные из файла [.filename]#/boot/loader.help#. Если указана тема `index`, отображается список доступных тем." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "include `_filename_` ..." msgstr "include `_имяфайла_` ..." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "Reads the specified file and interprets it line by line. An error immediately stops the `include`." msgstr "Читает указанный файл и обрабатывает его построчно. Ошибка немедленно останавливает `include`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:249 #, no-wrap msgid "load [-t ``_type_``] `_filename_`" msgstr "load [-t ``_тип_``] `_имяфайла_`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap -msgid "Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the type given, with the specified filename. Any arguments after _filename_ are passed to the file. If _filename_ is not qualified, it will be searched under _/boot/kernel_ and _/boot/modules_." -msgstr "Загружает ядро, модуль ядра или файл указанного типа с заданным именем. Все аргументы после _имяфайла_ передаются файлу. Если _имяфайла_ не указано полностью, файл будет искаться в _/boot/kernel_ и _/boot/modules_." +msgid "" +"Loads the kernel, kernel module, or file of the type given, with the\n" +"specified filename. Any arguments after _filename_ are passed to the file. If\n" +"_filename_ is not provided with the full path, it will be searched under _/boot/kernel_ and _/boot/modules_." +msgstr "" +"Загружает ядро, модуль ядра или файл указанного типа с заданным именем.\n" +"Все аргументы после _имяфайла_ передаются файлу.\n" +"Если _имяфайла_ не указано полностью, файл будет искаться в _/boot/kernel_ и " +"_/boot/modules_." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "ls [-l] [``_path_``]" msgstr "ls [-l] [``_путь_``]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays a listing of files in the given path, or the root directory, if the path is not specified. If `-l` is specified, file sizes will also be shown." msgstr "Отображает список файлов в указанном пути или в корневом каталоге, если путь не указан. Если указан параметр `-l`, также будут показаны размеры файлов." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "lsdev [`-v`]" msgstr "lsdev [`-v`]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Lists all of the devices from which it may be possible to load modules. If `-v` is specified, more details are printed." msgstr "Перечисляет все устройства, с которых возможно загрузить модули. Если указан параметр `-v`, выводится более подробная информация." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "lsmod [`-v`]" msgstr "lsmod [`-v`]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays loaded modules. If `-v` is specified, more details are shown." msgstr "Отображает загруженные модули. Если указан параметр `-v`, выводится более подробная информация." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "more `_filename_`" msgstr "more `_имяфайла_`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Displays the files specified, with a pause at each `LINES` displayed." msgstr "Отображает указанные файлы с паузой после каждых `LINES` выведенных строк." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "reboot" msgstr "reboot" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "Immediately reboots the system." msgstr "Немедленно перезагружает систему." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "set `_variable_`, set `_variable=value_`" msgstr "set `_variable_`, set `_variable=value_`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "Sets the specified environment variables." msgstr "Устанавливает указанные переменные окружения." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "unload" msgstr "unload" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Removes all loaded modules." msgstr "Удаляет все загруженные модули." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "Here are some practical examples of loader usage. To boot the usual kernel " "in single-user mode:" @@ -735,13 +753,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить обычное ядро в однопользовательском режиме:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid " boot -s\n" msgstr " boot -s\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:284 msgid "" "To unload the usual kernel and modules and then load the previous or " "another, specified kernel:" @@ -750,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" "другое указанное ядро:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "" " unload\n" @@ -760,9 +778,9 @@ msgstr "" " load /путь/к/файлуядра\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" -"Use the qualified [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC/kernel# to refer to the default " +"Use the full path [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC/kernel# to refer to the default " "kernel that comes with an installation, or [.filename]#/boot/kernel.old/" "kernel#, to refer to the previously installed kernel before a system upgrade " "or before configuring a custom kernel." @@ -773,16 +791,18 @@ msgstr "" "до настройки собственного ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "Use the following to load the usual modules with another kernel. Note that " -"in this case it is not necessary the qualified name:" +"in this case it is not necessary to provide the full path, only the file " +"name:" msgstr "" "Используйте следующее для загрузки обычных модулей с другим ядром. Обратите " -"внимание, что в этом случае не обязательно указывать полное имя:" +"внимание, что в этом случае не обязательно указывать полный путь к файлу, " +"достаточно только имя:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "" "unload\n" @@ -794,24 +814,24 @@ msgstr "" "boot-conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:304 msgid "To load an automated kernel configuration script:" msgstr "Для загрузки автоматизированного сценария конфигурации ядра:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid " load -t userconfig_script /boot/kernel.conf\n" msgstr " load -t userconfig_script /boot/kernel.conf\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "Last Stage" msgstr "Последний этап" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "Once the kernel is loaded by either loader or by boot2, which bypasses " "loader, it examines any boot flags and adjusts its behavior as necessary. " @@ -826,67 +846,67 @@ msgstr "" "информацию о других флагах загрузки можно найти в man:boot[8]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel Interaction During Boot" msgstr "Взаимодействие с ядром во время загрузки" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "Option" msgstr "Опция" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:325 #, no-wrap msgid "`-a`" msgstr "`-a`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "During kernel initialization, ask for the device to mount as the root file system." msgstr "Во время инициализации ядра запросить устройство для монтирования в качестве корневой файловой системы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "`-C`" msgstr "`-C`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "Boot the root file system from a CDROM." msgstr "Загрузка корневой файловой системы с CDROM." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s`" msgstr "`-s`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "Boot into single-user mode." msgstr "Загрузится в однопользовательский режим." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "`-v`" msgstr "`-v`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Be more verbose during kernel startup." msgstr "Более подробный вывод во время загрузки ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "Once the kernel has finished booting, it passes control to the user process " "man:init[8], which is located at [.filename]#/sbin/init#, or the program " @@ -899,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" "процесса загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:343 msgid "" "The boot sequence makes sure that the file systems available on the system " "are consistent. If a UFS file system is not, and `fsck` cannot fix the " @@ -915,13 +935,13 @@ msgstr "" "многопользовательский режим." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "Single-User Mode" msgstr "Однопользовательский режим" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "A user can specify this mode by booting with `-s` or by setting the " "`boot_single` variable in loader. It can also be reached by running " @@ -934,13 +954,13 @@ msgstr "" "Однопользовательский режим начинается со следующего сообщения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" msgstr "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "If the user presses kbd:[Enter], the system will enter the default POSIX(R) " "shell. To specify a different shell, input the full path to the shell." @@ -949,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию. Чтобы указать другую оболочку, введите полный путь к ней." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Single-user mode is usually used to repair a system that will not boot due " "to an inconsistent file system or an error in a boot configuration file. It " @@ -967,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" "сетевое взаимодействие." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "While single-user mode is useful for repairing a system, it poses a security " "risk unless the system is in a physically secure location. By default, any " @@ -976,12 +996,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Хотя однопользовательский режим полезен для восстановления системы, он " "представляет угрозу безопасности, если система не находится в физически " -"защищенном месте. По умолчанию любой пользователь, имеющий физический доступ " +"защищённом месте. По умолчанию любой пользователь, имеющий физический доступ " "к системе, получит полный контроль над ней после загрузки в " "однопользовательском режиме." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "If the system `console` is changed to `insecure` in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, " "the system will first prompt for the `root` password before initiating " @@ -994,13 +1014,13 @@ msgstr "" "возможности сбросить пароль `root`, если он неизвестен." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an Insecure Console in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#" msgstr "Настройка небезопасной консоли в [.filename]#/etc/ttys#" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# name getty type status comments\n" @@ -1016,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" "console none unknown off insecure\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "An `insecure` console means that physical security to the console is " "considered to be insecure, so only someone who knows the `root` password may " @@ -1027,13 +1047,13 @@ msgstr "" "однопользовательский режим." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-User Mode" msgstr "Многопользовательский режим" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:391 msgid "" "If init finds the file systems to be in order, or once the user has finished " "their commands in single-user mode and has typed `exit` to leave single-user " @@ -1046,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "многопользовательский режим, в котором начинается настройка ресурсов системы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "The resource configuration system reads in configuration defaults from [." "filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf# and system-specific details from [." @@ -1062,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "" "системные демоны, а затем скрипты запуска локально установленных пакетов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "To learn more about the resource configuration system, refer to man:rc[8] " "and examine the scripts located in [.filename]#/etc/rc.d#." @@ -1071,13 +1091,13 @@ msgstr "" "изучите скрипты в [.filename]#/etc/rc.d#." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "Device Hints" msgstr "Подсказки устройств" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "During initial system startup, the boot man:loader[8] reads man:device." "hints[5]. This file stores kernel boot information known as variables, " @@ -1091,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "Device hints may also be specified at the Stage 3 boot loader prompt, as " "demonstrated in crossref:boot[boot-loader, Stage Three]. Variables can be " @@ -1109,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезагрузке." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "Once the system is booted, man:kenv[1] can be used to dump all of the " "variables." @@ -1117,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "" "После загрузки системы все переменные можно вывести с помощью man:kenv[1]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "The syntax for [.filename]#/boot/device.hints# is one variable per line, " "using the hash \"#\" as comment markers. Lines are constructed as follows:" @@ -1127,24 +1147,24 @@ msgstr "" "образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid " hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"value\"\n" msgstr " hint.driver.unit.keyword=\"value\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:422 msgid "The syntax for the Stage 3 boot loader is:" msgstr "Синтаксис загрузчика Этапа 3 следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid " set hint.driver.unit.keyword=value\n" msgstr " set hint.driver.unit.keyword=value\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "where `driver` is the device driver name, `unit` is the device driver unit " "number, and `keyword` is the hint keyword. The keyword may consist of the " @@ -1155,44 +1175,44 @@ msgstr "" "включать следующие варианты:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:432 msgid "`at`: specifies the bus which the device is attached to." msgstr "`at`: указывает шину, к которой подключено устройство." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:433 msgid "`port`: specifies the start address of the I/O to be used." msgstr "" "`port`: указывает начальный адрес ввода-вывода, который будет использоваться." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:434 msgid "`irq`: specifies the interrupt request number to be used." msgstr "" "`irq`: указывает номер запроса на прерывание, который должен использоваться." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:435 msgid "`drq`: specifies the DMA channel number." msgstr "`drq`: указывает номер канала DMA." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:436 msgid "`maddr`: specifies the physical memory address occupied by the device." msgstr "`maddr`: указывает физический адрес памяти, занятый устройством." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:437 msgid "`flags`: sets various flag bits for the device." msgstr "`flags`: устанавливает различные биты флагов для устройства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:438 msgid "`disabled`: if set to `1` the device is disabled." msgstr "`disabled`: если установлено в `1`, устройство отключено." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "Since device drivers may accept or require more hints not listed here, " "viewing a driver's manual page is recommended. For more information, refer " @@ -1204,13 +1224,13 @@ msgstr "" "к man:device.hints[5], man:kenv[1], man:loader.conf[5] и man:loader[8]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:443 #, no-wrap msgid "Shutdown Sequence" msgstr "Последовательность выключения" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:446 msgid "" "Upon controlled shutdown using man:shutdown[8], man:init[8] will attempt to " "run the script [.filename]#/etc/rc.shutdown#, and then proceed to send all " @@ -1223,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" "которые не завершатся своевременно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "To power down a FreeBSD machine on architectures and systems that support " "power management, use `shutdown -p now` to turn the power off immediately. " @@ -1241,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" "shutdown[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:454 msgid "" "Modify group membership by referring to crossref:basics[users-" "synopsis,“Users and Basic Account Management”]." @@ -1250,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "synopsis,«Пользователи и основы управления учётными записями»]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/boot/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "Power management requires man:acpi[4] to be loaded as a module or statically " "compiled into a custom kernel." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc index db5e88c480..bfa7ccad3f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ FreeBSD поддерживает различные архитектуры, вк Проверка _контрольной суммы_ в FreeBSD может быть выполнена автоматически с помощью man:sha256sum[1] (и man:sha512sum[1]) путем выполнения: -[source, shell] +[source, shell, subs=attributes] .... % sha256sum -c CHECKSUM.SHA256-FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64 --ignore-missing FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso: OK @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso: OK . Утилита командной строки доступна в системах BSD, Linux(R) и Mac OS(R). Чтобы записать образ с помощью `dd`, вставьте USB-накопитель и определите его имя устройства. Затем укажите имя загруженного файла установки и имя устройства USB-накопителя. В этом примере записывается образ установки amd64 на первое USB-устройство в существующей системе FreeBSD. + -[source, shell] +[source, shell, subs=attributes] .... # dd if=FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1M conv=sync .... @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ image::bsdinstall-choose-mode.png["Приветственное меню уст .Загрузка раскладки клавиатуры image::bsdinstall-keymap-loading.png["Загрузка раскладки клавиатуры"] -После загрузки раскладок клавиатур bsdinstall отображает меню, показанное на рисунке crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-keymap-10,Меню выбора раскладки клавиатуры]. Используйте стрелки вверх и вниз, чтобы выбрать раскладку, наиболее точно соответствующую клавиатуре, подключенной к системе. Нажмите kbd:[Enter], чтобы сохранить выбор. +После загрузки раскладок клавиатур bsdinstall отображает меню, показанное на рисунке crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-keymap-10,Меню выбора раскладки клавиатуры]. Используйте стрелки вверх и вниз, чтобы выбрать раскладку, наиболее точно соответствующую клавиатуре, подключённой к системе. Нажмите kbd:[Enter], чтобы сохранить выбор. [[bsdinstall-keymap-10]] .Меню выбора раскладки клавиатуры @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ image::bsdinstall-config-hostname.png["Установка имени хоста" [[bsdinstall-installation-type]] === Выбор типа установки -В следующем меню bsdinstall спросит, следует ли устанавливать базовую систему с использованием традиционных дистрибутивных наборов (distribution sets) или нового метода, основанного на пакетах. +В следующем меню bsdinstall спросит, следует ли устанавливать базовую систему с использованием традиционных наборов дистрибутива (distribution sets) или нового метода, основанного на пакетах. [[bsdinstall-choose-type]] .Выбор типа установки @@ -330,13 +330,13 @@ image::bsdinstall-distributions-sets-pkgbase.png["Выбор между \"Distri Начиная с FreeBSD 15.0, установщик предлагает два различных подхода для развёртывания и последующего обновления базовой системы. Оба варианта устанавливают одно и то же ядро и пользовательское окружение, но принципиально различаются в способах доставки и сопровождения с течением времени. -* `Distribution Sets` (Наборы дистрибутива) — классический метод установки, используемый с первых дней существования проекта. Базовая система распаковывается из коллекции сжатых tar-архивов. Обновления выполняются исключительно с помощью утилиты man:freebsd-update[8]. Этот метод полностью поддерживается, стабилен и остаётся методом по умолчанию для большинства установочных носителей в серии 15.x. +* `Distribution Sets` (Наборы дистрибутива) — классический метод установки, используемый с первых дней существования проекта. Базовая система распаковывается из коллекции сжатых tar-архивов. Обновления выполняются исключительно с помощью утилиты man:freebsd-update[8]. Этот метод полностью поддерживается, стабилен и остаётся методом, используемым по умолчанию для большинства установочных носителей в серии 15.x. * `Packages (Tech Preview)` (Пакеты — техническая предварительная версия) — устанавливает базовую систему как набор отдельных пакетов из репозитория `FreeBSD-base`. После установки вся операционная система — как базовая, так и любое стороннее программное обеспечение — может быть обновлена одной командой `pkg upgrade`. Этот метод, известный как `pkgbase`, объединяет управление системой в рамках инфраструктуры man:pkg[8]. [TIP] ==== -Вариант `Packages (Tech Preview)` (Пакеты — техническая предварительная версия) предлагается для тестирования и раннего внедрения. Хотя ожидается, что этот метод станет методом по умолчанию в FreeBSD 16.0, пользователям, которые предпочитают консервативное, проверенное временем решение для обновлений, следует выбирать `Distribution Sets` (Наборы дистрибутива) для производственных сред в течение жизненного цикла 15.x. +Вариант `Packages (Tech Preview)` (Пакеты — техническая предварительная версия) предлагается для тестирования и раннего внедрения. Хотя ожидается, что этот метод станет методом, используемым по умолчанию в FreeBSD 16.0, пользователям, которые предпочитают консервативное, проверенное временем решение для обновлений, следует выбирать `Distribution Sets` (Наборы дистрибутива) для производственных сред в течение жизненного цикла 15.x. ==== [[bsdinstall-components]] @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ image::bsdinstall-config-components.png["Различные компоненты Выбор компонентов для установки в значительной степени зависит от предполагаемого использования системы и доступного дискового пространства. Базовая система FreeBSD, включающая ядро и пользовательское окружение (_base system_), устанавливается всегда. В зависимости от архитектуры некоторые из этих компонентов могут отсутствовать: * `base-dbg` - Базовые инструменты, такие как cat и ls, среди многих других, с активированными отладочными символами. -* `kernel-dbg` - Ядро и модули с включенными отладочными символами. +* `kernel-dbg` - Ядро и модули с включёнными отладочными символами. * `lib32-dbg` - Совместимые библиотеки для запуска 32-битных приложений на 64-битной версии FreeBSD с активированными отладочными символами. * `lib32` - Совместимые библиотеки для запуска 32-битных приложений на 64-битной версии FreeBSD. * `ports` - Коллекция портов FreeBSD представляет собой набор файлов, автоматизирующих загрузку, компиляцию и установку сторонних программных пакетов. В разделе crossref:ports[ports,Установка приложений: Пакеты и Порты] рассматривается, как использовать Коллекцию портов. @@ -543,8 +543,8 @@ image::bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart.png["Тип запрашиваемого |`freebsd-boot` |`512K` -| -| +| +| |`freebsd-ufs` |`2G` @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ image::bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart.png["Тип запрашиваемого |`freebsd-swap` |`4G` -| +| |`exswap` |`freebsd-ufs` @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ image::bsdinstall-zfs-menu.png["Меню с различными вариант * `Сканировать диски (Rescan Devices)` - Обновить список доступных дисков. * `Информация о диске (Disk Info)` - Это меню позволяет просматривать информацию о каждом диске, включая таблицу разделов и другие данные, такие как модель устройства и серийный номер, если они доступны. * `Имя пула (Pool Name)` - Укажите имя пула. По умолчанию используется имя _zroot_. -* `Принудительно использовать секторы 4K? (Force 4K Sectors?)` — Принудительное использование секторов размером 4K. По умолчанию установщик автоматически создаёт разделы, выровненные по границам 4K, и принудительно устанавливает использование секторов 4K в ZFS. Это безопасно даже для дисков с секторами размером 512 байт и имеет дополнительное преимущество: пулы, созданные на дисках с 512-байтными секторами, смогут в будущем работать с дисками, имеющими секторы 4K, — как для расширения хранилища, так и для замены вышедших из строя дисков. Нажмите kbd:[Enter], чтобы выбрать активацию или отказ от нее. +* `Принудительно использовать секторы 4K? (Force 4K Sectors?)` — Принудительное использование секторов размером 4K. По умолчанию установщик автоматически создаёт разделы, выровненные по границам 4K, и принудительно устанавливает использование секторов 4K в ZFS. Это безопасно даже для дисков с секторами размером 512 байт и имеет дополнительное преимущество: пулы, созданные на дисках с 512-байтными секторами, смогут в будущем работать с дисками, имеющими секторы 4K, — как для расширения хранилища, так и для замены вышедших из строя дисков. Нажмите kbd:[Enter], чтобы выбрать активацию или отказ от неё. * `Шифровать диски (Encrypt Disks)?` - Шифрование дисков позволяет пользователю зашифровать диски с помощью GELI. Дополнительная информация о шифровании дисков доступна в crossref:disks[disks-encrypting-geli,“Шифрование дисков с помощью geli”]. Нажмите клавишу kbd:[Enter], чтобы выбрать, активировать его или нет. * `Схема разделов (Partition Scheme)` - Выберите схему разделов. GPT рекомендуется в большинстве случаев. Нажмите клавишу kbd:[Enter] для выбора между различными вариантами. * `Размер подкачки (Swap Size)` - Установите объём области подкачки. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ image::bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type.png["Меню выбора типа виртуа Вот сводка по `Типу пула`, который можно выбрать в этом меню: -* `stripe` - Чередование (striping) обеспечивает максимальный объём хранилища из всех подключенных устройств, но не предоставляет избыточности. Если выйдет из строя хотя бы один диск, данные в пуле будут потеряны безвозвратно. +* `stripe` - Чередование (striping) обеспечивает максимальный объём хранилища из всех подключённых устройств, но не предоставляет избыточности. Если выйдет из строя хотя бы один диск, данные в пуле будут потеряны безвозвратно. * `mirror` - Зеркалирование сохраняет полную копию всех данных на каждом диске. Зеркалирование обеспечивает высокую производительность чтения, поскольку данные считываются со всех дисков параллельно. Производительность записи ниже, так как данные должны быть записаны на все диски в пуле. Допускает отказ всех дисков, кроме одного. Для этого варианта требуется как минимум два диска. * `raid10` - Чередующиеся зеркала. Обеспечивает наилучшую производительность, но наименьший объём хранилища. Для этого варианта требуется четное количество дисков, минимум четыре. * `raidz1` - RAID с одинарной избыточностью. Позволяет одновременный отказ одного диска. Для этого варианта требуется как минимум три диска. @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ image::bsdinstall-finalconfiguration.png["Меню с различными ва * `Службы (Services)` - Описано в crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-sysconf, Включение служб]. * `Усиление защиты системы (System Hardening)` - Описано в crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-hardening, Включение опций усиления безопасности]. * `Часовая зона (Time Zone)` - Описано в crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-timezone, Настройка часовой зоны]. -* `Firmware` (Прошивка) — загружает и устанавливает необходимые прошивки для системных компонентов, таких как Wi-Fi или графические карты. +* `Firmware` (Прошивка) — загружает и устанавливает необходимое микропрограммное обеспечение для системных компонентов, таких как Wi-Fi или графические карты. * `Руководство (Handbook)` - Загрузить и установить Руководство FreeBSD. После завершения настройки выберите btn:[Выход (Exit)]. diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po index e080bf3c7b..fb8a812004 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-18 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookbsdinstall_index/ru/>\n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Installing FreeBSD" msgstr "Установка FreeBSD" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports different architectures including amd64, ARM(R), RISC-V(R), " "and PowerPC(R). Depending on the architecture and platform, different " @@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ msgstr "" "непосредственного запуска FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:58 msgid "The image types are:" msgstr "Типы образов:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "Virtual Machine disk images, such as `qcow2`, `vmdk`, `vhd`, and raw device " "images. These are not installation images, but images that have FreeBSD " @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" "машин также часто используются в облачных средах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "SD card images, for embedded systems such as Raspberry Pi. These files must " "be uncompressed and written as a raw image to an SD card, from which the " @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет загружаться плата." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Installation images to boot from an ISO or USB device to install FreeBSD on " "a drive for the usual desktop, laptop, or server system." @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD на диск для обычной настольной, портативной или серверной системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter describes the third case, explaining how to install " "FreeBSD using the text-based installation program named bsdinstall. There " @@ -115,45 +115,45 @@ msgstr "" "руководство, а не как точную инструкцию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:67 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to obtain FreeBSD images and create FreeBSD installation media." msgstr "Как получить образы FreeBSD и создать установочные носители FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to start bsdinstall." msgstr "Как запустить bsdinstall." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "The questions bsdinstall will ask, what they mean, and how to answer them." msgstr "Вопросы, которые задаст bsdinstall, их значение и как на них отвечать." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation." msgstr "Как решить проблемы неудачной установки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation." msgstr "Как получить доступ к свежей версии FreeBSD перед установкой системы." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "Минимальные требования к оборудованию" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by architecture and " "version. Hardware architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD release " @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ msgstr "" "правильного образа для различных архитектур." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:82 #, no-wrap msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks" msgstr "Задачи перед установкой" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware " "requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be " @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgstr "" "подготовить установочный носитель." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "Consider using crossref:virtualization[virtualization,virtualization] when " "wanting to use FreeBSD on a system that already has another operating system " @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ msgstr "" "установлена другая операционная система." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "Before moving on to the installation, check that the system is ready by " "verifying the items in this checklist:" @@ -207,13 +207,13 @@ msgstr "" "пункты из этого контрольного списка:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid "*Back Up Important Data*\n" msgstr "*Резервное копирование важных данных*\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "Before installing any operating system, *always* backup all important data " "first. Do not store the backup on the system being installed. Instead, " @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ msgstr "" "потеряны." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "*Decide Where to Install FreeBSD*\n" msgstr "*Выберите место для установки FreeBSD*\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be " "skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, " @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "" "использоваться для FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple " "partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional _Master " @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr "" "устраняет необходимость в логических разделах." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or GPT partition. If all " "of the primary or GPT partitions are already in use, one must be freed for " @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздел и создать новый раздел, используя освободившееся пространство." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "An alternative to modifying the system's existing disk partitions is to use " "crossref:virtualization[virtualization,virtualization], which allows " @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимости изменения разделов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at link:" "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software[List of " @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ msgstr "" "это бесплатный Live CD, включающий редактор разделов GParted." #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:127 msgid "" "When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for " "creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong " @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr "" "важных данных и проверяйте их целостность перед изменением разделов диска." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:130 msgid "" "Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to " "install multiple operating systems on one computer." @@ -339,13 +339,13 @@ msgstr "" "несколько операционных систем на один компьютер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "*Collect Network Information*\n" msgstr "*Соберите информацию о сети*\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to " "download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will " @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ msgstr "" "установщик предложит настроить сетевые интерфейсы системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "If the network has a DHCP server, it can be used to provide automatic " "network configuration. If DHCP is not available, the following network " @@ -369,43 +369,43 @@ msgstr "" "интернет-провайдера:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:140 msgid "Required Network Information" msgstr "Необходимая сетевая информация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:142 msgid "IP address" msgstr "IP-адрес" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:143 msgid "Subnet mask" msgstr "Маска подсети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:144 msgid "IP address of default gateway" msgstr "IP-адрес шлюза по умолчанию" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:145 msgid "Domain name of the network" msgstr "Доменное имя сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:146 msgid "IP addresses of the network's DNS servers" msgstr "IP-адреса DNS-серверов сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "*Check for FreeBSD Errata*\n" msgstr "*Проверьте наличие исправлений в FreeBSD*\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD " "is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very " @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" "отсутствии проблем, которые могут повлиять на установку." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the link:https://" "www.FreeBSD.org/releases/[FreeBSD Release Information] page." @@ -431,13 +431,13 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/[Информация о релизе FreeBSD]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "Prepare the Installation Media" msgstr "Подготовьте установочный носитель" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within " "another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, " @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузите систему для установки с этого носителя." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "FreeBSD installation files are available at the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/" "where/[FreeBSD download page]. Each installation file's name includes the " @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" "выпуска FreeBSD, архитектуру и тип файла." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "Installation files are available in several formats, compressed with man:" "xz[1] or uncompressed. The formats vary depending on computer architecture " @@ -472,12 +472,12 @@ msgstr "" "компьютера и типа носителя." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:170 msgid "Installation file types:" msgstr "Типы файлов установки:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "`*-bootonly.iso*`: This is the smallest installation file as it only " "contains the installer. A working Internet connection is required during " @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки FreeBSD. Этот файл следует записать на оптический носитель." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "`*-disc1.iso*`: This file contains all of the files needed to install " "FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. This file should be burned to " @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ msgstr "" "на оптический носитель." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:174 msgid "" "`*-dvd1.iso*`: This file contains all of the files needed to install " "FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a set of " @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ msgstr "" "подключения к Интернету. Этот файл следует записать на оптический диск." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "`*-memstick.img*`: This file contains all of the files needed to install " "FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. Write this file to a USB " @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ msgstr "" "на USB]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "`*-mini-memstick.img*`: Like `*-bootonly.iso*`, does not include " "installation files, but downloads them as needed. A working internet " @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" "образа на USB]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:185 msgid "" "After downloading the image file, download at least one _checksum_ file from " "the same directory. There are two _checksum_ files available, named after " @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "After downloading one of the files (or both), calculate the _checksum_ for " "the image file and compare it with the one shown in the _checksum_ file. " @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" "системах существуют аналогичные программы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "Verifying the _checksum_ in FreeBSD can be done automatically using man:" "sha256sum[1] (and man:sha512sum[1]) by executing:" @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью man:sha256sum[1] (и man:sha512sum[1]) путем выполнения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sha256sum -c CHECKSUM.SHA256-FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64 --ignore-missing\n" @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso: OK\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not match, the image " "file is corrupt and must be downloaded again." @@ -606,13 +606,13 @@ msgstr "" "файла повреждён и его необходимо загрузить заново." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "Writing an Image File to USB" msgstr "Запись образа на USB-накопитель" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "The `\\*memstick.img` file is an _image_ of the complete contents of a " "memory stick. It _cannot_ be copied to the target device as a file. " @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе описаны две такие утилиты." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "Before proceeding, back up any important data on the USB stick. This " "procedure will erase the existing data on the stick." @@ -634,13 +634,13 @@ msgstr "" "накопителе. Эта процедура удалит все существующие данные на носителе." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure. Using `dd` to write the image* +\n" msgstr "*Процедура. Использование `dd` для записи образа* +\n" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:225 msgid "" "This example uses `/dev/da0` as the target device where the image will be " "written. Be *very careful* that the correct device is used as this command " @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" "указанном целевом устройстве." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:228 msgid "" "The command-line utility is available on BSD, Linux(R), and Mac OS(R) " "systems. To burn the image using `dd`, insert the USB stick and determine " @@ -667,13 +667,13 @@ msgstr "" "на первое USB-устройство в существующей системе FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1M conv=sync\n" msgstr "# dd if=FreeBSD-{rel-latest}-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img of=/dev/da0 bs=1M conv=sync\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "If this command fails, verify that the USB stick is not mounted and that the " "device name is for the disk, not a partition." @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ msgstr "" "смонтирован и что указано имя диска, а не раздела." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "Some operating systems might require this command to be run with man:" "sudo[8]. The man:dd[1] syntax varies slightly across different platforms; " @@ -696,13 +696,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершить все операции записи, используйте man:sync[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure. Using Windows(R) to Write the Image* +\n" msgstr "*Процедура. Запись образа с использованием Windows(R)* +\n" #. type: delimited block = 6 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the " "specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed." @@ -711,13 +711,13 @@ msgstr "" "данные на указанном диске будут перезаписаны и уничтожены." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "*Obtaining Image Writer for Windows(R)*\n" msgstr "*Получение Image Writer для Windows(R)*\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:255 msgid "" "Image Writer for Windows(R) is a free application that can correctly write " "an image file to a memory stick. Download it from https://sourceforge.net/" @@ -730,13 +730,13 @@ msgstr "" "win32diskimager] и распакуйте в нужную папку." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "*Writing the Image with Image Writer*\n" msgstr "*Запись образа с помощью Image Writer*\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "Double-click the Win32DiskImager icon to start the program. Verify that the " "drive letter shown under `Device` is the drive with the memory stick. Click " @@ -755,13 +755,13 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы записать файл образа на флеш-накопитель." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting the Installation" msgstr "Начало установки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before " "the following message:" @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" "сообщения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Your changes will now be written to disk. If you\n" @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr "" "commit your changes?\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a " "concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off " @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" "этого момента, и никакие изменения не будут внесены в диски системы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media " "which was prepared using the instructions in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-" @@ -814,14 +814,14 @@ msgstr "" "подключённого носителя зависит от архитектуры." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:294 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu" msgstr "Меню загрузчика FreeBSD" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:296 msgid "" "Once the system boots from the installation media, a menu similar to the " "following will be displayed:" @@ -830,19 +830,19 @@ msgstr "" "следующему:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD boot loader menu" msgstr "Меню загрузчика FreeBSD" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "By default, the menu will wait ten seconds for user input before booting " "into the FreeBSD installer or, if FreeBSD is already installed, before " @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" "подсвеченную цифру, символ или клавишу. Доступны следующие варианты." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "`Boot Multi User`: This will continue the FreeBSD boot process. If the boot " "timer has been paused, press kbd:[1], upper- or lower-case kbd:[B], or kbd:" @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr "" "kbd:[1], kbd:[B] (в верхнем или нижнем регистре) или kbd:[Enter]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "`Boot Single User`: This mode can be used to fix an existing FreeBSD " "installation as described in crossref:boot[boot-singleuser,“Single-User " @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" "входа в этот режим нажмите kbd:[2] или kbd:[S] в верхнем или нижнем регистре." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "`Escape to loader prompt`: This will boot the system into a repair prompt " "that contains a limited number of low-level commands. This prompt is " @@ -893,12 +893,12 @@ msgstr "" "режиме нажмите kbd:[3] или kbd:[Esc]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:310 msgid "`Reboot`: Reboots the system." msgstr "`Перезагрузка (Reboot)`: Перезагружает систему." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "`Cons`: Allow to continue the installation by `video`, `serial`, `Dual " "(serial primary)` or `Dual (Video primary)`" @@ -908,12 +908,12 @@ msgstr "" "порт)` или `двухконсольную конфигурацию (основная консоль — видео)`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:312 msgid "`Kernel`: Loads a different kernel." msgstr "`Ядро (Kernel)`: Загружает другое ядро." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "`Boot Options`: Opens the menu shown in, and described under, crossref:" "bsdinstall[bsdinstall-boot-options-menu,FreeBSD Boot Options Menu]." @@ -923,25 +923,25 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD] и описанное после него." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu" msgstr "Меню параметров загрузки FreeBSD" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different boot options supported" msgstr "Меню с различными поддерживаемыми вариантами загрузки" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:317 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-boot-options-menu.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-boot-options-menu.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can " "be used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled " @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" "значениям по умолчанию." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:325 msgid "" "The next section is used to toggle the available options to `On` or `Off` by " "pressing the option's highlighted number or character. The system will " @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" "опций:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "`ACPI`: If the system hangs during boot, try toggling this option to `Off`. " "This option is only present when ACPI support is available but not required." @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" "если поддержка ACPI доступна, но не обязательна." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "`Safe Mode`: If the system still hangs during boot even with `ACPI Support` " "set to `Off`, try setting this option to `On`." @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "установить этот параметр в `Вкл`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "`Single User`: Toggle this option to `On` to fix an existing FreeBSD " "installation as described in crossref:boot[boot-singleuser,“Single-User " @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ msgstr "" "проблемы верните значение `Выкл`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:330 msgid "" "`Verbose`: Toggle this option to `On` to see more detailed messages during " "the boot process. This can be useful when troubleshooting a piece of " @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "диагностике проблем с оборудованием." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:335 msgid "" "After making the needed selections, press kbd:[1] or kbd:[Backspace] to " "return to the main boot menu, then press kbd:[Enter] to continue booting " @@ -1027,25 +1027,25 @@ msgstr "" "Приветственное меню]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:337 #, no-wrap msgid "Welcome Menu" msgstr "Приветственное меню" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD installation welcome menu" msgstr "Приветственное меню установки FreeBSD" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-choose-mode.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-choose-mode.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "Press kbd:[Enter] to select the default of btn:[Install] to enter the " "installer. The rest of this chapter describes how to use this installer. " @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "описана в пункте crossref:bsdinstall[using-live-cd, Использование Live CD]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the " "upper- or lower-case kbd:[S] and then kbd:[Enter] to access a shell. At the " @@ -1081,13 +1081,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершении введите `exit`, чтобы вернуться в меню приветствия." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "Using bsdinstall" msgstr "Использование bsdinstall" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:360 msgid "" "This section shows the order of the bsdinstall menus and the type of " "information that will be asked before the system is installed. Use the " @@ -1102,13 +1102,13 @@ msgstr "" "сохранить выбор и перейти к следующему экрану." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:362 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu" msgstr "Меню выбора раскладки клавиатуры" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "Before starting the process, bsdinstall will load the keymap files as shown " "in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-keymap-loading,Keymap Loading]." @@ -1118,25 +1118,25 @@ msgstr "" "раскладки клавиатуры]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap Loading" msgstr "Загрузка раскладки клавиатуры" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap loading" msgstr "Загрузка раскладки клавиатуры" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-keymap-loading.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-keymap-loading.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "After the keymaps have been loaded, bsdinstall displays the menu shown in " "crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-keymap-10,Keymap Selection Menu]. Use the up " @@ -1147,29 +1147,29 @@ msgstr "" "После загрузки раскладок клавиатур bsdinstall отображает меню, показанное на " "рисунке crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-keymap-10,Меню выбора раскладки " "клавиатуры]. Используйте стрелки вверх и вниз, чтобы выбрать раскладку, " -"наиболее точно соответствующую клавиатуре, подключенной к системе. Нажмите " +"наиболее точно соответствующую клавиатуре, подключённой к системе. Нажмите " "kbd:[Enter], чтобы сохранить выбор." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:377 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap Selection Menu" msgstr "Меню выбора раскладки клавиатуры" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap selection menu showing all supported keyboards" msgstr "Меню выбора раскладки клавиатуры со списком всех поддерживаемых клавиатур" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-keymap-10.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-keymap-10.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:384 msgid "" "Pressing kbd:[Esc] will exit this menu and use the default keymap. If the " "choice of keymap is not clear, [.guimenuitem]#United States of America " @@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ msgstr "" "ISO-8859-1# также является безопасным вариантом." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:389 msgid "" "In addition, when selecting a different keymap, the user can try the keymap " "and ensure it is correct before proceeding, as shown in crossref:" @@ -1192,32 +1192,32 @@ msgstr "" "раскладки клавиатуры]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap Testing Menu" msgstr "Меню тестирования раскладки клавиатуры" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "Keymap testing menu" msgstr "Меню тестирования раскладки клавиатуры" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-keymap-testing.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-keymap-testing.png" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:396 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Hostname" msgstr "Установка имени хоста" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:398 msgid "" "The next bsdinstall menu is used to set the hostname for the newly installed " "system." @@ -1226,19 +1226,19 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливаемой системы." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the hostname" msgstr "Установка имени хоста" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-config-hostname.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-config-hostname.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "Type in a hostname that is unique for the network. It should be a fully-" "qualified hostname, such as `machine3.example.com`." @@ -1247,14 +1247,14 @@ msgstr "" "именем, например `machine3.example.com`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:408 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:412 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Installation Type" msgstr "Выбор типа установки" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "In the next menu bsdinstall will ask whether to install the base system " "using traditional distribution sets or the new package-based method." @@ -1264,21 +1264,19 @@ msgstr "" "sets) или нового метода, основанного на пакетах." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:413 #, no-wrap msgid "Choice between \"Distribution Sets\" and \"Packages (Tech Preview)\"" -msgstr "" -"Выбор между \"Distribution Sets\" (Наборы дистрибутива) и \"Packages (Tech " -"Preview)\" (Пакеты — техническая предварительная версия)" +msgstr "Выбор между \"Distribution Sets\" (Наборы дистрибутива) и \"Packages (Tech Preview)\" (Пакеты — техническая предварительная версия)" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:413 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distributions-sets-pkgbase.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-distributions-sets-pkgbase.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:417 msgid "" "Starting with FreeBSD 15.0, the installer offers two distinct approaches for " "laying down and later updating the base system. Both options install the " @@ -1292,7 +1290,7 @@ msgstr "" "времени." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:422 msgid "" "`Distribution Sets` - The classic installation method used since the early " "days of the project. The base system is unpacked from a collection of " @@ -1304,11 +1302,11 @@ msgstr "" "используемый с первых дней существования проекта. Базовая система " "распаковывается из коллекции сжатых tar-архивов. Обновления выполняются " "исключительно с помощью утилиты man:freebsd-update[8]. Этот метод полностью " -"поддерживается, стабилен и остаётся методом по умолчанию для большинства " -"установочных носителей в серии 15.x." +"поддерживается, стабилен и остаётся методом, используемым по умолчанию для " +"большинства установочных носителей в серии 15.x." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:426 msgid "" "`Packages (Tech Preview)` - Installs the base system as a set of individual " "packages from the `FreeBSD-base` repository. Once installed, the entire " @@ -1324,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" "управление системой в рамках инфраструктуры man:pkg[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:431 msgid "" "The `Packages (Tech Preview)` option is offered for testing and early " "adoption. While it is expected to become the default in FreeBSD 16.0, users " @@ -1333,38 +1331,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Вариант `Packages (Tech Preview)` (Пакеты — техническая предварительная " "версия) предлагается для тестирования и раннего внедрения. Хотя ожидается, " -"что этот метод станет методом по умолчанию в FreeBSD 16.0, пользователям, " -"которые предпочитают консервативное, проверенное временем решение для " -"обновлений, следует выбирать `Distribution Sets` (Наборы дистрибутива) для " -"производственных сред в течение жизненного цикла 15.x." +"что этот метод станет методом, используемым по умолчанию в FreeBSD 16.0, " +"пользователям, которые предпочитают консервативное, проверенное временем " +"решение для обновлений, следует выбирать `Distribution Sets` (Наборы " +"дистрибутива) для производственных сред в течение жизненного цикла 15.x." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:435 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Components to Install" msgstr "Выбор компонентов для установки" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:437 msgid "Next, bsdinstall will prompt to select optional components to install." msgstr "" "Затем `bsdinstall` предложит выбрать дополнительные компоненты для установки." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "Different components that can be installed. Example: base-dbg" msgstr "Различные компоненты, которые могут быть установлены. Пример: `base-dbg`" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-config-components.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-config-components.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "Deciding which components to install will depend largely on the intended use " "of the system and the amount of disk space available. The FreeBSD kernel " @@ -1379,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "этих компонентов могут отсутствовать:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "`base-dbg` - Base tools like cat and ls, among many others, with debug " "symbols activated." @@ -1388,12 +1386,12 @@ msgstr "" "активированными отладочными символами." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:448 msgid "`kernel-dbg` - Kernel and modules with debug symbols activated." -msgstr "`kernel-dbg` - Ядро и модули с включенными отладочными символами." +msgstr "`kernel-dbg` - Ядро и модули с включёнными отладочными символами." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "`lib32-dbg` - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit applications on a " "64-bit version of FreeBSD with debug symbols activated." @@ -1402,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" "битной версии FreeBSD с активированными отладочными символами." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "`lib32` - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit applications on a 64-" "bit version of FreeBSD." @@ -1411,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "битной версии FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "`ports` - The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a collection of files which " "automates the downloading, compiling and installation of third-party " @@ -1424,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "Порты] рассматривается, как использовать Коллекцию портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "The installation program does not check for adequate disk space. Select " "this option only if sufficient hard disk space is available. The FreeBSD " @@ -1435,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "диске. Коллекция портов FreeBSD занимает около {ports-size} места на диске." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:460 msgid "" "`src` - The complete FreeBSD source code for both the kernel and the " "userland. Although not required for the majority of applications, it may be " @@ -1453,19 +1451,19 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительно 5 ГБ пространства." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:461 msgid "`tests` - FreeBSD Test Suite." msgstr "`tests` — Набор тестов FreeBSD." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:464 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing from the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "The menu shown in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-netinstall-notify," "Installing from the Network] only appears when installing from a `-bootonly." @@ -1486,25 +1484,25 @@ msgstr "" "network-dev,Настройка сетевых интерфейсов]." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "Indicates that certain components have not been found and will be downloaded using the network." msgstr "Указывает, что определённые компоненты не были найдены и будут загружены через сеть." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-netinstall-files.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-netinstall-files.png" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "Allocating Disk Space" msgstr "Выделение дискового пространства" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:478 msgid "" "The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space." msgstr "" @@ -1512,32 +1510,32 @@ msgstr "" "пространства." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "Partitioning Choices" msgstr "Варианты разметки разделов" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "Shows the different partition options. Example: Manual" msgstr "Показывает различные варианты разделов. Пример: Ручной" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:481 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:484 msgid "bsdinstall gives the user four methods for allocating disk space:" msgstr "" "bsdinstall предоставляет пользователю четыре метода распределения дискового " "пространства:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:486 msgid "" "`Auto (ZFS)` partitioning creates a root-on-ZFS system with optional GELI " "encryption support for _boot environments_." @@ -1547,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "" "_загрузочных окружений_." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:487 msgid "" "`Auto (UFS)` partitioning automatically sets up the disk partitions using " "the `UFS` file system." @@ -1556,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы `UFS`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:488 msgid "" "`Manual` partitioning allows advanced users to create customized partitions " "from menu options." @@ -1565,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" "настраиваемые разделы с помощью параметров меню." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "`Shell` opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized " "partitions using command-line utilities like man:gpart[8], man:fdisk[8], and " @@ -1576,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "" "таких как man:gpart[8], man:fdisk[8] и man:bsdlabel[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:492 msgid "" "This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk " "partitions. It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning " @@ -1586,13 +1584,13 @@ msgstr "" "Затем демонстрируется, как использовать различные методы разметки." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:494 #, no-wrap msgid "Designing the Partition Layout" msgstr "Проектирование разметки разделов" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:501 msgid "" "The default partition layout for file systems includes one file system for " "the entire system. When using `UFS` it may be worth considering the use of " @@ -1616,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "`/`, раздел подкачки, `/var` и `/usr`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "The size of the `/var` partition reflects the intended machine's usage. " "This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and printer spools. " @@ -1632,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "" "гигабайта свободного места на диске в `/var`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:512 msgid "" "Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in `/var/tmp`. When new software " "is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy of the packages " @@ -1646,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr "" "tmp` недостаточно места на диске." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "The `/usr` partition holds many of the files which support the system, " "including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source code. At least 2 " @@ -1663,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "символической ссылкой на `/usr/home`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. " "Running out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a " @@ -1674,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "может создать проблемы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:525 msgid "" "As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of " "physical memory (RAM). Systems with minimal RAM (less for larger-memory " @@ -1690,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" "создать проблемы в будущем при добавлении памяти." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "On larger systems with multiple SCSI disks or multiple IDE disks operating " "on different controllers, it is recommended that swap be configured on each " @@ -1718,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" "восстановление после сбоя программы без необходимости перезагрузки системы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:537 msgid "" "By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller " "write-heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. " @@ -1738,13 +1736,13 @@ msgstr "" "перемещением `/var` к краю." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:539 #, no-wrap msgid "Guided Partitioning Using UFS" msgstr "Разметка диска с использованием UFS с помощью мастера" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If " "multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be " @@ -1755,25 +1753,25 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks" msgstr "Выбор из нескольких дисков" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap msgid "Shows the list of disks on which FreeBSD can be installed" msgstr "Показывает список дисков, на которые может быть установлена FreeBSD" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-guided-disk.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-part-guided-disk.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:551 msgid "" "Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the " "entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If btn:[Entire Disk] " @@ -1788,25 +1786,25 @@ msgstr "" "пространства на диске." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition" msgstr "Выбор всего диска или раздела" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu asking the user if he wants to use all the available space on the disk or wants to make a partition" msgstr "Меню с вопросом к пользователю, хочет ли он использовать все доступное пространство на диске или создать раздел" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-entire-part.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-part-entire-part.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "The next menu shows a list with the available partition scheme types. GPT " "is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older computers " @@ -1823,26 +1821,26 @@ msgstr "" "schemes,Схемы разделов]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Partition Scheme" msgstr "Выбор схемы разделов" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the user the different the different types of partition that exist and requesting one of them" msgstr "Меню, показывающее пользователю различные типы существующих разделов и запрашивающее выбор одного из них" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:565 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:570 msgid "" "After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets " "the needs of the installation. Selecting btn:[Revert] will reset the " @@ -1859,25 +1857,25 @@ msgstr "" "[Готово (Finish)] для продолжения установки." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:572 #, no-wrap msgid "Review Created Partitions" msgstr "Проверка созданных разделов" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing created partitions" msgstr "Меню с созданными разделами" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-review.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-part-review.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to " "make changes before the selected drives are formatted. If changes need to " @@ -1893,25 +1891,25 @@ msgstr "" "[Применить], чтобы начать процесс установки." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "Final Confirmation" msgstr "Окончательное подтверждение" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating to the user that all changes will be written to disk and informing that if he decides to continue the existing data will be permanently deleted." msgstr "Меню, уведомляющее пользователя о том, что все изменения будут записаны на диск, и предупреждающее, что в случае продолжения существующие данные будут безвозвратно удалены." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-final-confirmation.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-final-confirmation.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:586 msgid "" "To continue with the installation process, go to crossref:" "bsdinstall[bsdinstall-fetching-distribution, Fetching Distribution Files]." @@ -1920,38 +1918,38 @@ msgstr "" "bsdinstall[bsdinstall-fetching-distribution, Загрузка файлов дистрибутива]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Ручное разбиение на разделы" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:591 msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:" msgstr "Выбор этого метода открывает редактор разделов:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:594 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:600 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "Manually Create Partitions" msgstr "Ручное создание разделов" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:594 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the Partition Editor." msgstr "Меню с отображением редактора разделов." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:594 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-create.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-part-manual-create.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:597 msgid "" "Highlight the installation drive (`ada0` in this example) and select btn:" "[Create] to display a menu of available partition schemes:" @@ -1960,13 +1958,13 @@ msgstr "" "(Create)], чтобы отобразить меню доступных схем разделов:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different kind of partition schemes" msgstr "Меню с различными типами схем разделов" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:605 msgid "" "GPT is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older " "computers that are not compatible with GPT should use MBR. The other " @@ -1978,73 +1976,73 @@ msgstr "" "устаревших компьютеров." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "Partitioning Schemes" msgstr "Схемы разделов" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:611 #, no-wrap msgid "Abbreviation" msgstr "Сокращение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "APM" msgstr "APM" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid "Apple Partition Map, used by PowerPC(R)." msgstr "Apple Partition Map, используется в PowerPC(R)." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:617 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD" msgstr "BSD" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD label without an MBR, sometimes called _dangerously dedicated mode_ as non-BSD disk utilities may not recognize it." msgstr "Метка BSD без MBR, иногда называемая _опасно выделенным режимом_, так как не-BSD утилиты для работы с дисками могут её не распознать." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "GPT" msgstr "GPT" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:622 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table[GUID Partition Table]." msgstr "link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table[GUID Partition Table]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "MBR" msgstr "MBR" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record[Master Boot Record]." msgstr "link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record[Master Boot Record]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:628 msgid "" "After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select btn:" "[Create] again to create the partitions. The kbd:[Tab] key is used to give " @@ -2056,19 +2054,19 @@ msgstr "" "(после перебора btn:[<OK>], btn:[<Параметры>] и btn:[<Отмена>])." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting type" msgstr "Тип запрашиваемого меню" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "A standard FreeBSD GPT installation uses at least three partitions, " "including either UFS or ZFS:" @@ -2077,17 +2075,17 @@ msgstr "" "раздела, включая либо UFS, либо ZFS:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:636 msgid "`freebsd-boot` or `efi` - Holds the FreeBSD boot code." msgstr "`freebsd-boot` или `efi` - Содержит загрузочный код FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:637 msgid "`freebsd-ufs` - A FreeBSD UFS file system." msgstr "`freebsd-ufs` - Файловая система FreeBSD UFS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "`freebsd-zfs` - A FreeBSD ZFS file system. More information about ZFS is " "available in crossref:zfs[zfs,The Z File System (ZFS)]." @@ -2096,18 +2094,18 @@ msgstr "" "ZFS доступна в crossref:zfs[zfs,Файловая система ZFS (ZFS)]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:639 msgid "`freebsd-swap` - FreeBSD swap space." msgstr "`freebsd-swap` - область подкачки FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "Refer to man:gpart[8] for descriptions of the available GPT partition types." msgstr "Обратитесь к man:gpart[8] для описания доступных типов разделов GPT." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "Multiple file system partitions can be created. Some people prefer a " "traditional layout with separate partitions for `/`, `/var`, `/tmp`, and `/" @@ -2117,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr "" "традиционную схему с отдельными разделами для `/`, `/var`, `/tmp` и `/usr`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "Note that `/tmp` can be added later as a memory-based file system (man:" "tmpfs[5]) on systems with sufficient memory." @@ -2126,7 +2124,7 @@ msgstr "" "памяти (man:tmpfs[5]) на системах с достаточным объёмом оперативной памяти." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "See crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-part-manual-splitfs,Creating Traditional " "Split File System Partitions] for an example." @@ -2135,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделов файловой системы с разделением] для примера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:652 msgid "" "The `Size` may be entered with common abbreviations: _K_ for kilobytes, _M_ " "for megabytes, or _G_ for gigabytes." @@ -2144,7 +2142,7 @@ msgstr "" "килобайт, _M_ для мегабайт или _G_ для гигабайт." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition " "sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with " @@ -2165,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддержкой UEFI такого ограничения нет." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "A `Mountpoint` is needed if the partition will contain a file system. If " "only a single UFS partition will be created, the mountpoint should be `/`." @@ -2175,7 +2173,7 @@ msgstr "" "монтирования должен быть `/`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "The `Label` is a name by which the partition will be known. Drive names or " "numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different controller or " @@ -2194,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr "" "возможности для меток, и их метки отображаются в разных каталогах в `/dev/`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:675 msgid "" "Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical " "labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be " @@ -2207,13 +2205,13 @@ msgstr "" "`rootfslab` для корневого раздела UFS на компьютере с именем `lab`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions" msgstr "Создание традиционных разделов файловой системы с разделением" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:685 msgid "" "For a traditional partition layout where the `/`, `/var`, `/tmp`, and `/usr` " "directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, create a GPT " @@ -2232,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "" "следует использовать другие уникальные значения меток, как описано выше." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD's `gptboot` expects the first UFS partition to be the `/" "` partition." @@ -2241,137 +2239,137 @@ msgstr "" "разделом `/`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "Partition Type" msgstr "Тип раздела" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "Size" msgstr "Размер" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:694 #, no-wrap msgid "Mountpoint" msgstr "Точка монтирования" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:697 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-boot`" msgstr "`freebsd-boot`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:698 #, no-wrap msgid "`512K`" msgstr "`512K`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:703 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:713 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:718 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:722 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-ufs`" msgstr "`freebsd-ufs`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:704 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "`2G`" msgstr "`2G`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:704 #, no-wrap msgid "`/`" msgstr "`/`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "`exrootfs`" msgstr "`exrootfs`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "`freebsd-swap`" msgstr "`freebsd-swap`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "`4G`" msgstr "`4G`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap msgid "`exswap`" msgstr "`exswap`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "`/var`" msgstr "`/var`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:716 #, no-wrap msgid "`exvarfs`" msgstr "`exvarfs`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "`1G`" msgstr "`1G`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:719 #, no-wrap msgid "`/tmp`" msgstr "`/tmp`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "`extmpfs`" msgstr "`extmpfs`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:723 #, no-wrap msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)" msgstr "принять значение по умолчанию (оставшаяся часть диска)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:724 #, no-wrap msgid "`/usr`" msgstr "`/usr`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:725 #, no-wrap msgid "`exusrfs`" msgstr "`exusrfs`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "After the custom partitions have been created, select btn:[Finish] to " "continue with the installation and go to crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-" @@ -2382,13 +2380,13 @@ msgstr "" "bsdinstall[bsdinstall-fetching-distribution, Загрузка файлов дистрибутива]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:733 #, no-wrap msgid "Guided Partitioning Using Root-on-ZFS" msgstr "Разметка диска с использованием Root-on-ZFS с помощью мастера" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and will erase the " "contents of the entire disk. The main ZFS configuration menu offers a " @@ -2399,36 +2397,36 @@ msgstr "" "вариантов управления созданием пула." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:739 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS Partitioning Menu" msgstr "Меню разметки ZFS" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different options to configure the ZFS pool" msgstr "Меню с различными вариантами настройки пула ZFS" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-menu.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-menu.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:743 msgid "Here is a summary of the options in this menu:" msgstr "Вот краткое описание пунктов этого меню:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:745 msgid "`Install` - Proceed with the installation with the selected options." msgstr "" "`Установить (Install)` - Приступить к установке с выбранными параметрами." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:750 msgid "" "`Pool Type/Disks` - Configure the `Pool Type` and the disk(s) that will " "constitute the pool. The automatic ZFS installer currently only supports the " @@ -2444,13 +2442,13 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы создать пул." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:751 msgid "`Rescan Devices` - Repopulate the list of available disks." msgstr "" "`Сканировать диски (Rescan Devices)` - Обновить список доступных дисков." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:752 msgid "" "`Disk Info` - This menu can be used to inspect each disk, including its " "partition table and various other information such as the device model " @@ -2461,7 +2459,7 @@ msgstr "" "как модель устройства и серийный номер, если они доступны." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "`Pool Name` - Establish the name of the pool. The default name is _zroot_." msgstr "" @@ -2469,7 +2467,7 @@ msgstr "" "_zroot_." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "`Force 4K Sectors?` - Force the use of 4K sectors. By default, the installer " "will automatically create partitions aligned to 4K boundaries and force ZFS " @@ -2487,10 +2485,10 @@ msgstr "" "созданные на дисках с 512-байтными секторами, смогут в будущем работать с " "дисками, имеющими секторы 4K, — как для расширения хранилища, так и для " "замены вышедших из строя дисков. Нажмите kbd:[Enter], чтобы выбрать " -"активацию или отказ от нее." +"активацию или отказ от неё." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:755 msgid "" "`Encrypt Disks?` - Encrypting the disks allows the user to encrypt the disks " "using GELI. More information about disk encryption is available in crossref:" @@ -2504,7 +2502,7 @@ msgstr "" "выбрать, активировать его или нет." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "`Partition Scheme` - Choose the partition scheme. GPT is the recommended " "option in most cases. Press the kbd:[Enter] key to chose between the " @@ -2515,12 +2513,12 @@ msgstr "" "между различными вариантами." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:757 msgid "`Swap Size` - Establish the amount of swap space." msgstr "`Размер подкачки (Swap Size)` - Установите объём области подкачки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "`Mirror Swap?` - Whether to mirror the swap between the disks. Be aware that " "enabling mirror swap will break crash dumps. Press the kbd:[Enter] key to " @@ -2532,7 +2530,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы активировать или отклонить этот параметр." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:759 msgid "" "`Encrypt Swap?` - Whether to encrypt the swap. This will encrypt the swap " "with a temporary key each time the system boots, and discards it on reboot. " @@ -2547,7 +2545,7 @@ msgstr "" "encrypting,\"Шифрование раздела подкачки\"]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" "`ZFS Pool Options` - Specifies additional pool properties to apply when the " "ZFS root pool is created. More information about the options can be found in " @@ -2558,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "" "об этих параметрах приведена в man:zpool-create[8] и man:zpoolprops[7]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "Select kbd:[T] to configure the `Pool Type` and the disk(s) that will " "constitute the pool." @@ -2567,41 +2565,41 @@ msgstr "" "будут входить в пул." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:764 #, no-wrap msgid "ZFS Pool Type" msgstr "Тип пула ZFS" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the Virtual Device type. Ex: stripe" msgstr "Меню выбора типа виртуального устройства. Например: stripe" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:768 msgid "Here is a summary of the `Pool Type` that can be selected in this menu:" msgstr "Вот сводка по `Типу пула`, который можно выбрать в этом меню:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:770 msgid "" "`stripe` - Striping provides maximum storage of all connected devices, but " "no redundancy. If just one disk fails the data on the pool is lost " "irrevocably." msgstr "" "`stripe` - Чередование (striping) обеспечивает максимальный объём хранилища " -"из всех подключенных устройств, но не предоставляет избыточности. Если " +"из всех подключённых устройств, но не предоставляет избыточности. Если " "выйдет из строя хотя бы один диск, данные в пуле будут потеряны безвозвратно." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "`mirror` - Mirroring stores a complete copy of all data on every disk. " "Mirroring provides good read performance because data is read from all disks " @@ -2617,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "" "минимум два диска." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "`raid10` - Striped mirrors. Provides the best performance, but the least " "storage. This option needs at least an even number of disks and a minimum of " @@ -2628,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr "" "количество дисков, минимум четыре." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:773 msgid "" "`raidz1` - Single Redundant RAID. Allow one disk to fail concurrently. This " "option needs at least three disks." @@ -2637,7 +2635,7 @@ msgstr "" "одного диска. Для этого варианта требуется как минимум три диска." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:774 msgid "" "`raidz2` - Double Redundant RAID. Allows two disks to fail concurrently. " "This option needs at least four disks." @@ -2646,7 +2644,7 @@ msgstr "" "двум дискам. Для этой конфигурации требуется как минимум четыре диска." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "`raidz3` - Triple Redundant RAID. Allows three disks to fail concurrently. " "This option needs at least five disks." @@ -2655,7 +2653,7 @@ msgstr "" "дискам. Для этого варианта требуется как минимум пять дисков." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "Once a `Pool Type` has been selected, a list of available disks is " "displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to make up " @@ -2671,43 +2669,43 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы изменить `Тип пула`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Selection" msgstr "Выбор диска" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting how many disks will be added to the pool" msgstr "Меню с запросом количества дисков, добавляемых в пул" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select.png" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "Invalid Selection" msgstr "Неверный выбор" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating that not enough disks have been selected" msgstr "Меню, указывающее, что выбрано недостаточно дисков" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:789 msgid "" "If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached " "after the installer was started, select btn:[- Rescan Devices] to repopulate " @@ -2718,25 +2716,25 @@ msgstr "" "устройств (Rescan Devices)], чтобы обновить список доступных дисков." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Пересканировать Устройства" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "Device rescan" msgstr "Пересканирование устройств" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-rescan-devices.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-rescan-devices.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:795 msgid "" "To avoid accidentally erasing the wrong disk, the btn:[- Disk Info] menu can " "be used to inspect each disk, including its partition table and various " @@ -2749,25 +2747,25 @@ msgstr "" "доступны." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Analyzing a Disk" msgstr "Анализ диска" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the information of the partitions." msgstr "Меню с информацией о разделах." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "Select kbd:[N] to configure the `Pool Name`. Enter the desired name, then " "select btn:[<OK>] to establish it or btn:[<Cancel>] to return to the main " @@ -2778,25 +2776,25 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вернуться в главное меню и оставить имя по умолчанию." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "Pool Name" msgstr "Имя пула" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the name of the pool." msgstr "Меню с запросом имени пула." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-pool-name.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-pool-name.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" "Select kbd:[S] to set the amount of swap. Enter the desired amount of swap, " "then select btn:[<OK>] to establish it or btn:[<Cancel>] to return to the " @@ -2807,25 +2805,25 @@ msgstr "" "[<Cancel>], чтобы вернуться в главное меню и оставить значение по умолчанию." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "Swap Amount" msgstr "Размер раздела подкачки" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:812 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the amount of swap memory" msgstr "Меню с запросом объёма области подкачки" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:812 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-swap-amount.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-swap-amount.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" "Once all options have been set to the desired values, select the btn:[>>> " "Install] option at the top of the menu. The installer then offers a last " @@ -2838,25 +2836,25 @@ msgstr "" "создания пула ZFS." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "Last Chance" msgstr "Последний шанс" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:819 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating to the user that the data will be lost" msgstr "Меню, предупреждающее пользователя о потере данных" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:819 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-warning.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-warning.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:823 msgid "" "If GELI disk encryption was enabled, the installer will prompt twice for the " "passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks. Initialization of the " @@ -2867,43 +2865,43 @@ msgstr "" "шифрования." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption Password" msgstr "Пароль для шифрования диска" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the password to encrypt the devices." msgstr "Меню с запросом пароля для шифрования устройств." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password.png" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing Encryption" msgstr "Инициализация шифрования" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing that the encryption is initializing." msgstr "Меню, показывающее, что шифрование инициализируется." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-zfs-init-encription.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-zfs-init-encription.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:835 msgid "" "The installation then proceeds normally. To continue with the installation, " "go to crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-fetching-distribution, Fetching " @@ -2914,13 +2912,13 @@ msgstr "" "Получение файлов дистрибутива]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning" msgstr "Режим разметки разделов в оболочке" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "When creating advanced installations, the bsdinstall partitioning menus may " "not provide the level of flexibility required. Advanced users can select " @@ -2937,14 +2935,14 @@ msgstr "" "введите `exit`, чтобы вернуться в `bsdinstall` и продолжить установку." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:845 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:853 #, no-wrap msgid "Fetching Distribution Files" msgstr "Загрузка файлов дистрибутива" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, " "installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will " @@ -2955,7 +2953,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет показывать ход выполнения." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:851 msgid "" "First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the " "partitions. Next, in the case of a `bootonly media` or `mini memstick`, it " @@ -2966,19 +2964,19 @@ msgstr "" "компоненты:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the download of the different components." msgstr "Меню загрузки различных компонентов." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-fetching.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-distfile-fetching.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they " "have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation " @@ -2989,48 +2987,48 @@ msgstr "" "носителя:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "Verifying Distribution Files" msgstr "Проверка файлов дистрибутива" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the verification of the different components." msgstr "Меню с проверкой различных компонентов." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-verifying.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-distfile-verifying.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:863 msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:" msgstr "Наконец, проверенные файлы дистрибутива извлекаются на диск:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "Extracting Distribution Files" msgstr "Извлечение файлов дистрибутива" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the extraction of the different components." msgstr "Меню с извлечением различных компонентов." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-distfile-extracting.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-distfile-extracting.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, bsdinstall " "displays the first post-installation configuration screen. The available " @@ -3041,20 +3039,20 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации описаны в следующем разделе." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Interfaces, Accounts, Time Zone, Services and Hardening" msgstr "Сетевые интерфейсы, учётные записи, часовой пояс, службы и защита" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:876 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:882 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the `root` Password" msgstr "Установка пароля `root`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "First, the `root` password must be set. While entering the password, the " "characters being typed are not displayed on the screen. The password must " @@ -3065,25 +3063,25 @@ msgstr "" "при наборе." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:883 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing requesting the password for the root user." msgstr "Меню с запросом пароля пользователя root." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:883 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-post-root-passwd.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-post-root-passwd.png" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:886 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces" msgstr "Настройка сетевых интерфейсов" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. " "Select the interface to configure." @@ -3092,25 +3090,25 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите интерфейс для настройки." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose a Network Interface" msgstr "Выберите сетевой интерфейс" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different network interfaces to configure." msgstr "Меню с различными сетевыми интерфейсами для настройки." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:898 msgid "" "If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the " "menu shown in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-configure-net-ipv4,Choose IPv4 " @@ -3123,25 +3121,25 @@ msgstr "" "точек доступа:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:900 #, no-wrap msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points" msgstr "Сканирование беспроводных точек доступа" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:901 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing wireless network scanning." msgstr "Меню сканирования беспроводных сетей." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:901 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:908 msgid "" "Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (SSID); a " "short, unique name given to each network. SSIDs found during the scan are " @@ -3161,25 +3159,25 @@ msgstr "" "изменения выполняйте повторное сканирование." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:910 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network" msgstr "Выбор беспроводной сети" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:911 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different wireless networks to connect to." msgstr "Меню с различными беспроводными сетями для подключения." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:911 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected " "wireless network. WPA2 encryption is strongly recommended over older " @@ -3196,25 +3194,25 @@ msgstr "" "звездочками." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:919 #, no-wrap msgid "WPA2 Setup" msgstr "Настройка WPA2" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:920 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the wireless network password." msgstr "Меню с запросом пароля для беспроводной сети." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:920 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:923 msgid "" "Next, choose whether or not an IPv4 address should be configured on the " "Ethernet or wireless interface:" @@ -3223,25 +3221,25 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсе:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv4 Networking" msgstr "Выберите сеть IPv4" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if IPv4 wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "Меню, указывающее, нужно ли настраивать IPv4 для выбранного интерфейса." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "There are two methods of IPv4 configuration. DHCP will automatically " "configure the network interface correctly and should be used if the network " @@ -3254,7 +3252,7 @@ msgstr "" "статическую конфигурацию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:937 msgid "" "Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a DHCP " "server is not available, obtain the information listed in crossref:" @@ -3267,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "" "сети], у администратора сети или интернет-провайдера." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:941 msgid "" "If a DHCP server is available, select btn:[Yes] in the next menu to " "automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to " @@ -3280,25 +3278,25 @@ msgstr "" "адресную информацию для системы." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv4 DHCP Configuration" msgstr "Выберите конфигурацию IPv4 DHCP" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if DHCP wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "Меню, указывающее, нужно ли настраивать DHCP для выбранного интерфейса." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "If a DHCP server is not available, select btn:[No] and input the following " "addressing information in this menu:" @@ -3307,25 +3305,25 @@ msgstr "" "информацию об адресации в этом меню:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:949 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv4 Static Configuration" msgstr "Статическая настройка IPv4" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting data to configure IPv4 network." msgstr "Меню запроса данных для настройки сети IPv4." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:953 msgid "" "`IP Address` - The IPv4 address assigned to this computer. The address must " "be unique and not already in use by another device on the local network." @@ -3335,18 +3333,18 @@ msgstr "" "сети." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:954 msgid "`Subnet Mask` - The subnet mask for the network." msgstr "`Маска подсети (Subnet Mask)` - Маска подсети для сети." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:955 msgid "`Default Router` - The IP address of the network's default gateway." msgstr "" "`Шлюз по умолчанию (Default Router)` - IP-адрес сетевого шлюза по умолчанию." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:957 msgid "" "The next screen will ask if the interface should be configured for IPv6. If " "IPv6 is available and desired, choose btn:[Yes] to select it." @@ -3355,25 +3353,25 @@ msgstr "" "доступен и нужен, выберите btn:[Да], чтобы включить его." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:959 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv6 Networking" msgstr "Выберите сеть IPv6" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:960 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if IPv6 wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "Меню, указывающее, требуется ли настройка IPv6 для выбранного интерфейса." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:960 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:966 msgid "" "IPv6 also has two methods of configuration. StateLess Address " "AutoConfiguration (SLAAC) will automatically request the correct " @@ -3388,7 +3386,7 @@ msgstr "" "информации." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" "If an IPv6 router is available, select btn:[Yes] in the next menu to " "automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to " @@ -3401,25 +3399,25 @@ msgstr "" "адресную информацию для системы." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:971 #, no-wrap msgid "Choose IPv6 SLAAC Configuration" msgstr "Выберите конфигурацию IPv6 SLAAC" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu indicating if SLAAC wants to be configured for the selected interface." msgstr "Меню, указывающее, нужно ли настраивать SLAAC для выбранного интерфейса." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "If an IPv6 router is not available, select btn:[No] and input the following " "addressing information in this menu:" @@ -3428,25 +3426,25 @@ msgstr "" "информацию о настройке адресации в этом меню:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:977 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6 Static Configuration" msgstr "Статическая настройка IPv6" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting data to configure IPv6 network." msgstr "Меню запрашивает данные для настройки сети IPv6." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "`IPv6 Address` - The IPv6 address assigned to this computer. The address " "must be unique and not already in use by another device on the local network." @@ -3455,13 +3453,13 @@ msgstr "" "уникальным и не использоваться другим устройством в локальной сети." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:982 msgid "`Default Router` - The IPv6 address of the network's default gateway." msgstr "" "`Шлюз по умолчанию (Default Router)` - IPv6-адрес шлюза по умолчанию в сети." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:988 msgid "" "The last network configuration menu is used to configure the Domain Name " "System (DNS) resolver, which converts hostnames to and from network " @@ -3480,25 +3478,25 @@ msgstr "" "серверов. Требуется указать хотя бы один DNS-сервер." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация DNS" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting data to configure DNS for the network." msgstr "Меню запрашивает данные для настройки DNS в сети." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "Once the interface is configured, select a mirror site that is located in " "the same region of the world as the computer on which FreeBSD is being " @@ -3511,7 +3509,7 @@ msgstr "" "что сокращает время установки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:999 msgid "" "Selecting `http://download.freebsd.org Main Site (GeoDNS, HTTP)` or `ftp://" "download.freebsd.org Main Site (GeoDNS, FTP)` will automatically route to " @@ -3522,31 +3520,31 @@ msgstr "" "на ближайший зеркальный сервер." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1002 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing a Mirror" msgstr "Выбор зеркала" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1003 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting a network mirror." msgstr "Меню выбора сетевого зеркала." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1003 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect.png" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1006 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Time Zone" msgstr "Установка часового пояса" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "" "The next series of menus are used to determine the correct local time by " "selecting the geographic region, country, and time zone. Setting the time " @@ -3561,7 +3559,7 @@ msgstr "" "правильно выполнять другие функции, связанные с часовыми зонами." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1013 msgid "" "The example shown here is for a machine located in the mainland time zone of " "Spain, Europe. The selections will vary according to the geographical " @@ -3572,25 +3570,25 @@ msgstr "" "зависимости от географического местоположения." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1015 #, no-wrap msgid "Select a Region" msgstr "Выберите регион" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the timezone region." msgstr "Меню выбора региона часовой зоны." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-region.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-timezone-region.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1019 msgid "" "The appropriate region is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing " "kbd:[Enter]." @@ -3599,25 +3597,25 @@ msgstr "" "нажатием kbd:[Enter]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1021 #, no-wrap msgid "Select a Country" msgstr "Выберите страну" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the timezone country." msgstr "Меню выбора страны для часовой зоны." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1022 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-country.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-timezone-country.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "Select the appropriate country using the arrow keys and press kbd:[Enter]." msgstr "" @@ -3625,25 +3623,25 @@ msgstr "" "[Enter]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1027 #, no-wrap msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "Выбор часовой зоны" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the timezone zone." msgstr "Меню запроса часовой зоны." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1028 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-zone.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-timezone-zone.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1031 msgid "" "The appropriate time zone is selected using the arrow keys and pressing kbd:" "[Enter]." @@ -3652,48 +3650,48 @@ msgstr "" "kbd:[Enter]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1033 #, no-wrap msgid "Confirm Time Zone" msgstr "Подтверждение часовой зоны" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1034 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting confirmation of the selected timezone." msgstr "Меню с запросом подтверждения выбранной часовой зоны." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1034 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-confirm.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-timezone-confirm.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "Confirm the abbreviation for the time zone is correct." msgstr "Убедитесь, что аббревиатура часовой зоны верна." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1039 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Date" msgstr "Выбор даты" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the system date." msgstr "Меню запроса системной даты." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-date.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-timezone-date.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "The appropriate date is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing btn:" "[Set Date]. Otherwise, the date selection can be skipped by pressing btn:" @@ -3704,25 +3702,25 @@ msgstr "" "даты, нажав btn:[Пропустить]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1046 #, no-wrap msgid "Select Time" msgstr "Выбор времени" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting the system time." msgstr "Меню запроса системного времени." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1047 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-timezone-time.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-timezone-time.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "The appropriate time is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing btn:" "[Set Time]. Otherwise, the time selection can be skipped by pressing btn:" @@ -3733,13 +3731,13 @@ msgstr "" "нажав btn:[Пропустить]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Services" msgstr "Включение сервисов" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "The next menu is used to configure which system services will be started " "whenever the system boots. All of these services are optional. Only start " @@ -3750,30 +3748,30 @@ msgstr "" "Запускайте только те службы, которые необходимы для функционирования системы." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1060 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Additional Services to Enable" msgstr "Выбор дополнительных служб для включения" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the different services available." msgstr "Меню с доступными сервисами." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-config-services.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-config-services.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "Here is a summary of the services that can be enabled in this menu:" msgstr "Вот перечень служб, которые можно включить в этом меню:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "`sshd` - The Secure Shell (SSH) daemon is used to remotely access a system " "over an encrypted connection. Only enable this service if the system should " @@ -3784,7 +3782,7 @@ msgstr "" "системе необходимо быть доступной для удалённых входов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "" "`ntpd` - The Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon for automatic clock " "synchronization. Enable this service when wanting to synchronise the system " @@ -3795,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr "" "системные часы с удалённым сервером времени или пулом серверов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "`ntpd_sync_on_start` - Enabled, man:ntpd[8] is invoked with the `-g` flag " "during system startup, performing an immediate, one-time clock " @@ -3806,7 +3804,7 @@ msgstr "" "часов при старте." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "`local_unbound` - Enable the DNS local unbound. It is necessary to keep in " "mind that this is a configuration only meant for use as a local caching " @@ -3819,7 +3817,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить резолвер для всей сети, установите пакет package:dns/unbound[]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "`powerd` - System power control utility for power control and energy saving." msgstr "" @@ -3827,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" "энергосбережения." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "`moused` - Enable this service if the mouse will be used from the command-" "line system console." @@ -3836,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr "" "строке системной консоли." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1072 msgid "" "`dumpdev` - Crash dumps are useful when debugging issues with the system, so " "users are encouraged to enable them." @@ -3845,13 +3843,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям рекомендуется их включить." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1074 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Hardening Security Options" msgstr "Включение параметров усиленной безопасности" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1079 msgid "" "The next menu is used to configure which security options will be enabled. " "All of these options are optional. But their use is encouraged." @@ -3861,30 +3859,30 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуется." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1081 #, no-wrap msgid "Selecting Hardening Security Options" msgstr "Выбор параметров усиленной безопасности" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1082 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu shoring the different hardening security options." msgstr "Меню, показывающее различные варианты усиления безопасности." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1082 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-hardening.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-hardening.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "Here is a summary of the options that can be enabled in this menu:" msgstr "Вот сводка опций, которые можно включить в этом меню:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "" "`hide_uids` - Hide processes running as other users (UID). This prevents " "unprivileged users from seeing running processes from other users." @@ -3894,7 +3892,7 @@ msgstr "" "видеть запущенные процессы других пользователей." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "" "`hide_gids` - Hide processes running as other groups (GID). This prevents " "unprivileged users from seeing running processes from other groups." @@ -3904,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполняемые процессы других групп." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "" "`hide_jail` - Hide processes running in jails. This prevents unprivileged " "users from seeing processes running inside jails." @@ -3914,7 +3912,7 @@ msgstr "" "внутри клетки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "" "`read_msgbuf` - Disable reading kernel message buffer for unprivileged " "users. Prevent unprivileged users from using man:dmesg[8] to view messages " @@ -3925,7 +3923,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователями man:dmesg[8] для просмотра сообщений из буфера журнала ядра." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "`proc_debug` - Disable process debugging facilities for unprivileged users. " "Disables a variety of unprivileged inter-process debugging services, " @@ -3943,17 +3941,17 @@ msgstr "" "определённых скриптовых языках, например PHP." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "`random_pid` - Randomize the PID of processes." msgstr "`random_pid` — Рандомизировать PID процессов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "`clear_tmp` - Clean `/tmp` when the system starts up." msgstr "`clear_tmp` — очистка `/tmp` при запуске системы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1094 msgid "" "`disable_syslogd` - Disable opening the syslogd network socket. By default, " "FreeBSD runs syslogd in a secure way with `-s`. This prevents the daemon " @@ -3968,7 +3966,7 @@ msgstr "" "ему открывать какие-либо порты. Подробнее см. man:syslogd[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "" "`secure_console` - Make the command prompt request the `root` password when " "entering single-user mode." @@ -3977,7 +3975,7 @@ msgstr "" "входе в однопользовательский режим." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1096 msgid "" "`disable_ddtrace` - DTrace can run in a mode that affects the running " "kernel. Destructive actions may not be used unless explicitly enabled. Use `-" @@ -3990,13 +3988,13 @@ msgstr "" "DTrace. Для получения дополнительной информации см. man:dtrace[1]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1098 #, no-wrap msgid "Add Users" msgstr "Добавление пользователей" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1104 msgid "" "The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is " "recommended to log into the system using a user account rather than as " @@ -4010,30 +4008,30 @@ msgstr "" "от возможных действий. Вход под обычным пользователем безопаснее и надёжнее." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1106 msgid "Select btn:[Yes] to add new users." msgstr "Выберите btn:[Да], чтобы добавить новых пользователей." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1108 #, no-wrap msgid "Add User Accounts" msgstr "Добавить учётные записи пользователей" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1109 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting if a user want to be added to the system." msgstr "Меню с запросом о желании пользователя быть добавленным в систему." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1109 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-adduser1.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-adduser1.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1113 msgid "" "Follow the prompts and input the requested information for the user " "account. The example shown in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-add-user2," @@ -4045,30 +4043,30 @@ msgstr "" "`asample`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter User Information" msgstr "Введите информацию о пользователе" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu requesting different information for the new user." msgstr "Меню, запрашивающее различную информацию для нового пользователя." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-adduser2.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-adduser2.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1119 msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:" msgstr "Вот сводка информации для ввода:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1121 msgid "" "`Username` - The name the user will enter to log in. A common convention is " "to use the first letter of the first name combined with the last name, as " @@ -4082,7 +4080,7 @@ msgstr "" "чувствительно к регистру и не должно содержать пробелов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1122 msgid "" "`Full name` - The user's full name. This can contain spaces and is used as a " "description for the user account." @@ -4091,7 +4089,7 @@ msgstr "" "и используется в качестве описания учётной записи пользователя." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1123 msgid "" "`Uid` - User ID. This is typically left blank so the system automatically " "assigns a value." @@ -4100,7 +4098,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически назначила значение." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1124 msgid "" "`Login group` - The user's group. This is typically left blank to accept the " "default." @@ -4109,7 +4107,7 @@ msgstr "" "использования значения по умолчанию." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "`Invite _user_ into other groups?` - Additional groups to which the user " "will be added as a member. If the user needs administrative access, type " @@ -4120,14 +4118,14 @@ msgstr "" "административные права, укажите здесь `wheel`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "`Login class` - Typically left blank for the default." msgstr "" "`Класс логина (Login class)` - Обычно оставляется пустым для значений по " "умолчанию." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1127 msgid "" "`Shell` - Type in one of the listed values to set the interactive shell for " "the user. Refer to crossref:basics[shells,Shells] for more information about " @@ -4138,7 +4136,7 @@ msgstr "" "оболочках см. в crossref:basics[shells,Оболочки]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1128 msgid "" "`Home directory` - The user's home directory. The default is usually correct." msgstr "" @@ -4146,7 +4144,7 @@ msgstr "" "значение по умолчанию является правильным." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1129 msgid "" "`Home directory permissions` - Permissions on the user's home directory. The " "default is usually correct." @@ -4156,7 +4154,7 @@ msgstr "" "является правильным." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1130 msgid "" "`Use password-based authentication?` - Typically `yes` so that the user is " "prompted to input their password at login." @@ -4165,7 +4163,7 @@ msgstr "" "authentication)?` - Обычно `yes`, чтобы пользователь вводил пароль при входе." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1131 msgid "" "`Use an empty password?` - Typically `no` as empty or blank passwords are " "insecure." @@ -4174,7 +4172,7 @@ msgstr "" "как пустые или простые пароли ненадёжны." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "" "`Use a random password?` - Typically `no` so that the user can set their own " "password in the next prompt." @@ -4183,7 +4181,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы пользователь мог установить свой пароль в следующем запросе." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1133 msgid "" "`Enter password` - The password for this user. Typed-in characters will not " "be shown on the screen." @@ -4192,7 +4190,7 @@ msgstr "" "символы не будут отображаться на экране." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1134 msgid "" "`Enter password again` - The password must be typed again for verification." msgstr "" @@ -4200,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторно для проверки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1135 msgid "" "`Lock out the account after creation?` - Typically `no` so that the user can " "log in." @@ -4209,7 +4207,7 @@ msgstr "" "creation)?` - Обычно `нет`, чтобы пользователь мог войти в систему." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1139 msgid "" "After entering all the details, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake " "was made, enter `no` to correct it. Once everything is correct, enter `yes` " @@ -4220,25 +4218,25 @@ msgstr "" "создания нового пользователя." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1141 #, no-wrap msgid "Exit User and Group Management" msgstr "Выход из управления пользователями и группами" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing the information of the new user and requesting if everything is correct." msgstr "Меню с информацией о новом пользователе и запросом на подтверждение корректности данных." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-adduser3.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-adduser3.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1146 msgid "" "If there are more users to add, answer the `Add another user?` question with " "`yes`. Enter `no` to finish adding users and continue the installation." @@ -4248,7 +4246,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавление пользователей и продолжить установку." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1148 msgid "" "For more information on adding users and user management, see crossref:" "basics[users-synopsis,Users and Basic Account Management]." @@ -4258,14 +4256,14 @@ msgstr "" "и основы управления учётными записями]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1151 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1155 #, no-wrap msgid "Final Configuration" msgstr "Окончательная конфигурация" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "" "After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is " "provided to modify settings." @@ -4274,19 +4272,19 @@ msgstr "" "возможность изменить параметры." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1156 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing different options to perform before finishing the installation. Ex: Add user" msgstr "Меню с различными вариантами действий перед завершением установки. Например: Добавить пользователя" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1156 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-finalconfiguration.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-finalconfiguration.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1159 msgid "" "Use this menu to make any changes or to do any additional configuration " "before completing the installation." @@ -4295,7 +4293,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройки перед завершением установки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "`Add User` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-addusers, Add " "Users]." @@ -4304,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr "" "bsdinstall[bsdinstall-addusers, Добавление пользователей]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1162 msgid "" "`Root Password` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-post-root, " "Setting the `root` Password]." @@ -4313,7 +4311,7 @@ msgstr "" "post-root, Установка пароля `root`]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1163 msgid "" "`Hostname` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-hostname, Setting " "the Hostname]." @@ -4322,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr "" "Установка имени хоста]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "" "`Network` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-config-network-dev, " "Configuring Network Interfaces]." @@ -4331,7 +4329,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev, Настройка сетевых интерфейсов]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1165 msgid "" "`Services` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-sysconf, Enabling " "Services]." @@ -4340,7 +4338,7 @@ msgstr "" "Включение служб]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1166 msgid "" "`System Hardening` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-hardening, " "Enabling Hardening Security Options]." @@ -4349,7 +4347,7 @@ msgstr "" "bsdinstall[bsdinstall-hardening, Включение опций усиления безопасности]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1167 msgid "" "`Time Zone` - Described in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-timezone, Setting " "the Time Zone]." @@ -4358,44 +4356,45 @@ msgstr "" "timezone, Настройка часовой зоны]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1168 msgid "" "`Firmware` - Download and install required firmware for system components " "such as Wi-Fi or graphics cards." msgstr "" -"`Firmware` (Прошивка) — загружает и устанавливает необходимые прошивки для " -"системных компонентов, таких как Wi-Fi или графические карты." +"`Firmware` (Прошивка) — загружает и устанавливает необходимое " +"микропрограммное обеспечение для системных компонентов, таких как Wi-Fi или " +"графические карты." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "`Handbook` - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook." msgstr "`Руководство (Handbook)` - Загрузить и установить Руководство FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "Once configuration is complete, select btn:[Exit]." msgstr "После завершения настройки выберите btn:[Выход (Exit)]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1173 #, no-wrap msgid "Manual Configuration" msgstr "Ручная настройка" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1174 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing that the installation has finished. And asking if a shell to make manual changes should open." msgstr "Меню, показывающее, что установка завершена. И спрашивающее, хотите ли вы открыть оболочку для внесения изменений вручную." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1174 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-final-modification-shell.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-final-modification-shell.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1178 msgid "" "bsdinstall will prompt for any additional configuration that needs to be " "done before rebooting into the new system. Select btn:[Yes] to exit to a " @@ -4408,25 +4407,25 @@ msgstr "" "установки." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1180 #, no-wrap msgid "Complete the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1181 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu showing that the installation has finished and asking whether to reboot the system or access the Live CD." msgstr "Меню, показывающее завершение установки и предлагающее перезагрузить систему или получить доступ к Live CD." #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1181 #, no-wrap msgid "bsdinstall-mainexit.png" msgstr "bsdinstall-mainexit.png" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1184 msgid "" "If further configuration or special setup is needed, select btn:[Live CD] to " "boot the install media into Live CD mode." @@ -4435,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr "" "btn:[Live CD], чтобы загрузить установочный носитель в режиме Live CD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1187 msgid "" "If the installation is complete, select btn:[Reboot] to reboot the computer " "and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to remove the FreeBSD " @@ -4447,7 +4446,7 @@ msgstr "" "него." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "" "As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system " "finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the `login:` prompt, " @@ -4464,7 +4463,7 @@ msgstr "" "superuser,Учётная запись суперпользователя]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1199 msgid "" "The messages that appear during boot can be reviewed by pressing kbd:[Scroll-" "Lock] to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The kbd:[PgUp], kbd:[PgDn], and " @@ -4483,7 +4482,7 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите kbd:[q], чтобы вернуться в командную строку после просмотра." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1203 msgid "" "If sshd was enabled in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-config-serv,Selecting " "Additional Services to Enable], the first boot might be a bit slower as the " @@ -4496,7 +4495,7 @@ msgstr "" "будут быстрее. Отпечатки ключей отображаются, как в следующем примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n" @@ -4572,7 +4571,7 @@ msgstr "" "Starting sshd.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1244 msgid "" "Refer to crossref:security[openssh,\"OpenSSH\"] for more information about " "fingerprints and SSH." @@ -4581,7 +4580,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительной информации об отпечатках и SSH." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1247 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to " "crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System] for more information about installing " @@ -4592,7 +4591,7 @@ msgstr "" "найти в crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1251 msgid "" "Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from " "damage. _Do not turn off the power before the system has been properly shut " @@ -4610,13 +4609,13 @@ msgstr "" "возможность, выключится автоматически." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1253 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Устранение неполадок" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1256 msgid "" "This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common " "problems people have reported." @@ -4625,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" "распространённые ошибки, о которых сообщали пользователи." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1258 msgid "" "Check the Hardware Notes listed on the link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/" "[FreeBSD Release Information] page for the version of FreeBSD to make sure " @@ -4636,7 +4635,7 @@ msgstr "" "версии FreeBSD, чтобы убедиться, что оборудование поддерживается." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1264 msgid "" "Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the " "firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. " @@ -4651,7 +4650,7 @@ msgstr "" "обновлениями и информацией о них." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1267 msgid "" "Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard BIOS unless " "there is a good reason for doing so, like a critical update. The upgrade " @@ -4664,7 +4663,7 @@ msgstr "" "неработоспособности компьютера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1273 msgid "" "If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot or behaves strangely " "during the installation process, ACPI may be the culprit. FreeBSD makes " @@ -4683,13 +4682,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузчике третьей стадии:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1277 #, no-wrap msgid "set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"\n" msgstr "set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1281 msgid "" "This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add " "`hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"` to the file `/boot/loader.conf`. More " @@ -4702,13 +4701,13 @@ msgstr "" "synopsis,\"Synopsis\"]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1283 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Live CD" msgstr "Использование Live CD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1288 msgid "" "The welcome menu of bsdinstall, shown in crossref:bsdinstall[bsdinstall-" "choose-mode,Welcome Menu], provides a btn:[Live CD] option. This is useful " @@ -4722,12 +4721,12 @@ msgstr "" "установкой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1290 msgid "The following points should be noted before using the btn:[Live CD]:" msgstr "Следует отметить следующие моменты перед использованием btn:[Live CD]:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1292 msgid "" "To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is " "`root` and the password is blank." @@ -4736,7 +4735,7 @@ msgstr "" "пароль пустой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "" "As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be " "significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk." @@ -4746,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr "" "жёсткий диск." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/bsdinstall/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "" "This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface." msgstr "" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc index 25978bba92..a588d06b1a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ endif::[] [[configtuning-configfiles]] == Файлы конфигурации -FreeBSD поддерживает четкое разделение между базовой системой и сторонними приложениями, что влияет на расположение их конфигурационных файлов. +FreeBSD поддерживает чёткое разделение между базовой системой и сторонними приложениями, что влияет на расположение их конфигурационных файлов. Конфигурация базовой системы FreeBSD находится в каталоге [.filename]#/etc#, а в каталоге [.filename]#/usr/local/etc# содержатся все конфигурационные файлы приложений, установленных в систему через коллекцию портов и пакеты. @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ FreeBSD предоставляет системный модуль журнал Этот файл конфигурации содержит по одной строке для каждого действия, где синтаксис каждой строки представляет собой поле селектора, за которым следует поле действия. Синтаксис поля селектора — _facility.level_, что соответствует журнальным сообщениям от _facility_ уровня _level_ и выше. Также можно добавить необязательный флаг сравнения перед уровнем, чтобы точнее указать, что регистрируется. Для одного действия можно использовать несколько полей селектора, разделённых точкой с запятой (`;`). Использование `*` соответствует всем сообщениям. Поле действия указывает, куда отправлять журнальное сообщение, например, в файл или на удалённый хост для журналирования. -В качестве примера приведен стандартный файл [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf# из FreeBSD: +В качестве примера приведён стандартный файл [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf# из FreeBSD: [.programlisting] .... @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ Jul 16 17:44:00 <cron.info> FreeBSD /usr/sbin/cron[1030]: (operator) CMD (/usr/l В FreeBSD централизованная агрегация, объединение и ротация файлов журналов могут быть настроены с помощью `syslogd` и `newsyslog`. -В этом разделе приведен пример конфигурации, в которой хост `A` с именем `logserv.example.com` будет собирать информацию журналирования для локальной сети. +В этом разделе приведён пример конфигурации, в которой хост `A` с именем `logserv.example.com` будет собирать информацию журналирования для локальной сети. Узел `B` с именем `logclient.example.com` будет настроен для передачи информации журналирования на сервер журналирования. @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ Logging to FILE /var/log/messages ==== Безопасность -Как и в случае с любой сетевой службой, перед внедрением сервера журналирования следует учитывать требования безопасности. Журналы могут содержать конфиденциальные данные о службах, включенных на локальном хосте, учётных записях пользователей и конфигурации. Данные, передаваемые по сети от клиента к серверу, не шифруются и не защищаются паролем. Если требуется шифрование, можно использовать package:security/stunnel[], который передаёт данные журналирования через зашифрованный туннель. +Как и в случае с любой сетевой службой, перед внедрением сервера журналирования следует учитывать требования безопасности. Журналы могут содержать конфиденциальные данные о службах, включённых на локальном хосте, учётных записях пользователей и конфигурации. Данные, передаваемые по сети от клиента к серверу, не шифруются и не защищаются паролем. Если требуется шифрование, можно использовать package:security/stunnel[], который передаёт данные журналирования через зашифрованный туннель. Локальная безопасность также является важным вопросом. Журналы не шифруются ни во время использования, ни после ротации. Локальные пользователи могут получить доступ к файлам журналов для сбора дополнительной информации о конфигурации системы. Установка правильных разрешений для файлов журналов крайне важна. Встроенный ротатор журналов newsyslog поддерживает установку разрешений для вновь создаваемых и ротируемых файлов журналов. Установка режима `600` для файлов журналов должна предотвратить нежелательный доступ со стороны локальных пользователей. Дополнительную информацию можно найти в man:newsyslog.conf[5]. diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/config/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/config/_index.po index 22856411b0..1b8ef2b107 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/config/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/config/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-18 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookconfig_index/ru/>\n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Configuration, Services, Logging and Power Management" msgstr "Конфигурация, сервисы, журналирование и управление питанием" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. " "This chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including " @@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ msgstr "" "параметры, которые можно задать для тонкой настройки системы FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:58 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." @@ -73,17 +73,17 @@ msgstr "" "Понимать основы UNIX(R) и FreeBSD (crossref:basics[basics,Основы FreeBSD])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:62 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to use the various configuration files in [.filename]#/etc#." msgstr "Как использовать различные конфигурационные файлы в [.filename]#/etc#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "The basics of [.filename]#rc.conf# configuration and [.filename]#/usr/local/" "etc/rc.d# startup scripts." @@ -92,33 +92,33 @@ msgstr "" "local/etc/rc.d#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to tune FreeBSD using man:sysctl[8] variables." msgstr "Как настроить FreeBSD с помощью переменных man:sysctl[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to configure the power management in FreeBSD." msgstr "Как настроить управление питанием в FreeBSD." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "Файлы конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "FreeBSD maintains a clear separation between the base system and third party " "applications and therefore this affects where the configuration files of " "these applications are located." msgstr "" -"FreeBSD поддерживает четкое разделение между базовой системой и сторонними " +"FreeBSD поддерживает чёткое разделение между базовой системой и сторонними " "приложениями, что влияет на расположение их конфигурационных файлов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "FreeBSD base system configuration is located at the [.filename]#/etc# " "directory, and the [.filename]#/usr/local/etc# directory contains all the " @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлы приложений, установленных в систему через коллекцию портов и пакеты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "The kernel state configuration is located in [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#. " "In the section crossref:config[configtuning-sysctl, The sysctl utility], the " @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ msgstr "" "sysctl[8] будет рассмотрена более подробно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "For more information about the FreeBSD file system structure refer to man:" "hier[7]." @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ msgstr "" "обратитесь к man:hier[7]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "As a general rule, configuration files do not use a standard on what syntax " "they must follow. Although it is true that the `#` character is normally " @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "" "комментирования строки и что каждая строка содержит переменную конфигурации." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "Some applications like man:pkg[8] are starting to use the link:https://" "github.com/vstakhov/libucl[Universal Configuration Language (UCL)]." @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ msgstr "" "https://github.com/vstakhov/libucl[Universal Configuration Language (UCL)]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:89 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#/etc# directory" msgstr "Каталог [.filename]#/etc#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/etc# directory contains all of the FreeBSD base system " "configuration files that are responsible for configuring FreeBSD." @@ -185,115 +185,115 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD, которые отвечают за её настройку." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid "*Extreme* caution must be taken when modifying files in the [.filename]#/etc# directory; misconfiguration could make FreeBSD unbootable or malfunction.\n" msgstr "*Крайнюю* осторожность следует соблюдать при изменении файлов в каталоге [.filename]#/etc#; неправильная настройка может сделать FreeBSD незагружаемой или неработоспособной.\n" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "System configuration files and scripts." msgstr "Системные конфигурационные файлы и скрипты." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/defaults#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/defaults#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "Default system configuration files, see man:rc[8] for more information." msgstr "Файлы конфигурации системы по умолчанию, подробности см. в man:rc[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:109 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/fstab#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/fstab#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "man:fstab[5] contains descriptive information about the various file systems." msgstr "man:fstab[5] содержит описательную информацию о различных файловых системах." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/mail#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "Extra man:sendmail[8] configuration and other MTA configuration files." msgstr "Дополнительная конфигурация man:sendmail[8] и другие файлы конфигурации MTA." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mtree#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/mtree#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:117 #, no-wrap msgid "mtree configuration files, see man:mtree[8] for more information." msgstr "Файлы конфигурации mtree, подробнее см. man:mtree[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/pam.d#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/pam.d#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration files for the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) library." msgstr "Файлы конфигурации библиотеки Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/periodic#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/periodic#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "Scripts that are run daily, weekly, and monthly, via man:cron[8], see man:periodic[8] for more information." msgstr "Скрипты, выполняемые ежедневно, еженедельно и ежемесячно через man:cron[8]. Подробнее см. man:periodic[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/rc.d#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/rc.d#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "System and daemon startup/control scripts, see man:rc[8] for more information." msgstr "Системные и демон-скрипты запуска/управления, подробнее см. в man:rc[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Contains descriptive information about the local host name, configuration\n" @@ -307,61 +307,61 @@ msgstr "" " crossref:bsdinstall[configtuning-core-configuration, Управление системными настройками]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/security#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/security#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenBSM audit configuration files, see man:audit[8] for more information." msgstr "Файлы конфигурации аудита OpenBSM, дополнительную информацию смотрите в man:audit[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/ppp#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/ppp#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp configuration files, see man:ppp[8] for more information." msgstr "Файлы конфигурации ppp, подробности смотрите в man:ppp[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/ssh#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/ssh#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenSSH configuration files, see man:ssh[1] for more information." msgstr "Файлы конфигурации OpenSSH, подробности см. в man:ssh[1]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/ssl#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/ssl#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenSSL configuration files." msgstr "Конфигурационные файлы OpenSSL." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Contains settings for the kernel. More information in\n" @@ -371,13 +371,13 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:bsdinstall[configtuning-sysctl, Утилита sysctl]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "The sysctl utility" msgstr "Утилита sysctl" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "The man:sysctl[8] utility is used to make changes to a running FreeBSD " "system." @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" "систему FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "The man:sysctl[8] utility retrieves kernel state and allows processes with " "appropriate privilege to set kernel state. The state to be retrieved or set " @@ -400,136 +400,136 @@ msgstr "" "компонентов, разделённых точками." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "Management Information Base" msgstr "База управляющей информации" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "sysctl" msgstr "sysctl" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "\"Magic\" numbers" msgstr "«Волшебные» числа" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:168 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "kern" msgstr "kern" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel functions and features" msgstr "Ядро: функции и возможности" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "vm" msgstr "vm" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual memory" msgstr "Виртуальная память" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "vfs" msgstr "vfs" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "Filesystem" msgstr "Файловая система" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "net" msgstr "net" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "Network" msgstr "Сеть" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:180 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:868 #, no-wrap msgid "debug" msgstr "debug" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging parameters" msgstr "Параметры отладки" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "hw" msgstr "hw" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Оборудование" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "machdep" msgstr "machdep" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine dependent" msgstr "Зависимые от аппаратного обеспечения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:189 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "user" msgstr "user" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Userland" msgstr "Пользовательское пространство" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "p1003_1b" msgstr "p1003_1b" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "POSIX 1003.1B" msgstr "POSIX 1003.1B" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "At its core, man:sysctl[8] serves two functions: to read and to modify " "system settings." @@ -538,37 +538,37 @@ msgstr "" "системных настроек." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:198 msgid "To view all readable variables:" msgstr "Для просмотра всех доступных для чтения переменных:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:202 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl -a\n" msgstr "% sysctl -a\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:206 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:230 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:244 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:271 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:315 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:457 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:621 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:635 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1146 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1209 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1271 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1356 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1382 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1399 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1478 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kern.ostype: FreeBSD\n" @@ -596,24 +596,24 @@ msgstr "" "vfs.zfs.sync_pass_deferred_free: 2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:222 msgid "To read a particular variable, specify its name:" msgstr "Чтобы прочитать конкретную переменную, укажите её имя:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl kern.maxproc\n" msgstr "% sysctl kern.maxproc\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.maxproc: 1044\n" msgstr "kern.maxproc: 1044\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "The Management Information Base (MIB) is hierarchical and hence, specifying " "a prefix prints all the nodes hanging from it:" @@ -622,13 +622,13 @@ msgstr "" "выводит все узлы, зависящие от него:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl net\n" msgstr "% sysctl net\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "" "net.local.stream.recvspace: 8192\n" @@ -662,26 +662,26 @@ msgstr "" "[...]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:263 msgid "To set a particular variable, use the _variable_=_value_ syntax:" msgstr "" "Чтобы установить конкретную переменную, используйте синтаксис " "_переменная_=_значение_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000\n" msgstr "# sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.maxfiles: 2088 -> 5000\n" msgstr "kern.maxfiles: 2088 -> 5000\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "To keep the configuration after a reboot it is necessary to add these " "variables to the [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf# file as explained below." @@ -690,13 +690,13 @@ msgstr "" "переменные в файл [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#, как описано ниже." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf# file" msgstr "Файл [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "The configuration file for man:sysctl[8], [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#, " "looks much like [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." @@ -705,12 +705,12 @@ msgstr "" "очень похоже на [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:287 msgid "Values are set using a `variable=value` syntax." msgstr "Значения задаются с использованием синтаксиса `переменная=значение`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "The specified values are set after the system goes into multi-user mode. " "Not all variables are settable in this mode." @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr "" "режиме." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "For example, to turn off logging of fatal signal exits and prevent users " "from seeing processes started by other users, the following tunables can be " @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" "в файле [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf# можно установить следующие параметры:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n" @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ msgstr "" "kern.logsigexit=0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" "security.bsd.see_other_uids=0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "To obtain more information about what function a particular sysctl has, the " "following command can be executed:" @@ -762,25 +762,25 @@ msgstr "" "выполнить следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl -d kern.dfldsiz\n" msgstr "% sysctl -d kern.dfldsiz\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.dfldsiz: Initial data size limit\n" msgstr "kern.dfldsiz: Initial data size limit\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing System-Specific Configuration" msgstr "Управление конфигурацией, специфичной для системы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "The principal location for system configuration information is [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#." @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc/rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "This file contains a wide range of configuration information and it is read " "at system startup to configure the system. It provides the configuration " @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлов [.filename]#rc*#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "The entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# override the default settings in [." "filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf#." @@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "The file [.filename]#/etc/defaults/rc.conf# containing the default settings " "should not be edited. Instead, all system-specific changes should be made " @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr "" "должны вноситься в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "A number of strategies may be applied in clustered applications to separate " "site-wide configuration from system-specific configuration in order to " @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" "целью снижения административной нагрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "The recommended approach is to place system-specific configuration into [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local#." @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "For example, these entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# apply to all systems:" msgstr "" @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" "системам:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" "defaultrouter=\"10.1.1.254\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:350 msgid "" "Whereas these entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# apply to this " "system only:" @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ msgstr "" "только к этой системе:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "" "hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n" @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1/8\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "Distribute [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to every system using an application " "such as rsync or puppet, while [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# remains " @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" "local# остаётся уникальным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:360 msgid "" "Upgrading the system will not overwrite [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, so system " "configuration information will not be lost." @@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" "системные настройки не будут потеряны." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "Both [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf.local# are " "parsed by man:sh[1]. This allows system operators to create complex " @@ -912,13 +912,13 @@ msgstr "" "найти в man:rc.conf[5]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing Services in FreeBSD" msgstr "Управление службами в FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the man:rc[8] system of startup scripts during system " "initialization and for managing services." @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы и управления службами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "The scripts listed in [.filename]#/etc/rc.d# provide basic services which " "can be controlled with the `start`, `stop`, and `restart` options to man:" @@ -938,12 +938,12 @@ msgstr "" "`restart` команды man:service[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:376 msgid "A basic script may look similar to the following:" msgstr "Базовый скрипт может выглядеть следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -959,13 +959,13 @@ msgstr "" "# KEYWORD: shutdown\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:386 #, no-wrap msgid ". /etc/rc.subr\n" msgstr ". /etc/rc.subr\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "" "name=utility\n" @@ -975,19 +975,19 @@ msgstr "" "rcvar=utility_enable\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n" msgstr "command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "load_rc_config $name\n" msgstr "load_rc_config $name\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -1005,13 +1005,13 @@ msgstr "" "pidfile=${utility_pidfile-\"/var/run/utility.pid\"}\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:402 #, no-wrap msgid "run_rc_command \"$1\"\n" msgstr "run_rc_command \"$1\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:405 msgid "" "Refer to extref:{rc-scripting}[this article] for instructions on how to " "create custom man:rc[8] scripts." @@ -1020,13 +1020,13 @@ msgstr "" "созданию пользовательских сценариев man:rc[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting Services" msgstr "Запуск служб" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "Many users install third party software on FreeBSD from the Ports Collection " "and require the installed services to be started upon system initialization." @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" "запускались при инициализации системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:413 msgid "" "Services, such as package:security/openssh-portable[] or package:www/nginx[] " "are just two of the many software packages which may be started during " @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ msgstr "" "процедуры для запуска служб." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "Since the man:rc[8] system is primarily intended to start and stop services " "at system startup and shutdown time, the `start`, `stop` and `restart` " @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ msgstr "" "если установлена соответствующая переменная в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:417 msgid "" "So the first step to start a service, like for example package:www/nginx[] " "is to add it to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# by executing the following command:" @@ -1071,24 +1071,24 @@ msgstr "" "добавить её в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc nginx_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc nginx_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:424 msgid "Then nginx can be started executing the following command:" msgstr "Затем nginx можно запустить, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nginx start\n" msgstr "# service nginx start\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "To `start`, `stop` or `restart` a service regardless of the settings in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, these commands should be prefixed with \"one\". " @@ -1102,13 +1102,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nginx onestart\n" msgstr "# service nginx onestart\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "It is also possible to put a service automatically into a jail, see the " "corresponding crossref:jails[service-jails,Service Jails] explanation." @@ -1117,41 +1117,41 @@ msgstr "" "пояснение в разделе crossref:jails[service-jails,Сервисные клетки]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "Status of a Service" msgstr "Состояние службы" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:447 msgid "To determine if a service is running, use the `status` subcommand." msgstr "Чтобы определить, запущена ли служба, используйте подкоманду `status`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:449 msgid "For example, to verify that package:www/nginx[] is running:" msgstr "Например, чтобы проверить, что package:www/nginx[] работает:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nginx status\n" msgstr "# service nginx status\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:460 #, no-wrap msgid "nginx is running as pid 27871.\n" msgstr "nginx is running as pid 27871.\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:463 #, no-wrap msgid "Reload a Service" msgstr "Перезагрузить службу" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "In some cases, it is also possible to `reload` a service. This attempts to " "send a signal to an individual service, forcing the service to reload its " @@ -1162,18 +1162,18 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурационные файлы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:469 msgid "In most cases, this means sending the service a `SIGHUP` signal." msgstr "В большинстве случаев это означает отправку службе сигнала `SIGHUP`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "*Not all services support this feature.*\n" msgstr "*Не все службы поддерживают эту возможность.*\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "The man:rc[8] system is used for network services and it also contributes to " "most of the system initialization. For instance, when the [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -1184,13 +1184,13 @@ msgstr "" "скрипта [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/bgfsck# выводится следующее сообщение:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds.\n" msgstr "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "This script is used for background file system checks, which occur only " "during system initialization." @@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполняется только во время инициализации системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "Many system services depend on other services to function properly. For " "example, man:yp[8] and other RPC-based services may fail to start until " @@ -1210,18 +1210,18 @@ msgstr "" "не будет запущена служба man:rpcbind[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:486 msgid "Additional information can be found in man:rc[8] and man:rc.subr[8]." msgstr "Дополнительную информацию можно найти в man:rc[8] и man:rc.subr[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Services to Start Services" msgstr "Использование служб для запуска сервисов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "Other services can be started using man:inetd[8]. Working with man:inetd[8] " "and its configuration is described in depth in crossref:network-" @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ msgstr "" "inetd,«Суперсервер inetd»]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:495 msgid "" "In some cases, it may make more sense to use man:cron[8] to start system " "services. This approach has a number of advantages as man:cron[8] runs " @@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ msgstr "" "приложения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:498 msgid "" "The `@reboot` feature of man:cron[8], may be used in place of the time " "specification. This causes the job to run when man:cron[8] is started, " @@ -1257,13 +1257,13 @@ msgstr "" "время инициализации системы." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "Cron and Periodic" msgstr "Cron и Periodic" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "Scheduling tasks to run at a certain day or time is a very common task on " "FreeBSD. The tool in charge of performing this task is man:cron[8]." @@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ msgstr "" "man:cron[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "In addition to tasks that can be scheduled by the user via man:cron[8], " "FreeBSD performs routine background tasks managed by man:periodic[8]." @@ -1282,13 +1282,13 @@ msgstr "" "man:cron[8], FreeBSD выполняет фоновые задачи, управляемые man:periodic[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "Cron" msgstr "Cron" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" "The man:cron[8] utility runs in the background and regularly checks [." "filename]#/etc/crontab# for tasks to execute and searches [.filename]#/var/" @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользовательские файлы crontab в каталоге [.filename]#/var/cron/tabs#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:513 msgid "" "These files are used to schedule tasks which cron runs at the specified " "times." @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr "" "указанное время." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "Each entry in a crontab defines a task to run and is known as a _cron job_." msgstr "" @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ msgstr "" "job_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "Two different types of configuration files are used: the system crontab, " "which should not be modified, and user crontabs, which can be created and " @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr "" "создавшего crontab." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "User crontabs allow individual users to schedule their own tasks. The " "`root` user can also have a user [.filename]#crontab# which can be used to " @@ -1348,13 +1348,13 @@ msgstr "" "планирования задач, отсутствующих в системном [.filename]#crontab#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:526 msgid "" "Here is a sample entry from the system crontab, [.filename]#/etc/crontab#:" msgstr "Вот пример записи из системного crontab, [.filename]#/etc/crontab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n" @@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" "1,31 0-5 * * * root adjkerntz -a\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:556 msgid "" "Lines that begin with the `+#+` character are comments. A comment can be " "placed in the file as a reminder of what and why a desired action is " @@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "" "строки игнорируются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "The equals (`=`) character is used to define any environment settings. In " "this example, it is used to define the `SHELL` and `PATH`. If the `SHELL` is " @@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" "скрипту, который требуется выполнить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "This line defines the seven fields used in a system crontab: `minute`, " "`hour`, `mday`, `month`, `wday`, `who`, and `command`. The `minute` field is " @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" "которую нужно выполнить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "This entry defines the values for this cron job. The `\\*/11`, followed by " "several more `*` characters, specifies that `/usr/libexec/save-entropy` is " @@ -1476,26 +1476,26 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a User Crontab" msgstr "Создание пользовательского Crontab" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:567 msgid "To create a user crontab, invoke `crontab` in editor mode:" msgstr "" "Чтобы создать пользовательский crontab, вызовите `crontab` в режиме " "редактора:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "% crontab -e\n" msgstr "% crontab -e\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "This will open the user's crontab using the default text editor. The first " "time a user runs this command, it will open an empty file. Once a user " @@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ msgstr "" "эта команда будет открывать его для редактирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "It is useful to add these lines to the top of the crontab file in order to " "set the environment variables and to remember the meanings of the fields in " @@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "переменные окружения и запомнить назначение полей в crontab:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SHELL=/bin/sh\n" @@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "" "# minute hour mday month wday command\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:590 msgid "" "Then add a line for each command or script to run, specifying the time to " "run the command. This example runs the specified custom shell script every " @@ -1543,14 +1543,14 @@ msgstr "" "`PATH`, указывается полный путь к скрипту:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:595 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "0 14 * * * /home/user/bin/mycustomscript.sh\n" msgstr "0 14 * * * /home/user/bin/mycustomscript.sh\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "Before using a custom script, make sure it is executable and test it with " "the limited set of environment variables set by cron. To replicate the " @@ -1562,13 +1562,13 @@ msgstr "" "использоваться для выполнения вышеуказанной записи cron, используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:604 #, no-wrap msgid "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/user LOGNAME=user /home/user/bin/mycustomscript.sh\n" msgstr "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/user LOGNAME=user /home/user/bin/mycustomscript.sh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:608 msgid "" "The environment set by cron is discussed in man:crontab[5]. Checking that " "scripts operate correctly in a cron environment is especially important if " @@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ msgstr "" "команды удаления файлов с использованием шаблонов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "When finished editing the crontab, save the file. It will automatically be " "installed, and cron will read the crontab and run its cron jobs at their " @@ -1591,36 +1591,36 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:617 #, no-wrap msgid "% crontab -l\n" msgstr "% crontab -l\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:627 msgid "To remove all of the cron jobs in a user crontab:" msgstr "Удалить все задания cron из пользовательского crontab:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "% crontab -r\n" msgstr "% crontab -r\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "remove crontab for user? y\n" msgstr "remove crontab for user? y\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:641 #, no-wrap msgid "Periodic" msgstr "Периодические задачи (Periodic)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a set of system management scripts to check status of " "various subsystems, perform security-related checks, rotate log files, etc. " @@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "в системном crontab, как показано выше." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "Scripts executed by man:periodic[8] are located in [.filename]#/etc/periodic/" "# for base utilities and in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/periodic/# for third-" @@ -1649,26 +1649,26 @@ msgstr "" "стороннего программного обеспечения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:651 msgid "" "They are organized in 4 subdirectories, daily, weekly, monthly and security." msgstr "Они организованы в 4 подкаталога: daily, weekly, monthly и security." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "Enable or Disable Periodic Tasks" msgstr "Включение или отключение периодических задач" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:656 msgid "FreeBSD has some scripts enabled by default to run periodically." msgstr "" "FreeBSD имеет некоторые скрипты, включённые по умолчанию для периодического " "выполнения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "To enable or disable a task, the first step is to edit [.filename]#/etc/" "periodic.conf# executing the following command:" @@ -1677,13 +1677,13 @@ msgstr "" "файл [.filename]#/etc/periodic.conf#, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:662 #, no-wrap msgid "# ee /etc/periodic.conf\n" msgstr "# ee /etc/periodic.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "And then to enable, for example, `daily_status_zfs_enable` put the following " "content in the file:" @@ -1692,13 +1692,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующее содержимое в файл:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:669 #, no-wrap msgid "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "daily_status_zfs_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "To disable a task that is active by default, all that needs to be done is to " "change `YES` to `NO`." @@ -1707,13 +1707,13 @@ msgstr "" "`YES` на `NO`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Output of Periodic Tasks" msgstr "Настройка вывода периодических задач" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "In [.filename]#/etc/periodic.conf# the variables `daily_output`, " "`weekly_output` and `monthly_output` specifies where to send the results of " @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполнения скриптов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "By default the output of the periodic scripts are emailed to root, and " "therefore it is best to read root's mail or alias root to a mailbox that is " @@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ msgstr "" "регулярно проверяется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "To send the results to another email or to other emails, add the email " "addresses separated by spaces to [.filename]#/etc/periodic.conf#:" @@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc/periodic.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "" "daily_output=\"email1@example.com email2@example.com\"\n" @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ msgstr "" "monthly_output=\"email1@example.com email2@example.com\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "To log periodic output instead of receiving it as email, add the following " "lines to [.filename]#/etc/periodic.conf#. man:newsyslog[8] will rotate these " @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующее время:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "" "daily_output=/var/log/daily.log\n" @@ -1782,13 +1782,13 @@ msgstr "" "monthly_output=/var/log/monthly.log\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring System Logging" msgstr "Настройка системного журналирования" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:705 msgid "" "Generating and reading system logs is an important aspect of system " "administration. The information in system logs can be used to detect " @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "" "демонов и приложений создают записи в журналах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:708 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a system logger, man:syslogd[8], to manage logging. By " "default, syslogd is enabled and started when the system boots." @@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:710 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure the FreeBSD system logger for both " "local and remote logging and how to perform log rotation and log management." @@ -1825,13 +1825,13 @@ msgstr "" "ротацию и управление журналами." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:711 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Local Logging" msgstr "Настройка локального журналирования" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:718 msgid "" "The configuration file, [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#, controls what syslogd " "does with log entries as they are received. There are several parameters to " @@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналирования — от имени хоста машины, генерирующей событие." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "This configuration file contains one line per action, where the syntax for " "each line is a selector field followed by an action field. The syntax of " @@ -1878,16 +1878,16 @@ msgstr "" "журналирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:727 msgid "" "As an example, here is the default [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf# from " "FreeBSD:" msgstr "" -"В качестве примера приведен стандартный файл [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf# " +"В качестве примера приведён стандартный файл [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf# " "из FreeBSD:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:763 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However,\n" @@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" "include /usr/local/etc/syslog.d\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:766 msgid "" "Matches all messages with a level of `err` or higher, as well as `kern." "warning`, `auth.notice` and `mail.crit`, and sends these log messages to the " @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "" "консоль ([.filename]#/dev/console#)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:767 msgid "" "Matches all messages from the `mail` facility at level `info` or above and " "logs the messages to [.filename]#/var/log/maillog#." @@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@ msgstr "" "записывает их в [.filename]#/var/log/maillog#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:768 msgid "" "Uses a comparison flag (`=`) to only match messages at level `debug` and " "logs them to [.filename]#/var/log/debug.log#." @@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ msgstr "" "`debug` и записывает их в [.filename]#/var/log/debug.log#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:769 msgid "" "Is an example usage of a program specification. This makes the rules " "following it only valid for the specified program. In this case, only the " @@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ msgstr "" "devd.log#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "For more information about [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#, its syntax, and " "more advanced usage examples, see man:syslog.conf[5]." @@ -2010,13 +2010,13 @@ msgstr "" "синтаксисе и более сложных примерах использования см. man:syslog.conf[5]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:773 #, no-wrap msgid "Logging Facilities" msgstr "Источники системы журналирования" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:777 msgid "" "A facility describes the part of the system generating the message. " "Facilities are a way of separating the different messages so that it is " @@ -2027,225 +2027,225 @@ msgstr "" "анализировать журналы." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:778 #, no-wrap msgid "syslog facilities" msgstr "Источники системных журналов (syslog)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:782 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "Name" msgstr "Имя" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:784 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:846 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "auth" msgstr "auth" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "The authorization system: man:login[1], man:su[1], man:getty[8], etc." msgstr "Система авторизации: man:login[1], man:su[1], man:getty[8] и т.д." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "authpriv" msgstr "authpriv" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "The same as auth, but logged to a file readable only by root." msgstr "То же, что и auth, но записывается в файл, доступный только для чтения root." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:790 #, no-wrap msgid "console" msgstr "console" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "Messages written to [.filename]#/dev/console# by the kernel console output driver." msgstr "Сообщения, записываемые драйвером вывода консоли ядра в [.filename]#/dev/console#." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:793 #, no-wrap msgid "cron" msgstr "cron" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:795 #, no-wrap msgid "Messages written by the man:cron[8] daemon." msgstr "Сообщения, записываемые демоном man:cron[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "daemon" msgstr "daemon" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:798 #, no-wrap msgid "System daemons, such as man:routed[8], that are not provided for explicitly by other facilities." msgstr "Системные демоны, такие как man:routed[8], которые не предусмотрены явно другими средствами." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:799 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp" msgstr "ftp" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "The file transfer protocol daemons: man:ftpd[8], man:tftpd[8]." msgstr "Демоны протокола передачи файлов: man:ftpd[8], man:tftpd[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:804 #, no-wrap msgid "Messages generated by the kernel. These cannot be generated by any user processes." msgstr "Сообщения, генерируемые ядром. Они не могут быть созданы какими-либо пользовательскими процессами." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:805 #, no-wrap msgid "lpr" msgstr "lpr" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "The line printer spooling system: man:lpr[1], man:lpc[8], man:lpd[8], etc." msgstr "Система буферизации принтеров: man:lpr[1], man:lpc[8], man:lpd[8] и т.д." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:808 #, no-wrap msgid "mail" msgstr "mail" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "The mail system." msgstr "Почтовая система." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "mark" msgstr "mark" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "This facility adds a record every 20 minutes." msgstr "Этот механизм добавляет запись каждые 20 минут." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "news" msgstr "news" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:816 #, no-wrap msgid "The network news system." msgstr "Система сетевых новостей." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:817 #, no-wrap msgid "ntp" msgstr "ntp" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:819 #, no-wrap msgid "The network time protocol system." msgstr "Система протокола сетевого времени." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:820 #, no-wrap msgid "security" msgstr "security" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "Security subsystems, such as man:ipfw[4]." msgstr "Подсистемы безопасности, такие как man:ipfw[4]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "syslog" msgstr "syslog" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "Messages generated internally by syslogd(8)." msgstr "Сообщения, генерируемые внутренне syslogd(8)." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "Messages generated by random user processes. *This is the default facility identifier if none is specified*." msgstr "Сообщения, генерируемые случайными пользовательскими процессами. *Это идентификатор источника по умолчанию, если не указан другой*." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "uucp" msgstr "uucp" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "The Unix-to-Unix Copy system. An ancient protocol. Really weird to see messages from this facility." msgstr "Система Unix-to-Unix Copy. Устаревший протокол. Очень странно видеть сообщения от этого сервиса." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "local0 through local7" msgstr "от `local0`до `local7`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "Reserved for local use." msgstr "Зарезервировано для локального использования." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "Logging Levels" msgstr "Уровни журналирования" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:840 msgid "" "The level describes the severity of the message, and is a keyword from the " "following ordered list (higher to lower):" @@ -2254,121 +2254,121 @@ msgstr "" "следующего упорядоченного списка (от высшего к низшему):" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "syslog levels" msgstr "Уровни в syslog" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "emerg" msgstr "emerg" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:849 #, no-wrap msgid "A panic condition. This is normally broadcast to all users." msgstr "Паника. Обычно это сообщение рассылается всем пользователям." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:850 #, no-wrap msgid "alert" msgstr "alert" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:852 #, no-wrap msgid "A condition that should be corrected immediately, such as a corrupted system database." msgstr "Условие, которое должно быть немедленно исправлено, например, повреждение системной базы данных." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:853 #, no-wrap msgid "crit" msgstr "crit" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:855 #, no-wrap msgid "Critical conditions, e.g., hard device errors." msgstr "Критические условия, например, аппаратные ошибки устройств." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:856 #, no-wrap msgid "err" msgstr "err" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:858 #, no-wrap msgid "Errors." msgstr "Ошибки." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "warning" msgstr "warning" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "Warning messages." msgstr "Предупреждающие сообщения." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:862 #, no-wrap msgid "notice" msgstr "notice" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "Conditions that are not error conditions, but should possibly be handled specially." msgstr "Условия, которые не являются ошибочными, но, возможно, требуют специальной обработки." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:865 #, no-wrap msgid "info" msgstr "info" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "Informational messages." msgstr "Информационные сообщения." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:870 #, no-wrap msgid "Messages that contain information normally of use only when debugging a program." msgstr "Сообщения, содержащие информацию, которая обычно полезна только при отладке программы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "none" msgstr "none" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "This special level disables a particular facility." msgstr "Этот специальный уровень отключает определённую функцию." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "Read Log Messages" msgstr "Как читать сообщения журналов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "By default FreeBSD log files use the format link:https://datatracker.ietf." "org/doc/html/rfc3164[rfc3164], also known as The BSD syslog Protocol. Learn " @@ -2380,18 +2380,18 @@ msgstr "" "man:syslog[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:882 msgid "Typically the logs have the following syntax:" msgstr "Обычно журналы имеют следующий синтаксис:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:886 #, no-wrap msgid "date time hostname program[pid]: the message\n" msgstr "date time hostname program[pid]: the message\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "The output of the [.filename]#/var/log/cron# file will be used as an example:" msgstr "" @@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" "cron#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[...]\n" @@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@ msgstr "" "[...]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:899 msgid "" "Verbose logging, so the facility and the level on each message will be " "added, can be enabled in man:syslog[8] by running the following command:" @@ -2423,13 +2423,13 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:903 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc syslogd_flags=\"-vv\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc syslogd_flags=\"-vv\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:906 msgid "" "Once the function is activated, the facility and the level will be displayed " "in the log as shown in the following example:" @@ -2438,7 +2438,7 @@ msgstr "" "показано в следующем примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:913 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[...]\n" @@ -2452,13 +2452,13 @@ msgstr "" "[...]\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:915 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Management and Rotation" msgstr "Управление журналами и их ротация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "Log files can grow quickly, taking up disk space and making it more " "difficult to locate useful information." @@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ msgstr "" "и затрудняя поиск полезной информации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:920 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, man:newsyslog[8] is used to manage log files and attempt to " "mitigate this." @@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "" "используется man:newsyslog[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:922 msgid "" "This built-in program periodically rotates and compresses log files, and " "optionally creates missing log files and signals programs when log files are " @@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "" "отправляет сигналы программам при перемещении файлов журналов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:927 msgid "" "Since newsyslog is run from man:cron[8], it cannot rotate files more often " "than it is scheduled to run from man:cron[8]. In the default configuration, " @@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации он запускается каждый час." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:930 msgid "" "Here is the default configuration in FreeBSD, more information in man:" "newsyslog.conf[5]:" @@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" "newsyslog.conf[5]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# configuration file for newsyslog\n" @@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ msgstr "" "/var/log/daemon.log 644 5 1000 @0101T JC\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<include> /etc/newsyslog.conf.d/[!.]*.conf\n" @@ -2587,14 +2587,14 @@ msgstr "" "<include> /usr/local/etc/newsyslog.conf.d/[!.]*.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:971 msgid "`logfilename` - Name of the system log file to be archived." msgstr "" "`logfilename` - Имя файла системного журнала, предназначенного для " "архивирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "`[owner:group]` - This optional field specifies the owner and group for the " "archive file." @@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@ msgstr "" "архивируемого файла." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:974 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:973 msgid "" "`mode` - Specify the file mode of the log file and archives. Valid mode bits " "are 0666. (That is, read and write permissions for the rotated log may be " @@ -2614,14 +2614,14 @@ msgstr "" "могут быть заданы для владельца, группы и остальных пользователей.)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:974 msgid "`count` - Specify the maximum number of archive files which may exist." msgstr "" "`count` - Указывает максимальное количество архивных файлов, которые могут " "существовать." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "`size` - When the size of the log file reaches size in kilobytes, the log " "file will be trimmed as described above. If this field contains an asterisk " @@ -2632,7 +2632,7 @@ msgstr "" "указана звёздочка ('*'), файл журнала не будет обрезаться по размеру." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" "`when` - Consist of an interval, a specific time, or both. Supported options " "in man:newsyslog.conf[5]." @@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ msgstr "" "вариантов. Поддерживаемые опции описаны в man:newsyslog.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:977 msgid "" "`flags` - Indicates the flags that newsyslog accepts, supported options in " "man:newsyslog.conf[5]." @@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@ msgstr "" "описаны в man:newsyslog.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:978 msgid "" "`[/pid_file]` - This optional field specifies the file name containing a " "daemon's process ID or to find a group process ID." @@ -2659,7 +2659,7 @@ msgstr "" "идентификатор процесса (PID) демона или идентификатор группы процессов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:979 msgid "" "`[sig_num]` - This optional field specifies the signal that will be sent to " "the daemon process." @@ -2668,7 +2668,7 @@ msgstr "" "отправлен процессу демона." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" "The last two fields are optional and specify the name of the Process ID " "(PID) file of a process and a signal number to send to that process when the " @@ -2678,13 +2678,13 @@ msgstr "" "номер сигнала, который будет отправлен этому процессу при ротации файла." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Remote Logging" msgstr "Настройка удалённого журналирования" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:990 msgid "" "Monitoring the log files of multiple hosts can become unwieldy as the number " "of systems increases. Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of " @@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:992 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be " "configured using syslogd and newsyslog." @@ -2705,18 +2705,18 @@ msgstr "" "могут быть настроены с помощью `syslogd` и `newsyslog`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "This section demonstrates an example configuration, where host `A`, named " "`logserv.example.com`, will collect logging information for the local " "network." msgstr "" -"В этом разделе приведен пример конфигурации, в которой хост `A` с именем " +"В этом разделе приведён пример конфигурации, в которой хост `A` с именем " "`logserv.example.com` будет собирать информацию журналирования для локальной " "сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "Host `B`, named `logclient.example.com`, will be configured to pass logging " "information to the logging server." @@ -2725,13 +2725,13 @@ msgstr "" "информации журналирования на сервер журналирования." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:997 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Server Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация сервера журналов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "" "A log server is a system that has been configured to accept logging " "information from other hosts." @@ -2740,12 +2740,12 @@ msgstr "" "журналирования с других узлов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1002 msgid "Before configuring a log server, check the following:" msgstr "Перед настройкой сервера журналов проверьте следующее:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "" "If there is a firewall between the logging server and any logging clients, " "ensure that the firewall ruleset allows UDP port 514 for both the clients " @@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr "" "UDP-порт 514 как для клиентов, так и для сервера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "" "The logging server and all client machines must have forward and reverse " "entries in the local DNS. If the network does not have a DNS server, create " @@ -2770,7 +2770,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "" "On the log server, edit [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf# to specify the name of " "the client to receive log entries from, the logging facility to be used, and " @@ -2786,13 +2786,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/var/log/logclient.log#." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1009 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample Log Server Configuration" msgstr "Пример конфигурации сервера журналов" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1017 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+logclient.example.com\n" @@ -2802,7 +2802,7 @@ msgstr "" "*.* /var/log/logclient.log\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1023 msgid "" "When adding multiple log clients, add a similar two-line entry for each " "client. More information about the available facilities may be found in man:" @@ -2813,12 +2813,12 @@ msgstr "" "доступных средствах можно найти в man:syslog.conf[5]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "Next, execute the following commands:" msgstr "Далее выполните следующие команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2828,7 +2828,7 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc syslogd_flags=\"-a logclient.example.com -v -v\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1036 msgid "" "The first entry starts syslogd at system boot. The second entry allows log " "entries from the specified client. The `-v -v` increases the verbosity of " @@ -2842,7 +2842,7 @@ msgstr "" "категории." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1040 msgid "" "Multiple `-a` options may be specified to allow logging from multiple " "clients. IP addresses and whole netblocks may also be specified. Refer to " @@ -2853,23 +2853,23 @@ msgstr "" "Полный список возможных параметров приведён в man:syslogd[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1042 msgid "Finally, create the log file:" msgstr "Наконец, создайте файл журнала:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1046 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /var/log/logclient.log\n" msgstr "# touch /var/log/logclient.log\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "At this point, syslogd should be restarted and verified:" msgstr "На этом этапе следует перезапустить и проверить syslogd:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service syslogd restart\n" @@ -2879,7 +2879,7 @@ msgstr "" "# pgrep syslog\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "If a PID is returned, the server restarted successfully, and client " "configuration can begin. If the server did not restart, consult [." @@ -2890,13 +2890,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/var/log/messages#." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1059 #, no-wrap msgid "Log Client Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация клиента журналирования" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "" "A logging client sends log entries to a logging server on the network. The " "client also keeps a local copy of its own logs." @@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ msgstr "" "собственных журналов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "Once a logging server has been configured, execute the following commands on " "the logging client:" @@ -2915,7 +2915,7 @@ msgstr "" "клиенте журналирования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1070 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2925,7 +2925,7 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc syslogd_flags=\"-s -v -v\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "" "The first entry enables syslogd on boot up. The second entry prevents logs " "from being accepted by this client from other hosts (`-s`) and increases the " @@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr "" "детализацию записываемых сообщений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1077 msgid "" "Next, define the logging server in the client's [.filename]#/etc/syslog." "conf#. In this example, all logged facilities are sent to a remote system, " @@ -2947,28 +2947,28 @@ msgstr "" "удалённую систему, обозначенную символом `@`, с указанным именем хоста:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1081 #, no-wrap msgid "*.* @logserv.example.com\n" msgstr "*.* @logserv.example.com\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "After saving the edit, restart syslogd for the changes to take effect:" msgstr "" "После сохранения изменений перезапустите syslogd, чтобы изменения вступили в " "силу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1089 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1120 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "# service syslogd restart\n" msgstr "# service syslogd restart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "To test that log messages are being sent across the network, use man:" "logger[1] on the client to send a message to syslogd:" @@ -2977,13 +2977,13 @@ msgstr "" "на клиенте, чтобы отправить сообщение в syslogd:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "# logger \"Test message from logclient\"\n" msgstr "# logger \"Test message from logclient\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "" "This message should now exist both in [.filename]#/var/log/messages# on the " "client and [.filename]#/var/log/logclient.log# on the log server." @@ -2993,13 +2993,13 @@ msgstr "" "журналов." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1099 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging Log Servers" msgstr "Отладка серверов журналов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1105 msgid "" "If no messages are being received on the log server, the cause is most " "likely a network connectivity issue, a hostname resolution issue, or a typo " @@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверки, пока `ping` не будет успешным с обоих хостов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "If the `ping` succeeds on both hosts but log messages are still not being " "received, temporarily increase logging verbosity to narrow down the " @@ -3036,7 +3036,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналирования не указывает на причину сбоя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "" "To increase debugging output, edit the `syslogd_flags` entry on the logging " "server and issue a restart:" @@ -3045,13 +3045,13 @@ msgstr "" "`syslogd_flags` на сервере журналирования и выполните перезапуск:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1114 #, no-wrap msgid "sysrc syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\"\n" msgstr "sysrc syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1122 msgid "" "Debugging data similar to the following will flash on the console " "immediately after the restart:" @@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1133 #, no-wrap msgid "" "logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n" @@ -3082,7 +3082,7 @@ msgstr "" "rejected in rule 0 due to name mismatch.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "In this example, the log messages are being rejected due to a typo which " "results in a hostname mismatch. The client's hostname should be " @@ -3095,7 +3095,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверьте результат:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1160 #, no-wrap msgid "" "logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n" @@ -3125,7 +3125,7 @@ msgstr "" "Logging to FILE /var/log/messages\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1163 msgid "" "At this point, the messages are being properly received and placed in the " "correct file." @@ -3133,13 +3133,13 @@ msgstr "" "На данном этапе сообщения правильно принимаются и помещаются в нужный файл." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1164 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Considerations" msgstr "Безопасность" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1170 msgid "" "As with any network service, security requirements should be considered " "before implementing a logging server. Log files may contain sensitive data " @@ -3151,14 +3151,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Как и в случае с любой сетевой службой, перед внедрением сервера " "журналирования следует учитывать требования безопасности. Журналы могут " -"содержать конфиденциальные данные о службах, включенных на локальном хосте, " +"содержать конфиденциальные данные о службах, включённых на локальном хосте, " "учётных записях пользователей и конфигурации. Данные, передаваемые по сети " "от клиента к серверу, не шифруются и не защищаются паролем. Если требуется " "шифрование, можно использовать package:security/stunnel[], который передаёт " "данные журналирования через зашифрованный туннель." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1178 msgid "" "Local security is also an issue. Log files are not encrypted during use or " "after log rotation. Local users may access log files to gain additional " @@ -3179,13 +3179,13 @@ msgstr "" "man:newsyslog.conf[5]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1180 #, no-wrap msgid "Power and Resource Management" msgstr "Управление питанием и ресурсами" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1184 msgid "" "It is important to utilize hardware resources in an efficient manner. Power " "and resource management allows the operating system to monitor system limits " @@ -3197,13 +3197,13 @@ msgstr "" "этими ограничениями." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1186 #, no-wrap msgid "ACPI configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация ACPI" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1189 msgid "" "On FreeBSD the management of these resources is managed by the man:acpi[4] " "kernel device." @@ -3212,13 +3212,13 @@ msgstr "" "ядра man:acpi[4]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "In FreeBSD the man:acpi[4] driver is loaded by default at system boot." msgstr "" "В FreeBSD драйвер man:acpi[4] загружается по умолчанию при загрузке системы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1195 msgid "" "This driver *cannot be unloaded after boot* because the system bus uses it " "for various hardware interactions." @@ -3227,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr "" "использует его для различных взаимодействий с оборудованием." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1199 msgid "" "In addition to man:acpi[4], FreeBSD has several dedicated kernel modules for " "various ACPI vendor subsystems. These modules will add some extra " @@ -3239,18 +3239,18 @@ msgstr "" "вентилятора, подсветкой клавиатуры или яркостью экрана." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1201 msgid "The list can be obtained by running the following command:" msgstr "Список можно получить, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1205 #, no-wrap msgid "% ls /boot/kernel | grep acpi\n" msgstr "% ls /boot/kernel | grep acpi\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1224 #, no-wrap msgid "" "acpi_asus.ko\n" @@ -3282,7 +3282,7 @@ msgstr "" "uacpi.ko\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1227 msgid "" "In the event that, for example, an IBM/Lenovo laptop is used, it will be " "necessary to load the module man:acpi_ibm[4] by executing the following " @@ -3292,26 +3292,26 @@ msgstr "" "man:acpi_ibm[4], выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1231 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload acpi_ibm\n" msgstr "# kldload acpi_ibm\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1234 msgid "And add this line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# to load it at boot:" msgstr "" "И добавьте эту строку в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#, чтобы загружать " "модуль при запуске:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1238 #, no-wrap msgid "acpi_ibm_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "acpi_ibm_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1246 msgid "" "An alternative to the man:acpi_video[4] module is the man:backlight[9] " "driver. It provides a generic way for handling a panel backlight. The " @@ -3326,19 +3326,19 @@ msgstr "" "яркость уменьшается на 10%:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1250 #, no-wrap msgid "% backlight decr 10\n" msgstr "% backlight decr 10\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1253 #, no-wrap msgid "CPU Power Management" msgstr "Управление питанием процессора" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "CPU is the most consuming part of the system. Knowing how to improve CPU " "efficiency is a fundamental part of our system in order to save energy." @@ -3348,7 +3348,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы для экономии энергии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1259 msgid "" "In order to make proper use of the machine's resources in a correct way, " "FreeBSD supports technologies such as Intel Turbo Boost, AMD Turbo Core, " @@ -3360,7 +3360,7 @@ msgstr "" "Speed Shift и другие, с помощью man:powerd[8] и man:cpufreq[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1261 msgid "" "The first step will be to obtain the CPU information by executing the " "following command:" @@ -3369,18 +3369,18 @@ msgstr "" "следующей команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1265 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl dev.cpu.0 <.>\n" msgstr "% sysctl dev.cpu.0 <.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1268 msgid "In this case the `0` digit represents the first core of the CPU." msgstr "В этом случае цифра `0` обозначает первое ядро процессора." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1290 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dev.cpu.0.cx_method: C1/mwait/hwc C2/mwait/hwc C3/mwait/hwc/bma\n" @@ -3420,33 +3420,33 @@ msgstr "" "dev.cpu.0.%desc: ACPI CPU\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1293 msgid "Lowest Cx state to use for idling the CPU." msgstr "Наименьшее состояние Cx, используемое для бездействия процессора." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1294 msgid "CPU supported Cx states." msgstr "Поддерживаемые процессором состояния Cx." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1295 msgid "Currently available levels for the CPU (frequency/power usage)." msgstr "" "Доступные в настоящее время уровни для CPU (частота/потребление энергии)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1296 msgid "Current active CPU frequency in MHz." msgstr "Текущая активная частота CPU в МГц." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1297 msgid "Current temperature of the CPU." msgstr "Текущая температура процессора." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1302 msgid "" "If the temperature information is not displayed, load the man:coretemp[4] " "module. In case of using an AMD CPU, load the man:amdtemp[4] module." @@ -3456,7 +3456,7 @@ msgstr "" "amdtemp[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1305 msgid "" "Once the CPU information is available the easiest way to configure power " "saving is to let man:powerd[8] take over." @@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "" "энергосбережение — позволить man:powerd[8] взять управление на себя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1307 msgid "" "Enable man:powerd[8] service in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to start at system " "boot:" @@ -3474,13 +3474,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1311 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc powerd_enable=YES\n" msgstr "# sysrc powerd_enable=YES\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1314 msgid "" "It will also be necessary to indicate certain parameters to man:powerd[8] to " "tell it how to manage the state of the CPU executing the following command:" @@ -3489,24 +3489,24 @@ msgstr "" "сообщить ему, как управлять состоянием CPU, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1318 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc powerd_flags=\"-a hiadaptive -i 25 -r 85 -N\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc powerd_flags=\"-a hiadaptive -i 25 -r 85 -N\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1321 msgid "`-a`: Selects the mode to use while on AC power." msgstr "" "`-a`: Выбирает режим, используемый при работе от сети переменного тока." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1322 msgid "`hiadaptive`: Operation mode. More info at man:powerd[8]." msgstr "`hiadaptive`: Режим работы. Подробнее см. в man:powerd[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1323 msgid "" "`-i`: Specifies the CPU load percent level when adaptive mode should begin " "to degrade performance to save power." @@ -3516,7 +3516,7 @@ msgstr "" "энергии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1324 msgid "" "`-r`: Specifies the CPU load percent level where adaptive mode should " "consider the CPU running and increase performance." @@ -3526,7 +3526,7 @@ msgstr "" "производительность." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1325 msgid "" "`-N`: Treat \"nice\" time as idle for the purpose of load calculation; i.e., " "do not increase the CPU frequency if the CPU is only busy with \"nice\" " @@ -3537,24 +3537,24 @@ msgstr "" "\"nice\"-процессами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1327 msgid "And then enable the service executing the following command:" msgstr "И затем включите службу, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1331 #, no-wrap msgid "# service powerd start\n" msgstr "# service powerd start\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1334 #, no-wrap msgid "CPU Frequency Control" msgstr "Управление частотой процессора" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1339 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a generic man:cpufreq[4] driver to allow the administrator, " "or software such as man:powerd[8] and package:sysutils/powerdxx[], to manage " @@ -3571,13 +3571,13 @@ msgstr "" "производительность за счёт большего энергопотребления и усиленного нагрева." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1341 #, no-wrap msgid "Intel(R) Enhanced Speed Step(TM)" msgstr "Intel(R) Enhanced SpeedStep(TM)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1346 msgid "" "The Intel(R) Enhanced Speed Step(TM) driver, man:est[4], replaces the " "generic man:cpufreq[4] driver for CPUs that provide this feature. The CPU " @@ -3595,7 +3595,7 @@ msgstr "" "его загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1348 msgid "" "Each supported frequency, along with its expected power consumption, can be " "listed by examining the man:sysctl[3] tree:" @@ -3604,13 +3604,13 @@ msgstr "" "узнать, изучив дерева man:sysctl[3]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1352 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver dev.cpu.0.freq_levels dev.cpu.0.freq\n" msgstr "# sysctl dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver dev.cpu.0.freq_levels dev.cpu.0.freq\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver: est0\n" @@ -3622,7 +3622,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev.cpu.0.freq: 800\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1364 msgid "" "A frequency 1 MHz higher than the maximum frequency of the CPU indicates the " "Intel(R) Turbo Boost(TM) feature." @@ -3631,13 +3631,13 @@ msgstr "" "технологии Intel(R) Turbo Boost(TM)." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1366 #, no-wrap msgid "Intel Speed Shift(TM)" msgstr "Intel Speed Shift(TM)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1372 msgid "" "Users running newer Intel(R) CPUs may find some differences in dynamic " "frequency control when upgrading to FreeBSD 13. A new driver for the " @@ -3659,7 +3659,7 @@ msgstr "" "sysctl[8] покажет, использует ли система Speed Shift." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1374 msgid "" "To determine which frequency control driver is being used, examining the " "`dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver` oid." @@ -3668,19 +3668,19 @@ msgstr "" "OID `dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1378 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver\n" msgstr "# sysctl dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1385 #, no-wrap msgid "dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver: hwpstate_intel0\n" msgstr "dev.cpufreq.0.freq_driver: hwpstate_intel0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1389 msgid "" "This indicates that the new man:hwpstate_intel[4] driver is in use. On such " "systems, the oid `dev.cpu.%d.freq_levels` will show only the maximum CPU " @@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "максимальную частоту CPU и указывать уровень энергопотребления `-1`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1391 msgid "" "The current CPU frequency can be determined by examining the `dev.cpu.%d." "freq` oid." @@ -3700,13 +3700,13 @@ msgstr "" "%d.freq`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1395 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl dev.cpu.0.freq_levels dev.cpu.0.freq\n" msgstr "# sysctl dev.cpu.0.freq_levels dev.cpu.0.freq\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1403 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dev.cpu.0.freq_levels: 3696/-1\n" @@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev.cpu.0.freq: 898\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1406 msgid "" "For more information, including on how to balance performance and energy " "use, and on how to disable this driver, refer to the man page man:" @@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйвер, обратитесь к справочной странице man:hwpstate_intel[4]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1410 msgid "" "Users accustomed to using man:powerd[8] or package:sysutils/powerdxx[] will " "find these utilities have been superseded by the man:hwpstate_intel[4] " @@ -3738,13 +3738,13 @@ msgstr "" "hwpstate_intel[4] и больше не работают как ожидалось." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1413 #, no-wrap msgid "Graphics Card Power Management" msgstr "Управление энергопотреблением графической карты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1418 msgid "" "Graphics cards have become a fundamental part of computing in recent years. " "Some graphics cards may have excessive power consumption. FreeBSD allows " @@ -3756,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" "энергопотребления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1420 msgid "" "In case of using a Intel(R) graphics card with the package:graphics/drm-" "kmod[] driver these options can be added to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" @@ -3765,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr "" "kmod[] следующие параметры можно добавить в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1426 #, no-wrap msgid "" "compat.linuxkpi.fastboot=1 <.>\n" @@ -3777,28 +3777,28 @@ msgstr "" "compat.linuxkpi.enable_fbc=1 <.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1429 msgid "Try to skip unnecessary mode sets at boot time." msgstr "Попытайтесь пропустить ненужные установки режимов во время загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1430 msgid "Enable power-saving display C-states." msgstr "Включить энергосберегающие состояния C для дисплея." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1431 msgid "Enable frame buffer compression for power savings" msgstr "Включить сжатие кадрового буфера для экономии энергии" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1432 #, no-wrap msgid "Suspend/Resume" msgstr "Приостановка/возобновление" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1435 msgid "" "The suspend/resume function allows the machine to be kept in a state in " "which there is no a big energy consumption and allows the system to be " @@ -3809,7 +3809,7 @@ msgstr "" "запущенных программ." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1440 msgid "" "In order for the suspend/resume functionality to work correctly the graphics " "drivers must be loaded on the system. In non-KMS-supported graphics cards " @@ -3821,7 +3821,7 @@ msgstr "" "возобновления." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1442 msgid "" "More information about which driver to use and how to configure it can be " "found at the crossref:x11[x11, The X Window System chapter]." @@ -3830,84 +3830,84 @@ msgstr "" "настроить, доступна в главе crossref:x11[x11, Система X Window]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1445 msgid "man:acpi[4] supports the next list of sleep states:" msgstr "man:acpi[4] поддерживает следующий список состояний сна:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1446 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported Sleep States" msgstr "Поддерживаемые состояния сна" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1451 #, no-wrap msgid "S1" msgstr "S1" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1453 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick suspend to RAM. The CPU enters a lower power state, but most peripherals are left running." msgstr "Быстрый переход в режим ожидания с сохранением в оперативной памяти. ЦП переходит в состояние пониженного энергопотребления, но большинство периферийных устройств остаются активными." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1454 #, no-wrap msgid "S2" msgstr "S2" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1456 #, no-wrap msgid "Lower power state than S1, but with the same basic characteristics. Not supported by many systems." msgstr "Состояние с меньшим энергопотреблением, чем S1, но с теми же основными характеристиками. Не поддерживается многими системами." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1457 #, no-wrap msgid "S3 (Sleep mode)" msgstr "S3 (Режим сна)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1459 #, no-wrap msgid "Suspend to RAM. Most devices are powered off, and the system stops running except for memory refresh." msgstr "Режим приостановки с сохранением в ОЗУ. Большинство устройств отключается, и система перестает работать, за исключением обновления памяти." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1460 #, no-wrap msgid "S4 (Hibernation)" msgstr "S4 (Режим гибернации)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1462 #, no-wrap msgid "Suspend to disk. All devices are powered off, and the system stops running. When resuming, the system starts as if from a cold power on. *Not yet supported by FreeBSD*." msgstr "Приостановка с сохранением состояния на диск. Все устройства отключаются, и система прекращает работу. При возобновлении система запускается, как после холодного включения. *Пока не поддерживается в FreeBSD*." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1463 #, no-wrap msgid "S5" msgstr "S5" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1465 #, no-wrap msgid "System shuts down cleanly and powers off." msgstr "Система корректно завершает работу и выключается." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1468 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Suspend/Resume" msgstr "Настройка приостановки/возобновления" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1471 msgid "" "The first step will be to know which type of sleep states supports the " "hardware we are using executing the following command:" @@ -3916,24 +3916,24 @@ msgstr "" "используемое оборудование, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1475 #, no-wrap msgid "% sysctl hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state\n" msgstr "% sysctl hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1482 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n" msgstr "hw.acpi.supported_sleep_state: S3 S4 S5\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1487 msgid "As stated above FreeBSD does *not* yet support the `S4` state." msgstr "Как упоминалось выше, FreeBSD *пока* не поддерживает состояние `S4`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1490 msgid "" "man:acpiconf[8] can be used to check if the `S3` state works correctly by " "running the following command, if it succeeds, the screen should go black " @@ -3944,13 +3944,13 @@ msgstr "" "экран погаснет и компьютер выключится:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1494 #, no-wrap msgid "# acpiconf -s 3\n" msgstr "# acpiconf -s 3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1497 msgid "" "In the vast majority of cases the Suspend/Resume functionality wants to be " "used on a laptop." @@ -3959,7 +3959,7 @@ msgstr "" "предназначена для использования на ноутбуке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1499 msgid "" "FreeBSD can be configured to enter the `S3` state when closing the lid by " "adding the following line to the [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf# file." @@ -3968,19 +3968,19 @@ msgstr "" "добавив следующую строку в файл [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1503 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.acpi.lid_switch_state=S3\n" msgstr "hw.acpi.lid_switch_state=S3\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1506 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting in Suspend/Resume" msgstr "Устранение неполадок при приостановке/возобновлении работы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1510 msgid "" "A lot of effort has been made to make the Suspend and Resume functions work " "properly and in the best way on FreeBSD. But currently the Suspend and " @@ -3992,12 +3992,12 @@ msgstr "" "определённых моделях ноутбуков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1512 msgid "Some checks can be done in case it doesn't work properly." msgstr "Некоторые проверки можно выполнить, если система работает некорректно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1515 msgid "" "In some cases it is enough to turn off the bluetooth. In others it is " "enough loading the correct driver for the graphics card, etc." @@ -4006,7 +4006,7 @@ msgstr "" "правильный драйвер для видеокарты и т.д." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1517 msgid "" "In case it doesn't work correctly, some tips can be found on the FreeBSD " "Wiki in the section link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/SuspendResume[Suspend/" @@ -4017,13 +4017,13 @@ msgstr "" "SuspendResume[Приостановка/возобновление]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1519 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding Swap Space" msgstr "Добавление swap-пространства" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1523 msgid "" "Sometimes a FreeBSD system requires more swap space. This section describes " "two methods to increase swap space: adding swap to an existing partition or " @@ -4035,7 +4035,7 @@ msgstr "" "подкачки в существующей файловой системе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1525 msgid "" "For information on how to encrypt swap space, which options exist, and why " "it should be done, refer to crossref:disks[swap-encrypting,“Encrypting " @@ -4046,13 +4046,13 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:disks[swap-encrypting,\"Шифрование раздела подкачки\"]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1527 #, no-wrap msgid "Swap on a New Hard Drive or Existing Partition" msgstr "Раздел подкачки на новом жёстком диске или существующем разделе" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1531 msgid "" "Adding a new drive for swap gives better performance than using a partition " "on an existing drive. Setting up partitions and drives is explained in " @@ -4068,7 +4068,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделов и вопросы выбора размера раздела подкачки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1537 msgid "" "It is possible to use any partition not currently mounted, even if it " "already contains data. Using `swapon` on a partition that contains data " @@ -4082,7 +4082,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1540 msgid "" "man:swapon[8] can be used to add a swap partition to the system executing " "the following command:" @@ -4091,13 +4091,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнением следующей команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1544 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapon /dev/ada1p2\n" msgstr "# swapon /dev/ada1p2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1547 msgid "" "To automatically add this swap partition on boot, add an entry to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" @@ -4106,33 +4106,33 @@ msgstr "" "запись в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1551 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ada1p2 none swap sw 0 0\n" msgstr "/dev/ada1p2 none swap sw 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1554 msgid "" "See man:fstab[5] for an explanation of the entries in [.filename]#/etc/" "fstab#." msgstr "См. man:fstab[5] для объяснения записей в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1556 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Swap File" msgstr "Создание файла подкачки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1560 msgid "These examples create a 512M swap file called [.filename]#/usr/swap0#." msgstr "" "Эти примеры создают файл подкачки размером 512 МБ с именем [.filename]#/usr/" "swap0#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1564 msgid "" "Swap files on ZFS file systems are strongly discouraged, as swapping can " "lead to system hangs." @@ -4141,29 +4141,29 @@ msgstr "" "подкачка может привести к зависанию системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1567 msgid "The first step is to create the swap file:" msgstr "Первым шагом является создание файла подкачки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1571 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/usr/swap0 bs=1m count=512\n" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/usr/swap0 bs=1m count=512\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1574 msgid "The second step is to put the proper permissions on the new file:" msgstr "Второй шаг — установить соответствующие разрешения для нового файла:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1578 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 0600 /usr/swap0\n" msgstr "# chmod 0600 /usr/swap0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1581 msgid "" "The third step is to inform the system about the swap file by adding a line " "to [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" @@ -4172,13 +4172,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1585 #, no-wrap msgid "md none swap sw,file=/usr/swap0,late 0 0\n" msgstr "md none swap sw,file=/usr/swap0,late 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1588 msgid "" "Swap space will be added on system startup. To add swap space immediately, " "use man:swapon[8]:" @@ -4187,7 +4187,7 @@ msgstr "" "подкачки немедленно, используйте man:swapon[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/config/_index.adoc:1592 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapon -aL\n" msgstr "# swapon -aL\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc index fb7061c32a..d811a2b9d2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'Часть III. Администрирование системы' prev: books/handbook/l10n showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["updating", "upgrading", "documentation", "FreeBSD-STABLE", "FreeBSD-CURRENT", "Security Patches"] -title: 'Глава 26. Обновление и смена версии FreeBSD' +title: 'Глава 27. Обновление и смена версии FreeBSD' weight: 30 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 30 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 26 +:sectnumoffset: 27 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -71,6 +71,27 @@ FreeBSD постоянно развивается между выпусками. В этой главе для получения и обновления исходных кодов FreeBSD используется `git`. При желании можно использовать порт или пакет package:devel/git[]. ==== +[[updating-introduction]] +== Введение + +=== Мажорные и минорные версии + +Начиная с версии FreeBSD 6.0-RELEASE, выпуски FreeBSD строго придерживаются двухуровневой схемы нумерации. Термин «основная версия» (мажорная) используется для обозначения первой части номера версии, например «14» в «14.3-RELEASE», а термин «дополнительная версия» (минорная) — для второй части номера версии, например «3» в «14.3-RELEASE». + +Кроме того, ветки релизов FreeBSD имеют уровень исправлений (патчей — patch level), который опускается, если равен нулю, и увеличивается с каждым выпуском пакета бюллетеней безопасности и уведомлений об исправлении ошибок (errata notices), например «14.3-RELEASE-p7» для седьмого пакета исправлений, опубликованного для FreeBSD 14.3. + +Как следствие https://www.FreeBSD.org/security/#model[модели поддержки FreeBSD], номера версий FreeBSD возрастают монотонно в пределах одной основной версии, но не между разными основными версиями. Например, FreeBSD 14.2-RELEASE, 13.5-RELEASE, 14.3-RELEASE, 15.0-RELEASE, 14.4-RELEASE и 15.1-RELEASE были выпущены именно в таком порядке. + +=== Обновление (апдейт) и смена версии (апгрейд) + +Термин «обновление» (updating) мы используем для описания применения бюллетеней безопасности или исправлений ошибок (errata), которые могут увеличивать уровень исправлений (patch level), но не изменяют номер версии. Термин «апгрейд» (upgrading) используется для описания замены всей базовой системы на систему с другим номером версии. + +=== Пути апгрейда + +После установки FreeBSD можно сделать обновление или апгрейд с использованием crossref:cutting-edge[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate,бинарных патчей], crossref:cutting-edge[pkgbase,пакетов] или crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld,из исходных кодов]. Во всех случаях FreeBSD поддерживает обновление или апгрейд только с хронологически более старой версии на более новую. + +В частности, FreeBSD поддерживает обновление до более нового уровня исправлений той же версии либо апгрейд с данной версии до более новой дополнительной версии в пределах той же основной версии (например, с 14.3 до 14.4) или до более новой версии следующей основной версии (например, с 14.3 до 15.0 или 15.1). Переход на более старую версию в пределах той же основной версии (например, с 14.4 на 14.3), на более старую версию следующей основной версии (например, с 14.4, выпущенной в марте 2026 года, на 15.0, выпущенную тремя месяцами ранее, в декабре 2025 года) или пропуск основной версии (например, с 13.5 на 15.1) не рекомендуется и не поддерживается, даже если инструменты это допускают. + [[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate]] == Обновление FreeBSD @@ -117,7 +138,7 @@ IgnorePaths /boot/kernel/linker.hints UpdateIfUnmodified /etc/ /var/ /root/ /.cshrc /.profile .... -Эта опция будет обновлять только неизмененные конфигурационные файлы в указанных каталогах. Любые изменения, внесенные пользователем, предотвратят автоматическое обновление этих файлов. Существует другая опция, `KeepModifiedMetadata`, которая предписывает `freebsd-update` сохранять изменения во время слияния. +Эта опция будет обновлять только неизменённые конфигурационные файлы в указанных каталогах. Любые изменения, внесённые пользователем, предотвратят автоматическое обновление этих файлов. Существует другая опция, `KeepModifiedMetadata`, которая предписывает `freebsd-update` сохранять изменения во время слияния. [.programlisting] .... @@ -193,7 +214,7 @@ Uninstalling updates... done. [NOTE] ==== -Всегда сохраняйте копию ядра [.filename]#GENERIC# в [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC#. Оно может быть полезно при диагностике различных проблем и при обновлении версий. Инструкции по получению копии ядра [.filename]#GENERIC# можно найти в crossref:cutting-edge[freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x, Custom Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later]. +Всегда сохраняйте копию ядра [.filename]#GENERIC# в [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC#. Оно может быть полезно при диагностике различных проблем и при обновлении версий. Инструкции по получению копии ядра [.filename]#GENERIC# можно найти в разделе crossref:cutting-edge[freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x, Собственные ядра в FreeBSD 9.X и более поздних версиях]. ==== Если конфигурация по умолчанию в [.filename]#/etc/freebsd-update.conf# не была изменена, `freebsd-update` установит обновленные исходные коды ядра вместе с остальными обновлениями. Затем пересборка и переустановка нового пользовательского ядра могут быть выполнены обычным способом. @@ -203,15 +224,7 @@ Uninstalling updates... done. [[freebsdupdate-upgrade]] === Выполнение обновлений с изменением младших и старших версий -Обновления с изменением младшей версии FreeBSD называются _минорными обновлениями_. Пример: - -- FreeBSD 13.1 до 13.2. - -_Мажорные_ обновления увеличивают номер старшей версии. Пример: - -- FreeBSD 13.2 до 14.0. - -Оба типа обновления могут быть выполнены путем указания `freebsd-update` целевой версии выпуска. +Обновления на новую минорную или мажорную версии могут быть выполнены путем указания `freebsd-update` целевой версии выпуска. [WARNING] ==== @@ -285,7 +298,7 @@ before running "/usr/sbin/freebsd-update install" Это предупреждение можно безопасно проигнорировать на данном этапе. Обновлённое ядро [.filename]#GENERIC# будет использовано как промежуточный шаг в процессе обновления. -После загрузки всех патчей в локальную систему они будут применены. Этот процесс может занять некоторое время в зависимости от скорости и загруженности машины. Затем будут объединены конфигурационные файлы. Процесс объединения требует вмешательства пользователя, так как файл может быть объединен автоматически или на экране появится редактор для ручного объединения. Результаты каждого успешного объединения будут отображаться пользователю по мере выполнения процесса. Неудачное или пропущенное объединение приведет к прерыванию процесса. Пользователям рекомендуется создать резервную копию [.filename]#/etc# и вручную объединить важные файлы, такие как [.filename]#master.passwd# или [.filename]#group#, позже. +После загрузки всех патчей в локальную систему они будут применены. Этот процесс может занять некоторое время в зависимости от скорости и загруженности машины. Затем будут объединены конфигурационные файлы. Процесс объединения требует вмешательства пользователя, так как файл может быть объединён автоматически или на экране появится редактор для ручного объединения. Результаты каждого успешного объединения будут отображаться пользователю по мере выполнения процесса. Неудачное или пропущенное объединение приведет к прерыванию процесса. Пользователям рекомендуется создать резервную копию [.filename]#/etc# и вручную объединить важные файлы, такие как [.filename]#master.passwd# или [.filename]#group#, позже. [NOTE] ==== @@ -517,7 +530,7 @@ FreeBSD-STABLE - это ветка разработки, из которой с Присоединяйтесь к соответствующему списку рассылки git для отслеживаемой ветки. Например, пользователи, отслеживающие ветку {betarel-current-major}-STABLE, должны подписаться на {dev-commits-src-branches}. Этот список рассылает сообщения с комментарием коммита для каждого внесённого изменения, как только оно сделано, а также любую соответствующую информацию о возможных побочных эффектах. + Чтобы присоединиться к этим спискам, перейдите на {mailing-lists}, выберите список для подписки и следуйте инструкциям. Для отслеживания изменений во всём дереве исходного кода подпишитесь на {dev-commits-src-all}. -. Для установки новой системы FreeBSD-STABLE установите последний выпуск FreeBSD-STABLE с crossref:mirrors[mirrors,сайтов зеркал FreeBSD] или используйте ежемесячный снимок, собранный из FreeBSD-STABLE. Дополнительную информацию о снимках можно найти на link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ru/snapshots/[www.freebsd.org/ru/snapshots]. +. Для установки новой системы FreeBSD-STABLE установите последний выпуск FreeBSD-STABLE с crossref:mirrors[mirrors,сайтов зеркал FreeBSD] или используйте ежемесячную промежуточную сборку, собранную из FreeBSD-STABLE. Дополнительную информацию о промежуточных сборках можно найти на link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ru/snapshots/[www.freebsd.org/ru/snapshots]. + Для компиляции или обновления существующей системы FreeBSD до FreeBSD-STABLE используйте `git` для получения исходного кода нужной ветки. Имена веток, например `stable/13`, перечислены на сайте link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ru/releng/[www.freebsd.org/ru/releng]. . Перед компиляцией или обновлением до FreeBSD-STABLE внимательно прочитайте файл [.filename]#/usr/src/Makefile# и следуйте инструкциям в crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld,Обновление FreeBSD из исходного кода]. Ознакомьтесь с {freebsd-stable} и файлом [.filename]#/usr/src/UPDATING#, чтобы быть в курсе других процедур начальной загрузки, которые иногда становятся необходимыми на пути к следующему выпуску. @@ -674,7 +687,7 @@ origin https://git.freebsd.org/src.git (push) |`stable/_X_` | -Версия Release и все дополнительные разработки в этой ветке. _STABLE_ означает, что двоичный интерфейс приложений (ABI) не изменяется, поэтому программное обеспечение, скомпилированное для более ранних версий, продолжает работать. Например, программное обеспечение, скомпилированное для работы на FreeBSD 10.1, будет работать и на FreeBSD 10-STABLE, собранной позже. +Версия Release и все дополнительные разработки в этой ветке. _STABLE_ означает, что двоичный интерфейс приложений (ABI) не изменяется, поэтому программное обеспечение, скомпилированное для более ранних версий, продолжает работать. Например, программное обеспечение, скомпилированное для работы на FreeBSD {rel-legacy}, будет работать и на FreeBSD {rel-major}-STABLE, собранной позже. Ветки STABLE иногда содержат ошибки или несовместимости, которые могут повлиять на пользователей, хотя они обычно быстро исправляются. @@ -920,24 +933,24 @@ man:etcupdate[8] — это инструмент для управления о Начиная с версии 14.0-RELEASE, проект FreeBSD публикует набор пакетов базовой системы, используя man:pkg[8]. Теперь удобством pkg можно пользоваться не только в коллекции портов FreeBSD, но и для самой системы. man:pkg[8] применим и к FreeBSD. Базовые пакеты и их использование традиционно называют _pkgbase_. -Публикаци официальных пакетов началась в с link:https://lists.freebsd.org/archives/freebsd-pkgbase/2023-October/000221.html[октябре 2023 года]. Их использование в настоящее время считаются экспериментальным для выпуска FreeBSD 14. +Публикация официальных пакетов началась в link:https://lists.freebsd.org/archives/freebsd-pkgbase/2023-October/000221.html[октябре 2023 года]. Их использование в настоящее время считается экспериментальным для выпуска FreeBSD 14. Начиная с версии 15.0-RELEASE, man:freebsd-base[7] будет поддерживаться в режиме предварительной (tech preview) версии для: * установки -* незначительных обновлений -* крупных обновлений +* минорных обновлений (с изменением номера версии после точки) +* мажорных обновлений (с изменением старшего номера версии) freebsd-base в конечном итоге заменит: -* распределительные наборы в виде tar-архивов, такие как `base.txz` или `kernel.txz`, которые традиционно используются для установки ОС с помощью man:bsdinstall[8] +* дистрибутивные наборы в виде tar-архивов, такие как `base.txz` или `kernel.txz`, которые традиционно использовались для установки ОС с помощью man:bsdinstall[8] * man:freebsd-update[8] для обновлений операционной системы. Текущий план заключается в том, чтобы freebsd-update работал с pkg. [WARNING] ==== -Замена наборов дистрибуции займёт некоторое время, пока freebsd-base не станет полностью стабильным! +Замена дистрибутивных наборов займёт некоторое время, пока freebsd-base не станет полностью стабильным! ==== Пакеты базовой системы дополняют crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld,"сборку и установку из исходных кодов"], которая по-прежнему доступна для тех, кто желает собирать собственные ядра или пользовательское пространство. Также возможно собирать пользовательские пакеты базовой системы из локальных исходных кодов, равно как и просто полагаться на официально предоставляемые пакеты. @@ -946,7 +959,7 @@ freebsd-base в конечном итоге заменит: FreeBSD 14.0-RELEASE или новее может быть преобразована для использования пакетов Базовой Системы. Более ранние версии должны сначала обновиться с помощью freebsd-update, а затем выполнить преобразование. -Для преобразования рекомендован инструмент под названием link:https://github.com/FreeBSDFoundation/pkgbasify[pkgbasify], спонсированный Фондо FreeBSD. Следуйте инструкции приведенной там. +Для преобразования рекомендован инструмент под названием link:https://github.com/FreeBSDFoundation/pkgbasify[pkgbasify], спонсированный Фондом FreeBSD. Следуйте инструкции, приведённой там. man:freebsd-update[8] будет усовершенствован для использования pkg и pkgbasify. @@ -1063,7 +1076,7 @@ FreeBSD-base { [WARNING] ==== -Этот файл может быть изменён для включения в RELEASE с другим путем. +Этот файл может быть изменён для включения в RELEASE с другим местоположением. ==== [.programlisting] @@ -1074,6 +1087,7 @@ FreeBSD-base { signature_type = "fingerprints"; fingerprints = "/usr/share/keys/pkg"; enabled = yes; +} .... [WARNING] @@ -1097,7 +1111,7 @@ pkg prime-origins | sort -u > /var/tmp/pkg-prime-origins.txt .... [[pkgbase-major-zfs]] -===== переход на новую основную версию с zfs +===== Переход на новую основную версию с ZFS Создайте загрузочное окружение с помощью man:bectl[8] и назовите его в соответствии с версией, на которую выполняется обновление [source, shell] .... @@ -1165,7 +1179,7 @@ bectl activate 15.0-RELEASE .... [[pkgbase-major-non-zfs]] -===== переход на новую основную версию без zfs +===== Переход на новую основную версию без ZFS Установите переменную окружения ABI для обновления основной версии (замените amd64 на архитектуру и 15 на целевую версию). [source, shell] @@ -1204,7 +1218,7 @@ Ignore the mismatch and continue? [y/N]: # pkg upgrade .... -Рассмотрите возможность получения помощи по ссылке link:https://www.freebsd.org/support/[Поддержка FreeBSD], если возникли проблемы. +Рассмотрите возможность получения помощи по ссылке link:https://www.freebsd.org/ru/support/[Поддержка FreeBSD], если возникли проблемы. [[build-pkgbase-packages-locally]] === Ручная сборка pkgbase и публикация в локальной сети @@ -1259,7 +1273,7 @@ upgrade: { } .... -и используйте его, как описано выше (но используйте обновление -r вместо FreeBSD-base). +и используйте его, как описано выше (но используйте у опции -r параметр upgrade вместо FreeBSD-base). [[small-lan]] == Распространение обновлений на несколько машин diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po index c892439608..4a9ac3bc4c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-22 15:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookcutting-edge_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "Часть III. Администрирование системы" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 26. Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD" -msgstr "Глава 26. Обновление и смена версии FreeBSD" +msgid "Chapter 27. Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD" +msgstr "Глава 27. Обновление и смена версии FreeBSD" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Updating and Upgrading FreeBSD" msgstr "Обновление и смена версии FreeBSD" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "FreeBSD is under constant development between releases. Some people prefer " "to use the officially released versions, while others prefer to keep in sync " @@ -71,19 +71,19 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD в актуальном состоянии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:61 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to keep a FreeBSD system up-to-date with freebsd-update or Git." msgstr "" "Как поддерживать систему FreeBSD в актуальном состоянии с помощью freebsd-" "update или Git." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "How to compare the state of an installed system against a known pristine " "copy." @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" "Как сравнить состояние установленной системы с известной чистой копией." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to keep the installed documentation up-to-date with Git or documentation " "ports." @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Git или портов документации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "The difference between the two development branches: FreeBSD-STABLE and " "FreeBSD-CURRENT." @@ -108,17 +108,17 @@ msgstr "" "Разница между двумя ветвями разработки: FreeBSD-STABLE и FreeBSD-CURRENT." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to rebuild and reinstall the entire base system." msgstr "Как пересобрать и переустановить всю базовую систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Properly set up the network connection (crossref:advanced-" "networking[advanced-networking,Advanced Networking])." @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" "networking[advanced-networking,Сложные вопросы работы в сети])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Know how to install additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" "(crossref:ports[ports,Установка приложений: Пакеты и Порты])." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Throughout this chapter, `git` is used to obtain and update FreeBSD " "sources. Optionally, the package:devel/git[] port or package may be used." @@ -145,13 +145,135 @@ msgstr "" "`git`. При желании можно использовать порт или пакет package:devel/git[]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Major and Minor Versions" +msgstr "Мажорные и минорные версии" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:86 +msgid "" +"Since FreeBSD 6.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD releases have adhered strictly to a two-" +"level numbering scheme. We use the term “major version” to describe the " +"first part of the version number, e.g. the “14” in “14.3-RELEASE”, and the " +"term “minor version” to describe the second part of the version number, e.g. " +"the “3” in “14.3-RELEASE”." +msgstr "" +"Начиная с версии FreeBSD 6.0-RELEASE, выпуски FreeBSD строго придерживаются " +"двухуровневой схемы нумерации. Термин «основная версия» (мажорная) " +"используется для обозначения первой части номера версии, например «14» в «14." +"3-RELEASE», а термин «дополнительная версия» (минорная) — для второй части " +"номера версии, например «3» в «14.3-RELEASE»." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:88 +msgid "" +"Additionally, FreeBSD release branches have a patch level, which is omitted " +"when zero and incremented with every batch of security advisories and errata " +"notices, e.g. “14.3-RELEASE-p7” for the seventh batch of patches published " +"for FreeBSD 14.3." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, ветки релизов FreeBSD имеют уровень исправлений (патчей — patch " +"level), который опускается, если равен нулю, и увеличивается с каждым " +"выпуском пакета бюллетеней безопасности и уведомлений об исправлении ошибок (" +"errata notices), например «14.3-RELEASE-p7» для седьмого пакета исправлений, " +"опубликованного для FreeBSD 14.3." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:91 +msgid "" +"As a consequence of the https://www.FreeBSD.org/security/#model[FreeBSD " +"support model], FreeBSD version numbers increase monotonically within the " +"same major version, but not across different major versions. For instance, " +"FreeBSD 14.2-RELEASE, 13.5-RELEASE, 14.3-RELEASE, 15.0-RELEASE, 14.4-" +"RELEASE, and 15.1-RELEASE were released in that order." +msgstr "" +"Как следствие https://www.FreeBSD.org/security/#model[модели поддержки " +"FreeBSD], номера версий FreeBSD возрастают монотонно в пределах одной " +"основной версии, но не между разными основными версиями. Например, FreeBSD 14" +".2-RELEASE, 13.5-RELEASE, 14.3-RELEASE, 15.0-RELEASE, 14.4-RELEASE и 15.1-" +"RELEASE были выпущены именно в таком порядке." + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Updating vs. Upgrading" +msgstr "Обновление (апдейт) и смена версии (апгрейд)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:95 +msgid "" +"We use the term “updating” to describe applying security or errata patches " +"which may increment the patch level but do not increment the version number, " +"and the term “upgrading” to describe replacing the entire base system with " +"one with a different version number." +msgstr "" +"Термин «обновление» (updating) мы используем для описания применения " +"бюллетеней безопасности или исправлений ошибок (errata), которые могут " +"увеличивать уровень исправлений (patch level), но не изменяют номер версии. " +"Термин «апгрейд» (upgrading) используется для описания замены всей базовой " +"системы на систему с другим номером версии." + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Upgrade Paths" +msgstr "Пути апгрейда" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:100 +msgid "" +"Once installed, FreeBSD may be updated or upgraded using crossref:cutting-" +"edge[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate,binary patches], crossref:cutting-" +"edge[pkgbase,packages], or crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld,from source]. In " +"all cases FreeBSD only supports updating or upgrading from a chronologically " +"older version to a more recent one." +msgstr "" +"После установки FreeBSD можно сделать обновление или апгрейд с " +"использованием crossref:cutting-edge[updating-upgrading-" +"freebsdupdate,бинарных патчей], crossref:cutting-edge[pkgbase,пакетов] или " +"crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld,из исходных кодов]. Во всех случаях FreeBSD " +"поддерживает обновление или апгрейд только с хронологически более старой " +"версии на более новую." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:103 +msgid "" +"Specifically, FreeBSD supports updating to a more recent patch level of the " +"same version, or upgrading from a given version to either a more recent " +"minor version of the same major version (e.g. from 14.3 to 14.4) or to a " +"more recent version of the next major version (e.g. from 14.3 to 15.0 or " +"15.1). Moving to an older release of the same major version (e.g. from 14.4 " +"to 14.3), to an older release of the next major version (e.g. from 14.4, " +"released in March 2026, to 15.0, released three months earlier in December " +"2025), or skipping a major version (e.g. from 13.5 to 15.1) is neither " +"recommended nor supported, even if the tools allow it." +msgstr "" +"В частности, FreeBSD поддерживает обновление до более нового уровня " +"исправлений той же версии либо апгрейд с данной версии до более новой " +"дополнительной версии в пределах той же основной версии (например, с 14.3 до " +"14.4) или до более новой версии следующей основной версии (например, с 14.3 " +"до 15.0 или 15.1). Переход на более старую версию в пределах той же основной " +"версии (например, с 14.4 на 14.3), на более старую версию следующей основной " +"версии (например, с 14.4, выпущенной в марте 2026 года, на 15.0, выпущенную " +"тремя месяцами ранее, в декабре 2025 года) или пропуск основной версии (" +"например, с 13.5 на 15.1) не рекомендуется и не поддерживается, даже если " +"инструменты это допускают." + +#. type: Title == +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Update" msgstr "Обновление FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "Applying security patches in a timely manner and upgrading to a newer " "release of an operating system are important aspects of ongoing system " @@ -164,7 +286,7 @@ msgstr "" "которую можно использовать для выполнения обеих задач." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "This utility supports binary security and errata updates to FreeBSD, without " "the need to manually compile and install the patch or a new kernel. Binary " @@ -182,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "org/security/]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "This utility also supports operating system upgrades to minor point releases " "as well as upgrades to another release branch. Before upgrading to a new " @@ -197,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/[https://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "If a man:crontab[5] utilizing the features of man:freebsd-update[8] exists, " "it must be disabled before upgrading the operating system." @@ -206,7 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" "update[8], его необходимо отключить перед обновлением операционной системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "This section describes the configuration file used by `freebsd-update`, " "demonstrates how to apply a security patch and how to upgrade to a minor or " @@ -219,13 +341,13 @@ msgstr "" "аспекты, которые следует учитывать при обновлении ОС." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "The Configuration File" msgstr "Файл конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "The default configuration file for `freebsd-update` works as-is. Some users " "may wish to tweak the default configuration in [.filename]#/etc/freebsd-" @@ -240,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" "могут потребовать дополнительного пояснения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Components of the base system which should be kept updated.\n" @@ -250,7 +372,7 @@ msgstr "" "Components world kernel\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "This parameter controls which parts of FreeBSD will be kept up-to-date. The " "default is to update the entire base system and the kernel. Individual " @@ -270,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr "" "могут перестать быть синхронизированными." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an IgnorePaths\n" @@ -282,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" "IgnorePaths /boot/kernel/linker.hints\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "To leave specified directories, such as [.filename]#/bin# or [.filename]#/" "sbin#, untouched during the update process, add their paths to this " @@ -295,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезаписи локальных изменений с помощью `freebsd-update`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Paths which start with anything matching an entry in an UpdateIfUnmodified\n" @@ -309,21 +431,21 @@ msgstr "" "UpdateIfUnmodified /etc/ /var/ /root/ /.cshrc /.profile\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "This option will only update unmodified configuration files in the specified " "directories. Any changes made by the user will prevent the automatic " "updating of these files. There is another option, `KeepModifiedMetadata`, " "which will instruct `freebsd-update` to save the changes during the merge." msgstr "" -"Эта опция будет обновлять только неизмененные конфигурационные файлы в " -"указанных каталогах. Любые изменения, внесенные пользователем, предотвратят " +"Эта опция будет обновлять только неизменённые конфигурационные файлы в " +"указанных каталогах. Любые изменения, внесённые пользователем, предотвратят " "автоматическое обновление этих файлов. Существует другая опция, " "`KeepModifiedMetadata`, которая предписывает `freebsd-update` сохранять " "изменения во время слияния." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# When upgrading to a new FreeBSD release, files which match MergeChanges\n" @@ -335,7 +457,7 @@ msgstr "" "MergeChanges /etc/ /var/named/etc/ /boot/device.hints\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "List of directories with configuration files that `freebsd-update` should " "attempt to merge. The file merge process is a series of man:diff[1] " @@ -350,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" "резервную копию [.filename]#/etc# и просто примите объединения." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Directory in which to store downloaded updates and temporary\n" @@ -362,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" "# WorkDir /var/db/freebsd-update\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "This directory is where all patches and temporary files are placed. In " "cases where the user is doing a version upgrade, this location should have " @@ -373,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" "гигабайт дискового пространства." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:195 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# When upgrading between releases, should the list of Components be\n" @@ -389,7 +511,7 @@ msgstr "" "# StrictComponents no\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "When this option is set to `yes`, `freebsd-update` will assume that the " "`Components` list is complete and will not attempt to make changes outside " @@ -402,20 +524,20 @@ msgstr "" "списку `Components`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:201 msgid "Refer to man:freebsd-update.conf[5] for more details." msgstr "" "Обратитесь к man:freebsd-update.conf[5] для получения дополнительной " "информации." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "Applying Security Patches" msgstr "Применение обновлений безопасности" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "The process of applying FreeBSD security patches has been simplified, " "allowing an administrator to keep a system fully patched using `freebsd-" @@ -429,7 +551,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности FreeBSD\"]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "FreeBSD security patches may be downloaded and installed using the following " "commands. The first command will determine if any outstanding patches are " @@ -442,8 +564,8 @@ msgstr "" "применении. Вторая команда применит обновления." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:192 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update fetch\n" @@ -453,7 +575,7 @@ msgstr "" "# freebsd-update install\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "If the update applies any kernel patches, the system will need a reboot in " "order to boot into the patched kernel. If the patch was applied to any " @@ -467,7 +589,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "Usually, the user needs to be prepared to reboot the system. To know if the " "system requires a reboot due to a kernel update, execute the commands " @@ -480,7 +602,7 @@ msgstr "" "вывод различается." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "The system can be configured to automatically check for updates once every " "day by adding this entry to [.filename]#/etc/crontab#:" @@ -489,13 +611,13 @@ msgstr "" "добавив следующую запись в [.filename]#/etc/crontab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "@daily root freebsd-update cron\n" msgstr "@daily root freebsd-update cron\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "If patches exist, they will automatically be downloaded but will not be " "applied. The `root` user will be sent an email so that the patches may be " @@ -506,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" "установить вручную с помощью `freebsd-update install`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:239 msgid "" "If anything goes wrong, `freebsd-update` has the ability to roll back the " "last set of changes with the following command:" @@ -515,7 +637,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменения с помощью следующей команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# freebsd-update rollback\n" @@ -525,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "" "Uninstalling updates... done.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "Again, the system should be restarted if the kernel or any kernel modules " "were modified and any affected binaries should be restarted." @@ -534,7 +656,7 @@ msgstr "" "ядра были изменены, и все затронутые бинарные файлы должны быть перезапущены." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "Only the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel can be automatically updated by " "`freebsd-update`. If a custom kernel is installed, it will have to be " @@ -549,7 +671,7 @@ msgstr "" "его установки можно использовать команду man:uname[1]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:258 msgid "" "Always keep a copy of the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel in [.filename]#/boot/" "GENERIC#. It will be helpful in diagnosing a variety of problems and in " @@ -560,11 +682,11 @@ msgstr "" "Всегда сохраняйте копию ядра [.filename]#GENERIC# в [.filename]#/boot/" "GENERIC#. Оно может быть полезно при диагностике различных проблем и при " "обновлении версий. Инструкции по получению копии ядра [.filename]#GENERIC# " -"можно найти в crossref:cutting-edge[freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x, Custom " -"Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later]." +"можно найти в разделе crossref:cutting-edge[freebsd-update-custom-kernel-9x, " +"Собственные ядра в FreeBSD 9.X и более поздних версиях]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "Unless the default configuration in [.filename]#/etc/freebsd-update.conf# " "has been changed, `freebsd-update` will install the updated kernel sources " @@ -577,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользовательского ядра могут быть выполнены обычным способом." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:270 msgid "" "The updates distributed by `freebsd-update` do not always involve the " "kernel. It is not necessary to rebuild a custom kernel if the kernel " @@ -601,46 +723,22 @@ msgstr "" "позволяет быстро оценить установленные обновления на каждой из них." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "Performing Minor and Major Version Upgrades" msgstr "Выполнение обновлений с изменением младших и старших версий" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:251 -msgid "" -"Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another are called _minor " -"version_ upgrades. An example:" -msgstr "" -"Обновления с изменением младшей версии FreeBSD называются _минорными " -"обновлениями_. Пример:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:253 -msgid "FreeBSD 13.1 to 13.2." -msgstr "FreeBSD 13.1 до 13.2." - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:255 -msgid "_Major version_ upgrades increase the major version number. An example:" -msgstr "_Мажорные_ обновления увеличивают номер старшей версии. Пример:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:257 -msgid "FreeBSD 13.2 to 14.0." -msgstr "FreeBSD 13.2 до 14.0." - -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" -"Both types of upgrade can be performed by providing `freebsd-update` with a " -"release version target." +"Upgrading to a newer minor or major version can be performed by providing " +"`freebsd-update` with a release version target." msgstr "" -"Оба типа обновления могут быть выполнены путем указания `freebsd-update` " -"целевой версии выпуска." +"Обновления на новую минорную или мажорную версии могут быть выполнены путем " +"указания `freebsd-update` целевой версии выпуска." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "After each new `RELEASE`, FreeBSD package build servers will, for a limited " "period, *not* use the newer version of the operating system. This provides " @@ -654,7 +752,7 @@ msgstr "" "Например:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "packages for users of 13.1 and 13.2 will be built on a server running 13.1, " "until 13.1 reaches end of life" @@ -663,18 +761,18 @@ msgstr "" "управлением 13.1, пока поддержка 13.1 не прекратится" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:285 msgid "and, critically:" msgstr "и, что критически важно:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:287 msgid "a kernel module that is built on 13.1 might *not* be suitable for 13.2." msgstr "" "модуль ядра, собранный в версии 13.1, *может* не подойти для версии 13.2." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "So, with any minor or major OS upgrade, if the package requirements include " "any kernel module:" @@ -683,13 +781,13 @@ msgstr "" "версии, если ваш пакет требует включить какой-либо модуль ядра:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "*be prepared to build the module from source*.\n" msgstr "*будьте готовы собрать модуль из исходного кода*\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "If the system is running a custom kernel, make sure that a copy of the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel exists in [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC# before " @@ -704,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" "для получения инструкций о том, как получить копию ядра [.filename]#GENERIC#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "Before upgrading to a new version, ensure the existing FreeBSD installation " "is up to date with respect to security and errata patches:" @@ -713,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" "обновлена с учётом исправлений безопасности и ошибок:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:309 msgid "" "The following command, when run on a FreeBSD 13.1 system, will upgrade it to " "FreeBSD 13.2:" @@ -722,13 +820,13 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD 13.2:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:313 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update -r 13.2-RELEASE upgrade\n" msgstr "# freebsd-update -r 13.2-RELEASE upgrade\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "After the command has been received, `freebsd-update` will evaluate the " "configuration file and current system in an attempt to gather the " @@ -741,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" "Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:325 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Looking up update.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 1 mirrors found.\n" @@ -755,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" "Inspecting system... done.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following components of FreeBSD seem to be installed:\n" @@ -771,7 +869,7 @@ msgstr "" "world/base world/info world/lib32 world/manpages\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The following components of FreeBSD do not seem to be installed:\n" @@ -783,13 +881,13 @@ msgstr "" "world/proflibs\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:337 #, no-wrap msgid "Does this look reasonable (y/n)? y\n" msgstr "Does this look reasonable (y/n)? y\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "At this point, `freebsd-update` will attempt to download all files required " "for the upgrade. In some cases, the user may be prompted with questions " @@ -800,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" "относительно того, что установить или как продолжить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:343 msgid "" "When using a custom kernel, the above step will produce a warning similar to " "the following:" @@ -809,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "предупреждение, подобное следующему:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "" "WARNING: This system is running a \"MYKERNEL\" kernel, which is not a\n" @@ -823,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "before running \"/usr/sbin/freebsd-update install\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "This warning may be safely ignored at this point. The updated [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel will be used as an intermediate step in the " @@ -834,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr "" "шаг в процессе обновления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Once all the patches have been downloaded to the local system, they will be " "applied. This process may take a while, depending on the speed and workload " @@ -850,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" "процесс может занять некоторое время в зависимости от скорости и " "загруженности машины. Затем будут объединены конфигурационные файлы. Процесс " "объединения требует вмешательства пользователя, так как файл может быть " -"объединен автоматически или на экране появится редактор для ручного " +"объединён автоматически или на экране появится редактор для ручного " "объединения. Результаты каждого успешного объединения будут отображаться " "пользователю по мере выполнения процесса. Неудачное или пропущенное " "объединение приведет к прерыванию процесса. Пользователям рекомендуется " @@ -858,7 +956,7 @@ msgstr "" "такие как [.filename]#master.passwd# или [.filename]#group#, позже." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "The system is not being altered yet as all patching and merging is happening " "in another directory. Once all patches have been applied successfully, all " @@ -873,15 +971,15 @@ msgstr "" "команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:358 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:394 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update install\n" msgstr "# freebsd-update install\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "The kernel and kernel modules will be patched first. If the system is " "running with a custom kernel, use man:nextboot[8] to set the kernel for the " @@ -892,13 +990,13 @@ msgstr "" "для следующей загрузки в обновлённый [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "# nextboot -k GENERIC\n" msgstr "# nextboot -k GENERIC\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "Before rebooting with the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel, make sure it contains " "all the drivers required for the system to boot properly and connect to the " @@ -919,20 +1017,20 @@ msgstr "" "дисков и сетевые подключения до завершения процесса обновления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:397 msgid "The machine should now be restarted with the updated kernel:" msgstr "Машину теперь следует перезагрузить с обновлённым ядром:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:385 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1088 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1251 #, no-wrap msgid "# shutdown -r now\n" msgstr "# shutdown -r now\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "Once the system has come back online, restart `freebsd-update` using the " "following command. Since the state of the process has been saved, `freebsd-" @@ -945,7 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "" "все старые общие библиотеки и объектные файлы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "Depending upon whether any library version numbers were bumped, there may " "only be two install phases instead of three." @@ -954,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" "только две фазы установки вместо трёх." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:420 msgid "" "The upgrade is now complete. If this was a major version upgrade, reinstall " "all ports and packages as described in crossref:cutting-edge[freebsdupdate-" @@ -966,13 +1064,13 @@ msgstr "" "версии]." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:422 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Kernels with FreeBSD 9.X and Later" msgstr "Собственные ядра в FreeBSD 9.X и более поздних версиях" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "Before using `freebsd-update`, ensure that a copy of the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel exists in [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC#. If a custom " @@ -987,7 +1085,7 @@ msgstr "" "boot/GENERIC#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:431 msgid "" "If a custom kernel has been built more than once or if it is unknown how " "many times the custom kernel has been built, obtain a copy of the `GENERIC` " @@ -1002,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" "носителя:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /media\n" @@ -1014,14 +1112,14 @@ msgstr "" "# tar -C/ -xvf kernel.txz boot/kernel/kernel\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "Alternately, the `GENERIC` kernel may be rebuilt and installed from source:" msgstr "" "Или ядро `GENERIC` может быть пересобрано и установлено из исходного кода:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1031,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" "# make kernel __MAKE_CONF=/dev/null SRCCONF=/dev/null\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "For this kernel to be identified as the `GENERIC` kernel by `freebsd-" "update`, the [.filename]#GENERIC# configuration file must not have been " @@ -1044,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" "специальных опций." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:452 msgid "" "Rebooting into the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel is not required as `freebsd-" "update` only needs [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC# to exist." @@ -1053,13 +1151,13 @@ msgstr "" "update` нужен только файл [.filename]#/boot/GENERIC#." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Packages After a Major Version Upgrade" msgstr "Обновление пакетов после обновления старшей версии" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "Generally, installed applications will continue to work without problems " "after minor version upgrades. Major versions use different Application " @@ -1077,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" "package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "A forced upgrade of all installed packages will replace the packages with " "fresh versions from the repository even if the version number has not " @@ -1091,13 +1189,13 @@ msgstr "" "Принудительное обновление можно выполнить с помощью команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg-static upgrade -f\n" msgstr "# pkg-static upgrade -f\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "A rebuild of all applications installed from the ports collection can be " "accomplished with this command:" @@ -1106,13 +1204,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнена с помощью следующей команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:476 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -af\n" msgstr "# portmaster -af\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:480 msgid "" "This command will display the configuration screens for each application " "that has configurable options and wait for the user to interact with those " @@ -1125,7 +1223,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметры по умолчанию, добавьте `-G` в указанную выше команду." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "Once the software upgrades are complete, finish the upgrade process with a " "final call to `freebsd-update` in order to tie up all the loose ends in the " @@ -1136,7 +1234,7 @@ msgstr "" "нерешенные вопросы, оставшиеся в процессе обновления:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel was temporarily used, this is the time to " "build and install a new custom kernel using the instructions in crossref:" @@ -1147,7 +1245,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздела crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Настройка ядра FreeBSD]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "Reboot the machine into the new FreeBSD version. The upgrade process is now " "complete." @@ -1155,13 +1253,13 @@ msgstr "" "Перезагрузите машину с новой версией FreeBSD. Процесс обновления завершен." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "System State Comparison" msgstr "Сравнение состояния системы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:500 msgid "" "The state of the installed FreeBSD version against a known good copy can be " "tested using `freebsd-update IDS`. This command evaluates the current " @@ -1175,7 +1273,7 @@ msgstr "" "Detection System)." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:508 msgid "" "This command is not a replacement for a real IDS such as package:security/" "snort[]. As `freebsd-update` stores data on disk, the possibility of " @@ -1198,19 +1296,19 @@ msgstr "" "утилиты описан в crossref:security[security-ids,\"Проверка двоичных файлов\"]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:511 msgid "" "To begin the comparison, specify the output file to save the results to:" msgstr "Для начала сравнения укажите выходной файл для сохранения результатов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:515 #, no-wrap msgid "# freebsd-update IDS >> outfile.ids\n" msgstr "# freebsd-update IDS >> outfile.ids\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "The system will now be inspected and a lengthy listing of files, along with " "the SHA256 hash values for both the known value in the release and the " @@ -1221,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "релизе, так и для текущей установки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "The entries in the listing are extremely long, but the output format may be " "easily parsed. For instance, to obtain a list of all files which differ " @@ -1232,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" "выпуске, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat outfile.ids | awk '{ print $1 }' | more\n" @@ -1248,7 +1346,7 @@ msgstr "" "/etc/pf.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:536 msgid "" "This sample output has been truncated as many more files exist. Some files " "have natural modifications. For example, [.filename]#/etc/passwd# will be " @@ -1265,13 +1363,13 @@ msgstr "" "`IDSIgnorePaths` в файле [.filename]#/etc/freebsd-update.conf#." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Bootcode" msgstr "Обновление загрузочного кода" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:541 msgid "" "The following manuals describe the upgrade process of bootcode and boot " "loaders: man:gpart[8], man:gptboot[8], man:gptzfsboot[8], and man:loader." @@ -1282,13 +1380,13 @@ msgstr "" "efi[8]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating the Documentation Set" msgstr "Обновление документации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:547 msgid "" "Documentation is an integral part of the FreeBSD operating system. While an " "up-to-date version of the FreeBSD documentation is always available on the " @@ -1302,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" "иметь актуальную локальную копию веб-сайта FreeBSD, руководств, FAQ и статей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "This section describes how to use either source or the FreeBSD Ports " "Collection to keep a local copy of the FreeBSD documentation up-to-date." @@ -1312,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "состоянии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:552 msgid "" "For information on editing and submitting corrections to the documentation, " "refer to the FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors " @@ -1325,13 +1423,13 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD: введение для новых участников])." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating Documentation from Source" msgstr "Обновление документации из исходных текстов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "Rebuilding the FreeBSD documentation from source requires a collection of " "tools which are not part of the FreeBSD base system. The required tools can " @@ -1344,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" "overview-quick-start] из вводного руководства Проекта документации FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "Once installed, use `git` to fetch a clean copy of the documentation source:" msgstr "" @@ -1352,13 +1450,13 @@ msgstr "" "кода документации:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git /usr/doc\n" msgstr "# git clone https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git /usr/doc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "The initial download of the documentation sources may take a while. Let it " "run until it completes." @@ -1367,19 +1465,19 @@ msgstr "" "время. Дождитесь завершения процесса." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:570 msgid "Future updates of the documentation sources may be fetched by running:" msgstr "" "Будущие обновления исходного кода документации можно получить, выполнив:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "# git pull\n" msgstr "# git pull\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "Once an up-to-date snapshot of the documentation sources has been fetched to " "[.filename]#/usr/doc#, everything is ready for an update of the installed " @@ -1389,12 +1487,12 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/usr/doc#, всё готово для обновления установленной документации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:580 msgid "A full update may be performed by typing:" msgstr "Полное обновление можно выполнить, набрав:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/doc\n" @@ -1404,19 +1502,19 @@ msgstr "" "# make\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "Tracking a Development Branch" msgstr "Отслеживание ветки разработки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:591 msgid "" "FreeBSD has two development branches: FreeBSD-CURRENT and FreeBSD-STABLE." msgstr "FreeBSD имеет две ветви разработки: FreeBSD-CURRENT и FreeBSD-STABLE." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "This section provides an explanation of each branch and its intended " "audience, as well as how to keep a system up-to-date with each respective " @@ -1426,13 +1524,13 @@ msgstr "" "инструкции по поддержанию системы в актуальном состоянии для каждой из веток." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Using FreeBSD-CURRENT" msgstr "Использование FreeBSD-CURRENT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the \"bleeding edge\" of FreeBSD development and FreeBSD-" "CURRENT users are expected to have a high degree of technical skill. Less " @@ -1445,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "" "разработки, рекомендуется использовать FreeBSD-STABLE." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT is the very latest source code for FreeBSD and includes " "works in progress, experimental changes, and transitional mechanisms that " @@ -1466,13 +1564,13 @@ msgstr "" "исходный код был синхронизирован." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:605 msgid "FreeBSD-CURRENT is made available for three primary interest groups:" msgstr "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT предоставляется для трёх основных категорий пользователей:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" "Members of the FreeBSD community who are actively working on some part of " "the source tree." @@ -1481,7 +1579,7 @@ msgstr "" "дерева исходного кода." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:608 msgid "" "Members of the FreeBSD community who are active testers. They are willing to " "spend time solving problems, making topical suggestions on changes and the " @@ -1492,7 +1590,7 @@ msgstr "" "и общему направлению развития FreeBSD, а также предоставлять патчи." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "Users who wish to keep an eye on things, use the current source for " "reference purposes, or make the occasional comment or code contribution." @@ -1501,7 +1599,7 @@ msgstr "" "исходные коды для справки или иногда делать комментарии или вклад в код." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT should _not_ be considered a fast-track to getting new " "features before the next release as pre-release features are not yet fully " @@ -1517,12 +1615,12 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD-CURRENT ни в коем случае не является \"официально поддерживаемой\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:615 msgid "To track FreeBSD-CURRENT:" msgstr "Для отслеживания FreeBSD-CURRENT:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "Join the {freebsd-current} and the {dev-commits-src-main} lists. This is " "_essential_ in order to see the comments that people are making about the " @@ -1535,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr "" "CURRENT." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "The {dev-commits-src-main} list records the commit log entry for each change " "as it is made, along with any pertinent information on possible side effects." @@ -1545,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" "побочных эффектах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:622 msgid "" "To join these lists, go to {mailing-lists}, click on the list to subscribe " "to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes to the whole " @@ -1558,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "CURRENT, подпишитесь на {dev-commits-src-all}." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "Synchronize with the FreeBSD-CURRENT sources. Typically, `git` is used to " "check out the -CURRENT code from the `main` branch of the FreeBSD Git " @@ -1569,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "" "(подробности см. в crossref:mirrors[git,“Использование Git”])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "Due to the size of the repository, some users choose to only synchronize the " "sections of source that interest them or which they are contributing patches " @@ -1583,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "" "CURRENT, а не только отдельные его части." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:628 msgid "" "Before compiling FreeBSD-CURRENT, read [.filename]#/usr/src/Makefile# very " "carefully and follow the instructions in crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld, " @@ -1599,7 +1697,7 @@ msgstr "" "выпуску." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:629 msgid "" "Be active! FreeBSD-CURRENT users are encouraged to submit their suggestions " "for enhancements or bug fixes. Suggestions with accompanying code are always " @@ -1610,13 +1708,13 @@ msgstr "" "кодом всегда приветствуются." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "Using FreeBSD-STABLE" msgstr "Использование FreeBSD-STABLE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "FreeBSD-STABLE is the development branch from which major releases are " "made. Changes go into this branch at a slower pace and with the general " @@ -1636,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" "нет ресурсов для тестирования, следует использовать последний выпуск FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "Those interested in tracking or contributing to the FreeBSD development " "process, especially as it relates to the next release of FreeBSD, should " @@ -1647,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "возможность подписки на FreeBSD-STABLE." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:645 msgid "" "While the FreeBSD-STABLE branch should compile and run at all times, this " "cannot be guaranteed. Since more people run FreeBSD-STABLE than FreeBSD-" @@ -1666,12 +1764,12 @@ msgstr "" "STABLE без тщательного тестирования кода в среде разработки или тестирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:647 msgid "To track FreeBSD-STABLE:" msgstr "Для отслеживания FreeBSD-STABLE:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "Join the {freebsd-stable} in order to stay informed of build dependencies " "that may appear in FreeBSD-STABLE or any other issues requiring special " @@ -1688,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr "" "предлагаемым изменениям." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "Join the relevant git list for the branch being tracked. For example, users " "tracking the {betarel-current-major}-STABLE branch should join the {dev-" @@ -1704,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "побочных эффектах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "To join these lists, go to {mailing-lists}, click on the list to subscribe " "to, and follow the instructions. In order to track changes for the whole " @@ -1715,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "всём дереве исходного кода подпишитесь на {dev-commits-src-all}." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "To install a new FreeBSD-STABLE system, install the most recent FreeBSD-" "STABLE release from the crossref:mirrors[mirrors,FreeBSD mirror sites] or " @@ -1725,12 +1823,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Для установки новой системы FreeBSD-STABLE установите последний выпуск " "FreeBSD-STABLE с crossref:mirrors[mirrors,сайтов зеркал FreeBSD] или " -"используйте ежемесячный снимок, собранный из FreeBSD-STABLE. Дополнительную " -"информацию о снимках можно найти на link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/ru/" -"snapshots/[www.freebsd.org/ru/snapshots]." +"используйте ежемесячную промежуточную сборку, собранную из FreeBSD-STABLE. " +"Дополнительную информацию о промежуточных сборках можно найти на link:" +"https://www.FreeBSD.org/ru/snapshots/[www.freebsd.org/ru/snapshots]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "To compile or upgrade an existing FreeBSD system to FreeBSD-STABLE, use " "`git` to check out the source for the desired branch. Branch names, such as " @@ -1743,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr "" "releng/[www.freebsd.org/ru/releng]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "Before compiling or upgrading to FreeBSD-STABLE , read [.filename]#/usr/src/" "Makefile# carefully and follow the instructions in crossref:cutting-" @@ -1759,13 +1857,13 @@ msgstr "" "на пути к следующему выпуску." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "The N-number" msgstr "N-номер" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "When tracking down bugs it is important to know which versions of the source " "code have been used to create the system exhibiting an issue. FreeBSD " @@ -1778,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "" "информацию, например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:673 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% uname -v\n" @@ -1788,7 +1886,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD 14.0-CURRENT #112 main-n247514-031260d64c18: Tue Jun 22 20:43:19 MDT 2021 fred@machine:/usr/home/fred/obj/usr/home/fred/git/head/amd64.amd64/sys/FRED\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:676 msgid "" "The final field gives information regarding the kernel name, the person that " "built it, and the location that it was compiled in. Looking at the 4th " @@ -1799,13 +1897,13 @@ msgstr "" "увидеть, что оно состоит из нескольких частей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:679 #, no-wrap msgid "main-n247514-031260d64c18\n" msgstr "main-n247514-031260d64c18\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "" "main\t\t<.>\n" @@ -1819,7 +1917,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t\t<.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "Git branch name. Note: comparisons of n-numbers are only valid on branches " "published by the project (`main`, `stable/XX` and `releng/XX`). Local " @@ -1832,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" "их родительской ветки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "The n-number is a linear count of commits back to the start of the Git " "repository starting with the Git hash included in the line." @@ -1841,12 +1939,12 @@ msgstr "" "хэша Git, указанного в строке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:690 msgid "Git hash of the checked out tree" msgstr "Хэш Git дерева исходного кода" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "Sometimes a suffix of `-dirty` is present when the kernel was built in a " "tree with uncommitted changes. It is absent in this example because the " @@ -1857,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "" "ядро FRED было собрано из чистой копии репозитория." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:695 msgid "" "The `git rev-list` command is used to find the n-number corresponding to a " "Git hash. For example:" @@ -1866,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующего хэшу Git. Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% git rev-list --first-parent --count 031260d64c18 <.>\n" @@ -1876,18 +1974,18 @@ msgstr "" "247514 <.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:701 msgid "git hash to translate (the hash from the above example is reused)" msgstr "" "Хеш git для перевода (используется тот же хеш из приведённого выше примера)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:702 msgid "The n-number." msgstr "n-номер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:708 msgid "" "Usually this number is not all that important. However, when bug fixes are " "committed, this number makes it easy to quickly determine whether the fix is " @@ -1912,13 +2010,13 @@ msgstr "" "ревизии в репозитории, которые неполный клон пропускает." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating FreeBSD from Source" msgstr "Обновление FreeBSD из исходного кода" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD by compiling from source offers several advantages over " "binary updates. Code can be built with options to take advantage of " @@ -1938,13 +2036,13 @@ msgstr "" "создания адаптированной версии FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "Быстрый старт" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "This is a quick reference for the typical steps used to update FreeBSD by " "building from source. Later sections describe the process in more detail." @@ -1954,8 +2052,8 @@ msgstr "" "в следующих разделах." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:711 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "When switching from man:mergemaster[8] to man:etcupdate[8], the first run " "might merge changes incorrectly generating spurious conflicts. To prevent " @@ -1968,8 +2066,8 @@ msgstr "" "сборкой нового мира:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:716 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# etcupdate extract <.>\n" @@ -1979,8 +2077,8 @@ msgstr "" "# etcupdate diff <.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:719 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "Bootstrap the database of stock [.filename]#/etc# files; for more " "information see man:etcupdate[8]." @@ -1989,8 +2087,8 @@ msgstr "" "информацию смотрите в man:etcupdate[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:721 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "" "Check the diff after bootstrapping. Trim any local changes that are no " "longer needed to reduce the chance of conflicts in future updates." @@ -2000,12 +2098,12 @@ msgstr "" "при будущих обновлениях." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:742 msgid "Update and Build" msgstr "Обновление и сборка" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:756 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# git -C /usr/src pull <.>\n" @@ -2033,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" "# shutdown -r now <.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:760 msgid "" "Get the latest version of the source. See crossref:cutting-edge[updating-src-" "obtaining-src, Updating the Source] for more information on obtaining and " @@ -2044,7 +2142,7 @@ msgstr "" "Обновление исходного кода]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "Check [.filename]#/usr/src/UPDATING# for any manual steps required before or " "after building from source." @@ -2053,18 +2151,18 @@ msgstr "" "перед или после сборки из исходного кода." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:748 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:774 msgid "Go to the source directory." msgstr "Перейдите в исходный каталог." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:750 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:766 msgid "Compile the world, everything except the kernel." msgstr "Соберите систему (world), всё кроме ядра системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:768 msgid "" "Compile and install the kernel. This is equivalent to `make buildkernel " "installkernel`." @@ -2073,12 +2171,12 @@ msgstr "" "installkernel`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:770 msgid "Reboot the system to the new kernel." msgstr "Перезагрузите систему с новым ядром." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "Update and merge configuration files in [.filename]#/etc/# required before " "installworld." @@ -2087,30 +2185,30 @@ msgstr "" "обязательно перед выполнением installworld." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:776 msgid "Install the world." msgstr "Установить систему (world)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:778 msgid "Update and merge configuration files in [.filename]#/etc/#." msgstr "Обновите и объедините конфигурационные файлы в [.filename]#/etc/#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:780 msgid "Restart the system to use the newly-built world and kernel." msgstr "" "Перезагрузите систему для использования новой собранной системы (world) и " "ядра." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:783 #, no-wrap msgid "Preparing for a Source Update" msgstr "Подготовка к обновлению исходного кода" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:786 msgid "" "Read [.filename]#/usr/src/UPDATING#. Any manual steps that must be performed " "before or after an update are described in this file." @@ -2119,13 +2217,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимые действия, которые нужно выполнить до или после обновления." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:788 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating the Source" msgstr "Обновление исходного кода" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "FreeBSD source code is located in [.filename]#/usr/src/#. The preferred " "method of updating this source is through the Git version control system. " @@ -2136,7 +2234,7 @@ msgstr "" "Git. Проверьте, что исходный код находится под управлением версий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -2150,7 +2248,7 @@ msgstr "" "origin https://git.freebsd.org/src.git (push)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:803 msgid "" "This indicates that [.filename]#/usr/src/# is under version control and can " "be updated with man:git[1]:" @@ -2159,13 +2257,13 @@ msgstr "" "может быть обновлён с помощью man:git[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:808 #, no-wrap msgid "# git -C /usr/src pull\n" msgstr "# git -C /usr/src pull\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:812 msgid "" "The update process can take some time if the directory has not been updated " "recently. After it finishes, the source code is up to date and the build " @@ -2176,12 +2274,12 @@ msgstr "" "можно приступать к процессу сборки, описанному в следующем разделе." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:816 msgid "Obtaining the source:" msgstr "Получение исходного кода:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:819 msgid "" "If the output says `fatal: not a git repository`, the files there are " "missing or were installed with a different method. A new checkout of the " @@ -2192,96 +2290,102 @@ msgstr "" "исходного кода." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Versions and Repository Branches" msgstr "Версии FreeBSD и ветви репозиториев" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "uname ‑r Output" msgstr "uname ‑r Output" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:827 #, no-wrap msgid "Repository Path" msgstr "Путь репозитория" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X.Y_-RELEASE`" msgstr "`_X.Y_-RELEASE`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "`releng/_X.Y_`" msgstr "`releng/_X.Y_`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "The Release version plus only critical security and bug fix patches. This branch is recommended for most users." msgstr "Версия Release с добавлением только критических исправлений безопасности и ошибок. Эта ветка рекомендуется для большинства пользователей." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X.Y_-STABLE`" msgstr "`_X.Y_-STABLE`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:835 #, no-wrap msgid "`stable/_X_`" msgstr "`stable/_X_`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"The Release version plus all additional development on that branch. _STABLE_ refers to the Applications Binary Interface (ABI) not changing, so software compiled for earlier versions still runs. For example, software compiled to run on FreeBSD 10.1 will still run on FreeBSD 10-STABLE compiled later.\n" +"The Release version plus all additional development on that branch. _STABLE_ refers to the Applications Binary Interface (ABI) not changing, so software compiled for earlier versions still runs. For example, software compiled to run on FreeBSD {rel-legacy} will still run on FreeBSD {rel-legacy-major}-STABLE compiled later.\n" "\n" "STABLE branches occasionally have bugs or incompatibilities which might affect users, although these are typically fixed quickly." msgstr "" -"Версия Release и все дополнительные разработки в этой ветке. _STABLE_ означает, что двоичный интерфейс приложений (ABI) не изменяется, поэтому программное обеспечение, скомпилированное для более ранних версий, продолжает работать. Например, программное обеспечение, скомпилированное для работы на FreeBSD 10.1, будет работать и на FreeBSD 10-STABLE, собранной позже. \n" +"Версия Release и все дополнительные разработки в этой ветке. _STABLE_ " +"означает, что двоичный интерфейс приложений (ABI) не изменяется, поэтому " +"программное обеспечение, скомпилированное для более ранних версий, " +"продолжает работать. Например, программное обеспечение, скомпилированное для " +"работы на FreeBSD {rel-legacy}, будет работать и на FreeBSD {rel-major}-" +"STABLE, собранной позже. \n" "\n" -"Ветки STABLE иногда содержат ошибки или несовместимости, которые могут повлиять на пользователей, хотя они обычно быстро исправляются." +"Ветки STABLE иногда содержат ошибки или несовместимости, которые могут " +"повлиять на пользователей, хотя они обычно быстро исправляются." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:842 #, no-wrap msgid "`_X_-CURRENT`" msgstr "`_X_-CURRENT`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:843 #, no-wrap msgid "`main`" msgstr "`main`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "The latest unreleased development version of FreeBSD. The CURRENT branch can have major bugs or incompatibilities and is recommended only for advanced users." msgstr "Последняя невыпущенная разрабатываемая версия FreeBSD. Ветка CURRENT может содержать серьёзные ошибки или проблемы совместимости и рекомендуется только для опытных пользователей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:847 msgid "Determine which version of FreeBSD is being used with man:uname[1]:" msgstr "Определите версию FreeBSD с помощью man:uname[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:852 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# uname -r\n" @@ -2291,7 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "" "13.2-RELEASE\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:856 msgid "" "Based on crossref:cutting-edge[updating-src-obtaining-src-repopath,FreeBSD " "Versions and Repository Branches], the source used to update `13.2-RELEASE` " @@ -2304,7 +2408,7 @@ msgstr "" "исходного кода:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /usr/src /usr/src.bak <.>\n" @@ -2314,7 +2418,7 @@ msgstr "" "# git clone --branch releng/13.2 https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git /usr/src <.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:864 msgid "" "Move the old directory out of the way. If there are no local modifications " "in this directory, it can be deleted." @@ -2323,7 +2427,7 @@ msgstr "" "локальных изменений, его можно удалить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "The path from crossref:cutting-edge[updating-src-obtaining-src-repopath," "FreeBSD Versions and Repository Branches] is added to the repository URL. " @@ -2335,13 +2439,13 @@ msgstr "" "— это целевой каталог для исходного кода в локальной системе." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:868 #, no-wrap msgid "Building from Source" msgstr "Сборка из исходного кода" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:873 msgid "" "The _world_, or all of the operating system except the kernel, is compiled. " "This is done first to provide up-to-date tools to build the kernel. Then " @@ -2352,7 +2456,7 @@ msgstr "" "инструменты для сборки ядра. Затем компилируется само ядро:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:879 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -2364,12 +2468,12 @@ msgstr "" "# make buildkernel\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:882 msgid "The compiled code is written to [.filename]#/usr/obj#." msgstr "Скомпилированный код записывается в [.filename]#/usr/obj#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:885 msgid "" "These are the basic steps. Additional options to control the build are " "described below." @@ -2378,13 +2482,13 @@ msgstr "" "ниже." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "Performing a Clean Build" msgstr "Выполнение чистой сборки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:892 msgid "" "Some versions of the FreeBSD build system leave previously-compiled code in " "the temporary object directory, [.filename]#/usr/obj#. This can speed up " @@ -2398,19 +2502,19 @@ msgstr "" "началом сборки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "# make cleanworld\n" msgstr "# make cleanworld\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:899 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting the Number of Jobs" msgstr "Установка количества задач" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:906 msgid "" "Increasing the number of build jobs on multi-core processors can improve " "build speed. Determine the number of cores with `sysctl hw.ncpu`. " @@ -2429,30 +2533,30 @@ msgstr "" "количества ядер. Количество задач указывается с помощью `-j`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:908 #, no-wrap msgid "Increasing the Number of Build Jobs" msgstr "Увеличение количества заданий сборки" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:912 msgid "Building the world and kernel with four jobs:" msgstr "Сборка системы и ядра с использованием четырёх задач:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -j4 buildworld buildkernel\n" msgstr "# make -j4 buildworld buildkernel\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:921 #, no-wrap msgid "Building Only the Kernel" msgstr "Сборка только ядра" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "A `buildworld` must be completed if the source code has changed. After " "that, a `buildkernel` to build a kernel can be run at any time. To build " @@ -2463,7 +2567,7 @@ msgstr "" "собрать только ядро:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:931 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -2473,13 +2577,13 @@ msgstr "" "# make buildkernel\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:934 #, no-wrap msgid "Building a Custom Kernel" msgstr "Сборка собственного ядра" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:939 msgid "" "The standard FreeBSD kernel is based on a _kernel config file_ called [." "filename]#GENERIC#. The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes the most " @@ -2494,7 +2598,7 @@ msgstr "" "для соответствия конкретным требованиям." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:941 msgid "" "For example, someone developing a small embedded computer with severely " "limited RAM could remove unneeded device drivers or options to make the " @@ -2505,7 +2609,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройств или опции, чтобы немного уменьшить размер ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:944 msgid "" "Kernel config files are located in [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/arch/conf/#, " "where _arch_ is the output from `uname -m`. On most computers, that is " @@ -2518,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлами [.filename]#/usr/src/sys/amd64/conf/#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:950 msgid "" "[.filename]#/usr/src# can be deleted or recreated, so it is preferable to " "keep custom kernel config files in a separate directory, like [.filename]#/" @@ -2533,7 +2637,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезаписан, конфигурацию ядра можно снова связать с новым каталогом." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "A custom config file can be created by copying the [.filename]#GENERIC# " "config file. In this example, the new custom kernel is for a storage " @@ -2544,7 +2648,7 @@ msgstr "" "сервера хранения данных, поэтому он назван [.filename]#STORAGESERVER#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:960 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf/GENERIC /root/STORAGESERVER\n" @@ -2556,7 +2660,7 @@ msgstr "" "# ln -s /root/STORAGESERVER .\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "[.filename]#/root/STORAGESERVER# is then edited, adding or removing devices " "or options as shown in man:config[5]." @@ -2565,7 +2669,7 @@ msgstr "" "удаляя устройства или параметры, как показано в man:config[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:965 msgid "" "The custom kernel is built by setting `KERNCONF` to the kernel config file " "on the command line:" @@ -2574,19 +2678,19 @@ msgstr "" "ядра в командной строке:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:953 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:969 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=STORAGESERVER\n" msgstr "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=STORAGESERVER\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the Compiled Code" msgstr "Установка скомпилированного кода" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "After the `buildworld` and `buildkernel` steps have been completed, the new " "kernel and world are installed:" @@ -2595,7 +2699,7 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливаются:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:984 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -2613,7 +2717,7 @@ msgstr "" "# shutdown -r now\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:987 msgid "" "If a custom kernel was built, `KERNCONF` must also be set to use the new " "custom kernel:" @@ -2622,7 +2726,7 @@ msgstr "" "для использования нового собственного ядра:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:996 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -2640,13 +2744,13 @@ msgstr "" "# shutdown -r now\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:999 #, no-wrap msgid "Completing the Update" msgstr "Завершение обновления" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1003 msgid "" "A few final tasks complete the update. Any modified configuration files are " "merged with the new versions, outdated libraries are located and removed, " @@ -2657,13 +2761,13 @@ msgstr "" "находятся и удаляются, после чего система перезагружается." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "Merging Configuration Files with man:etcupdate[8]" msgstr "Объединение конфигурационных файлов с помощью man:etcupdate[8]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "" "man:etcupdate[8] is a tool for managing updates to files that are not " "updated as part of an installworld such as files located in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -2678,7 +2782,7 @@ msgstr "" "etcupdate[8] разработан для минимизации вмешательства пользователя." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1015 msgid "" "In general, man:etcupdate[8] does not need any specific arguments for its " "job. There is however a handy in between command for sanity checking what " @@ -2689,18 +2793,18 @@ msgstr "" "будет сделано при первом использовании man:etcupdate[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "# etcupdate diff\n" msgstr "# etcupdate diff\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1022 msgid "This command allows the user to audit configuration changes." msgstr "Эта команда позволяет пользователю отслеживать изменения конфигурации." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1025 msgid "" "If man:etcupdate[8] is not able to merge a file automatically, the merge " "conflicts can be resolved with manual interaction by issuing:" @@ -2709,19 +2813,19 @@ msgstr "" "слияния можно разрешить вручную, выполнив:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "# etcupdate resolve\n" msgstr "# etcupdate resolve\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking for Outdated Files and Libraries" msgstr "Проверка устаревших файлов и библиотек" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1052 msgid "" "Some obsolete files or directories can remain after an update. These files " "can be located:" @@ -2730,48 +2834,48 @@ msgstr "" "файлы могут быть найдены:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1056 #, no-wrap msgid "# make check-old\n" msgstr "# make check-old\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1059 msgid "and deleted:" msgstr "и удалены:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1063 #, no-wrap msgid "# make delete-old\n" msgstr "# make delete-old\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1067 msgid "Some obsolete libraries can also remain. These can be detected with:" msgstr "" "Некоторые устаревшие библиотеки также могут остаться. Их можно обнаружить с " "помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1071 #, no-wrap msgid "# make check-old-libs\n" msgstr "# make check-old-libs\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1074 msgid "and deleted with" msgstr "и удалить" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1078 #, no-wrap msgid "# make delete-old-libs\n" msgstr "# make delete-old-libs\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1082 msgid "" "Programs which were still using those old libraries will stop working when " "the library has been deleted. These programs must be rebuilt or replaced " @@ -2782,7 +2886,7 @@ msgstr "" "заменить после удаления старых библиотек." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "" "When all the old files or directories are known to be safe to delete, " "pressing kbd:[y] and kbd:[Enter] to delete each file can be avoided by " @@ -2793,19 +2897,19 @@ msgstr "" "избежать, установив параметр `BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES` в команде. Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1092 #, no-wrap msgid "# make BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES=yes delete-old-libs\n" msgstr "# make BATCH_DELETE_OLD_FILES=yes delete-old-libs\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "Restarting After the Update" msgstr "Перезагрузка после обновления" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1100 msgid "" "The last step after updating is to restart the computer so all the changes " "take effect:" @@ -2814,13 +2918,13 @@ msgstr "" "изменения вступили в силу:" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "Updating FreeBSD with packages" msgstr "Обновление FreeBSD пакетами" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1113 msgid "" "Starting from 14.0-RELEASE, the FreeBSD project has published a set of " "packages of the base system, using man:pkg[8]. The convenience of pkg is no " @@ -2835,19 +2939,19 @@ msgstr "" "традиционно называют _pkgbase_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1116 msgid "" "Publication of official packages began in link:https://lists.freebsd.org/" "archives/freebsd-pkgbase/2023-October/000221.html[October 2023]. Their use " "with FreeBSD 14 is currently experimental." msgstr "" -"Публикаци официальных пакетов началась в с link:https://lists.freebsd.org/" +"Публикация официальных пакетов началась в link:https://lists.freebsd.org/" "archives/freebsd-pkgbase/2023-October/000221.html[октябре 2023 года]. Их " -"использование в настоящее время считаются экспериментальным для выпуска " +"использование в настоящее время считается экспериментальным для выпуска " "FreeBSD 14." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1118 msgid "" "Starting from 15.0-RELEASE, man:freebsd-base[7] will be supported as a tech " "preview for:" @@ -2856,56 +2960,56 @@ msgstr "" "режиме предварительной (tech preview) версии для:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "installation" msgstr "установки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1121 msgid "minor upgrades" -msgstr "незначительных обновлений" +msgstr "минорных обновлений (с изменением номера версии после точки)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1122 msgid "major upgrades" -msgstr "крупных обновлений" +msgstr "мажорных обновлений (с изменением старшего номера версии)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1124 msgid "freebsd-base will eventually replace:" msgstr "freebsd-base в конечном итоге заменит:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "tarball distribution sets, such as `base.txz` or `kernel.txz`, which are " "historically used for installation of the OS with man:bsdinstall[8]" msgstr "" -"распределительные наборы в виде tar-архивов, такие как `base.txz` или " -"`kernel.txz`, которые традиционно используются для установки ОС с помощью " -"man:bsdinstall[8]" +"дистрибутивные наборы в виде tar-архивов, такие как `base.txz` или `kernel." +"txz`, которые традиционно использовались для установки ОС с помощью man:" +"bsdinstall[8]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1127 msgid "man:freebsd-update[8] for updates to the OS." msgstr "man:freebsd-update[8] для обновлений операционной системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1129 msgid "The current plan is for freebsd-update to work with pkg." msgstr "Текущий план заключается в том, чтобы freebsd-update работал с pkg." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1133 msgid "" "The replacement of distribution sets will take some time, until freebsd-base " "is fully stable!" msgstr "" -"Замена наборов дистрибуции займёт некоторое время, пока freebsd-base не " +"Замена дистрибутивных наборов займёт некоторое время, пока freebsd-base не " "станет полностью стабильным!" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "Base System packages complement crossref:cutting-edge[makeworld,\"building " "and installing from source\"], which is still available for those who wish " @@ -2921,13 +3025,13 @@ msgstr "" "пакеты." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1138 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Host to use freebsd-base" msgstr "Преобразование хоста для использования freebsd-base" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "" "FreeBSD 14.0-RELEASE or later can be converted to use base packages. " "Earlier versions must be upgraded with freebsd-update before conversion." @@ -2937,25 +3041,25 @@ msgstr "" "помощью freebsd-update, а затем выполнить преобразование." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "" "For conversion, the FreeBSD Foundation-sponsored link:https://github.com/" "FreeBSDFoundation/pkgbasify[pkgbasify] tool is recommended. Follow the " "instructions given there." msgstr "" "Для преобразования рекомендован инструмент под названием link:https://github." -"com/FreeBSDFoundation/pkgbasify[pkgbasify], спонсированный Фондо FreeBSD. " -"Следуйте инструкции приведенной там." +"com/FreeBSDFoundation/pkgbasify[pkgbasify], спонсированный Фондом FreeBSD. " +"Следуйте инструкции, приведённой там." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1147 msgid "man:freebsd-update[8] will be enhanced to use pkg and pkgbasify." msgstr "" "man:freebsd-update[8] будет усовершенствован для использования pkg и " "pkgbasify." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "" "Note that this migration requires up to 5GiB additional free space, to " "download, unpack, and relocate any conflicting files. The pkgbasify tool " @@ -2969,7 +3073,7 @@ msgstr "" "пространства перед запуском миграции." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1155 msgid "" "man:pkgbasify[8] (or whatever outcome link:https://reviews.freebsd.org/" "D51594[D51594] or link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/WantedPorts#O-P[port " @@ -2980,46 +3084,46 @@ msgstr "" "P[запрос порта]) выполняет 6 основных задач:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1157 msgid "Creates a backup boot environment (ZFS only) with man:bectl[8]" msgstr "" "Создаёт резервную среду загрузки (только для ZFS) с помощью man:bectl[8]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1158 msgid "Creates the new package repository config files" msgstr "Создаёт новые файлы конфигурации репозитория пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1159 msgid "Upgrades existing system components such as base, kernel, lib32, debug" msgstr "" "Обновляет существующие компоненты системы, такие как базовая система, ядро, " "lib32, отладочные файлы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1160 msgid "Merges existing and new config files" msgstr "Объединяет существующие и новые файлы конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "Updates passwd and capabilities databases" msgstr "Обновляет базы данных passwd и capabilities" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1162 msgid "Restarts sshd immediately" msgstr "Перезапускает sshd немедленно" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1163 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading a Host using freebsd-base" msgstr "Обновление хоста с использованием freebsd-base" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1168 msgid "" "This is still in development, so please be careful especially when " "converting an existing system to use freebsd-base." @@ -3029,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr "" "base." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "Create a folder for custom pkg repository config files, if there is none " "present already." @@ -3038,13 +3142,13 @@ msgstr "" "если она ещё не существует." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1175 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/\n" msgstr "# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1178 msgid "" "For using the freebsd-base repository, create a pkg repository configuration " "file called `FreeBSD-base.conf`:" @@ -3053,7 +3157,7 @@ msgstr "" "репозитория пакетов с именем `FreeBSD-base.conf`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1189 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD-base {\n" @@ -3073,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1192 msgid "" "for more information on specific configuration options see man:pkg.conf[5]." msgstr "" @@ -3081,7 +3185,7 @@ msgstr "" "см. man:pkg.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "There are different branches to choose from (by changing the url " "accordingly):" @@ -3089,115 +3193,115 @@ msgstr "" "Существуют различные ветки на выбор (путем соответствующего изменения url):" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1196 #, no-wrap msgid "Base system package Branches" msgstr "Ветки пакетов базовой системы" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1200 #, no-wrap msgid "Branch" msgstr "Ветка" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1201 #, no-wrap msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Периодичность" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1203 #, no-wrap msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1188 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1208 #, no-wrap msgid "main" msgstr "main" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1205 #, no-wrap msgid "twice daily - 12:00 and 00:00 UTC" msgstr "дважды в день - 12:00 и 00:00 по UTC" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1191 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1207 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1231 #, no-wrap msgid "`pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_latest`" msgstr "`pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_latest`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1193 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1209 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1233 #, no-wrap msgid "weekly – Sunday at 12:00 UTC" msgstr "еженедельно – воскресенье в 12:00 UTC" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1195 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1203 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1234 #, no-wrap msgid "`pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_weekly`" msgstr "`pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_weekly`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1196 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1216 #, no-wrap msgid "stable/14" msgstr "stable/14" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1197 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1205 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1209 #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1229 #, no-wrap msgid "twice daily – 12:00 and 00:00 UTC" msgstr "дважды в день – 12:00 и 00:00 по UTC" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1220 #, no-wrap msgid "releng/14.3" msgstr "releng/14.3" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1223 #, no-wrap msgid "`pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_3`" msgstr "`pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_3`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1224 #, no-wrap msgid "releng/15.0" msgstr "releng/15.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1227 #, no-wrap msgid "`pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_0`" msgstr "`pkg+https://pkg.freebsd.org/${ABI}/base_release_0`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1212 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1232 #, no-wrap msgid "stable/15" msgstr "stable/15" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1237 msgid "" "To upgrade the system, change the configuration file according to the " "desired release, and run:" @@ -3206,7 +3310,7 @@ msgstr "" "выпуском и выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg update -r FreeBSD-base\n" @@ -3216,23 +3320,23 @@ msgstr "" "# pkg upgrade -r FreeBSD-base\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1245 msgid "check, if these packages are correct and accept the changes." msgstr "проверьте, корректны ли эти пакеты, и примите изменения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1247 msgid "Reboot the OS executing the following command:" msgstr "Перезагрузите операционную систему, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1254 #, no-wrap msgid "Major Upgrades" msgstr "Крупные обновления" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "With ZFS, boot environments allow an upgrade to be performed without " "interrupting running software. If the system does not use root-on-ZFS: " @@ -3243,13 +3347,13 @@ msgstr "" "резервную копию перед обновлением." #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1258 #, no-wrap msgid "Preparations" msgstr "Подготовка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "Change `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD-base.conf` to target the correct " "major release like `base_release_0` for 15.0-RELEASE, to look like this:" @@ -3259,12 +3363,14 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы он выглядел так:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1264 msgid "This file might change to be included in RELEASE with a different path." -msgstr "Этот файл может быть изменён для включения в RELEASE с другим путем." +msgstr "" +"Этот файл может быть изменён для включения в RELEASE с другим " +"местоположением." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1275 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD-base {\n" @@ -3281,9 +3387,10 @@ msgstr "" " signature_type = \"fingerprints\";\n" " fingerprints = \"/usr/share/keys/pkg\";\n" " enabled = yes;\n" +"}\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1283 msgid "" "As pkgbase with FreeBSD 14 is experimental, so is a pkgbase major upgrade to " "15. At the time of this writing in some edge-cases the major upgrade " @@ -3299,13 +3406,13 @@ msgstr "" "эту проблему, заблокируйте pkg перед обновлением." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1287 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg -c /mnt/upgrade lock pkg\n" msgstr "# pkg -c /mnt/upgrade lock pkg\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1290 msgid "" "An experimental major upgrade from FreeBSD 14, to 15 (or 16.0-CURRENT), " "should be followed by installation of meta package `FreeBSD-set-minimal`." @@ -3314,26 +3421,26 @@ msgstr "" "должно сопровождаться установкой метапакета `FreeBSD-set-minimal`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1294 msgid "Save a list of the non-base packages in case they are needed later:" msgstr "" "Сохраните список сторонних пакетов на случай, если они понадобятся в " "дальнейшем:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1298 #, no-wrap msgid "pkg prime-origins | sort -u > /var/tmp/pkg-prime-origins.txt\n" msgstr "pkg prime-origins | sort -u > /var/tmp/pkg-prime-origins.txt\n" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1301 #, no-wrap -msgid "major upgrade with zfs" -msgstr "переход на новую основную версию с zfs" +msgid "Major Upgrade With ZFS" +msgstr "Переход на новую основную версию с ZFS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1303 msgid "" "Create a boot environment using man:bectl[8] and name it according to the " "version upgrading to" @@ -3342,13 +3449,13 @@ msgstr "" "соответствии с версией, на которую выполняется обновление" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1306 #, no-wrap msgid "# bectl create 15.0-RELEASE\n" msgstr "# bectl create 15.0-RELEASE\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1309 msgid "" "Create a directory then mount the new boot environment there to enable " "working with pkg man:chroot[8] and rootdir." @@ -3357,7 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечить работу с pkg man:chroot[8] и rootdir." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1314 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/upgrade\n" @@ -3367,13 +3474,13 @@ msgstr "" "# bectl mount 15.0-RELEASE /mnt/upgrade\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1317 msgid "" "The next step will upgrade the boot environment to the specified version." msgstr "Следующий шаг обновит загрузочное окружение до указанной версии." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1321 msgid "" "This step might remove non-base packages, which could include the running " "desktop environment." @@ -3382,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" "запущенную среду рабочего стола." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1325 msgid "" "Set the environment variable ABI to upgrade the major version (replace amd64 " "with the architecture and 15 with the targeted version). Set the pkg-static " @@ -3393,15 +3500,13 @@ msgstr "" "chroot, указывающий на точку монтирования загрузочного окружения." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1329 #, no-wrap msgid "# env ABI=FreeBSD:15:amd64 pkg-static -c /mnt/upgrade upgrade -r FreeBSD-base\n" -msgstr "" -"# env ABI=FreeBSD:15:amd64 pkg-static -c /mnt/upgrade upgrade -r FreeBSD-" -"base\n" +msgstr "# env ABI=FreeBSD:15:amd64 pkg-static -c /mnt/upgrade upgrade -r FreeBSD-base\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1332 msgid "" "There will be a prompt asking about ignoring the version mismatch looking " "like this:" @@ -3410,8 +3515,8 @@ msgstr "" "выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1324 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1388 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Newer FreeBSD version for package FreeBSD-zoneinfo:\n" @@ -3427,13 +3532,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ignore the mismatch and continue? [y/N]:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1327 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1391 msgid "Check and confirm that." msgstr "Проверьте и подтвердите это." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1345 msgid "" "To check if that was successful, chroot into the mountpoint of the boot " "environment and run `freebsd-version -ku`." @@ -3442,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузочного окружения и выполните команду `freebsd-version -kru`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1351 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chroot /mnt/upgrade\n" @@ -3454,12 +3559,12 @@ msgstr "" "# exit\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1354 msgid "Activate the boot environment temporarily and reboot." msgstr "Временно активируйте загрузочную среду и перезагрузитесь." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1358 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# bectl activate -t 15.0-RELEASE\n" @@ -3469,7 +3574,7 @@ msgstr "" "# shutdown -r now\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1362 msgid "" "If the system does not work as expected: restart the OS to cease using the " "temporarily active boot environment. The next boot will reuse the pre-" @@ -3480,7 +3585,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузка будет использовать среду, существовавшую до обновления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1364 msgid "" "If the system runs stable after reboot, don't forget to permanently activate " "this boot environment to prevent accidentally booting the old system." @@ -3490,19 +3595,19 @@ msgstr "" "загрузку старой системы." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "bectl activate 15.0-RELEASE\n" msgstr "bectl activate 15.0-RELEASE\n" #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1371 #, no-wrap -msgid "major upgrade without zfs" -msgstr "переход на новую основную версию без zfs" +msgid "Major Upgrade Without ZFS" +msgstr "Переход на новую основную версию без ZFS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1373 msgid "" "Set the environment variable ABI to upgrade the major version (replace amd64 " "with the architecture and 15 with the targeted version)." @@ -3511,13 +3616,13 @@ msgstr "" "amd64 на архитектуру и 15 на целевую версию)." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1377 #, no-wrap msgid "# env ABI=FreeBSD:15:amd64 pkg-static upgrade -r FreeBSD-base\n" msgstr "# env ABI=FreeBSD:15:amd64 pkg-static upgrade -r FreeBSD-base\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1380 msgid "" "There will be a prompt to ask about ignoring the version mismatch looking " "like this:" @@ -3526,25 +3631,25 @@ msgstr "" "выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1393 msgid "To check if the upgrade was successful, run `freebsd-version -ku`." msgstr "" -"Чтобы проверить успешность обновления, выполните команду `freebsd-version " -"-kru`." +"Чтобы проверить успешность обновления, выполните команду `freebsd-version -" +"kru`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1395 msgid "Then reboot." msgstr "Затем перезагрузите систему." #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1396 #, no-wrap msgid "Post-upgrade tasks" msgstr "Задачи после обновления" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1398 msgid "" "If pkg was locked during the update as a workaround remove the lock like " "this:" @@ -3553,13 +3658,13 @@ msgstr "" "решения удалите блокировку следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1401 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg unlock pkg\n" msgstr "# pkg unlock pkg\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1404 msgid "" "After upgrading to a new major version, updates and upgrades of installed " "packages to match the ABI version may be necessary." @@ -3568,35 +3673,35 @@ msgstr "" "установленных пакетов для соответствия версии ABI." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1408 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg upgrade\n" msgstr "# pkg upgrade\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1411 msgid "" "Consider getting help from link:https://www.freebsd.org/support/[FreeBSD " "Support] when experiencing issues." msgstr "" "Рассмотрите возможность получения помощи по ссылке link:https://www.freebsd." -"org/support/[Поддержка FreeBSD], если возникли проблемы." +"org/ru/support/[Поддержка FreeBSD], если возникли проблемы." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1413 #, no-wrap msgid "Manually building pkgbase and publishing it to the local network" msgstr "Ручная сборка pkgbase и публикация в локальной сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1416 msgid "When building custom pkgbase packages clone the FreeBSD source tree:" msgstr "" "При создании пользовательских пакетов pkgbase клонируйте дерево исходного " "кода FreeBSD:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1421 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -3606,19 +3711,19 @@ msgstr "" "# git clone https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src.git /usr/src\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1424 msgid "Check out the branch for the release to build packages for:" msgstr "" "Перейдите на ветку (checkout) релиза, для которого будут собираться пакеты:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1428 #, no-wrap msgid "# git checkout releng/14.3\n" msgstr "# git checkout releng/14.3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1432 msgid "" "Start the building process, depending on the resources available this could " "take some while. Set the parallel processes according to the CPU core count." @@ -3628,18 +3733,18 @@ msgstr "" "соответствии с числом ядер процессора." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1434 msgid "This example is written for an 8 core CPU:" msgstr "Этот пример написан для 8-ядерного процессора:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1438 #, no-wrap msgid "# make -j8 buildworld && make -j8 buildkernel && make -j8 packages\n" msgstr "# make -j8 buildworld && make -j8 buildkernel && make -j8 packages\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1441 msgid "" "When building frequently, consider using package:devel/ccache[] to speed up " "subsequent builds from the cache." @@ -3648,7 +3753,7 @@ msgstr "" "ускорения последующих сборок из кэша." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1443 msgid "" "After building, the packages will get saved into `/usr/obj/usr/src/repo/" "FreeBSD:14:amd64/14.3p2` or something like that, depending on the version " @@ -3658,7 +3763,7 @@ msgstr "" "amd64/14.3p2` или аналогичный каталог, в зависимости от версии сборки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1445 msgid "" "To publish these packages to the network set up a nginx service and use this " "location in the http server configuration:" @@ -3667,7 +3772,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующую конфигурацию location в настройках HTTP-сервера:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1452 #, no-wrap msgid "" " location /FreeBSD:14:amd64 {\n" @@ -3681,12 +3786,12 @@ msgstr "" " }\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1455 msgid "And reload the nginx service." msgstr "И перезагрузите службу nginx." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1457 msgid "" "When not using https, use a small configuration file on the clients to " "target the pkgbase version just built by editing `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/" @@ -3697,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr "" "usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/upgrade.conf`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1464 #, no-wrap msgid "" "upgrade: {\n" @@ -3711,21 +3816,21 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1467 msgid "" "and use it as written above (but use -r upgrade instead of FreeBSD-base)." msgstr "" -"и используйте его, как описано выше (но используйте обновление -r вместо " -"FreeBSD-base)." +"и используйте его, как описано выше (но используйте у опции -r параметр " +"upgrade вместо FreeBSD-base)." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1469 #, no-wrap msgid "Tracking for Multiple Machines" msgstr "Распространение обновлений на несколько машин" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1475 msgid "" "When multiple machines need to track the same source tree, it is a waste of " "disk space, network bandwidth, and CPU cycles to have each system download " @@ -3745,7 +3850,7 @@ msgstr "" "см. в crossref:network-servers[network-nfs,\"Network File System (NFS)\"]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1480 msgid "" "First, identify a set of machines which will run the same set of binaries, " "known as a _build set_. Each machine can have a custom kernel, but will run " @@ -3763,7 +3868,7 @@ msgstr "" "CPU для выполнения команд `make buildworld` и `make buildkernel`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1484 msgid "" "Select a machine to be the _test machine_, which will test software updates " "before they are put into production. This _must_ be a machine that can " @@ -3776,7 +3881,7 @@ msgstr "" "той же машиной, что и сборщик, но это не обязательно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1487 msgid "" "All the machines in this build set need to mount [.filename]#/usr/obj# and [." "filename]#/usr/src# from the build machine via NFS. For multiple build " @@ -3789,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr "" "монтироваться по NFS на остальных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1493 msgid "" "Ensure that [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and [.filename]#/etc/src.conf# on " "all the machines in the build set agree with the build machine. That means " @@ -3811,7 +3916,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/usr/src/sys/arch/conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1501 msgid "" "On the build machine, build the kernel and world as described in crossref:" "cutting-edge[makeworld, Updating FreeBSD from Source], but do not install " @@ -3831,7 +3936,7 @@ msgstr "" "вернуться к обычной многопользовательской работе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1504 msgid "" "After verifying that everything on the test machine is working properly, use " "the same procedure to install the new software on each of the other machines " @@ -3842,7 +3947,7 @@ msgstr "" "каждой из остальных машин в наборе сборки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1512 msgid "" "The same methodology can be used for the ports tree. The first step is to " "share [.filename]#/usr/ports# via NFS to all the machines in the build set. " @@ -3866,13 +3971,13 @@ msgstr "" "`DISTDIR`." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1514 #, no-wrap msgid "Building on non-FreeBSD Hosts" msgstr "Сборка на хостах, отличных от FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1518 msgid "" "Historically, building required a FreeBSD host. Nowadays, FreeBSD can be " "built on Linux and macOS." @@ -3881,7 +3986,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно собирать на Linux и macOS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1524 msgid "" "To build on a non-FreeBSD host, the `tools/build/make.py` script is " "recommended. This script acts as a wrapper around `bmake`, which is the " @@ -3902,7 +4007,7 @@ msgstr "" "сборки или конкретные цели make, в `bmake`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1529 msgid "" "A recent version of `bmake` can be used instead of the `tools/build/make.py` " "script as well. In that case, however, required environment variables need " @@ -3915,7 +4020,7 @@ msgstr "" "py --debug`)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1533 msgid "" "Otherwise, the list of prerequisites for building FreeBSD is rather short. " "In fact, it boils down to installing a couple of dependencies." @@ -3924,7 +4029,7 @@ msgstr "" "Фактически, он сводится к установке нескольких зависимостей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1536 msgid "" "On macOS, the only dependency is LLVM. The necessary dependencies can be " "installed with package manager (e.g., link:https://brew.sh/[Homebrew]):" @@ -3934,13 +4039,13 @@ msgstr "" "[Homebrew]):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1540 #, no-wrap msgid "brew install llvm\n" msgstr "brew install llvm\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1543 msgid "" "On a Linux distributions, install link:https://clang.llvm.org/[Clang] " "version 10.0 or newer and the headers for libarchive and libbz2 (often " @@ -3951,7 +4056,7 @@ msgstr "" "поставляются в пакетах libarchive-dev и libbz2-dev)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1545 msgid "" "Once the dependencies are installed, the host should be able to build " "FreeBSD." @@ -3959,20 +4064,20 @@ msgstr "" "После установки зависимостей система должна быть способна собрать FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1547 msgid "" "For example, the following `tools/build/make.py` invocation builds the world:" msgstr "" "Например, следующая команда `tools/build/make.py` собирает систему (world):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1551 #, no-wrap msgid "MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX=/tmp/obj tools/build/make.py -j 8 TARGET=arm64 TARGET_ARCH=aarch64 buildworld\n" msgstr "MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX=/tmp/obj tools/build/make.py -j 8 TARGET=arm64 TARGET_ARCH=aarch64 buildworld\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1556 msgid "" "It builds the world for target `aarch64:arm64` on 8 CPUs and uses [." "filename]#/tmp/obj# for object files. Note that the variables " @@ -3987,13 +4092,30 @@ msgstr "" "для объектных файлов, указанный в переменной окружения `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/cutting-edge/_index.adoc:1557 msgid "Refer to man:arch[7] and man:build[7] for more details." msgstr "" "Обратитесь к man:arch[7] и man:build[7] для получения дополнительной " "информации." #~ msgid "" +#~ "Upgrades from one minor version of FreeBSD to another are called _minor " +#~ "version_ upgrades. An example:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Обновления с изменением младшей версии FreeBSD называются _минорными " +#~ "обновлениями_. Пример:" + +#~ msgid "FreeBSD 13.1 to 13.2." +#~ msgstr "FreeBSD 13.1 до 13.2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "_Major version_ upgrades increase the major version number. An example:" +#~ msgstr "_Мажорные_ обновления увеличивают номер старшей версии. Пример:" + +#~ msgid "FreeBSD 13.2 to 14.0." +#~ msgstr "FreeBSD 13.2 до 14.0." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "Starting from 15.0-RELEASE, Base System packages will be the default and " #~ "officially supported way to both install new FreeBSD instances, and also " #~ "to update and upgrade between minor and major releases." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc index 5e69437721..cf2c70164f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Cinnamon — это UNIX(R)-совместимая рабочая среда, к [[cinnamon-configuration]] ==== Настройка Cinnamon -Для работы Cinnamon требуется подключенный `/proc`. Добавьте следующую строку в `/etc/fstab`, чтобы автоматически подключать эту файловую систему при загрузке системы: +Для работы Cinnamon требуется подключённый `/proc`. Добавьте следующую строку в `/etc/fstab`, чтобы автоматически подключать эту файловую систему при загрузке системы: [.programlisting] .... @@ -595,6 +595,8 @@ Chromium — это проект браузера с открытым исход [NOTE] ==== Исполняемый файл Chromium находится по пути [.filename]#/usr/local/bin/chrome#, а не [.filename]#/usr/local/bin/chromium#. + +Поисковые системы в Chromium привязаны к регионам. Обратитесь к секции crossref:l10n[using-localication, Использование локализации] для информации о конфигурировании соответствующих настроек. ==== [[iridium]] diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po index 23d7e72bf0..2499288179 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/desktop/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-22 15:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-09 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookdesktop_index/ru/>\n" @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ msgstr "Глава 8. Графические среды рабочего сто #. type: Title == #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:15 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "Desktop Environments" msgstr "Рабочие столы" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "While FreeBSD is popular as a server for its performance and stability, it " "is also well suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over {numports} " @@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ msgstr "" "просмотра документов и финансовое ПО." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:59 msgid "Prerequisites:" msgstr "Предварительные требования:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Readers of this chapter should already understand how to install either the " "crossref:x11[x11,X Window System] or crossref:wayland[wayland,Wayland] on " @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" "Window System], либо crossref:wayland[wayland,Wayland] в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "Readers are instructed throughout this chapter to install official " "packages. Refer to the section on crossref:ports[ports-using,using the " @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "" "ports[ports-using,использование коллекции портов]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "This section describes how to install and configure some popular desktop " "environments on a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a " @@ -108,153 +108,153 @@ msgstr "" "стола." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported desktop environments" msgstr "Поддерживаемые рабочие окружения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:74 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:549 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:755 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:910 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:992 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "Name" msgstr "Имя" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:74 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:549 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:755 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:910 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:992 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "License" msgstr "Лицензия" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:76 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:549 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:755 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:910 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:992 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:994 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "Package" msgstr "Пакет" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:77 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "Plasma" msgstr "Plasma" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:78 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:82 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:94 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:573 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:593 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:926 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL 2.0 or later" msgstr "GPL 2.0 или более поздняя" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "package:x11/kde[]" msgstr "package:x11/kde[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:81 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "GNOME" msgstr "GNOME" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "package:x11/gnome[]" msgstr "package:x11/gnome[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:85 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "XFCE" msgstr "XFCE" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:85 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL, LGPL, BSD" msgstr "GPL, LGPL, BSD" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "package:x11-wm/xfce4[]" msgstr "package:x11-wm/xfce4[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:89 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "MATE" msgstr "MATE" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:89 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL 2.0, LGPL 2.0" msgstr "GPL 2.0, LGPL 2.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:91 #, no-wrap msgid "package:x11/mate[]" msgstr "package:x11/mate[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:93 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "Cinnamon" msgstr "Cinnamon" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "package:x11/cinnamon[]" msgstr "package:x11/cinnamon[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:97 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "LXQT" msgstr "LXQT" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL, LGPL" msgstr "GPL, LGPL" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "package:x11-wm/lxqt[]" msgstr "package:x11-wm/lxqt[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "Plasma is a easy-to-use desktop environment made by the KDE community. This " "desktop provides a suite of applications with a consistent look and feel, a " @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройкой рабочего стола через диалоговые окна." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "More information on Plasma can be found at the link:https://kde.org/plasma-" "desktop[Plasma homepage]. For FreeBSD-specific information, consult the " @@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ msgstr "" "link:https://freebsd.kde.org/[FreeBSD homepage at KDE]." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "Install Plasma meta package" msgstr "Установка мета-пакета Plasma" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "To install the Plasma desktop with a basic set of KDE Applications, execute:" msgstr "" @@ -293,13 +293,13 @@ msgstr "" "Applications, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install kde\n" msgstr "# pkg install kde\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "Additional KDE Applications are tagged with the `kde-applications` " "category. Search for them by executing the following command:" @@ -308,30 +308,30 @@ msgstr "" "найти их, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "% pkg search -S origin kde-applications\n" msgstr "% pkg search -S origin kde-applications\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimal Plasma installation" msgstr "Минимальная установка Plasma" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:132 msgid "To install a minimal Plasma desktop, execute:" msgstr "Для установки минимальной версии рабочего стола Plasma выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install plasma6-plasma\n" msgstr "# pkg install plasma6-plasma\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "This installation is *really* minimal. The Konsole terminal emulator must " "be installed separately executing:" @@ -340,19 +340,19 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо установить отдельно, выполнив:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install konsole\n" msgstr "# pkg install konsole\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure Plasma" msgstr "Настройка Plasma" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "Plasma uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " "This application is automatically installed as a dependency of Plasma." @@ -362,30 +362,30 @@ msgstr "" "зависимость Plasma." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:156 msgid "Enable the D-Bus service in man:rc.conf[5] to start at system boot:" msgstr "" "Включите службу D-BUS в man:rc.conf[5] для запуска при загрузке системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:161 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:249 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:300 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:374 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:440 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:505 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Plasma" msgstr "Запуск Plasma" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:167 msgid "" "The preferred way to start Plasma is automatically via the package:x11/" "sddm[] display manager. To install package:x11/sddm[], execute:" @@ -394,44 +394,44 @@ msgstr "" "менеджер package:x11/sddm[]. Для установки package:x11/sddm[] выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:172 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sddm\n" msgstr "# pkg install sddm\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:174 msgid "Enable the SDDM service in man:rc.conf[5] to start at system boot:" msgstr "" "Включите службу SDDM в man:rc.conf[5] для автоматического запуска при " "загрузке системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:179 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:523 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc sddm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc sddm_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "A keyboard language, in this case Spanish, can be set in SDDM with the " "following command:" msgstr "" -"Язык клавиатуры можно настроить в SDDM, выполнив следующую команду (" -"например, для испанского языка):" +"Язык клавиатуры можно настроить в SDDM, выполнив следующую команду " +"(например, для испанского языка):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:186 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:530 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc sddm_lang=\"es_ES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc sddm_lang=\"es_ES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "Alternatively, start Plasma in an Xorg session is by manually invoking man:" "startx[1]. For this to work, the following line is needed in ~/.xinitrc:" @@ -440,13 +440,13 @@ msgstr "" "Для этого необходимо добавить следующую строку в файл ~/.xinitrc:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session startplasma-x11\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session startplasma-x11\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Experimentally, start Plasma manually in a Wayland session by executing the " "following command:" @@ -455,13 +455,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "% exec dbus-launch ck-launch-session startplasma-wayland\n" msgstr "% exec dbus-launch ck-launch-session startplasma-wayland\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "GNOME is a user-friendly desktop environment. It includes a panel for " "starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, a set of tools and " @@ -474,13 +474,13 @@ msgstr "" "взаимодействие и обеспечение согласованности между приложениями." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Install GNOME meta package" msgstr "Установка метапакета GNOME" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "To install the GNOME meta package with GNOME Desktop and Applications, " "execute:" @@ -489,19 +489,19 @@ msgstr "" "выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnome\n" msgstr "# pkg install gnome\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimal GNOME installation" msgstr "Минимальная установка GNOME" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "To install the GNOME-lite meta package with a GNOME desktop slimmed down for " "only the basics, execute:" @@ -510,19 +510,19 @@ msgstr "" "GNOME, содержащей только основы, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnome-lite\n" msgstr "# pkg install gnome-lite\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:229 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure GNOME" msgstr "Настройка GNOME" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "GNOME requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to " "mount this file system automatically during system startup:" @@ -532,10 +532,10 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:239 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:365 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:431 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" "proc /proc procfs rw 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "GNOME uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " "This application is automatically installed as a dependency of GNOME." @@ -555,19 +555,19 @@ msgstr "" "зависимость GNOME." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:244 msgid "Enable D-BUS service in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" "Включите службу D-BUS в `/etc/rc.conf` для запуска при загрузке системы:" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Start GNOME" msgstr "Запуск GNOME" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:255 msgid "" "GNOME Display Manager is the preferred display manager for GNOME. GDM is " "installed as part of the GNOME package." @@ -576,18 +576,18 @@ msgstr "" "GDM устанавливается как часть пакета GNOME." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:257 msgid "Enable GDM in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "Включите GDM в `/etc/rc.conf` для запуска при загрузке системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc gdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc gdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "A second method to start GNOME is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " "this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" @@ -596,13 +596,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо добавить следующую строку в файл `~/.xinitrc`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec gnome-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "% echo \"exec gnome-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "XFCE is a desktop environment based on the GTK+, lightweight and provides a " "simple, efficient, easy-to-use desktop. It is fully configurable, has a " @@ -618,30 +618,30 @@ msgstr "" "для старых или медленных машин с ограниченными ресурсами памяти." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Install XFCE" msgstr "Установка XFCE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:282 msgid "To install the XFCE meta package, execute:" msgstr "Для установки метапакета XFCE выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xfce\n" msgstr "# pkg install xfce\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure XFCE" msgstr "Настройка XFCE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "XFCE uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " "This application is automatically installed as a dependency of XFCE." @@ -651,21 +651,21 @@ msgstr "" "XFCE." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:296 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:501 msgid "Enable D-BUS in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "Включите D-BUS в `/etc/rc.conf` для запуска при загрузке системы:" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "Start XFCE" msgstr "Запуск XFCE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:306 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:380 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:445 msgid "" "package:x11/lightdm[] is a display manager that supports different display " "technologies and is a good choice as it is very lightweight, requires little " @@ -676,38 +676,38 @@ msgstr "" "легковесен, требует мало памяти и обладает высокой производительностью." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:308 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:381 msgid "To install it, execute:" msgstr "Для установки выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:312 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:386 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:451 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install lightdm lightdm-gtk-greeter\n" msgstr "# pkg install lightdm lightdm-gtk-greeter\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:315 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:389 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:454 msgid "Enable lightdm in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" "Включите lightdm в `/etc/rc.conf` для автоматического запуска при загрузке " "системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:319 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:393 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:458 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc lightdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc lightdm_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "A second method to start XFCE is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " "this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" @@ -716,13 +716,13 @@ msgstr "" "`~/.xinitrc` должна быть следующая строка:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo '. /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc' > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "% echo '. /usr/local/etc/xdg/xfce4/xinitrc' > ~/.xinitrc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:333 msgid "" "The MATE Desktop Environment is the continuation of GNOME 2. It provides an " "intuitive and attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors." @@ -732,13 +732,13 @@ msgstr "" "традиционные метафоры." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Install MATE meta package" msgstr "Установка метапакета MATE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "To install the MATE meta package that includes the MATE Desktop with some " "extra applications such as text editor, archiver manager, etc., execute:" @@ -748,19 +748,19 @@ msgstr "" "архивов и т.д., выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:342 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mate\n" msgstr "# pkg install mate\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimal MATE installation" msgstr "Минимальная установка MATE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:348 msgid "" "To install the MATE lite meta package with MATE desktop slimmed down for " "only the basics, execute:" @@ -769,19 +769,19 @@ msgstr "" "MATE, содержащий только основы, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mate-base\n" msgstr "# pkg install mate-base\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure MATE" msgstr "Настройка MATE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "MATE requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to mount " "this file system automatically during system startup:" @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы автоматически подключать эту файловую систему при загрузке системы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "MATE uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " "This application is automatically installed as a dependency of MATE. Enable " @@ -801,13 +801,13 @@ msgstr "" "MATE. Для запуска D-BUS при загрузке системы включите его в `/etc/rc.conf`:" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "Start MATE" msgstr "Запуск MATE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "A second method to start MATE is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " "this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" @@ -816,13 +816,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо добавить следующую строку в файл `~/.xinitrc`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session mate-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session mate-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "Cinnamon is a UNIX(R) desktop which provides advanced innovative features " "and a traditional user experience. The desktop layout is similar to Gnome " @@ -838,40 +838,40 @@ msgstr "" "рабочую среду." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "Install Cinnamon" msgstr "Установка Cinnamon" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:414 msgid "To install the Cinnamon package, execute:" msgstr "Для установки пакета Cinnamon выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install cinnamon\n" msgstr "# pkg install cinnamon\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure Cinnamon" msgstr "Настройка Cinnamon" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "Cinnamon requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to " "mount this file system automatically during system startup:" msgstr "" -"Для работы Cinnamon требуется подключенный `/proc`. Добавьте следующую " +"Для работы Cinnamon требуется подключённый `/proc`. Добавьте следующую " "строку в `/etc/fstab`, чтобы автоматически подключать эту файловую систему " "при загрузке системы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "Cinnamon uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware " "abstraction. This application is automatically installed as a dependency of " @@ -883,18 +883,18 @@ msgstr "" "conf`:" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Cinnamon" msgstr "Запуск Cinnamon" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:447 msgid "To install it execute:" msgstr "Для установки выполните:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:462 msgid "" "A second method to start Cinnamon is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. " "For this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" @@ -903,13 +903,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо добавить следующую строку в файл `~/.xinitrc`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session cinnamon-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session cinnamon-session\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:474 msgid "" "LXQt is an advanced, easy-to-use, and fast desktop environment based on Qt " "technologies. It has been tailored for users who value simplicity, speed, " @@ -923,30 +923,30 @@ msgstr "" "производительных компьютерах." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:476 #, no-wrap msgid "Install LXQT" msgstr "Установка LXQT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:479 msgid "To install the LXQT meta package, execute:" msgstr "Чтобы установить метапакет LXQT, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install lxqt\n" msgstr "# pkg install lxqt\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure LXQT" msgstr "Настройка LXQT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" "LXQT requires `/proc` to be mounted. Add this line to `/etc/fstab` to mount " "this file system automatically during system startup:" @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы автоматически подключать эту файловую систему при загрузке системы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "LXQT uses man:dbus-daemon[1] for a message bus and hardware abstraction. " "This application is automatically installed as a dependency of LXQT." @@ -965,13 +965,13 @@ msgstr "" "зависимость LXQT." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:508 #, no-wrap msgid "Start LXQT" msgstr "Запуск LXQT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:512 msgid "" "The preferred LXQT display manager is package:x11/sddm[]. To install " "package:x11/sddm[], execute:" @@ -980,14 +980,14 @@ msgstr "" "Для установки package:x11/sddm[] выполните:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:519 msgid "Enable SDDM service in `/etc/rc.conf` to start at system boot:" msgstr "" "Включите службу SDDM в `/etc/rc.conf` для автоматического запуска при " "загрузке системы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:526 msgid "" "The keyboard language can be set in SDDM by running the following command " "(for example, for Spanish):" @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ msgstr "" "(например, для испанского):" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "A second method to start LXQT is by manually invoking man:startx[1]. For " "this to work, the following line is needed in `~/.xinitrc`:" @@ -1005,19 +1005,19 @@ msgstr "" "потребуется добавить следующую строку в `~/.xinitrc`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:538 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session startlxqt\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" msgstr "% echo \"exec dbus-launch --exit-with-x11 ck-launch-session startlxqt\" > ~/.xinitrc\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:541 #, no-wrap msgid "Browsers" msgstr "Браузеры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" "This section describes how to install and configure some popular web " "browsers on a FreeBSD system, from full web browsers with high resource " @@ -1029,224 +1029,224 @@ msgstr "" "ресурсов." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:545 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported browsers" msgstr "Поддерживаемые браузеры" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:551 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:757 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:912 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:994 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap msgid "Resources Needed" msgstr "Необходимые ресурсы" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:552 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:603 #, no-wrap msgid "Firefox" msgstr "Firefox" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:553 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:568 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:916 #, no-wrap msgid "MPL 2.0" msgstr "MPL 2.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/firefox[]" msgstr "package:www/firefox[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:556 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:561 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:566 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:571 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:762 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:767 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:772 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:777 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:917 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:999 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1108 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "Heavy" msgstr "Много" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:557 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "Chromium" msgstr "Chromium" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:558 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD-3 and others" msgstr "BSD-3 и другие" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/chromium[]" msgstr "package:www/chromium[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:562 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "Iridium browser" msgstr "Браузер Iridium" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:563 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/iridium-browser[]" msgstr "package:www/iridium-browser[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:567 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:658 #, no-wrap msgid "Falkon" msgstr "Falkon" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/falkon-qtonly[]" msgstr "package:www/falkon-qtonly[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:572 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "Konqueror" msgstr "Konqueror" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "package:x11-fm/konqueror[]" msgstr "package:x11-fm/konqueror[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:576 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:581 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:586 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:922 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:927 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1004 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "Medium" msgstr "Средне" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:577 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "Gnome Web (Epiphany)" msgstr "Gnome Web (Epiphany)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:578 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:583 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:588 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL 3.0 or later" msgstr "GPL 3.0 или новее" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:578 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/epiphany[]" msgstr "package:www/epiphany[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:582 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "qutebrowser" msgstr "qutebrowser" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:583 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/qutebrowser[]" msgstr "package:www/qutebrowser[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:587 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:712 #, no-wrap msgid "Dillo" msgstr "Dillo" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/dillo2[]" msgstr "package:www/dillo2[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:591 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:596 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:601 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:782 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:787 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:794 #, no-wrap msgid "Light" msgstr "Мало" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:592 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:725 #, no-wrap msgid "Links" msgstr "Ссылки" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:593 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/links[]" msgstr "package:www/links[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:597 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:737 #, no-wrap msgid "w3m" msgstr "w3m" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:598 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:761 #, no-wrap msgid "MIT" msgstr "MIT" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "package:www/w3m[]" msgstr "package:www/w3m[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:607 msgid "" "Firefox is an open source browser that features a standards-compliant HTML " "display engine, tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, improved " @@ -1258,31 +1258,31 @@ msgstr "" "Firefox основан на кодовой базе Mozilla." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "To install the package of the latest release version of Firefox, execute:" msgstr "Для установки пакета последней выпущенной версии Firefox выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install firefox\n" msgstr "# pkg install firefox\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "To instead install Firefox Extended Support Release (ESR) version, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Firefox Extended Support Release (ESR) выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install firefox-esr\n" msgstr "# pkg install firefox-esr\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:628 msgid "" "Chromium is an open source browser project that aims to build a safer, " "faster, and more stable web browsing experience. Chromium features tabbed " @@ -1296,18 +1296,18 @@ msgstr "" "которого создан браузер Google Chrome." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:630 msgid "To install Chromium, execute:" msgstr "Чтобы установить Chromium, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install chromium\n" msgstr "# pkg install chromium\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "The executable for Chromium is [.filename]#/usr/local/bin/chrome#, not [." "filename]#/usr/local/bin/chromium#." @@ -1315,8 +1315,19 @@ msgstr "" "Исполняемый файл Chromium находится по пути [.filename]#/usr/local/bin/" "chrome#, а не [.filename]#/usr/local/bin/chromium#." +#. type: delimited block = 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:642 +msgid "" +"Available search engines in Chromium are region-locked. Refer to the " +"section on crossref:l10n[using-localization, Using Localization] to " +"configure an appropriate locale." +msgstr "" +"Поисковые системы в Chromium привязаны к регионам. Обратитесь к секции " +"crossref:l10n[using-localication, Использование локализации] для информации " +"о конфигурировании соответствующих настроек." + #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "Iridium is a free, open, and libre browser modification of the Chromium code " "base, with privacy being enhanced in several key areas. Automatic " @@ -1330,18 +1341,18 @@ msgstr "" "с согласия пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:651 msgid "To install Iridium, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Iridium выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:655 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install iridium-browser\n" msgstr "# pkg install iridium-browser\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "Falkon is a new-ish and very fast QtWebEngine browser. It aims to be a " "lightweight web browser available on all major platforms. Falkon has all " @@ -1359,18 +1370,18 @@ msgstr "" "редактировать локальную базу данных сертификатов CA." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:667 msgid "To install Falkon, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Falkon выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:671 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install falkon\n" msgstr "# pkg install falkon\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "Konqueror is more than a web browser as it is also a file manager and a " "multimedia viewer. It supports WebKit, a rendering engine used by many " @@ -1382,18 +1393,18 @@ msgstr "" "Chromium, а также собственный движок KHTML." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:680 msgid "To install Konqueror, execute:" msgstr "Чтобы установить Konqueror, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install konqueror\n" msgstr "# pkg install konqueror\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "Gnome Web (Epiphany) is a web browser designed to be as lightweight and fast " "as possible, at the expense of many of the features found in other browsers." @@ -1403,18 +1414,18 @@ msgstr "" "браузерах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:692 msgid "To install Gnome Web (Epiphany), execute:" msgstr "Для установки Gnome Web (Epiphany) выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:696 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install epiphany\n" msgstr "# pkg install epiphany\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:703 msgid "" "Qutebrowser is a keyboard-focused browser with a minimal GUI. It is based " "on Python and PyQt5 and free software, licensed under the GPL." @@ -1424,18 +1435,18 @@ msgstr "" "распространяется как свободное программное обеспечение под лицензией GPL." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:705 msgid "To install qutebrowser, execute:" msgstr "Для установки qutebrowser выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install qutebrowser\n" msgstr "# pkg install qutebrowser\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "Dillo aims to be a multiplatform alternative browser that is small, stable, " "developer-friendly, usable, fast, and extensible. This new, experimental " @@ -1449,18 +1460,18 @@ msgstr "" "GTK1, и была существенно переработана." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:718 msgid "To install Dillo, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Dillo выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:722 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install dillo\n" msgstr "# pkg install dillo\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:728 msgid "" "A lynx-like web browser with text and graphics modes with many features like " "displaying tables, menus, etc." @@ -1469,18 +1480,18 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживающий множество функций, таких как отображение таблиц, меню и т.д." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:730 msgid "To install Links, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Links выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install links\n" msgstr "# pkg install links\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:741 msgid "" "w3m is a pager/text-based web browser. It is a similar application to Lynx, " "but it has several features Lynx does not have like rendering tables and " @@ -1491,24 +1502,24 @@ msgstr "" "которых нет в Lynx, таких как отображение таблиц и фреймов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:743 msgid "To install w3m, execute:" msgstr "Для установки w3m выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:747 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install w3m\n" msgstr "# pkg install w3m\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap msgid "Development tools" msgstr "Инструменты разработки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "This section describes how to install and configure some popular development " "tools on a FreeBSD system." @@ -1517,133 +1528,133 @@ msgstr "" "инструменты разработки в системе FreeBSD." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:754 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported development tools" msgstr "Поддерживаемые инструменты разработки" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:758 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Visual Studio Code" msgstr "Visual Studio Code" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:762 #, no-wrap msgid "package:editors/vscode[]" msgstr "package:editors/vscode[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:763 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "Qt Creator" msgstr "Qt Creator" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "QtGPL" msgstr "QtGPL" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "package:devel/qtcreator[]" msgstr "package:devel/qtcreator[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "Kdevelop" msgstr "Kdevelop" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL 2.0 or later and LGPL 2.0 or later" msgstr "GPL 2.0 или более поздняя и LGPL 2.0 или более поздняя" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:772 #, no-wrap msgid "package:devel/kdevelop[]" msgstr "package:devel/kdevelop[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:773 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:843 #, no-wrap msgid "Eclipse IDE" msgstr "Eclipse IDE" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:776 #, no-wrap msgid "EPL" msgstr "EPL" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "package:java/eclipse[]" msgstr "package:java/eclipse[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:778 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:857 #, no-wrap msgid "Vim" msgstr "Vim" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "VIM" msgstr "VIM" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "package:editors/vim[]" msgstr "package:editors/vim[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:783 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:874 #, no-wrap msgid "Neovim" msgstr "Neovim" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "Apache 2.0" msgstr "Apache 2.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "package:editors/neovim[]" msgstr "package:editors/neovim[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:788 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:888 #, no-wrap msgid "GNU Emacs" msgstr "GNU Emacs" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "package:editors/emacs[]" msgstr "package:editors/emacs[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "Visual Studio Code is a type of tool that combines the simplicity of a code " "editor with what developers need for their core edit-build-debug cycle. It " @@ -1657,18 +1668,18 @@ msgstr "" "инструментами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:803 msgid "To install Visual Studio Code, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Visual Studio Code выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install vscode\n" msgstr "# pkg install vscode\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "Qt Creator is a cross-platform IDE (integrated development environment) " "tailored to the needs of Qt developers. Functionalities included with Qt " @@ -1679,54 +1690,54 @@ msgstr "" "Qt Creator включают:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:816 msgid "code editor with C++, QML and ECMAscript support;" msgstr "редактор кода с поддержкой C++, QML и ECMAscript;" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:817 msgid "rapid code navigation tools;" msgstr "быстрые инструменты для навигации по коду;" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:818 msgid "static code checking and style hints when typing;" msgstr "статическая проверка кода и подсказки по стилю во время набора;" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:819 msgid "context sensitive help;" msgstr "контекстно-зависимая справка;" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:820 msgid "visual debugger;" msgstr "визуальный отладчик;" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:821 msgid "integrated GUI layout and forms designer." msgstr "интегрированный графический интерфейс и конструктор форм." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:823 msgid "To install Qt Creator, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Qt Creator выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:827 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install qtcreator\n" msgstr "# pkg install qtcreator\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "kdevelop" msgstr "kdevelop" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:834 msgid "" "Open source, feature-full, plugin extensible IDE for C/C++ and other " "programming languages. It is based on KDevPlatform and the KDE and Qt " @@ -1737,18 +1748,18 @@ msgstr "" "библиотеках KDE и Qt, и разрабатывается с 1998 года." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:836 msgid "To install kdevelop, execute:" msgstr "Для установки kdevelop выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:840 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install kdevelop\n" msgstr "# pkg install kdevelop\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "The Eclipse Platform is an open extensible IDE for anything and yet nothing " "in particular. The Eclipse Platform provides building blocks and a " @@ -1764,18 +1775,18 @@ msgstr "" "которые интегрируются с инструментами других разработчиков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:850 msgid "To install Eclipse IDE, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Eclipse IDE выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install eclipse\n" msgstr "# pkg install eclipse\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:861 msgid "" "Vim is a highly configurable text editor built to enable efficient text " "editing. It is an improved version of the vi editor distributed with most " @@ -1786,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" "большинством UNIX-систем." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:865 msgid "" "Vim is often called a \"programmer's editor,\" and so useful for programming " "that many consider it an entire IDE. It is not just for programmers, " @@ -1800,18 +1811,18 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурационных файлов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:867 msgid "To install Vim, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Vim выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:871 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install vim\n" msgstr "# pkg install vim\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "Neovim is an aggressive refactor of package:editors/vim[]. It represents a " "complete overhaul of the codebase with many sanity improvements, including " @@ -1827,18 +1838,18 @@ msgstr "" "плагинами и скриптами Vim." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:881 msgid "To install Neovim, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Neovim выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:885 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install neovim\n" msgstr "# pkg install neovim\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:892 msgid "" "GNU Emacs is an extensible, customizable, free/libre text editor. At its " "core is an interpreter for Emacs Lisp, a dialect of the Lisp programming " @@ -1849,24 +1860,24 @@ msgstr "" "Lisp с расширениями для поддержки редактирования текста." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:894 msgid "To install GNU Emacs, execute:" msgstr "Чтобы установить GNU Emacs, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:898 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install emacs\n" msgstr "# pkg install emacs\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:901 #, no-wrap msgid "Desktop office productivity" msgstr "Настольные офисные приложения" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:906 msgid "" "When it comes to productivity, users often look for an office suite or an " "easy-to-use word processor. While some desktop environments like crossref:" @@ -1883,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" "текстовых процессоров, независимо от установленных окружений рабочего стола." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:908 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity " "software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to " @@ -1895,57 +1906,57 @@ msgstr "" "портов или имеет какие-либо значительные зависимости." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:909 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported Desktop office productivity suites" msgstr "Поддерживаемые офисные пакеты для настольных компьютеров" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:913 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:932 #, no-wrap msgid "LibreOffice" msgstr "LibreOffice" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:917 #, no-wrap msgid "package:editors/libreoffice[]" msgstr "package:editors/libreoffice[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:920 #, no-wrap msgid "Calligra Suite" msgstr "Calligra Suite" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:921 #, no-wrap msgid "LGPL and GPL" msgstr "LGPL и GPL" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "package:editors/calligra[]" msgstr "package:editors/calligra[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:923 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:971 #, no-wrap msgid "AbiWord" msgstr "AbiWord" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "package:editors/abiword[]" msgstr "package:editors/abiword[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:939 msgid "" "LibreOffice is a free software office suite developed by http://www." "documentfoundation.org/[The Document Foundation]. It is compatible with " @@ -1971,18 +1982,18 @@ msgstr "" "[libreoffice.org]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:941 msgid "To install LibreOffice, execute:" msgstr "Для установки LibreOffice выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:945 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install libreoffice\n" msgstr "# pkg install libreoffice\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:950 msgid "" "The LibreOffice package comes by default only in English. To have a " "localized version of LibreOffice it is necessary to install a language " @@ -1995,19 +2006,19 @@ msgstr "" "package:editors/libreoffice-es[] с помощью команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install es-libreoffice\n" msgstr "# pkg install es-libreoffice\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:957 #, no-wrap msgid "Calligra" msgstr "Calligra" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:962 msgid "" "The KDE Plasma desktop environment includes an office suite which can be " "installed separately from KDE Plasma. Calligra includes standard components " @@ -2023,18 +2034,18 @@ msgstr "" "создания графических документов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:964 msgid "To install Calligra, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Calligra выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install calligra\n" msgstr "# pkg install calligra\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "AbiWord is a free word processing program similar in look and feel to " "Microsoft(R) Word. It is fast, contains many features, and is user-friendly." @@ -2044,7 +2055,7 @@ msgstr "" "функций и удобна в использовании." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:977 msgid "" "AbiWord can import or export many file formats, including some proprietary " "ones like Microsoft(R) [.filename]#.rtf#." @@ -2053,24 +2064,24 @@ msgstr "" "включая некоторые проприетарные, такие как Microsoft(R) [.filename]#.rtf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:979 msgid "To install AbiWord, execute:" msgstr "Для установки AbiWord выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:983 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install abiword\n" msgstr "# pkg install abiword\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "Document Viewers" msgstr "Просмотрщики документов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:990 msgid "" "Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of UNIX(R) " "and the viewers they require may not be available in the base system. This " @@ -2082,107 +2093,107 @@ msgstr "" "для просмотра документов:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported Document Viewers" msgstr "Поддерживаемые программы для просмотра документов" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:995 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1024 #, no-wrap msgid "Okular" msgstr "Okular" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:996 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1001 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1006 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1011 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL 2.0" msgstr "GPL 2.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:999 #, no-wrap msgid "package:graphics/okular[]" msgstr "package:graphics/okular[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1000 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "Evince" msgstr "Evince" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1004 #, no-wrap msgid "package:graphics/evince[]" msgstr "package:graphics/evince[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1005 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1052 #, no-wrap msgid "ePDFView" msgstr "ePDFView" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1009 #, no-wrap msgid "package:graphics/epdfview[]" msgstr "package:graphics/epdfview[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1010 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "Xpdf" msgstr "Xpdf" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "package:graphics/xpdf[]" msgstr "package:graphics/xpdf[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1014 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1021 #, no-wrap msgid "light" msgstr "Мало" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1015 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1078 #, no-wrap msgid "Zathura" msgstr "Zathura" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1018 #, no-wrap msgid "Zlib" msgstr "Zlib" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1019 #, no-wrap msgid "package:graphics/zathura[]" msgstr "package:graphics/zathura[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1027 msgid "Okular is a universal document viewer, part of the KDE Plasma project." msgstr "" "Okular — это универсальный просмотрщик документов, часть проекта KDE Plasma." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1029 msgid "" "Okular combines excellent functionality with the versatility of supporting " "different kind of documents, like PDF, Postscript, DjVu, CHM, XPS, ePub and " @@ -2193,18 +2204,18 @@ msgstr "" "XPS, ePub и других." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1031 msgid "To install Okular, execute:" msgstr "Чтобы установить Okular, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install okular\n" msgstr "# pkg install okular\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "Evince is a document viewer for multiple document formats including PDF and " "Postscript. Part of the GNOME project. The goal of evince is to replace " @@ -2216,18 +2227,18 @@ msgstr "" "приложение." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "To install Evince, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Evince выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1047 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1049 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install evince\n" msgstr "# pkg install evince\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1056 msgid "" "ePDFView is a lightweight PDF document viewer that only uses the Gtk+ and " "Poppler libraries. The aim of ePDFView is to make a simple PDF document " @@ -2239,18 +2250,18 @@ msgstr "" "библиотек GNOME." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "To install ePDFView, execute:" msgstr "Для установки ePDFView выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install epdfview\n" msgstr "# pkg install epdfview\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, Xpdf provides a light-" "weight and efficient viewer which requires few resources. It uses the " @@ -2262,18 +2273,18 @@ msgstr "" "инструментариев." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "To install Xpdf, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Xpdf выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1073 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1075 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install xpdf\n" msgstr "# pkg install xpdf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1082 msgid "" "Zathura is a highly customizable and functional document viewer. It provides " "a minimalistic and space saving interface as well as an easy usage that " @@ -2285,18 +2296,18 @@ msgstr "" "клавиатурой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1082 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1084 msgid "To install zathura, with PDF support, execute:" msgstr "Для установки zathura с поддержкой PDF выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1088 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install zathura zathura-pdf-mupdf\n" msgstr "# pkg install zathura zathura-pdf-mupdf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "Additionally, one can install package:graphics/zathura-pdf-poppler[] for " "alternative PDF support, package:graphics/zathura-ps[] for PostScript " @@ -2309,13 +2320,13 @@ msgstr "" "graphics/zathura-cb[] для поддержки комиксов." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "Finance" msgstr "Финансы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-" "to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread " @@ -2326,50 +2337,50 @@ msgstr "" "форматами файлов, такими как форматы, используемые Quicken и Excel." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1099 msgid "This section covers these programs:" msgstr "Этот раздел охватывает следующие программы:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1100 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported Finance programs" msgstr "Поддерживаемые программы для финансов" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1104 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1118 #, no-wrap msgid "KMyMoney" msgstr "KMyMoney" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1108 #, no-wrap msgid "package:finance/kmymoney[]" msgstr "package:finance/kmymoney[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1109 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1133 #, no-wrap msgid "GnuCash" msgstr "GnuCash" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1112 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL 2.0 and GPL 3.0" msgstr "GPL 2.0 и GPL 3.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "package:finance/gnucash[]" msgstr "package:finance/gnucash[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1124 msgid "" "KMyMoney is a personal finance application created by the KDE community. " "KMyMoney aims to provide the important features found in commercial personal " @@ -2386,18 +2397,18 @@ msgstr "" "инвестиций, работу с несколькими валютами и предоставляет множество отчётов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "To install KMyMoney, execute:" msgstr "Для установки KMyMoney выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1130 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install kmymoney\n" msgstr "# pkg install kmymoney\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "GnuCash is part of the GNOME effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, " "applications to end-users. GnuCash can be used to keep track of income and " @@ -2410,7 +2421,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейс с профессиональным функционалом." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1143 msgid "" "GnuCash provides a smart register, a hierarchical system of accounts, and " "many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion methods. It can split a " @@ -2425,12 +2436,12 @@ msgstr "" "работает с большинством международных форматов дат и валют." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "To install GnuCash, execute:" msgstr "Для установки GnuCash выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/desktop/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnucash\n" msgstr "# pkg install gnucash\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc index e255780e36..699fb37fed 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'Часть III. Администрирование системы' prev: books/handbook/audit showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["storage", "disks", "gpart", "mount", "quotas", "encrypt", "GPT", "cdrecord", "quotas", "swap", "HAST", "CD", "DVD", "resizing", "growing"] -title: 'Глава 20. Устройства хранения' +title: 'Глава 21. Устройства хранения' weight: 24 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 24 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 20 +:sectnumoffset: 21 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ scsibus1: 1,7,0 107) * .... -Найдите запись устройство для записи CD и используйте три числа, разделенные запятыми, в качестве значения для `dev`. В данном случае устройство Yamaha имеет значение `1,5,0`, поэтому правильный ввод для указания этого устройства — `dev=1,5,0`. Обратитесь к руководству `cdrecord` для других способов указания этого значения, а также для получения информации о записи аудиодорожек и управлении скоростью записи. +Найдите запись устройство для записи CD и используйте три числа, разделённые запятыми, в качестве значения для `dev`. В данном случае устройство Yamaha имеет значение `1,5,0`, поэтому правильный ввод для указания этого устройства — `dev=1,5,0`. Обратитесь к руководству `cdrecord` для других способов указания этого значения, а также для получения информации о записи аудиодорожек и управлении скоростью записи. Или выполните следующую команду, чтобы получить адрес записывающего устройства: @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ DVD-RAM можно рассматривать как съемный жёстки ==== *Процедура: Шаги для форматирования дискеты* -Дискету необходимо отформатировать на низком уровне перед использованием. Обычно это делается производителем, но форматирование — хороший способ проверить целостность носителя. Для низкоуровневого форматирования дискеты в FreeBSD используйте man:fdformat[1]. При работе с этой утилитой обратите внимание на сообщения об ошибках, так как они помогают определить, исправен диск или нет. +Дискету необходимо отформатировать на низком уровне перед использованием. Обычно это делается производителем, но форматирование — хороший способ проверить целостность носителя. Для низкоуровневого форматирования дискеты в FreeBSD используйте man:fdformat[8]. При работе с этой утилитой обратите внимание на сообщения об ошибках, так как они помогают определить, исправен диск или нет. . Для форматирования дискеты вставьте новую дискету размером 3,5 дюйма в первый дисковод и выполните команду: + @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ DVD-RAM можно рассматривать как съемный жёстки При использовании `dump` следует учитывать, что некоторые особенности остались с ранних времен версии 6 AT&T UNIX(R), примерно 1975 года. Параметры по умолчанию предполагают резервное копирование на 9-дорожечную магнитную ленту, а не на другой тип носителя или на современные высокоплотные ленты. Эти значения по умолчанию необходимо переопределять в командной строке. -Возможно выполнить резервное копирование файловой системы через сеть на другую систему или на ленточный накопитель, подключенный к другому компьютеру. Хотя для этого можно использовать утилиты man:rdump[8] и man:rrestore[8], они не считаются безопасными. +Возможно выполнить резервное копирование файловой системы через сеть на другую систему или на ленточный накопитель, подключённый к другому компьютеру. Хотя для этого можно использовать утилиты man:rdump[8] и man:rrestore[8], они не считаются безопасными. Вместо этого можно более безопасно использовать `dump` и `restore` через SSH-соединение. Этот пример создаёт полную сжатую резервную копию [.filename]#/usr# и отправляет её на указанный хост через SSH-соединение. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ Quotas for user test: inodes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60) .... -Обычно для каждой файловой системы с включенными квотами есть две строки. Одна строка представляет ограничения на блоки, а другая — ограничения на файлы. Измените значение, чтобы изменить лимит квоты. Например, чтобы увеличить лимит блоков для [.filename]#/usr# до мягкого лимита `500` и жёсткого лимита `600`, измените значения в этой строке следующим образом: +Обычно для каждой файловой системы с включёнными квотами есть две строки. Одна строка представляет ограничения на блоки, а другая — ограничения на файлы. Измените значение, чтобы изменить лимит квоты. Например, чтобы увеличить лимит блоков для [.filename]#/usr# до мягкого лимита `500` и жёсткого лимита `600`, измените значения в этой строке следующим образом: [.programlisting] .... @@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ rquotad/1 dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad FreeBSD обеспечивает отличную защиту от несанкционированного доступа к данным в режиме онлайн. Права доступа к файлам и crossref:mac[mac,Принудительный контроль доступа] (MAC) помогают предотвратить доступ к данным неавторизованных пользователей, пока операционная система активна и компьютер включен. Однако принудительно устанавливаемые операционной системой права доступа не имеют значения, если злоумышленник получит физический доступ к компьютеру и сможет переместить его жёсткий диск в другую систему для копирования и анализа данных. -Независимо от того, как злоумышленник получил доступ к жёсткому диску или выключенному компьютеру, криптографические подсистемы на основе GEOM, встроенные в FreeBSD, способны защитить данные в файловых системах компьютера даже от высокомотивированных злоумышленников с значительными ресурсами. В отличие от методов шифрования, которые шифруют отдельные файлы, встроенные утилиты `gbde` и `geli` могут использоваться для прозрачного шифрования целых файловых систем. Ни один открытый текст никогда не попадает на пластину жёсткого диска. +Независимо от того, как злоумышленник получил доступ к жёсткому диску или выключённому компьютеру, криптографические подсистемы на основе GEOM, встроенные в FreeBSD, способны защитить данные в файловых системах компьютера даже от высокомотивированных злоумышленников с значительными ресурсами. В отличие от методов шифрования, которые шифруют отдельные файлы, встроенные утилиты `gbde` и `geli` могут использоваться для прозрачного шифрования целых файловых систем. Ни один открытый текст никогда не попадает на пластину жёсткого диска. Эта глава демонстрирует, как создать зашифрованную файловую систему в FreeBSD. Сначала показан процесс с использованием `gbde`, а затем приведён тот же пример с использованием `geli`. @@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ sector_size = 2048 . Создайте файловую систему на зашифрованном устройстве + -После подключения зашифрованного устройства к ядру на нём можно создать файловую систему. В этом примере создаётся файловая система UFS с включенными мягкими обновлениями. Убедитесь, что указан раздел с расширением [.filename]#*.bde#: +После подключения зашифрованного устройства к ядру на нём можно создать файловую систему. В этом примере создаётся файловая система UFS с включёнными мягкими обновлениями. Убедитесь, что указан раздел с расширением [.filename]#*.bde#: + [source, shell] .... @@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ gbde_lockdir="/etc/gbde" Альтернативный криптографический класс GEOM доступен с использованием `geli`. Эта утилита управления предоставляет дополнительные возможности и использует другую схему для выполнения криптографических операций. Она обеспечивает следующие функции: * Использует фреймворк man:crypto[9] и автоматически задействует криптографическое оборудование, когда оно доступно. -* Поддерживает несколько криптографических алгоритмов, таких как AES-XTS, AES-CBC и Camellia-CBCAES. +* Поддерживает несколько криптографических алгоритмов, таких как AES-XTS, AES-CBC и Camellia-CBC. * Позволяет зашифровать корневой раздел. Пароль для доступа к зашифрованному корневому разделу будет запрашиваться при загрузке системы. * Позволяет использование двух независимых ключей. * Она быстрая, так как выполняет простое поблочное шифрование. @@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ geli_da2_flags="-k /root/da2.key" # dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada0s1b bs=1m .... -Для шифрования раздела подкачки с помощью man:gbde[8] добавьте суффикс `.bde` к строке подкачки в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#: +Для шифрования раздела подкачки с помощью man:gbde[8] добавьте суффикс `.bde` к строке раздела подкачки в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#: [.programlisting] .... @@ -1797,7 +1797,14 @@ geli_da2_flags="-k /root/da2.key" /dev/ada0s1b.bde none swap sw 0 0 .... -Для шифрования раздела подкачки с помощью man:geli[8] используйте суффикс `.eli`: +Для шифрования раздела подкачки с помощью man:geli[8] инициализируйте устройство с одноразовым ключём: + +[source, shell] +.... +# geom eli onetime -d /dev/ada0s1b +.... + +После этого добавьте в [.filename]#/etc/fstab# строку для устройства с суффиксом `.eli`: [.programlisting] .... @@ -1808,7 +1815,7 @@ geli_da2_flags="-k /root/da2.key" По умолчанию man:geli[8] использует алгоритм AES с длиной ключа 128 бит. Обычно стандартных настроек достаточно. При необходимости эти значения по умолчанию можно изменить в поле options файла [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. Доступные флаги: aalgo:: -Алгоритм проверки целостности данных, используемый для обеспечения отсутствия изменений в зашифрованных данных. Список поддерживаемых алгоритмов приведен в man:geli[8]. +Алгоритм проверки целостности данных, используемый для обеспечения отсутствия изменений в зашифрованных данных. Список поддерживаемых алгоритмов приведён в man:geli[8]. ealgo:: Алгоритм шифрования, используемый для защиты данных. Список поддерживаемых алгоритмов приведён в man:geli[8]. @@ -1894,7 +1901,7 @@ HAST стремится обеспечить быстрое восстановл * _memsync_: В этом режиме операция записи считается завершённой, когда локальная операция записи завершена и когда удалённый узел подтверждает получение данных, но до фактического сохранения данных. Данные на удалённом узле будут сохранены сразу после отправки подтверждения. Этот режим предназначен для уменьшения задержки, но при этом обеспечивает хорошую надёжность. Этот режим используется по умолчанию. * _fullsync_: В этом режиме операция записи считается завершённой, когда завершается как локальная, так и удалённая запись. Это самый безопасный и самый медленный режим репликации. -* _async_: В этом режиме операция записи считается завершенной, как только завершается локальная запись. Это самый быстрый и самый опасный режим репликации. Он должен использоваться только при репликации на удалённый узел, где задержка слишком высока для других режимов. +* _async_: В этом режиме операция записи считается завершённой, как только завершается локальная запись. Это самый быстрый и самый опасный режим репликации. Он должен использоваться только при репликации на удалённый узел, где задержка слишком высока для других режимов. === Конфигурация HAST diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/disks/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/disks/_index.po index 3d7703a0f8..60147ea236 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/disks/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/disks/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-22 15:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookdisks_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "Часть III. Администрирование системы" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 20. Storage" -msgstr "Глава 20. Устройства хранения" +msgid "Chapter 21. Storage" +msgstr "Глава 21. Устройства хранения" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Storage" msgstr "Устройства хранения" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "This chapter covers the use of disks and storage media in FreeBSD. This " "includes SCSI and IDE disks, CD and DVD media, memory-backed disks, and USB " @@ -60,70 +60,70 @@ msgstr "" "устройства хранения данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:59 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2164 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:60 msgid "How to add additional hard disks to a FreeBSD system." msgstr "Как добавить дополнительные жёсткие диски в систему FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to grow the size of a disk's partition on FreeBSD." msgstr "Как увеличить размер раздела диска в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to configure FreeBSD to use USB storage devices." msgstr "Как настроить FreeBSD для использования USB-накопителей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to use CD and DVD media on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "Как использовать CD и DVD носители в системе FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to use the backup programs available under FreeBSD." msgstr "" "Как использовать программы резервного копирования, доступные в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to set up memory disks." msgstr "Как настроить диски в памяти." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:66 msgid "What file system snapshots are and how to use them efficiently." msgstr "Что такое снимки файловой системы и как их эффективно использовать." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to use quotas to limit disk space usage." msgstr "" "Как использовать квоты для ограничения использования дискового пространства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to encrypt disks and swap to secure them against attackers." msgstr "Как зашифровать диски и раздел подкачки для защиты от злоумышленников." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to configure a highly available storage network." msgstr "Как настроить сеть хранения данных с высокой доступностью." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:71 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,configure and install a new " "FreeBSD kernel]." @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливать новое ядро FreeBSD]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding Disks" msgstr "Добавление дисков" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "This section describes how to add a new SATA disk to a machine that " "currently only has a single drive. First, turn off the computer and install " @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ msgstr "" "как `root`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Inspect [.filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot# to ensure the new disk was found. " "In this example, the newly added SATA drive will appear as [.filename]#ada1#." @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#ada1#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "For this example, a single large partition will be created on the new disk. " "The https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table[GPT] partitioning " @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "" "использована вместо более старой и менее универсальной схемы MBR." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "If the disk to be added is not blank, old partition information can be " "removed with `gpart delete`. See man:gpart[8] for details." @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью `gpart delete`. Подробности см. в man:gpart[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "The partition scheme is created, and then a single partition is added. To " "improve performance on newer disks with larger hardware block sizes, the " @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" "блоков раздел выравнивается по границам одного мегабайта:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s GPT ada1\n" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ msgstr "" "# gpart add -t freebsd-ufs -a 1M ada1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "Depending on use, several smaller partitions may be desired. See man:" "gpart[8] for options to create partitions smaller than a whole disk." @@ -213,12 +213,12 @@ msgstr "" "диска." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:106 msgid "The disk partition information can be viewed with `gpart show`:" msgstr "Информацию о разделах диска можно просмотреть с помощью `gpart show`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% gpart show ada1\n" @@ -234,18 +234,18 @@ msgstr "" " 1465145344 1678 - free - (839K)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:117 msgid "A file system is created in the new partition on the new disk:" msgstr "Создаётся файловая система в новом разделе на новом диске:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ada1p1\n" msgstr "# newfs -U /dev/ada1p1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "An empty directory is created as a _mountpoint_, a location for mounting the " "new disk in the original disk's file system:" @@ -254,13 +254,13 @@ msgstr "" "нового диска в файловой системе исходного диска:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /newdisk\n" msgstr "# mkdir /newdisk\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "Finally, an entry is added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab# so the new disk will " "be mounted automatically at startup:" @@ -269,30 +269,30 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически монтировался при загрузке:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ada1p1\t/newdisk\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" msgstr "/dev/ada1p1\t/newdisk\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:138 msgid "The new disk can be mounted manually, without restarting the system:" msgstr "Новый диск можно подключить вручную без перезагрузки системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /newdisk\n" msgstr "# mount /newdisk\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "Resizing and Growing Disks" msgstr "Изменение размера и увеличение дисков" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "A disk's capacity can increase without any changes to the data already " "present. This happens commonly with virtual machines, when the virtual disk " @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" "увеличенную емкость." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "Determine the device name of the disk to be resized by inspecting [." "filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot#. In this example, there is only one SATA " @@ -320,12 +320,12 @@ msgstr "" "диск, поэтому диск будет отображаться как [.filename]#ada0#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:156 msgid "List the partitions on the disk to see the current configuration:" msgstr "Перечислите разделы на диске, чтобы увидеть текущую конфигурацию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ msgstr "" " 83886046 1 - free - (512B)\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "If the disk was formatted with the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "GUID_Partition_Table[GPT] partitioning scheme, it may show as \"corrupted\" " @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ msgstr "" "`gpart`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart recover ada0\n" @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ msgstr "" "ada0 recovered\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "Now the additional space on the disk is available for use by a new " "partition, or an existing partition can be expanded:" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом или для расширения существующего раздела:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ msgstr "" " 83886046 18513921 - free - (8.8G)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "Partitions can only be resized into contiguous free space. Here, the last " "partition on the disk is the swap partition, but the second partition is the " @@ -410,24 +410,24 @@ msgstr "" "второго раздела." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:197 msgid "Disable the swap partition:" msgstr "Отключить раздел подкачки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "# swapoff /dev/ada0p3\n" msgstr "# swapoff /dev/ada0p3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:204 msgid "" "Delete the third partition, specified by the `-i` flag, from the disk _ada0_." msgstr "Удалите третий раздел, указанный флагом `-i`, с диска _ada0_." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart delete -i 3 ada0\n" @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" " 79691810 22708157 - free - (10G)\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "There is risk of data loss when modifying the partition table of a mounted " "file system. It is best to perform the following steps on an unmounted file " @@ -462,13 +462,13 @@ msgstr "" "систему можно изменить, отключив защитные механизмы GEOM:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16\n" msgstr "# sysctl kern.geom.debugflags=16\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "Resize the partition, leaving room to recreate a swap partition of the " "desired size. The partition to resize is specified with `-i`, and the new " @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ msgstr "" "система в разделе будет расширена в отдельном шаге." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart resize -i 2 -s 47G -a 4k ada0\n" @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" " 98566306 3833661 - free - (1.8G)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "Recreate the swap partition and activate it. If no size is specified with `-" "s`, all remaining space is used:" @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью `-s`, используется все оставшееся пространство:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart add -t freebsd-swap -a 4k ada0\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "# swapon /dev/ada0p3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:263 msgid "" "Grow the UFS file system to use the new capacity of the resized partition:" msgstr "" @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздела:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# growfs /dev/ada0p2\n" @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" " 89756992, 91039232, 92321472, 93603712, 94885952, 96168192, 97450432\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "If the file system is ZFS, the resize is triggered by running the `online` " "subcommand with `-e`:" @@ -571,13 +571,13 @@ msgstr "" "подкоманды `online` с ключом `-e`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "# zpool online -e zroot /dev/ada0p2\n" msgstr "# zpool online -e zroot /dev/ada0p2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "Both the partition and the file system on it have now been resized to use " "the newly-available disk space." @@ -586,13 +586,13 @@ msgstr "" "использования нового доступного пространства на диске." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "USB Storage Devices" msgstr "USB-накопители" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "Many external storage solutions, such as hard drives, USB thumbdrives, and " "CD and DVD burners, use the Universal Serial Bus (USB). FreeBSD provides " @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" "3.0." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:294 msgid "" "USB 3.0 support is not compatible with some hardware, including Haswell " "(Lynx point) chipsets. If FreeBSD boots with a `failed with error 19` " @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ msgstr "" "error 19`, отключите xHCI/USB3 в BIOS системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:298 msgid "" "Support for USB storage devices is built into the [.filename]#GENERIC# " "kernel. For a custom kernel, be sure that the following lines are present " @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурационном файле ядра:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the man:umass[4] driver which uses the SCSI subsystem to access " "USB storage devices. Since any USB device will be seen as a SCSI device by " @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr "" "`device atapicam` в конфигурационный файл пользовательского ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates how to verify that a USB storage " "device is recognized by FreeBSD and how to configure the device so that it " @@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ msgstr "" "использования." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:318 #, no-wrap msgid "Device Configuration" msgstr "Настройка устройств" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "To test the USB configuration, plug in the USB device. Use `dmesg` to " "confirm that the drive appears in the system message buffer. It should look " @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr "" "сообщений. Результат должен выглядеть примерно так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umass0: <STECH Simple Drive, class 0/0, rev 2.00/1.04, addr 3> on usbus0\n" @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" "da0: quirks=0x2<NO_6_BYTE>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "The brand, device node ([.filename]#da0#), speed, and size will differ " "according to the device." @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ msgstr "" "отличаться в зависимости от устройства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "Since the USB device is seen as a SCSI one, `camcontrol` can be used to list " "the USB storage devices attached to the system:" @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ msgstr "" "накопителей, подключённых к системе, можно использовать `camcontrol`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ msgstr "" "<STECH Simple Drive 1.04> at scbus4 target 0 lun 0 (pass3,da0)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:349 msgid "" "Alternately, `usbconfig` can be used to list the device. Refer to man:" "usbconfig[8] for more information about this command." @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительную информацию об этой команде смотрите в man:usbconfig[8]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# usbconfig\n" @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ msgstr "" "ugen0.3: <Simple Drive STECH> at usbus0, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "If the device has not been formatted, refer to crossref:disks[disks-adding, " "Adding Disks] for instructions on how to format and create partitions on the " @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ msgstr "" "размонтирование файловых систем»]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Allowing untrusted users to mount arbitrary media, by enabling `vfs." "usermount` as described below, should not be considered safe from a security " @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "предназначены для защиты от вредоносных устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "To make the device mountable as a normal user, one solution is to make all " "users of the device a member of the `operator` group using man:pw[8]. Next, " @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc/devfs.rules#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[localrules=5]\n" @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" "add path 'da*' mode 0660 group operator\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "If internal SCSI disks are also installed in the system, change the second " "line as follows:" @@ -827,13 +827,13 @@ msgstr "" "строку следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "add path 'da[3-9]*' mode 0660 group operator\n" msgstr "add path 'da[3-9]*' mode 0660 group operator\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "This will exclude the first three SCSI disks ([.filename]#da0# to [." "filename]#da2#) from belonging to the `operator` group. Replace _3_ with " @@ -846,18 +846,18 @@ msgstr "" "rules[5]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:389 msgid "Next, enable the ruleset in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Затем включите набор правил в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\"\n" msgstr "devfs_system_ruleset=\"localrules\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "Then, instruct the system to allow regular users to mount file systems by " "adding the following line to [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" @@ -866,13 +866,13 @@ msgstr "" "файловые системы, добавив следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "vfs.usermount=1\n" msgstr "vfs.usermount=1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "Since this only takes effect after the next reboot, use `sysctl` to set this " "variable now:" @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" "используйте `sysctl`, чтобы установить эту переменную сейчас:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl vfs.usermount=1\n" @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ msgstr "" "vfs.usermount: 0 -> 1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:414 msgid "" "The final step is to create a directory where the file system is to be " "mounted. This directory needs to be owned by the user that is to mount the " @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя, а _usergroup_ на основную группу пользователя:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/username\n" @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "# chown username:usergroup /mnt/username\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "Suppose a USB thumbdrive is plugged in, and a device [.filename]#/dev/da0s1# " "appears. If the device is formatted with a FAT file system, the user can " @@ -929,25 +929,25 @@ msgstr "" "пользователь может смонтировать его с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "% mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /mnt/username\n" msgstr "% mount -t msdosfs -o -m=644,-M=755 /dev/da0s1 /mnt/username\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:430 msgid "Before the device can be unplugged, it _must_ be unmounted first:" msgstr "" "Прежде чем устройство можно будет отключить, его _необходимо_ размонтировать:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "% umount /mnt/username\n" msgstr "% umount /mnt/username\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "After device removal, the system message buffer will show messages similar " "to the following:" @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ msgstr "" "сообщения, аналогичные следующим:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "umass0: at uhub3, port 2, addr 3 (disconnected)\n" @@ -970,13 +970,13 @@ msgstr "" "(da0:umass-sim0:0:0:0): Periph destroyed\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:446 #, no-wrap msgid "Automounting Removable Media" msgstr "Автомонтирование съемных носителей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:449 msgid "" "USB devices can be automatically mounted by uncommenting this line in [." "filename]#/etc/auto_master#:" @@ -985,18 +985,18 @@ msgstr "" "строки в [.filename]#/etc/auto_master#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "/media\t\t-media\t\t-nosuid\n" msgstr "/media\t\t-media\t\t-nosuid\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:456 msgid "Then add these lines to [.filename]#/etc/devd.conf#:" msgstr "Затем добавьте следующие строки в [.filename]#/etc/devd.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:464 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 100 {\n" @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ msgstr "" "};\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "Reload the configuration if man:autofs[5] and man:devd[8] are already " "running:" @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перезагрузите конфигурацию, если man:autofs[5] и man:devd[8] уже запущены:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:472 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount restart\n" @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" "# service devd restart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "man:autofs[5] can be set to start at boot by adding this line to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -1039,25 +1039,25 @@ msgstr "" "строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:479 #, no-wrap msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "autofs_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:482 msgid "man:autofs[5] requires man:devd[8] to be enabled, as it is by default." msgstr "" "man:autofs[5] требует, чтобы man:devd[8] был включён, как это и настроено по " "умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:484 msgid "Start the services immediately with:" msgstr "Запустите службы немедленно с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount start\n" @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" "# service devd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:496 msgid "" "Each file system that can be automatically mounted appears as a directory in " "[.filename]#/media/#. The directory is named after the file system label. " @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" "именуется в соответствии с устройством." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "The file system is transparently mounted on the first access, and unmounted " "after a period of inactivity. Automounted drives can also be unmounted " @@ -1094,13 +1094,13 @@ msgstr "" "размонтировать вручную:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "# automount -fu\n" msgstr "# automount -fu\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "This mechanism is typically used for memory cards and USB memory sticks. It " "can be used with any block device, including optical drives or iSCSILUNs." @@ -1110,13 +1110,13 @@ msgstr "" "iSCSI LUN." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using CD Media" msgstr "Создание и использование CD-носителей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "Compact Disc (CD) media provide a number of features that differentiate them " "from conventional disks. They are designed so that they can be read " @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ msgstr "" "ISO 9660 была разработана для работы с этими различиями." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:519 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides several utilities for burning and " "duplicating audio and data CDs. This chapter demonstrates the use of " @@ -1148,13 +1148,13 @@ msgstr "" "xcdroast[] или package:sysutils/k3b[]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported Devices" msgstr "Поддерживаемые устройства" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:525 msgid "" "The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel provides support for SCSI, USB, and ATAPICD " "readers and burners. If a custom kernel is used, the options that need to " @@ -1166,14 +1166,14 @@ msgstr "" "устройства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:527 msgid "For a SCSI burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" "Для SCSI-устройства, записывающего CD или DVD диски, убедитесь, что " "присутствуют следующие параметры:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:534 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -1187,12 +1187,12 @@ msgstr "" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:537 msgid "For a USB burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "Для USB-привода убедитесь, что указаны следующие параметры:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device scbus\t# SCSI bus (required for ATA/SCSI)\n" @@ -1218,14 +1218,14 @@ msgstr "" "device umass\t# Disks/Mass storage - Requires scbus and da\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:553 msgid "For an ATAPI burner, make sure these options are present:" msgstr "" "Для ATAPI устройств, записывающих CD или DVD диски, убедитесь, что указаны " "следующие параметры:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:560 #, no-wrap msgid "" "device ata\t# Legacy ATA/SATA controllers\n" @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" "device cd\t# needed for CD and DVD burners\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "On FreeBSD versions prior to 10.x, this line is also needed in the kernel " "configuration file if the burner is an ATAPI device:" @@ -1248,13 +1248,13 @@ msgstr "" "файле ядра, если устройство записи является ATAPI-устройством:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:569 #, no-wrap msgid "device atapicam\n" msgstr "device atapicam\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "Alternately, this driver can be loaded at boot time by adding the following " "line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" @@ -1263,13 +1263,13 @@ msgstr "" "файл [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap msgid "atapicam_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "atapicam_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "This will require a reboot of the system as this driver can only be loaded " "at boot time." @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ msgstr "" "только во время загрузки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "To verify that FreeBSD recognizes the device, run `dmesg` and look for an " "entry for the device. On systems prior to 10.x, the device name in the " @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#cd0#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% dmesg | grep cd\n" @@ -1309,13 +1309,13 @@ msgstr "" "cd0: Attempt to query device size failed: NOT READY, Medium not present - tray closed\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning a CD" msgstr "Запись компакт-диска" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, `cdrecord` can be used to burn CDs. This command is installed " "with the package:sysutils/cdrtools[] package or port." @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ msgstr "" "команда устанавливается с пакетом или портом package:sysutils/cdrtools[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "While `cdrecord` has many options, basic usage is simple. Specify the name " "of the ISO file to burn and, if the system has multiple burner devices, " @@ -1335,13 +1335,13 @@ msgstr "" "укажите имя используемого устройства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap msgid "# cdrecord dev=device imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "# cdrecord dev=device imagefile.iso\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:609 msgid "" "To determine the device name of the burner, use `-scanbus` which might " "produce results like this:" @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ msgstr "" "scanbus`, что может дать результат, подобный следующему:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:633 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cdrecord -scanbus\n" @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" " 1,7,0 107) *\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "Locate the entry for the CD burner and use the three numbers separated by " "commas as the value for `dev`. In this case, the Yamaha burner device is " @@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ msgid "" "Refer to the manual page for `cdrecord` for other ways to specify this value " "and for information on writing audio tracks and controlling the write speed." msgstr "" -"Найдите запись устройство для записи CD и используйте три числа, разделенные " +"Найдите запись устройство для записи CD и используйте три числа, разделённые " "запятыми, в качестве значения для `dev`. В данном случае устройство Yamaha " "имеет значение `1,5,0`, поэтому правильный ввод для указания этого " "устройства — `dev=1,5,0`. Обратитесь к руководству `cdrecord` для других " @@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "аудиодорожек и управлении скоростью записи." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "Alternately, run the following command to get the device address of the " "burner:" @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# camcontrol devlist\n" @@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "<MATSHITA CDRW/DVD UJDA740 1.00> at scbus1 target 0 lun 0 (cd0,pass0)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "Use the numeric values for `scbus`, `target`, and `lun`. For this example, " "`1,0,0` is the device name to use." @@ -1442,13 +1442,13 @@ msgstr "" "`1,0,0` — это имя устройства, которое следует использовать." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "Writing Data to an ISO File System" msgstr "Запись данных в файловую систему ISO" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:656 msgid "" "In order to produce a data CD, the data files that are going to make up the " "tracks on the CD must be prepared before they can be burned to the CD. In " @@ -1467,13 +1467,13 @@ msgstr "" "поместить в файловую систему ISO 9660:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkisofs -o imagefile.iso /path/to/tree\n" msgstr "# mkisofs -o imagefile.iso /path/to/tree\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "This command maps the file names in the specified path to names that fit the " "limitations of the standard ISO 9660 file system, and will exclude files " @@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" "исключает файлы, не соответствующие стандарту для файловых систем ISO." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "A number of options are available to overcome the restrictions imposed by " "the standard. In particular, `-R` enables the Rock Ridge extensions common " @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" "включает расширения Joliet, используемые в системах Microsoft(R)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "For CDs that are going to be used only on FreeBSD systems, `-U` can be used " "to disable all filename restrictions. When used with `-R`, it produces a " @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" "указанному дереву FreeBSD, даже если он нарушает стандарт ISO 9660." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "The last option of general use is `-b`. This is used to specify the " "location of a boot image for use in producing an \"El Torito\" bootable CD. " @@ -1535,18 +1535,18 @@ msgstr "" "cdboot#, то следующая команда создаст [.filename]#/tmp/bootable.iso#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot\n" msgstr "# mkisofs -R -no-emul-boot -b boot/cdboot -o /tmp/bootable.iso /tmp/myboot\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:684 msgid "The resulting ISO image can be mounted as a memory disk with:" msgstr "Полученный образ ISO можно подключить как диск в памяти с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -f /tmp/bootable.iso -u 0\n" @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/md0 /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "One can then verify that [.filename]#/mnt# and [.filename]#/tmp/myboot# are " "identical." @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "идентичны." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:695 msgid "" "There are many other options available for `mkisofs` to fine-tune its " "behavior. Refer to man:mkisofs[8] for details." @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr "" "его поведение. Подробности смотрите в man:mkisofs[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "It is possible to copy a data CD to an image file that is functionally " "equivalent to the image file created with `mkisofs`. To do so, use [." @@ -1587,13 +1587,13 @@ msgstr "" "и имя создаваемого ISO в качестве выходного файла:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:704 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/cd0 of=file.iso bs=2048\n" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/cd0 of=file.iso bs=2048\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:707 msgid "" "The resulting image file can be burned to CD as described in crossref:" "disks[cdrecord, Burning a CD]." @@ -1602,13 +1602,13 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:disks[cdrecord,Запись компакт-диска]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Data CDs" msgstr "Использование компакт-дисков с данными" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "Once an ISO has been burned to a CD, it can be mounted by specifying the " "file system type, the name of the device containing the CD, and an existing " @@ -1619,13 +1619,13 @@ msgstr "" "монтирования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/cd0 /mnt\n" msgstr "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/cd0 /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "Since `mount` assumes that a file system is of type `ufs`, an `Incorrect " "super block` error will occur if `-t cd9660` is not included when mounting a " @@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "монтировании компакт-диска с данными." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "While any data CD can be mounted this way, disks with certain ISO 9660 " "extensions might behave oddly. For example, Joliet disks store all " @@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительной информации обратитесь к man:mount_cd9660[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:730 msgid "" "In order to do this character conversion with the help of `-C`, the kernel " "requires the [.filename]#cd9660_iconv.ko# module to be loaded. This can be " @@ -1663,13 +1663,13 @@ msgstr "" "добавив следующую строку в [.filename]#loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "cd9660_iconv_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "and then rebooting the machine, or by directly loading the module with " "`kldload`." @@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr "" "`kldload`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:742 msgid "" "Occasionally, `Device not configured` will be displayed when trying to mount " "a data CD. This usually means that the CD drive has not detected a disk in " @@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "может занять несколько секунд, поэтому следует набраться терпения." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "Sometimes, a SCSICD drive may be missed because it did not have enough time " "to answer the bus reset. To resolve this, a custom kernel can be created " @@ -1708,13 +1708,13 @@ msgstr "" "building,“Сборка и установка собственного ядра”]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap msgid "options SCSI_DELAY=15000\n" msgstr "options SCSI_DELAY=15000\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "This tells the SCSI bus to pause 15 seconds during boot, to give the CD " "drive every possible chance to answer the bus reset." @@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "" "дать CD-приводу максимальный шанс ответить на сброс шины." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "It is possible to burn a file directly to CD, without creating an ISO 9660 " "file system. This is known as burning a raw data CD and some people do this " @@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" "это для целей резервного копирования." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "This type of disk can not be mounted as a normal data CD. In order to " "retrieve the data burned to such a CD, the data must be read from the raw " @@ -1747,26 +1747,26 @@ msgstr "" "CD-устройства в текущий рабочий каталог:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:767 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:766 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xzvf /dev/cd1\n" msgstr "# tar xzvf /dev/cd1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:769 msgid "In order to mount a data CD, the data must be written using `mkisofs`." msgstr "" "Для монтирования компакт-диска с данными они должны быть записаны с " "использованием `mkisofs`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:772 #, no-wrap msgid "Duplicating Audio CDs" msgstr "Копирование аудио-CD" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "To duplicate an audio CD, extract the audio data from the CD to a series of " "files, then write these files to a blank CD." @@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr "" "затем запишите эти файлы на чистый CD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "crossref:disks[using-cdrecord, Duplicating an Audio CD] describes how to " "duplicate and burn an audio CD. If the FreeBSD version is less than 10.0 " @@ -1788,13 +1788,13 @@ msgstr "" "следуя инструкциям в crossref:disks[atapicam, Поддерживаемые устройства]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Duplicating an Audio CD" msgstr "Процедура: Копирование аудио-CD" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "The package:sysutils/cdrtools[] package or port installs `cdda2wav`. This " "command can be used to extract all of the audio tracks, with each track " @@ -1805,13 +1805,13 @@ msgstr "" "дорожка записывается в отдельный WAV-файл в текущем рабочем каталоге:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:788 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav\n" msgstr "% cdda2wav -vall -B -Owav\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "A device name does not need to be specified if there is only one CD device " "on the system. Refer to the `cdda2wav` manual page for instructions on how " @@ -1823,18 +1823,18 @@ msgstr "" "устройства и дополнительной информации о других параметрах этой команды." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:793 msgid "Use `cdrecord` to write the [.filename]#.wav# files:" msgstr "Используйте `cdrecord` для записи файлов [.filename]#.wav#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "% cdrecord -v dev=2,0 -dao -useinfo *.wav\n" msgstr "% cdrecord -v dev=2,0 -dao -useinfo *.wav\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "Make sure that _2,0_ is set appropriately, as described in crossref:" "disks[cdrecord, Burning a CD]." @@ -1843,13 +1843,13 @@ msgstr "" "disks[cdrecord, Запись CD]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using DVD Media" msgstr "Создание и использование DVD-носителей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:806 msgid "" "Compared to the CD, the DVD is the next generation of optical media storage " "technology. The DVD can hold more data than any CD and is the standard for " @@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@ msgstr "" "данных, чем любой компакт-диск, и является стандартом для издания видео." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:808 msgid "Five physical recordable formats can be defined for a recordable DVD:" msgstr "" "Для записываемого DVD можно определить пять физических форматов записи:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:810 msgid "" "DVD-R: This was the first DVD recordable format available. The DVD-R " "standard is defined by the http://www.dvdforum.org/forum.shtml[DVD Forum]. " @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживает однократную запись." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:811 msgid "" "DVD-RW: This is the rewritable version of the DVD-R standard. A DVD-RW can " "be rewritten about 1000 times." @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезаписывать около 1000 раз." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:815 msgid "" "DVD-RAM: This is a rewritable format which can be seen as a removable hard " "drive. However, this media is not compatible with most DVD-ROM drives and " @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAM см. в crossref:disks[creating-dvd-ram, Использование DVD-RAM]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" "DVD+RW: This is a rewritable format defined by the https://en.wikipedia.org/" "wiki/DVD%2BRW_Alliance[DVD+RW Alliance]. A DVD+RW can be rewritten about " @@ -1912,14 +1912,14 @@ msgstr "" "перезаписывать около 1000 раз." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:817 msgid "DVD+R: This format is the write once variation of the DVD+RW format." msgstr "" "DVD+R: Этот формат является однократно записываемой разновидностью формата " "DVD+RW." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:819 msgid "" "A single layer recordable DVD can hold up to 4,700,000,000 bytes which is " "actually 4.38 GB or 4485 MB as 1 kilobyte is 1024 bytes." @@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "байтам." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:825 msgid "" "A distinction must be made between the physical media and the application. " "For example, a DVD-Video is a specific file layout that can be written on " @@ -1944,13 +1944,13 @@ msgstr "" "проигрыватель DVD-Video поддерживают рассматриваемый носитель." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:827 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:831 msgid "" "To perform DVD recording, use man:growisofs[1]. This command is part of the " "package:sysutils/dvd+rw-tools[] utilities which support all DVD media types." @@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "носителей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:836 msgid "" "These tools use the SCSI subsystem to access the devices, therefore crossref:" "disks[atapicam,ATAPI/CAM support] must be loaded or statically compiled into " @@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе crossref:disks[usb-disks,USB-накопители]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "DMA access must also be enabled for ATAPI devices, by adding the following " "line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" @@ -1984,14 +1984,14 @@ msgstr "" "строку в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:843 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1075 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\"\n" msgstr "hw.ata.atapi_dma=\"1\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "Before attempting to use dvd+rw-tools, consult the http://fy.chalmers.se/" "~appro/linux/DVD+RW/hcn.html[Hardware Compatibility Notes]." @@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ msgstr "" "se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/hcn.html[примечаниями о совместимости оборудования]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "For a graphical user interface, consider using package:sysutils/k3b[] which " "provides a user friendly interface to man:growisofs[1] and many other " @@ -2011,13 +2011,13 @@ msgstr "" "инструментам записи." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:851 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning Data DVDs" msgstr "Запись данных на DVD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "Since man:growisofs[1] is a front-end to crossref:disks[mkisofs,mkisofs], it " "will invoke man:mkisofs[8] to create the file system layout and perform the " @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "перед процессом записи." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "To burn to a DVD+R or a DVD-R the data in [.filename]#/path/to/data#, use " "the following command:" @@ -2039,13 +2039,13 @@ msgstr "" "используйте следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:865 msgid "" "In this example, `-J -R` is passed to man:mkisofs[8] to create an ISO 9660 " "file system with Joliet and Rock Ridge extensions. Refer to man:mkisofs[8] " @@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ msgstr "" "mkisofs[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "For the initial session recording, `-Z` is used for both single and multiple " "sessions. Replace _/dev/cd0_, with the name of the DVD device. Using `-dvd-" @@ -2071,20 +2071,20 @@ msgstr "" "приводами DVD-ROM." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:872 msgid "To burn a pre-mastered image, such as _imagefile.iso_, use:" msgstr "" "Для записи предварительно созданного образа, например _imagefile.iso_, " "используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:876 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "# growisofs -dvd-compat -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "The write speed should be detected and automatically set according to the " "media and the drive being used. To force the write speed, use `-speed=`. " @@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ msgstr "" "growisofs[1]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:887 msgid "" "In order to support working files larger than 4.38GB, an UDF/ISO-9660 hybrid " "file system must be created by passing `-udf -iso-level 3` to man:mkisofs[8] " @@ -2116,29 +2116,29 @@ msgstr "" "будут выглядеть повреждёнными." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:889 msgid "To create this type of ISO file:" msgstr "Чтобы создать ISO-файл такого типа:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "% mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o imagefile.iso /path/to/data\n" msgstr "% mkisofs -R -J -udf -iso-level 3 -o imagefile.iso /path/to/data\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:896 msgid "To burn files directly to a disk:" msgstr "Для записи файлов непосредственно на диск:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:900 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "# growisofs -dvd-compat -udf -iso-level 3 -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:903 msgid "" "When an ISO image already contains large files, no additional options are " "required for man:growisofs[1] to burn that image on a disk." @@ -2147,7 +2147,7 @@ msgstr "" "с помощью `growisofs` не требуется дополнительных параметров." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:906 msgid "" "Be sure to use an up-to-date version of package:sysutils/cdrtools[], which " "contains man:mkisofs[8], as an older version may not contain large files " @@ -2160,13 +2160,13 @@ msgstr "" "package:sysutils/cdrtools-devel[] и ознакомьтесь с его man:mkisofs[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:908 #, no-wrap msgid "Burning a DVD-Video" msgstr "Запись DVD-Video" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:912 msgid "" "A DVD-Video is a specific file layout based on the ISO 9660 and micro-UDF (M-" "UDF) specifications. Since DVD-Video presents a specific data structure " @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ msgstr "" "программа, например package:multimedia/dvdauthor[]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "If an image of the DVD-Video file system already exists, it can be burned in " "the same way as any other image. If `dvdauthor` was used to make the DVD " @@ -2192,13 +2192,13 @@ msgstr "" "записи DVD-Video следует использовать следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:919 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -dvd-video /path/to/video\n" msgstr "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -dvd-video /path/to/video\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:923 msgid "" "`-dvd-video` is passed to man:mkisofs[8] to instruct it to create a DVD-" "Video file system layout. This option implies the `-dvd-compat` man:" @@ -2209,13 +2209,13 @@ msgstr "" "dvd-compat` man:growisofs[1]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:924 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD+RW" msgstr "Использование DVD+RW" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:929 msgid "" "Unlike CD-RW, a virgin DVD+RW needs to be formatted before first use. It is " "_recommended_ to let man:growisofs[1] take care of this automatically " @@ -2228,14 +2228,14 @@ msgstr "" "для форматирования DVD+RW:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:934 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1023 #, no-wrap msgid "# dvd+rw-format /dev/cd0\n" msgstr "# dvd+rw-format /dev/cd0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:937 msgid "" "Only perform this operation once and keep in mind that only virgin DVD+RW " "medias need to be formatted. Once formatted, the DVD+RW can be burned as " @@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" "как обычно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:940 msgid "" "To burn a totally new file system and not just append some data onto a DVD" "+RW, the media does not need to be blanked first. Instead, write over the " @@ -2257,13 +2257,13 @@ msgstr "" "перезаписать предыдущую запись следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/newdata\n" msgstr "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/newdata\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:949 msgid "" "The DVD+RW format supports appending data to a previous recording. This " "operation consists of merging a new session to the existing one as it is not " @@ -2276,20 +2276,20 @@ msgstr "" "файловую систему ISO 9660, присутствующую на носителе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:951 msgid "For example, to append data to a DVD+RW, use the following:" msgstr "" "Например, чтобы добавить данные на DVD+RW, используйте следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:956 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1043 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -M /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/nextdata\n" msgstr "# growisofs -M /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/nextdata\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "The same man:mkisofs[8] options used to burn the initial session should be " "used during next writes." @@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "" "начальной сессии, следует применять при последующих записях." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "Use `-dvd-compat` for better media compatibility with DVD-ROM drives. When " "using DVD+RW, this option will not prevent the addition of data." @@ -2307,24 +2307,24 @@ msgstr "" "ROM. При использовании DVD+RW эта опция не предотвращает добавление данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:966 msgid "To blank the media, use:" msgstr "Для очистки диска запустите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:970 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0=/dev/zero\n" msgstr "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0=/dev/zero\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:972 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD-RW" msgstr "Использование DVD-RW" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:976 msgid "" "A DVD-RW accepts two disc formats: incremental sequential and restricted " "overwrite. By default, DVD-RW discs are in sequential format." @@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" "формат." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:979 msgid "" "A virgin DVD-RW can be directly written without being formatted. However, a " "non-virgin DVD-RW in sequential format needs to be blanked before writing a " @@ -2345,19 +2345,19 @@ msgstr "" "перед записью нового начального сеанса." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:981 msgid "To blank a DVD-RW in sequential mode:" msgstr "Для очистки DVD-RW в последовательном режиме:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:986 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "# dvd+rw-format -blank=full /dev/cd0\n" msgstr "# dvd+rw-format -blank=full /dev/cd0\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:992 msgid "" "A full blanking using `-blank=full` will take about one hour on a 1x media. " "A fast blanking can be performed using `-blank`, if the DVD-RW will be " @@ -2370,13 +2370,13 @@ msgstr "" "записи DVD-RW в режиме DAO используйте команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:996 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso\n" msgstr "# growisofs -use-the-force-luke=dao -Z /dev/cd0=imagefile.iso\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:999 msgid "" "Since man:growisofs[1] automatically attempts to detect fast blanked media " "and engage DAO write, `-use-the-force-luke=dao` should not be required." @@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ msgstr "" "требуется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1001 msgid "" "One should instead use restricted overwrite mode with any DVD-RW as this " "format is more flexible than the default of incremental sequential." @@ -2396,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" "последовательным." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1004 msgid "" "To write data on a sequential DVD-RW, use the same instructions as for the " "other DVD formats:" @@ -2405,13 +2405,13 @@ msgstr "" "что и для других форматов DVD:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" msgstr "# growisofs -Z /dev/cd0 -J -R /path/to/data\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1013 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1012 msgid "" "To append some data to a previous recording, use `-M` with man:" "growisofs[1]. However, if data is appended on a DVD-RW in incremental " @@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ msgstr "" "получится многосессионный диск." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "" "A DVD-RW in restricted overwrite format does not need to be blanked before a " "new initial session. Instead, overwrite the disc with `-Z`. It is also " @@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr "" "на диск, с помощью `-M`. Результатом будет односессионный DVD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1019 msgid "" "To put a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite format, the following command must " "be used:" @@ -2446,18 +2446,18 @@ msgstr "" "использовать следующую команду:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1026 msgid "To change back to sequential format, use:" msgstr "Для возврата к последовательному формату используйте:" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "Multi-Session" msgstr "Многосеансовые диски" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "" "Few DVD-ROM drives support multi-session DVDs and most of the time only read " "the first session. DVD+R, DVD-R and DVD-RW in sequential format can accept " @@ -2470,7 +2470,7 @@ msgstr "" "отсутствует для форматов DVD+RW и DVD-RW с ограниченной перезаписью." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1040 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1039 msgid "" "Using the following command after an initial non-closed session on a DVD+R, " "DVD-R, or DVD-RW in sequential format, will add a new session to the disc:" @@ -2480,7 +2480,7 @@ msgstr "" "диск:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1048 msgid "" "Using this command with a DVD+RW or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode " "will append data while merging the new session to the existing one. The " @@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ msgstr "" "носителей." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1053 msgid "" "Since some space on the media is used between each session to mark the end " "and start of sessions, one should add sessions with a large amount of data " @@ -2508,13 +2508,13 @@ msgstr "" "Double Layer." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1055 #, no-wrap msgid "For More Information" msgstr "Для получения дополнительной информации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "To obtain more information about a DVD, use `dvd+rw-mediainfo _/dev/cd0_` " "while the disc in the specified drive." @@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ msgstr "" "mediainfo _/dev/cd0_`, когда диск находится в указанном приводе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1060 msgid "" "More information about dvd+rw-tools can be found in man:growisofs[1], on the " "http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/[dvd+rw-tools web site], and in " @@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ msgstr "" "архивах http://lists.debian.org/cdwrite/[почтовой рассылки cdwrite]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" "When creating a problem report related to the use of dvd+rw-tools, always " "include the output of `dvd+rw-mediainfo`." @@ -2543,13 +2543,13 @@ msgstr "" "всегда прилагайте вывод команды `dvd+rw-mediainfo`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1067 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a DVD-RAM" msgstr "Использование DVD-RAM" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "DVD-RAM writers can use either a SCSI or ATAPI interface. For ATAPI " "devices, DMA access has to be enabled by adding the following line to [." @@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ msgstr "" "в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "A DVD-RAM can be seen as a removable hard drive. Like any other hard drive, " "the DVD-RAM must be formatted before it can be used. In this example, the " @@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "файловую систему UFS2:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1086 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/acd0 bs=2k count=1\n" @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ msgstr "" "# newfs /dev/acd0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "" "The DVD device, [.filename]#acd0#, must be changed according to the " "configuration." @@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурацией." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "" "Once the DVD-RAM has been formatted, it can be mounted as a normal hard " "drive:" @@ -2601,53 +2601,53 @@ msgstr "" "После форматирования DVD-RAM его можно подключить как обычный жёсткий диск:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1095 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/acd0 /mnt\n" msgstr "# mount /dev/acd0 /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1099 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1098 msgid "Once mounted, the DVD-RAM will be both readable and writeable." msgstr "" "После монтирования DVD-RAM будет доступен как для чтения, так и для записи." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1100 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating and Using Floppy Disks" msgstr "Создание и использование дискет" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1103 msgid "This section explains how to format a 3.5 inch floppy disk in FreeBSD." msgstr "" "Этот раздел объясняет, как отформатировать 3,5-дюймовую дискету в FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1107 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Steps to Format a Floppy*\n" msgstr "*Процедура: Шаги для форматирования дискеты*\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1112 msgid "" "A floppy disk needs to be low-level formatted before it can be used. This " "is usually done by the vendor, but formatting is a good way to check media " "integrity. To low-level format the floppy disk on FreeBSD, use man:" -"fdformat[1]. When using this utility, make note of any error messages, as " +"fdformat[8]. When using this utility, make note of any error messages, as " "these can help determine if the disk is good or bad." msgstr "" "Дискету необходимо отформатировать на низком уровне перед использованием. " "Обычно это делается производителем, но форматирование — хороший способ " "проверить целостность носителя. Для низкоуровневого форматирования дискеты в " -"FreeBSD используйте man:fdformat[1]. При работе с этой утилитой обратите " +"FreeBSD используйте man:fdformat[8]. При работе с этой утилитой обратите " "внимание на сообщения об ошибках, так как они помогают определить, исправен " "диск или нет." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1114 msgid "" "To format the floppy, insert a new 3.5 inch floppy disk into the first " "floppy drive and issue:" @@ -2656,13 +2656,13 @@ msgstr "" "первый дисковод и выполните команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1118 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0\n" msgstr "# /usr/sbin/fdformat -f 1440 /dev/fd0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1121 msgid "" "After low-level formatting the disk, create a disk label as it is needed by " "the system to determine the size of the disk and its geometry. The supported " @@ -2673,18 +2673,18 @@ msgstr "" "Поддерживаемые значения геометрии перечислены в [.filename]#/etc/disktab#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1123 msgid "To write the disk label, use man:bsdlabel[8]:" msgstr "Для записи метки диска используйте man:bsdlabel[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1127 #, no-wrap msgid "# /sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440\n" msgstr "# /sbin/bsdlabel -B -w /dev/fd0 fd1440\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1130 msgid "" "The floppy is now ready to be high-level formatted with a file system. The " "floppy's file system can be either UFS or FAT, where FAT is generally a " @@ -2695,18 +2695,18 @@ msgstr "" "правило, является лучшим выбором для дискет." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "To format the floppy with FAT, issue:" msgstr "Чтобы отформатировать дискету в FAT, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap msgid "# /sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0\n" msgstr "# /sbin/newfs_msdos /dev/fd0\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "" "The disk is now ready for use. To use the floppy, mount it with man:" "mount_msdosfs[8]. One can also install and use package:emulators/mtools[] " @@ -2717,13 +2717,13 @@ msgstr "" "emulators/mtools[] из Коллекции портов." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1144 #, no-wrap msgid "Backup Basics" msgstr "Основы резервного копирования" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1147 msgid "" "Implementing a backup plan is essential in order to have the ability to " "recover from disk failure, accidental file deletion, random file corruption, " @@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ msgstr "" "локальных резервных копий." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1150 msgid "" "The backup type and schedule will vary, depending upon the importance of the " "data, the granularity needed for file restores, and the amount of acceptable " @@ -2747,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr "" "копирования включают:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "" "Archives of the whole system, backed up onto permanent, off-site media. This " "provides protection against all of the problems listed above, but is slow " @@ -2759,7 +2759,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователей." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "" "File system snapshots, which are useful for restoring deleted files or " "previous versions of files." @@ -2768,7 +2768,7 @@ msgstr "" "предыдущих версий файлов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1154 msgid "" "Copies of whole file systems or disks which are synchronized with another " "system on the network using a scheduled package:net/rsync[]." @@ -2778,7 +2778,7 @@ msgstr "" "расписанию." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1155 msgid "" "Hardware or software RAID, which minimizes or avoids downtime when a disk " "fails." @@ -2787,7 +2787,7 @@ msgstr "" "при отказе диска." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1159 msgid "" "Typically, a mix of backup techniques is used. For example, one could " "create a schedule to automate a weekly, full system backup that is stored " @@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@ msgstr "" "редактированием или удалением." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "This section describes some of the utilities which can be used to create and " "manage backups on a FreeBSD system." @@ -2812,13 +2812,13 @@ msgstr "" "создания резервных копий и управления ими в системе FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1162 #, no-wrap msgid "File System Backups" msgstr "Резервное копирование файловой системы" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1168 msgid "" "The traditional UNIX(R) programs for backing up a file system are man:" "dump[8], which creates the backup, and man:restore[8], which restores the " @@ -2842,7 +2842,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлы и каталоги." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1172 msgid "" "If `dump` is used on the root directory, it will not back up [.filename]#/" "home#, [.filename]#/usr#, or many other directories since these are " @@ -2855,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" "систем или символическими ссылками на них." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1176 msgid "" "When used to restore data, `restore` stores temporary files in [.filename]#/" "tmp/# by default. When using a recovery disk with a small [.filename]#/" @@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@ msgstr "" "свободным пространством для успешного выполнения восстановления." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1180 msgid "" "When using `dump`, be aware that some quirks remain from its early days in " "Version 6 of AT&T UNIX(R),circa 1975. The default parameters assume a " @@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr "" "командной строке." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1183 msgid "" "It is possible to backup a file system across the network to another system " "or a tape drive attached to another computer. While the man:rdump[8] and " @@ -2892,29 +2892,29 @@ msgid "" "considered to be secure." msgstr "" "Возможно выполнить резервное копирование файловой системы через сеть на " -"другую систему или на ленточный накопитель, подключенный к другому " +"другую систему или на ленточный накопитель, подключённый к другому " "компьютеру. Хотя для этого можно использовать утилиты man:rdump[8] и man:" "rrestore[8], они не считаются безопасными." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1186 msgid "" "Instead, one can use `dump` and `restore` more securely over an SSH " "connection. This example creates a full, compressed backup of [.filename]#/" "usr# and sends the backup file to the specified host over an SSH connection." msgstr "" "Вместо этого можно более безопасно использовать `dump` и `restore` через SSH-" -"соединение. Этот пример создаёт полную сжатую резервную копию [." -"filename]#/usr# и отправляет её на указанный хост через SSH-соединение." +"соединение. Этот пример создаёт полную сжатую резервную копию [.filename]#/" +"usr# и отправляет её на указанный хост через SSH-соединение." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1187 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `dump` over ssh" msgstr "Использование `dump` через ssh" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /sbin/dump -0uan -f - /usr | gzip -2 | ssh -c blowfish \\\n" @@ -2924,7 +2924,7 @@ msgstr "" " targetuser@targetmachine.example.com dd of=/mybigfiles/dump-usr-l0.gz\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1198 msgid "" "This example sets `RSH` in order to write the backup to a tape drive on a " "remote system over an SSH connection:" @@ -2933,19 +2933,19 @@ msgstr "" "копии на ленточный накопитель в удалённой системе через SSH-соединение:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1199 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `dump` over ssh with `RSH` Set" msgstr "Использование `dump` через ssh с установленной переменной `RSH`" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1205 #, no-wrap msgid "# env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr\n" msgstr "# env RSH=/usr/bin/ssh /sbin/dump -0uan -f targetuser@targetmachine.example.com:/dev/sa0 /usr\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1211 msgid "" "Systems using the crossref:zfs[,Z file system (ZFS)] can make use of man:" "zfs[8] for creating snapshots, as well as crossref:zfs[zfs-zfs-send,sending " @@ -2956,13 +2956,13 @@ msgstr "" "send,их отправки и получения] на удалённые системы или с них." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1213 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory Backups" msgstr "Резервное копирование каталогов" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1216 msgid "" "Several built-in utilities are available for backing up and restoring " "specified files and directories as needed." @@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ msgstr "" "восстановление указанных файлов и каталогов по мере необходимости." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1220 msgid "" "A good choice for making a backup of all of the files in a directory is man:" "tar[1]. This utility dates back to Version 6 of AT&T UNIX(R) and by default " @@ -2985,7 +2985,7 @@ msgstr "" "копии." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1223 msgid "" "This example creates a compressed backup of the current directory and saves " "it to [.filename]#/tmp/mybackup.tgz#. When creating a backup file, make " @@ -2997,19 +2997,19 @@ msgstr "" "что она не сохраняется в тот же каталог, который резервируется." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1224 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with `tar`" msgstr "Резервное копирование текущего каталога с помощью `tar`" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar czvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz .\n" msgstr "# tar czvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz .\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1236 msgid "" "To restore the entire backup, `cd` into the directory to restore into and " "specify the name of the backup. Note that this will overwrite any newer " @@ -3024,19 +3024,19 @@ msgstr "" "файла внутри резервной копии для восстановления." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1237 #, no-wrap msgid "Restoring Up the Current Directory with `tar`" msgstr "Восстановление текущего каталога с помощью `tar`" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1243 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xzvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz\n" msgstr "# tar xzvf /tmp/mybackup.tgz\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1248 msgid "" "There are dozens of available switches which are described in man:tar[1]. " "This utility also supports the use of exclude patterns to specify which " @@ -3049,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" "восстановлении файлов из резервной копии." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1251 msgid "" "To create a backup using a specified list of files and directories, man:" "cpio[1] is a good choice. Unlike `tar`, `cpio` does not know how to walk " @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "" "резервирования." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1254 msgid "" "For example, a list of files can be created using `ls` or `find`. This " "example creates a recursive listing of the current directory which is then " @@ -3073,19 +3073,19 @@ msgstr "" "`cpio` для создания резервной копии с именем [.filename]#/tmp/mybackup.cpio#." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1255 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `ls` and `cpio` to Make a Recursive Backup of the Current Directory" msgstr "Использование `ls` и `cpio` для создания рекурсивной резервной копии текущего каталога" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1261 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -R | cpio -ovF /tmp/mybackup.cpio\n" msgstr "# ls -R | cpio -ovF /tmp/mybackup.cpio\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1267 msgid "" "A backup utility which tries to bridge the features provided by `tar` and " "`cpio` is man:pax[1]. Over the years, the various versions of `tar` and " @@ -3100,30 +3100,30 @@ msgstr "" "форматов `cpio` и `tar`, а также новые собственные форматы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1269 msgid "The `pax` equivalent to the previous examples would be:" msgstr "Эквивалент `pax` для предыдущих примеров будет:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1270 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing Up the Current Directory with `pax`" msgstr "Резервное копирование текущего каталога с помощью `pax`" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1276 #, no-wrap msgid "# pax -wf /tmp/mybackup.pax .\n" msgstr "# pax -wf /tmp/mybackup.pax .\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1280 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Data Tapes for Backups" msgstr "Использование магнитных лент для резервного копирования" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1285 msgid "" "While tape technology has continued to evolve, modern backup systems tend to " "combine off-site backups with local removable media. FreeBSD supports any " @@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "" "Поддержка SATA и USB ленточных накопителей ограничена." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1289 msgid "" "For SCSI tape devices, FreeBSD uses the man:sa[4] driver and the [." "filename]#/dev/sa0#, [.filename]#/dev/nsa0#, and [.filename]#/dev/esa0# " @@ -3156,7 +3156,7 @@ msgstr "" "после закрытия устройства." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1292 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, `mt` is used to control operations of the tape drive, such as " "seeking through files on a tape or writing tape control marks to the tape. " @@ -3169,20 +3169,20 @@ msgstr "" "записью нового файла:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1296 #, no-wrap msgid "# mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3\n" msgstr "# mt -f /dev/nsa0 fsf 3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1299 msgid "This utility supports many operations. Refer to man:mt[1] for details." msgstr "" "Эта утилита поддерживает множество операций. Подробности смотрите в man:" "mt[1]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1301 msgid "" "To write a single file to tape using `tar`, specify the name of the tape " "device and the file to backup:" @@ -3191,25 +3191,25 @@ msgstr "" "ленты и файл для резервного копирования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1305 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar cvf /dev/sa0 file\n" msgstr "# tar cvf /dev/sa0 file\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1308 msgid "" "To recover files from a `tar` archive on tape into the current directory:" msgstr "Для восстановления файлов из архива `tar` на ленте в текущий каталог:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1312 #, no-wrap msgid "# tar xvf /dev/sa0\n" msgstr "# tar xvf /dev/sa0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1316 msgid "" "To backup a UFS file system, use `dump`. This examples backs up [." "filename]#/usr# without rewinding the tape when finished:" @@ -3219,13 +3219,13 @@ msgstr "" "ленты по завершении:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1320 #, no-wrap msgid "# dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr\n" msgstr "# dump -0aL -b64 -f /dev/nsa0 /usr\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1323 msgid "" "To interactively restore files from a `dump` file on tape into the current " "directory:" @@ -3234,19 +3234,19 @@ msgstr "" "каталог:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1327 #, no-wrap msgid "# restore -i -f /dev/nsa0\n" msgstr "# restore -i -f /dev/nsa0\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1330 #, no-wrap msgid "Third-Party Backup Utilities" msgstr "Сторонние утилиты резервного копирования" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1334 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Ports Collection provides many third-party utilities which can " "be used to schedule the creation of backups, simplify tape backup, and make " @@ -3262,17 +3262,17 @@ msgstr "" "как отдельной системы, так и всех компьютеров в сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1336 msgid "Popular utilities include:" msgstr "Популярные утилиты включают:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1338 msgid "Amanda (package:misc/amanda-server[] and package:misc/amanda-client[])," msgstr "Amanda (package:misc/amanda-server[] и package:misc/amanda-client[])," #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1339 msgid "" "Bacula (package:sysutils/bacula13-server[] and package:sysutils/bacula13-" "client[])," @@ -3281,7 +3281,7 @@ msgstr "" "client[])," #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1340 msgid "" "Bareos (package:sysutils/bareos-server[] and package:sysutils/bareos-" "client[])," @@ -3289,28 +3289,28 @@ msgstr "" "Bareos (package:sysutils/bareos-server[] и package:sysutils/bareos-client[])," #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1341 msgid "package:net/rsync[]," msgstr "package:net/rsync[]," #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1342 msgid "package:sysutils/duply[], and" msgstr "package:sysutils/duply[] и" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1343 msgid "package:sysutils/duplicity[]." msgstr "package:sysutils/duplicity[]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1344 #, no-wrap msgid "Emergency Recovery" msgstr "Процедура восстановления при сбое" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1347 msgid "" "In addition to regular backups, it is recommended to perform the following " "steps as part of an emergency preparedness plan." @@ -3319,32 +3319,32 @@ msgstr "" "следующие шаги в рамках плана подготовки к чрезвычайным ситуациям." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1349 msgid "Create a print copy of the output of the following commands:" msgstr "Создайте печатную копию вывода следующих команд:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1351 msgid "`gpart show`" msgstr "`gpart show`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1352 msgid "`more /etc/fstab`" msgstr "`more /etc/fstab`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1353 msgid "`pkg prime-list`" msgstr "`pkg prime-list`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1354 msgid "`dmesg`" msgstr "`dmesg`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1358 msgid "" "Store this printout and a copy of the installation media in a secure " "location. Should an emergency restore be needed, boot into the installation " @@ -3360,7 +3360,7 @@ msgstr "" "дисков и восстановления данных из резервных копий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1363 msgid "" "Next, test the rescue shell and the backups. Make notes of the procedure. " "Store these notes with the media, the printouts, and the backups. These " @@ -3373,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr "" "копий в стрессовой ситуации во время аварийного восстановления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1365 msgid "" "For an added measure of security, store the latest backup at a remote " "location which is physically separated from the computers and disk drives by " @@ -3384,13 +3384,13 @@ msgstr "" "значительное расстояние." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1367 #, no-wrap msgid "Memory Disks" msgstr "Диски в памяти" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1371 msgid "" "In addition to physical disks, FreeBSD also supports the creation and use of " "memory disks. One possible use for a memory disk is to access the contents " @@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@ msgstr "" "записи на CD или DVD с последующим монтированием CD/DVD-носителя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1375 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the man:md[4] driver is used to provide support for memory " "disks. The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel includes this driver. When using a " @@ -3415,19 +3415,19 @@ msgstr "" "следующую строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1379 #, no-wrap msgid "device md\n" msgstr "device md\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1382 #, no-wrap msgid "Attaching and Detaching Existing Images" msgstr "Присоединение и отсоединение существующих образов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1388 msgid "" "To mount an existing file system image, use `mdconfig` to specify the name " "of the ISO file and a free unit number. Then, refer to that unit number to " @@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr "" "памяти [.filename]#/dev/md0#, которое затем монтируется в [.filename]#/mnt#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1393 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -f diskimage.iso -u 0\n" @@ -3454,7 +3454,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount -t cd9660 /dev/md0 /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1398 msgid "" "Notice that `-t cd9660` was used to mount an ISO format. If a unit number " "is not specified with `-u`, `mdconfig` will automatically allocate an unused " @@ -3469,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr "" "команде и её параметрах можно найти в man:mdconfig[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1402 msgid "" "When a memory disk is no longer in use, its resources should be released " "back to the system. First, unmount the file system, then use `mdconfig` to " @@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ msgstr "" "ресурсов. Чтобы продолжить этот пример:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1407 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" @@ -3492,7 +3492,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mdconfig -d -u 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1410 msgid "" "To determine if any memory disks are still attached to the system, type " "`mdconfig -l`." @@ -3501,13 +3501,13 @@ msgstr "" "`mdconfig -l`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1412 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a File- or Memory-Backed Memory Disk" msgstr "Создание диска в памяти на основе файла или памяти" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1417 msgid "" "FreeBSD also supports memory disks where the storage to use is allocated " "from either a hard disk or an area of memory. The first method is commonly " @@ -3520,7 +3520,7 @@ msgstr "" "памяти. Оба типа можно создать с помощью `mdconfig`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1422 msgid "" "To create a new memory-backed file system, specify a type of `swap` and the " "size of the memory disk to create. Then, format the memory disk with a file " @@ -3535,7 +3535,7 @@ msgstr "" "файловой системой UFS перед монтированием:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1436 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t swap -s 5m -u 1\n" @@ -3563,7 +3563,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/md1 4718 4 4338 0% /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1440 msgid "" "To create a new file-backed memory disk, first allocate an area of disk to " "use. This example creates an empty 5MB file named [.filename]#newimage#:" @@ -3573,7 +3573,7 @@ msgstr "" "с именем [.filename]#newimage#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1446 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/zero of=newimage bs=1k count=5k\n" @@ -3585,7 +3585,7 @@ msgstr "" "5120+0 records out\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1449 msgid "" "Next, attach that file to a memory disk, label the memory disk and format it " "with the UFS file system, mount the memory disk, and verify the size of the " @@ -3596,7 +3596,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверьте размер диска на основе файла:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1463 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -f newimage -u 0\n" @@ -3624,7 +3624,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/md0a 4710 4 4330 0% /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1468 msgid "" "It takes several commands to create a file- or memory-backed file system " "using `mdconfig`. FreeBSD also comes with `mdmfs` which automatically " @@ -3641,13 +3641,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнению команд `bsdlabel`, `newfs` и `mount`, приведённых выше:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1472 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdmfs -F newimage -s 5m md0 /mnt\n" msgstr "# mdmfs -F newimage -s 5m md0 /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1475 msgid "" "To instead create a new memory-based memory disk with `mdmfs`, use this one " "command:" @@ -3656,13 +3656,13 @@ msgstr "" "с помощью `mdmfs`, используйте следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1479 #, no-wrap msgid "# mdmfs -s 5m md1 /mnt\n" msgstr "# mdmfs -s 5m md1 /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1483 msgid "" "If the unit number is not specified, `mdmfs` will automatically select an " "unused memory device. For more details about `mdmfs`, refer to man:mdmfs[8]." @@ -3671,13 +3671,13 @@ msgstr "" "неиспользуемое устройство памяти. Подробнее о `mdmfs` см. в man:mdmfs[8]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1485 #, no-wrap msgid "File System Snapshots" msgstr "Снимки файловой системы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1489 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1488 msgid "" "FreeBSD offers a feature in conjunction with soft updates: file system " "snapshots." @@ -3686,7 +3686,7 @@ msgstr "" "снимков файловой системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1491 msgid "" "UFS snapshots allow a user to create images of specified file systems, and " "treat them as a file. When using the crossref:zfs[,Z file system (ZFS)], " @@ -3699,7 +3699,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Управление снимками\"] для получения информации об использовании снимков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1496 msgid "" "Snapshot files must be created in the file system that the action is " "performed on, and a user may create no more than 20 snapshots per file " @@ -3720,7 +3720,7 @@ msgstr "" "может претендовать на часть освобожденных блоков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1499 msgid "" "The un-alterable `snapshot` file flag is set by man:mksnap_ffs[8] after " "initial creation of a snapshot file. man:unlink[1] makes an exception for " @@ -3731,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлов снимков, так как позволяет их удалять." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1502 msgid "" "Snapshots are created using man:mount[8]. To place a snapshot of [." "filename]#/var# in the file [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap#, use the " @@ -3741,24 +3741,24 @@ msgstr "" "var# в файле [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap#, используйте следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1506 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var\n" msgstr "# mount -u -o snapshot /var/snapshot/snap /var\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1509 msgid "Alternatively, use man:mksnap_ffs[8] to create the snapshot:" msgstr "Или используйте man:mksnap_ffs[8] для создания снимка:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1513 #, no-wrap msgid "# mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap\n" msgstr "# mksnap_ffs /var /var/snapshot/snap\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1516 msgid "" "One can find snapshot files on a file system, such as [.filename]#/var#, " "using man:find[1]:" @@ -3767,20 +3767,20 @@ msgstr "" "с помощью man:find[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1520 #, no-wrap msgid "# find /var -flags snapshot\n" msgstr "# find /var -flags snapshot\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1523 msgid "Once a snapshot has been created, it has several uses:" msgstr "" "После создания моментального снимка он может быть использован несколькими " "способами:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1525 msgid "" "Some administrators will use a snapshot file for backup purposes, because " "the snapshot can be transferred to CDs or tape." @@ -3789,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr "" "так как снимок можно перенести на компакт-диски или магнитные ленты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1526 msgid "" "The file system integrity checker, man:fsck[8], may be run on the snapshot. " "Assuming that the file system was clean when it was mounted, this should " @@ -3800,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr "" "монтирования, результат всегда должен быть чистым и неизменным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1527 msgid "" "Running man:dump[8] on the snapshot will produce a dump file that is " "consistent with the file system and the timestamp of the snapshot. man:" @@ -3813,7 +3813,7 @@ msgstr "" "L`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1528 msgid "" "The snapshot can be mounted as a frozen image of the file system. To man:" "mount[8] the snapshot [.filename]#/var/snapshot/snap# run:" @@ -3823,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" "mount[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1533 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mdconfig -a -t vnode -o readonly -f /var/snapshot/snap -u 4\n" @@ -3833,7 +3833,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount -r /dev/md4 /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1539 msgid "" "The frozen [.filename]#/var# is now available through [.filename]#/mnt#. " "Everything will initially be in the same state it was during the snapshot " @@ -3847,7 +3847,7 @@ msgstr "" "используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1544 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /mnt\n" @@ -3857,7 +3857,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mdconfig -d -u 4\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1547 msgid "" "For more information about `softupdates` and file system snapshots, " "including technical papers, visit Marshall Kirk McKusick's website at http://" @@ -3868,13 +3868,13 @@ msgstr "" "МакКузика по адресу http://www.mckusick.com/[http://www.mckusick.com/]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1549 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Quotas" msgstr "Квоты на диске" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1553 msgid "" "Disk quotas can be used to limit the amount of disk space or the number of " "files a user or members of a group may allocate on a per-file system basis. " @@ -3888,7 +3888,7 @@ msgstr "" "дисковое пространство." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1556 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure disk quotas for the UFS file " "system. To configure quotas on the ZFS file system, refer to crossref:" @@ -3899,19 +3899,19 @@ msgstr "" "zfs[zfs-zfs-quota,\"Квоты наборов данных, пользователей и групп\"]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1557 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Disk Quotas" msgstr "Включение квот на диске" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1560 msgid "To determine if the FreeBSD kernel provides support for disk quotas:" msgstr "" "Чтобы определить, поддерживает ли ядро FreeBSD квоты дискового пространства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1565 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% sysctl kern.features.ufs_quota\n" @@ -3921,7 +3921,7 @@ msgstr "" "kern.features.ufs_quota: 1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1569 msgid "" "In this example, the `1` indicates quota support. If the value is instead " "`0`, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file and " @@ -3934,24 +3934,24 @@ msgstr "" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Настройка ядра FreeBSD]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1573 #, no-wrap msgid "options QUOTA\n" msgstr "options QUOTA\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1576 msgid "Next, enable disk quotas in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Далее включите квоты на диски в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1580 #, no-wrap msgid "quota_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "quota_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1586 msgid "" "Normally on bootup, the quota integrity of each file system is checked by " "man:quotacheck[8]. This program insures that the data in the quota database " @@ -3966,13 +3966,13 @@ msgstr "" "этот шаг, добавьте следующую переменную в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1590 #, no-wrap msgid "check_quotas=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "check_quotas=\"NO\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1595 msgid "" "Finally, edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# to enable disk quotas on a per-file " "system basis. To enable per-user quotas on a file system, add `userquota` " @@ -3985,13 +3985,13 @@ msgstr "" "fstab# для файловой системы, на которой нужно включить квоты. Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1599 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota 1 2\n" msgstr "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota 1 2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1603 msgid "" "To enable group quotas, use `groupquota` instead. To enable both user and " "group quotas, separate the options with a comma:" @@ -4000,13 +4000,13 @@ msgstr "" "включить квоты и для пользователей, и для групп, разделите параметры запятой:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1607 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2\n" msgstr "/dev/da1s2g /home ufs rw,userquota,groupquota 1 2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1612 msgid "" "By default, quota files are stored in the root directory of the file system " "as [.filename]#quota.user# and [.filename]#quota.group#. Refer to man:" @@ -4019,7 +4019,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлов квот не рекомендуется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1614 msgid "" "Once the configuration is complete, reboot the system and [.filename]#/etc/" "rc# will automatically run the appropriate commands to create the initial " @@ -4030,7 +4030,7 @@ msgstr "" "квот для всех включённых квот в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1617 msgid "" "In the normal course of operations, there should be no need to manually run " "man:quotacheck[8], man:quotaon[8], or man:quotaoff[8]. However, one should " @@ -4041,24 +4041,24 @@ msgstr "" "ознакомиться с их руководствами, чтобы понимать принцип работы." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1618 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Quota Limits" msgstr "Установка ограничений квот" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1621 msgid "To verify that quotas are enabled, run:" msgstr "Для проверки включения квот выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1625 #, no-wrap msgid "# quota -v\n" msgstr "# quota -v\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1628 msgid "" "There should be a one line summary of disk usage and current quota limits " "for each file system that quotas are enabled on." @@ -4067,12 +4067,12 @@ msgstr "" "квот для каждой файловой системы, на которой включены квоты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1630 msgid "The system is now ready to be assigned quota limits with `edquota`." msgstr "Система готова к назначению квот с помощью `edquota`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1634 msgid "" "Several options are available to enforce limits on the amount of disk space " "a user or group may allocate, and how many files they may create. " @@ -4088,7 +4088,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделяется на две категории: жёсткие и мягкие лимиты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1639 msgid "" "A hard limit may not be exceeded. Once a user reaches a hard limit, no " "further allocations can be made on that file system by that user. For " @@ -4104,7 +4104,7 @@ msgstr "" "неудачей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1643 msgid "" "Soft limits can be exceeded for a limited amount of time, known as the grace " "period, which is one week by default. If a user stays over their limit " @@ -4120,7 +4120,7 @@ msgstr "" "период сбрасывается." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1647 msgid "" "In the following example, the quota for the `test` account is being edited. " "When `edquota` is invoked, the editor specified by `EDITOR` is opened in " @@ -4131,7 +4131,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменения ограничений квоты. Редактор по умолчанию установлен в vi." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1656 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# edquota -u test\n" @@ -4149,7 +4149,7 @@ msgstr "" " inodes in use: 0, limits (soft = 50, hard = 60)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1662 msgid "" "There are normally two lines for each file system that has quotas enabled. " "One line represents the block limits and the other represents the inode " @@ -4157,25 +4157,25 @@ msgid "" "the block limit on [.filename]#/usr# to a soft limit of `500` and a hard " "limit of `600`, change the values in that line as follows:" msgstr "" -"Обычно для каждой файловой системы с включенными квотами есть две строки. " +"Обычно для каждой файловой системы с включёнными квотами есть две строки. " "Одна строка представляет ограничения на блоки, а другая — ограничения на " "файлы. Измените значение, чтобы изменить лимит квоты. Например, чтобы " "увеличить лимит блоков для [.filename]#/usr# до мягкого лимита `500` и " "жёсткого лимита `600`, измените значения в этой строке следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1666 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)\n" msgstr "/usr: kbytes in use: 65, limits (soft = 500, hard = 600)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1669 msgid "The new quota limits take effect upon exiting the editor." msgstr "Новые ограничения квот вступают в силу после выхода из редактора." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1674 msgid "" "Sometimes it is desirable to set quota limits on a range of users. This can " "be done by first assigning the desired quota limit to a user. Then, use `-" @@ -4190,24 +4190,24 @@ msgstr "" "для UID с `10,000` по `19,999`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1678 #, no-wrap msgid "# edquota -p test 10000-19999\n" msgstr "# edquota -p test 10000-19999\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "For more information, refer to man:edquota[8]." msgstr "Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к man:edquota[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1682 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking Quota Limits and Disk Usage" msgstr "Проверка ограничений квот и использования диска" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1688 msgid "" "To check individual user or group quotas and disk usage, use man:quota[1]. " "A user may only examine their own quota and the quota of a group they are a " @@ -4223,7 +4223,7 @@ msgstr "" "включёнными квотами, используйте man:repquota[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1692 msgid "" "Normally, file systems that the user is not using any disk space on will not " "show in the output of `quota`, even if the user has a quota limit assigned " @@ -4239,7 +4239,7 @@ msgstr "" "файловых системах." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Disk quotas for user test (uid 1002):\n" @@ -4253,7 +4253,7 @@ msgstr "" " /usr/var 0 50 75 0 50 60\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1703 msgid "" "In this example, the user is currently 15 kbytes over the soft limit of 50 " "kbytes on [.filename]#/usr# and has 5 days of grace period left. The " @@ -4265,13 +4265,13 @@ msgstr "" "ограничение квоты." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1704 #, no-wrap msgid "Quotas over NFS" msgstr "Квоты по NFS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1708 msgid "" "Quotas are enforced by the quota subsystem on the NFS server. The man:rpc." "rquotad[8] daemon makes quota information available to `quota` on NFS " @@ -4283,7 +4283,7 @@ msgstr "" "квотам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1710 msgid "" "On the NFS server, enable `rpc.rquotad` by removing the `+#+` from this line " "in [.filename]*/etc/inetd.conf*:" @@ -4292,30 +4292,30 @@ msgstr "" "filename]*/etc/inetd.conf*:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1714 #, no-wrap msgid "rquotad/1 dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad\n" msgstr "rquotad/1 dgram rpc/udp wait root /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad rpc.rquotad\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1717 msgid "Then, restart `inetd`:" msgstr "Затем перезапустите `inetd`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1721 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd restart\n" msgstr "# service inetd restart\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1724 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypting Disk Partitions" msgstr "Шифрование разделов диска" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1729 msgid "" "FreeBSD offers excellent online protections against unauthorized data " "access. File permissions and crossref:mac[mac,Mandatory Access Control] " @@ -4335,7 +4335,7 @@ msgstr "" "другую систему для копирования и анализа данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1733 msgid "" "Regardless of how an attacker may have come into possession of a hard drive " "or powered-down computer, the GEOM-based cryptographic subsystems built into " @@ -4346,7 +4346,7 @@ msgid "" "No cleartext ever touches the hard drive's platter." msgstr "" "Независимо от того, как злоумышленник получил доступ к жёсткому диску или " -"выключенному компьютеру, криптографические подсистемы на основе GEOM, " +"выключённому компьютеру, криптографические подсистемы на основе GEOM, " "встроенные в FreeBSD, способны защитить данные в файловых системах " "компьютера даже от высокомотивированных злоумышленников с значительными " "ресурсами. В отличие от методов шифрования, которые шифруют отдельные файлы, " @@ -4355,7 +4355,7 @@ msgstr "" "на пластину жёсткого диска." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1736 msgid "" "This chapter demonstrates how to create an encrypted file system on " "FreeBSD. It first demonstrates the process using `gbde` and then " @@ -4366,18 +4366,18 @@ msgstr "" "тот же пример с использованием `geli`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1740 msgid "GBDE disk-encryption is deprecated, and removed in FreeBSD 15.0." msgstr "Подсистема шифрования дисков GBDE устарела и удалена в FreeBSD 15.0." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1742 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption with gbde" msgstr "Шифрование диска с gbde" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1747 msgid "" "The objective of the man:gbde[4] facility is to provide a formidable " "challenge for an attacker to gain access to the contents of a _cold_ storage " @@ -4397,7 +4397,7 @@ msgstr "" "фразу, используемую механизмом шифрования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1752 msgid "" "This facility provides several barriers to protect the data stored in each " "disk sector. It encrypts the contents of a disk sector using 128-bit AES in " @@ -4414,7 +4414,7 @@ msgstr "" "gbde[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1754 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a kernel module for gbde which can be loaded with this " "command:" @@ -4423,13 +4423,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующей командой:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1758 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_bde\n" msgstr "# kldload geom_bde\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1761 msgid "" "If using a custom kernel configuration file, ensure it contains this line:" msgstr "" @@ -4437,12 +4437,12 @@ msgstr "" "что он содержит следующую строку:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1763 msgid "`options GEOM_BDE`" msgstr "`options GEOM_BDE`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1765 msgid "" "The following example demonstrates adding a new hard drive to a system that " "will hold a single encrypted partition that will be mounted as [.filename]#/" @@ -4453,18 +4453,18 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/private#." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1767 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Encrypting a Partition with gbde" msgstr "Процедура: Шифрование раздела с помощью gbde" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1769 msgid "Add the New Hard Drive" msgstr "Добавьте новый жёсткий диск" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1772 msgid "" "Install the new drive to the system as explained in crossref:disks[disks-" "adding, Adding Disks]. For the purposes of this example, a new hard drive " @@ -4477,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr "" "представляет существующие стандартные разделы FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1779 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" @@ -4491,18 +4491,18 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ad0s1a /dev/ad0s1d /dev/ad4\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1782 msgid "Create a Directory to Hold `gbde` Lock Files" msgstr "Создайте каталог для хранения файлов блокировок `gbde`" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1786 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /etc/gbde\n" msgstr "# mkdir /etc/gbde\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1791 msgid "" "The gbde lock file contains information that gbde requires to access " "encrypted partitions. Without access to the lock file, gbde will not be " @@ -4517,12 +4517,12 @@ msgstr "" "Каждый зашифрованный раздел использует отдельный файл блокировки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1792 msgid "Initialize the `gbde` Partition" msgstr "Инициализируйте раздел `gbde`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1797 msgid "" "A gbde partition must be initialized before it can be used. This " "initialization needs to be performed only once. This command will open the " @@ -4535,7 +4535,7 @@ msgstr "" "использования с файловой системой UFS установите sector_size в значение 2048:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1809 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gbde init /dev/ad4s1c -i -L /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" @@ -4559,7 +4559,7 @@ msgstr "" "[...]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1815 msgid "" "Once the edit is saved, the user will be asked twice to type the passphrase " "used to secure the data. The passphrase must be the same both times. The " @@ -4576,7 +4576,7 @@ msgstr "" "\\~reinhold/diceware.html[http://world.std.com/~reinhold/diceware.htm]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1819 msgid "" "This initialization creates a lock file for the gbde partition. In this " "example, it is stored as [.filename]#/etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock#. Lock files " @@ -4589,7 +4589,7 @@ msgstr "" "скриптом запуска [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/gbde#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1824 msgid "" "Lock files _must_ be backed up together with the contents of any encrypted " "partitions. Without the lock file, the legitimate owner will be unable to " @@ -4600,18 +4600,18 @@ msgstr "" "не сможет получить доступ к данным на зашифрованном разделе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "Attach the Encrypted Partition to the Kernel" msgstr "Присоедините зашифрованный раздел к ядру" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1831 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" msgstr "# gbde attach /dev/ad4s1c -l /etc/gbde/ad4s1c.lock\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1835 msgid "" "This command will prompt to input the passphrase that was selected during " "the initialization of the encrypted partition. The new encrypted device " @@ -4622,7 +4622,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/dev# под именем [.filename]#/dev/имя_устройства.bde#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1842 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/ad*\n" @@ -4636,12 +4636,12 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ad0s1a /dev/ad0s1d /dev/ad4 /dev/ad4s1c.bde\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1845 msgid "Create a File System on the Encrypted Device" msgstr "Создайте файловую систему на зашифрованном устройстве" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1849 msgid "" "Once the encrypted device has been attached to the kernel, a file system can " "be created on the device. This example creates a UFS file system with soft " @@ -4650,28 +4650,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "После подключения зашифрованного устройства к ядру на нём можно создать " "файловую систему. В этом примере создаётся файловая система UFS с " -"включенными мягкими обновлениями. Убедитесь, что указан раздел с расширением " +"включёнными мягкими обновлениями. Убедитесь, что указан раздел с расширением " "[.filename]#*.bde#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1853 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde\n" msgstr "# newfs -U /dev/ad4s1c.bde\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1856 msgid "Mount the Encrypted Partition" msgstr "Смонтируйте зашифрованный раздел" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1858 msgid "Create a mount point and mount the encrypted file system:" msgstr "" "Создайте точку монтирования и подключите зашифрованную файловую систему:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1863 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /private\n" @@ -4681,19 +4681,19 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/ad4s1c.bde /private\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1866 msgid "Verify That the Encrypted File System is Available" msgstr "Проверьте, что зашифрованная файловая система доступна" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1868 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be visible and available for use:" msgstr "" "Зашифрованная файловая система теперь должна быть видна и доступна для " "использования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1879 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% df -H\n" @@ -4715,7 +4715,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ad4s1c.bde 150G 4.1K 138G 0% /private\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1883 msgid "" "After each boot, any encrypted file systems must be manually re-attached to " "the kernel, checked for errors, and mounted, before the file systems can be " @@ -4728,7 +4728,7 @@ msgstr "" "строки в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1889 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gbde_autoattach_all=\"YES\"\n" @@ -4740,7 +4740,7 @@ msgstr "" "gbde_lockdir=\"/etc/gbde\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1894 msgid "" "This requires that the passphrase be entered at the console at boot time. " "After typing the correct passphrase, the encrypted partition will be mounted " @@ -4753,7 +4753,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf[5]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1900 msgid "" "sysinstall is incompatible with gbde-encrypted devices. All [.filename]#*." "bde# devices must be detached from the kernel before starting sysinstall or " @@ -4767,19 +4767,19 @@ msgstr "" "примере, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1904 #, no-wrap msgid "# gbde detach /dev/ad4s1c\n" msgstr "# gbde detach /dev/ad4s1c\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1908 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Encryption with `geli`" msgstr "Шифрование диска с помощью `geli`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1913 msgid "" "An alternative cryptographic GEOM class is available using `geli`. This " "control utility adds some features and uses a different scheme for doing " @@ -4791,7 +4791,7 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечивает следующие функции:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1915 msgid "" "Utilizes the man:crypto[9] framework and automatically uses cryptographic " "hardware when it is available." @@ -4800,16 +4800,16 @@ msgstr "" "криптографическое оборудование, когда оно доступно." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1916 msgid "" "Supports multiple cryptographic algorithms such as AES-XTS, AES-CBC, and " -"Camellia-CBCAES." +"Camellia-CBC." msgstr "" "Поддерживает несколько криптографических алгоритмов, таких как AES-XTS, AES-" -"CBC и Camellia-CBCAES." +"CBC и Camellia-CBC." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1917 msgid "" "Allows the root partition to be encrypted. The passphrase used to access the " "encrypted root partition will be requested during system boot." @@ -4818,17 +4818,17 @@ msgstr "" "корневому разделу будет запрашиваться при загрузке системы." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1918 msgid "Allows the use of two independent keys." msgstr "Позволяет использование двух независимых ключей." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1919 msgid "It is fast as it performs simple sector-to-sector encryption." msgstr "Она быстрая, так как выполняет простое поблочное шифрование." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1920 msgid "" "Allows backup and restore of master keys. If a user destroys their keys, it " "is still possible to get access to the data by restoring keys from the " @@ -4839,7 +4839,7 @@ msgstr "" "восстановив ключи из резервной копии." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1921 msgid "" "Allows a disk to attach with a random, one-time key which is useful for swap " "partitions and temporary file systems." @@ -4848,13 +4848,13 @@ msgstr "" "разделов подкачки и временных файловых систем." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1923 msgid "More features and usage examples can be found in man:geli[8]." msgstr "" "Дополнительные возможности и примеры использования приведены в man:geli[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1929 msgid "" "The following example describes how to generate a key file which will be " "used as part of the master key for the encrypted provider mounted under [." @@ -4873,18 +4873,18 @@ msgstr "" "систему, смонтировать её, работать с ней и, наконец, отключить её." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1931 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Encrypting a Partition with `geli`" msgstr "Процедура: Шифрование раздела с помощью `geli`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1933 msgid "Load `geli` Support" msgstr "Загрузите поддержку `geli`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1935 msgid "" "Support for `geli` is available as a loadable kernel module. To configure " "the system to automatically load the module at boot time, add the following " @@ -4895,24 +4895,24 @@ msgstr "" "строку в файл [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1939 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_eli_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "geom_eli_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1942 msgid "To load the kernel module now:" msgstr "Чтобы загрузить модуль ядра сейчас:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1946 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_eli\n" msgstr "# kldload geom_eli\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1949 msgid "" "For a custom kernel, ensure the kernel configuration file contains these " "lines:" @@ -4921,7 +4921,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующие строки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1954 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options GEOM_ELI\n" @@ -4931,12 +4931,12 @@ msgstr "" "device crypto\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1957 msgid "Generate the Master Key" msgstr "Сгенерируйте мастер-ключа" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1964 msgid "" "The following commands generate a master key that all data will be encrypted " "with. This key can never be changed. Rather than using it directly, it is " @@ -4956,7 +4956,7 @@ msgstr "" "равным 4 КБ для улучшения производительности:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1971 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/root/da2.key bs=64 count=1\n" @@ -4970,7 +4970,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reenter new passphrase:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1974 msgid "" "It is not mandatory to use both a passphrase and a key file as either method " "of securing the master key can be used in isolation." @@ -4979,7 +4979,7 @@ msgstr "" "из этих методов защиты главного ключа может применяться отдельно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1977 msgid "" "If the key file is given as \"-\", standard input will be used. For " "example, this command generates three key files:" @@ -4988,18 +4988,18 @@ msgstr "" "Например, следующая команда генерирует три файла ключей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1981 #, no-wrap msgid "# cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2\n" msgstr "# cat keyfile1 keyfile2 keyfile3 | geli init -K - /dev/da2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1984 msgid "Attach the Provider with the Generated Key" msgstr "Присоедините поставщика с сгенерированным Ключом" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1986 msgid "" "To attach the provider, specify the key file, the name of the disk, and the " "passphrase:" @@ -5007,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для подключения провайдера укажите файл ключа, имя диска и парольную фразу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1991 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geli attach -k /root/da2.key /dev/da2\n" @@ -5017,12 +5017,12 @@ msgstr "" "Enter passphrase:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1994 msgid "This creates a new device with an [.filename]#.eli# extension:" msgstr "Это создаёт новое устройство с расширением [.filename]#.eli#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:1999 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ls /dev/da2*\n" @@ -5032,12 +5032,12 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/da2 /dev/da2.eli\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2002 msgid "Create the New File System" msgstr "Создайте новую файловую систему" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2004 msgid "" "Next, format the device with the UFS file system and mount it on an existing " "mount point:" @@ -5046,7 +5046,7 @@ msgstr "" "существующей точке монтирования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2010 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/da2.eli bs=1m\n" @@ -5058,13 +5058,13 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/da2.eli /private\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "The encrypted file system should now be available for use:" msgstr "" "Зашифрованная файловая система теперь должна быть доступна для использования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2024 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# df -H\n" @@ -5086,7 +5086,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/da2.eli 150G 4.1K 138G 0% /private\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2027 msgid "" "Once the work on the encrypted partition is done, and the [.filename]#/" "private# partition is no longer needed, it is prudent to put the device into " @@ -5098,7 +5098,7 @@ msgstr "" "хранилище, размонтировав и отключив зашифрованный раздел `geli` от ядра:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2032 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# umount /private\n" @@ -5108,7 +5108,7 @@ msgstr "" "# geli detach da2.eli\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2035 msgid "" "An [.filename]#rc.d# script is provided to simplify the mounting of `geli`-" "encrypted devices at boot time. For this example, add these lines to [." @@ -5119,7 +5119,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующие строки в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2040 #, no-wrap msgid "" "geli_devices=\"da2\"\n" @@ -5129,7 +5129,7 @@ msgstr "" "geli_da2_flags=\"-k /root/da2.key\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2050 msgid "" "This configures [.filename]#/dev/da2# as a `geli` provider with a master key " "of [.filename]#/root/da2.key#. The system will automatically detach the " @@ -5156,13 +5156,13 @@ msgstr "" "unmount,“Монтирование и размонтирование файловых систем”]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2052 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypting Swap" msgstr "Шифрование раздела подкачки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2059 msgid "" "Like the encryption of disk partitions, encryption of swap space is used to " "protect sensitive information. Consider an application that deals with " @@ -5181,7 +5181,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздела подкачки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2062 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure an encrypted swap partition using " "man:gbde[8] or man:geli[8] encryption. It assumes that [.filename]#/dev/" @@ -5192,13 +5192,13 @@ msgstr "" "раздел подкачки — это [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1b#." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2063 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Encrypted Swap" msgstr "Настройка зашифрованного раздела подкачки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2067 msgid "" "Swap partitions are not encrypted by default and should be cleared of any " "sensitive data before continuing. To overwrite the current swap partition " @@ -5209,22 +5209,22 @@ msgstr "" "текущий раздел подкачки случайными данными, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2071 #, no-wrap msgid "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada0s1b bs=1m\n" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/random of=/dev/ada0s1b bs=1m\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2075 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2074 msgid "" "To encrypt the swap partition using man:gbde[8], add the `.bde` suffix to " "the swap line in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "" -"Для шифрования раздела подкачки с помощью man:gbde[8] добавьте суффикс `." -"bde` к строке подкачки в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" +"Для шифрования раздела подкачки с помощью man:gbde[8] добавьте суффикс `.bde`" +" к строке раздела подкачки в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2079 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -5234,16 +5234,31 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ada0s1b.bde\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2082 msgid "" -"To instead encrypt the swap partition using man:geli[8], use the `.eli` " -"suffix:" +"To instead encrypt the swap partition using man:geli[8], initialize the " +"device with a onetime key:" msgstr "" -"Для шифрования раздела подкачки с помощью man:geli[8] используйте суффикс `." -"eli`:" +"Для шифрования раздела подкачки с помощью man:geli[8] инициализируйте " +"устройство с одноразовым ключём:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2086 +#, no-wrap +msgid "# geom eli onetime -d /dev/ada0s1b\n" +msgstr "# geom eli onetime -d /dev/ada0s1b\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2089 +msgid "" +"Afterwards, add a line for the device with the `.eli` suffix to [.filename]#/" +"etc/fstab#:" +msgstr "" +"После этого добавьте в [.filename]#/etc/fstab# строку для устройства с " +"суффиксом `.eli`:" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2094 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -5253,7 +5268,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw\t\t0\t0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2099 msgid "" "By default, man:geli[8] uses the AES algorithm with a key length of 128 " "bits. Normally the default settings will suffice. If desired, these " @@ -5266,13 +5281,13 @@ msgstr "" "Доступные флаги:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2100 #, no-wrap msgid "aalgo" msgstr "aalgo" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2103 msgid "" "Data integrity verification algorithm used to ensure that the encrypted data " "has not been tampered with. See man:geli[8] for a list of supported " @@ -5280,16 +5295,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Алгоритм проверки целостности данных, используемый для обеспечения " "отсутствия изменений в зашифрованных данных. Список поддерживаемых " -"алгоритмов приведен в man:geli[8]." +"алгоритмов приведён в man:geli[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2104 #, no-wrap msgid "ealgo" msgstr "ealgo" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2107 msgid "" "Encryption algorithm used to protect the data. See man:geli[8] for a list " "of supported algorithms." @@ -5298,13 +5313,13 @@ msgstr "" "алгоритмов приведён в man:geli[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2108 #, no-wrap msgid "keylen" msgstr "keylen" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2111 msgid "" "The length of the key used for the encryption algorithm. See man:geli[8] " "for the key lengths that are supported by each encryption algorithm." @@ -5314,13 +5329,13 @@ msgstr "" "geli[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2112 #, no-wrap msgid "sectorsize" msgstr "sectorsize" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2116 msgid "" "The size of the blocks data is broken into before it is encrypted. Larger " "sector sizes increase performance at the cost of higher storage overhead. " @@ -5331,7 +5346,7 @@ msgstr "" "пространства. Рекомендуемый размер — 4096 байт." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2118 msgid "" "This example configures an encrypted swap partition using the AES-XTS " "algorithm with a key length of 128 bits and a sectorsize of 4 kilobytes:" @@ -5340,7 +5355,7 @@ msgstr "" "алгоритма AES-XTS с длиной ключа 128 бит и размером сектора 4 килобайта:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2123 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\t\t\t\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -5350,13 +5365,13 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli\tnone\t\tswap\tsw,ealgo=AES-XTS,keylen=128,sectorsize=4096\t0\t0\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2125 #, no-wrap msgid "Encrypted Swap Verification" msgstr "Проверка зашифрованного раздела подкачки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2128 msgid "" "Once the system has rebooted, proper operation of the encrypted swap can be " "verified using `swapinfo`." @@ -5365,12 +5380,12 @@ msgstr "" "можно проверить с помощью `swapinfo`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2130 msgid "If man:gbde[8] is being used:" msgstr "Если используется man:gbde[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2136 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" @@ -5382,12 +5397,12 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ada0s1b.bde 542720 0 542720 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2139 msgid "If man:geli[8] is being used:" msgstr "Если используется man:geli[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2145 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% swapinfo\n" @@ -5399,13 +5414,13 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ada0s1b.eli 542720 0 542720 0\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2148 #, no-wrap msgid "Highly Available Storage (HAST)" msgstr "Высокодоступное хранилище (HAST)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2154 msgid "" "High availability is one of the main requirements in serious business " "applications and highly-available storage is a key component in such " @@ -5428,19 +5443,19 @@ msgstr "" "создавать высокодоступные кластеры хранения, устойчивые к аппаратным сбоям." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2156 msgid "The following are the main features of HAST:" msgstr "Основные возможности HAST:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2158 msgid "Can be used to mask I/O errors on local hard drives." msgstr "" "Может использоваться для маскировки ошибок ввода-вывода на локальных жёстких " "дисках." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2159 msgid "" "File system agnostic as it works with any file system supported by FreeBSD." msgstr "" @@ -5448,7 +5463,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживаемой FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2160 msgid "" "Efficient and quick resynchronization as only the blocks that were modified " "during the downtime of a node are synchronized." @@ -5457,7 +5472,7 @@ msgstr "" "только блоки, изменённые во время простоя узла." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2161 msgid "" "Can be used in an already deployed environment to add additional redundancy." msgstr "" @@ -5465,7 +5480,7 @@ msgstr "" "избыточности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2162 msgid "" "Together with CARP, Heartbeat, or other tools, it can be used to build a " "robust and durable storage system." @@ -5474,29 +5489,29 @@ msgstr "" "для создания надёжной и отказоустойчивой системы хранения данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2166 msgid "What HAST is, how it works, and which features it provides." msgstr "Что такое HAST, как он работает и какие возможности предоставляет." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2167 msgid "How to set up and use HAST on FreeBSD." msgstr "Как настроить и использовать HAST в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2168 msgid "How to integrate CARP and man:devd[8] to build a robust storage system." msgstr "" "Как интегрировать CARP и man:devd[8] для создания надёжной системы хранения " "данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2170 msgid "Before reading this section:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать этот раздел, вы должны:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2172 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." @@ -5504,7 +5519,7 @@ msgstr "" "Понимать основы UNIX(R) и FreeBSD (crossref:basics[basics,Основы FreeBSD])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2173 msgid "" "Know how to configure network interfaces and other core FreeBSD subsystems " "(crossref:config[config-tuning,Configuration and Tuning])." @@ -5513,7 +5528,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD (crossref:config[config-tuning,Настройка и оптимизация])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2174 msgid "" "Have a good understanding of FreeBSD networking (crossref:partiv[network-" "communication,\"Network Communication\"])." @@ -5522,7 +5537,7 @@ msgstr "" "communication,\"Сетевое взаимодействие\"])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2176 msgid "" "The HAST project was sponsored by The FreeBSD Foundation with support from " "http://www.omc.net/[http://www.omc.net/] and http://www.transip.nl/[http://" @@ -5532,13 +5547,13 @@ msgstr "" "[http://www.omc.net/] и http://www.transip.nl/[http://www.transip.nl/]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2177 #, no-wrap msgid "HAST Operation" msgstr "Работа HAST" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2181 msgid "" "HAST provides synchronous block-level replication between two physical " "machines: the _primary_ node and the _secondary_ node. These two machines " @@ -5549,7 +5564,7 @@ msgstr "" "узел. Вместе эти две машины называются кластером." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2185 msgid "" "Since HAST works in a primary-secondary configuration, it allows only one of " "the cluster nodes to be active at any given time. The primary node, also " @@ -5564,7 +5579,7 @@ msgstr "" "основным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2187 msgid "" "The physical components of the HAST system are the local disk on primary " "node, and the disk on the remote, secondary node." @@ -5573,7 +5588,7 @@ msgstr "" "и диск на удалённом, резервном узле." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2191 msgid "" "HAST operates synchronously on a block level, making it transparent to file " "systems and applications. HAST provides regular GEOM providers in [." @@ -5587,7 +5602,7 @@ msgstr "" "HAST, и использованием обычных дисков или разделов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2195 msgid "" "Each write, delete, or flush operation is sent to both the local disk and to " "the remote disk over TCP/IP. Each read operation is served from the local " @@ -5601,7 +5616,7 @@ msgstr "" "операция чтения отправляется на вторичный узел." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2199 msgid "" "HAST tries to provide fast failure recovery. For this reason, it is " "important to reduce synchronization time after a node's outage. To provide " @@ -5616,7 +5631,7 @@ msgstr "" "начальной синхронизации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2202 msgid "" "There are many ways to handle synchronization. HAST implements several " "replication modes to handle different synchronization methods:" @@ -5625,7 +5640,7 @@ msgstr "" "несколько режимов репликации для работы с различными методами синхронизации:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2204 msgid "" "_memsync_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local " "write operation is finished and when the remote node acknowledges data " @@ -5642,7 +5657,7 @@ msgstr "" "надёжность. Этот режим используется по умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2205 msgid "" "_fullsync_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when both the " "local write and the remote write complete. This is the safest and the " @@ -5653,31 +5668,31 @@ msgstr "" "самый медленный режим репликации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2206 msgid "" "_async_: This mode reports a write operation as completed when the local " "write completes. This is the fastest and the most dangerous replication " "mode. It should only be used when replicating to a distant node where " "latency is too high for other modes." msgstr "" -"_async_: В этом режиме операция записи считается завершенной, как только " +"_async_: В этом режиме операция записи считается завершённой, как только " "завершается локальная запись. Это самый быстрый и самый опасный режим " "репликации. Он должен использоваться только при репликации на удалённый " "узел, где задержка слишком высока для других режимов." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2207 #, no-wrap msgid "HAST Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация HAST" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2210 msgid "The HAST framework consists of several components:" msgstr "Фреймворк HAST состоит из нескольких компонентов:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2212 msgid "" "The man:hastd[8] daemon which provides data synchronization. When this " "daemon is started, it will automatically load `geom_gate.ko`." @@ -5686,13 +5701,13 @@ msgstr "" "этого демона он автоматически загружает модуль `geom_gate.ko`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2213 msgid "The userland management utility, man:hastctl[8]." msgstr "" "Служебная программа управления пользовательским пространством man:hastctl[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2214 msgid "" "The man:hast.conf[5] configuration file. This file must exist before " "starting hastd." @@ -5701,7 +5716,7 @@ msgstr "" "hastd." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2216 msgid "" "Users who prefer to statically build `GEOM_GATE` support into the kernel " "should add this line to the custom kernel configuration file, then rebuild " @@ -5714,13 +5729,13 @@ msgstr "" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Настройка ядра FreeBSD]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2220 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_GATE\n" msgstr "options\tGEOM_GATE\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2226 msgid "" "The following example describes how to configure two nodes in primary-" "secondary operation using HAST to replicate the data between the two. The " @@ -5739,7 +5754,7 @@ msgstr "" "`test`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2230 msgid "" "Configuration of HAST is done using [.filename]#/etc/hast.conf#. This file " "should be identical on both nodes. The simplest configuration is:" @@ -5749,7 +5764,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2243 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resource test {\n" @@ -5775,12 +5790,12 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2246 msgid "For more advanced configuration, refer to man:hast.conf[5]." msgstr "Для более сложной настройки обратитесь к man:hast.conf[5]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2250 msgid "" "It is also possible to use host names in the `remote` statements if the " "hosts are resolvable and defined either in [.filename]#/etc/hosts# or in the " @@ -5790,7 +5805,7 @@ msgstr "" "разрешаемы и определены либо в [.filename]#/etc/hosts#, либо в локальном DNS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2254 msgid "" "Once the configuration exists on both nodes, the HAST pool can be created. " "Run these commands on both nodes to place the initial metadata onto the " @@ -5801,7 +5816,7 @@ msgstr "" "локальном диске и запустить man:hastd[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2259 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl create test\n" @@ -5811,7 +5826,7 @@ msgstr "" "# service hastd onestart\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2265 msgid "" "It is _not_ possible to use GEOM providers with an existing file system or " "to convert an existing storage to a HAST-managed pool. This procedure needs " @@ -5824,7 +5839,7 @@ msgstr "" "существующем провайдере не будет достаточно необходимого пространства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2269 msgid "" "A HAST node's `primary` or `secondary` role is selected by an administrator, " "or software like Heartbeat, using man:hastctl[8]. On the primary node, " @@ -5835,35 +5850,35 @@ msgstr "" "основном узле `hasta` выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2273 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role primary test\n" msgstr "# hastctl role primary test\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2276 msgid "Run this command on the secondary node, `hastb`:" msgstr "Выполните эту команду на дополнительном узле, `hastb`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2280 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl role secondary test\n" msgstr "# hastctl role secondary test\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2283 msgid "Verify the result by running `hastctl` on each node:" msgstr "Проверьте результат, выполнив `hastctl` на каждом узле:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2287 #, no-wrap msgid "# hastctl status test\n" msgstr "# hastctl status test\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2293 msgid "" "Check the `status` line in the output. If it says `degraded`, something is " "wrong with the configuration file. It should say `complete` on each node, " @@ -5877,7 +5892,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершается, когда `hastctl status` сообщает о 0 байтах в `dirty` экстентах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2298 msgid "" "The next step is to create a file system on the GEOM provider and mount it. " "This must be done on the `primary` node. Creating the file system can take " @@ -5890,7 +5905,7 @@ msgstr "" "примере создаётся файловая система UFS на [.filename]#/dev/hast/test#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2304 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/hast/test\n" @@ -5902,7 +5917,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hast/test /hast/test\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2308 msgid "" "Once the HAST framework is configured properly, the final step is to make " "sure that HAST is started automatically during system boot. Add this line " @@ -5913,19 +5928,19 @@ msgstr "" "следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2312 #, no-wrap msgid "hastd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "hastd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2314 #, no-wrap msgid "Failover Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация отказоустойчивости" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2318 msgid "" "The goal of this example is to build a robust storage system which is " "resistant to the failure of any given node. If the primary node fails, the " @@ -5938,7 +5953,7 @@ msgstr "" "файловую систему, продолжив работу без потери данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2324 msgid "" "To accomplish this task, the Common Address Redundancy Protocol (CARP) is " "used to provide for automatic failover at the IP layer. CARP allows " @@ -5960,7 +5975,7 @@ msgstr "" "узел HAST в кластере должен быть основным узлом CARP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2328 msgid "" "The HAST pool created in the previous section is now ready to be exported to " "the other hosts on the network. This can be accomplished by exporting it " @@ -5975,7 +5990,7 @@ msgstr "" "основного." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2332 msgid "" "In the event of CARP interfaces going up or down, the FreeBSD operating " "system generates a man:devd[8] event, making it possible to watch for state " @@ -5992,7 +6007,7 @@ msgstr "" "скрипт для автоматической обработки переключения при отказе в HAST." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2334 msgid "" "To catch state changes on the CARP interfaces, add this configuration to [." "filename]#/etc/devd.conf# on each node, while replacing `<vhid>` with the " @@ -6004,7 +6019,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейса:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" @@ -6022,7 +6037,7 @@ msgstr "" "};\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2350 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 30 {\n" @@ -6040,7 +6055,7 @@ msgstr "" "};\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2353 msgid "" "Restart man:devd[8] on both nodes to put the new configuration into effect:" msgstr "" @@ -6048,13 +6063,13 @@ msgstr "" "в силу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2357 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devd restart\n" msgstr "# service devd restart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2361 msgid "" "When the specified interface state changes by going up or down , the system " "generates a notification, allowing the man:devd[8] subsystem to run the " @@ -6069,18 +6084,18 @@ msgstr "" "обратитесь к man:devd.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2363 msgid "Here is an example of an automated failover script:" msgstr "Вот пример скрипта автоматического переключения при отказе:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2367 #, no-wrap msgid "#!/bin/sh\n" msgstr "#!/bin/sh\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2371 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Original script by Freddie Cash <fjwcash@gmail.com>\n" @@ -6092,7 +6107,7 @@ msgstr "" "# and Viktor Petersson <vpetersson@wireload.net>\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2374 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# The names of the HAST resources, as listed in /etc/hast.conf\n" @@ -6102,7 +6117,7 @@ msgstr "" "resources=\"test\"\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2378 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# delay in mounting HAST resource after becoming primary\n" @@ -6114,7 +6129,7 @@ msgstr "" "delay=3\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2382 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# logging\n" @@ -6126,13 +6141,13 @@ msgstr "" "name=\"carp-hast\"\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2384 #, no-wrap msgid "# end of user configurable stuff\n" msgstr "# end of user configurable stuff\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2389 #, no-wrap msgid "" "case \"$1\" in\n" @@ -6146,7 +6161,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t\tsleep ${delay}\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2395 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Wait for any \"hastd secondary\" processes to stop\n" @@ -6162,7 +6177,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t\t\tdone\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2403 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t\t# Switch role for each disk\n" @@ -6182,7 +6197,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t\tdone\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2410 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Wait for the /dev/hast/* devices to appear\n" @@ -6200,7 +6215,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t\t\tdone\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2416 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t\tif [ ! -c \"/dev/hast/${disk}\" ]; then\n" @@ -6216,13 +6231,13 @@ msgstr "" "\t\tdone\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2418 #, no-wrap msgid "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n" msgstr "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Role for HAST resources ${resources} switched to primary.\"\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2425 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Mounting disks.\"\n" @@ -6240,13 +6255,13 @@ msgstr "" "\t\tdone\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2427 #, no-wrap msgid "\t;;\n" msgstr "\t;;\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2430 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tsecondary)\n" @@ -6256,7 +6271,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t\tlogger -p $log -t $name \"Switching to secondary provider for ${resources}.\"\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2448 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\t\t# Switch roles for the HAST resources\n" @@ -6296,7 +6311,7 @@ msgstr "" "esac\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2451 msgid "" "In a nutshell, the script takes these actions when a node becomes primary:" msgstr "" @@ -6304,37 +6319,37 @@ msgstr "" "основным:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2453 msgid "Promotes the HAST pool to primary on the other node." msgstr "Переводит пул HAST в primary на другом узле." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2454 msgid "Checks the file system under the HAST pool." msgstr "Проверяет файловую систему в пуле HAST." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2455 msgid "Mounts the pool." msgstr "Подключает пул." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2457 msgid "When a node becomes secondary:" msgstr "Когда узел становится вторичным:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2459 msgid "Unmounts the HAST pool." msgstr "Размонтирует пул HAST." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2460 msgid "Degrades the HAST pool to secondary." msgstr "Переводит пул HAST в состояние secondary." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2465 msgid "" "This is just an example script which serves as a proof of concept. It does " "not handle all the possible scenarios and can be extended or altered in any " @@ -6345,7 +6360,7 @@ msgstr "" "способом, например, для запуска или остановки необходимых служб." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2471 msgid "" "For this example, a standard UFS file system was used. To reduce the time " "needed for recovery, a journal-enabled UFS or ZFS file system can be used " @@ -6356,7 +6371,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналируемую UFS или файловую систему ZFS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2474 msgid "" "Instead of using the highly available storage locally, it can also be shared " "to other computers on a network via crossref:network-servers[network-nfs," @@ -6370,7 +6385,7 @@ msgstr "" "samba419[])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2476 msgid "" "More detailed information with additional examples can be found at http://" "wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST[http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST]." @@ -6379,13 +6394,13 @@ msgstr "" "http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST[http://wiki.FreeBSD.org/HAST]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2477 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Устранение неполадок" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2482 msgid "" "HAST should generally work without issues. However, as with any other " "software product, there may be times when it does not work as supposed. The " @@ -6398,7 +6413,7 @@ msgstr "" "— обеспечить синхронизацию времени между узлами кластера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2486 msgid "" "When troubleshooting HAST, the debugging level of man:hastd[8] should be " "increased by starting `hastd` with `-d`. This argument may be specified " @@ -6411,13 +6426,13 @@ msgstr "" "использовать `-F`, что запускает `hastd` в foreground." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2488 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering from the Split-brain Condition" msgstr "Восстановление после раскола кластера" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2493 msgid "" "_Split-brain_ occurs when the nodes of the cluster are unable to communicate " "with each other, and both are configured as primary. This is a dangerous " @@ -6430,7 +6445,7 @@ msgstr "" "проблема должна быть устранена вручную системным администратором." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2497 msgid "" "The administrator must either decide which node has more important changes, " "or perform the merge manually. Then, let HAST perform full synchronization " @@ -6443,7 +6458,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполните следующие команды на узле, который требует повторной синхронизации:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/disks/_index.adoc:2503 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# hastctl role init test\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc index 99ad6643a3..44443512a2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'Часть III. Администрирование системы' prev: books/handbook/cutting-edge showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["DTrace", "features", "guide", "tutorial", "kldload"] -title: 'Глава 27. DTrace' +title: 'Глава 28. DTrace' weight: 31 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 31 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 27 +:sectnumoffset: 28 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po index 14c58a1ebe..466dd83e5a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookdtrace_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "Часть III. Администрирование системы" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 27. DTrace" -msgstr "Глава 27. DTrace" +msgid "Chapter 28. DTrace" +msgstr "Глава 28. DTrace" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "DTrace" msgstr "DTrace" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "DTrace, also known as Dynamic Tracing, was developed by Sun(TM) as a tool " "for locating performance bottlenecks in production and pre-production " @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" "программах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "DTrace is a remarkable profiling tool, with an impressive array of features " "for diagnosing system issues. It may also be used to run pre-written " @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" "профилирование в соответствии с конкретными потребностями." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "The FreeBSD implementation provides full support for kernel DTrace and " "experimental support for userland DTrace. Userland DTrace allows users to " @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "имеют опцию DTrace для включения статических зондов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "The official guide to DTrace is maintained by the illumos project at https://" "illumos.org/books/dtrace/bookinfo.html[illumos Dynamic Tracing Guide]." @@ -110,17 +110,17 @@ msgstr "" "Guide]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:68 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:70 msgid "What DTrace is and what features it provides." msgstr "Что такое DTrace и какие возможности он предоставляет." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Differences between the Solaris(TM) DTrace implementation and the one " "provided by FreeBSD." @@ -129,17 +129,17 @@ msgstr "" "предоставляемой FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:72 msgid "How to enable and use DTrace on FreeBSD." msgstr "Как включить и использовать DTrace в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ msgstr "" "Понимать основы UNIX(R) и FreeBSD (crossref:basics[basics,Основы FreeBSD])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." @@ -156,13 +156,13 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD (crossref:security[security,Безопасность])." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "Implementation Differences" msgstr "Различия в реализациях" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "While the DTrace in FreeBSD is similar to that found in Solaris(TM), " "differences do exist. The primary difference is that in FreeBSD, DTrace is " @@ -175,13 +175,13 @@ msgstr "" "до загрузки этих модулей. Чтобы загрузить все необходимые модули:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload dtraceall\n" msgstr "# kldload dtraceall\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "Beginning with FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE, the modules are automatically loaded " "when man:dtrace[1] is run." @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "" "man:dtrace[1]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the `DDB_CTF` kernel option to enable support for loading man:" "ctf[5] data from kernel modules and the kernel itself. `CTF` is the " @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ msgstr "" "библиотеки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "Some different providers exist for FreeBSD than for Solaris(TM). Most " "notable is the `dtmalloc` provider, which allows tracing man:malloc[9] by " @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" "могут работать или не работать без изменений в FreeBSD, и наоборот." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "Due to security differences, only `root` may use DTrace on FreeBSD. " "Solaris(TM) has a few low level security checks which do not yet exist in " @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev/dtrace/dtrace# строго ограничился только пользователем `root`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "DTrace falls under the Common Development and Distribution License (`CDDL`) " "license. To view this license on FreeBSD, see [.filename]#/usr/src/cddl/" @@ -265,13 +265,13 @@ msgstr "" "распространении модулей в бинарной форме или при загрузке бинарных файлов." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling DTrace Support" msgstr "Включение поддержки DTrace" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "In FreeBSD 9.2 and 10.0, DTrace support is built into the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel. Users of earlier versions of FreeBSD or who " @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options KDTRACE_HOOKS\n" @@ -302,18 +302,18 @@ msgstr "" "makeoptions\tWITH_CTF=1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:127 msgid "Users of the AMD64 architecture should also add this line:" msgstr "Пользователи архитектуры AMD64 также должны добавить эту строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "options KDTRACE_FRAME\n" msgstr "options KDTRACE_FRAME\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:135 msgid "" "This option provides support for man:dtrace_fbt[4]. While DTrace will work " "without this option, there will be limited support for function boundary " @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет ограничена." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "Once the FreeBSD system has rebooted into the new kernel, or the DTrace " "kernel modules have been loaded using `kldload dtraceall`, install the " @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" "базовой системе FreeBSD — см. [.filename]#/usr/share/dtrace#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "The scripts found in [.filename]#/usr/share/dtrace# have been specifically " "ported to FreeBSD. Not all of the scripts found in the DTrace Toolkit will " @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD без изменений, и для некоторых может потребоваться доработка." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "The DTrace Toolkit includes many scripts in the special language of DTrace. " "This language is called the D language and it is very similar to C++. An in " @@ -369,13 +369,13 @@ msgstr "" "illumos.org/books/dtrace/bookinfo.html[illumos Dynamic Tracing Guide]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling DTrace in Out-of-Kernel Modules" msgstr "Включение DTrace во внешних модулях ядра" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "To add DTrace support to an out-of-kernel module, which is useful for " "development and debugging, include the following line in the module's " @@ -385,13 +385,13 @@ msgstr "" "разработки и отладки, включите следующую строку в Makefile модуля:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "CFLAGS+= -DKDTRACE_HOOKS\n" msgstr "CFLAGS+= -DKDTRACE_HOOKS\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "This flag enables DTrace hooks during compilation, allowing for advanced " "debugging and monitoring of the module. Ensure to recompile the module " @@ -403,13 +403,13 @@ msgstr "" "DTrace." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DTrace" msgstr "Использование DTrace" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "DTrace scripts consist of a list of one or more _probes_, or instrumentation " "points, where each probe is associated with an action. Whenever the " @@ -430,20 +430,20 @@ msgstr "" "различных событий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "To view all probes, the administrator can execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Для просмотра всех проб администратор может выполнить следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "# dtrace -l | more\n" msgstr "# dtrace -l | more\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "Each probe has an `ID`, a `PROVIDER` (e.g., `dtrace` or `fbt`), a `MODULE`, " "and a `FUNCTION NAME`. Refer to man:dtrace[1] for more information about " @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ msgstr "" "найти в man:dtrace[1]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:185 msgid "" "The examples in this section provide an overview of how to use two of the " "fully supported scripts from the DTrace Toolkit: the [.filename]#hotkernel# " @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#procsystime#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:188 msgid "" "The [.filename]#hotkernel# script is designed to identify which function is " "using the most kernel time. It will produce output similar to the following:" @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующую:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/local/share/dtrace-toolkit\n" @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sampling... Hit Ctrl-C to end.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "As instructed, use the kbd:[Ctrl+C] key combination to stop the process. " "Upon termination, the script will display a list of kernel functions and " @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "о времени, сортируя вывод в порядке возрастания времени:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kernel`_thread_lock_flags 2 0.0%\n" @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" "0xc10981a5 42139 99.3%\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "This script will also work with kernel modules. To use this feature, run " "the script with `-m`:" @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" "возможность, запустите скрипт с ключом `-m`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./hotkernel -m\n" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr "" "0xc10981a5 213781 99.6%\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:256 msgid "" "The [.filename]#procsystime# script captures and prints the system call time " "usage for a given process `ID` (`PID`) or process name. In the following " @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" "результаты этого теста:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ./procsystime -n csh\n" @@ -632,13 +632,13 @@ msgstr "" "^C\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n" msgstr "Elapsed Times for processes csh,\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "" " SYSCALL TIME (ns)\n" @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ msgstr "" " read 3988049784\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/dtrace/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "As shown, the man:read[2] system call used the most time in nanoseconds " "while the man:getpid[2] system call used the least amount of time." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po index 1df302ea1a..d354da1805 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/eresources/_index.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-23 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgid "Resources on the Internet" msgstr "Ресурсы в Интернете" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:54 msgid "" "Development of FreeBSD is too rapid for print media to be practical for " "keeping people informed. For awareness of developments: electronic " @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать электронные альтернативы печати." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "The FreeBSD user community provides much technical support -- with forums, " "chat and email amongst the most popular and effective means of communication." @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" "выделить форумы, чаты и электронную почту." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:59 msgid "" "The most important points of contact are outlined below. The link:https://" "wiki.freebsd.org/Community[Community wiki area] may be more up-to-date." @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ msgstr "" "актуальную информацию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Please make the {freebsd-doc} aware of any resource that is either " "redundant, or not yet listed below." @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ msgstr "" "избыточным или ещё не указан ниже." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:63 #, no-wrap msgid "Websites" msgstr "Вебсайты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "The link:https://forums.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Forums] provide a web based " "discussion forum for FreeBSD questions and technical discussion." @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr "" "обсуждения вопросов, связанных с FreeBSD, и технических дискуссий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "The link:https://wiki.FreeBSD.org/[FreeBSD Wiki] provides various bits of " "information that hadn't yet made it into the Handbook." @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" "информацию, которая ещё не вошла в Руководство." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "The link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[Documentation Portal] offers much more " "than the FreeBSD Handbook alone; there are more than forty books and " @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" "статей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "The link:https://freebsdfoundation.org/our-work/journal/browser-based-" "edition/[FreeBSD Journal] is a free, professionally-edited, bi-monthly " @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgstr "" "org[Фондом FreeBSD]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "The link:http://www.youtube.com/bsdconferences[BSDConferences YouTube " "Channel] provides a collection of high quality videos from BSD conferences " @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr "" "работах в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "link:https://www.freebsd.org/status/[FreeBSD Status Reports] are released " "every three months and track progress of FreeBSD development." @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ msgstr "" "раз в три месяца и отслеживают прогресс в разработке FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "There's a link:https://www.reddit.com/r/freebsd/[FreeBSD-focused Reddit " "group] at r/freebsd." @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ msgstr "" "com/r/freebsd/[r/freebsd]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "link:https://superuser.com/questions/tagged/freebsd[Super User] and link:" "https://serverfault.com/questions/tagged/freebsd[Server Fault], the Stack " @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "" "Stack Exchange для системных администраторов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/Discord[FreeBSD Discord server], a " "communications and community-building service, where FreeBSD community " @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ msgstr "" "вносить свой вклад, сотрудничать и быть в курсе всего, что связано с FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "link:https://wiki.freebsd.org/IRC/Channels[IRC channels], a widely " "implemented, technically mature, open standard text chat." @@ -195,13 +195,13 @@ msgstr "" "распространённый, технически зрелый, открытый стандарт текстового чата." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "Mailing Lists" msgstr "Списки рассылки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "The mailing lists are the most direct way of addressing questions or opening " "a technical discussion to a concentrated FreeBSD audience. There are a wide " @@ -216,13 +216,13 @@ msgstr "" "более быстрый и точный ответ." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:84 msgid "Technical list threads should remain technical." msgstr "" "Технические обсуждения в списках рассылки должны оставаться техническими." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "All users and developers of FreeBSD should subscribe to the {freebsd-" "announce}." @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" "{freebsd-announce}." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "To test FreeBSD mailing list capabilities, aim for the {freebsd-test}. " "Please do not send test messages to any other list." @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "" "списки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "When in doubt about what list to post a question to, see extref:{freebsd-" "questions-article}[How to get best results from the FreeBSD-questions " @@ -252,12 +252,12 @@ msgstr "" "списка рассылки FreeBSD-questions]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:96 msgid "Before posting to any list, please:" msgstr "Перед отправкой сообщения в любой список, пожалуйста:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "learn about how to best use the mailing lists, such as how to help avoid " "frequently-repeated discussions, by reading the extref:{mailing-list-faq}" @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ msgstr "" "list-faq}[Часто задаваемые вопросы о списках рассылки] (FAQ)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "search the archives, to tell whether someone else has already posted the " "same." @@ -276,23 +276,23 @@ msgstr "" "поищите в архивах, чтобы убедиться, что кто-то уже не публиковал тоже самое." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:101 msgid "Archive search interfaces include:" msgstr "Интерфейсы поиска в архивах включают:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:103 msgid "https://lists.freebsd.org/search[] (FreeBSD, experimental)" msgstr "" "https://lists.freebsd.org/search[] (FreeBSD, экспериментальный интерфейс)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:104 msgid "https://www.freebsd.org/search/[] (DuckDuckGo)" msgstr "https://www.freebsd.org/search/[] (DuckDuckGo)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "Note that this also means that messages sent to FreeBSD mailing lists are " "archived in perpetuity. When protecting privacy is a concern, consider " @@ -305,27 +305,27 @@ msgstr "" "адрес электронной почты и публиковать только общедоступную информацию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:109 msgid "FreeBSD-provided archives:" msgstr "Предоставляемые FreeBSD архивы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:111 msgid "do not present links as links" msgstr "не отображают ссылки в виде ссылок" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:112 msgid "do not present inline images" msgstr "не отображают встроенные изображения" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:113 msgid "do not present HTML content of HTML messages." msgstr "не отображают HTML-содержимое HTML-сообщений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "The FreeBSD public mailing lists can be consulted link:{mailing-lists-url}" "[here]." @@ -334,20 +334,20 @@ msgstr "" "[здесь]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "How to Subscribe or Unsubscribe" msgstr "Как подписаться или отписаться" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:121 msgid "At {mailing-lists-url}, click the name of a list to reveal its options." msgstr "" "На {mailing-lists-url} нажмите на название списка, чтобы увидеть доступные " "опции." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "To post, after subscribing, send mail to `listname@FreeBSD.org`. The " "message will be redistributed to list members." @@ -356,13 +356,13 @@ msgstr "" "org`. Сообщение будет распространено среди участников списка." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Lists Basic Rules" msgstr "Основные правила списков" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "_All_ FreeBSD mailing lists have certain basic rules which must be adhered " "to by anyone using them. Failure to comply with these guidelines will " @@ -376,21 +376,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "_Все_ списки рассылки FreeBSD имеют определённые основные правила, которые " "должны соблюдаться всеми участниками. Несоблюдение этих правил приведет к " -"двум (2) письменным предупреждениям от постмастера FreeBSD " -"mailto:postmaster@FreeBSD.org[postmaster@FreeBSD.org], после чего, при " -"третьем нарушении, отправитель будет удален из всех списков рассылки FreeBSD " -"и заблокирован для дальнейших отправок. Мы сожалеем, что такие правила и " -"меры вообще необходимы, но сегодняшний Интернет, кажется, довольно суровая " -"среда, и многие не осознают, насколько хрупкими могут быть некоторые его " -"механизмы." +"двум (2) письменным предупреждениям от постмастера FreeBSD mailto:" +"postmaster@FreeBSD.org[postmaster@FreeBSD.org], после чего, при третьем " +"нарушении, отправитель будет удален из всех списков рассылки FreeBSD и " +"заблокирован для дальнейших отправок. Мы сожалеем, что такие правила и меры " +"вообще необходимы, но сегодняшний Интернет, кажется, довольно суровая среда, " +"и многие не осознают, насколько хрупкими могут быть некоторые его механизмы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:133 msgid "Rules of the road:" msgstr "Правила поведения:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:135 msgid "" "The topic of any posting should adhere to the basic description of the list " "it is posted to. If the list is about technical issues, the posting should " @@ -408,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать в таких случаях." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "No posting should be made to more than 2 mailing lists, and only to 2 when a " "clear and obvious need to post to both lists exists. For most lists, there " @@ -430,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "независимо от того, кем был отправитель._" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "Personal attacks and profanity (in the context of an argument) are not " "allowed, and that includes users and developers alike. Gross breaches of " @@ -445,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "получено, не приветствуются, но специально не пресекаются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "Advertising of non-FreeBSD related products or services is strictly " "prohibited and will result in an immediate ban if it is clear that the " @@ -456,13 +455,13 @@ msgstr "" "спамом." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "Filtering on the Mailing Lists" msgstr "Фильтрация в почтовых рассылках" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "The FreeBSD mailing lists are filtered in multiple ways to avoid the " "distribution of spam, viruses, and other unwanted emails. The filtering " @@ -475,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr "" "защиты списков рассылки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "Only certain types of attachments are allowed on the mailing lists. All " "attachments with a MIME content type not found in the list below will be " @@ -486,67 +485,67 @@ msgstr "" "перед рассылкой письма." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:149 msgid "application/octet-stream" msgstr "application/octet-stream" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:150 msgid "application/pdf" msgstr "application/pdf" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:151 msgid "application/pgp-signature" msgstr "application/pgp-signature" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:152 msgid "application/x-pkcs7-signature" msgstr "application/x-pkcs7-signature" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:153 msgid "message/rfc822" msgstr "message/rfc822" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:154 msgid "multipart/alternative" msgstr "multipart/alternative" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:155 msgid "multipart/related" msgstr "multipart/related" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:156 msgid "multipart/signed" msgstr "multipart/signed" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:157 msgid "text/html" msgstr "text/html" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:158 msgid "text/plain" msgstr "text/plain" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:159 msgid "text/x-diff" msgstr "text/x-diff" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:160 msgid "text/x-patch" msgstr "text/x-patch" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "Some of the mailing lists might allow attachments of other MIME content " "types, but the above list should be applicable for most of the mailing lists." @@ -556,17 +555,17 @@ msgstr "" "списков рассылки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:167 msgid "If a multi-part message includes text/plain and text/html parts:" msgstr "Если многосоставное сообщение включает части text/plain и text/html:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:169 msgid "addressees will receive both parts" msgstr "получатели получат обе части" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "lists.freebsd.org will present text/plain with an option to view original " "text (source, with raw HTML amongst the parts)." @@ -575,23 +574,23 @@ msgstr "" "исходного текста (исходник, включая сырой HTML среди частей)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:172 msgid "If text/plain does not accompany text/html:" msgstr "Если text/plain не сопровождает text/html:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:174 msgid "there will be conversion from HTML to plain text." msgstr "Будет выполнено преобразование из HTML в простой текст." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Usenet Newsgroups" msgstr "Группы новостей Usenet" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" "In addition to two FreeBSD specific newsgroups, there are many others in " "which FreeBSD is discussed or are otherwise relevant to FreeBSD users." @@ -601,81 +600,81 @@ msgstr "" "интересами пользователей FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD Specific Newsgroups" msgstr "Новостные группы, специфичные для BSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "link:news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce[comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce]" msgstr "" "link:news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce[comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.announce]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:184 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc[comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc]" msgstr "link:news:comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc[comp.unix.bsd.freebsd.misc]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:185 msgid "link:news:de.comp.os.unix.bsd[de.comp.os.unix.bsd] (German)" msgstr "link:news:de.comp.os.unix.bsd[de.comp.os.unix.bsd] (немецкий)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:186 msgid "link:news:fr.comp.os.bsd[fr.comp.os.bsd] (French)" msgstr "link:news:fr.comp.os.bsd[fr.comp.os.bsd] (французский)" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "Other UNIX(R) Newsgroups of Interest" msgstr "Другие новостные группы UNIX(R), представляющие интерес" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:190 msgid "link:news:comp.unix[comp.unix]" msgstr "link:news:comp.unix[comp.unix]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:191 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.questions[comp.unix.questions]" msgstr "link:news:comp.unix.questions[comp.unix.questions]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:192 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.admin[comp.unix.admin]" msgstr "link:news:comp.unix.admin[comp.unix.admin]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:193 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.programmer[comp.unix.programmer]" msgstr "link:news:comp.unix.programmer[comp.unix.programmer]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:194 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.shell[comp.unix.shell]" msgstr "link:news:comp.unix.shell[comp.unix.shell]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:195 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.misc[comp.unix.misc]" msgstr "link:news:comp.unix.misc[comp.unix.misc]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:196 msgid "link:news:comp.unix.bsd[comp.unix.bsd]" msgstr "link:news:comp.unix.bsd[comp.unix.bsd]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "X Window System" msgstr "Система X Window" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/eresources/_index.adoc:199 msgid "link:news:comp.windows.x[comp.windows.x]" msgstr "link:news:comp.windows.x[comp.windows.x]" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc index 0de9d67a5d..2e83fcf688 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'Часть III. Администрирование системы' prev: books/handbook/zfs showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["filesystem", "ext2", "ext3", "ext4", "ext2fs", "FAT", "exFAT", "NTFS", "HFS", "HFS+", "Apple", "Microsoft", "Linux"] -title: 'Глава 23. Поддержка файловых систем' +title: 'Глава 24. Поддержка файловых систем' weight: 27 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 27 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 23 +:sectnumoffset: 24 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po index 2ae5899989..c5ad7ca187 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookfilesystems_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "Часть III. Администрирование системы" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 23. Other File Systems" -msgstr "Глава 23. Поддержка файловых систем" +msgid "Chapter 24. Other File Systems" +msgstr "Глава 24. Поддержка файловых систем" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Other File Systems" msgstr "Поддержка файловых систем" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "File systems are a fundamental component of any operating system. They " "enable users to store, manage, and access data, making storage devices like " @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" "основе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "FreeBSD has traditionally used the Unix File System (UFS), with the " "modernized UFS2 as its primary native file system. FreeBSD also uses the Z " @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "см. crossref:zfs[zfs,The Z File System (ZFS)]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "In addition to its native file systems, FreeBSD supports a broad range of " "file systems from other operating systems. Support for these file systems " @@ -91,25 +91,25 @@ msgstr "" "время как для других необходимы дополнительные пользовательские утилиты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:66 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "Be familiar with UNIX(R) concepts and crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD basics]." msgstr "Знать концепции UNIX(R) и crossref:basics[basics,основы FreeBSD]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Feel comfortable crossref:ports[ports,installing software] in FreeBSD." msgstr "" "Свободно устанавливать программное обеспечение через crossref:ports[ports," "установку программ] в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "Have some understanding of crossref:disks[disks,disks], storage devices, and " "FreeBSD's naming conventions for devices." @@ -118,17 +118,17 @@ msgstr "" "хранения данных и соглашениях FreeBSD по именованию устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Read this chapter to:" msgstr "Прочитайте эту главу, чтобы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Understand the differences between native and supported file systems." msgstr "Понять различия между родными и поддерживаемыми файловыми системами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "Know which file systems are supported by FreeBSD and the level of support " "available." @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддержки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Learn how to enable, configure, access, and work with non-native file " "systems." @@ -146,13 +146,13 @@ msgstr "" "системами, не входящими в стандартную поставку." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:78 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux(R) File Systems" msgstr "Файловые системы Linux(R)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides built-in support for several Linux(R) file systems. This " "section demonstrates how to load support for and how to mount the supported " @@ -163,13 +163,13 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживаемые файловые системы Linux(R)." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "Extended File System (EXT)" msgstr "Расширенная файловая система (EXT)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:88 msgid "" "Kernel support for Extended File System (EXT) file systems has been " "available since FreeBSD 2.2. The man:ext2fs[4] driver allows the FreeBSD " @@ -180,12 +180,12 @@ msgstr "" "читать и записывать данные в файловые системы ext2, ext3 и ext4." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:92 msgid "Journalling and encryption are not supported yet." msgstr "Журналирование и шифрование пока не поддерживаются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "To access an ext file system, mount the ext volume by specifying its FreeBSD " "partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts [." @@ -196,19 +196,19 @@ msgstr "" "монтируется [.filename]#/dev/ada1s1# в [.filename]#/mnt#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:100 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t ext2fs /dev/ada1s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "# mount -t ext2fs /dev/ada1s1 /mnt\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "Windows(R) File Systems" msgstr "Файловые системы Windows(R)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports FAT, exFAT, and NTFS file systems, enabling access to " "Windows-formatted storage." @@ -217,13 +217,13 @@ msgstr "" "к хранилищам, отформатированным в Windows." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "FAT File System" msgstr "Файловая система FAT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "The FAT file system is a simple and robust file system. Although it lacks " "the performance, reliability, and scalability of modern alternatives, its " @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" "распространённым выбором для обмена данными между устройствами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "To access a FAT file system, mount the FAT volume by specifying its FreeBSD " "partition name and an existing mount point. This example mounts [." @@ -247,19 +247,19 @@ msgstr "" "подключается [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# в [.filename]#/mnt#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:119 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -t msdosfs /dev/ada0s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "# mount -t msdosfs /dev/ada0s1 /mnt\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "exFAT File System" msgstr "Файловая система exFAT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "exFAT (Extended File Allocation Table) is a lightweight file system " "optimized for flash storage devices, such as USB drives and SD cards. It " @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ msgstr "" "платформах, что делает её идеальной для внешних накопителей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "To use exFAT on FreeBSD, install the package:filesystems/exfat[] package, " "load the FUSE kernel module, and mount the file system as shown below:" @@ -282,50 +282,50 @@ msgstr "" "показано ниже:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:130 msgid "Install the exFAT package:" msgstr "Установите пакет exFAT:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install fusefs-exfat\n" msgstr "# pkg install fusefs-exfat\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:138 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:175 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:216 msgid "Before using a FUSE file system, load the man:fusefs[4] kernel module:" msgstr "" -"Прежде чем использовать файловую систему FUSE, загрузите модуль ядра " -"man:fusefs[4]:" +"Прежде чем использовать файловую систему FUSE, загрузите модуль ядра man:" +"fusefs[4]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:142 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:179 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload fusefs\n" msgstr "# kldload fusefs\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:145 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:182 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:223 msgid "Use man:sysrc[8] to load the module at startup:" msgstr "Используйте man:sysrc[8] для загрузки модуля при запуске:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:149 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:186 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:227 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=fusefs\n" msgstr "# sysrc kld_list+=fusefs\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:152 msgid "" "Mount the exFAT volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " "existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on [." @@ -336,19 +336,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/mnt#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount.exfat /dev/ada0s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "# mount.exfat /dev/ada0s1 /mnt\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:159 #, no-wrap msgid "NTFS File System" msgstr "Файловая система NTFS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:163 msgid "" "NTFS is a robust file system developed by Microsoft(R) and commonly used in " "Windows operating systems. FreeBSD provides full read and write support for " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" "упрощает доступ и изменение хранилищ данных с форматированием NTFS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "To use NTFS on FreeBSD, install the package:filesystems/ntfs[] package, load " "the FUSE kernel module, and mount the file system as shown below:" @@ -371,18 +371,18 @@ msgstr "" "показано ниже:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:168 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:167 msgid "Install the NTFS package:" msgstr "Установите пакет NTFS:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install fusefs-ntfs\n" msgstr "# pkg install fusefs-ntfs\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "Mount the NTFS volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " "existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on [." @@ -393,19 +393,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/mnt#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "# ntfs-3g /dev/ada0s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "# ntfs-3g /dev/ada0s1 /mnt\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "MacOS(R) File Systems" msgstr "Файловые системы MacOS(R)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides support for MacOS(R) file systems, including HFS/HFS+, " "allowing access to storage devices formatted for Apple(R) systems." @@ -415,13 +415,13 @@ msgstr "" "систем Apple(R)." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "HFS/HFS+ File System" msgstr "Файловая система HFS/HFS+" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:205 msgid "" "HFS/HFS+ was the primary file system for MacOS prior to APFS, commonly used " "on older Mac devices and external drives. FreeBSD provides read-only " @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ msgstr "" "filesystems/hfsfuse[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "To use HFS/HFS+ on FreeBSD, install the package:filesystems/hfsfuse[] " "package, load the FUSE kernel module, and mount the file system as shown " @@ -444,18 +444,18 @@ msgstr "" "показано ниже:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:209 msgid "Install the HFS/HFS+ package:" msgstr "Установите пакет HFS/HFS+:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install fusefs-hfsfuse\n" msgstr "# pkg install fusefs-hfsfuse\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "Mount the HFS/HFS+ volume by specifying its FreeBSD partition name and an " "existing mount point. This example mounts [.filename]#/dev/ada0s1# on [." @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/mnt#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/filesystems/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "# hfsfuse /dev/ada0s1 /mnt\n" msgstr "# hfsfuse /dev/ada0s1 /mnt\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc index 523c4180c4..dc6796de55 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'IV. Сетевое взаимодействие' prev: books/handbook/network-servers showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["firewall", "pf", "ipfw", "ipfilter", "blocklistd", "filtering"] -title: 'Глава 33. Межсетевые экраны' +title: 'Глава 34. Межсетевые экраны' weight: 38 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 38 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 33 +:sectnumoffset: 34 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ pass inet proto tcp from <clients> to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state # pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16 .... -Обратите внимание, что любые изменения, внесенные таким образом, вступят в силу немедленно, что делает их идеальными для тестирования, но они не сохранятся после отключения питания или перезагрузки. Чтобы сделать изменения постоянными, необходимо изменить определение таблицы в наборе правил или отредактировать файл, на который ссылается таблица. Можно поддерживать копию таблицы на диске с помощью задания man:cron[8], которое периодически сохраняет содержимое таблицы на диск, используя команду вида `pfctl -t clients -T show >/etc/clients`. Или [.filename]#/etc/clients# можно обновить содержимым таблицы из памяти: +Обратите внимание, что любые изменения, внесённые таким образом, вступят в силу немедленно, что делает их идеальными для тестирования, но они не сохранятся после отключения питания или перезагрузки. Чтобы сделать изменения постоянными, необходимо изменить определение таблицы в наборе правил или отредактировать файл, на который ссылается таблица. Можно поддерживать копию таблицы на диске с помощью задания man:cron[8], которое периодически сохраняет содержимое таблицы на диск, используя команду вида `pfctl -t clients -T show >/etc/clients`. Или [.filename]#/etc/clients# можно обновить содержимым таблицы из памяти: [source, shell] .... @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept="1" Это устанавливает политику по умолчанию для man:ipfw[8] более разрешительной, чем стандартная `deny ip from any to any`, что немного снижает вероятность блокировки системы сразу после перезагрузки. ==== -Скрипт межсетевого экрана начинается с указания, что это скрипт POSIX(R) shell, и очищает все существующие правила. Затем он создаёт переменную `cmd`, чтобы не приходилось вводить `ipfw add` в начале каждого правила. Также определяется переменная `pif`, которая представляет имя интерфейса, подключенного к Интернету. +Скрипт межсетевого экрана начинается с указания, что это скрипт POSIX(R) shell, и очищает все существующие правила. Затем он создаёт переменную `cmd`, чтобы не приходилось вводить `ipfw add` в начале каждого правила. Также определяется переменная `pif`, которая представляет имя интерфейса, подключённого к Интернету. [.programlisting] .... @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ $cmd 1001 allow ip from any to any Например, сервер IRC работает на клиенте `A`, а веб-сервер — на клиенте `B`. Для правильной работы соединения, полученные на портах 6667 (IRC) и 80 (HTTP), должны быть перенаправлены на соответствующие машины. -С встроенным в ядро NAT вся конфигурация выполняется в настройках экземпляра NAT. Полный список параметров, которые может использовать экземпляр встроенного в ядро NAT, приведен в man:ipfw[8]. Синтаксис IPFW соответствует синтаксису natd. Синтаксис для `redirect_port` выглядит следующим образом: +С встроенным в ядро NAT вся конфигурация выполняется в настройках экземпляра NAT. Полный список параметров, которые может использовать экземпляр встроенного в ядро NAT, приведён в man:ipfw[8]. Синтаксис IPFW соответствует синтаксису natd. Синтаксис для `redirect_port` выглядит следующим образом: [.programlisting] .... @@ -1352,9 +1352,9 @@ redirect_addr 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3 ==== Пользовательский NAT -Начнем с утверждения: реализация NAT в пользовательском пространстве: man:natd[8], имеет больше накладных расходов, чем NAT в ядре. Для работы man:natd[8] по преобразованию пакетов, пакеты должны копироваться из ядра в пользовательское пространство и обратно, что создаёт дополнительные накладные расходы, отсутствующие при использовании NAT в ядре. +Начнём с утверждения: реализация NAT в пользовательском пространстве: man:natd[8], имеет больше накладных расходов, чем NAT в ядре. Для работы man:natd[8] по преобразованию пакетов, пакеты должны копироваться из ядра в пользовательское пространство и обратно, что создаёт дополнительные накладные расходы, отсутствующие при использовании NAT в ядре. -Для включения демона NAT в пользовательском пространстве man:natd[8] при загрузке, следующая минимальная конфигурация должна быть добавлена в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Параметр `natd_interface` должен быть установлен равным имени сетевого интерфейса, подключенного к Интернету. Скрипт man:rc[8] для man:natd[8] автоматически проверит, используется ли динамический IP-адрес, и настроит себя соответствующим образом. +Для включения демона NAT в пользовательском пространстве man:natd[8] при загрузке, следующая минимальная конфигурация должна быть добавлена в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Параметр `natd_interface` должен быть установлен равным имени сетевого интерфейса, подключённого к Интернету. Скрипт man:rc[8] для man:natd[8] автоматически проверит, используется ли динамический IP-адрес, и настроит себя соответствующим образом. [.programlisting] .... @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ redirect_addr 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3 ==== Журналирование сообщений межсетевого экрана -Даже при включенной функции журналирования, IPFW не будет самостоятельно генерировать записи о правилах. Администратор межсетевого экрана решает, какие правила в наборе правил будут записываться в журнал, и добавляет ключевое слово `log` к этим правилам. Обычно журналируются только правила с действием deny. Принято дублировать правило "ipfw default deny everything" с включенным ключевым словом `log` в качестве последнего правила в наборе. Таким образом, можно увидеть все пакеты, которые не соответствуют ни одному из правил в наборе. +Даже при включённой функции журналирования, IPFW не будет самостоятельно генерировать записи о правилах. Администратор межсетевого экрана решает, какие правила в наборе правил будут записываться в журнал, и добавляет ключевое слово `log` к этим правилам. Обычно журналируются только правила с действием deny. Принято дублировать правило "ipfw default deny everything" с включённым ключевым словом `log` в качестве последнего правила в наборе. Таким образом, можно увидеть все пакеты, которые не соответствуют ни одному из правил в наборе. Журналирование — это обоюдоострый меч. Если не быть осторожным, переизбыток данных журналирования или атака типа DoS могут заполнить диск файлами журналов. Сообщения журнала записываются не только в syslogd, но и выводятся на корневую консоль, что быстро становится раздражающим. @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ PROTO_TYPE:: SRC_ADDR:: Ключевое слово `from` является обязательным и сопровождается ключевым словом, обозначающим источник пакета. Источником может быть имя хоста, IP-адрес с указанием маски CIDR, пул адресов или ключевое слово `all`. Примеры можно найти в man:ipf[5]. + -Единственный способ задать диапазоны IP-адресов, это представить их в нотации — числа, разделенные точками / длина маски. Пакет или порт package:net-mgmt/ipcalc[] может быть использован для упрощения расчета маски CIDR. Дополнительная информация доступна на веб-странице утилиты: http://jodies.de/ipcalc[http://jodies.de/ipcalc]. +Единственный способ задать диапазоны IP-адресов, это представить их в нотации — числа, разделённые точками / длина маски. Пакет или порт package:net-mgmt/ipcalc[] может быть использован для упрощения расчета маски CIDR. Дополнительная информация доступна на веб-странице утилиты: http://jodies.de/ipcalc[http://jodies.de/ipcalc]. SRC_PORT:: Номер порта источника является необязательным. Однако, если он используется, требуется, чтобы PROTO_TYPE был сначала определён в правиле. Номер порта также должен предваряться ключевым словом `proto`. @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE:: STATE:: Если правило `pass` содержит `keep state`, IPF добавит запись в свою таблицу динамического состояния и разрешит последующие пакеты, соответствующие соединению. IPF может отслеживать состояние сеансов TCP, UDP и ICMP. Любой пакет, который IPF может однозначно идентифицировать как часть активного сеанса, даже если это другой протокол, будет разрешён. + -В IPF пакеты, предназначенные для выхода через интерфейс, подключенный к публичному интернету, сначала проверяются в динамической таблице состояний. Если пакет соответствует следующему ожидаемому пакету активного сеанса связи, он проходит через межсетевой экран, и состояние потока сеанса обновляется в динамической таблице состояний. Пакеты, не принадлежащие к уже активному сеансу, проверяются в соответствии с набором правил для исходящего трафика. Пакеты, поступающие через интерфейс, подключенный к публичному интернету, сначала проверяются в динамической таблице состояний. Если пакет соответствует следующему ожидаемому пакету активного сеанса, он проходит через межсетевой экран, и состояние потока сеанса обновляется в динамической таблице состояний. Пакеты, не принадлежащие к уже активному сеансу, проверяются в соответствии с набором правил для входящего трафика. +В IPF пакеты, предназначенные для выхода через интерфейс, подключённый к публичному интернету, сначала проверяются в динамической таблице состояний. Если пакет соответствует следующему ожидаемому пакету активного сеанса связи, он проходит через межсетевой экран, и состояние потока сеанса обновляется в динамической таблице состояний. Пакеты, не принадлежащие к уже активному сеансу, проверяются в соответствии с набором правил для исходящего трафика. Пакеты, поступающие через интерфейс, подключённый к публичному интернету, сначала проверяются в динамической таблице состояний. Если пакет соответствует следующему ожидаемому пакету активного сеанса, он проходит через межсетевой экран, и состояние потока сеанса обновляется в динамической таблице состояний. Пакеты, не принадлежащие к уже активному сеансу, проверяются в соответствии с набором правил для входящего трафика. + Несколько ключевых слов могут быть добавлены после `keep state`. Если они используются, эти ключевые слова устанавливают различные параметры, управляющие фильтрацией с отслеживанием статуса, такие как установка ограничений на соединения или времени жизни соединения. Подробный список доступных параметров и их описания можно найти в man:ipf[5]. @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ pass in quick on lo0 all pass out quick on lo0 all .... -Публичный интерфейс, подключенный к Интернету, используется для авторизации и контроля доступа всех исходящих и входящих соединений. Если один или несколько интерфейсов подключены к частным сетям, этим внутренним интерфейсам могут потребоваться правила, разрешающие передачу пакетов, исходящих из локальной сети, между внутренними сетями или к интерфейсу, подключенному к Интернету. Набор правил должен быть организован в три основных раздела: доверенные внутренние интерфейсы, исходящие соединения через публичный интерфейс и входящие соединения через публичный интерфейс. +Публичный интерфейс, подключённый к Интернету, используется для авторизации и контроля доступа всех исходящих и входящих соединений. Если один или несколько интерфейсов подключены к частным сетям, этим внутренним интерфейсам могут потребоваться правила, разрешающие передачу пакетов, исходящих из локальной сети, между внутренними сетями или к интерфейсу, подключённому к Интернету. Набор правил должен быть организован в три основных раздела: доверенные внутренние интерфейсы, исходящие соединения через публичный интерфейс и входящие соединения через публичный интерфейс. Эти два правила разрешают весь трафик через доверенный интерфейс LAN с именем [.filename]#xl0#: @@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log . `PR` с указанием имени или номера протокола: например, `PR tcp`. . `len`, за которым следует длина заголовка и общая длина пакета: например, `len 20 40`. -Если пакет является TCP-пакетом, будет дополнительное поле, начинающееся с дефиса, за которым следуют буквы, соответствующие установленным флагам. Список букв и соответствующих флагов приведен в man:ipf[5]. +Если пакет является TCP-пакетом, будет дополнительное поле, начинающееся с дефиса, за которым следуют буквы, соответствующие установленным флагам. Список букв и соответствующих флагов приведён в man:ipf[5]. Если пакет является ICMP-пакетом, в конце будут два поля: первое всегда `icmp`, а следующее — тип ICMP-сообщения и подтип, разделённые косой чертой. Например: `icmp 3/3` для сообщения о недоступности порта. diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po index 1460f93570..61ed924be0 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookfirewalls_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "IV. Сетевое взаимодействие" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 33. Firewalls" -msgstr "Глава 33. Межсетевые экраны" +msgid "Chapter 34. Firewalls" +msgstr "Глава 34. Межсетевые экраны" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Firewalls" msgstr "Межсетевые экраны" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "Firewalls make it possible to filter the incoming and outgoing traffic that " "flows through a system. A firewall can use one or more sets of \"rules\" to " @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "" "хоста, а также исходный или целевой порт." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "Firewalls can enhance the security of a host or a network. They can be used " "to do one or more of the following:" @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ msgstr "" "использоваться для выполнения одной или нескольких следующих функций:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "Protect and insulate the applications, services, and machines of an internal " "network from unwanted traffic from the public Internet." @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" "нежелательного трафика из общедоступного Интернета." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "Limit or disable access from hosts of the internal network to services of " "the public Internet." @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" "публичного Интернета." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "Support network address translation (NAT), which allows an internal network " "to use private IP addresses and share a single connection to the public " @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" "пула автоматически назначаемых публичных адресов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "FreeBSD has three firewalls built into the base system: PF, IPFW, and " "IPFILTER, also known as IPF. FreeBSD also provides two traffic shapers for " @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "" "имеет свой собственный синтаксис правил." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides multiple firewalls in order to meet the different " "requirements and preferences for a wide variety of users. Each user should " @@ -138,47 +138,47 @@ msgstr "" "соответствует его потребностям." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:76 msgid "How to define packet filtering rules." msgstr "Как определить правила фильтрации пакетов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:77 msgid "The differences between the firewalls built into FreeBSD." msgstr "Различия между межсетевыми экранами, встроенными в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:78 msgid "How to use and configure the PF firewall." msgstr "Как использовать и настроить межсетевой экран PF." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:79 msgid "How to use and configure the IPFW firewall." msgstr "Как использовать и настроить межсетевой экран IPFW." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:80 msgid "How to use and configure the IPFILTER firewall." msgstr "Как использовать и настроить межсетевой экран IPFILTER." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:82 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:84 msgid "Understand basic FreeBSD and Internet concepts." msgstr "Понимать основы FreeBSD и принципы работы Интернета." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "Since all firewalls are based on inspecting the values of selected packet " "control fields, the creator of the firewall ruleset must have an " @@ -194,13 +194,13 @@ msgstr "" "введение можно найти в http://www.ipprimer.com[TCP/IP Primer от Daryl]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Firewall Concepts" msgstr "Концепции межсетевого экрана" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "A ruleset contains a group of rules which pass or block packets based on the " "values contained in the packet. The bi-directional exchange of packets " @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" "для создания правил, которые будут пропускать или блокировать службы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "To lookup unknown port numbers, refer to [.filename]#/etc/services#. " "Alternatively, visit https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" "узнать его назначение." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "Check out this link for http://web.archive.org/web/20150803024617/http://www." "sans.org/security-resources/idfaq/oddports.php[port numbers used by Trojans]." @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "используемых троянами]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "FTP has two modes: active mode and passive mode. The difference is in how " "the data channel is acquired. Passive mode is more secure as the data " @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "slacksite.com/other/ftp.html[http://www.slacksite.com/other/ftp.html]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" "A firewall ruleset can be either \"exclusive\" or \"inclusive\". An " "exclusive firewall allows all traffic through except for the traffic " @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" "остальное." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "An inclusive firewall offers better control of the outgoing traffic, making " "it a better choice for systems that offer services to the public Internet. " @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "" "они значительно снижают риск пропуска нежелательного трафика." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "Unless noted otherwise, all configuration and example rulesets in this " "chapter create inclusive firewall rulesets." @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ msgstr "" "создают включающие наборы правил для межсетевого экрана." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:127 msgid "" "Security can be tightened further using a \"stateful firewall\". This type " "of firewall keeps track of open connections and only allows traffic which " @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" "соединению или открывает новое, разрешённое соединение." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "Stateful filtering treats traffic as a bi-directional exchange of packets " "comprising a session. When state is specified on a matching rule the " @@ -337,13 +337,13 @@ msgstr "" "сеанса, автоматически отклоняются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:134 msgid "When the session completes, it is removed from the dynamic state table." msgstr "" "Когда сеанс завершается, он удаляется из динамической таблицы состояний." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "Stateful filtering allows one to focus on blocking/passing new sessions. If " "the new session is passed, all its subsequent packets are allowed " @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" "различных методов атак, используемых злоумышленниками." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "NAT stands for _Network Address Translation_. NAT function enables the " "private LAN behind the firewall to share a single ISP-assigned IP address, " @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" "интернет-аккаунтов или IP-адресов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "NAT will automatically translate the private LAN IP address for each system " "on the LAN to the single public IP address as packets exit the firewall " @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполняет обратное преобразование для возвращающихся пакетов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "According to RFC 1918, the following IP address ranges are reserved for " "private networks which will never be routed directly to the public Internet, " @@ -401,22 +401,22 @@ msgstr "" "Интернет и, следовательно, могут использоваться с NAT:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:150 msgid "`10.0.0.0/8`." msgstr "`10.0.0.0/8`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:151 msgid "`172.16.0.0/12`." msgstr "`172.16.0.0/12`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:152 msgid "`192.168.0.0/16`." msgstr "`192.168.0.0/16`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "When working with the firewall rules, be _very careful_. Some " "configurations _can lock the administrator out_ of the server. To be on the " @@ -429,13 +429,13 @@ msgstr "" "экрана с локальной консоли, а не удалённо через ssh." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "PF" msgstr "PF" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Since FreeBSD 5.3, a ported version of OpenBSD's PF firewall has been " "included as an integrated part of the base system. PF is a complete, full-" @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Alternate Queuing), которая обеспечивает качество обслуживания (QoS)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "The OpenBSD Project maintains the definitive reference for PF in the http://" "www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/[PF FAQ]. Peter Hansteen maintains a thorough PF " @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" "на http://home.nuug.no/\\~peter/pf/[http://home.nuug.no/~peter/pf/]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "When reading the http://www.openbsd.org/faq/pf/[PF FAQ], keep in mind that " "FreeBSD's version of PF has diverged substantially from the upstream OpenBSD " @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" "наоборот." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "The {freebsd-pf} is a good place to ask questions about configuring and " "running the PF firewall. Check the mailing list archives before asking a " @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ msgstr "" "рассылки — возможно, ответ уже был дан." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "This section of the Handbook focuses on PF as it pertains to FreeBSD. It " "demonstrates how to enable PF and ALTQ. It also provides several examples " @@ -494,13 +494,13 @@ msgstr "" "правил в системе FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling PF" msgstr "Включение PF" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "To use PF, its kernel module must be first loaded. This section describes " "the entries that can be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to enable PF." @@ -510,18 +510,18 @@ msgstr "" "для включения PF." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:188 msgid "Start by adding `pf_enable=yes` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Начните с добавления `pf_enable=yes` в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc pf_enable=yes\n" msgstr "# sysrc pf_enable=yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Additional options, described in man:pfctl[8], can be passed to PF when it " "is started. Add or change this entry in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and " @@ -532,13 +532,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf# и укажите необходимые флаги между кавычками (`\"\"`):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pfctl startup\n" msgstr "pf_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pfctl startup\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:206 msgid "" "PF will not start if it cannot find its ruleset configuration file. By " "default, FreeBSD does not ship with a ruleset and there is no [.filename]#/" @@ -554,13 +554,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающую полный путь к файлу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "pf_rules=\"/path/to/pf.conf\"\n" msgstr "pf_rules=\"/path/to/pf.conf\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "Logging support for PF is provided by man:pflog[4]. To enable logging " "support, add `pflog_enable=yes` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -570,13 +570,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc pflog_enable=yes\n" msgstr "# sysrc pflog_enable=yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "The following lines can also be added to change the default location of the " "log file or to specify any additional flags to pass to man:pflog[4] when it " @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr "" "man:pflog[4] при его запуске:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pflog_logfile=\"/var/log/pflog\" # where pflogd should store the logfile\n" @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "" "pflog_flags=\"\" # additional flags for pflogd startup\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "Finally, if there is a LAN behind the firewall and packets need to be " "forwarded for the computers on the LAN, or NAT is required, enable the " @@ -608,13 +608,13 @@ msgstr "" "включите следующую опцию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:233 #, no-wrap msgid "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" msgstr "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "After saving the needed edits, PF can be started with logging support by " "typing:" @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналирования, набрав:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service pf start\n" @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ msgstr "" "# service pflog start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "By default, PF reads its configuration rules from [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf# " "and modifies, drops, or passes packets according to the rules or definitions " @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" "openbsd.org/faq/pf/[PF FAQ]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "To control PF, use `pfctl`. crossref:firewalls[pfctl,Useful `pfctl` " "Options] summarizes some useful options to this command. Refer to man:" @@ -660,97 +660,97 @@ msgstr "" "описанием всех доступных опций обратитесь к man:pfctl[8]:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Useful `pfctl` Options" msgstr "Полезные параметры `pfctl`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Command" msgstr "Команда" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Purpose" msgstr "Назначение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -e`" msgstr "`pfctl -e`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Enable PF." msgstr "Включить PF." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -d`" msgstr "`pfctl -d`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "Disable PF." msgstr "Отключить PF." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf`" msgstr "`pfctl -F all -f /etc/pf.conf`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "Flush all NAT, filter, state, and table rules and reload [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf#." msgstr "Очистить все правила NAT, фильтрации, состояний и таблиц и перезагрузить [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf#." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -s [ rules \\" msgstr "`pfctl -s [ rules \\" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "nat \\" msgstr "nat \\" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "states ]`" msgstr "states ]`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Report on the filter rules, NAT rules, or state table." msgstr "Отчёт о правилах фильтрации, правилах NAT или таблице состояний." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "`pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf`" msgstr "`pfctl -vnf /etc/pf.conf`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "Check [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf# for errors, but do not load ruleset." msgstr "Проверить [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf# на ошибки, но не загружать набор правил." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "package:security/sudo[] is useful for running commands like `pfctl` that " "require elevated privileges. It can be installed from the Ports Collection." @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коллекции портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "To keep an eye on the traffic that passes through the PF firewall, consider " "installing the package:sysutils/pftop[] package or port. Once installed, " @@ -773,13 +773,13 @@ msgstr "" "формате, аналогичном man:top[1]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "PF Rulesets" msgstr "Наборы правил PF" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create a customized ruleset. It starts " "with the simplest of rulesets and builds upon its concepts using several " @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" "возможностей PF." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:290 msgid "" "The simplest possible ruleset is for a single machine that does not run any " "services and which needs access to one network, which may be the Internet. " @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block in all\n" @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out all keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "The first rule denies all incoming traffic by default. The second rule " "allows connections created by this system to pass out, while retaining state " @@ -831,13 +831,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "# pfctl -e ; pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "In addition to keeping state, PF provides _lists_ and _macros_ which can be " "defined for use when creating rules. Macros can include lists and need to " @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" "В качестве примера вставьте следующие строки в самое начало набора правил:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:315 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" "udp_services = \"{ domain }\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "PF understands port names as well as port numbers, as long as the names are " "listed in [.filename]#/etc/services#. This example creates two macros. The " @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" "сервиса:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tcp_services = \"{ ssh, smtp, domain, www, pop3, auth, pop3s }\"\n" @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass proto udp to any port $udp_services keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Even though UDP is considered to be a stateless protocol, PF is able to " "track some state information. For example, when a UDP request is passed " @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы пропустить его обратно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "Whenever an edit is made to a ruleset, the new rules must be loaded so they " "can be used:" @@ -916,14 +916,14 @@ msgstr "" "загружены для их использования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:341 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "# pfctl -f /etc/pf.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "If there are no syntax errors, `pfctl` will not output any messages during " "the rule load. Rules can also be tested before attempting to load them:" @@ -932,13 +932,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки правил. Правила также можно проверить перед попыткой их загрузки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf\n" msgstr "# pfctl -nf /etc/pf.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "Including `-n` causes the rules to be interpreted only, but not loaded. " "This provides an opportunity to correct any errors. At all times, the last " @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "либо PF не будет отключён, либо не будет загружен новый набор правил." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "Adding `-v` to a `pfctl` ruleset verify or load will display the fully " "parsed rules exactly the way they will be loaded. This is extremely useful " @@ -962,13 +962,13 @@ msgstr "" "крайне полезно при отладке правил межсетевого экрана." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "A Simple Gateway with NAT" msgstr "Простой шлюз с NAT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system running PF to " "act as a gateway for at least one other machine. The gateway needs at least " @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#xl1# подключен к внутренней сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "First, enable the gateway to let the machine forward the network traffic it " "receives on one interface to another interface. This sysctl setting will " @@ -994,24 +994,24 @@ msgstr "" "перенаправляет IPv4-пакеты:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1\n" msgstr "# sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding=1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:376 msgid "To forward IPv6 traffic, use:" msgstr "Для переадресации IPv6-трафика используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:380 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1\n" msgstr "# sysctl net.inet6.ip6.forwarding=1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "To enable these settings at system boot, use man:sysrc[8] to add them to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "для их добавления в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc gateway_enable=yes\n" @@ -1030,12 +1030,12 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc ipv6_gateway_enable=yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:391 msgid "Verify with `ifconfig` that both of the interfaces are up and running." msgstr "Проверьте с помощью `ifconfig`, что оба интерфейса активны и работают." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "Next, create the PF rules to allow the gateway to pass traffic. While the " "following rule allows stateful traffic from hosts of the internal network to " @@ -1048,13 +1048,13 @@ msgstr "" "прохождение всего пути от источника до назначения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "pass in on xl1 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:402 msgid "" "That rule only lets the traffic pass in to the gateway on the internal " "interface. To let the packets go further, a matching rule is needed:" @@ -1064,13 +1064,13 @@ msgstr "" "правило:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:406 #, no-wrap msgid "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "pass out on xl0 from xl1:network to xl0:network port $ports keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "While these two rules will work, rules this specific are rarely needed. For " "a busy network admin, a readable ruleset is a safer ruleset. The remainder " @@ -1084,13 +1084,13 @@ msgstr "" "эти два правила можно заменить одним:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:416 #, no-wrap msgid "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "pass from xl1:network to any port $ports keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "The `interface:network` notation can be replaced with a macro to make the " "ruleset even more readable. For example, a `$localnet` macro could be " @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ msgstr "" "частных адресов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:424 msgid "" "If required, `$localnet` could even be defined as a list of networks. " "Whatever the specific needs, a sensible `$localnet` definition could be used " @@ -1118,13 +1118,13 @@ msgstr "" "может быть использовано в типичном правиле пропуска следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state\n" msgstr "pass from $localnet to any port $ports keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:432 msgid "" "The following sample ruleset allows all traffic initiated by machines on the " "internal network. It first defines two macros to represent the external and " @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ msgstr "" "представления внешнего и внутреннего интерфейсов 3COM настраиваемого шлюза." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "For dialup users, the external interface will use [.filename]#tun0#. For an " "ADSL connection, specifically those using PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), the " @@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#tun0#, а не физический Ethernet-интерфейс." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ext_if = \"xl0\"\t# macro for external interface - use tun0 for PPPoE\n" @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass from { lo0, $localnet } to any keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "This ruleset introduces the `nat` rule which is used to handle the network " "address translation from the non-routable addresses inside the internal " @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет работать без серьёзных перебоев, даже если внешний IP-адрес изменится." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "Note that this ruleset probably allows more traffic to pass out of the " "network than is needed. One reasonable setup could create this macro:" @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr "" "может создать этот макрос:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "" "client_out = \"{ ftp-data, ftp, ssh, domain, pop3, auth, nntp, http, \\\n" @@ -1206,12 +1206,12 @@ msgstr "" " https, cvspserver, 2628, 5999, 8000, 8080 }\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:464 msgid "to use in the main pass rule:" msgstr "для использования в основном правиле пропуска:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass inet proto tcp from $localnet to any port $client_out \\\n" @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" " flags S/SA keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "A few other pass rules may be needed. This one enables SSH on the external " "interface:" @@ -1230,20 +1230,20 @@ msgstr "" "включает SSH на внешнем интерфейсе:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh\n" msgstr "pass in inet proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:480 msgid "This macro definition and rule allows DNS and NTP for internal clients:" msgstr "" "Это определение макроса и правило разрешают DNS и NTP для внутренних " "клиентов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:485 #, no-wrap msgid "" "udp_services = \"{ domain, ntp }\"\n" @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass quick inet proto { tcp, udp } to any port $udp_services keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "Note the `quick` keyword in this rule. Since the ruleset consists of " "several rules, it is important to understand the relationships between the " @@ -1274,13 +1274,13 @@ msgstr "" "когда требуется исключение из общих правил." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating an FTP Proxy" msgstr "Создание FTP-прокси" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:500 msgid "" "Configuring working FTP rules can be problematic due to the nature of the " "FTP protocol. FTP pre-dates firewalls by several decades and is insecure in " @@ -1292,12 +1292,12 @@ msgstr "" "распространённые аргументы против использования FTP включают:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:502 msgid "Passwords are transferred in the clear." msgstr "Пароли передаются в открытом виде." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "The protocol demands the use of at least two TCP connections (control and " "data) on separate ports." @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" "канала и канала данных) на отдельных портах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "When a session is established, data is communicated using randomly selected " "ports." @@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" "выбранных портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "All of these points present security challenges, even before considering any " "potential security weaknesses in client or server software. More secure " @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" "передачу данных через зашифрованные соединения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "For those situations when FTP is required, PF provides redirection of FTP " "traffic to a small proxy program called man:ftp-proxy[8], which is included " @@ -1345,31 +1345,31 @@ msgstr "" "используя набор якорей, для корректной обработки FTP-трафика." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:512 msgid "To enable the FTP proxy, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" "Чтобы включить FTP-прокси, добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "ftpproxy_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:519 msgid "Then start the proxy by running:" msgstr "Затем запустите прокси, выполнив:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:523 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ftp-proxy start\n" msgstr "# service ftp-proxy start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:527 msgid "" "For a basic configuration, three elements need to be added to [.filename]#/" "etc/pf.conf#. First, the anchors which the proxy will use to insert the " @@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "правил, генерируемых для FTP-сессий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:532 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nat-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n" @@ -1390,13 +1390,13 @@ msgstr "" "rdr-anchor \"ftp-proxy/*\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:535 msgid "Second, a pass rule is needed to allow FTP traffic in to the proxy." msgstr "" "Во-вторых, необходимо правило pass, чтобы разрешить FTP-трафик к прокси." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:538 msgid "" "Third, redirection and NAT rules need to be defined before the filtering " "rules. Insert this `rdr` rule immediately after the `nat` rule:" @@ -1405,29 +1405,29 @@ msgstr "" "фильтрации. Вставьте это правило `rdr` сразу после правила `nat`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:542 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8021\n" msgstr "rdr pass on $int_if proto tcp from any to any port ftp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8021\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:545 msgid "Finally, allow the redirected traffic to pass:" msgstr "Наконец, разрешите перенаправленному трафику проходить:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:549 #, no-wrap msgid "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp\n" msgstr "pass out proto tcp from $proxy to any port ftp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:552 msgid "where `$proxy` expands to the address the proxy daemon is bound to." msgstr "где `$proxy` раскрывается в адрес, к которому привязан демон прокси." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:554 msgid "" "Save [.filename]#/etc/pf.conf#, load the new rules, and verify from a client " "that FTP connections are working:" @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "клиента, что FTP-подключения работают:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:564 msgid "" "This example covers a basic setup where the clients in the local network " "need to contact FTP servers elsewhere. This basic configuration should work " @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" "определённую очередь." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "For ways to run an FTP server protected by PF and man:ftp-proxy[8], " "configure a separate `ftp-proxy` in reverse mode, using `-R`, on a separate " @@ -1469,13 +1469,13 @@ msgstr "" "отдельном порту с собственным правилом перенаправления pass." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "Managing ICMP" msgstr "Управление ICMP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:571 msgid "" "Many of the tools used for debugging or troubleshooting a TCP/IP network " "rely on the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), which was designed " @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ msgstr "" "который был специально разработан для целей отладки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "The ICMP protocol sends and receives _control messages_ between hosts and " "gateways, mainly to provide feedback to a sender about any unusual or " @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ msgstr "" "передачи в процессе, часто называемом _обнаружением MTU пути_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "From a firewall perspective, some ICMP control messages are vulnerable to " "known attack vectors. Also, letting all diagnostic traffic pass " @@ -1516,13 +1516,13 @@ msgstr "" "неоптимальным:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto icmp from any to any\n" msgstr "pass inet proto icmp from any to any\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "One solution is to let all ICMP traffic from the local network through while " "stopping all probes from outside the network:" @@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "все запросы извне:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass inet proto icmp from $localnet to any keep state\n" @@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass inet proto icmp from any to $ext_if keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "Additional options are available which demonstrate some of PF's " "flexibility. For example, rather than allowing all ICMP messages, one can " @@ -1554,25 +1554,25 @@ msgstr "" "сообщения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:599 #, no-wrap msgid "icmp_types = \"echoreq\"\n" msgstr "icmp_types = \"echoreq\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:602 msgid "and a rule which uses the macro:" msgstr "и правила, которое использует макрос:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:607 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state\n" msgstr "pass inet proto icmp all icmp-type $icmp_types keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" "If other types of ICMP packets are needed, expand `icmp_types` to a list of " "those packet types. Type `more /usr/src/sbin/pfctl/pfctl_parser.c` to see " @@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr "" "assignments/icmp-parameters/icmp-parameters.xhtml]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "Since Unix `traceroute` uses UDP by default, another rule is needed to allow " "Unix `traceroute`:" @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительное правило для разрешения Unix `traceroute`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# allow out the default range for traceroute(8):\n" @@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out on $ext_if inet proto udp from any to any port 33433 >< 33626 keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "Since `TRACERT.EXE` on Microsoft Windows systems uses ICMP echo request " "messages, only the first rule is needed to allow network traces from those " @@ -1624,13 +1624,13 @@ msgstr "" "traceroute[8]." #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:625 #, no-wrap msgid "Path MTU Discovery" msgstr "Обнаружение MTU пути" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "Internet protocols are designed to be device independent, and one " "consequence of device independence is that the optimal packet size for a " @@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr "" "Введите `ifconfig`, чтобы просмотреть MTU для сетевых интерфейсов системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "TCP/IP uses a process known as path MTU discovery to determine the right " "packet size for a connection. This process sends packets of varying sizes " @@ -1669,13 +1669,13 @@ msgstr "" "`icmp_types`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\"\n" msgstr "icmp_types = \"{ echoreq, unreach }\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "Since the pass rule already uses that macro, it does not need to be modified " "to support the new ICMP type:" @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" "для поддержки нового типа ICMP:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "PF allows filtering on all variations of ICMP types and codes. The list of " "possible types and codes are documented in man:icmp[4] and man:icmp6[4]." @@ -1693,13 +1693,13 @@ msgstr "" "возможных типов и кодов документирован в man:icmp[4] и man:icmp6[4]." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:652 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Tables" msgstr "Использование таблиц" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "Some types of data are relevant to filtering and redirection at a given " "time, but their definition is too long to be included in the ruleset file. " @@ -1716,13 +1716,13 @@ msgstr "" "заключаются в `< >`, например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:661 #, no-wrap msgid "table <clients> { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }\n" msgstr "table <clients> { 192.168.2.0/24, !192.168.2.5 }\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:665 msgid "" "In this example, the `192.168.2.0/24` network is part of the table, except " "for the address `192.168.2.5`, which is excluded using the `!` operator. It " @@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ msgstr "" "строке, как показано в этом примере [.filename]#/etc/clients#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:670 #, no-wrap msgid "" "192.168.2.0/24\n" @@ -1745,29 +1745,29 @@ msgstr "" "!192.168.2.5\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:673 msgid "To refer to the file, define the table like this:" msgstr "Для обращения к файлу определите таблицу следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "table <clients> persist file \"/etc/clients\"\n" msgstr "table <clients> persist file \"/etc/clients\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:680 msgid "Once the table is defined, it can be referenced by a rule:" msgstr "После определения таблицы на неё можно ссылаться в правиле:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:684 #, no-wrap msgid "pass inet proto tcp from <clients> to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state\n" msgstr "pass inet proto tcp from <clients> to any port $client_out flags S/SA keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "A table's contents can be manipulated live, using `pfctl`. This example " "adds another network to the table:" @@ -1776,13 +1776,13 @@ msgstr "" "этом примере добавляется ещё одна сеть в таблицу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16\n" msgstr "# pfctl -t clients -T add 192.168.1.0/16\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "Note that any changes made this way will take affect now, making them ideal " "for testing, but will not survive a power failure or reboot. To make the " @@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ msgid "" "clients`. Alternatively, [.filename]#/etc/clients# can be updated with the " "in-memory table contents:" msgstr "" -"Обратите внимание, что любые изменения, внесенные таким образом, вступят в " +"Обратите внимание, что любые изменения, внесённые таким образом, вступят в " "силу немедленно, что делает их идеальными для тестирования, но они не " "сохранятся после отключения питания или перезагрузки. Чтобы сделать " "изменения постоянными, необходимо изменить определение таблицы в наборе " @@ -1804,19 +1804,19 @@ msgstr "" "можно обновить содержимым таблицы из памяти:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients\n" msgstr "# pfctl -t clients -T replace -f /etc/clients\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Overload Tables to Protect SSH" msgstr "Использование таблиц превышения нагрузки для защиты SSH" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:708 msgid "" "Those who run SSH on an external interface have probably seen something like " "this in the authentication logs:" @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" "подобное в журналах аутентификации:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:717 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Sep 26 03:12:34 skapet sshd[25771]: Failed password for root from 200.72.41.31 port 40992 ssh2\n" @@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sep 26 03:12:44 skapet sshd[24703]: Failed password for invalid user admin from 200.72.41.31 port 41484 ssh2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "This is indicative of a brute force attack where somebody or some program is " "trying to discover the user name and password which will let them into the " @@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступ к системе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:725 msgid "" "If external SSH access is needed for legitimate users, changing the default " "port used by SSH can offer some protection. However, PF provides a more " @@ -1872,20 +1872,20 @@ msgstr "" "которые превышают установленные ограничения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:727 msgid "" "To configure this, create this table in the tables section of the ruleset:" msgstr "" "Для настройки создайте следующую таблицу в разделе tables набора правил:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:731 #, no-wrap msgid "table <bruteforce> persist\n" msgstr "table <bruteforce> persist\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "Then, somewhere early in the ruleset, add rules to block brute access while " "allowing legitimate access:" @@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" "перебора, разрешая при этом законный доступ:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:743 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:742 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block quick from <bruteforce>\n" @@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ msgstr "" " overload <bruteforce> flush global)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "The part in parentheses defines the limits and the numbers should be changed " "to meet local requirements. It can be read as follows:" @@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствии с местными требованиями. Это можно прочитать следующим образом:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "`max-src-conn` is the number of simultaneous connections allowed from one " "host." @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" "одного хоста." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:750 msgid "" "`max-src-conn-rate` is the rate of new connections allowed from any single " "host (_15_) per number of seconds (_5_)." @@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "отдельного хоста (_15_) за указанное количество секунд (_5_)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "`overload <bruteforce>` means that any host which exceeds these limits gets " "its address added to the `bruteforce` table. The ruleset blocks all traffic " @@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "" "блокирует весь трафик с адресов, находящихся в таблице `bruteforce`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:755 msgid "" "Finally, `flush global` says that when a host reaches the limit, that all " "(`global`) of that host's connections will be terminated (`flush`)." @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "" "(`global`) соединения этого хоста будут разорваны (`flush`)." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:759 msgid "" "These rules will _not_ block slow bruteforcers, as described in http://home." "nuug.no/\\~peter/hailmary2013/[http://home.nuug.no/~peter/hailmary2013/]." @@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "hailmary2013/]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "This example ruleset is intended mainly as an illustration. For example, if " "a generous number of connections in general are wanted, but the desire is to " @@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "" "правило чем-то вроде следующего, в начале набора правил:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pass quick proto { tcp, udp } from any to any port ssh \\\n" @@ -1994,13 +1994,13 @@ msgstr "" " overload <bruteforce> flush global)\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "*It May Not be Necessary to Block All Overloaders:* +\n" msgstr "*Не всегда необходимо блокировать всех превышающих нагрузки:* +\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:777 msgid "" "It is worth noting that the overload mechanism is a general technique which " "does not apply exclusively to SSH, and it is not always optimal to entirely " @@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr "" "весь трафик от нарушителей." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "For example, an overload rule could be used to protect a mail service or a " "web service, and the overload table could be used in a rule to assign " @@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ msgstr "" "веб-страницу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "Over time, tables will be filled by overload rules and their size will grow " "incrementally, taking up more memory. Sometimes an IP address that is " @@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" "хостами в локальной сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:786 msgid "" "For situations like these, pfctl provides the ability to expire table " "entries. For example, this command will remove `<bruteforce>` table entries " @@ -2051,13 +2051,13 @@ msgstr "" "к которым не было обращений в течение `86400` секунд:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:790 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400\n" msgstr "# pfctl -t bruteforce -T expire 86400\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "Similar functionality is provided by package:security/expiretable[], which " "removes table entries which have not been accessed for a specified period of " @@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" "течение указанного периода времени." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Once installed, expiretable can be run to remove `<bruteforce>` table " "entries older than a specified age. This example removes all entries older " @@ -2079,19 +2079,19 @@ msgstr "" "удаляются все записи старше 24 часов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce\n" msgstr "/usr/local/sbin/expiretable -v -d -t 24h bruteforce\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:804 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:803 #, no-wrap msgid "Protecting Against SPAM" msgstr "Защита от SPAM" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "Not to be confused with the spamd daemon which comes bundled with " "spamassassin, package:mail/spamd[] can be configured with PF to provide an " @@ -2104,7 +2104,7 @@ msgstr "" "перенаправлений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:809 msgid "" "Spammers tend to send a large number of messages, and SPAM is mainly sent " "from a few spammer friendly networks and a large number of hijacked " @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr "" "взломанных машин, которые быстро попадают в _списки блокировки_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:813 msgid "" "When an SMTP connection from an address in a blocklist is received, spamd " "presents its banner and immediately switches to a mode where it answers SMTP " @@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" "заикания)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:817 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" "This example demonstrates the basic procedure for setting up spamd with " "automatically updated blocklists. Refer to the man pages which are " @@ -2145,13 +2145,13 @@ msgstr "" "mail/spamd[]." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:819 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring spamd" msgstr "Процедура: Настройка spamd" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:821 msgid "" "Install the package:mail/spamd[] package or port. To use spamd's greylisting " "features, man:fdescfs[5] must be mounted at [.filename]#/dev/fd#. Add the " @@ -2162,29 +2162,29 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/dev/fd#. Добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0\n" msgstr " fdescfs /dev/fd fdescfs rw 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:828 msgid "Then, mount the filesystem:" msgstr "Затем смонтируйте файловую систему:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:832 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount fdescfs\n" msgstr "# mount fdescfs\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:835 msgid "Next, edit the PF ruleset to include:" msgstr "Далее отредактируйте набор правил PF, включив:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "" "table <spamd> persist\n" @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ msgstr "" " { $ext_if, $localnet } port smtp -> 127.0.0.1 port 8025\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "The two tables `<spamd>` and `<spamd-white>` are essential. SMTP traffic " "from an address listed in `<spamd>` but not in `<spamd-white>` is redirected " @@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" "перенаправляется к демону spamd, ожидающему на порту 8025." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:849 msgid "" "The next step is to configure spamd in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/spamd." "conf# and to add some [.filename]#rc.conf# parameters." @@ -2222,7 +2222,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавить параметры в [.filename]#rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "The installation of package:mail/spamd[] includes a sample configuration " "file ([.filename]#/usr/local/etc/spamd.conf.sample#) and a man page for [." @@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров конфигурации, помимо показанных в этом примере." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "One of the first lines in the configuration file that does not begin with a `" "+#+` comment sign contains the block which defines the `all` list, which " @@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" "указывает списки для использования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "all:\\\n" @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ msgstr "" " :traplist:allowlist:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:862 msgid "" "This entry adds the desired blocklists, separated by colons (`:`). To use " "an allowlist to subtract addresses from a blocklist, add the name of the " @@ -2269,12 +2269,12 @@ msgstr "" "этого списка блокировок. Например: `:blocklist:allowlist:`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:864 msgid "This is followed by the specified blocklist's definition:" msgstr "За этим следует определение указанного списка блокировки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "" "traplist:\\\n" @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ msgstr "" " :file=www.openbsd.org/spamd/traplist.gz\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "where the first line is the name of the blocklist and the second line " "specifies the list type. The `msg` field contains the message to display to " @@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "ожидает получить spamd." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "The definition of the specified allowlist is similar, but omits the `msg` " "field since a message is not needed:" @@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ msgstr "" "`msg`, так как сообщение не требуется:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "allowlist:\\\n" @@ -2332,13 +2332,13 @@ msgstr "" " :file=/var/mail/allowlist.txt\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "*Choose Data Sources with Care:* +\n" msgstr "*Выбирайте источники данных с осторожностью:* +\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:895 msgid "" "Using all the blocklists in the sample [.filename]#spamd.conf# will block " "large blocks of the Internet. Administrators need to edit the file to " @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользовательские списки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:899 msgid "" "Next, add this entry to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Additional flags are " "described in the man page specified by the comment:" @@ -2361,13 +2361,13 @@ msgstr "" "описаны в man-странице, указанной в комментарии:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:903 #, no-wrap msgid "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags\n" msgstr "spamd_flags=\"-v\" # use \"\" and see spamd-setup(8) for flags\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:907 msgid "" "When finished, reload the ruleset, start spamd by typing `service obspamd " "start`, and complete the configuration using `spamd-setup`. Finally, create " @@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" "setup` для обновления таблиц через разумные промежутки времени." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "On a typical gateway in front of a mail server, hosts will soon start " "getting trapped within a few seconds to several minutes." @@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ msgstr "" "течение от нескольких секунд до нескольких минут." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:914 msgid "" "PF also supports _greylisting_, which temporarily rejects messages from " "unknown hosts with _45n_ codes. Messages from greylisted hosts which try " @@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" "1123 и RFC 2821, пропускается сразу." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "More information about greylisting as a technique can be found at the http://" "www.greylisting.org/[greylisting.org] web site. The most amazing thing " @@ -2419,18 +2419,18 @@ msgstr "" "этот метод." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:920 msgid "The basic procedure for configuring greylisting is as follows:" msgstr "Основная процедура настройки серого списка выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "Procedure: Configuring Greylisting" msgstr "Процедура: Настройка серого списка" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:924 msgid "" "Make sure that man:fdescfs[5] is mounted as described in Step 1 of the " "previous Procedure." @@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ msgstr "" "процедуры." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:925 msgid "" "To run spamd in greylisting mode, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" @@ -2447,13 +2447,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:929 #, no-wrap msgid "spamd_grey=\"YES\" # use spamd greylisting if YES\n" msgstr "spamd_grey=\"YES\" # use spamd greylisting if YES\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "Refer to the spamd man page for descriptions of additional related " "parameters." @@ -2462,12 +2462,12 @@ msgstr "" "относящихся к серым спискам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:933 msgid "To complete the greylisting setup:" msgstr "Для завершения настройки серого списка:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:938 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service obspamd restart\n" @@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr "" "# service obspamlogd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:942 msgid "" "Behind the scenes, the spamdb database tool and the spamlogd whitelist " "updater perform essential functions for the greylisting feature. spamdb is " @@ -2491,13 +2491,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/var/db/spamdb#." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Hygiene" msgstr "Сетевая гигиена" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "This section describes how `block-policy`, `scrub`, and `antispoof` can be " "used to make the ruleset behave sanely." @@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" "быть использованы для обеспечения разумного поведения набора правил." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "The `block-policy` is an option which can be set in the `options` part of " "the ruleset, which precedes the redirection and filtering rules. This " @@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ msgstr "" "состояния, например `Connection refused`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "If not set, the default policy is `drop`. To change the `block-policy`, " "specify the desired value:" @@ -2532,13 +2532,13 @@ msgstr "" "policy`, укажите желаемое значение:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:958 #, no-wrap msgid "set block-policy return\n" msgstr "set block-policy return\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:964 msgid "" "In PF, `scrub` is a keyword which enables network packet normalization. " "This process reassembles fragmented packets and drops TCP packets that have " @@ -2555,13 +2555,13 @@ msgstr "" "подходит для большинства конфигураций:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:968 #, no-wrap msgid "scrub in all\n" msgstr "scrub in all\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "Some services, such as NFS, require specific fragment handling options. " "Refer to https://home.nuug.no/\\~peter/pf/en/scrub.html[https://home.nuug.no/" @@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ msgstr "" "html]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "This example reassembles fragments, clears the \"do not fragment\" bit, and " "sets the maximum segment size to 1440 bytes:" @@ -2582,13 +2582,13 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливает максимальный размер сегмента в 1440 байт:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440\n" msgstr "scrub in all fragment reassemble no-df max-mss 1440\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:981 msgid "" "The `antispoof` mechanism protects against activity from spoofed or forged " "IP addresses, mainly by blocking packets appearing on interfaces and in " @@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсах и в направлениях, которые логически невозможны." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:983 msgid "" "These rules weed out spoofed traffic coming in from the rest of the world as " "well as any spoofed packets which originate in the local network:" @@ -2608,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr "" "также любые поддельные пакеты, исходящие из локальной сети:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "" "antispoof for $ext_if\n" @@ -2618,13 +2618,13 @@ msgstr "" "antispoof for $int_if\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:991 #, no-wrap msgid "Handling Non-Routable Addresses" msgstr "Обработка немаршрутизируемых адресов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:997 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:996 msgid "" "Even with a properly configured gateway to handle network address " "translation, one may have to compensate for other people's " @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr "" "внешний интерфейс." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1000 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:999 msgid "" "In this example, a macro containing non-routable addresses is defined, then " "used in blocking rules. Traffic to and from these addresses is quietly " @@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" "этих адресов тихо отбрасывается на внешнем интерфейсе шлюза." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "" "martians = \"{ 127.0.0.0/8, 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12, \\\n" @@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t 0.0.0.0/8, 240.0.0.0/4 }\"\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "" "block drop in quick on $ext_if from $martians to any\n" @@ -2676,13 +2676,13 @@ msgstr "" "block drop out quick on $ext_if from any to $martians\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling ALTQ" msgstr "Включение ALTQ" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, ALTQ can be used with PF to provide Quality of Service (QOS). " "Once ALTQ is enabled, queues can be defined in the ruleset which determine " @@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "" "исходящих пакетов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1016 msgid "" "Before enabling ALTQ, refer to man:altq[4] to determine if the drivers for " "the network cards installed on the system support it." @@ -2703,7 +2703,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживают ли его драйверы сетевых карт, установленных в системе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1022 msgid "" "ALTQ is not available as a loadable kernel module. If the system's " "interfaces support ALTQ, create a custom kernel using the instructions in " @@ -2719,7 +2719,7 @@ msgstr "" "остальных параметров требуется для указания алгоритма планирования очередей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options ALTQ\n" @@ -2737,18 +2737,18 @@ msgstr "" "options ALTQ_PRIQ # Priority Queuing (PRIQ)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1034 msgid "The following scheduler algorithms are available:" msgstr "Доступны следующие алгоритмы планировщика:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "CBQ" msgstr "CBQ" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "" "Class Based Queuing (CBQ) is used to divide a connection's bandwidth into " "different classes or queues to prioritize traffic based on filter rules." @@ -2758,13 +2758,13 @@ msgstr "" "с целью приоритизации трафика на основе правил фильтрации." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1038 #, no-wrap msgid "RED" msgstr "RED" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1041 msgid "" "Random Early Detection (RED) is used to avoid network congestion by " "measuring the length of the queue and comparing it to the minimum and " @@ -2777,13 +2777,13 @@ msgstr "" "максимальный порог, все новые пакеты случайным образом отбрасываются." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1042 #, no-wrap msgid "RIO" msgstr "RIO" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1045 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1044 msgid "" "In Random Early Detection In and Out (RIO) mode, RED maintains multiple " "average queue lengths and multiple threshold values, one for each QOS level." @@ -2793,13 +2793,13 @@ msgstr "" "значений, по одному для каждого уровня QOS." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1045 #, no-wrap msgid "HFSC" msgstr "HFSC" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "Hierarchical Fair Service Curve Packet Scheduler (HFSC) is described in " "http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/\\~hzhang/HFSC/main.html[http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/" @@ -2810,13 +2810,13 @@ msgstr "" "html[http://www-2.cs.cmu.edu/~hzhang/HFSC/main.html]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1048 #, no-wrap msgid "PRIQ" msgstr "PRIQ" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1051 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1050 msgid "" "Priority Queuing (PRIQ) always passes traffic that is in a higher queue " "first." @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ msgstr "" "высокоуровневой очереди первым." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1052 msgid "" "More information about the scheduling algorithms and example rulesets are " "available at the https://web.archive.org/web/20151109213426/http://www." @@ -2836,13 +2836,13 @@ msgstr "" "org/faq/pf/queueing.html[архивированной странице OpenBSD]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1054 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW" msgstr "IPFW" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1058 msgid "" "IPFW is a stateful firewall written for FreeBSD which supports both IPv4 and " "IPv6. It is comprised of several components: the kernel firewall filter " @@ -2858,7 +2858,7 @@ msgstr "" "механизма моста и механизма ipstealth." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1061 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a sample ruleset in [.filename]#/etc/rc.firewall# which " "defines several firewall types for common scenarios to assist novice users " @@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности заданного окружения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1064 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1063 msgid "" "This section describes how to enable IPFW, provides an overview of its rule " "syntax, and demonstrates several rulesets for common configuration scenarios." @@ -2884,13 +2884,13 @@ msgstr "" "сценариев настройки." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1065 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling IPFW" msgstr "Включение IPFW" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1069 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1068 msgid "" "IPFW is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, " "meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable IPFW." @@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@ msgstr "" "что означает, что для его включения не требуется собирать собственное ядро." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1071 msgid "" "For those users who wish to statically compile IPFW support into a custom " "kernel, see crossref:firewalls[firewalls-ipfw-kernelconfig, IPFW Kernel " @@ -2910,7 +2910,7 @@ msgstr "" "Параметры ядра IPFW]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "To configure the system to enable IPFW at boot time, add `firewall_enable=" "\"YES\"` to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -2919,13 +2919,13 @@ msgstr "" "`firewall_enable=\"YES\"` в файл [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1078 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1077 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc firewall_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "To use one of the default firewall types provided by FreeBSD, add another " "line which specifies the type:" @@ -2934,52 +2934,52 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD, добавьте строку с указанием типа:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1085 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1084 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_type=\"open\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc firewall_type=\"open\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1087 msgid "The available types are:" msgstr "Доступные типы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1089 msgid "`open`: passes all traffic." msgstr "`open`: пропускает весь трафик." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "`client`: protects only this machine." msgstr "`client`: защищает только эту машину." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1092 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1091 msgid "`simple`: protects the whole network." msgstr "`simple`: защищает всю сеть." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1092 msgid "" "`closed`: entirely disables IP traffic except for the loopback interface." msgstr "" "`closed`: полностью отключает IP-трафик, за исключением интерфейса loopback." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "`workstation`: protects only this machine using stateful rules." msgstr "" "`workstation`: защищает только эту машину с использованием правил с " "отслеживанием состояния." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1095 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1094 msgid "`UNKNOWN`: disables the loading of firewall rules." msgstr "`UNKNOWN`: отключает загрузку правил межсетевого экрана." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1095 msgid "" "[.filename]#filename#: full path of the file containing the firewall ruleset." msgstr "" @@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ msgstr "" "межсетевого экрана." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "If `firewall_type` is set to either `client` or `simple`, modify the default " "rules found in [.filename]#/etc/rc.firewall# to fit the configuration of the " @@ -2998,14 +2998,14 @@ msgstr "" "соответствовали конфигурации системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1099 msgid "Note that the `filename` type is used to load a custom ruleset." msgstr "" "Обратите внимание, что тип `filename` используется для загрузки " "пользовательского набора правил." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1102 msgid "" "An alternate way to load a custom ruleset is to set the `firewall_script` " "variable to the absolute path of an _executable script_ that includes IPFW " @@ -3019,26 +3019,26 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1106 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc firewall_script=\"/etc/ipfw.rules\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "To enable logging through man:syslogd[8], include this line:" msgstr "" "Чтобы включить ведение журнала через man:syslogd[8], добавьте следующую " "строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1113 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_logging=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc firewall_logging=\"YES\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1121 msgid "" "Only firewall rules with the `log` option will be logged. The default rules " "do not include this option and it must be manually added. Therefore it is " @@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ msgstr "" "сохраняются в отдельный файл." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "There is no [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# variable to set logging limits. To " "limit the number of times a rule is logged per connection attempt, specify " @@ -3064,13 +3064,13 @@ msgstr "" "в [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1129 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo \"net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5\" >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" msgstr "# echo \"net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5\" >> /etc/sysctl.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1132 msgid "" "To enable logging through a dedicated interface named `ipfw0`, add this line " "to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# instead:" @@ -3079,30 +3079,30 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# вместо этого:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1136 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc firewall_logif=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc firewall_logif=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1139 msgid "Then use tcpdump to see what is being logged:" msgstr "Затем используйте tcpdump для просмотра записываемых данных:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1143 #, no-wrap msgid "# tcpdump -t -n -i ipfw0\n" msgstr "# tcpdump -t -n -i ipfw0\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1149 msgid "There is no overhead due to logging unless tcpdump is attached." msgstr "" "Нет накладных расходов из-за ведения журнала, если не подключен tcpdump." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1153 msgid "" "After saving the needed edits, start the firewall. To enable logging limits " "now, also set the `sysctl` value specified above:" @@ -3112,7 +3112,7 @@ msgstr "" "значение `sysctl`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1158 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service ipfw start\n" @@ -3122,13 +3122,13 @@ msgstr "" "# sysctl net.inet.ip.fw.verbose_limit=5\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW Rule Syntax" msgstr "Синтаксис правил IPFW" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "When a packet enters the IPFW firewall, it is compared against the first " "rule in the ruleset and progresses one rule at a time, moving from top to " @@ -3153,7 +3153,7 @@ msgstr "" "том, как эти ключевые слова влияют на обработку правил, см. в man:ipfw[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1175 msgid "" "When creating an IPFW rule, keywords must be written in the following " "order. Some keywords are mandatory while other keywords are optional. The " @@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@ msgstr "" "игнорируются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1177 msgid "" "`_CMD RULE_NUMBER set SET_NUMBER ACTION log LOG_AMOUNT PROTO from SRC " "SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS_`" @@ -3180,7 +3180,7 @@ msgstr "" "SRC_PORT to DST DST_PORT OPTIONS_`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1181 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of these keywords and their options. It " "is not an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to man:ipfw[8] " @@ -3193,24 +3193,24 @@ msgstr "" "обратитесь к man:ipfw[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1182 #, no-wrap msgid "CMD" msgstr "CMD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1184 msgid "Every rule must start with `ipfw add`." msgstr "Каждое правило должно начинаться с `ipfw add`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "RULE_NUMBER" msgstr "RULE_NUMBER" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1189 msgid "" "Each rule is associated with a number from `1` to `65534`. The number is " "used to indicate the order of rule processing. Multiple rules can have the " @@ -3222,13 +3222,13 @@ msgstr "" "одинаковый номер, в таком случае они применяются в порядке их добавления." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1190 #, no-wrap msgid "SET_NUMBER" msgstr "SET_NUMBER" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1194 msgid "" "Each rule is associated with a set number from `0` to `31`. Sets can be " "individually disabled or enabled, making it possible to quickly add or " @@ -3241,14 +3241,14 @@ msgstr "" "набор `0`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1196 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1941 #, no-wrap msgid "ACTION" msgstr "ACTION" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1198 msgid "" "A rule can be associated with one of the following actions. The specified " "action will be executed when the packet matches the selection criterion of " @@ -3258,7 +3258,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет выполнено, когда пакет соответствует критерию выбора правила." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1200 msgid "" "`allow | accept | pass | permit`: these keywords are equivalent and allow " "packets that match the rule." @@ -3267,7 +3267,7 @@ msgstr "" "разрешают пакеты, соответствующие правилу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1205 msgid "" "`check-state`: checks the packet against the dynamic state table. If a " "match is found, execute the action associated with the rule which generated " @@ -3284,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr "" "правил проверяется при первом правиле `keep-state` или `limit`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1208 msgid "" "`count`: updates counters for all packets that match the rule. The search " "continues with the next rule." @@ -3293,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжается со следующего правила." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1210 msgid "" "`deny | drop`: either word silently discards packets that match this rule." msgstr "" @@ -3301,18 +3301,18 @@ msgstr "" "этому правилу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1213 msgid "Additional actions are available. Refer to man:ipfw[8] for details." msgstr "Доступны дополнительные действия. Подробности смотрите в man:ipfw[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1214 #, no-wrap msgid "LOG_AMOUNT" msgstr "LOG_AMOUNT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1220 msgid "" "When a packet matches a rule with the `log` keyword, a message will be " "logged to man:syslogd[8] with a facility name of `SECURITY`. Logging only " @@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@ msgstr "" "resetlog`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1225 msgid "" "Logging is done after all other packet matching conditions have been met, " "and before performing the final action on the packet. The administrator " @@ -3345,13 +3345,13 @@ msgstr "" "пакетом. Администратор решает, для каких правил включить журналирование." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1227 #, no-wrap msgid "PROTO" msgstr "PROTO" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1229 msgid "" "This optional value can be used to specify any protocol name or number found " "in [.filename]#/etc/protocols#." @@ -3360,13 +3360,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокола или номера, найденного в [.filename]#/etc/protocols#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC" msgstr "SRC" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1235 msgid "" "The `from` keyword must be followed by the source address or a keyword that " "represents the source address. An address can be represented by `any`, `me` " @@ -3385,14 +3385,14 @@ msgstr "" "маской подсети. Например, `1.2.3.4/25` или `1.2.3.4:255.255.255.128`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1237 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2007 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC_PORT" msgstr "SRC_PORT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1238 msgid "" "An optional source port can be specified using the port number or name from " "[.filename]#/etc/services#." @@ -3401,13 +3401,13 @@ msgstr "" "порта или имени из [.filename]#/etc/services#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1239 #, no-wrap msgid "DST" msgstr "DST" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1242 msgid "" "The `to` keyword must be followed by the destination address or a keyword " "that represents the destination address. The same keywords and addresses " @@ -3419,14 +3419,14 @@ msgstr "" "назначения." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1244 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2020 #, no-wrap msgid "DST_PORT" msgstr "DST_PORT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1245 msgid "" "An optional destination port can be specified using the port number or name " "from [.filename]#/etc/services#." @@ -3435,14 +3435,14 @@ msgstr "" "порта или имени из [.filename]#/etc/services#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1247 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1972 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1971 #, no-wrap msgid "OPTIONS" msgstr "OPTIONS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1250 msgid "" "Several keywords can follow the source and destination. As the name " "suggests, OPTIONS are optional. Commonly used options include `in` or " @@ -3455,7 +3455,7 @@ msgstr "" "`icmptypes` с указанием типа ICMP-сообщения и `keep-state`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "" "When a `keep-state` rule is matched, the firewall will create a dynamic rule " "which matches bidirectional traffic between the source and destination " @@ -3466,7 +3466,7 @@ msgstr "" "целевым адресами и портами, используя тот же протокол." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1257 msgid "" "The dynamic rules facility is vulnerable to resource depletion from a SYN-" "flood attack which would open a huge number of dynamic rules. To counter " @@ -3485,7 +3485,7 @@ msgstr "" "пакет отбрасывается." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1260 msgid "" "Dozens of OPTIONS are available. Refer to man:ipfw[8] for a description of " "each available option." @@ -3494,14 +3494,14 @@ msgstr "" "можно найти в man:ipfw[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1262 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2048 #, no-wrap msgid "Example Ruleset" msgstr "Пример набора правил" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1266 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create an example stateful firewall ruleset " "script named [.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules#. In this example, all connection " @@ -3515,7 +3515,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейса, через который проходит пакет." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1270 msgid "" "When first creating or testing a firewall ruleset, consider temporarily " "setting this tunable:" @@ -3524,13 +3524,13 @@ msgstr "" "экрана рекомендуется временно установить этот параметр:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1274 #, no-wrap msgid "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\"\n" msgstr "net.inet.ip.fw.default_to_accept=\"1\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1277 msgid "" "This sets the default policy of man:ipfw[8] to be more permissive than the " "default `deny ip from any to any`, making it slightly more difficult to get " @@ -3541,7 +3541,7 @@ msgstr "" "снижает вероятность блокировки системы сразу после перезагрузки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1282 msgid "" "The firewall script begins by indicating that it is a POSIX(R) shell script " "and flushes any existing rules. It then creates the `cmd` variable so that " @@ -3550,13 +3550,13 @@ msgid "" "that is attached to the Internet." msgstr "" "Скрипт межсетевого экрана начинается с указания, что это скрипт POSIX(R) " -"shell, и очищает все существующие правила. Затем он создаёт переменную `cmd`" -", чтобы не приходилось вводить `ipfw add` в начале каждого правила. Также " -"определяется переменная `pif`, которая представляет имя интерфейса, " -"подключенного к Интернету." +"shell, и очищает все существующие правила. Затем он создаёт переменную " +"`cmd`, чтобы не приходилось вводить `ipfw add` в начале каждого правила. " +"Также определяется переменная `pif`, которая представляет имя интерфейса, " +"подключённого к Интернету." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1288 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -3568,7 +3568,7 @@ msgstr "" "ipfw -q -f flush\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1292 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Set rules command prefix\n" @@ -3580,7 +3580,7 @@ msgstr "" "pif=\"dc0\" # interface name of NIC attached to Internet\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1295 msgid "" "The first two rules allow all traffic on the trusted internal interface and " "on the loopback interface:" @@ -3589,7 +3589,7 @@ msgstr "" "и на loopback-интерфейсе:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1300 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Change xl0 to LAN NIC interface name\n" @@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00005 allow all from any to any via xl0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1303 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# No restrictions on Loopback Interface\n" @@ -3609,7 +3609,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00010 allow all from any to any via lo0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1306 msgid "" "The next rule allows the packet through if it matches an existing entry in " "the dynamic rules table:" @@ -3618,13 +3618,13 @@ msgstr "" "записи в таблице динамических правил:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1310 #, no-wrap msgid "$cmd 00101 check-state\n" msgstr "$cmd 00101 check-state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1313 msgid "" "The next set of rules defines which stateful connections internal systems " "can create to hosts on the Internet:" @@ -3633,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы могут устанавливать с узлами в Интернете:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1321 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to public DNS\n" @@ -3649,7 +3649,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00111 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 53 out via $pif keep-state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1327 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to ISP's DHCP server for cable/DSL configurations.\n" @@ -3665,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" "#$cmd 00120 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 out via $pif keep-state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound HTTP and HTTPS connections\n" @@ -3677,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00220 allow tcp from any to any 443 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1335 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound email connections\n" @@ -3689,7 +3689,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00231 allow tcp from any to any 110 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1338 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound ping\n" @@ -3699,7 +3699,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00250 allow icmp from any to any out via $pif keep-state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound NTP\n" @@ -3709,7 +3709,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00260 allow udp from any to any 123 out via $pif keep-state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1344 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound SSH\n" @@ -3719,7 +3719,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00280 allow tcp from any to any 22 out via $pif setup keep-state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# deny and log all other outbound connections\n" @@ -3729,7 +3729,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00299 deny log all from any to any out via $pif\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1352 msgid "" "The next set of rules controls connections from Internet hosts to the " "internal network. It starts by denying packets typically associated with " @@ -3744,7 +3744,7 @@ msgstr "" "предотвращения перегрузки." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1365 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny all inbound traffic from non-routable reserved address spaces\n" @@ -3770,7 +3770,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00308 deny all from 224.0.0.0/3 to any in via $pif #Class D & E multicast\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny public pings\n" @@ -3780,7 +3780,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00310 deny icmp from any to any in via $pif\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1371 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny ident\n" @@ -3790,7 +3790,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00315 deny tcp from any to any 113 in via $pif\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1377 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny all Netbios services.\n" @@ -3806,7 +3806,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00323 deny tcp from any to any 81 in via $pif\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1380 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny fragments\n" @@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00330 deny all from any to any frag in via $pif\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1383 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Deny ACK packets that did not match the dynamic rule table\n" @@ -3826,7 +3826,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00332 deny tcp from any to any established in via $pif\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1387 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow traffic from ISP's DHCP server.\n" @@ -3838,7 +3838,7 @@ msgstr "" "#$cmd 00360 allow udp from any to x.x.x.x 67 in via $pif keep-state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow HTTP connections to internal web server\n" @@ -3848,7 +3848,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00400 allow tcp from any to me 80 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1393 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow inbound SSH connections\n" @@ -3858,7 +3858,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00410 allow tcp from any to me 22 in via $pif setup limit src-addr 2\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Reject and log all other incoming connections\n" @@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00499 deny log all from any to any in via $pif\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1399 msgid "" "The last rule logs all packets that do not match any of the rules in the " "ruleset:" @@ -3877,7 +3877,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствуют ни одному из правил в наборе правил:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1404 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Everything else is denied and logged\n" @@ -3887,13 +3887,13 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 00999 deny log all from any to any\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1407 #, no-wrap msgid "In-kernel NAT" msgstr "NAT в ядре системы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1412 msgid "" "FreeBSD's IPFW firewall has two implementations of NAT: the userland " "implementation man:natd[8], and the more recent in-kernel NAT " @@ -3910,7 +3910,7 @@ msgstr "" "один публичный IP-адрес." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1416 msgid "" "To do this, the FreeBSD machine connected to the Internet must act as a " "gateway. This system must have two NICs, where one is connected to the " @@ -3925,7 +3925,7 @@ msgstr "" "определено в https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1918.txt[RFC 1918]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1419 msgid "" "Some additional configuration is needed in order to enable the in-kernel NAT " "facility of IPFW. To enable in-kernel NAT support at boot time, the " @@ -3936,7 +3936,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо добавить следующие параметры в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1425 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -3948,7 +3948,7 @@ msgstr "" "firewall_nat_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1431 msgid "" "When `firewall_nat_enable` is set but `firewall_enable` is not, it will have " "no effect and do nothing. This is because the in-kernel NAT implementation " @@ -3959,7 +3959,7 @@ msgstr "" "NAT в ядре совместима только с IPFW." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1438 msgid "" "When the ruleset contains stateful rules, the positioning of the NAT rule is " "critical and the `skipto` action is used. The `skipto` action requires a " @@ -3983,7 +3983,7 @@ msgstr "" "использоваться для сокращения количества правил." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1448 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" "good_tcpo=\"22,25,37,53,80,443,110\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1453 msgid "" "With in-kernel NAT it is necessary to disable TCP segmentation offloading " "(TSO) due to the architecture of man:libalias[3], a library implemented as a " @@ -4020,13 +4020,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо добавить следующие настройки в [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1457 #, no-wrap msgid "net.inet.tcp.tso=\"0\"\n" msgstr "net.inet.tcp.tso=\"0\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1466 msgid "" "A NAT instance will also be configured. It is possible to have multiple NAT " "instances each with their own configuration. For this example only one NAT " @@ -4059,7 +4059,7 @@ msgstr "" "экрана." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1471 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw disable one_pass\n" @@ -4069,7 +4069,7 @@ msgstr "" "ipfw -q nat 1 config if $pif same_ports unreg_only reset\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1477 msgid "" "The inbound NAT rule is inserted _after_ the two rules which allow all " "traffic on the trusted and loopback interfaces and after the reassemble rule " @@ -4096,7 +4096,7 @@ msgstr "" "пакета встроенному механизму NAT." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1481 msgid "" "The reassemble rule was not needed with userland man:natd[8] because the " "internal workings of the IPFW `divert` action already takes care of " @@ -4109,7 +4109,7 @@ msgstr "" "указано в man:ipfw[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1484 msgid "" "The NAT instance and rule number used in this example does not match with " "the default NAT instance and rule number created by [.filename]#rc." @@ -4122,7 +4122,7 @@ msgstr "" "правила межсетевого экрана по умолчанию в FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1494 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 005 allow all from any to any via xl0 # exclude LAN traffic\n" @@ -4140,7 +4140,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 101 check-state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1498 msgid "" "The outbound rules are modified to replace the `allow` action with the `" "$skip` variable, indicating that rule processing will continue at rule " @@ -4153,7 +4153,7 @@ msgstr "" "$good_tcpo` содержит семь разрешённых исходящих портов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1502 msgid "" "Remember that IPFW's performance is largely determined by the number of " "rules present in the ruleset." @@ -4162,7 +4162,7 @@ msgstr "" "количеством правил в наборе правил межсетевого экрана." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1511 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Authorized outbound packets\n" @@ -4178,7 +4178,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 130 $skip icmp from any to any out via $pif $ks\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1517 msgid "" "The inbound rules remain the same, except for the very last rule which " "removes the `via $pif` in order to catch both inbound and outbound rules. " @@ -4198,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "пакета, прошедшего обработку NAT." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1523 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 999 deny log all from any to any\n" @@ -4210,7 +4210,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 1001 allow ip from any to any\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1526 msgid "" "In this example, rules `100`, `101`, `125`, `1000`, and `1001` control the " "address translation of the outbound and inbound packets so that the entries " @@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@ msgstr "" "динамического состояния всегда указывали на частный LANIP-адрес." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1538 msgid "" "Consider an internal web browser which initializes a new outbound HTTP " "session over port 80. When the first outbound packet enters the firewall, " @@ -4256,7 +4256,7 @@ msgstr "" "обнаруживается в таблице как существующий сеанс и передаётся в LAN." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1543 msgid "" "On the inbound side, the ruleset has to deny bad packets and allow only " "authorized services. A packet which matches an inbound rule is posted to " @@ -4273,7 +4273,7 @@ msgstr "" "правилу `1000` для выполнения NAT перед выпуском на исходящий интерфейс." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1551 msgid "" "Transitioning from userland man:natd[8] to in-kernel NAT might appear " "seamless at first but there is small catch. When using the GENERIC kernel, " @@ -4308,13 +4308,13 @@ msgstr "" "помощью опции `options LIBALIAS`." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1553 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Redirection" msgstr "Перенаправление портов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1559 msgid "" "The drawback with NAT in general is that the LAN clients are not accessible " "from the Internet. Clients on the LAN can make outgoing connections to the " @@ -4332,7 +4332,7 @@ msgstr "" "NAT, к клиенту в локальной сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1562 msgid "" "For example, an IRC server runs on client `A` and a web server runs on " "client `B`. For this to work properly, connections received on ports 6667 " @@ -4343,7 +4343,7 @@ msgstr "" "(HTTP), должны быть перенаправлены на соответствующие машины." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1566 msgid "" "With in-kernel NAT all configuration is done in the NAT instance " "configuration. For a full list of options that an in-kernel NAT instance " @@ -4352,11 +4352,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "С встроенным в ядро NAT вся конфигурация выполняется в настройках экземпляра " "NAT. Полный список параметров, которые может использовать экземпляр " -"встроенного в ядро NAT, приведен в man:ipfw[8]. Синтаксис IPFW соответствует " +"встроенного в ядро NAT, приведён в man:ipfw[8]. Синтаксис IPFW соответствует " "синтаксису natd. Синтаксис для `redirect_port` выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1572 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port proto targetIP:targetPORT[-targetPORT]\n" @@ -4368,12 +4368,12 @@ msgstr "" " [remoteIP[:remotePORT[-remotePORT]]]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1575 msgid "To configure the above example setup, the arguments should be:" msgstr "Для настройки приведённой выше конфигурации аргументы должны быть:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1580 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" @@ -4383,7 +4383,7 @@ msgstr "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1583 msgid "" "After adding these arguments to the configuration of NAT instance 1 in the " "above ruleset, the TCP ports will be port forwarded to the LAN client " @@ -4394,7 +4394,7 @@ msgstr "" "машины в локальной сети, на которых работают службы IRC и HTTP." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1589 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfw -q nat 1 config if $pif same_ports unreg_only reset \\\n" @@ -4406,7 +4406,7 @@ msgstr "" " redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.3:80 80\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1593 msgid "" "Port ranges over individual ports can be indicated with `redirect_port`. " "For example, _tcp 192.168.0.2:2000-3000 2000-3000_ would redirect all " @@ -4419,13 +4419,13 @@ msgstr "" "2000 по 3000 клиента `A`." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1594 #, no-wrap msgid "Address Redirection" msgstr "Перенаправление адресов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1600 msgid "" "Address redirection is useful if more than one IP address is available. " "Each LAN client can be assigned its own external IP address by man:ipfw[8], " @@ -4449,7 +4449,7 @@ msgstr "" "`A` и `B` локальной сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1602 msgid "" "The `redirect_addr` syntax is as below, where `localIP` is the internal IP " "address of the LAN client, and `publicIP` the external IP address " @@ -4460,18 +4460,18 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующий клиенту в локальной сети." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1606 #, no-wrap msgid "redirect_addr localIP publicIP\n" msgstr "redirect_addr localIP publicIP\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1609 msgid "In the example, the arguments would read:" msgstr "В этом примере аргументы выглядели бы следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1614 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_addr 192.168.0.2 128.1.1.2\n" @@ -4481,7 +4481,7 @@ msgstr "" "redirect_addr 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1618 msgid "" "Like `redirect_port`, these arguments are placed in a NAT instance " "configuration. With address redirection, there is no need for port " @@ -4492,7 +4492,7 @@ msgstr "" "так как перенаправляются все данные, полученные на определённый IP-адрес." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1621 msgid "" "The external IP addresses on the man:ipfw[8] machine must be active and " "aliased to the external interface. Refer to man:rc.conf[5] for details." @@ -4501,27 +4501,27 @@ msgstr "" "как псевдонимы внешнему интерфейсу. Подробности см. в man:rc.conf[5]." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1622 #, no-wrap msgid "Userspace NAT" msgstr "Пользовательский NAT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1626 msgid "" "Let us start with a statement: the userspace NAT implementation: man:" "natd[8], has more overhead than in-kernel NAT. For man:natd[8] to translate " "packets, the packets have to be copied from the kernel to userspace and back " "which brings in extra overhead that is not present with in-kernel NAT." msgstr "" -"Начнем с утверждения: реализация NAT в пользовательском пространстве: man:" +"Начнём с утверждения: реализация NAT в пользовательском пространстве: man:" "natd[8], имеет больше накладных расходов, чем NAT в ядре. Для работы man:" "natd[8] по преобразованию пакетов, пакеты должны копироваться из ядра в " "пользовательское пространство и обратно, что создаёт дополнительные " "накладные расходы, отсутствующие при использовании NAT в ядре." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1630 msgid "" "To enable the userspace NAT daemon man:natd[8] at boot time, the following " "is a minimum configuration in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Where " @@ -4532,12 +4532,12 @@ msgstr "" "Для включения демона NAT в пользовательском пространстве man:natd[8] при " "загрузке, следующая минимальная конфигурация должна быть добавлена в [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Параметр `natd_interface` должен быть установлен " -"равным имени сетевого интерфейса, подключенного к Интернету. Скрипт man:" +"равным имени сетевого интерфейса, подключённого к Интернету. Скрипт man:" "rc[8] для man:natd[8] автоматически проверит, используется ли динамический " "IP-адрес, и настроит себя соответствующим образом." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1636 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -4549,7 +4549,7 @@ msgstr "" "natd_interface=\"rl0\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1641 msgid "" "In general, the above ruleset as explained for in-kernel NAT can also be " "used together with man:natd[8]. The exceptions are the configuration of the " @@ -4566,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменить, как показано ниже." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "$cmd 100 divert natd ip from any to any in via $pif\n" @@ -4576,7 +4576,7 @@ msgstr "" "$cmd 1000 divert natd ip from any to any out via $pif\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1651 msgid "" "To configure port or address redirection, a similar syntax as with in-kernel " "NAT is used. Although, now, instead of specifying the configuration in our " @@ -4592,13 +4592,13 @@ msgstr "" "файлу." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1655 #, no-wrap msgid "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\"\n" msgstr "natd_flags=\"-f /etc/natd.conf\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1662 msgid "" "The specified file must contain a list of configuration options, one per " "line. For more information about the configuration file and possible " @@ -4610,7 +4610,7 @@ msgstr "" "записей, по одному на строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1667 #, no-wrap msgid "" "redirect_port tcp 192.168.0.2:6667 6667\n" @@ -4620,13 +4620,13 @@ msgstr "" "redirect_addr 192.168.0.3 128.1.1.3\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1672 #, no-wrap msgid "The IPFW Command" msgstr "Команда IPFW" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1677 msgid "" "`ipfw` can be used to make manual, single rule additions or deletions to the " "active firewall while it is running. The problem with using this method is " @@ -4643,7 +4643,7 @@ msgstr "" "межсетевого экрана при изменении этого файла." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1681 msgid "" "`ipfw` is a useful way to display the running firewall rules to the console " "screen. The IPFW accounting facility dynamically creates a counter for each " @@ -4658,18 +4658,18 @@ msgstr "" "способов определить, работает ли правило так, как ожидается." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1683 msgid "To list all the running rules in sequence:" msgstr "Чтобы вывести список всех активных правил в порядке их применения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1687 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw list\n" msgstr "# ipfw list\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1690 msgid "" "To list all the running rules with a time stamp of when the last time the " "rule was matched:" @@ -4678,13 +4678,13 @@ msgstr "" "правила:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1694 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -t list\n" msgstr "# ipfw -t list\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1698 msgid "" "The next example lists accounting information and the packet count for " "matched rules along with the rules themselves. The first column is the rule " @@ -4697,63 +4697,63 @@ msgstr "" "само правило." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1702 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -a list\n" msgstr "# ipfw -a list\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1705 msgid "To list dynamic rules in addition to static rules:" msgstr "Для отображения динамических правил вместе со статическими:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1709 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -d list\n" msgstr "# ipfw -d list\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1712 msgid "To also show the expired dynamic rules:" msgstr "Чтобы также показать истекшие динамические правила:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1716 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw -d -e list\n" msgstr "# ipfw -d -e list\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1719 msgid "To zero the counters:" msgstr "Для обнуления счетчиков:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1723 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw zero\n" msgstr "# ipfw zero\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1726 msgid "To zero the counters for just the rule with number _NUM_:" msgstr "Обнулить счетчики только для правила с номером _NUM_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1730 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipfw zero NUM\n" msgstr "# ipfw zero NUM\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1732 #, no-wrap msgid "Logging Firewall Messages" msgstr "Журналирование сообщений межсетевого экрана" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1739 msgid "" "Even with the logging facility enabled, IPFW will not generate any rule " "logging on its own. The firewall administrator decides which rules in the " @@ -4763,17 +4763,17 @@ msgid "" "the ruleset. This way, it is possible to see all the packets that did not " "match any of the rules in the ruleset." msgstr "" -"Даже при включенной функции журналирования, IPFW не будет самостоятельно " +"Даже при включённой функции журналирования, IPFW не будет самостоятельно " "генерировать записи о правилах. Администратор межсетевого экрана решает, " "какие правила в наборе правил будут записываться в журнал, и добавляет " "ключевое слово `log` к этим правилам. Обычно журналируются только правила с " "действием deny. Принято дублировать правило \"ipfw default deny everything\" " -"с включенным ключевым словом `log` в качестве последнего правила в наборе. " +"с включённым ключевым словом `log` в качестве последнего правила в наборе. " "Таким образом, можно увидеть все пакеты, которые не соответствуют ни одному " "из правил в наборе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1743 msgid "" "Logging is a two edged sword. If one is not careful, an over abundance of " "log data or a DoS attack can fill the disk with log files. Log messages are " @@ -4786,7 +4786,7 @@ msgstr "" "на корневую консоль, что быстро становится раздражающим." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "" "The `IPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=5` kernel option limits the number of " "consecutive messages sent to man:syslogd[8], concerning the packet matching " @@ -4809,13 +4809,13 @@ msgstr "" "подсчитаны и отправлены в syslogd с фразой, подобной следующей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1753 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1752 #, no-wrap msgid "last message repeated 45 times\n" msgstr "last message repeated 45 times\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1755 msgid "" "All logged packets messages are written by default to [.filename]#/var/log/" "security#, which is defined in [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#." @@ -4824,13 +4824,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/var/log/security#, что определено в [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1757 #, no-wrap msgid "Building a Rule Script" msgstr "Построение скрипта правил" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1763 msgid "" "Most experienced IPFW users create a file containing the rules and code them " "in a manner compatible with running them as a script. The major benefit of " @@ -4850,7 +4850,7 @@ msgstr "" "используемых значений, которые будут заменяться в нескольких правилах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1768 msgid "" "This example script is compatible with the syntax used by the man:sh[1], man:" "csh[1], and man:tcsh[1] shells. Symbolic substitution fields are prefixed " @@ -4865,12 +4865,12 @@ msgstr "" "заполнения символьного поля должно быть заключено в двойные кавычки (\"\")." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1770 msgid "Start the rules file like this:" msgstr "Начните файл правил следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1788 #, no-wrap msgid "" "############### start of example ipfw rules script #############\n" @@ -4906,7 +4906,7 @@ msgstr "" "################### End of example ipfw rules script ############\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1791 msgid "" "The rules are not important as the focus of this example is how the symbolic " "substitution fields are populated." @@ -4915,7 +4915,7 @@ msgstr "" "поля символьной подстановки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1793 msgid "" "If the above example was in [.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules#, the rules could be " "reloaded by the following command:" @@ -4924,13 +4924,13 @@ msgstr "" "правила можно перезагрузить следующей командой:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1797 #, no-wrap msgid "# sh /etc/ipfw.rules\n" msgstr "# sh /etc/ipfw.rules\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1800 msgid "" "[.filename]#/etc/ipfw.rules# can be located anywhere and the file can have " "any name." @@ -4939,12 +4939,12 @@ msgstr "" "иметь любое имя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1802 msgid "The same thing could be accomplished by running these commands by hand:" msgstr "То же самое можно выполнить вручную, запустив следующие команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1813 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1812 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ipfw -q -f flush\n" @@ -4964,13 +4964,13 @@ msgstr "" "# ipfw -q add 00611 allow udp from any to 192.0.2.11 53 out via tun0 keep-state\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1815 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFW Kernel Options" msgstr "Опции ядра для IPFW" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1819 msgid "" "In order to statically compile IPFW support into a custom kernel, refer to " "the instructions in crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the " @@ -4982,7 +4982,7 @@ msgstr "" "файле конфигурации собственного ядра доступны следующие параметры:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1832 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFIREWALL\t\t\t# enables IPFW\n" @@ -5008,7 +5008,7 @@ msgstr "" "options IPDIVERT\t\t\t# enables NAT through natd(8)\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1837 msgid "" "IPFW can be loaded as a kernel module: options above are built by default as " "modules or can be set at runtime using tunables." @@ -5018,13 +5018,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнения с помощью tunables." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1840 #, no-wrap msgid "IPFILTER (IPF)" msgstr "IPFILTER (IPF)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1843 msgid "" "IPFILTER, also known as IPF, is a cross-platform, open source firewall which " "has been ported to several operating systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, " @@ -5036,7 +5036,7 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris(TM)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1846 msgid "" "IPFILTER is a kernel-side firewall and NAT mechanism that can be controlled " "and monitored by userland programs. Firewall rules can be set or deleted " @@ -5052,7 +5052,7 @@ msgstr "" "`ipmon` позволяет записывать действия IPFILTER в системные журналы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1849 msgid "" "IPF was originally written using a rule processing logic of \"the last " "matching rule wins\" and only used stateless rules. Since then, IPF has " @@ -5064,7 +5064,7 @@ msgstr "" "state`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1852 msgid "" "The IPF FAQ is at http://www.phildev.net/ipf/index.html[http://www.phildev." "net/ipf/index.html]. A searchable archive of the IPFilter mailing list is " @@ -5076,7 +5076,7 @@ msgstr "" "marc.info/?l=ipfilter]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1855 msgid "" "This section of the Handbook focuses on IPF as it pertains to FreeBSD. It " "provides examples of rules that contain the `quick` and `keep state` options." @@ -5085,13 +5085,13 @@ msgstr "" "примеры правил, содержащих опции `quick` и `keep state`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1856 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling IPF" msgstr "Включение IPF" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1859 msgid "" "IPF is included in the basic FreeBSD install as a kernel loadable module, " "meaning that a custom kernel is not needed in order to enable IPF." @@ -5100,7 +5100,7 @@ msgstr "" "означает, что для включения IPF не требуется создавать собственное ядро." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1862 msgid "" "For users who prefer to statically compile IPF support into a custom kernel, " "refer to the instructions in crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring " @@ -5112,7 +5112,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметры ядра:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1869 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFILTER\n" @@ -5126,7 +5126,7 @@ msgstr "" "options IPFILTER_DEFAULT_BLOCK\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1872 msgid "" "where `options IPFILTER` enables support for IPFILTER, `options " "IPFILTER_LOG` enables IPF logging using the [.filename]#ipl# packet logging " @@ -5144,7 +5144,7 @@ msgstr "" "блокируется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1876 msgid "" "To configure the system to enable IPF at boot time, add the following " "entries to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. These entries will also enable " @@ -5159,7 +5159,7 @@ msgstr "" "правило `block all` в конец набора правил." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipfilter_enable=\"YES\" # Start ipf firewall\n" @@ -5181,12 +5181,12 @@ msgstr "" " # n = map IP & port to names\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1890 msgid "If NAT functionality is needed, also add these lines:" msgstr "Если требуется функциональность NAT, также добавьте следующие строки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1896 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\" # Enable as LAN gateway\n" @@ -5198,18 +5198,18 @@ msgstr "" "ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\" # rules definition file for ipnat\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1899 msgid "Then, to start IPF now:" msgstr "Затем, чтобы запустить IPF сейчас:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1903 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ipfilter start\n" msgstr "# service ipfilter start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1907 msgid "" "To load the firewall rules, specify the name of the ruleset file using " "`ipf`. The following command can be used to replace the currently running " @@ -5220,13 +5220,13 @@ msgstr "" "текущих работающих правил межсетевого экрана:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1911 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules\n" msgstr "# ipf -Fa -f /etc/ipf.rules\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1914 msgid "" "where `-Fa` flushes all the internal rules tables and `-f` specifies the " "file containing the rules to load." @@ -5235,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "" "содержащий правила для загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1917 msgid "" "This provides the ability to make changes to a custom ruleset and update the " "running firewall with a fresh copy of the rules without having to reboot the " @@ -5248,7 +5248,7 @@ msgstr "" "правил, так как процедуру можно выполнять столько раз, сколько потребуется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1919 msgid "" "Refer to man:ipf[8] for details on the other flags available with this " "command." @@ -5257,13 +5257,13 @@ msgstr "" "доступных с этой командой." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1920 #, no-wrap msgid "IPF Rule Syntax" msgstr "Синтаксис правил IPF" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1926 msgid "" "This section describes the IPF rule syntax used to create stateful rules. " "When creating rules, keep in mind that unless the `quick` keyword appears in " @@ -5283,7 +5283,7 @@ msgstr "" "ipfilter#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1929 msgid "" "When creating rules, a `+#+` character is used to mark the start of a " "comment and may appear at the end of a rule, to explain that rule's " @@ -5294,7 +5294,7 @@ msgstr "" "или на отдельной строке. Пустые строки игнорируются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1934 msgid "" "The keywords which are used in rules must be written in a specific order, " "from left to right. Some keywords are mandatory while others are optional. " @@ -5312,7 +5312,7 @@ msgstr "" "предшествовать следующей за ними переменной:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1936 msgid "" "`_ACTION DIRECTION OPTIONS proto PROTO_TYPE from SRC_ADDR SRC_PORT to " "DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE_`" @@ -5321,7 +5321,7 @@ msgstr "" "DST_ADDR DST_PORT TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE keep state STATE_`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1940 msgid "" "This section describes each of these keywords and their options. It is not " "an exhaustive list of every possible option. Refer to man:ipf[5] for a " @@ -5334,7 +5334,7 @@ msgstr "" "использования каждого ключевого слова приведены в man:ipf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1945 msgid "" "The action keyword indicates what to do with the packet if it matches that " "rule. Every rule _must_ have an action. The following actions are " @@ -5345,22 +5345,22 @@ msgstr "" "Поддерживаются следующие действия:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1947 msgid "`block`: drops the packet." msgstr "`block`: отбрасывает пакет." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1949 msgid "`pass`: allows the packet." msgstr "`pass`: разрешает пакет." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1951 msgid "`log`: generates a log record." msgstr "`log`: создаёт запись в журнале." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1953 msgid "" "`count`: counts the number of packets and bytes which can provide an " "indication of how often a rule is used." @@ -5369,13 +5369,13 @@ msgstr "" "представление о том, как часто используется правило." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1955 msgid "`auth`: queues the packet for further processing by another program." msgstr "" "`auth`: ставит пакет в очередь для дальнейшей обработки другой программой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1957 msgid "" "`call`: provides access to functions built into IPF that allow more complex " "actions." @@ -5384,7 +5384,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполнять более сложные действия." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1959 msgid "" "`decapsulate`: removes any headers in order to process the contents of the " "packet." @@ -5392,13 +5392,13 @@ msgstr "" "`decapsulate`: удаляет любые заголовки для обработки содержимого пакета." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1960 #, no-wrap msgid "DIRECTION" msgstr "DIRECTION" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1962 msgid "" "Next, each rule must explicitly state the direction of traffic using one of " "these keywords:" @@ -5407,22 +5407,22 @@ msgstr "" "трафика с использованием одного из следующих ключевых слов:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1964 msgid "`in`: the rule is applied against an inbound packet." msgstr "`in`: правило применяется к входящему пакету." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1966 msgid "`out`: the rule is applied against an outbound packet." msgstr "`out`: правило применяется к исходящему пакету." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1968 msgid "`all`: the rule applies to either direction." msgstr "`all`: правило применяется в обоих направлениях." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1970 msgid "" "If the system has multiple interfaces, the interface can be specified along " "with the direction. An example would be `in on fxp0`." @@ -5431,7 +5431,7 @@ msgstr "" "направлением. Примером может быть `in on fxp0`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1974 msgid "" "Options are optional. However, if multiple options are specified, they must " "be used in the order shown here." @@ -5440,7 +5440,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров, они должны использоваться в порядке, указанном здесь." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1976 msgid "" "`log`: when performing the specified ACTION, the contents of the packet's " "headers will be written to the man:ipl[4] packet log pseudo-device." @@ -5449,7 +5449,7 @@ msgstr "" "записано в псевдоустройство журнала пакетов man:ipl[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1978 msgid "" "`quick`: if a packet matches this rule, the ACTION specified by the rule " "occurs and no further processing of any following rules will occur for this " @@ -5460,7 +5460,7 @@ msgstr "" "пакета не выполняется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1982 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1981 msgid "" "`on`: must be followed by the interface name as displayed by man:" "ifconfig[8]. The rule will only match if the packet is going through the " @@ -5471,7 +5471,7 @@ msgstr "" "проходит через указанный интерфейс в указанном направлении." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1983 msgid "" "When using the `log` keyword, the following qualifiers may be used in this " "order:" @@ -5480,7 +5480,7 @@ msgstr "" "указаны в таком порядке:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1985 msgid "" "`body`: indicates that the first 128 bytes of the packet contents will be " "logged after the headers." @@ -5489,7 +5489,7 @@ msgstr "" "журнал после заголовков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1987 msgid "" "`first`: if the `log` keyword is being used in conjunction with a `keep " "state` option, this option is recommended so that only the triggering packet " @@ -5501,7 +5501,7 @@ msgstr "" "отслеживанием состояний." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1990 msgid "" "Additional options are available to specify error return messages. Refer to " "man:ipf[5] for more details." @@ -5510,13 +5510,13 @@ msgstr "" "Подробности смотрите в man:ipf[5]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1991 #, no-wrap msgid "PROTO_TYPE" msgstr "PROTO_TYPE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1997 msgid "" "The protocol type is optional. However, it is mandatory if the rule needs " "to specify a SRC_PORT or a DST_PORT as it defines the type of protocol. " @@ -5535,13 +5535,13 @@ msgstr "" "для этого протокола будут соответствовать этому правилу." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:1998 #, no-wrap msgid "SRC_ADDR" msgstr "SRC_ADDR" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2002 msgid "" "The `from` keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which " "represents the source of the packet. The source can be a hostname, an IP " @@ -5554,7 +5554,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно найти в man:ipf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2006 msgid "" "There is no way to match ranges of IP addresses which do not express " "themselves easily using the dotted numeric form / mask-length notation. The " @@ -5563,13 +5563,13 @@ msgid "" "utility's web page: http://jodies.de/ipcalc[http://jodies.de/ipcalc]." msgstr "" "Единственный способ задать диапазоны IP-адресов, это представить их в " -"нотации — числа, разделенные точками / длина маски. Пакет или порт package:" +"нотации — числа, разделённые точками / длина маски. Пакет или порт package:" "net-mgmt/ipcalc[] может быть использован для упрощения расчета маски CIDR. " "Дополнительная информация доступна на веб-странице утилиты: http://jodies.de/" "ipcalc[http://jodies.de/ipcalc]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2011 msgid "" "The port number of the source is optional. However, if it is used, it " "requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the rule. The port number must " @@ -5580,7 +5580,7 @@ msgstr "" "также должен предваряться ключевым словом `proto`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "" "A number of different comparison operators are supported: `=` (equal to), `!" "=` (not equal to), `<` (less than), `>` (greater than), `<=` (less than or " @@ -5591,7 +5591,7 @@ msgstr "" "(больше или равно)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2015 msgid "" "To specify port ranges, place the two port numbers between `<>` (less than " "and greater than ), `><` (greater than and less than ), or `:` (greater than " @@ -5602,13 +5602,13 @@ msgstr "" "равно)." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2016 #, no-wrap msgid "DST_ADDR" msgstr "DST_ADDR" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2020 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2019 msgid "" "The `to` keyword is mandatory and is followed by a keyword which represents " "the destination of the packet. Similar to SRC_ADDR, it can be a hostname, " @@ -5620,7 +5620,7 @@ msgstr "" "хоста, IP-адрес с маской CIDR, пул адресов или ключевое слово `all`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2024 msgid "" "Similar to SRC_PORT, the port number of the destination is optional. " "However, if it is used, it requires PROTO_TYPE to be first defined in the " @@ -5631,13 +5631,13 @@ msgstr "" "правиле. Номер порта также должен предваряться ключевым словом `proto`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2026 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2025 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE" msgstr "TCP_FLAG|ICMP_TYPE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2028 msgid "" "If `tcp` is specified as the PROTO_TYPE, flags can be specified as letters, " "where each letter represents one of the possible TCP flags used to determine " @@ -5651,7 +5651,7 @@ msgstr "" "`E` (ECN)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2031 msgid "" "If `icmp` is specified as the PROTO_TYPE, the ICMP type to match can be " "specified. Refer to man:ipf[5] for the allowable types." @@ -5660,13 +5660,13 @@ msgstr "" "сопоставления. Допустимые типы приведены в man:ipf[5]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2032 #, no-wrap msgid "STATE" msgstr "STATE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2036 msgid "" "If a `pass` rule contains `keep state`, IPF will add an entry to its dynamic " "state table and allow subsequent packets that match the connection. IPF can " @@ -5681,7 +5681,7 @@ msgstr "" "сеанса, даже если это другой протокол, будет разрешён." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2043 msgid "" "In IPF, packets destined to go out through the interface connected to the " "public Internet are first checked against the dynamic state table. If the " @@ -5696,13 +5696,13 @@ msgid "" "dynamic state table. Packets that do not belong to an already active " "session are checked against the inbound ruleset." msgstr "" -"В IPF пакеты, предназначенные для выхода через интерфейс, подключенный к " +"В IPF пакеты, предназначенные для выхода через интерфейс, подключённый к " "публичному интернету, сначала проверяются в динамической таблице состояний. " "Если пакет соответствует следующему ожидаемому пакету активного сеанса " "связи, он проходит через межсетевой экран, и состояние потока сеанса " "обновляется в динамической таблице состояний. Пакеты, не принадлежащие к уже " "активному сеансу, проверяются в соответствии с набором правил для исходящего " -"трафика. Пакеты, поступающие через интерфейс, подключенный к публичному " +"трафика. Пакеты, поступающие через интерфейс, подключённый к публичному " "интернету, сначала проверяются в динамической таблице состояний. Если пакет " "соответствует следующему ожидаемому пакету активного сеанса, он проходит " "через межсетевой экран, и состояние потока сеанса обновляется в динамической " @@ -5710,7 +5710,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверяются в соответствии с набором правил для входящего трафика." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2047 msgid "" "Several keywords can be added after `keep state`. If used, these keywords " "set various options that control stateful filtering, such as setting " @@ -5724,7 +5724,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступных параметров и их описания можно найти в man:ipf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2051 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create an example ruleset which only allows " "services matching `pass` rules and blocks all others." @@ -5734,7 +5734,7 @@ msgstr "" "остальные." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2054 msgid "" "FreeBSD uses the loopback interface ([.filename]#lo0#) and the IP address " "`127.0.0.1` for internal communication. The firewall ruleset must contain " @@ -5746,7 +5746,7 @@ msgstr "" "перемещение этих внутренних пакетов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2061 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2060 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# no restrictions on loopback interface\n" @@ -5758,7 +5758,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on lo0 all\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2065 msgid "" "The public interface connected to the Internet is used to authorize and " "control access of all outbound and inbound connections. If one or more " @@ -5769,17 +5769,17 @@ msgid "" "interfaces, outbound connections through the public interface, and inbound " "connections through the public interface." msgstr "" -"Публичный интерфейс, подключенный к Интернету, используется для авторизации " +"Публичный интерфейс, подключённый к Интернету, используется для авторизации " "и контроля доступа всех исходящих и входящих соединений. Если один или " "несколько интерфейсов подключены к частным сетям, этим внутренним " "интерфейсам могут потребоваться правила, разрешающие передачу пакетов, " "исходящих из локальной сети, между внутренними сетями или к интерфейсу, " -"подключенному к Интернету. Набор правил должен быть организован в три " +"подключённому к Интернету. Набор правил должен быть организован в три " "основных раздела: доверенные внутренние интерфейсы, исходящие соединения " "через публичный интерфейс и входящие соединения через публичный интерфейс." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2068 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2067 msgid "" "These two rules allow all traffic to pass through a trusted LAN interface " "named [.filename]#xl0#:" @@ -5788,7 +5788,7 @@ msgstr "" "именем [.filename]#xl0#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2073 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# no restrictions on inside LAN interface for private network\n" @@ -5800,7 +5800,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass in quick on xl0 all\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2076 msgid "" "The rules for the public interface's outbound and inbound sections should " "have the most frequently matched rules placed before less commonly matched " @@ -5813,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr "" "журналировать все пакеты для этого интерфейса и направления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2080 msgid "" "This set of rules defines the outbound section of the public interface named " "[.filename]#dc0#. These rules keep state and identify the specific services " @@ -5828,7 +5828,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующие номера портов и, где применимо, адреса назначения." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2086 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# interface facing Internet (outbound)\n" @@ -5840,7 +5840,7 @@ msgstr "" "# firewall, destined for the Internet.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2093 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2092 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow outbound access to public DNS servers.\n" @@ -5856,7 +5856,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to x.x.x.x port = 53 keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2099 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow access to ISP's specified DHCP server for cable or DSL networks.\n" @@ -5874,7 +5874,7 @@ msgstr "" "#pass out quick on dc0 proto udp from any to z.z.z.z port = 67 keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2103 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow HTTP and HTTPS\n" @@ -5886,7 +5886,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 443 flags S keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2107 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow email\n" @@ -5898,7 +5898,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 25 flags S keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow NTP\n" @@ -5908,7 +5908,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 37 flags S keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2113 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow FTP\n" @@ -5918,7 +5918,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2116 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow SSH\n" @@ -5928,7 +5928,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 22 flags S keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2119 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow ping\n" @@ -5938,7 +5938,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on dc0 proto icmp from any to any icmp-type 8 keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2122 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block and log everything else\n" @@ -5948,7 +5948,7 @@ msgstr "" "block out log first quick on dc0 all\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2126 msgid "" "This example of the rules in the inbound section of the public interface " "blocks all undesirable packets first. This reduces the number of packets " @@ -5959,7 +5959,7 @@ msgstr "" "регистрируемых последним правилом." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2140 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# interface facing Internet (inbound)\n" @@ -5987,7 +5987,7 @@ msgstr "" "block in quick on dc0 from 224.0.0.0/3 to any #Class D & E multicast\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2144 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block fragments and too short tcp packets\n" @@ -5999,7 +5999,7 @@ msgstr "" "block in quick on dc0 proto tcp all with short\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# block source routed packets\n" @@ -6011,7 +6011,7 @@ msgstr "" "block in quick on dc0 all with opt ssrr\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2151 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block OS fingerprint attempts and log first occurrence\n" @@ -6021,7 +6021,7 @@ msgstr "" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any flags FUP\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block anything with special options\n" @@ -6031,7 +6031,7 @@ msgstr "" "block in quick on dc0 all with ipopts\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2158 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block public pings and ident\n" @@ -6043,7 +6043,7 @@ msgstr "" "block in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to any port = 113\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2164 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block incoming Netbios services\n" @@ -6059,7 +6059,7 @@ msgstr "" "block in log first quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any port = 81\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2168 msgid "" "Any time there are logged messages on a rule with the `log first` option, " "run `ipfstat -hio` to evaluate how many times the rule has been matched. A " @@ -6071,7 +6071,7 @@ msgstr "" "система подвергается атаке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2171 msgid "" "The rest of the rules in the inbound section define which connections are " "allowed to be initiated from the Internet. The last rule denies all " @@ -6084,7 +6084,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2177 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow traffic in from ISP's DHCP server. Replace z.z.z.z with\n" @@ -6096,7 +6096,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass in quick on dc0 proto udp from z.z.z.z to any port = 68 keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2180 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow public connections to specified internal web server\n" @@ -6106,7 +6106,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass in quick on dc0 proto tcp from any to x.x.x.x port = 80 flags S keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2183 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Block and log only first occurrence of all remaining traffic.\n" @@ -6116,13 +6116,13 @@ msgstr "" "block in log first quick on dc0 all\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2185 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring NAT" msgstr "Настройка NAT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2188 msgid "" "To enable NAT, add these statements to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and specify " "the name of the file containing the NAT rules:" @@ -6131,7 +6131,7 @@ msgstr "" "и укажите имя файла, содержащего правила NAT:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "gateway_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -6143,7 +6143,7 @@ msgstr "" "ipnat_rules=\"/etc/ipnat.rules\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2199 msgid "" "NAT rules are flexible and can accomplish many different things to fit the " "needs of both commercial and home users. The rule syntax presented here has " @@ -6156,7 +6156,7 @@ msgstr "" "Полное описание синтаксиса правил можно найти в man:ipnat[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2201 msgid "" "The basic syntax for a NAT rule is as follows, where `map` starts the rule " "and _IF_ should be replaced with the name of the external interface:" @@ -6165,13 +6165,13 @@ msgstr "" "`map` начинает правило, а _IF_ следует заменить на имя внешнего интерфейса:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2205 #, no-wrap msgid "map IF LAN_IP_RANGE -> PUBLIC_ADDRESS\n" msgstr "map IF LAN_IP_RANGE -> PUBLIC_ADDRESS\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2210 msgid "" "The _LAN_IP_RANGE_ is the range of IP addresses used by internal clients. " "Usually, it is a private address range such as `192.168.1.0/24`. The " @@ -6184,7 +6184,7 @@ msgstr "" "ключевым словом `0/32`, которое представляет IP-адрес, назначенный _IF_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "In IPF, when a packet arrives at the firewall from the LAN with a public " "destination, it first passes through the outbound rules of the firewall " @@ -6214,7 +6214,7 @@ msgstr "" "обработки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2220 msgid "" "For networks that have large numbers of internal systems or multiple " "subnets, the process of funneling every private IP address into a single " @@ -6227,7 +6227,7 @@ msgstr "" "решения этой проблемы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2223 msgid "" "The first method is to assign a range of ports to use as source ports. By " "adding the `portmap` keyword, NAT can be directed to only use source ports " @@ -6238,13 +6238,13 @@ msgstr "" "указать NAT использовать только исходные порты из заданного диапазона:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2227 #, no-wrap msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000\n" msgstr "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 20000:60000\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2230 msgid "" "Alternately, use the `auto` keyword which tells NAT to determine the ports " "that are available for use:" @@ -6253,13 +6253,13 @@ msgstr "" "порты, доступные для использования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2234 #, no-wrap msgid "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto\n" msgstr "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp auto\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2239 msgid "" "The second method is to use a pool of public addresses. This is useful when " "there are too many LAN addresses to fit into a single public address and a " @@ -6274,7 +6274,7 @@ msgstr "" "отображения адреса пакета при его выходе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2242 msgid "" "The range of public IP addresses can be specified using a netmask or CIDR " "notation. These two rules are equivalent:" @@ -6283,7 +6283,7 @@ msgstr "" "или нотации CIDR. Эти два правила эквивалентны:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2247 #, no-wrap msgid "" "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 204.134.75.0/255.255.255.0\n" @@ -6293,7 +6293,7 @@ msgstr "" "map dc0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 204.134.75.0/24\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2252 msgid "" "A common practice is to have a publicly accessible web server or mail server " "segregated to an internal network segment. The traffic from these servers " @@ -6310,13 +6310,13 @@ msgstr "" "адресом `20.20.20.5`, используйте следующее правило:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2256 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80\n" msgstr "rdr dc0 20.20.20.5/32 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2259 msgid "" "If it is the only web server, this rule would also work as it redirects all " "external HTTP requests to `10.0.10.25`:" @@ -6325,13 +6325,13 @@ msgstr "" "оно перенаправляет все внешние HTTP-запросы на `10.0.10.25`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2263 #, no-wrap msgid "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80\n" msgstr "rdr dc0 0.0.0.0/0 port 80 -> 10.0.10.25 port 80\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2268 msgid "" "IPF has a built in FTP proxy which can be used with NAT. It monitors all " "outbound traffic for active or passive FTP connection requests and " @@ -6346,7 +6346,7 @@ msgstr "" "открывать большие диапазоны портов высокого порядка для FTP-соединений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2271 msgid "" "In this example, the first rule calls the proxy for outbound FTP traffic " "from the internal LAN. The second rule passes the FTP traffic from the " @@ -6359,7 +6359,7 @@ msgstr "" "трафик из внутренней локальной сети:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2277 #, no-wrap msgid "" "map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -> 0/32 proxy port 21 ftp/tcp\n" @@ -6371,7 +6371,7 @@ msgstr "" "map dc0 10.0.10.0/29 -> 0/32\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2281 msgid "" "The FTP `map` rules go before the NAT rule so that when a packet matches an " "FTP rule, the FTP proxy creates temporary filter rules to let the FTP " @@ -6385,7 +6385,7 @@ msgstr "" "правилам FTP, но подвергнутся NAT, если они соответствуют третьему правилу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2284 msgid "" "Without the FTP proxy, the following firewall rules would instead be " "needed. Note that without the proxy, all ports above `1024` need to be " @@ -6395,7 +6395,7 @@ msgstr "" "внимание, что без прокси необходимо разрешить все порты выше `1024`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2290 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow out LAN PC client FTP to public Internet\n" @@ -6407,7 +6407,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 21 flags S keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2293 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow out passive mode data channel high order port numbers\n" @@ -6417,7 +6417,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port > 1024 flags S keep state\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2296 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Active mode let data channel in from FTP server\n" @@ -6427,7 +6427,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass in quick on rl0 proto tcp from any to any port = 20 flags S keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2300 msgid "" "Whenever the file containing the NAT rules is edited, run `ipnat` with `-CF` " "to delete the current NAT rules and flush the contents of the dynamic " @@ -6440,35 +6440,35 @@ msgstr "" "правил NAT для загрузки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2304 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules\n" msgstr "# ipnat -CF -f /etc/ipnat.rules\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2307 msgid "To display the NAT statistics:" msgstr "Для отображения статистики NAT:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2311 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -s\n" msgstr "# ipnat -s\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2314 msgid "To list the NAT table's current mappings:" msgstr "Для отображения текущих сопоставлений таблицы NAT:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2318 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -l\n" msgstr "# ipnat -l\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2321 msgid "" "To turn verbose mode on and display information relating to rule processing " "and active rules and table entries:" @@ -6477,19 +6477,19 @@ msgstr "" "обработкой правил, активными правилами и записями таблиц:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2325 #, no-wrap msgid "# ipnat -v\n" msgstr "# ipnat -v\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2327 #, no-wrap msgid "Viewing IPF Statistics" msgstr "Просмотр статистики IPF" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2331 msgid "" "IPF includes man:ipfstat[8] which can be used to retrieve and display " "statistics which are gathered as packets match rules as they go through the " @@ -6503,12 +6503,12 @@ msgstr "" "сброса статистики в ноль с помощью команды `ipf -Z`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2333 msgid "The default `ipfstat` output looks like this:" msgstr "Вывод `ipfstat` по умолчанию выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2353 #, no-wrap msgid "" "input packets: blocked 99286 passed 1255609 nomatch 14686 counted 0\n" @@ -6548,7 +6548,7 @@ msgstr "" " Packet log flags set: (0)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2359 msgid "" "Several options are available. When supplied with either `-i` for inbound " "or `-o` for outbound, the command will retrieve and display the appropriate " @@ -6563,7 +6563,7 @@ msgstr "" "правил с номерами:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2365 #, no-wrap msgid "" "@1 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" @@ -6575,7 +6575,7 @@ msgstr "" "@3 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2369 msgid "" "Include `-h` to prefix each rule with a count of how many times the rule was " "matched. For example, `ipfstat -oh` displays the outbound internal rules " @@ -6587,7 +6587,7 @@ msgstr "" "использований:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2375 #, no-wrap msgid "" "2451423 pass out on xl0 from any to any\n" @@ -6599,7 +6599,7 @@ msgstr "" "430918 pass out quick on dc0 proto tcp/udp from any to any keep state\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2381 msgid "" "To display the state table in a format similar to man:top[1], use `ipfstat -" "t`. When the firewall is under attack, this option provides the ability to " @@ -6615,13 +6615,13 @@ msgstr "" "Подробности смотрите в man:ipfstat[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2382 #, no-wrap msgid "IPF Logging" msgstr "Журналирование IPF" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2386 msgid "" "IPF provides `ipmon`, which can be used to write the firewall's logging " "information in a human readable format. It requires that `options " @@ -6635,7 +6635,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2389 msgid "" "This command is typically run in daemon mode in order to provide a " "continuous system log file so that logging of past events may be reviewed. " @@ -6650,7 +6650,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию в [.filename]#rc.conf# использует `-Ds`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ipmon_flags=\"-Ds\" # D = start as daemon\n" @@ -6664,7 +6664,7 @@ msgstr "" " # n = map IP & port to names\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2400 msgid "" "Logging provides the ability to review, after the fact, information such as " "which packets were dropped, what addresses they came from, and where they " @@ -6676,7 +6676,7 @@ msgstr "" "злоумышленников." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2405 msgid "" "Once the logging facility is enabled in [.filename]#rc.conf# and started " "with `service ipmon start`, IPF will only log the rules which contain the " @@ -6695,7 +6695,7 @@ msgstr "" "которые не соответствуют ни одному из правил набора." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2408 msgid "" "By default, `ipmon -Ds` mode uses `local0` as the logging facility. The " "following logging levels can be used to further segregate the logged data:" @@ -6705,7 +6705,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующие уровни ведения журнала:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2415 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LOG_INFO - packets logged using the \"log\" keyword as the action rather than pass or block.\n" @@ -6719,7 +6719,7 @@ msgstr "" "LOG_ERR - packets which have been logged and which can be considered short due to an incomplete header\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2418 msgid "" "In order to setup IPF to log all data to [.filename]#/var/log/ipfilter.log#, " "first create the empty file:" @@ -6728,13 +6728,13 @@ msgstr "" "log#, сначала создайте пустой файл:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2422 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /var/log/ipfilter.log\n" msgstr "# touch /var/log/ipfilter.log\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2425 msgid "" "Then, to write all logged messages to the specified file, add the following " "statement to [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" @@ -6743,13 +6743,13 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2429 #, no-wrap msgid "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log\n" msgstr "local0.* /var/log/ipfilter.log\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2432 msgid "" "To activate the changes and instruct man:syslogd[8] to read the modified [." "filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#, run `service syslogd reload`." @@ -6758,7 +6758,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#, выполните команду `service syslogd reload`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2434 msgid "" "Do not forget to edit [.filename]#/etc/newsyslog.conf# to rotate the new log " "file." @@ -6767,7 +6767,7 @@ msgstr "" "нового файла журнала." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2437 msgid "" "Messages generated by `ipmon` consist of data fields separated by white " "space. Fields common to all messages are:" @@ -6776,12 +6776,12 @@ msgstr "" "пробелами. Общие для всех сообщений поля:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2439 msgid "The date of packet receipt." msgstr "The date of packet receipt." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2440 msgid "" "The time of packet receipt. This is in the form HH:MM:SS.F, for hours, " "minutes, seconds, and fractions of a second." @@ -6790,17 +6790,17 @@ msgstr "" "- минуты, СС - секунды, а Д - доли секунды." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2441 msgid "The name of the interface that processed the packet." msgstr "Имя интерфейса, обработавшего пакет." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2442 msgid "The group and rule number of the rule in the format `@0:17`." msgstr "Группа и номер правила в формате `@0:17`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2443 msgid "" "The action: `p` for passed, `b` for blocked, `S` for a short packet, `n` did " "not match any rules, and `L` for a log rule." @@ -6809,7 +6809,7 @@ msgstr "" "не совпало ни с одним правилом, `L` — правило для журналирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2444 msgid "" "The addresses written as three fields: the source address and port separated " "by a comma, the -> symbol, and the destination address and port. For " @@ -6820,12 +6820,12 @@ msgstr "" "-> 198.73.220.17,1722`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2445 msgid "`PR` followed by the protocol name or number: for example, `PR tcp`." msgstr "`PR` с указанием имени или номера протокола: например, `PR tcp`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2446 msgid "" "`len` followed by the header length and total length of the packet: for " "example, `len 20 40`." @@ -6834,7 +6834,7 @@ msgstr "" "`len 20 40`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2449 msgid "" "If the packet is a TCP packet, there will be an additional field starting " "with a hyphen followed by letters corresponding to any flags that were set. " @@ -6842,10 +6842,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Если пакет является TCP-пакетом, будет дополнительное поле, начинающееся с " "дефиса, за которым следуют буквы, соответствующие установленным флагам. " -"Список букв и соответствующих флагов приведен в man:ipf[5]." +"Список букв и соответствующих флагов приведён в man:ipf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2452 msgid "" "If the packet is an ICMP packet, there will be two fields at the end: the " "first always being \"icmp\" and the next being the ICMP message and sub-" @@ -6857,13 +6857,13 @@ msgstr "" "Например: `icmp 3/3` для сообщения о недоступности порта." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2454 #, no-wrap msgid "Blocklistd" msgstr "Blocklistd" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2461 msgid "" "Blocklistd is a daemon listening to sockets awaiting to receive " "notifications from other daemons about connection attempts that failed or " @@ -6889,7 +6889,7 @@ msgstr "" "он назывался blacklist)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2466 msgid "" "This chapter describes how to set up blocklistd, configure it, and provides " "examples on how to use it. Readers should be familiar with basic firewall " @@ -6904,13 +6904,13 @@ msgstr "" "межсетевые экраны, доступные в FreeBSD, также должны работать с blocklistd." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2467 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling Blocklistd" msgstr "Включение blocklistd" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2473 msgid "" "The main configuration for blocklistd is stored in man:blocklistd.conf[5]. " "Various command line options are also available to change blocklistd's run-" @@ -6926,30 +6926,30 @@ msgstr "" "`blocklistd_enable` в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2477 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc blocklistd_enable=yes\n" msgstr "# sysrc blocklistd_enable=yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2480 msgid "To start the service manually, run this command:" msgstr "Чтобы запустить службу вручную, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2484 #, no-wrap msgid "# service blocklistd start\n" msgstr "# service blocklistd start\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2486 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Blocklistd Ruleset" msgstr "Создание набора правил для blocklistd" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2491 msgid "" "Rules for blocklistd are configured in man:blocklistd.conf[5] with one entry " "per line. Each rule contains a tuple separated by spaces or tabs. Rules " @@ -6963,20 +6963,20 @@ msgstr "" "внешнему источнику." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2492 #, no-wrap msgid "Local Rules" msgstr "Правила local" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2495 msgid "An example blocklistd.conf entry for a local rule looks like this:" msgstr "" "Пример записи в blocklistd.conf для локального правила выглядит следующим " "образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2500 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[local]\n" @@ -6986,7 +6986,7 @@ msgstr "" "ssh stream * * * 3 24h\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2504 msgid "" "All rules that follow the `[local]` section are treated as local rules " "(which is the default), applying to the local machine. When a `[remote]` " @@ -6999,7 +6999,7 @@ msgstr "" "обрабатываются как правила для удалённых машин." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2512 msgid "" "Seven fields separated by either tabs or spaces define a rule. The first " "four fields identify the traffic that should be blocklisted. The three " @@ -7017,13 +7017,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2516 #, no-wrap msgid "[address|interface][/mask][:port]\n" msgstr "[address|interface][/mask][:port]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2520 msgid "" "Addresses can be specified as IPv4 in numeric format or IPv6 in square " "brackets. An interface name like `_em0_` can also be used." @@ -7033,7 +7033,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_em0_`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2524 msgid "" "The socket type is defined by the second field. TCP sockets are of type " "`stream`, whereas UDP is denoted as `dgram`. The example above uses TCP, " @@ -7044,7 +7044,7 @@ msgstr "" "TCP, так как SSH работает по этому протоколу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2528 msgid "" "A protocol can be used in the third field of a blocklistd rule. The " "following protocols can be used: `tcp`, `udp`, `tcp6`, `udp6`, or numeric. " @@ -7058,7 +7058,7 @@ msgstr "" "протоколу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2531 msgid "" "In the fourth field, the effective user or owner of the daemon process that " "is reporting the event is defined. The username or UID can be used here, as " @@ -7069,7 +7069,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя или UID, а также подстановочный знак (см. пример правила выше)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2534 msgid "" "The packet filter rule name is declared by the fifth field, which starts the " "behavior part of the rule. By default, blocklistd puts all blocks under a " @@ -7081,7 +7081,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2540 #, no-wrap msgid "" "anchor \"blocklistd/*\" in on $ext_if\n" @@ -7093,7 +7093,7 @@ msgstr "" "pass out\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2546 msgid "" "For separate blocklists, an anchor name can be used in this field. In other " "cases, the wildcard will suffice. When a name starts with a hyphen (`-`) it " @@ -7107,13 +7107,13 @@ msgstr "" "использованием дефиса будет выглядеть так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2550 #, no-wrap msgid "ssh stream * * -ssh 3 24h\n" msgstr "ssh stream * * -ssh 3 24h\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2553 msgid "" "With such a rule, any new blocklist rules are added to an anchor called " "`blocklistd-ssh`." @@ -7122,7 +7122,7 @@ msgstr "" "якорю с именем `blocklistd-ssh`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2557 msgid "" "To block whole subnets for a single rule violation, a `/` in the rule name " "can be used. This causes the remaining portion of the name to be " @@ -7135,13 +7135,13 @@ msgstr "" "Например, это правило заблокирует все адреса, входящие в подсеть `/24`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2561 #, no-wrap msgid "22 stream tcp * */24 3 24h\n" msgstr "22 stream tcp * */24 3 24h\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2567 msgid "" "It is important to specify the proper protocol here. IPv4 and IPv6 " "treat /24 differently, that is the reason why `*` cannot be used in the " @@ -7151,7 +7151,7 @@ msgstr "" "разному, поэтому `*` нельзя использовать в третьем поле для этого правила." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2570 msgid "" "This rule defines that if any one host in that network is misbehaving, " "everything else on that network will be blocked, too." @@ -7160,7 +7160,7 @@ msgstr "" "неправильно, всё остальное в этой сети также будет заблокировано." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2574 msgid "" "The sixth field, called `nfail`, sets the number of login failures required " "to blocklist the remote IP in question. When a wildcard is used at this " @@ -7176,7 +7176,7 @@ msgstr "" "через SSH с одного соединения IP-адрес будет заблокирован." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2577 msgid "" "The last field in a blocklistd rule definition specifies how long a host is " "blocklisted. The default unit is seconds, but suffixes like `m`, `h`, and " @@ -7188,7 +7188,7 @@ msgstr "" "дней соответственно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2581 msgid "" "The example rule in its entirety means that after three times authenticating " "to SSH will result in a new PF block rule for that host. Rule matches are " @@ -7205,13 +7205,13 @@ msgstr "" "`duration` изменяются в соответствии с совпавшим правилом `remote`." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2582 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote Rules" msgstr "Правила remote" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2588 msgid "" "Remote rules are used to specify how blocklistd changes its behavior " "depending on the remote host currently being evaluated. Each field in a " @@ -7225,7 +7225,7 @@ msgstr "" "использует. Для объяснения используется следующее примерное правило:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2593 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[remote]\n" @@ -7235,7 +7235,7 @@ msgstr "" "203.0.113.128/25 * * * =/25 = 48h\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2598 msgid "" "The address field can be an IP address (either v4 or v6), a port or both. " "This allows setting special rules for a specific remote address range like " @@ -7248,7 +7248,7 @@ msgstr "" "протокола и владельца интерпретируются так же, как в локальном правиле." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2604 msgid "" "The name fields is different though: the equal sign (`=`) in a remote rule " "tells blocklistd to use the value from the matching local rule. It means " @@ -7269,7 +7269,7 @@ msgstr "" "подстановка, используется таблица по умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2608 msgid "" "A custom number of failures in the `nfail` column can be defined for an " "address. This is useful for exceptions to a specific rule, to maybe allow " @@ -7282,7 +7282,7 @@ msgstr "" "входа. Блокировка отключается, если в шестом поле указана звёздочка." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2610 msgid "" "Remote rules allow a stricter enforcement of limits on attempts to log in " "compared to attempts coming from a local network like an office." @@ -7291,13 +7291,13 @@ msgstr "" "сравнению с попытками, поступающими из локальной сети, например, из офиса." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2611 #, no-wrap msgid "Blocklistd Client Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация клиента blocklistd" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2616 msgid "" "There are a few software packages in FreeBSD that can utilize blocklistd's " "functionality. The two most prominent ones are package:ftp/freebsd-ftpd[] " @@ -7312,18 +7312,18 @@ msgstr "" "строку в [.filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2620 #, no-wrap msgid "UseBlocklist yes\n" msgstr "UseBlocklist yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2623 msgid "Restart sshd afterwards to make these changes take effect." msgstr "Перезапустите sshd, чтобы изменения вступили в силу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2625 msgid "" "Blocklisting for package:ftp/freebsd-ftpd[] is enabled using `-B`, either in " "[.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf# or as a flag in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# like " @@ -7334,26 +7334,26 @@ msgstr "" "conf# следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2629 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpd_flags=\"-B\"\n" msgstr "ftpd_flags=\"-B\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2632 msgid "That is all that is needed to make these programs talk to blocklistd." msgstr "" "Вот и всё, что требуется для настройки взаимодействия этих программ с " "blocklistd." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2633 #, no-wrap msgid "Blocklistd Management" msgstr "Управление blocklistd" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2638 msgid "" "Blocklistd provides the user with a management utility called man:" "blocklistctl[8]. It displays blocked addresses and networks that are " @@ -7367,7 +7367,7 @@ msgstr "" "используйте команду `dump` с параметром `-b`, например." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# blocklistctl dump -b\n" @@ -7379,7 +7379,7 @@ msgstr "" "blocklistd 213.0.123.128/25:22 OK 6/3 2019/06/08 14:30:19\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2650 msgid "" "This example shows that there were 6 out of three permitted attempts on port " "22 coming from the address range `213.0.123.128/25`. There are more " @@ -7396,7 +7396,7 @@ msgstr "" "access` вывода." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2652 msgid "" "To see the remaining time that this host will be on the blocklist, add `-r` " "to the previous command." @@ -7405,7 +7405,7 @@ msgstr "" "блокировки, добавьте `-r` к предыдущей команде." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2658 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# blocklistctl dump -br\n" @@ -7417,7 +7417,7 @@ msgstr "" "blocklistd 213.0.123.128/25:22 OK 6/3 36s\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2661 msgid "" "In this example, there are 36s seconds left until this host will not be " "blocked any more." @@ -7425,13 +7425,13 @@ msgstr "" "В этом примере осталось 36 секунд, пока этот хост не будет разблокирован." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2662 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Hosts from the Block List" msgstr "Удаление узлов из списка блокировки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2673 msgid "" "Sometimes it is necessary to remove a host from the block list before the " "remaining time expires. Unfortunately, there is no functionality in " @@ -7457,7 +7457,7 @@ msgstr "" "для отображения всех перечисленных адресов следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2680 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pfctl -a blocklistd/22 -t port22 -T show\n" @@ -7471,7 +7471,7 @@ msgstr "" "...\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2683 msgid "" "After identifying the address to be unblocked from the list, the following " "command removes it from the list:" @@ -7480,13 +7480,13 @@ msgstr "" "команда удаляет его из списка:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2687 #, no-wrap msgid "# pfctl -a blocklistd/22 -t port22 -T delete 213.0.123.128/25\n" msgstr "# pfctl -a blocklistd/22 -t port22 -T delete 213.0.123.128/25\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/firewalls/_index.adoc:2691 msgid "" "The address is now removed from PF, but will still show up in the " "blocklistctl list, since it does not know about any changes made in PF. The " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc index de0d974126..523caf4d7f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'Часть III. Администрирование системы' prev: books/handbook/disks showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["GEOM", "RAID", "RAID0", "RAID1", "RAID3", "Striping", "bsdlabel", "newfs", "labelling", "UFS", "journaling"] -title: 'Глава 21. GEOM: Модульная инфраструктура трансформации дискового пространства' +title: 'Глава 22. GEOM: Модульная инфраструктура трансформации дискового пространства' weight: 25 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 25 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 21 +:sectnumoffset: 22 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ endif::[] * Какой тип поддержки RAID доступен через GEOM. * Как использовать базовые утилиты для настройки, обслуживания и управления различными уровнями RAID. * Как зеркалировать, чередовать, шифровать и удалённо подключать дисковые устройства с помощью GEOM. -* Как устранять неполадки с дисками, подключенными к системе GEOM. +* Как устранять неполадки с дисками, подключёнными к системе GEOM. Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо: @@ -338,9 +338,9 @@ geom_mirror_load="YES" # gmirror forget gm0 .... -Поскольку [.filename]#gzero.nop# не хранит никаких данных, зеркало не считает его подключенным. Зеркалу указывается «забыть» неподключенные компоненты, удаляя ссылки на [.filename]#gzero.nop#. В результате получается зеркальное устройство, содержащее только один диск — [.filename]#ada1#. +Поскольку [.filename]#gzero.nop# не хранит никаких данных, зеркало не считает его подключённым. Зеркалу указывается «забыть» неподключённые компоненты, удаляя ссылки на [.filename]#gzero.nop#. В результате получается зеркальное устройство, содержащее только один диск — [.filename]#ada1#. -После создания [.filename]#gm0# просмотрите таблицу разделов на [.filename]#ada0#. Этот вывод сделан для диска объёмом 1 ТБ. Если в конце диска осталось нераспределенное пространство, содержимое можно скопировать напрямую с [.filename]#ada0# на новое зеркало. +После создания [.filename]#gm0# просмотрите таблицу разделов на [.filename]#ada0#. Этот вывод сделан для диска объёмом 1 ТБ. Если в конце диска осталось нераспределённое пространство, содержимое можно скопировать напрямую с [.filename]#ada0# на новое зеркало. Однако, если вывод показывает, что всё пространство на диске занято, как в следующем примере, то для метаданных зеркала размером 512 байт в конце диска не остаётся места. @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ geom_mirror_load="YES" # gpart backup ada0s1 > table.ada0s1 .... -Эти команды создают два файла, [.filename]#table.ada0# и [.filename]#table.ada0s1#. Этот пример приведен для диска объёмом 1 ТБ: +Эти команды создают два файла, [.filename]#table.ada0# и [.filename]#table.ada0s1#. Этот пример приведён для диска объёмом 1 ТБ: [source, shell] .... @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ RAID3 — это метод объединения нескольких диск # mkdir /multimedia .... -. Определите имена устройств для дисков, которые будут добавлены в массив, и создайте новое устройство RAID3. Последнее указанное устройство будет использоваться в качестве выделенного диска чётности. В этом примере используются три неразделенных ATA-диска: [.filename]#ada1# и [.filename]#ada2# для данных, а [.filename]#ada3# для чётности. +. Определите имена устройств для дисков, которые будут добавлены в массив, и создайте новое устройство RAID3. Последнее указанное устройство будет использоваться в качестве выделённого диска чётности. В этом примере используются три неразделённых ATA-диска: [.filename]#ada1# и [.filename]#ada2# для данных, а [.filename]#ada3# для чётности. + [source, shell] .... @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ OK set kern.geom.raid.enable=0 OK boot .... + -Система загрузится с отключенным man:graid[8]. +Система загрузится с отключённым man:graid[8]. . Создайте резервную копию всех данных на затронутом диске. . В качестве обходного решения обнаружение массива man:graid[8] можно отключить, добавив + diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/geom/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/geom/_index.po index 2b513c65ab..d69437be27 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/geom/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/geom/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookgeom_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,9 @@ msgstr "Часть III. Администрирование системы" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 21. GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework" -msgstr "Глава 21. GEOM: Модульная инфраструктура трансформации дискового пространства" +msgid "Chapter 22. GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework" +msgstr "" +"Глава 22. GEOM: Модульная инфраструктура трансформации дискового пространства" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +44,13 @@ msgid "GEOM: Modular Disk Transformation Framework" msgstr "GEOM: Модульная инфраструктура трансформации дискового пространства" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the GEOM framework permits access and control to classes, such " "as Master Boot Records and BSD labels, through the use of providers, or the " @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступ операционной системе и системным утилитам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "This chapter covers the use of disks under the GEOM framework in FreeBSD. " "This includes the major RAID control utilities which use the framework for " @@ -78,17 +79,17 @@ msgstr "" "GEOM классификации RAID." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:62 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:64 msgid "What type of RAID support is available through GEOM." msgstr "Какой тип поддержки RAID доступен через GEOM." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to use the base utilities to configure, maintain, and manipulate the " "various RAID levels." @@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr "" "различными уровнями RAID." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to mirror, stripe, encrypt, and remotely connect disk devices through " "GEOM." @@ -106,17 +107,17 @@ msgstr "" "устройства с помощью GEOM." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to troubleshoot disks attached to the GEOM framework." -msgstr "Как устранять неполадки с дисками, подключенными к системе GEOM." +msgstr "Как устранять неполадки с дисками, подключёнными к системе GEOM." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:69 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:71 msgid "" "Understand how FreeBSD treats disk devices (crossref:disks[disks,Storage])." msgstr "" @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" "disks[disks,Хранение данных])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "Know how to configure and install a new kernel (crossref:" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel])." @@ -133,13 +134,13 @@ msgstr "" "kernelconfig[kernelconfig,Настройка ядра FreeBSD])." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:74 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID0 - Striping" msgstr "RAID0 - Striping" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "Striping combines several disk drives into a single volume. Striping can be " "performed through the use of hardware RAID controllers. The GEOM disk " @@ -152,7 +153,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID0, без необходимости в RAID-контроллере." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "In RAID0, data is split into blocks that are written across all the drives " "in the array. As seen in the following illustration, instead of having to " @@ -169,19 +170,19 @@ msgstr "" "контроллеров дисков." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "Disk Striping Illustration" msgstr "Иллюстрация чередования дисков" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "striping.png" msgstr "striping.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "Each disk in a RAID0 stripe must be of the same size, since I/O requests are " "interleaved to read or write to multiple disks in parallel." @@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" "несколько дисков параллельно." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "RAID0 does _not_ provide any redundancy. This means that if one disk in the " "array fails, all of the data on the disks is lost. If the data is " @@ -204,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" "сохраняет резервные копии на удалённую систему или устройство." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "The process for creating a software, GEOM-based RAID0 on a FreeBSD system " "using commodity disks is as follows. Once the stripe is created, refer to " @@ -217,24 +218,24 @@ msgstr "" "последовательностью." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Creating a Stripe of Unformatted ATA Disks*\n" msgstr "*Процедура: Создание последовательности неформатированных ATA-дисков*\n" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:103 msgid "Load the [.filename]#geom_stripe.ko# module:" msgstr "Загрузите модуль [.filename]#geom_stripe.ko#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_stripe\n" msgstr "# kldload geom_stripe\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. If this volume will become a root " "partition, then temporarily use another mount point such as [.filename]#/" @@ -245,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" "монтирования, например, [.filename]#/mnt#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "Determine the device names for the disks which will be striped, and create " "the new stripe device. For example, to stripe two unused and unpartitioned " @@ -259,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/dev/ad3#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gstripe label -v st0 /dev/ad2 /dev/ad3\n" @@ -273,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr "" "Done.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "Write a standard label, also known as a partition table, on the new volume " "and install the default bootstrap code:" @@ -282,13 +283,13 @@ msgstr "" "том и установите код начальной загрузки по умолчанию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "# bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0\n" msgstr "# bsdlabel -wB /dev/stripe/st0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "This process should create two other devices in [.filename]#/dev/stripe# in " "addition to [.filename]#st0#. Those include [.filename]#st0a# and [." @@ -301,13 +302,13 @@ msgstr "" "команды `newfs`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "# newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a\n" msgstr "# newfs -U /dev/stripe/st0a\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a few seconds, the " "process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be " @@ -317,18 +318,18 @@ msgstr "" "завершится. Том создан и готов к монтированию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:137 msgid "To manually mount the created disk stripe:" msgstr "Чтобы вручную смонтировать созданную дисковую последовательность:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt\n" msgstr "# mount /dev/stripe/st0a /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "To mount this striped file system automatically during the boot process, " "place the volume information in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. In this example, a " @@ -339,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" "примере создаётся постоянная точка монтирования с именем [.filename]#stripe#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir /stripe\n" @@ -351,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "" ">> /etc/fstab\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_stripe.ko# module must also be automatically loaded " "during system initialization, by adding a line to [.filename]#/boot/loader." @@ -361,19 +362,19 @@ msgstr "" "при инициализации системы, добавив строку в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo 'geom_stripe_load=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" msgstr "# echo 'geom_stripe_load=\"YES\"' >> /boot/loader.conf\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID1 - Mirroring" msgstr "RAID1 - Зеркалирование" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "RAID1, or _mirroring_, is the technique of writing the same data to more " "than one disk drive. Mirrors are usually used to guard against data loss " @@ -392,7 +393,7 @@ msgstr "" "вышедший из строя диск без прерывания работы пользователей." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "Two common situations are illustrated in these examples. The first creates " "a mirror out of two new drives and uses it as a replacement for an existing " @@ -409,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" "одного нового диска." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "Traditionally, the two drives in a mirror are identical in model and " "capacity, but man:gmirror[8] does not require that. Mirrors created with " @@ -426,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" "находящегося в зеркале." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "The mirroring procedures shown here are non-destructive, but as with any " "major disk operation, make a full backup first." @@ -435,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" "и при любых операциях с дисками, сначала создайте полную резервную копию." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:188 msgid "" "While man:dump[8] is used in these procedures to copy file systems, it does " "not work on file systems with soft updates journaling. See man:tunefs[8] " @@ -447,13 +448,13 @@ msgstr "" "журналирование мягких обновлений, смотрите в man:tunefs[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "Metadata Issues" msgstr "Проблемы с метаданными" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Many disk systems store metadata at the end of each disk. Old metadata " "should be erased before reusing the disk for a mirror. Most problems are " @@ -466,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr "" "таблицами разделов GPT и старыми метаданными от предыдущего зеркала." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "GPT metadata can be erased with man:gpart[8]. This example erases both " "primary and backup GPT partition tables from disk [.filename]#ada8#:" @@ -476,13 +477,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#ada8#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "# gpart destroy -F ada8\n" msgstr "# gpart destroy -F ada8\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "A disk can be removed from an active mirror and the metadata erased in one " "step using man:gmirror[8]. Here, the example disk [.filename]#ada8# is " @@ -493,13 +494,13 @@ msgstr "" "удаляется из активного зеркала [.filename]#gm4#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror remove gm4 ada8\n" msgstr "# gmirror remove gm4 ada8\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "If the mirror is not running, but old mirror metadata is still on the disk, " "use `gmirror clear` to remove it:" @@ -508,13 +509,13 @@ msgstr "" "используйте `gmirror clear` для их удаления:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror clear ada8\n" msgstr "# gmirror clear ada8\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "man:gmirror[8] stores one block of metadata at the end of the disk. As GPT " "partition schemes also store metadata at the end of the disk, mirroring " @@ -529,13 +530,13 @@ msgstr "" "не конфликтует с метаданными зеркала." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Mirror with Two New Disks" msgstr "Создание зеркала с двумя новыми дисками" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, [." "filename]#ada0#. Two new disks, [.filename]#ada1# and [.filename]#ada2#, " @@ -548,7 +549,7 @@ msgstr "" "диск." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module must either be built into the " "kernel or loaded at boot- or run-time. Manually load the kernel module now:" @@ -558,25 +559,25 @@ msgstr "" "ядра сейчас:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:238 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror load\n" msgstr "# gmirror load\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:240 msgid "Create the mirror with the two new drives:" msgstr "Создайте зеркало с двумя новыми дисками:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2\n" msgstr "# gmirror label -v gm0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:248 msgid "" "[.filename]#gm0# is a user-chosen device name assigned to the new mirror. " "After the mirror has been started, this device name appears in [.filename]#/" @@ -587,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/dev/mirror/#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "MBR and bsdlabel partition tables can now be created on the mirror with man:" "gpart[8]. This example uses a traditional file system layout, with " @@ -602,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/# и раздел подкачки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "Partitions on the mirror do not have to be the same size as those on the " "existing disk, but they must be large enough to hold all the data already " @@ -613,7 +614,7 @@ msgstr "" "все данные, уже находящиеся на [.filename]#ada0#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s MBR mirror/gm0\n" @@ -633,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" " 156301425 61 - free - (30k)\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s BSD mirror/gm0s1\n" @@ -669,8 +670,8 @@ msgstr "" " 156301298 1 - free - (512B)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:287 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "Make the mirror bootable by installing bootcode in the MBR and bsdlabel and " "setting the active slice:" @@ -679,8 +680,8 @@ msgstr "" "также настроив активный раздел:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:293 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/mbr mirror/gm0\n" @@ -692,13 +693,13 @@ msgstr "" "# gpart bootcode -b /boot/boot mirror/gm0s1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:295 msgid "Format the file systems on the new mirror, enabling soft-updates." msgstr "" "Отформатируйте файловые системы на новом зеркале, включив мягкие обновления." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" @@ -712,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1f\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "File systems from the original [.filename]#ada0# disk can now be copied onto " "the mirror with man:dump[8] and man:restore[8]." @@ -721,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" "скопировать на зеркало с помощью man:dump[8] и man:restore[8]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" @@ -743,7 +744,7 @@ msgstr "" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /usr | (cd /mnt/usr && restore -rf -)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/mnt/etc/fstab# to point to the new mirror file systems:" msgstr "" @@ -751,7 +752,7 @@ msgstr "" "файловые системы нового зеркала:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -769,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1f\t/usr\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module has not been built into the " "kernel, [.filename]#/mnt/boot/loader.conf# is edited to load the module at " @@ -780,15 +781,15 @@ msgstr "" "старте системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:336 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:539 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "geom_mirror_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "Reboot the system to test the new mirror and verify that all data has been " "copied. The BIOS will see the mirror as two individual drives rather than a " @@ -801,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" "для загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:343 msgid "" "See crossref:geom[gmirror-troubleshooting, Troubleshooting] if there are " "problems booting. Powering down and disconnecting the original [." @@ -813,20 +814,20 @@ msgstr "" "резервной копии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:345 msgid "In use, the mirror will behave just like the original single drive." msgstr "" "При использовании зеркало будет вести себя так же, как исходный одиночный " "диск." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Mirror with an Existing Drive" msgstr "Создание зеркала с существующим диском" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "In this example, FreeBSD has already been installed on a single disk, [." "filename]#ada0#. A new disk, [.filename]#ada1#, has been connected to the " @@ -846,17 +847,17 @@ msgstr "" "всё пространство уже занято." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:355 msgid "Load the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module:" msgstr "Загрузите модуль ядра [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko#:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:362 msgid "Check the media size of the original disk with `diskinfo`:" msgstr "Проверьте размер носителя исходного диска с помощью `diskinfo`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:369 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# diskinfo -v ada0 | head -n3\n" @@ -870,7 +871,7 @@ msgstr "" " 1000204821504 # mediasize in bytes (931G)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:376 msgid "" "Create a mirror on the new disk. To make certain that the mirror capacity " "is not any larger than the original [.filename]#ada0# drive, man:gnop[8] is " @@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#ada0#, показанному командой `diskinfo` выше." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# geom zero load\n" @@ -905,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr "" "# gmirror forget gm0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "Since [.filename]#gzero.nop# does not store any data, the mirror does not " "see it as connected. The mirror is told to \"forget\" unconnected " @@ -913,12 +914,12 @@ msgid "" "mirror device containing only a single disk, [.filename]#ada1#." msgstr "" "Поскольку [.filename]#gzero.nop# не хранит никаких данных, зеркало не " -"считает его подключенным. Зеркалу указывается «забыть» неподключенные " +"считает его подключённым. Зеркалу указывается «забыть» неподключённые " "компоненты, удаляя ссылки на [.filename]#gzero.nop#. В результате получается " "зеркальное устройство, содержащее только один диск — [.filename]#ada1#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "After creating [.filename]#gm0#, view the partition table on [." "filename]#ada0#. This output is from a 1 TB drive. If there is some " @@ -927,11 +928,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "После создания [.filename]#gm0# просмотрите таблицу разделов на [." "filename]#ada0#. Этот вывод сделан для диска объёмом 1 ТБ. Если в конце " -"диска осталось нераспределенное пространство, содержимое можно скопировать " +"диска осталось нераспределённое пространство, содержимое можно скопировать " "напрямую с [.filename]#ada0# на новое зеркало." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "However, if the output shows that all of the space on the disk is allocated, " "as in the following listing, there is no space available for the 512-byte " @@ -942,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" "не остаётся места." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show ada0\n" @@ -954,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" " 63 1953525105 1 freebsd [active] (931G)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "In this case, the partition table must be edited to reduce the capacity by " "one sector on [.filename]#mirror/gm0#. The procedure will be explained " @@ -964,7 +965,7 @@ msgstr "" "на один сектор для [.filename]#mirror/gm0#. Процедура будет описана далее." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "In either case, partition tables on the primary disk should be first copied " "using `gpart backup` and `gpart restore`." @@ -973,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "скопировать с помощью `gpart backup` и `gpart restore`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart backup ada0 > table.ada0\n" @@ -983,16 +984,16 @@ msgstr "" "# gpart backup ada0s1 > table.ada0s1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "These commands create two files, [.filename]#table.ada0# and [." "filename]#table.ada0s1#. This example is from a 1 TB drive:" msgstr "" "Эти команды создают два файла, [.filename]#table.ada0# и [.filename]#table." -"ada0s1#. Этот пример приведен для диска объёмом 1 ТБ:" +"ada0s1#. Этот пример приведён для диска объёмом 1 ТБ:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0\n" @@ -1004,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "" "1 freebsd 63 1953525105 [active]\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" @@ -1026,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr "" "7 freebsd-ufs 968884224 984640881\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "If no free space is shown at the end of the disk, the size of both the slice " "and the last partition must be reduced by one sector. Edit the two files, " @@ -1039,7 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "" "последние числа в каждом списке." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0\n" @@ -1051,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" "1 freebsd 63 1953525104 [active]\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat table.ada0s1\n" @@ -1073,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "7 freebsd-ufs 968884224 984640880\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:459 msgid "" "If at least one sector was unallocated at the end of the disk, these two " "files can be used without modification." @@ -1082,12 +1083,12 @@ msgstr "" "можно использовать без изменений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:461 msgid "Now restore the partition table into [.filename]#mirror/gm0#:" msgstr "Теперь восстановите таблицу разделов в [.filename]#mirror/gm0#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:466 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart restore mirror/gm0 < table.ada0\n" @@ -1097,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "" "# gpart restore mirror/gm0s1 < table.ada0s1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:470 msgid "" "Check the partition table with `gpart show`. This example has [." "filename]#gm0s1a# for [.filename]#/#, [.filename]#gm0s1d# for [.filename]#/" @@ -1110,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/data1# и [.filename]#gm0s1g# для [.filename]#/data2#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show mirror/gm0\n" @@ -1124,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" " 1953525105 62 - free - (31k)\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:487 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart show mirror/gm0s1\n" @@ -1148,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "" " 1953525042 63 - free - (31k)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" "Both the slice and the last partition must have at least one free block at " "the end of the disk." @@ -1157,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" "блок в конце диска." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "Create file systems on these new partitions. The number of partitions will " "vary to match the original disk, [.filename]#ada0#." @@ -1166,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr "" "варьироваться в соответствии с исходным диском, [.filename]#ada0#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1a\n" @@ -1182,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" "# newfs -U /dev/mirror/gm0s1g\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "Adjust [.filename]#/etc/fstab# to use the new partitions on the mirror. " "Back up this file first by copying it to [.filename]#/etc/fstab.orig#." @@ -1192,13 +1193,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/fstab.orig#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig\n" msgstr "# cp /etc/fstab /etc/fstab.orig\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:521 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab#, replacing [.filename]#/dev/ada0# with [." "filename]#mirror/gm0#." @@ -1207,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" "на [.filename]#mirror/gm0#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device\t\tMountpoint\tFStype\tOptions\tDump\tPass#\n" @@ -1227,7 +1228,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/mirror/gm0s1g\t/data2\t\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "If the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# kernel module has not been built into the " "kernel, edit [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# to load it at boot:" @@ -1237,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "File systems from the original disk can now be copied onto the mirror with " "man:dump[8] and man:restore[8]. Each file system dumped with `dump -L` will " @@ -1248,7 +1249,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью `dump -L`, сначала создаст снимок, что может занять некоторое время." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" @@ -1274,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "" "# dump -C16 -b64 -0aL -f - /data2 | (cd /mnt/data2 && restore -rf -)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "Restart the system, booting from [.filename]#ada1#. If everything is " "working, the system will boot from [.filename]#mirror/gm0#, which now " @@ -1288,7 +1289,7 @@ msgstr "" "возникли проблемы с загрузкой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "At this point, the mirror still consists of only the single [." "filename]#ada1# disk." @@ -1297,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#ada1#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:564 msgid "" "After booting from [.filename]#mirror/gm0# successfully, the final step is " "inserting [.filename]#ada0# into the mirror." @@ -1306,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавление [.filename]#ada0# в зеркало." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:570 msgid "" "When [.filename]#ada0# is inserted into the mirror, its former contents will " "be overwritten by data from the mirror. Make certain that [." @@ -1325,7 +1326,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#ada0#, перезагрузите систему и начните всю процедуру заново." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:576 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror insert gm0 ada0\n" @@ -1335,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr "" "GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "Synchronization between the two disks will start immediately. Use `gmirror " "status` to view the progress." @@ -1344,7 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "" "прогресса используйте команду `gmirror status`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror status\n" @@ -1358,12 +1359,12 @@ msgstr "" " ada0 (SYNCHRONIZING, 64%)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:590 msgid "After a while, synchronization will finish." msgstr "Через некоторое время синхронизация завершится." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "" "GEOM_MIRROR: Device gm0: rebuilding provider ada0 finished.\n" @@ -1379,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" " ada0 (ACTIVE)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "[.filename]#mirror/gm0# now consists of the two disks [.filename]#ada0# and " "[.filename]#ada1#, and the contents are automatically synchronized with each " @@ -1392,13 +1393,13 @@ msgstr "" "исходный одиночный диск." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:604 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Устранение неполадок" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:608 msgid "" "If the system no longer boots, BIOS settings may have to be changed to boot " "from one of the new mirrored drives. Either mirror drive can be used for " @@ -1410,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "идентичные данные." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:610 msgid "" "If the boot stops with this message, something is wrong with the mirror " "device:" @@ -1419,13 +1420,13 @@ msgstr "" "зеркальным устройством:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n" msgstr "Mounting from ufs:/dev/mirror/gm0s1a failed with error 19.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Loader variables:\n" @@ -1437,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" " vfs.root.mountfrom.options=rw\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Manual root filesystem specification:\n" @@ -1451,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" " and with the specified (optional) option list.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "" " e.g. ufs:/dev/da0s1a\n" @@ -1465,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" " (which is equivalent to: mount -t cd9660 -o ro /dev/acd0 /)\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:632 #, no-wrap msgid "" " ? List valid disk boot devices\n" @@ -1477,13 +1478,13 @@ msgstr "" " <empty line> Abort manual input\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "mountroot>\n" msgstr "mountroot>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "Forgetting to load the [.filename]#geom_mirror.ko# module in [.filename]#/" "boot/loader.conf# can cause this problem. To fix it, boot from a FreeBSD " @@ -1497,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr "" "зеркальное устройство:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gmirror load\n" @@ -1507,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/mirror/gm0s1a /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/mnt/boot/loader.conf#, adding a line to load the mirror " "module:" @@ -1516,12 +1517,12 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки модуля mirror:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:654 msgid "Save the file and reboot." msgstr "Сохраните файл и перезагрузите систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "Other problems that cause `error 19` require more effort to fix. Although " "the system should boot from [.filename]#ada0#, another prompt to select a " @@ -1540,7 +1541,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перезагрузите систему и повторите процедуру снова." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:666 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Enter full pathname of shell or RETURN for /bin/sh:\n" @@ -1552,13 +1553,13 @@ msgstr "" "# shutdown -r now\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "Recovering from Disk Failure" msgstr "Восстановление после отказа диска" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "The benefit of disk mirroring is that an individual disk can fail without " "causing the mirror to lose any data. In the above example, if [." @@ -1571,7 +1572,7 @@ msgstr "" "данные с оставшегося рабочего диска [.filename]#ada1#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:676 msgid "" "To replace the failed drive, shut down the system and physically replace the " "failed drive with a new drive of equal or greater capacity. Manufacturers " @@ -1589,7 +1590,7 @@ msgstr "" "пространство на новом диске использоваться не будет." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:679 msgid "" "After the computer is powered back up, the mirror will be running in a " "\"degraded\" mode with only one drive. The mirror is told to forget drives " @@ -1600,13 +1601,13 @@ msgstr "" "данный момент не подключены:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:683 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror forget gm0\n" msgstr "# gmirror forget gm0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "Any old metadata should be cleared from the replacement disk using the " "instructions in crossref:geom[geom-mirror-metadata, Metadata Issues]. Then " @@ -1619,13 +1620,13 @@ msgstr "" "зеркало:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:692 #, no-wrap msgid "# gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4\n" msgstr "# gmirror insert gm0 /dev/ada4\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:697 msgid "" "Resynchronization begins when the new drive is inserted into the mirror. " "This process of copying mirror data to a new drive can take a while. " @@ -1639,7 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "" "компьютер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:700 msgid "" "Progress can be monitored with `gmirror status`, which shows drives that are " "being synchronized and the percentage of completion. During " @@ -1652,13 +1653,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершении процесса изменится на `COMPLETE`." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "RAID3 - Byte-level Striping with Dedicated Parity" msgstr "RAID3 - чередование на уровне байтов с выделенной чётностью" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:710 msgid "" "RAID3 is a method used to combine several disk drives into a single volume " "with a dedicated parity disk. In a RAID3 system, data is split up into a " @@ -1683,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" "объёма, таких как мультимедийные файлы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "At least 3 physical hard drives are required to build a RAID3 array. Each " "disk must be of the same size, since I/O requests are interleaved to read or " @@ -1697,14 +1698,14 @@ msgstr "" "17 и так далее, то есть соответствовать формуле 2^n + 1." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to create a software RAID3 on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "" "Этот раздел демонстрирует, как создать программный RAID3 в системе FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "While it is theoretically possible to boot from a RAID3 array on FreeBSD, " "that configuration is uncommon and is not advised." @@ -1713,13 +1714,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурация встречается редко и не рекомендуется." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:722 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating a Dedicated RAID3 Array" msgstr "Создание выделенного массива RAID3" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:727 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:726 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, support for RAID3 is implemented by the man:graid3[8] GEOM " "class. Creating a dedicated RAID3 array on FreeBSD requires the following " @@ -1729,7 +1730,7 @@ msgstr "" "выделенного массива RAID3 в FreeBSD требует выполнения следующих шагов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:729 msgid "" "First, load the [.filename]#geom_raid3.ko# kernel module by issuing one of " "the following commands:" @@ -1738,24 +1739,24 @@ msgstr "" "следующих команд:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:733 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid3 load\n" msgstr "# graid3 load\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:736 msgid "or:" msgstr "или:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload geom_raid3\n" msgstr "# kldload geom_raid3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "Ensure that a suitable mount point exists. This command creates a new " "directory to use as the mount point:" @@ -1764,13 +1765,13 @@ msgstr "" "новый каталог для использования в качестве точки монтирования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:748 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:747 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /multimedia\n" msgstr "# mkdir /multimedia\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:750 msgid "" "Determine the device names for the disks which will be added to the array, " "and create the new RAID3 device. The final device listed will act as the " @@ -1780,12 +1781,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Определите имена устройств для дисков, которые будут добавлены в массив, и " "создайте новое устройство RAID3. Последнее указанное устройство будет " -"использоваться в качестве выделенного диска чётности. В этом примере " -"используются три неразделенных ATA-диска: [.filename]#ada1# и [." +"использоваться в качестве выделённого диска чётности. В этом примере " +"используются три неразделённых ATA-диска: [.filename]#ada1# и [." "filename]#ada2# для данных, а [.filename]#ada3# для чётности." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid3 label -v gr0 /dev/ada1 /dev/ada2 /dev/ada3\n" @@ -1801,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "Done.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "Partition the newly created [.filename]#gr0# device and put a UFS file " "system on it:" @@ -1810,7 +1811,7 @@ msgstr "" "нём файловую систему UFS:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gpart create -s GPT /dev/raid3/gr0\n" @@ -1822,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "" "# newfs -j /dev/raid3/gr0p1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:771 msgid "" "Many numbers will glide across the screen, and after a bit of time, the " "process will be complete. The volume has been created and is ready to be " @@ -1832,18 +1833,18 @@ msgstr "" "завершится. Том создан и готов к монтированию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/\n" msgstr "# mount /dev/raid3/gr0p1 /multimedia/\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:778 msgid "The RAID3 array is now ready to use." msgstr "Массив RAID3 теперь готов к использованию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:780 msgid "" "Additional configuration is needed to retain this setup across system " "reboots." @@ -1852,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительная настройка." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:784 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:783 msgid "" "The [.filename]#geom_raid3.ko# module must be loaded before the array can be " "mounted. To automatically load the kernel module during system " @@ -1863,13 +1864,13 @@ msgstr "" "системы добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:787 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "geom_raid3_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "The following volume information must be added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab# in " "order to automatically mount the array's file system during the system boot " @@ -1880,19 +1881,19 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:794 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/raid3/gr0p1\t/multimedia\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" msgstr "/dev/raid3/gr0p1\t/multimedia\tufs\trw\t2\t2\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Software RAID Devices" msgstr "Устройства с программным RAID" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "Some motherboards and expansion cards add some simple hardware, usually just " "a ROM, that allows the computer to boot from a RAID array. After booting, " @@ -1909,7 +1910,7 @@ msgstr "" "конкретной операционной системы и функционирующие ещё до её загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:805 msgid "" "Several levels of RAID are supported, depending on the hardware in use. See " "man:graid[8] for a complete list." @@ -1918,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "" "оборудования. Полный список см. в man:graid[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:809 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:808 msgid "" "man:graid[8] requires the [.filename]#geom_raid.ko# kernel module, which is " "included in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel starting with FreeBSD 9.1. If " @@ -1929,13 +1930,13 @@ msgstr "" "его можно загрузить вручную командой `graid load`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:810 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating an Array" msgstr "Создание массива" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:815 msgid "" "Software RAID devices often have a menu that can be entered by pressing " "special keys when the computer is booting. The menu can be used to create " @@ -1948,7 +1949,7 @@ msgstr "" "напрямую из командной строки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:819 msgid "" "`graid label` is used to create a new array. The motherboard used for this " "example has an Intel software RAID chipset, so the Intel metadata format is " @@ -1962,7 +1963,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#ada1#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:824 msgid "" "Some space on the drives will be overwritten when they are made into a new " "array. Back up existing data first!" @@ -1971,7 +1972,7 @@ msgstr "" "массива. Предварительно создайте резервную копию существующих данных!" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" @@ -1997,14 +1998,14 @@ msgstr "" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Provider raid/r0 for volume gm0 created.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:841 msgid "A status check shows the new mirror is ready for use:" msgstr "" "Проверка состояния показывает, что новое зеркало готово к использованию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:849 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1024 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status\n" @@ -2018,7 +2019,7 @@ msgstr "" " ada1 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "The array device appears in [.filename]#/dev/raid/#. The first array is " "called [.filename]#r0#. Additional arrays, if present, will be [." @@ -2029,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" "называться [.filename]#r1#, [.filename]#r2# и так далее." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "The BIOS menu on some of these devices can create arrays with special " "characters in their names. To avoid problems with those special characters, " @@ -2043,19 +2044,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#gm0# в примере выше, используйте man:sysctl[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:861 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1\n" msgstr "# sysctl kern.geom.raid.name_format=1\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple Volumes" msgstr "Несколько томов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" "Some software RAID devices support more than one _volume_ on an array. " "Volumes work like partitions, allowing space on the physical drives to be " @@ -2073,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "" "временного хранения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:875 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid label -S 40G Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 ada1\n" @@ -2083,7 +2084,7 @@ msgstr "" "# graid add -S 20G gm0 RAID0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "Volumes appear as additional [.filename]#rX# entries in [.filename]#/dev/" "raid/#. An array with two volumes will show [.filename]#r0# and [." @@ -2094,7 +2095,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#r0# и [.filename]#r1#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "See man:graid[8] for the number of volumes supported by different software " "RAID devices." @@ -2103,13 +2104,13 @@ msgstr "" "различными устройствами программного RAID." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:883 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Single Drive to a Mirror" msgstr "Преобразование одиночного диска в зеркало" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:887 msgid "" "Under certain specific conditions, it is possible to convert an existing " "single drive to a man:graid[8] array without reformatting. To avoid data " @@ -2122,7 +2123,7 @@ msgstr "" "минимальным требованиям:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "The drive must be partitioned with the MBR partitioning scheme. GPT or other " "partitioning schemes with metadata at the end of the drive will be " @@ -2133,7 +2134,7 @@ msgstr "" "и повреждены метаданными man:graid[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "There must be enough unpartitioned and unused space at the end of the drive " "to hold the man:graid[8] metadata. This metadata varies in size, but the " @@ -2145,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" "как минимум столько свободного места." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:893 msgid "" "If the drive meets these requirements, start by making a full backup. Then " "create a single-drive mirror with that drive:" @@ -2154,13 +2155,13 @@ msgstr "" "резервной копии. Затем создайте зеркало с одним диском на этом диске:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:897 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE\n" msgstr "# graid label Intel gm0 RAID1 ada0 NONE\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "man:graid[8] metadata was written to the end of the drive in the unused " "space. A second drive can now be inserted into the mirror:" @@ -2169,13 +2170,13 @@ msgstr "" "пространство. Теперь можно вставить второй диск в зеркало:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" msgstr "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:909 msgid "" "Data from the original drive will immediately begin to be copied to the " "second drive. The mirror will operate in degraded status until the copy is " @@ -2185,13 +2186,13 @@ msgstr "" "Зеркало будет работать в деградировавшем состоянии до завершения копирования." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:911 #, no-wrap msgid "Inserting New Drives into the Array" msgstr "Добавление новых дисков к массиву" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:917 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:916 msgid "" "Drives can be inserted into an array as replacements for drives that have " "failed or are missing. If there are no failed or missing drives, the new " @@ -2206,7 +2207,7 @@ msgstr "" "не к зеркалу из трёх дисков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:919 msgid "" "In the example mirror array, data immediately begins to be copied to the " "newly-inserted drive. Any existing information on the new drive will be " @@ -2217,7 +2218,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет перезаписана." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid insert raid/r0 ada1\n" @@ -2233,13 +2234,13 @@ msgstr "" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Subdisk gm0:1-ada1 rebuild start at 0.\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:930 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Drives from the Array" msgstr "Удаление дисков из массива" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:933 msgid "" "Individual drives can be permanently removed from a from an array and their " "metadata erased:" @@ -2247,7 +2248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отдельные диски можно навсегда удалить из массива и стереть их метаданные:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid remove raid/r0 ada1\n" @@ -2261,13 +2262,13 @@ msgstr "" "GEOM_RAID: Intel-a29ea104: Volume gm0 state changed from OPTIMAL to DEGRADED.\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "Stopping the Array" msgstr "Остановка массива" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "An array can be stopped without removing metadata from the drives. The " "array will be restarted when the system is booted." @@ -2276,19 +2277,19 @@ msgstr "" "перезапущен при загрузке системы." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid stop raid/r0\n" msgstr "# graid stop raid/r0\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking Array Status" msgstr "Проверка состояния массива" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "Array status can be checked at any time. After a drive was added to the " "mirror in the example above, data is being copied from the original drive to " @@ -2299,7 +2300,7 @@ msgstr "" "новый:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status\n" @@ -2313,7 +2314,7 @@ msgstr "" " ada1 (ACTIVE (REBUILD 28%))\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" "Some types of arrays, like `RAID0` or `CONCAT`, may not be shown in the " "status report if disks have failed. To see these partially-failed arrays, " @@ -2324,7 +2325,7 @@ msgstr "" "эти частично неработоспособные массивы, добавьте `-ga`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:975 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# graid status -ga\n" @@ -2336,13 +2337,13 @@ msgstr "" "Intel-e2d07d9a BROKEN ada6 (ACTIVE (ACTIVE))\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:978 #, no-wrap msgid "Deleting Arrays" msgstr "Удаление массивов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" "Arrays are destroyed by deleting all of the volumes from them. When the " "last volume present is deleted, the array is stopped and metadata is removed " @@ -2353,20 +2354,20 @@ msgstr "" "дисков:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:987 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "# graid delete raid/r0\n" msgstr "# graid delete raid/r0\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:990 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:989 #, no-wrap msgid "Deleting Unexpected Arrays" msgstr "Удаление неожиданных массивов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:994 msgid "" "Drives may unexpectedly contain man:graid[8] metadata, either from previous " "use or manufacturer testing. man:graid[8] will detect these drives and " @@ -2379,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" "диску. Для удаления нежелательных метаданных:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:998 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:997 msgid "" "Boot the system. At the boot menu, select `2` for the loader prompt. Enter:" msgstr "" @@ -2387,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузчика. Введите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1002 #, no-wrap msgid "" "OK set kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" @@ -2397,35 +2398,35 @@ msgstr "" "OK boot\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "The system will boot with man:graid[8] disabled." -msgstr "Система загрузится с отключенным man:graid[8]." +msgstr "Система загрузится с отключённым man:graid[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "Back up all data on the affected drive." msgstr "Создайте резервную копию всех данных на затронутом диске." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1007 msgid "As a workaround, man:graid[8] array detection can be disabled by adding" msgstr "" "В качестве обходного решения обнаружение массива man:graid[8] можно " "отключить, добавив" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" msgstr "kern.geom.raid.enable=0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1014 msgid "to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#." msgstr "в файл [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1017 msgid "" "To permanently remove the man:graid[8] metadata from the affected drive, " "boot a FreeBSD installation CD-ROM or memory stick, and select `Shell`. Use " @@ -2437,12 +2438,12 @@ msgstr "" "`raid/r0`:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1027 msgid "Delete the volume by name:" msgstr "Удалите том по имени:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1035 msgid "" "If there is more than one volume shown, repeat the process for each volume. " "After the last array has been deleted, the volume will be destroyed." @@ -2451,7 +2452,7 @@ msgstr "" "После удаления последнего массива том будет уничтожен." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1038 msgid "" "Reboot and verify data, restoring from backup if necessary. After the " "metadata has been removed, the `kern.geom.raid.enable=0` entry in [." @@ -2462,13 +2463,13 @@ msgstr "" "enable=0` в файле [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# также можно удалить." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1041 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1040 #, no-wrap msgid "GEOM Gate Network" msgstr "Сетевые устройства GEOM Gate" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1046 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1045 msgid "" "GEOM provides a simple mechanism for providing remote access to devices such " "as disks, CDs, and file systems through the use of the GEOM Gate network " @@ -2485,7 +2486,7 @@ msgstr "" "и сервером не шифруется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "Similar to NFS, which is discussed in crossref:network-servers[network-nfs," "\"Network File System (NFS)\"], ggated is configured using an exports file. " @@ -2503,13 +2504,13 @@ msgstr "" "exports# со следующей строкой:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1054 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1053 #, no-wrap msgid "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d\n" msgstr "192.168.1.5 RW /dev/da0s4d\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1057 msgid "" "Before exporting the device, ensure it is not currently mounted. Then, " "start ggated:" @@ -2518,13 +2519,13 @@ msgstr "" "запустите `ggated`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1061 #, no-wrap msgid "# ggated\n" msgstr "# ggated\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "" "Several options are available for specifying an alternate listening port or " "changing the default location of the exports file. Refer to man:ggated[8] " @@ -2535,7 +2536,7 @@ msgstr "" "man:ggated[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "To access the exported device on the client machine, first use `ggatec` to " "specify the IP address of the server and the device name of the exported " @@ -2553,7 +2554,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/dev/ggate0# в [.filename]#/mnt#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1076 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ggatec create -o rw 192.168.1.1 /dev/da0s4d\n" @@ -2565,7 +2566,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/ggate0 /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1081 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1080 msgid "" "The device on the server may now be accessed through [.filename]#/mnt# on " "the client. For more details about `ggatec` and a few usage examples, refer " @@ -2576,7 +2577,7 @@ msgstr "" "примеров использования обратитесь к man:ggatec[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1085 msgid "" "The mount will fail if the device is currently mounted on either the server " "or any other client on the network. If simultaneous access is needed to " @@ -2587,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" "одновременный доступ к сетевым ресурсам, используйте NFS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "" "When the device is no longer needed, unmount it with `umount` so that the " "resource is available to other clients." @@ -2596,13 +2597,13 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы ресурс стал доступен другим клиентам." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1090 #, no-wrap msgid "Labeling Disk Devices" msgstr "Маркировка дисковых устройств" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1097 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1096 msgid "" "During system initialization, the FreeBSD kernel creates device nodes as " "devices are found. This method of probing for devices raises some issues. " @@ -2622,7 +2623,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1101 msgid "" "One solution is to chain SCSI devices in order so a new device added to the " "SCSI card will be issued unused device numbers. But what about USB devices " @@ -2641,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr "" "указывать SCSI-устройства в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1105 msgid "" "A better solution is to use `glabel` to label the disk devices and use the " "labels in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#. Since `glabel` stores the label in the " @@ -2657,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr "" "узел устройства к ней обращаются." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "" "`glabel` can create both transient and permanent labels. Only permanent " "labels are consistent across reboots. Refer to man:glabel[8] for more " @@ -2668,13 +2669,13 @@ msgstr "" "различиях между метками можно найти в man:glabel[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1112 #, no-wrap msgid "Label Types and Examples" msgstr "Типы меток и примеры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "Permanent labels can be a generic or a file system label. Permanent file " "system labels can be created with man:tunefs[8] or man:newfs[8]. These " @@ -2693,7 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "" "системе и будут размещены в [.filename]#/dev/label#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1124 msgid "" "Temporary labels are destroyed at the next reboot. These labels are created " "in [.filename]#/dev/label# and are suited to experimentation. A temporary " @@ -2704,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr "" "создать с помощью `glabel create`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1126 msgid "" "To create a permanent label for a UFS2 file system without destroying any " "data, issue the following command:" @@ -2713,13 +2714,13 @@ msgstr "" "данных, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1130 #, no-wrap msgid "# tunefs -L home /dev/da3\n" msgstr "# tunefs -L home /dev/da3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1133 msgid "" "A label should now exist in [.filename]#/dev/ufs# which may be added to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" @@ -2728,30 +2729,30 @@ msgstr "" "добавить в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1137 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ufs/home\t\t/home ufs rw 2 2\n" msgstr "/dev/ufs/home\t\t/home ufs rw 2 2\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "The file system must not be mounted while attempting to run `tunefs`." msgstr "" "Файловая система не должна быть смонтирована при попытке запуска `tunefs`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "Now the file system may be mounted:" msgstr "Теперь файловую систему можно смонтировать:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount /home\n" msgstr "# mount /home\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "" "From this point on, so long as the [.filename]#geom_label.ko# kernel module " "is loaded at boot with [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# or the `GEOM_LABEL` " @@ -2764,7 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "" "негативного влияния на систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1155 msgid "" "File systems may also be created with a default label by using the `-L` flag " "with `newfs`. Refer to man:newfs[8] for more information." @@ -2773,30 +2774,30 @@ msgstr "" "использованием флага `-L` в `newfs`. Подробнее см. в man:newfs[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1157 msgid "The following command can be used to destroy the label:" msgstr "Следующая команда может быть использована для удаления метки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1161 #, no-wrap msgid "# glabel destroy home\n" msgstr "# glabel destroy home\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "The following example shows how to label the partitions of a boot disk." msgstr "" "Следующий пример показывает, как назначить метки разделам загрузочного диска." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1165 #, no-wrap msgid "Labeling Partitions on the Boot Disk" msgstr "Разметка разделов на загрузочном диске" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1171 msgid "" "By permanently labeling the partitions on the boot disk, the system should " "be able to continue to boot normally, even if the disk is moved to another " @@ -2815,7 +2816,7 @@ msgstr "" "usr#, [.filename]#/tmp#, а также разделом подкачки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1174 msgid "" "Reboot the system, and at the man:loader[8] prompt, press kbd:[4] to boot " "into single user mode. Then enter the following commands:" @@ -2824,7 +2825,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузиться в однопользовательском режиме. Затем введите следующие команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# glabel label rootfs /dev/ad0s1a\n" @@ -2852,7 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" "# exit\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "" "The system will continue with multi-user boot. After the boot completes, " "edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# and replace the conventional device names, with " @@ -2865,7 +2866,7 @@ msgstr "" "fstab# будет выглядеть следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1202 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" @@ -2883,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/label/var /var ufs rw 2 2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1206 msgid "" "The system can now be rebooted. If everything went well, it will come up " "normally and `mount` will show:" @@ -2892,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "в обычном режиме, и команда `mount` покажет:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1215 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mount\n" @@ -2910,7 +2911,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/label/var on /var (ufs, local, soft-updates)\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1223 msgid "" "The man:glabel[8] class supports a label type for UFS file systems, based on " "the unique file system id, `ufsid`. These labels may be found in [." @@ -2928,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "" "status`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% glabel status\n" @@ -2942,7 +2943,7 @@ msgstr "" "ufsid/486b6fc16926168e N/A ad4s1f\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1234 msgid "" "In the above example, [.filename]#ad4s1d# represents [.filename]#/var#, " "while [.filename]#ad4s1f# represents [.filename]#/usr#. Using the `ufsid` " @@ -2955,7 +2956,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1239 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/dev/ufsid/486b6fc38d330916 /var ufs rw 2 2\n" @@ -2965,7 +2966,7 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ufsid/486b6fc16926168e /usr ufs rw 2 2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1242 msgid "" "Any partitions with `ufsid` labels can be mounted in this way, eliminating " "the need to manually create permanent labels, while still enjoying the " @@ -2976,13 +2977,13 @@ msgstr "" "этом преимущества монтирования, независимого от имён устройств." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1244 #, no-wrap msgid "UFS Journaling Through GEOM" msgstr "Журналирование UFS через GEOM" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1250 msgid "" "Support for journals on UFS file systems is available on FreeBSD. The " "implementation is provided through the GEOM subsystem and is configured " @@ -2997,7 +2998,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы. Это расширение GEOM." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1253 msgid "" "Journaling stores a log of file system transactions, such as changes that " "make up a complete disk write operation, before meta-data and file writes " @@ -3011,7 +3012,7 @@ msgstr "" "системы, предотвращая её рассогласование." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1258 msgid "" "This method provides another mechanism to protect against data loss and " "inconsistencies of the file system. Unlike Soft Updates, which tracks and " @@ -3031,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "" "после устройства, для которого включается ведение журнала." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1261 msgid "" "The [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel provides support for `gjournal`. To " "automatically load the [.filename]#geom_journal.ko# kernel module at boot " @@ -3042,13 +3043,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке, добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1265 #, no-wrap msgid "geom_journal_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "geom_journal_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1268 msgid "" "If a custom kernel is used, ensure the following line is in the kernel " "configuration file:" @@ -3057,13 +3058,13 @@ msgstr "" "присутствует в конфигурационном файле ядра:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1272 #, no-wrap msgid "options\tGEOM_JOURNAL\n" msgstr "options\tGEOM_JOURNAL\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "" "Once the module is loaded, a journal can be created on a new file system " "using the following steps. In this example, [.filename]#da4# is a new SCSI " @@ -3074,7 +3075,7 @@ msgstr "" "диск:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1281 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# gjournal load\n" @@ -3084,7 +3085,7 @@ msgstr "" "# gjournal label /dev/da4\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1284 msgid "" "This will load the module and create a [.filename]#/dev/da4.journal# device " "node on [.filename]#/dev/da4#." @@ -3093,7 +3094,7 @@ msgstr "" "на [.filename]#/dev/da4#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1286 msgid "" "A UFS file system may now be created on the journaled device, then mounted " "on an existing mount point:" @@ -3102,7 +3103,7 @@ msgstr "" "а затем смонтирована в существующей точке монтирования:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1291 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# newfs -O 2 -J /dev/da4.journal\n" @@ -3112,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/da4.journal /mnt\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1297 msgid "" "In the case of several slices, a journal will be created for each individual " "slice. For instance, if [.filename]#ad4s1# and [.filename]#ad4s2# are both " @@ -3125,7 +3126,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#ad4s2.journal#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1303 msgid "" "Journaling may also be enabled on current file systems by using `tunefs`. " "However, _always_ make a backup before attempting to alter an existing file " @@ -3142,7 +3143,7 @@ msgstr "" "этих командах можно найти в man:gjournal[8] и man:tunefs[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/geom/_index.adoc:1305 msgid "" "It is possible to journal the boot disk of a FreeBSD system. Refer to the " "article extref:{gjournal-desktop}[Implementing UFS Journaling on a Desktop " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc index 47a0c31e5a..d44d1d3474 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ endif::[] FreeBSD — это операционная система с открытым исходным кодом, соответствующая стандартам и похожая на Unix, предназначенная для компьютеров на архитектурах x86 (как 32-, так и 64-битных), ARM, AArch64, RISC-V, POWER и PowerPC. Она предоставляет все функции, которые сегодня считаются само собой разумеющимися, такие как вытесняющая многозадачность, защита памяти, виртуальная память, многопользовательские возможности, поддержка SMP, все инструменты разработки с открытым исходным кодом для различных языков и фреймворков, а также возможности для рабочих станций, включая X Window System, KDE или GNOME. Её основные преимущества: -* _Лицензия Open Source с либеральными условиями_, которая предоставляет вам права свободно изменять и расширять её исходный код, а также включать его как в проекты с открытым исходным кодом, так и в закрытые продукты, не накладывая ограничений, характерных для копилефтых лицензий (copyleft — требование той же лицензии для производных продуктов), и избегая потенциальных проблем несовместимости лицензий. +* _Лицензия Open Source с либеральными условиями_, которая предоставляет вам права свободно изменять и расширять её исходный код, а также включать его как в проекты с открытым исходным кодом, так и в закрытые продукты, не накладывая ограничений, характерных для копилефтных лицензий (copyleft — требование той же лицензии для производных продуктов), и избегая потенциальных проблем несовместимости лицензий. * _Мощные TCP/IP сети_ — FreeBSD реализует промышленные стандартные протоколы с постоянно растущей производительностью и масштабируемостью. Это делает её отличным выбором как для серверов, так и для маршрутизации/файрволинга — и действительно, многие компании и поставщики используют её именно для этих целей. * _Полностью интегрированная поддержка OpenZFS_, включая root-on-ZFS, ZFS Boot Environments, управление отказами, делегирование административных задач, поддержку клеток (jail), документацию, специфичную для FreeBSD, и поддержку системного установщика. * _Расширенные функции безопасности_, от системы принудительного контроля доступа до механизмов песочницы и возможностей Capsicum. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ FreeBSD основана на релизе 4.4BSD-Lite от Computer Systems Res * _Рабочий стол:_ FreeBSD представляет собой отличный выбор в качестве недорогого решения для рабочего стола с использованием свободно доступных серверов X11 и Wayland. FreeBSD предлагает на выбор множество открытых окружений рабочего стола, включая стандартные графические интерфейсы GNOME и KDE. FreeBSD даже может загружаться «без диска» с центрального сервера, что делает отдельные рабочие станции ещё дешевле и проще в администрировании. * _Разработка ПО:_ Базовая система FreeBSD включает полный набор инструментов для разработки, в том числе компиляторы C/C++ и отладчики. Поддержка многих других языков программирования также доступна через коллекции портов и пакетов. -FreeBSD доступна для бесплатной загрузки или может быть получена на CD-ROM или DVD. Дополнительную информацию о получении FreeBSD см. в crossref:mirrors[mirrors, Получение FreeBSD]. +FreeBSD доступна для бесплатной загрузки образов или установки в большинстве облачных сервисов. Дополнительную информацию о получении FreeBSD см. в crossref:mirrors[mirrors, Получение FreeBSD]. [[introduction-nutshell-users]] === Кто использует FreeBSD? diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po index 12172ce1de..96c76f27ca 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/introduction/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookintroduction_index/ru/>\n" @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Введение" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:55 msgid "" "Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various " "aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development " @@ -60,43 +60,43 @@ msgstr "" "так далее." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:57 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:59 msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems." msgstr "Как FreeBSD соотносится с другими операционными системами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:60 msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "История проекта FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:61 msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project." msgstr "Цели проекта FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:62 msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model." msgstr "Основы модели разработки открытого исходного кода FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:63 msgid "Where the name \"FreeBSD\" comes from." msgstr "Откуда произошло название «FreeBSD»." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!" msgstr "Добро пожаловать во FreeBSD!" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "FreeBSD is an Open Source, standards-compliant Unix-like operating system " "for x86 (both 32 and 64 bit), ARM, AArch64, RISC-V, POWER, and PowerPC " @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "" "включая X Window System, KDE или GNOME. Её основные преимущества:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "_Liberal Open Source license_, which grants the rights to freely modify and " "extend its source code and incorporate it in both Open Source projects and " @@ -127,12 +127,12 @@ msgstr "" "_Лицензия Open Source с либеральными условиями_, которая предоставляет вам " "права свободно изменять и расширять её исходный код, а также включать его " "как в проекты с открытым исходным кодом, так и в закрытые продукты, не " -"накладывая ограничений, характерных для копилефтых лицензий (copyleft — " +"накладывая ограничений, характерных для копилефтных лицензий (copyleft — " "требование той же лицензии для производных продуктов), и избегая " "потенциальных проблем несовместимости лицензий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "_Strong TCP/IP networking_ - FreeBSD implements industry standard protocols " "with ever increasing performance and scalability. This makes it a good match " @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ msgstr "" "целей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "_Fully integrated OpenZFS support_, including root-on-ZFS, ZFS Boot " "Environments, fault management, administrative delegation, support for " @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "" "системного установщика." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "_Extensive security features_, from the Mandatory Access Control framework " "to Capsicum capability and sandbox mechanisms." @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступа до механизмов песочницы и возможностей Capsicum." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "_Over 30 thousand prebuilt packages_ for all supported architectures, and " "the Ports Collection which makes it easy to build customized ones." @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" "собственные настраиваемые пакеты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "_Documentation_ - in addition to the Handbook and books from different " "authors that cover topics ranging from system administration to kernel " @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйверов ядра (раздел 9) и отдельных драйверов (раздел 4)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "_Simple and consistent repository structure and build system_ - FreeBSD uses " "a single repository for all of its components, both kernel and userspace. " @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" "продуктов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:79 msgid "" "_Staying true to Unix philosophy_, preferring composability instead of " "monolithic \"all in one\" daemons with hardcoded behavior." @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr "" "одном\" демонов с жёстко заданным поведением." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "_Binary compatibility_ with Linux, which makes it possible to run many Linux " "binaries without the need for virtualisation." @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "" "приложения без необходимости виртуализации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite release from Computer Systems Research " "Group (CSRG) at the University of California at Berkeley, and carries on the " @@ -250,13 +250,13 @@ msgstr "" "функциями, недоступными больше нигде." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?" msgstr "Что может FreeBSD?" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by ones " "own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory " @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ msgstr "" "низкой цене или вообще бесплатно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is freely available, the system " "can also be customized to an almost unheard-of degree for special " @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" "используют FreeBSD:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "_Internet Services:_ The robust TCP/IP networking built into FreeBSD makes " "it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services such as:" @@ -301,47 +301,47 @@ msgstr "" "идеальной платформой для различных интернет-сервисов, таких как:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:97 msgid "Web servers" msgstr "Веб-серверы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:98 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing" msgstr "IPv4 и IPv6 маршрутизация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:99 msgid "Firewalls and NAT (\"IP masquerading\") gateways" msgstr "Межсетевые экраны и шлюзы NAT («маскарадинг IP»)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:100 msgid "FTP servers" msgstr "Серверы FTP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:101 msgid "Email servers" msgstr "Почтовые серверы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:102 msgid "Storage servers" msgstr "Серверы хранения данных" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:103 msgid "Virtualization servers" msgstr "Серверы виртуализации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:104 msgid "And more..." msgstr "И ещё..." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "_Education:_ Computer science students, as well as those in related " "engineering fields, will benefit from FreeBSD. There is no better way of " @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr "" "использует компьютер для решения _других_ задач!" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "_Research:_ With source code for the entire system available, FreeBSD is an " "excellent platform for research in operating systems as well as other " @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" "лицензионных соглашениях или ограничениях на обсуждение в открытых форумах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "_Networking:_ Need a new router? A name server (DNS)? A firewall to keep " "people out of the internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC " @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ msgstr "" "продвинутый маршрутизатор с возможностями сложной фильтрации пакетов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "_Embedded:_ FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build embedded systems " "upon. With support for the ARM, AArch64 and PowerPC platforms, coupled with " @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr "" "экранов и других устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "_Desktop:_ FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution " "using the freely available X11 server and Wayland display server. FreeBSD " @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" "делает отдельные рабочие станции ещё дешевле и проще в администрировании." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "_Software Development:_ The basic FreeBSD system comes with a full suite of " "development tools including a full C/C++ compiler and debugger suite. " @@ -436,24 +436,24 @@ msgstr "" "пакетов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:114 msgid "" -"FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on " -"either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see crossref:mirrors[mirrors, Obtaining " -"FreeBSD] for more information about obtaining FreeBSD." +"FreeBSD is available to download and in most clouds, free of charge. Please " +"see crossref:mirrors[mirrors, Obtaining FreeBSD] for more information about " +"obtaining FreeBSD." msgstr "" -"FreeBSD доступна для бесплатной загрузки или может быть получена на CD-ROM " -"или DVD. Дополнительную информацию о получении FreeBSD см. в crossref:" -"mirrors[mirrors, Получение FreeBSD]." +"FreeBSD доступна для бесплатной загрузки образов или установки в большинстве " +"облачных сервисов. Дополнительную информацию о получении FreeBSD см. в " +"crossref:mirrors[mirrors, Получение FreeBSD]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?" msgstr "Кто использует FreeBSD?" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "FreeBSD has been known for its web serving capabilities. A list of link:" "https://freebsdfoundation.org/about-us/testimonials/[testimonials from " @@ -469,13 +469,13 @@ msgstr "" "List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD[список продуктов, основанных на FreeBSD]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "About the FreeBSD Project" msgstr "О проекте FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "The following section provides some background information on the project, " "including a brief history, project goals, and the extref:{dev-model}" @@ -485,13 +485,13 @@ msgstr "" "историю, цели проекта и extref:{dev-model}[модель разработки] проекта." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD" msgstr "Краткая история FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:131 msgid "" "The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as " "the brainchild of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit's last 3 coordinators: Nate " @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr "" "Граймса и Джордана Хаббарда." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order " "to fix a number of problems that the patchkit mechanism was just not capable " @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr "" "0.5 или 386BSD Interim." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point " "suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the " @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "" "проекта, не предложив никаких ясных альтернатив." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:143 msgid "" "The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's " "support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. " @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" "которых она находится сегодня." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:147 msgid "" "The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, " "released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite (\"Net/2\") " @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" "в мае 1994 года." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon " "as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the " @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "" "выпуск до истечения срока — им стал FreeBSD 1.1.5.1." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself " "from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. " @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" "и простой в установке выпуск FreeBSD 2.0.5." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving " "the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version." @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ msgstr "" "стабильность, скорость и функциональность предыдущей версии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the {rel-" "head}-CURRENT (main) branch, and snapshot releases of {rel-head} are " @@ -656,13 +656,13 @@ msgstr "" "по мере продвижения работы." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals" msgstr "Цели проекта FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used " "for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant " @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ msgstr "" "программного обеспечения, которую мы горячо поддерживаем." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public " "License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly " @@ -704,13 +704,13 @@ msgstr "" "свободной лицензией BSD, когда это разумный вариант." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model" msgstr "Модель разработки FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "The development of FreeBSD is a extref:{dev-model}[very open and flexible " "process], being literally built from the contributions of thousands of " @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, " "whether working independently or in close cooperation:" @@ -739,13 +739,13 @@ msgstr "" "от того, работаете ли вы самостоятельно или в тесном сотрудничестве:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "The Git repositories[[development-cvs-repository]]" msgstr "Репозитории Git[[development-cvs-repository]]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "For several years, the central source tree for FreeBSD was maintained by " "link:https://www.nongnu.org/cvs/[CVS] (Concurrent Versions System), a freely " @@ -785,13 +785,13 @@ msgstr "" "Использование коллекции портов]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid "The committers list[[development-committers]]" msgstr "Список коммиттеров[[development-committers]]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "The _committers_ are the people who have _push_ access to the Git " "repository, and are authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source " @@ -811,13 +811,13 @@ msgstr "" "действительно является ошибкой." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD core team[[development-core]]" msgstr "Команда разработчиков FreeBSD[[development-core]]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "The _FreeBSD core team_ would be equivalent to the board of directors if the " "FreeBSD Project were a company. The primary task of the core team is to " @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" "проводятся каждые 2 года." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when " "it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project " @@ -855,13 +855,13 @@ msgstr "" "люди, которые вопреки здравому смыслу посвятили свою жизнь FreeBSD!" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:209 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Foundation[[development-foundation]]" msgstr "Фонд FreeBSD[[development-foundation]]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:216 msgid "" "The link:https://freebsdfoundation.org/[FreeBSD Foundation] is a 501(c)(3), " "US-based, non-profit organization dedicated to supporting and promoting the " @@ -893,13 +893,13 @@ msgstr "" "юридических договоров, требующих участия официального юридического лица." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Outside contributors" msgstr "Внешние участники" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the " "users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost " @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе crossref:eresources[eresources, Ресурсы в Интернете]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "extref:{contributors}[The FreeBSD Contributors List] is a long and growing " "one, so why not join it by extref:{contributing}[contributing something back " @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" "вклад в FreeBSD], уже сегодня? Предоставление кода — не единственный способ!" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric " "circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the " @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать — данная модель отлично справляется с этой задачей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the " "same dedication its current people have to its continued success!" @@ -961,13 +961,13 @@ msgstr "" "проекта для его дальнейшего успеха!" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "Third Party Programs" msgstr "Сторонние программы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:241 msgid "" "In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software " "collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. The list of " @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужного порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled \"package\", which can " "be installed with a simple command (`pkg install`) by those who do not wish " @@ -1006,13 +1006,13 @@ msgstr "" "приложений: Пакеты и Порты]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:246 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:245 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Documentation" msgstr "Дополнительная документация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:249 msgid "" "All supported FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer to install " "additional documentation under [.filename]#/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd# " @@ -1025,13 +1025,13 @@ msgstr "" "быть установлена позже с использованием пакетов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:253 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install en-freebsd-doc\n" msgstr "# pkg install en-freebsd-doc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:258 msgid "" "For localized versions replace the \"en\" with the language prefix of " "choice. Be aware that some of the localised versions might be out of date " @@ -1045,29 +1045,29 @@ msgstr "" "адреса:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:259 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook" msgstr "`Руководство FreeBSD`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:261 msgid "`/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/handbook/handbook_en.pdf`" msgstr "`/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/handbook/handbook_en.pdf`" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ" msgstr "Часто задаваемые вопросы по FreeBSD (FAQ)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:264 msgid "`/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/faq/faq_en.pdf`" msgstr "`/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/en/books/faq/faq_en.pdf`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:266 msgid "" "Find up to date documentation at link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[The " "Documentation Portal]." @@ -1076,6 +1076,6 @@ msgstr "" "[Портале документации]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/introduction/_index.adoc:267 msgid "All trademarks are the property of their respective owners." msgstr "Все товарные знаки являются собственностью их законных владельцев." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po index 543d571d8c..459bc12041 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel" msgstr "Настройка ядра FreeBSD" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible " "for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, " @@ -63,44 +63,44 @@ msgstr "" "ядро." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:59 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:61 msgid "When to build a custom kernel." msgstr "Когда следует собирать собственный ядро." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to take a hardware inventory." msgstr "Как провести инвентаризацию оборудования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to customize a kernel configuration file." msgstr "Как настроить файл конфигурации ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "How to use the kernel configuration file to create and build a new kernel." msgstr "" "Как использовать файл конфигурации ядра для создания и сборки нового ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to install the new kernel." msgstr "Как установить новое ядро." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to troubleshoot if things go wrong." msgstr "Как устранить неполадки, если что-то пойдет не так." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "All of the commands listed in the examples in this chapter should be " "executed as `root`." @@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя `root`." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "Why Build a Custom Kernel?" msgstr "Зачем собирать собственное ядро?" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:74 msgid "" "Traditionally, FreeBSD used a monolithic kernel. The kernel was one large " "program, supported a fixed list of devices, and in order to change the " @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезагрузиться в него." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "Today, most of the functionality in the FreeBSD kernel is contained in " "modules which can be dynamically loaded and unloaded from the kernel as " @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ msgstr "" "называется модульным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Occasionally, it is still necessary to perform static kernel configuration. " "Sometimes the needed functionality is so tied to the kernel that it can not " @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "" "скомпилирована в ядро." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "Building a custom kernel is often a rite of passage for advanced BSD users. " "This process, while time consuming, can provide benefits to the FreeBSD " @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "данного компьютера. Это даёт ряд преимуществ, таких как:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "Faster boot time. Since the kernel will only probe the hardware on the " "system, the time it takes the system to boot can decrease." @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "" "установленное в системе, время загрузки системы может сократиться." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "Lower memory usage. A custom kernel often uses less memory than the [." "filename]#GENERIC# kernel by omitting unused features and device drivers. " @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" "небольшим объёмом оперативной памяти." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "Additional hardware support. A custom kernel can add support for devices " "which are not present in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel." @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддержку устройств, которые отсутствуют в ядре [.filename]#GENERIC#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "When building a custom kernel, it is important to note that non-default " "configurations are less thoroughly tested than the GENERIC configuration. " @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ msgstr "" "участвовать в процессе отладки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "Before building a custom kernel, consider the reason for doing so. If there " "is a need for specific hardware support, it may already exist as a module." @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" "виде модуля." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "Kernel modules exist in [.filename]#/boot/kernel# and may be dynamically " "loaded into the running kernel using man:kldload[8]. Most kernel drivers " @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" "руководства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the\n" @@ -263,13 +263,13 @@ msgstr "" "поместите следующую строку в man:loader.conf[5]:\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid " if_ath_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr " if_ath_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "Adding `if_ath_load=\"YES\"` to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf# will load " "this module dynamically at boot time." @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" "динамически загрузить этот модуль во время загрузки системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "In some cases, there is no associated module in [.filename]#/boot/kernel#. " "This is mostly true for certain subsystems." @@ -287,13 +287,13 @@ msgstr "" "kernel#. Это в основном относится к определённым подсистемам." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding the System Hardware" msgstr "Поиск информации об оборудовании системы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "Before editing the kernel configuration file, it is recommended to perform " "an inventory of the machine's hardware. On a dual-boot system, the " @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройств Microsoft(R) содержит информацию об установленных устройствах." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Some versions of Microsoft(R) Windows(R) have a System icon which can be " "used to access Device Manager." @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно использовать для доступа к диспетчеру устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "If FreeBSD is the only installed operating system, use man:dmesg[8] to " "determine the hardware that was found and listed during the boot probe. " @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующие строки указывают, что драйвер man:psm[4] обнаружил мышь:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "" "psm0: <PS/2 Mouse> irq 12 on atkbdc0\n" @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ msgstr "" "psm0: model Generic PS/2 mouse, device ID 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "Since this hardware exists, this driver should not be removed from a custom " "kernel configuration file." @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла конфигурации собственного ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "If the output of `dmesg` does not display the results of the boot probe " "output, instead read the contents of [.filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot#." @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" "вместо этого прочитайте содержимое файла [.filename]#/var/run/dmesg.boot#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "Another tool for finding hardware is man:pciconf[8], which provides more " "verbose output. For example:" @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr "" "предоставляет более подробный вывод. Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% pciconf -lv\n" @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "" " subclass = ethernet\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" "This output shows that the [.filename]#ath# driver located a wireless " "Ethernet device." @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ethernet-устройство." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "The `-k` flag of man:man[1] can be used to provide useful information. For " "example, it can be used to display a list of manual pages which contain a " @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ msgstr "" "определённое название или марку устройства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# man -k Atheros\n" @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "ath_hal(4) - Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "Once the hardware inventory list is created, refer to it to ensure that " "drivers for installed hardware are not removed as the custom kernel " @@ -432,13 +432,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации собственного ядра." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "The Configuration File" msgstr "Файл конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:178 msgid "" "In order to create a custom kernel configuration file and build a custom " "kernel, the full FreeBSD source tree must first be installed." @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо сначала установить полное дерево исходных кодов FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "If [.filename]#/usr/src/# does not exist or it is empty, source has not been " "installed. Source can be installed with Git using the instructions in " @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr "" "в crossref:mirrors[git,“Использование Git”]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "Once source is installed, review the contents of [.filename]#/usr/src/sys#. " "This directory contains a number of subdirectories, including those which " @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#GENERIC# для данной архитектуры." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:192 msgid "" "Do not make edits to [.filename]#GENERIC#. Instead, copy the file to a " "different name and make edits to the copy. The convention is to use a name " @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#MYKERNEL#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ msgstr "" "# cp GENERIC MYKERNEL\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "[.filename]#MYKERNEL# can now be customized with any `ASCII` text editor. " "The default editor is vi, though an easier editor for beginners, called ee, " @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" "новичков также установлен более простой редактор под названием ee." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a " "keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief " @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ msgstr "" "понимаете." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "It is easy to remove support for a device or option and end up with a broken " "kernel. For example, if the man:ata[4] driver is removed from the kernel " @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ msgstr "" "сомневаетесь — оставьте поддержку в ядре." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:217 msgid "" "In addition to the brief descriptions provided in this file, additional " "descriptions are contained in [.filename]#NOTES#, which can be found in the " @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf/NOTES#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "When finished customizing the kernel configuration file, save a backup copy " "to a location outside of [.filename]#/usr/src#." @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ msgstr "" "копию в расположении за пределами [.filename]#/usr/src#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Alternately, keep the kernel configuration file elsewhere and create a " "symbolic link to the file:" @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" "символическую ссылку на него:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf\n" @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" "# ln -s /root/kernels/MYKERNEL\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "An `include` directive is available for use in configuration files. This " "allows another configuration file to be included in the current one, making " @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ msgstr "" "сохранять разницу относительно [.filename]#GENERIC#, как показано в примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "include GENERIC\n" @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "" "ident MYKERNEL\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "" "options IPFIREWALL\n" @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ msgstr "" "options IPDIVERT\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:252 msgid "" "Using this method, the local configuration file expresses local differences " "from a [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel. As upgrades are performed, new features " @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr "" "man:config[5]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:256 msgid "" "To build a file which contains all available options, run the following " "command as `root`:" @@ -664,19 +664,19 @@ msgstr "" "команду от имени `root`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src/sys/arch/conf && make LINT\n" msgstr "# cd /usr/src/sys/arch/conf && make LINT\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Building and Installing a Custom Kernel" msgstr "Сборка и установка собственного ядра" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "Once the edits to the custom configuration file have been saved, the source " "code for the kernel can be compiled using the following steps:" @@ -685,37 +685,37 @@ msgstr "" "исходный код ядра можно скомпилировать, выполнив следующие шаги:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Building a Kernel*\n" msgstr "*Процедура: Сборка ядра*\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:274 msgid "Change to this directory:" msgstr "Перейдите в этот каталог:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/src\n" msgstr "# cd /usr/src\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Compile the new kernel by specifying the name of the custom kernel " "configuration file:" msgstr "Соберите новое ядро, указав имя файла конфигурации собственного ядра:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" msgstr "# make buildkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:288 msgid "" "Install the new kernel associated with the specified kernel configuration " "file. This command will copy the new kernel to [.filename]#/boot/kernel/" @@ -726,13 +726,13 @@ msgstr "" "ядро сохранит в [.filename]#/boot/kernel.old/kernel#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "# make installkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" msgstr "# make installkernel KERNCONF=MYKERNEL\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:295 msgid "" "Shutdown the system and reboot into the new kernel. If something goes wrong, " "refer to crossref:kernelconfig[kernelconfig-noboot, The kernel does not " @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "" "загружается]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:299 msgid "" "By default, when a custom kernel is compiled, all kernel modules are " "rebuilt. To update a kernel faster or to build only custom modules, edit [." @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" "сборки ядра." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:301 msgid "" "For example, this variable specifies the list of modules to build instead of " "using the default of building all modules:" @@ -764,13 +764,13 @@ msgstr "" "использования значения по умолчанию (сборка всех модулей):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi\n" msgstr "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "Alternately, this variable lists which modules to exclude from the build " "process:" @@ -778,13 +778,13 @@ msgstr "" "Или эта переменная указывает, какие модули исключить из процесса сборки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound\n" msgstr "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "This variable instructs the build to skip kernel modules and compile only " "the kernel itself:" @@ -793,13 +793,13 @@ msgstr "" "только само ядро:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "NO_MODULES = yes\n" msgstr "NO_MODULES = yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "The Ports Framework includes drivers and other modules that depend on kernel " "interfaces, such as package:graphics/drm-kmod[] or package:emulators/" @@ -821,26 +821,26 @@ msgstr "" "собираемые вами ядра также пересобирали эти модули." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "PORTS_MODULES = drm-kmod virtualbox-ose-kmod\n" msgstr "PORTS_MODULES = drm-kmod virtualbox-ose-kmod\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Additional variables are available. Refer to man:make.conf[5] for details." msgstr "" "Доступны дополнительные переменные. Подробности смотрите в man:make.conf[5]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:336 #, no-wrap msgid "If Something Goes Wrong" msgstr "Если что-то пойдет не так" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:339 msgid "" "There are four categories of trouble that can occur when building a custom " "kernel:" @@ -849,13 +849,13 @@ msgstr "" "собственного ядра:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "`config` fails" msgstr "`config` завершается с ошибкой" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:343 msgid "" "If `config` fails, it will print the line number that is incorrect. As an " "example, for the following message, make sure that line 17 is typed " @@ -867,19 +867,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#NOTES#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "config: line 17: syntax error\n" msgstr "config: line 17: syntax error\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "`make` fails" msgstr "`make` завершается с ошибкой" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "If `make` fails, it is usually due to an error in the kernel configuration " "file which is not severe enough for `config` to catch. Review the " @@ -892,13 +892,13 @@ msgstr "" "рассылки {freebsd-questions}, приложив файл конфигурации ядра." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "The kernel does not boot" msgstr "Ядро не загружается" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "If the new kernel does not boot or fails to recognize devices, do not panic! " "Fortunately, FreeBSD has an excellent mechanism for recovering from " @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr "" "или имя любого другого ядра, которое заведомо загружается правильно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "After booting with a good kernel, check over the configuration file and try " "to build it again. One helpful resource is [.filename]#/var/log/messages# " @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" "Также man:dmesg[8] выведет сообщения ядра текущей загрузки." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "When troubleshooting a kernel make sure to keep a copy of a kernel that is " "known to work, such as [.filename]#GENERIC#. This is important because " @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" "исправное ядро:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mv /boot/kernel /boot/kernel.bad\n" @@ -956,13 +956,13 @@ msgstr "" "# mv /boot/kernel.good /boot/kernel\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "The kernel works, but man:ps[1] does not" msgstr "Ядро работает, но man:ps[1] — нет" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/kernelconfig/_index.adoc:381 msgid "" "If the kernel version differs from the one that the system utilities have " "been built with, for example, a kernel built from -CURRENT sources is " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc index 2cc97f6749..006807532c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'Часть III. Администрирование системы' prev: books/handbook/virtualization showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["i18n", "L10n", "localization", "Locale", "LANG", "MM_CHARSET", "cap_mkdb"] -title: 'Глава 25. Локализация — использование и настройка i18n/L10n' +title: 'Глава 26. Локализация — использование и настройка i18n/L10n' weight: 29 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 29 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 25 +:sectnumoffset: 26 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -303,10 +303,10 @@ keychange="fkey_number sequence" Запись `keychange` обычно требуется для программирования функциональных клавиш в соответствии с выбранным типом терминала, так как последовательности функциональных клавиш нельзя определить в keymap. -Затем установите правильный тип консольного терминала в [.filename]#/etc/ttys# для всех записей виртуальных терминалов. В crossref:l10n[locale-charset,Определенные типы терминалов для наборов символов] приведены доступные типы терминалов: +Затем установите правильный тип консольного терминала в [.filename]#/etc/ttys# для всех записей виртуальных терминалов. В crossref:l10n[locale-charset,Определённые типы терминалов для наборов символов] приведены доступные типы терминалов: [[locale-charset]] -.Определенные типы терминалов для наборов символов +.Определённые типы терминалов для наборов символов [cols="1,1", frame="none", options="header"] |=== | Набор символов diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po index 2ece8c99a1..3d74e1b5d3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/l10n/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookl10n_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "Часть III. Администрирование системы" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 25. Localization - i18n/L10n Usage and Setup" -msgstr "Глава 25. Локализация — использование и настройка i18n/L10n" +msgid "Chapter 26. Localization - i18n/L10n Usage and Setup" +msgstr "Глава 26. Локализация — использование и настройка i18n/L10n" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Localization - i18n/L10n Usage and Setup" msgstr "Локализация - использование и настройка i18n/L10n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "FreeBSD is a distributed project with users and contributors located all " "over the world. As such, FreeBSD supports localization into many languages, " @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" "русский и вьетнамский." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "The term internationalization has been shortened to i18n, which represents " "the number of letters between the first and the last letters of " @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям работать на предпочитаемых ими языках." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "This chapter discusses the internationalization and localization features of " "FreeBSD." @@ -89,47 +89,47 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:65 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How locale names are constructed." msgstr "Как формируются названия локалей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to set the locale for a login shell." msgstr "Как установить локаль для входной оболочки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:69 msgid "How to configure the console for non-English languages." msgstr "Как настроить консоль для неанглийских языков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to configure Xorg for different languages." msgstr "Как настроить Xorg для разных языков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to find i18n-compliant applications." msgstr "Как найти приложения, соответствующие стандарту i18n." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:72 msgid "Where to find more information for configuring specific languages." msgstr "Где найти дополнительную информацию по настройке конкретных языков." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Know how to crossref:ports[ports,install additional third-party " "applications]." @@ -138,13 +138,13 @@ msgstr "" "приложения]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:78 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Localization" msgstr "Использование локализации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Localization settings are based on three components: the language code, " "country code, and encoding. Locale names are constructed from these parts " @@ -154,13 +154,13 @@ msgstr "" "и кодировке. Названия локалей формируются из этих частей следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_CountryCode.Encoding\n" msgstr "LanguageCode_CountryCode.Encoding\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The _LanguageCode_ and _CountryCode_ are used to determine the country and " "the specific language variation. crossref:l10n[locale-lang-country,Common " @@ -173,83 +173,83 @@ msgstr "" "__ЯзыковойКод_КодСтраны__:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Language and Country Codes" msgstr "Часто используемые коды языков и стран" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:96 #, no-wrap msgid "LanguageCode_Country Code" msgstr "КодЯзыка_КодСтраны" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid "en_US" msgstr "en_US" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "English, United States" msgstr "Английский, Соединённые Штаты" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:102 #, no-wrap msgid "ru_RU" msgstr "ru_RU" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian, Russia" msgstr "Русский, Россия" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:105 #, no-wrap msgid "zh_TW" msgstr "zh_TW" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese, Taiwan" msgstr "Традиционный китайский, Тайвань" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:109 msgid "A complete listing of available locales can be found by typing:" msgstr "Полный список доступных локалей можно получить, набрав:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale -a | more\n" msgstr "% locale -a | more\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:116 msgid "To determine the current locale setting:" msgstr "Для определения текущих настроек локали:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "% locale\n" msgstr "% locale\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "Language specific character sets, such as ISO8859-1, ISO8859-15, KOI8-R, and " "CP437, are described in man:multibyte[3]. The active list of character sets " @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" "http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets[Реестре IANA]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "Some languages, such as Chinese or Japanese, cannot be represented using " "ASCII characters and require an extended language encoding using either wide " @@ -282,12 +282,12 @@ msgstr "" "поддержкой широких или многобайтовых символов или правильно его настроить." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:133 msgid "FreeBSD uses Xorg-compatible locale encodings." msgstr "FreeBSD использует совместимые с Xorg кодировки локалей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "The rest of this section describes the various methods for configuring the " "locale on a FreeBSD system. The next section will discuss the " @@ -298,13 +298,13 @@ msgstr "" "компиляции приложений с поддержкой i18n." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Locale for Login Shell" msgstr "Установка локали для входной оболочки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:142 msgid "" "Locale settings are configured either in a user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf# " "or in the startup file of the user's shell: [.filename]#~/.profile#, [." @@ -315,23 +315,23 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#~/.bashrc# или [.filename]#~/.cshrc#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:144 msgid "Two environment variables should be set:" msgstr "Должны быть установлены две переменные окружения:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:146 msgid "`LANG`, which sets the locale" msgstr "`LANG`, который устанавливает локаль" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:147 msgid "`MM_CHARSET`, which sets the MIME character set used by applications" msgstr "" "`MM_CHARSET`, который устанавливает MIME-кодировку, используемую приложениями" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "In addition to the user's shell configuration, these variables should also " "be set for specific application configuration and Xorg configuration." @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" "быть установлены для конкретной конфигурации приложений и конфигурации Xorg." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "Two methods are available for making the needed variable assignments: the " "crossref:l10n[login-class,login class] method, which is the recommended " @@ -353,13 +353,13 @@ msgstr "" "показано, как использовать оба метода." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "Login Classes Method" msgstr "Метод классов входа" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "This first method is the recommended method as it assigns the required " "environment variables for locale name and MIME character sets for every " @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" "всех пользователей сразу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "This minimal example sets both variables for Latin-1 encoding in the [." "filename]#.login_conf# of an individual user's home directory:" @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgstr "" "файле [.filename]#.login_conf# домашнего каталога отдельного пользователя:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:\\\n" @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:lang=de_DE.ISO8859-1:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:172 msgid "" "Here is an example of a user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf# that sets the " "variables for Traditional Chinese in BIG-5 encoding. More variables are " @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" "обрабатывают локали для китайского, японского и корейского языков:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#Users who do not wish to use monetary units or time formats\n" @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:xmodifiers=\"@im=gcin\": #Set gcin as the XIM Input Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "Alternately, the superuser can configure all users of the system for " "localization. The following variables in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# are " @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установки локали и набора символов MIME:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "" "language_name|Account Type Description:\\\n" @@ -452,12 +452,12 @@ msgstr "" "\t:tc=default:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:196 msgid "So, the previous Latin-1 example would look like this:" msgstr "Итак, предыдущий пример с Latin-1 будет выглядеть так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:203 #, no-wrap msgid "" "german|German Users Accounts:\\\n" @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:tc=default:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "See man:login.conf[5] for more details about these variables. Note that it " "already contains pre-defined _russian_ class." @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" "внимание, что там уже есть предопределённый класс _russian_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "Whenever [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# is edited, remember to execute the " "following command to update the capability database:" @@ -489,13 +489,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду для обновления базы данных возможностей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "For an end user, the `cap_mkdb` command will need to be run on their [." "filename]#~/.login_conf# for any changes to take effect." @@ -504,13 +504,13 @@ msgstr "" "файла [.filename]#~/.login_conf#, чтобы изменения вступили в силу." #. type: Title ===== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "Utilities Which Change Login Classes" msgstr "Утилиты, изменяющие классы входа в систему" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "In addition to manually editing [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#, several " "utilities are available for setting the locale for newly created users." @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" "несколько утилит для установки локали для вновь создаваемых пользователей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:225 msgid "" "When using `vipw` to add new users, specify the _language_ to set the locale:" msgstr "" @@ -527,13 +527,13 @@ msgstr "" "_language_, чтобы задать локаль:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:229 #, no-wrap msgid "user:password:1111:11:language:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh\n" msgstr "user:password:1111:11:language:0:0:User Name:/home/user:/bin/sh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:232 msgid "" "When using `adduser` to add new users, the default language can be pre-" "configured for all new users or specified for an individual user." @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" "или указан для отдельного пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:234 msgid "" "If all new users use the same language, set `defaultclass=_language_` in [." "filename]#/etc/adduser.conf#." @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" "`defaultclass=_language_` в [.filename]#/etc/adduser.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "To override this setting when creating a user, either input the required " "locale at this prompt:" @@ -561,37 +561,37 @@ msgstr "" "требуемую локаль в этом запросе:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "Enter login class: default []:\n" msgstr "Enter login class: default []:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:243 msgid "or specify the locale to set when invoking `adduser`:" msgstr "или указать локаль для установки при вызове `adduser`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "# adduser -class language\n" msgstr "# adduser -class language\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:250 msgid "If `pw` is used to add new users, specify the locale as follows:" msgstr "" "Если `pw` используется для добавления новых пользователей, укажите локаль " "следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw useradd user_name -L language\n" msgstr "# pw useradd user_name -L language\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:258 msgid "" "To change the login class of an existing user, `chpass` can be used. Invoke " "it as superuser and provide the username to edit as the argument." @@ -601,19 +601,19 @@ msgstr "" "для редактирования в качестве аргумента." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "# chpass user_name\n" msgstr "# chpass user_name\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell Startup File Method" msgstr "Метод файла запуска оболочки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:271 msgid "" "This second method is not recommended as each shell that is used requires " "manual configuration, where each shell has a different configuration file " @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы настроить эту оболочку для всех пользователей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ msgstr "" "MM_CHARSET=ISO-8859-1; export MM_CHARSET\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "However, the name of the configuration file and the syntax used differs for " "the `csh` shell. These are the equivalent settings for [.filename]#~/." @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/csh.login# или [.filename]#/usr/share/skel/dot.login#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "" "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" "setenv MM_CHARSET ISO-8859-1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:289 msgid "" "To complicate matters, the syntax needed to configure Xorg in [.filename]#~/." "xinitrc# also depends upon the shell. The first example is for the `sh` " @@ -675,25 +675,25 @@ msgstr "" "оболочки `sh`, а второй — для `csh`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" msgstr "LANG=de_DE.ISO8859-1; export LANG\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" msgstr "setenv LANG de_DE.ISO8859-1\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "Console Setup" msgstr "Настройка консоли" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "Several localized fonts are available for the console. To see a listing of " "available fonts, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/fonts`. To configure the " @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" "в файле [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:314 #, no-wrap msgid "" "font8x16=font_name\n" @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" "font8x8=font_name\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:317 msgid "" "The keymap and screenmap can be set by adding the following to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавлением следующих команд в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "" "scrnmap=screenmap_name\n" @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ msgstr "" "keychange=\"fkey_number sequence\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:328 msgid "" "To see the list of available screenmaps, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/" "scrnmaps`. Do not include the [.filename]#.scm# suffix when specifying " @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ msgstr "" "области псевдографики, если экранный шрифт использует столбец 8-го бита." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:332 msgid "" "To see the list of available keymaps, type `ls /usr/share/syscons/keymaps`. " "When specifying the _keymap_name_, do not include the [.filename]#.kbd# " @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" "kbdmap[1]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "The `keychange` entry is usually needed to program function keys to match " "the selected terminal type because function key sequences cannot be defined " @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "последовательности функциональных клавиш нельзя определить в keymap." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "Next, set the correct console terminal type in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# for " "all virtual terminal entries. crossref:l10n[locale-charset,Defined Terminal " @@ -787,113 +787,113 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Затем установите правильный тип консольного терминала в [.filename]#/etc/" "ttys# для всех записей виртуальных терминалов. В crossref:l10n[locale-" -"charset,Определенные типы терминалов для наборов символов] приведены " +"charset,Определённые типы терминалов для наборов символов] приведены " "доступные типы терминалов:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:339 #, no-wrap msgid "Defined Terminal Types for Character Sets" -msgstr "Определенные типы терминалов для наборов символов" +msgstr "Определённые типы терминалов для наборов символов" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "Character Set" msgstr "Набор символов" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "Terminal Type" msgstr "Тип терминала" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-1 or ISO8859-15" msgstr "ISO8859-1 или ISO8859-15" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l1`" msgstr "`cons25l1`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-2" msgstr "ISO8859-2" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l2`" msgstr "`cons25l2`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "ISO8859-7" msgstr "ISO8859-7" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25l7`" msgstr "`cons25l7`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "KOI8-R" msgstr "KOI8-R" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25r`" msgstr "`cons25r`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:358 #, no-wrap msgid "KOI8-U" msgstr "KOI8-U" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25u`" msgstr "`cons25u`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "CP437 (VGA default)" msgstr "CP437 (VGA default)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:363 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25`" msgstr "`cons25`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "US-ASCII" msgstr "US-ASCII" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "`cons25w`" msgstr "`cons25w`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "For languages with wide or multibyte characters, install a console for that " "language from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. The available ports are " @@ -908,101 +908,101 @@ msgstr "" "получения инструкций по настройке и использованию." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:372 #, no-wrap msgid "Available Console from Ports Collection" msgstr "Доступная консоль из коллекции портов" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:377 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "Language" msgstr "Язык" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Location" msgstr "Расположение порта" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese (BIG-5)" msgstr "Традиционный китайский (BIG-5)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/big5con[]" msgstr "package:chinese/big5con[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:383 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "Chinese/Japanese/Korean" msgstr "Китайский/Японский/Корейский" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:384 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/cce[]" msgstr "package:chinese/cce[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:387 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/zhcon[]" msgstr "package:chinese/zhcon[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:389 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:392 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:395 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:446 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:449 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:452 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:455 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:458 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:461 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:464 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:467 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:470 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:473 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:476 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:479 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:482 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:485 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:488 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:491 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:494 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Японский" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/kon2[]" msgstr "package:chinese/kon2[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kon2-14dot[]" msgstr "package:japanese/kon2-14dot[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:395 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kon2-16dot[]" msgstr "package:japanese/kon2-16dot[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:400 msgid "" "If moused is enabled in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, additional configuration " "may be required. By default, the mouse cursor of the man:syscons[4] driver " @@ -1017,19 +1017,19 @@ msgstr "" "etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "mousechar_start=3\n" msgstr "mousechar_start=3\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:406 #, no-wrap msgid "Xorg Setup" msgstr "Настройка Xorg" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:411 msgid "" "crossref:x11[x11,The X Window System] describes how to install and configure " "Xorg. When configuring Xorg for localization, additional fonts and input " @@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr "" "выбранный язык в меню графических приложений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "The X Input Method (XIM) protocol is an Xorg standard for inputting non-" "English characters. crossref:l10n[locale-xim,Available Input Methods] " @@ -1059,246 +1059,246 @@ msgstr "" "доступны дополнительные приложения Fcitx и Uim." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "Available Input Methods" msgstr "Доступные методы ввода" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Method" msgstr "Метод ввода" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:425 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:428 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:431 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:434 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:437 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:440 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap msgid "Chinese" msgstr "Китайский" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/gcin[]" msgstr "package:chinese/gcin[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/ibus-chewing[]" msgstr "package:chinese/ibus-chewing[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/ibus-pinyin[]" msgstr "package:chinese/ibus-pinyin[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/oxim[]" msgstr "package:chinese/oxim[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-fcitx[]" msgstr "package:chinese/scim-fcitx[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-pinyin[]" msgstr "package:chinese/scim-pinyin[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "package:chinese/scim-tables[]" msgstr "package:chinese/scim-tables[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-anthy[]" msgstr "package:japanese/ibus-anthy[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-mozc[]" msgstr "package:japanese/ibus-mozc[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/ibus-skk[]" msgstr "package:japanese/ibus-skk[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/im-ja[]" msgstr "package:japanese/im-ja[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/kinput2[]" msgstr "package:japanese/kinput2[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-anthy[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-anthy[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:465 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-canna[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-canna[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-honoka[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-romkan[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:475 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:474 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-honoka-plugin-wnn[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:477 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-prime[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-prime[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-skk[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-skk[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:483 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-tables[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-tables[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-tomoe[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-tomoe[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/scim-uim[]" msgstr "package:japanese/scim-uim[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/skkinput[]" msgstr "package:japanese/skkinput[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/skkinput3[]" msgstr "package:japanese/skkinput3[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "package:japanese/uim-anthy[]" msgstr "package:japanese/uim-anthy[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:500 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:503 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:506 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:509 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:511 #, no-wrap msgid "Korean" msgstr "Корейский" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/ibus-hangul[]" msgstr "package:korean/ibus-hangul[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:504 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/imhangul[]" msgstr "package:korean/imhangul[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/nabi[]" msgstr "package:korean/nabi[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/scim-hangul[]" msgstr "package:korean/scim-hangul[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap msgid "package:korean/scim-tables[]" msgstr "package:korean/scim-tables[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:515 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Вьетнамский" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:516 #, no-wrap msgid "package:vietnamese/xvnkb[]" msgstr "package:vietnamese/xvnkb[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:518 #, no-wrap msgid "package:vietnamese/x-unikey[]" msgstr "package:vietnamese/x-unikey[]" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding i18n Applications" msgstr "Поиск приложений с поддержкой i18n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:525 msgid "" "i18n applications are programmed using i18n kits under libraries. These " "allow developers to write a simple file and translate displayed menus and " @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "отображаемые меню и тексты на каждый язык." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:529 msgid "" "The link:https://ports.FreeBSD.org[FreeBSD Ports Collection] contains many " "applications with built-in support for wide or multibyte characters for " @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживают нужный язык." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "Some applications can be compiled with the specific charset. This is " "usually done in the port's [.filename]#Makefile# or by passing a value to " @@ -1340,13 +1340,13 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующего порта FreeBSD или к [.filename]#Makefile# порта." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "Locale Configuration for Specific Languages" msgstr "Настройка локали для определённых языков" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:539 msgid "" "This section provides configuration examples for localizing a FreeBSD system " "for the Russian language. It then provides some additional resources for " @@ -1357,13 +1357,13 @@ msgstr "" "других языков." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:541 #, no-wrap msgid "Russian Language (KOI8-R Encoding)" msgstr "Русский язык (КОИ8-R кодировка)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "This section shows the specific settings needed to localize a FreeBSD system " "for the Russian language. Refer to crossref:l10n[using-localization,Using " @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "" "приведено в crossref:l10n[using-localization,Использование локализации]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:547 msgid "" "To set this locale for the login shell, add the following lines to each " "user's [.filename]#~/.login_conf#:" @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "строки в файл [.filename]#~/.login_conf# каждого пользователя:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "" "me:My Account:\\\n" @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:lang=ru_RU.KOI8-R:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:556 msgid "" "To configure the console, add the following lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для настройки консоли добавьте следующие строки в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "" "keymap=\"ru.utf-8\"\n" @@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "" "mousechar_start=3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "For each `ttyv` entry in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, use `cons25r` as the " "terminal type." @@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" "качестве типа терминала." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:572 msgid "" "To configure printing, a special output filter is needed to convert from " "KOI8-R to CP866 since most printers with Russian characters come with " @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "printcap#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:578 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp|Russian local line printer:\\\n" @@ -1458,12 +1458,12 @@ msgstr "" "\t:lp=/dev/lpt0:sd=/var/spool/output/lpd:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:581 msgid "Refer to man:printcap[5] for a more detailed explanation." msgstr "Обратитесь к man:printcap[5] для более подробного объяснения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "To configure support for Russian filenames in mounted MS-DOS(R) file " "systems, include `-L` and the locale name when adding an entry to [." @@ -1474,19 +1474,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/ad0s2 /dos/c msdos rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0\n" msgstr "/dev/ad0s2 /dos/c msdos rw,-Lru_RU.KOI8-R 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:590 msgid "Refer to man:mount_msdosfs[8] for more details." msgstr "" "Обратитесь к man:mount_msdosfs[8] для получения дополнительной информации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "To configure Russian fonts for Xorg, install the package:x11-fonts/xorg-" "fonts-cyrillic[] package. Then, check the `\"Files\"` section in [." @@ -1499,18 +1499,18 @@ msgstr "" "записями `FontPath`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:597 #, no-wrap msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\"\n" msgstr "FontPath \"/usr/local/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:600 msgid "Additional Cyrillic fonts are available in the Ports Collection." msgstr "Дополнительные кириллические шрифты доступны в Коллекции портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "To activate a Russian keyboard, add the following to the `\"Keyboard\"` " "section of [.filename]#/etc/xorg.conf#:" @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr "" "`\"Keyboard\"` файла [.filename]#/etc/xorg.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Option \"XkbLayout\" \"us,ru\"\n" @@ -1529,12 +1529,12 @@ msgstr "" "Option \"XkbOptions\" \"grp:toggle\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:610 msgid "Make sure that `XkbDisable` is commented out in that file." msgstr "Убедитесь, что `XkbDisable` закомментирован в этом файле." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:613 msgid "" "For `grp:toggle` use kbd:[Right Alt], for `grp:ctrl_shift_toggle` use kbd:" "[Ctrl+Shift]. For `grp:caps_toggle` use kbd:[CapsLock]. The old kbd:" @@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" "неизвестной причине." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "If the keyboard has \"Windows(R)\" keys, and some non-alphabetical keys are " "mapped incorrectly, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/xorg.conf#:" @@ -1558,13 +1558,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/xorg.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\"\n" msgstr "Option \"XkbVariant\" \",winkeys\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "The Russian XKB keyboard may not work with non-localized applications. " "Minimally localized applications should call a `XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, " @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "" "`XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL);` в начале программы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:629 msgid "" "See http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html[http://koi8.pp.ru/xwin.html] for more " "instructions on localizing Xorg applications. For more general information " @@ -1587,26 +1587,26 @@ msgstr "" "pp.ru/]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Language-Specific Resources" msgstr "Дополнительные ресурсы для конкретных языков" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "This section lists some additional resources for configuring other locales." msgstr "" "В этом разделе приведены дополнительные ресурсы для настройки других локалей." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:634 #, no-wrap msgid "Traditional Chinese for Taiwan" msgstr "Традиционный китайский для Тайваня" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:636 msgid "" "The FreeBSD-Taiwan Project has a Chinese HOWTO for FreeBSD at http://netlab." "cse.yzu.edu.tw/\\~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/[http://netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/" @@ -1617,13 +1617,13 @@ msgstr "" "netlab.cse.yzu.edu.tw/~statue/freebsd/zh-tut/]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "Greek Language Localization" msgstr "Локализация на греческий язык" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:639 msgid "" "A complete article on Greek support in FreeBSD is available https://www." "FreeBSD.org/doc/gr/articles/greek-language-support/[here], in Greek only, as " @@ -1634,13 +1634,13 @@ msgstr "" "греческом, как часть официальной документации FreeBSD на греческом языке." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:640 #, no-wrap msgid "Japanese and Korean Language Localization" msgstr "Японская и корейская локализация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "For Japanese, refer to http://www.jp.FreeBSD.org/[http://www.jp.FreeBSD." "org/], and for Korean, refer to http://www.kr.FreeBSD.org/[http://www.kr." @@ -1651,13 +1651,13 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD.org/]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "Non-English FreeBSD Documentation" msgstr "Неанглоязычная документация FreeBSD" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/l10n/_index.adoc:645 msgid "" "Some FreeBSD contributors have translated parts of the FreeBSD documentation " "to other languages. They are available through links on the link:https://" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po index 60ee68161e..55ca7bb81f 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-05 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "Двоичная совместимость с Linux" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides *optional* binary compatibility with Linux(R), commonly " "referred to as Linuxulator, allowing users to install and run unmodified " @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ msgstr "" "как cgroups или пространства имён." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:59 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Know how to install crossref:ports[ports,additional third-party software]." msgstr "" @@ -80,54 +80,54 @@ msgstr "" "программное обеспечение]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:63 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to enable Linux binary compatibility on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "Как включить двоичную совместимость с Linux в системе FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to install additional Linux shared libraries." msgstr "Как установить дополнительные общие библиотеки Linux." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to install Linux applications on a FreeBSD system." msgstr "Как установить Linux-приложения в системе FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:68 msgid "The implementation details of Linux compatibility in FreeBSD." msgstr "Как реализована совместимость с Linux в FreeBSD." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Linux Binary Compatibility" msgstr "Настройка бинарной совместимости с Linux" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:73 msgid "By default, man:linux[4] binary compatibility is not enabled." msgstr "По умолчанию бинарная совместимость с man:linux[4] не включена." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:75 msgid "To enable the Linux ABI at boot time, execute the following command:" msgstr "Чтобы включить ABI Linux при загрузке, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc linux_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc linux_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Once enabled, it can be started without rebooting by executing the following " "command:" @@ -136,18 +136,18 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "# service linux start\n" msgstr "# service linux start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:89 msgid "This is enough for statically linked Linux binaries to work." msgstr "Этого достаточно для работы статически связанных Linux-библиотек." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "The Linux service will load necessary kernel modules and mount filesystems " "expected by Linux applications under [.filename]#/compat/linux#. They can " @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ msgstr "" "способами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "The current content of [.filename]#/compat/linux# can be checked executing " "the following command:" @@ -170,26 +170,26 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:99 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:146 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "# ls -l /compat/linux/\n" msgstr "# ls -l /compat/linux/\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:102 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:149 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:197 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:244 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:307 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:385 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:450 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "" "total 1\n" @@ -203,13 +203,13 @@ msgstr "" "dr-xr-xr-x 1 root wheel 0 Apr 11 21:03 sys\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux userlands" msgstr "Пользовательские окружения Linux" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "Linux software requires more than just an ABI to work. In order to run " "Linux software a Linux userland must be installed first." @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "If all that is wanted is to run some software already included in the Ports " "tree, it can be installed via package manager and man:pkg[8] will " @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" "man:pkg[8] автоматически настроит необходимую пользовательскую среду Linux." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "For example, to install Sublime Text 4, along with all the Linux libraries " "it depends on, run this command:" @@ -239,32 +239,32 @@ msgstr "" "библиотеками Linux, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:125 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install linux-sublime-text4\n" msgstr "# pkg install linux-sublime-text4\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "Rocky Linux Base System from FreeBSD Packages" msgstr "Базовая система Rocky Linux из пакетов FreeBSD" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:132 msgid "To install the Rocky Linux 9 userland execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Для установки пользовательской среды Rocky Linux 9 выполните следующую " "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install linux_base-rl9\n" msgstr "# pkg install linux_base-rl9\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:139 msgid "" "package:emulators/linux_base-rl9[] will place the base system derived from " "Rocky Linux 9 into [.filename]#/compat/linux#." @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" "основанную на Rocky Linux 9, в [.filename]#/compat/linux#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "After installing the package, the contents of [.filename]#/compat/linux# can " "be verified by running the following command to check that the Rocky Linux " @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "" "среда Rocky Linux установлена:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" "total 36\n" @@ -320,13 +320,13 @@ msgstr "" "drwxr-xr-x 16 root wheel 512 Oct 9 17:28 var\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:169 #, no-wrap msgid "CentOS Base System from FreeBSD Packages" msgstr "Базовая система CentOS из пакетов FreeBSD" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "package:emulators/linux_base-c7[] has been deprecated following the " "deprecation of the upstream project. This means package:emulators/" @@ -341,19 +341,19 @@ msgstr "" "требуется совместимость с 32-битными системами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:180 msgid "To install the CentOS userland execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Для установки пользовательской среды CentOS выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install linux_base-c7\n" msgstr "# pkg install linux_base-c7\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:187 msgid "" "package:emulators/linux_base-c7[] will place the base system derived from " "CentOS 7 into [.filename]#/compat/linux#." @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" "основанную на CentOS 7, в каталоге `[.filename]#/compat/linux#`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "After installing the package, the contents of [.filename]#/compat/linux# can " "be verified by running the following command to check that the CentOS " @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" "среда CentOS установлена:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "" "total 30\n" @@ -407,13 +407,13 @@ msgstr "" "drwxr-xr-x 16 root wheel 17 Apr 11 21:10 var\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian / Ubuntu Base System with debootstrap" msgstr "Debian / Ubuntu Базовая система с debootstrap" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "An alternative way of providing Linux shared libraries is by using package:" "sysutils/debootstrap[]. This has the advantage of providing a full Debian " @@ -424,18 +424,18 @@ msgstr "" "полного дистрибутива Debian или Ubuntu." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:222 msgid "To install debootstrap execute the following command:" msgstr "Чтобы установить debootstrap, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install debootstrap\n" msgstr "# pkg install debootstrap\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "man:debootstrap[8] needs man:linux[4] ABI enabled. Once enabled, execute " "the following command to install Ubuntu or Debian in [.filename]#/compat/" @@ -446,13 +446,13 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/compat/ubuntu#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "# debootstrap jammy /compat/ubuntu\n" msgstr "# debootstrap focal /compat/ubuntu\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "While it is technically possible to install into [.filename]#/compat/linux# " "instead, it's discouraged due to possible clashes with CentOS-based " @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "" "версии, например, [.filename]#/compat/ubuntu#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "" "I: Retrieving InRelease\n" @@ -486,8 +486,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "I: Retrieving InRelease\n" "I: Checking Release signature\n" -"I: Valid Release signature (key id F6ECB3762474EDA9D21B7022871920D1991BC93C)" -"\n" +"I: Valid Release signature (key id F6ECB3762474EDA9D21B7022871920D1991BC93C)\n" "I: Retrieving Packages\n" "I: Validating Packages\n" "I: Resolving dependencies of required packages...\n" @@ -502,12 +501,12 @@ msgstr "" "I: Base system installed successfully.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:264 msgid "Then set up mounts in [.filename]#/etc/fstab#." msgstr "Затем настройте точки монтирования в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "If the contents of the home directory should be shared and to be able to run " "X11 applications, [.filename]#/home# and [.filename]#/tmp# should be mounted " @@ -519,12 +518,12 @@ msgstr "" "nullfs[5] для loopback (обратной петли)." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:270 msgid "The following example can be added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" msgstr "Следующий пример можно добавить в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" @@ -546,48 +545,48 @@ msgstr "" "/home /compat/ubuntu/home nullfs rw,late 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:284 msgid "Then execute man:mount[8]:" msgstr "Затем выполните man:mount[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount -al\n" msgstr "# mount -al\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:292 msgid "To access the system using man:chroot[8] execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Для доступа к системе с использованием man:chroot[8] выполните следующую " "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "# chroot /compat/ubuntu /bin/bash\n" msgstr "# chroot /compat/ubuntu /bin/bash\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:299 msgid "Then man:uname[1] can be executed to check the Linux environment:" msgstr "Тогда можно выполнить man:uname[1], чтобы проверить окружение Linux:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "# uname -s -r -m\n" msgstr "# uname -s -r -m\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:310 #, no-wrap msgid "Linux 5.15.0 x86_64\n" msgstr "Linux 5.15.0 x86_64\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "Once inside the chroot, the system behaves as in a normal Ubuntu " "installation. While systemd doesn't work, the man:service[8] command works " @@ -598,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "" "режиме." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "To add the package repositories missing from defaults edit the file [." "filename]#/compat/ubuntu/etc/apt/sources.list#." @@ -607,12 +606,12 @@ msgstr "" "отредактируйте файл [.filename]#/compat/ubuntu/etc/apt/sources.list#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:320 msgid "For amd64 the following example can be used:" msgstr "Для amd64 можно использовать следующий пример:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "" "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy main universe restricted multiverse\n" @@ -620,34 +619,30 @@ msgid "" "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-backports universe multiverse restricted main\n" "deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-updates universe multiverse restricted main\n" msgstr "" -"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy main universe restricted " -"multiverse\n" -"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ jammy-security universe multiverse " -"restricted main\n" -"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-backports universe multiverse " -"restricted main\n" -"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-updates universe multiverse " -"restricted main\n" +"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy main universe restricted multiverse\n" +"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ jammy-security universe multiverse restricted main\n" +"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-backports universe multiverse restricted main\n" +"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu jammy-updates universe multiverse restricted main\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:330 msgid "For arm64 this other example can be used:" msgstr "Для arm64 можно использовать следующий пример:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "deb http://ports.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-ports bionic main universe restricted multiverse\n" msgstr "deb http://ports.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-ports bionic main universe restricted multiverse\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Сложные темы" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "A list of all Linux-related man:sysctl[8] knobs can be found in man:linux[4]." msgstr "" @@ -655,12 +650,12 @@ msgstr "" "linux[4]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:343 msgid "Some applications require specific filesystems to be mounted." msgstr "Некоторые приложения требуют подключения определённых файловых систем." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "This is normally handled by the [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/linux# script but can " "be disabled at boot executing the following command:" @@ -669,13 +664,13 @@ msgstr "" "отключить при загрузке, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "sysrc linux_mounts_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "sysrc linux_mounts_enable=\"NO\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:352 msgid "" "Filesystems mounted by the rc script will not work for Linux processes " "inside chroots or jails; if needed, configure them in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -686,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "" "devfs /compat/linux/dev devfs rw,late 0 0\n" @@ -702,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" "linsysfs /compat/linux/sys linsysfs rw,late 0 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Since the Linux binary compatibility layer has gained support for running " "both 32- and 64-bit Linux binaries, it is no longer possible to link the " @@ -713,13 +708,13 @@ msgstr "" "статически линковать функциональность эмуляции в пользовательское ядро." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Additional Libraries Manually" msgstr "Установка дополнительных библиотек вручную" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:370 msgid "" "For base system subdirectories created with man:debootstrap[8], use the " "instructions above instead." @@ -728,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "" "используйте приведённые выше инструкции." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "If a Linux application complains about missing shared libraries after " "configuring Linux binary compatibility, determine which shared libraries the " @@ -739,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужны двоичному файлу Linux, и установите их вручную." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "From a Linux system using the same CPU architecture, `ldd` can be used to " "determine which shared libraries the application needs." @@ -748,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "" "определения того, какие разделяемые библиотеки необходимы приложению." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "For example, to check which shared libraries `linuxdoom` needs, run this " "command from a Linux system that has Doom installed:" @@ -758,13 +753,13 @@ msgstr "" "Doom:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:382 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:381 #, no-wrap msgid "% ldd linuxdoom\n" msgstr "% ldd linuxdoom\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:390 #, no-wrap msgid "" "libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) => /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n" @@ -776,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) => /lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "Then, copy all the files in the last column of the output from the Linux " "system into [.filename]#/compat/linux# on the FreeBSD system. Once copied, " @@ -787,12 +782,12 @@ msgstr "" "символические ссылки на имена из первого столбца." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:396 msgid "This example will result in the following files on the FreeBSD system:" msgstr "Этот пример приведёт к следующим файлам в системе FreeBSD:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:405 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n" @@ -810,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.29\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:410 msgid "" "If a Linux shared library already exists with a matching major revision " "number to the first column of the `ldd` output, it does not need to be " @@ -827,12 +822,12 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка указывает на новую." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:412 msgid "For example, these libraries already exist on the FreeBSD system:" msgstr "Например, эти библиотеки уже существуют в системе FreeBSD:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n" @@ -842,19 +837,19 @@ msgstr "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.27\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:420 msgid "and `ldd` indicates that a binary requires a later version:" msgstr "" "и `ldd` показывает, что для бинарного файла требуется более новая версия:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -> libc.so.4.6.29\n" msgstr "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -> libc.so.4.6.29\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "Since the existing library is only one or two versions out of date in the " "last digit, the program should still work with the slightly older version. " @@ -867,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#libc.so# на более новую версию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n" @@ -877,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr "" "/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -> libc.so.4.6.29\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "Generally, one will need to look for the shared libraries that Linux " "binaries depend on only the first few times that a Linux program is " @@ -892,13 +887,13 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливаемые Linux-бинарники без дополнительных усилий." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "Branding Linux ELF Binaries" msgstr "Маркировка ELF-бинарников Linux" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:441 msgid "" "The FreeBSD kernel uses several methods to determine if the binary to be " "executed is a Linux one: it checks the brand in the ELF file header, looks " @@ -912,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "любом случае считаются Linux-программами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:443 msgid "" "Should all those methods fail, an attempt to execute the binary might result " "in error message:" @@ -921,13 +916,13 @@ msgstr "" "привести к сообщению об ошибке:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "% ./my-linux-elf-binary\n" msgstr "% ./my-linux-elf-binary\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ELF binary type not known\n" @@ -937,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abort\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "To help the FreeBSD kernel distinguish between a FreeBSD ELF binary and a " "Linux binary, use man:brandelf[1]:" @@ -946,19 +941,19 @@ msgstr "" "используйте man:brandelf[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "% brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary\n" msgstr "% brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:464 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing a Linux RPM Based Application" msgstr "Установка приложения на основе Linux RPM" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:468 msgid "" "To install a Linux RPM-based application, first install the package:" "archivers/rpm4[] package or port. Once installed, `root` can use this " @@ -969,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать следующую команду для установки файла [.filename]#.rpm#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:473 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /compat/linux\n" @@ -979,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "# rpm2cpio < /path/to/linux.archive.rpm | cpio -id\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:477 msgid "" "If necessary, `brandelf` the installed ELF binaries. Note that this will " "prevent a clean uninstall." @@ -988,18 +983,18 @@ msgstr "" "Заметим, что это сделает невозможной чистую деинсталляцию." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Hostname Resolver" msgstr "Настройка преобразователя имён хостов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:481 msgid "If DNS does not work or this error appears:" msgstr "Если DNS не работает или появляется эта ошибка:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "" "resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n" @@ -1009,13 +1004,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"hosts\" is an invalid keyword\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:489 msgid "configure [.filename]#/compat/linux/etc/host.conf# as follows:" msgstr "" "Настройте файл [.filename]#/compat/linux/etc/host.conf# следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:494 #, no-wrap msgid "" "order hosts, bind\n" @@ -1025,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "multi on\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "This specifies that [.filename]#/etc/hosts# is searched first and DNS is " "searched second. When [.filename]#/compat/linux/etc/host.conf# does not " @@ -1040,13 +1035,13 @@ msgstr "" "сервер имён не настроен в [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/linuxemu/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "More information on how binary compatibility works with Linux(R) can be " "found in the article link:{linux-emulation}[Linux emulation in FreeBSD]." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc index f745ed7830..82953a2887 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ next: books/handbook/audit params: path: /books/handbook/mac/ part: 'Часть III. Администрирование системы' -prev: books/handbook/jails +prev: books/handbook/containers showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["MAC", "labels", "security", "configuration", "nagios"] -title: 'Глава 18. Принудительное управление доступом (MAC)' +title: 'Глава 19. Принудительное управление доступом (MAC)' weight: 22 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 22 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 18 +:sectnumoffset: 19 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ endif::[] [[mac-synopsis]] == Обзор -FreeBSD поддерживает расширения безопасности, основанные на документах POSIX(R).1e. Эти механизмы безопасности включают списки контроля доступа к файловой системе (crossref:security[fs-acl,“Списки контроля доступа”]) и принудительный контроль доступа (MAC). MAC позволяет загружать модули контроля доступа для реализации политик безопасности. Некоторые модули обеспечивают защиту узкого подмножества системы, укрепляя определённую службу. Другие предоставляют всеобъемлющую безопасность с метками на всех субъектах и объектах. Обязательная часть определения указывает на то, что применение контроля осуществляется администраторами и операционной системой. Это отличается от механизма безопасности по умолчанию — обычного контроля доступа (Discretionary Access Control, DAC), где применение контроля остаётся на усмотрение пользователей. +FreeBSD поддерживает расширения безопасности, основанные на документах POSIX(R).1e. Эти механизмы безопасности включают списки контроля доступа к файловой системе (crossref:security[fs-acl,“Списки контроля доступа”]) и принудительный контроль доступа (MAC). MAC позволяет загружать модули контроля доступа для реализации политик безопасности. Некоторые модули обеспечивают защиту узкого подмножества системы, исиливая защиту определённой службы. Другие предоставляют всеобъемлющую безопасность с метками на всех субъектах и объектах. Обязательная часть определения указывает на то, что применение контроля осуществляется администраторами и операционной системой. Это отличается от механизма безопасности по умолчанию — обычного контроля доступа (Discretionary Access Control, DAC), где применение контроля остаётся на усмотрение пользователей. Эта глава посвящена инфраструктуре MAC и набору модулей политики безопасности, предоставляемых FreeBSD для включения различных механизмов безопасности. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ FreeBSD поддерживает расширения безопасности, Примеры, приведённые в этой главе, предназначены для демонстрации, и их настройки _не_ следует применять в рабочей системе. Внедрение любой политики безопасности требует глубокого понимания, правильного проектирования и тщательного тестирования. ==== -Хотя в этой главе рассматривается широкий спектр вопросов безопасности, связанных с инфраструктурой MAC, разработка новых модулей политики безопасности MAC не будет освещена. Ряд модулей политики безопасности, включенных в фреймворк MAC, обладают специфическими характеристиками, которые предоставляются как для тестирования, так и для разработки новых модулей. Дополнительную информацию об этих модулях политики безопасности и предоставляемых ими механизмах можно найти в man:mac_test[4], man:mac_stub[4] и man:mac_none[4]. +Хотя в этой главе рассматривается широкий спектр вопросов безопасности, связанных с инфраструктурой MAC, разработка новых модулей политики безопасности MAC не будет освещена. Ряд модулей политики безопасности, включённых в фреймворк MAC, обладают специфическими характеристиками, которые предоставляются как для тестирования, так и для разработки новых модулей. Дополнительную информацию об этих модулях политики безопасности и предоставляемых ими механизмах можно найти в man:mac_test[4], man:mac_stub[4] и man:mac_none[4]. [[mac-inline-glossary]] == Ключевые термины @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6) Пользователи должны иметь метки, чтобы их файлы и процессы корректно взаимодействовали с политикой безопасности, определённой в системе. Это настраивается в [.filename]#/etc/login.conf# с использованием классов входа. Каждый модуль политики, использующий метки, будет реализовывать настройку класса пользователя. -Чтобы установить метку класса пользователя по умолчанию, которая будет применяться MAC, добавьте запись `label`. Ниже приведен пример записи `label`, содержащей каждый модуль политики. Обратите внимание, что в реальной конфигурации администратор никогда не включает все модули политики. Рекомендуется ознакомиться с остальной частью этой главы перед внедрением любой конфигурации. +Чтобы установить метку класса пользователя по умолчанию, которая будет применяться MAC, добавьте запись `label`. Ниже приведён пример записи `label`, содержащей каждый модуль политики. Обратите внимание, что в реальной конфигурации администратор никогда не включает все модули политики. Рекомендуется ознакомиться с остальной частью этой главы перед внедрением любой конфигурации. [.programlisting] .... diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mac/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mac/_index.po index b8d871dfed..6012eb24b9 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mac/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mac/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-22 15:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-26 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookmac_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "Часть III. Администрирование системы" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 18. Mandatory Access Control" -msgstr "Глава 18. Принудительное управление доступом (MAC)" +msgid "Chapter 19. Mandatory Access Control" +msgstr "Глава 19. Принудительное управление доступом (MAC)" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Mandatory Access Control" msgstr "Принудительный контроль доступа (MAC)" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports security extensions based on the POSIX(R).1e draft. These " "security mechanisms include file system Access Control Lists (crossref:" @@ -68,16 +68,16 @@ msgstr "" "файловой системе (crossref:security[fs-acl,“Списки контроля доступа”]) и " "принудительный контроль доступа (MAC). MAC позволяет загружать модули " "контроля доступа для реализации политик безопасности. Некоторые модули " -"обеспечивают защиту узкого подмножества системы, укрепляя определённую " -"службу. Другие предоставляют всеобъемлющую безопасность с метками на всех " -"субъектах и объектах. Обязательная часть определения указывает на то, что " -"применение контроля осуществляется администраторами и операционной системой. " -"Это отличается от механизма безопасности по умолчанию — обычного контроля " -"доступа (Discretionary Access Control, DAC), где применение контроля " -"остаётся на усмотрение пользователей." +"обеспечивают защиту узкого подмножества системы, исиливая защиту " +"определённой службы. Другие предоставляют всеобъемлющую безопасность с " +"метками на всех субъектах и объектах. Обязательная часть определения " +"указывает на то, что применение контроля осуществляется администраторами и " +"операционной системой. Это отличается от механизма безопасности по умолчанию " +"— обычного контроля доступа (Discretionary Access Control, DAC), где " +"применение контроля остаётся на усмотрение пользователей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "This chapter focuses on the MAC framework and the set of pluggable security " "policy modules FreeBSD provides for enabling various security mechanisms." @@ -87,17 +87,17 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:65 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:67 msgid "The terminology associated with the MAC framework." msgstr "Терминология, связанная с инфраструктурой MAC." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "The capabilities of MAC security policy modules as well as the difference " "between a labeled and non-labeled policy." @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr "" "политикой с метками и без меток." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "The considerations to take into account before configuring a system to use " "the MAC framework." @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "" "использования инфраструктуры MAC." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "Which MAC security policy modules are included in FreeBSD and how to " "configure them." @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ msgstr "" "Какие модули политики безопасности MAC включены в FreeBSD и как их настроить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to implement a more secure environment using the MAC framework." msgstr "" "Как реализовать более безопасную среду с использованием инфраструктуры MAC." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "How to test the MAC configuration to ensure the framework has been properly " "implemented." @@ -138,12 +138,12 @@ msgstr "" "инфраструктуры." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:74 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:76 msgid "" "Understand UNIX(R) and FreeBSD basics (crossref:basics[basics,FreeBSD " "Basics])." @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ msgstr "" "Понимать основы UNIX(R) и FreeBSD (crossref:basics[basics,Основы FreeBSD])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Have some familiarity with security and how it pertains to FreeBSD (crossref:" "security[security,Security])." @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD (crossref:security[security,Безопасность])." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "Improper MAC configuration may cause loss of system access, aggravation of " "users, or inability to access the features provided by Xorg. More " @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" "регулярных проверок система никогда не будет полностью защищена." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "The examples contained within this chapter are for demonstration purposes " "and the example settings should _not_ be implemented on a production " @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "" "тщательного тестирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "While this chapter covers a broad range of security issues relating to the " "MAC framework, the development of new MAC security policy modules will not " @@ -203,27 +203,27 @@ msgstr "" "Хотя в этой главе рассматривается широкий спектр вопросов безопасности, " "связанных с инфраструктурой MAC, разработка новых модулей политики " "безопасности MAC не будет освещена. Ряд модулей политики безопасности, " -"включенных в фреймворк MAC, обладают специфическими характеристиками, " +"включённых в фреймворк MAC, обладают специфическими характеристиками, " "которые предоставляются как для тестирования, так и для разработки новых " "модулей. Дополнительную информацию об этих модулях политики безопасности и " "предоставляемых ими механизмах можно найти в man:mac_test[4], man:" "mac_stub[4] и man:mac_none[4]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:94 #, no-wrap msgid "Key Terms" msgstr "Ключевые термины" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:97 msgid "The following key terms are used when referring to the MAC framework:" msgstr "" "В документации FreeBSD при обращении к инфраструктуре MAC используются " "следующие ключевые термины:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "_compartment_: a set of programs and data to be partitioned or separated, " "where users are given explicit access to specific component of a system. A " @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" "реализовать политику безопасности на основе принципа \"необходимо знать\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "_integrity_: the level of trust which can be placed on data. As the " "integrity of the data is elevated, so does the ability to trust that data." @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" "доверять этим данным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "_level_: the increased or decreased setting of a security attribute. As the " "level increases, its security is considered to elevate as well." @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" "более высокой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "_label_: a security attribute which can be applied to files, directories, or " "other items in the system. It could be considered a confidentiality stamp. " @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" "могут использовать метки для хранения правил доступа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "_multilabel_: this property is a file system option which can be set in " "single-user mode using man:tunefs[8], during boot using man:fstab[5], or " @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "" "метками (далее — маркировку)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "_single label_: a policy where the entire file system uses one label to " "enforce access control over the flow of data. Whenever `multilabel` is not " @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройке метки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:105 msgid "" "_object_: an entity through which information flows under the direction of a " "_subject_. This includes directories, files, fields, screens, keyboards, " @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ msgstr "" "данным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "_subject_: any active entity that causes information to flow between " "_objects_ such as a user, user process, or system process. On FreeBSD, this " @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ msgstr "" "от имени пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "_policy_: a collection of rules which defines how objectives are to be " "achieved. A policy usually documents how certain items are to be handled. " @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" "имеет доступ к этим данным и информации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:108 msgid "" "_high-watermark_: this type of policy permits the raising of security levels " "for the purpose of accessing higher level information. In most cases, the " @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ msgstr "" "тип политики." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "_low-watermark_: this type of policy permits lowering security levels for " "the purpose of accessing information which is less secure. In most cases, " @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности в FreeBSD, использующий этот подход, — это man:mac_lomac[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:110 msgid "" "_sensitivity_: usually used when discussing Multilevel Security (MLS). A " "sensitivity level describes how important or secret the data should be. As " @@ -394,13 +394,13 @@ msgstr "" "секретности, или конфиденциальности, данных." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "Understanding MAC Labels" msgstr "Метки MAC" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "A MAC label is a security attribute which may be applied to subjects and " "objects throughout the system. When setting a label, the administrator must " @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" "политики, так как модули политики интерпретируют свои атрибуты по-разному." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:122 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:121 msgid "" "The security label on an object is used as a part of a security access " "control decision by a policy. With some policies, the label contains all of " @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "обрабатываться как часть более обширного набора правил." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "There are two types of label policies: single label and multi label. By " "default, the system will use single label. The administrator should be " @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ msgstr "" "политики, соответствующие требованиям модели безопасности системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "A single label security policy only permits one label to be used for every " "subject or object. Since a single label policy enforces one set of access " @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" "требуется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "A single label policy is somewhat similar to DAC as `root` configures the " "policies so that users are placed in the appropriate categories and access " @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменить настройки в любое время." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:138 msgid "" "When appropriate, a multi label policy can be set on a UFS file system by " "passing `multilabel` to man:tunefs[8]. A multi label policy permits each " @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" "используют метки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:141 msgid "" "Using a multi label policy on a partition and establishing a multi label " "security model can increase administrative overhead as everything in that " @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталоги, файлы и даже узлы устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:144 msgid "" "The following command will set `multilabel` on the specified UFS file " "system. This may only be done in single-user mode and is not a requirement " @@ -519,13 +519,13 @@ msgstr "" "обязательным для файловой системы подкачки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "# tunefs -l enable /\n" msgstr "# tunefs -l enable /\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:154 msgid "" "Some users have experienced problems with setting the `multilabel` flag on " "the root partition. If this is the case, please review crossref:mac[mac-" @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:mac[mac-troubleshoot, Устранение неполадок инфраструктуры MAC]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "Since the multi label policy is set on a per-file system basis, a multi " "label policy may not be needed if the file system layout is well designed. " @@ -555,13 +555,13 @@ msgstr "" "отдельную файловую систему UFS [.filename]#/usr/local# с меткой `biba/low`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "Label Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация меток" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:165 msgid "" "Virtually all aspects of label policy module configuration will be performed " "using the base system utilities. These commands provide a simple interface " @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверки конфигурации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "All configuration may be done using `setfmac`, which is used to set MAC " "labels on system objects, and `setpmac`, which is used to set the labels on " @@ -587,13 +587,13 @@ msgstr "" "установить метку MAC `biba` в значение `high` для [.filename]#test#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfmac biba/high test\n" msgstr "# setfmac biba/high test\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "If the configuration is successful, the prompt will be returned without " "error. A common error is `Permission denied` which usually occurs when the " @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла с низкого уровня на высокий, эти операции завершатся неудачей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:182 msgid "" "The system administrator may use `setpmac` to override the policy module's " "settings by assigning a different label to the invoked process:" @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроек модуля политики, назначив другую метку вызываемому процессу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac biba/high test\n" @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" "test: biba/high\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "For currently running processes, such as sendmail, `getpmac` is usually used " "instead. This command takes a process ID (PID) in place of a command name. " @@ -661,13 +661,13 @@ msgstr "" "permitted)`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "Predefined Labels" msgstr "Предопределённые метки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "A few FreeBSD policy modules which support the labeling feature offer three " "predefined labels: `low`, `equal`, and `high`, where:" @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ msgstr "" "три предопределённых метки: `low`, `equal` и `high`, где:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "`low` is considered the lowest label setting an object or subject may have. " "Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their access to objects or " @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr "" "блокирует их доступ к объектам или субъектам, помеченным как `high`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:202 msgid "" "`equal` sets the subject or object to be disabled or unaffected and should " "only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from the policy." @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" "политики." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:204 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:203 msgid "" "`high` grants an object or subject the highest setting available in the Biba " "and MLS policy modules." @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступный в модулях политик Biba и MLS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "Such policy modules include man:mac_biba[4], man:mac_mls[4] and man:" "mac_lomac[4]. Each of the predefined labels establishes a different " @@ -719,13 +719,13 @@ msgstr "" "определить особенности стандартных конфигураций меток." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "Numeric Labels" msgstr "Числовые метки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "The Biba and MLS policy modules support a numeric label which may be set to " "indicate the precise level of hierarchical control. This numeric level is " @@ -740,13 +740,13 @@ msgstr "" "группе более высокого уровня. Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)\n" msgstr "biba/10:2+3+6(5:2+3-20:2+3+4+5+6)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "may be interpreted as \"Biba Policy Label/Grade 10:Compartments 2, 3 and 6: " "(grade 5 ...\")" @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" "Biba 10: компартменты 2, 3 и 6: (уровень 5 ...)\"" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "In this example, the first grade would be considered the effective grade " "with effective compartments, the second grade is the low grade, and the last " @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" "так как они считаются расширенными конфигурациями." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "System objects only have a current grade and compartment. System subjects " "reflect the range of available rights in the system, and network interfaces, " @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсы используются для контроля доступа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "The grade and compartments in a subject and object pair are used to " "construct a relationship known as _dominance_, in which a subject dominates " @@ -803,13 +803,13 @@ msgstr "" "компартментах, от которой они не ограничены." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "User Labels" msgstr "Пользовательские метки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "Users are required to have labels so that their files and processes properly " "interact with the security policy defined on the system. This is configured " @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ msgstr "" "класса пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "To set the user class default label which will be enforced by MAC, add a " "`label` entry. An example `label` entry containing every policy module is " @@ -832,14 +832,14 @@ msgid "" "chapter be reviewed before any configuration is implemented." msgstr "" "Чтобы установить метку класса пользователя по умолчанию, которая будет " -"применяться MAC, добавьте запись `label`. Ниже приведен пример записи " +"применяться MAC, добавьте запись `label`. Ниже приведён пример записи " "`label`, содержащей каждый модуль политики. Обратите внимание, что в " "реальной конфигурации администратор никогда не включает все модули политики. " "Рекомендуется ознакомиться с остальной частью этой главы перед внедрением " "любой конфигурации." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\\\n" @@ -868,8 +868,7 @@ msgstr "" "default:\\\n" "\t:welcome=/etc/motd:\\\n" "\t:setenv=MAIL=/var/mail/$,BLOCKSIZE=K:\\\n" -"\t:path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:\\" -"\n" +"\t:path=~/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:\\\n" "\t:manpath=/usr/share/man /usr/local/man:\\\n" "\t:nologin=/usr/sbin/nologin:\\\n" "\t:cputime=1h30m:\\\n" @@ -890,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:label=partition/13,mls/5,biba/10(5-15),lomac/10[2]:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "While users can not modify the default value, they may change their label " "after they login, subject to the constraints of the policy. The example " @@ -908,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "`setpmac`, что будет ограничено политикой Biba в рамках заданного диапазона." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:274 msgid "" "After any change to [.filename]#login.conf#, the login class capability " "database must be rebuilt using `cap_mkdb`." @@ -918,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "" "`cap_mkdb`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "Many sites have a large number of users requiring several different user " "classes. In depth planning is required as this can become difficult to " @@ -929,13 +928,13 @@ msgstr "" "это может стать сложным в управлении." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Interface Labels" msgstr "Метки сетевых интерфейсов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "Labels may be set on network interfaces to help control the flow of data " "across the network. Policies using network interface labels function in the " @@ -950,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсам с меткой `low`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:285 msgid "" "When setting the MAC label on network interfaces, `maclabel` may be passed " "to `ifconfig`:" @@ -959,13 +958,13 @@ msgstr "" "передан в `ifconfig`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:289 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal\n" msgstr "# ifconfig bge0 maclabel biba/equal\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "This example will set the MAC label of `biba/equal` on the `bge0` " "interface. When using a setting similar to `biba/high(low-high)`, the " @@ -976,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr "" "заключить в кавычки, чтобы избежать ошибки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "Each policy module which supports labeling has a tunable which may be used " "to disable the MAC label on network interfaces. Setting the label to " @@ -992,13 +991,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацией в остальной части этой главы." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Planning the Security Configuration" msgstr "Планирование конфигурации безопасности" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "Before implementing any MAC policies, a planning phase is recommended. " "During the planning stages, an administrator should consider the " @@ -1009,14 +1008,14 @@ msgstr "" "цели внедрения, такие как:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:305 msgid "" "How to classify information and resources available on the target systems." msgstr "" "Как классифицировать информацию и ресурсы, доступные в целевых системах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "Which information or resources to restrict access to along with the type of " "restrictions that should be applied." @@ -1025,12 +1024,12 @@ msgstr "" "ограничений, которые должны быть применены." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:307 msgid "Which MAC modules will be required to achieve this goal." msgstr "Какие модули MAC потребуются для достижения этой цели." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "A trial run of the trusted system and its configuration should occur " "_before_ a MAC implementation is used on production systems. Since " @@ -1045,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "эксплуатацию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "Consider how the MAC framework augments the security of the system as a " "whole. The various security policy modules provided by the MAC framework " @@ -1067,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "увеличение административных затрат." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "The overhead is minimal when compared to the lasting effect of a framework " "which provides the ability to pick and choose which policies are required " @@ -1088,7 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "" "инфраструктурой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:323 msgid "" "A system utilizing MAC guarantees that a user will not be permitted to " "change security attributes at will. All user utilities, programs, and " @@ -1103,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" "правилами доступа MAC находится в руках системного администратора." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "It is the duty of the system administrator to carefully select the correct " "security policy modules. For an environment that needs to limit access " @@ -1120,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" "модули политик man:mac_bsdextended[4] и man:mac_mls[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Policy decisions could be made based on network configuration. If only " "certain users should be permitted access to man:ssh[1], the man:" @@ -1147,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделены на эти группы и затем получить доступ к соответствующим объектам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:338 msgid "" "Each security policy module has a unique way of dealing with the overall " "security of a system. Module selection should be based on a well thought " @@ -1164,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" "наилучшие политики для их ситуаций." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:340 msgid "" "The rest of this chapter covers the available modules, describes their use " "and configuration, and in some cases, provides insight on applicable " @@ -1175,7 +1174,7 @@ msgstr "" "применению в различных ситуациях." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "Implementing MAC is much like implementing a firewall since care must be " "taken to prevent being completely locked out of the system. The ability to " @@ -1190,13 +1189,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнять с особой осторожностью." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "Available MAC Policies" msgstr "Доступные политики MAC" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:354 msgid "" "The default FreeBSD kernel includes `options MAC`. This means that every " "module included with the MAC framework can be loaded with `kldload` as a run-" @@ -1213,7 +1212,7 @@ msgstr "" "администраторов, которые предпочитают компилировать собственное ядро системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a group of policies that will cover most security " "requirements. Each policy is summarized below. The last three policies " @@ -1224,28 +1223,28 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживают целочисленные настройки вместо трёх стандартных меток." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC See Other UIDs Policy" msgstr "Политика MAC — See Other UIDs" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:362 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_seeotheruids.ko#" msgstr "Название модуля: [.filename]#mac_seeotheruids.ko#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:364 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS`" msgstr "Строка конфигурации ядра: `options MAC_SEEOTHERUIDS`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:366 msgid "Boot option: `mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "Опция загрузки: `mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "The man:mac_seeotheruids[4] module extends the `security.bsd.see_other_uids` " "and `security.bsd.see_other_gids sysctl` tunables. This option does not " @@ -1258,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" "другими модулями." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "After loading the module, the following `sysctl` tunables may be used to " "control its features:" @@ -1267,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "" "для управления его функциями:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.enabled` enables the module and implements the " "default settings which deny users the ability to view processes and sockets " @@ -1278,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "процессы и сокеты, принадлежащие другим пользователям." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:374 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.specificgid_enabled` allows specified groups to " "be exempt from this policy. To exempt specific groups, use the `security.mac." @@ -1292,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" "исключить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "`security.mac.seeotheruids.primarygroup_enabled` is used to exempt specific " "primary groups from this policy. When using this tunable, `security.mac." @@ -1304,28 +1303,28 @@ msgstr "" "установлен." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:377 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC BSD Extended Policy" msgstr "Политика MAC — BSD Extended" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:380 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_bsdextended.ko#" msgstr "Имя модуля: [.filename]#mac_bsdextended.ko#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:382 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_BSDEXTENDED`" msgstr "Строка конфигурации ядра: `options MAC_BSDEXTENDED`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:384 msgid "Boot option: `mac_bsdextended_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "Параметр загрузки: `mac_bsdextended_load=\"YES\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:390 msgid "" "The man:mac_bsdextended[4] module enforces a file system firewall. It " "provides an extension to the standard file system permissions model, " @@ -1350,7 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "" "системой во время загрузки с использованием переменной man:rc.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "The rule list may be entered using man:ugidfw[8] which has a syntax similar " "to man:ipfw[8]. More tools can be written by using the functions in the man:" @@ -1361,7 +1360,7 @@ msgstr "" "использованием функций из библиотеки man:libugidfw[3]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "After the man:mac_bsdextended[4] module has been loaded, the following " "command may be used to list the current rule configuration:" @@ -1370,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации правил можно использовать следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:401 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:400 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ugidfw list\n" @@ -1380,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" "0 slots, 0 rules\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "By default, no rules are defined and everything is completely accessible. " "To create a rule which blocks all access by users but leaves `root` " @@ -1391,13 +1390,13 @@ msgstr "" "`root`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "# ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not uid root mode n\n" msgstr "# ugidfw add subject not uid root new object not uid root mode n\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "While this rule is simple to implement, it is a very bad idea as it blocks " "all users from issuing any commands. A more realistic example blocks " @@ -1410,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "домашнему каталогу ``_user2_``:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:417 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ugidfw set 2 subject uid user1 object uid user2 mode n\n" @@ -1420,7 +1419,7 @@ msgstr "" "# ugidfw set 3 subject uid user1 object gid user2 mode n\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "Instead of `user1`, `not uid _user2_` could be used in order to enforce the " "same access restrictions for all users. However, the `root` user is " @@ -1431,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" "`root` не подвержен влиянию этих правил." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:425 msgid "" "Extreme caution should be taken when working with this module as incorrect " "use could block access to certain parts of the file system." @@ -1441,28 +1440,28 @@ msgstr "" "файловой системы." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Interface Silencing Policy" msgstr "Политика MAC — подавление интерфейсов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:431 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_ifoff.ko#" msgstr "Имя модуля: [.filename]#mac_ifoff.ko#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:433 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_IFOFF`" msgstr "Строка конфигурации ядра: `options MAC_IFOFF`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:435 msgid "Boot option: `mac_ifoff_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "Параметр загрузки: `mac_ifoff_load=\"YES\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:438 msgid "" "The man:mac_ifoff[4] module is used to disable network interfaces on the fly " "and to keep network interfaces from being brought up during system boot. It " @@ -1473,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr "" "использует метки и не зависит от других модулей MAC." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:440 msgid "" "Most of this module's control is performed through these `sysctl` tunables:" msgstr "" @@ -1481,7 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "" "настраиваемые параметры `sysctl`:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.lo_enabled` enables or disables all traffic on the " "loopback, man:lo[4], interface." @@ -1490,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсе loopback, man:lo[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:443 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.bpfrecv_enabled` enables or disables all traffic on the " "Berkeley Packet Filter interface, man:bpf[4]." @@ -1499,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсе Berkeley Packet Filter, man:bpf[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "`security.mac.ifoff.other_enabled` enables or disables traffic on all other " "interfaces." @@ -1508,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr "" "остальных интерфейсах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:447 msgid "" "One of the most common uses of man:mac_ifoff[4] is network monitoring in an " "environment where network traffic should not be permitted during the boot " @@ -1524,28 +1523,28 @@ msgstr "" "защищённых каталогах." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:449 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Port Access Control List Policy" msgstr "Политика MAC - списки управления доступом к портам" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:452 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_portacl.ko#" msgstr "Имя модуля: [.filename]#mac_portacl.ko#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:454 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `MAC_PORTACL`" msgstr "Строка конфигурации ядра: `MAC_PORTACL`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:456 msgid "Boot option: `mac_portacl_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "Параметр загрузки: `mac_portacl_load=\"YES\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "The man:mac_portacl[4] module is used to limit binding to local TCP and UDP " "ports, making it possible to allow non-`root` users to bind to specified " @@ -1556,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "" "привязываться к указанным привилегированным портам ниже 1024." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "Once loaded, this module enables the MAC policy on all sockets. The " "following tunables are available:" @@ -1565,14 +1564,14 @@ msgstr "" "следующие настраиваемые параметры:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:463 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.enabled` enables or disables the policy completely." msgstr "" "`security.mac.portacl.enabled` включает или отключает политику полностью." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.port_high` sets the highest port number that man:" "mac_portacl[4] protects." @@ -1581,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "который защищает man:mac_portacl[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt`, when set to a non-zero value, exempts " "the `root` user from this policy." @@ -1590,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr "" "освобождает пользователя `root` от действия данной политики." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "`security.mac.portacl.rules` specifies the policy as a text string of the " "form `rule[,rule,...]`, with as many rules as needed, and where each rule is " @@ -1609,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно использовать только числовые значения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "By default, ports below 1024 can only be used by privileged processes which " "run as `root`. For man:mac_portacl[4] to allow non-privileged processes to " @@ -1621,7 +1620,7 @@ msgstr "" "задайте следующие настраиваемые параметры следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:475 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.port_high=1023\n" @@ -1633,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" "# sysctl net.inet.ip.portrange.reservedhigh=0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:478 msgid "" "To prevent the `root` user from being affected by this policy, set `security." "mac.portacl.suser_exempt` to a non-zero value." @@ -1642,13 +1641,13 @@ msgstr "" "`security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt` в ненулевое значение." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1\n" msgstr "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.suser_exempt=1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "To allow the `www` user with UID 80 to bind to port 80 without ever needing " "`root` privilege:" @@ -1657,13 +1656,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимости в привилегиях `root`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:80\n" msgstr "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:80:tcp:80\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:492 msgid "" "This next example permits the user with the UID of 1001 to bind to TCP ports " "110 (POP3) and 995 (POP3s):" @@ -1672,34 +1671,34 @@ msgstr "" "портам 110 (POP3) и 995 (POP3s):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:496 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:110,uid:1001:tcp:995\n" msgstr "# sysctl security.mac.portacl.rules=uid:1001:tcp:110,uid:1001:tcp:995\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Partition Policy" msgstr "Политика MAC — разделы процессов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:502 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_partition.ko#" msgstr "Имя модуля: [.filename]#mac_partition.ko#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:504 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_PARTITION`" msgstr "Строка конфигурации ядра: `options MAC_PARTITION`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:506 msgid "Boot option: `mac_partition_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "Опция загрузки: `mac_partition_load=\"YES\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:510 msgid "" "The man:mac_partition[4] policy drops processes into specific \"partitions\" " "based on their MAC label. Most configuration for this policy is done using " @@ -1711,7 +1710,7 @@ msgstr "" "переменная `sysctl`:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:512 msgid "" "`security.mac.partition.enabled` enables the enforcement of MAC process " "partitions." @@ -1720,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" "процессов MAC." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "When this policy is enabled, users will only be permitted to see their " "processes, and any others within their partition, but will not be permitted " @@ -1735,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" "запускать процессы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "This example adds `top` to the label set on users in the `insecure` class. " "All processes spawned by users in the `insecure` class will stay in the " @@ -1746,24 +1745,24 @@ msgstr "" "останутся с меткой `partition/13`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:522 #, no-wrap msgid "# setpmac partition/13 top\n" msgstr "# setpmac partition/13 top\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:525 msgid "This command displays the partition label and the process list:" msgstr "Эта команда отображает метку раздела и список процессов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps Zax\n" msgstr "# ps Zax\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:532 msgid "" "This command displays another user's process partition label and that user's " "currently running processes:" @@ -1772,13 +1771,13 @@ msgstr "" "текущие запущенные процессы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:536 #, no-wrap msgid "# ps -ZU trhodes\n" msgstr "# ps -ZU trhodes\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:541 msgid "" "Users can see processes in ``root``'s label unless the man:" "mac_seeotheruids[4] policy is loaded." @@ -1787,28 +1786,28 @@ msgstr "" "политика man:mac_seeotheruids[4]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:544 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Multi-Level Security Module" msgstr "Модуль многоуровневой безопасности MAC" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:547 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_mls.ko#" msgstr "Имя модуля: [.filename]#mac_mls.ko#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:549 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_MLS`" msgstr "Строка конфигурации ядра: `options MAC_MLS`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:551 msgid "Boot option: `mac_mls_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "Параметр загрузки: `mac_mls_load=\"YES\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "The man:mac_mls[4] policy controls access between subjects and objects in " "the system by enforcing a strict information flow policy." @@ -1817,7 +1816,7 @@ msgstr "" "системе, применяя строгую политику управления потоком информации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:557 msgid "" "In MLS environments, a \"clearance\" level is set in the label of each " "subject or object, along with compartments. Since these clearance levels " @@ -1834,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr "" "equal` и `mls/high`, где:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:559 msgid "" "Anything labeled with `mls/low` will have a low clearance level and not be " "permitted to access information of a higher level. This label also prevents " @@ -1847,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "" "уровнем доступа к объектам с более низким уровнем." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "`mls/equal` should be placed on objects which should be exempt from the " "policy." @@ -1856,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "" "от политики." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "`mls/high` is the highest level of clearance possible. Objects assigned this " "label will hold dominance over all other objects in the system; however, " @@ -1867,19 +1866,19 @@ msgstr "" "допустят утечки информации к объектам более низкого класса." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:563 msgid "MLS provides:" msgstr "MLS предоставляет:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "A hierarchical security level with a set of non-hierarchical categories." msgstr "" "Иерархический уровень безопасности с набором неиерархических категорий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:566 msgid "" "Fixed rules of `no read up, no write down`. This means that a subject can " "have read access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. " @@ -1892,12 +1891,12 @@ msgstr "" "или выше, но не ниже." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:567 msgid "Secrecy, or the prevention of inappropriate disclosure of data." msgstr "Секретность, или предотвращение несанкционированного раскрытия данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "A basis for the design of systems that concurrently handle data at multiple " "sensitivity levels without leaking information between secret and " @@ -1908,19 +1907,19 @@ msgstr "" "секретными и конфиденциальными данными." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:570 msgid "The following `sysctl` tunables are available:" msgstr "Доступны следующие настраиваемые параметры `sysctl`:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:572 msgid "`security.mac.mls.enabled` is used to enable or disable the MLS policy." msgstr "" "`security.mac.mls.enabled` используется для включения или отключения " "политики MLS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:573 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.ptys_equal` labels all man:pty[4] devices as `mls/equal` " "during creation." @@ -1929,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" "equal` при создании." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.revocation_enabled` revokes access to objects after their " "label changes to a label of a lower grade." @@ -1938,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменения их метки на метку более низкого уровня целостности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:575 msgid "" "`security.mac.mls.max_compartments` sets the maximum number of compartment " "levels allowed on a system." @@ -1947,7 +1946,7 @@ msgstr "" "уровней компартментов, разрешенных в системе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:577 msgid "" "To manipulate MLS labels, use man:setfmac[8]. To assign a label to an object:" msgstr "" @@ -1955,24 +1954,24 @@ msgstr "" "объекту:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:581 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfmac mls/5 test\n" msgstr "# setfmac mls/5 test\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:584 msgid "To get the MLS label for the file [.filename]#test#:" msgstr "Чтобы получить метку MLS для файла [.filename]#test#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:588 #, no-wrap msgid "# getfmac test\n" msgstr "# getfmac test\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:591 msgid "" "Another approach is to create a master policy file in [.filename]#/etc/# " "which specifies the MLS policy information and to feed that file to " @@ -1983,7 +1982,7 @@ msgstr "" "в `setfmac`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:595 msgid "" "When using the MLS policy module, an administrator plans to control the flow " "of sensitive information. The default `block read up block write down` sets " @@ -1996,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступна, и администратор постепенно повышает её конфиденциальность." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:600 msgid "" "Beyond the three basic label options, an administrator may group users and " "groups as required to block the information flow between them. It might be " @@ -2010,13 +2009,14 @@ msgstr "" "пользователей и группы по мере необходимости, чтобы блокировать поток " "информации между ними. Возможно, будет проще рассматривать информацию на " "уровнях допуска, используя описательные слова, такие как классификации " -"`Confidential` (`Конфиденциально`), `Secret` (`Секретно`) и `Top Secret` (`" -"Совершенно секретно`). Некоторые администраторы вместо этого создают разные " -"группы на основе уровней проектов. Независимо от метода классификации, перед " -"внедрением ограничительной политики должен существовать продуманный план." +"`Confidential` (`Конфиденциально`), `Secret` (`Секретно`) и `Top Secret` " +"(`Совершенно секретно`). Некоторые администраторы вместо этого создают " +"разные группы на основе уровней проектов. Независимо от метода " +"классификации, перед внедрением ограничительной политики должен существовать " +"продуманный план." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "Some example situations for the MLS policy module include an e-commerce web " "server, a file server holding critical company information, and financial " @@ -2027,28 +2027,28 @@ msgstr "" "компании и среды финансовых учреждений." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:604 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Biba Module" msgstr "Модуль MAC Biba" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:607 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_biba.ko#" msgstr "Имя модуля: [.filename]#mac_biba.ko#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:609 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_BIBA`" msgstr "Строка конфигурации ядра: `options MAC_BIBA`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:611 msgid "Boot option: `mac_biba_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "Опция загрузки: `mac_biba_load=\"YES\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:616 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:615 msgid "" "The man:mac_biba[4] module loads the MAC Biba policy. This policy is " "similar to the MLS policy with the exception that the rules for information " @@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "" "информации вверх." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "In Biba environments, an \"integrity\" label is set on each subject or " "object. These labels are made up of hierarchical grades and non-" @@ -2075,12 +2075,12 @@ msgstr "" "целостность." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:621 msgid "Supported labels are `biba/low`, `biba/equal`, and `biba/high`, where:" msgstr "Поддерживаемые метки: `biba/low`, `biba/equal` и `biba/high`, где:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "`biba/low` is considered the lowest integrity an object or subject may have. " "Setting this on objects or subjects blocks their write access to objects or " @@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтение." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "`biba/equal` should only be placed on objects considered to be exempt from " "the policy." @@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ msgstr "" "исключёнными из политики." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "`biba/high` permits writing to objects set at a lower label, but does not " "permit reading that object. It is recommended that this label be placed on " @@ -2112,12 +2112,12 @@ msgstr "" "которые влияют на целостность всей системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:627 msgid "Biba provides:" msgstr "Biba обеспечивает:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:629 msgid "" "Hierarchical integrity levels with a set of non-hierarchical integrity " "categories." @@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" "целостности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:630 msgid "" "Fixed rules are `no write up, no read down`, the opposite of MLS. A subject " "can have write access to objects on its own level or below, but not above. " @@ -2139,24 +2139,24 @@ msgstr "" "объектов на своём уровне или выше, но не ниже." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:631 msgid "Integrity by preventing inappropriate modification of data." msgstr "Целостность за счет предотвращения нежелательного изменения данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:632 msgid "Integrity levels instead of MLS sensitivity levels." msgstr "Уровни целостности вместо уровней чувствительности MLS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:634 msgid "The following tunables can be used to manipulate the Biba policy:" msgstr "" "Следующие настраиваемые параметры могут быть использованы для управления " "политикой Biba:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:636 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.enabled` is used to enable or disable enforcement of the " "Biba policy on the target machine." @@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" "принудительного применения политики Biba на целевой машине." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.ptys_equal` is used to disable the Biba policy on man:" "pty[4] devices." @@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройствах man:pty[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "`security.mac.biba.revocation_enabled` forces the revocation of access to " "objects if the label is changed to dominate the subject." @@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ msgstr "" "объектам, если их метка изменяется так, чтобы доминировать над субъектом." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:640 msgid "" "To access the Biba policy setting on system objects, use `setfmac` and " "`getfmac`:" @@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr "" "`setfmac` и `getfmac`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac biba/low test\n" @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ msgstr "" "test: biba/low\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:652 msgid "" "Integrity, which is different from sensitivity, is used to guarantee that " "information is not manipulated by untrusted parties. This includes " @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "During the initial planning phase, an administrator must be prepared to " "partition users into grades, levels, and areas. The system will default to " @@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователи, и им будет разрешен только доступ на чтение." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "A lower integrity subject is unable to write to a higher integrity subject " "and a higher integrity subject cannot list or read a lower integrity " @@ -2272,28 +2272,28 @@ msgstr "" "используемая в качестве маршрутизатора, или сетевой межсетевой экран." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "The MAC Low-watermark Module" msgstr "Модуль MAC Low-watermark (нижний порог)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:668 msgid "Module name: [.filename]#mac_lomac.ko#" msgstr "Имя модуля: [.filename]#mac_lomac.ko#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:670 msgid "Kernel configuration line: `options MAC_LOMAC`" msgstr "Строка конфигурации ядра: `options MAC_LOMAC`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:672 msgid "Boot option: `mac_lomac_load=\"YES\"`" msgstr "Параметр загрузки: `mac_lomac_load=\"YES\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:674 msgid "" "Unlike the MAC Biba policy, the man:mac_lomac[4] policy permits access to " "lower integrity objects only after decreasing the integrity level to not " @@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr "" "целостности, чтобы не нарушать правила целостности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "The Low-watermark integrity policy works almost identically to Biba, with " "the exception of using floating labels to support subject demotion via an " @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ msgstr "" "`2` — это вспомогательный уровень целостности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "This policy relies on the ubiquitous labeling of all system objects with " "integrity labels, permitting subjects to read from low integrity objects and " @@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" "потребовать меньше начальной настройки по сравнению с Biba." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "Like the Biba and MLS policies, `setfmac` and `setpmac` are used to place " "labels on system objects:" @@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ msgstr "" "назначения меток объектам системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# setfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]\n" @@ -2355,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr "" "# getfmac /usr/home/trhodes lomac/high[low]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "The auxiliary grade `low` is a feature provided only by the MACLOMAC policy." msgstr "" @@ -2363,13 +2363,13 @@ msgstr "" "только политикой MACLOMAC." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:693 #, no-wrap msgid "User Lock Down" msgstr "Блокировка пользователя" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:697 msgid "" "This example considers a relatively small storage system with fewer than " "fifty users. Users will have login capabilities and are permitted to store " @@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" "входа в систему и могут хранить данные и получать доступ к ресурсам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:699 msgid "" "For this scenario, the man:mac_bsdextended[4] and man:mac_seeotheruids[4] " "policy modules could co-exist and block access to system objects while " @@ -2391,19 +2391,19 @@ msgstr "" "объектам, скрывая при этом пользовательские процессы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:701 msgid "Begin by adding the following line to [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" msgstr "" "Начните с добавления следующей строки в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "mac_seeotheruids_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:708 msgid "" "The man:mac_bsdextended[4] security policy module may be activated by adding " "this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -2412,13 +2412,13 @@ msgstr "" "добавлением следующей строки в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:712 #, no-wrap msgid "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "ugidfw_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "Default rules stored in [.filename]#/etc/rc.bsdextended# will be loaded at " "system initialization. However, the default entries may need modification. " @@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "Add the required users to this machine and reboot. For testing purposes, " "try logging in as a different user across two consoles. Run `ps aux` to see " @@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ msgstr "" "другого пользователя завершается ошибкой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "Do not try to test with the `root` user unless the specific ``sysctl``s have " "been modified to block super user access." @@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ msgstr "" "суперпользователя." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:729 msgid "" "When a new user is added, their man:mac_bsdextended[4] rule will not be in " "the ruleset list. To update the ruleset quickly, unload the security policy " @@ -2471,13 +2471,13 @@ msgstr "" "kldunload[8] и man:kldload[8]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:732 #, no-wrap msgid "Nagios in a MAC Jail" msgstr "Nagios в MAC клетке" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:736 msgid "" "This section demonstrates the steps that are needed to implement the Nagios " "network monitoring system in a MAC environment. This is meant as an example " @@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ msgstr "" "перед использованием в рабочей среде." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:739 msgid "" "This example requires `multilabel` to be set on each file system. It also " "assumes that package:net-mgmt/nagios-plugins[], package:net-mgmt/nagios[], " @@ -2504,13 +2504,13 @@ msgstr "" "работают до попытки интеграции в инфраструктуре MAC." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "Create an Insecure User Class" msgstr "Создайте небезопасный класс пользователя" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:743 msgid "" "Begin the procedure by adding the following user class to [.filename]#/etc/" "login.conf#:" @@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ msgstr "" "login.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:768 #, no-wrap msgid "" "insecure:\\\n" @@ -2569,49 +2569,49 @@ msgstr "" ":label=biba/10(10-10):\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:771 msgid "Then, add the following line to the default user class section:" msgstr "" "Затем добавьте следующую строку в раздел класса пользователя по умолчанию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid ":label=biba/high:\n" msgstr ":label=biba/high:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:779 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:778 msgid "Save the edits and issue the following command to rebuild the database:" msgstr "" "Сохраните изменения и выполните следующую команду для перестроения базы " "данных:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure Users" msgstr "Настройте пользователей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:787 msgid "Set the `root` user to the default class using:" msgstr "Установите пользователя `root` в класс по умолчанию с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw usermod root -L default\n" msgstr "# pw usermod root -L default\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "All user accounts that are not `root` will now require a login class. The " "login class is required, otherwise users will be refused access to common " @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ msgstr "" "должен помочь:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# for x in `awk -F: '($3 >= 1001) && ($3 != 65534) { print $1 }' \\\n" @@ -2633,12 +2633,12 @@ msgstr "" "\t/etc/passwd`; do pw usermod $x -L default; done;\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:804 msgid "Next, drop the `nagios` and `www` accounts into the insecure class:" msgstr "Затем добавьте учётные записи `nagios` и `www` в класс insecure:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:810 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:809 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw usermod nagios -L insecure\n" @@ -2648,13 +2648,13 @@ msgstr "" "# pw usermod www -L insecure\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "Create the Contexts File" msgstr "Создайте файл контекстов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "A contexts file should now be created as [.filename]#/etc/policy.contexts#:" msgstr "" @@ -2662,13 +2662,13 @@ msgstr "" "contexts#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n" msgstr "# This is the default BIBA policy for this system.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:821 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# System:\n" @@ -2678,13 +2678,13 @@ msgstr "" "/var/run(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "/dev/(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" msgstr "/dev/(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:826 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/var\t\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -2694,13 +2694,13 @@ msgstr "" "/var/spool(/.*)?\t\tbiba/equal\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "/var/log(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" msgstr "/var/log(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr "" "/var/tmp(/.*)?\t\t\tbiba/equal\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/var/spool/mqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n" @@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ msgstr "" "/var/spool/clientmqueue\t\tbiba/equal\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# For Nagios:\n" @@ -2730,13 +2730,13 @@ msgstr "" "/usr/local/etc/nagios(/.*)?\tbiba/10\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?\t\tbiba/10\n" msgstr "/var/spool/nagios(/.*)?\t\tbiba/10\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:842 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# For apache\n" @@ -2746,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" "/usr/local/etc/apache(/.*)?\tbiba/10\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:847 msgid "" "This policy enforces security by setting restrictions on the flow of " "information. In this specific configuration, users, including `root`, " @@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "" "изолированными." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "This file will be read after running `setfsmac` on every file system. This " "example sets the policy on the root file system:" @@ -2770,13 +2770,13 @@ msgstr "" "системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "# setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /\n" msgstr "# setfsmac -ef /etc/policy.contexts /\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "Next, add these edits to the main section of [.filename]#/etc/mac.conf#:" msgstr "" @@ -2784,7 +2784,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default_labels file ?biba\n" @@ -2798,13 +2798,13 @@ msgstr "" "default_labels socket ?biba\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:866 #, no-wrap msgid "Loader Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация загрузчика" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "To finish the configuration, add the following lines to [.filename]#/boot/" "loader.conf#:" @@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ msgstr "" "loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:875 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mac_biba_load=\"YES\"\n" @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ msgstr "" "security.mac.biba.trust_all_interfaces=1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:879 msgid "" "And the following line to the network card configuration stored in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. If the primary network configuration is done via " @@ -2836,19 +2836,19 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP, это может потребовать ручной настройки после каждой загрузки системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:883 #, no-wrap msgid "maclabel biba/equal\n" msgstr "maclabel biba/equal\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:886 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:885 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing the Configuration" msgstr "Проверка конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "First, ensure that the web server and Nagios will not be started on system " "initialization and reboot. Ensure that `root` cannot access any of the " @@ -2863,13 +2863,13 @@ msgstr "" "так. Вместо этого должна возвращаться ошибка \"permission denied\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:893 msgid "If all seems well, Nagios, Apache, and Sendmail can now be started:" msgstr "" "Если все выглядит нормально, можно запустить Nagios, Apache и Sendmail:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:899 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /etc/mail && make stop && \\\n" @@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@ msgstr "" "setpmac biba/10\\(10-10\\) /usr/local/etc/rc.d/nagios.sh forcestart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:904 msgid "" "Double check to ensure that everything is working properly. If not, check " "the log files for error messages. If needed, use man:sysctl[8] to disable " @@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ msgstr "" "попробуйте запустить всё снова как обычно." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:909 msgid "" "The `root` user can still change the security enforcement and edit its " "configuration files. The following command will permit the degradation of " @@ -2905,13 +2905,13 @@ msgstr "" "уровня целостности политики безопасности для нового запущенного shell:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:913 #, no-wrap msgid "# setpmac biba/10 csh\n" msgstr "# setpmac biba/10 csh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "To block this from happening, force the user into a range using man:login." "conf[5]. If man:setpmac[8] attempts to run a command outside of the " @@ -2924,13 +2924,13 @@ msgstr "" "В данном случае установите root в `biba/high(high-high)`." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:921 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting the MAC Framework" msgstr "Устранение проблем с инфраструктурой MAC" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:924 msgid "" "This section discusses common configuration errors and how to resolve them." msgstr "" @@ -2938,18 +2938,18 @@ msgstr "" "устранения." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "The `multilabel` flag does not stay enabled on the root ([.filename]#/#) partition" msgstr "Флаг `multilabel` не сохраняется на корневом ([.filename]#/#) разделе" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:927 msgid "The following steps may resolve this transient error:" msgstr "Следующие действия могут помочь устранить эту временную ошибку:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/fstab# and set the root partition to `ro` for read-" "only." @@ -2958,22 +2958,22 @@ msgstr "" "`ro` для режима только для чтения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:932 msgid "Reboot into single user mode." msgstr "Перезагрузитесь в однопользовательском режиме." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:933 msgid "Run `tunefs -l enable` on [.filename]#/#." msgstr "Выполните команду `tunefs -l enable` для раздела [.filename]#/#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:934 msgid "Reboot the system." msgstr "Перезагрузите систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:935 msgid "" "Run `mount -urw`[.filename]#/# and change the `ro` back to `rw` in [." "filename]#/etc/fstab# and reboot the system again." @@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/fstab# и перезагрузите систему снова." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:937 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:936 msgid "" "Double-check the output from `mount` to ensure that `multilabel` has been " "properly set on the root file system." @@ -2991,13 +2991,13 @@ msgstr "" "корректно установлена для корневой файловой системы." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:938 #, no-wrap msgid "After establishing a secure environment with MAC, Xorg no longer starts" msgstr "После настройки безопасной среды с MAC, Xorg больше не запускается" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:941 msgid "" "This could be caused by the MAC `partition` policy or by a mislabeling in " "one of the MAC labeling policies. To debug, try the following:" @@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ msgstr "" "одной из политик маркировки MAC. Для диагностики попробуйте следующее:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:945 msgid "" "Check the error message. If the user is in the `insecure` class, the " "`partition` policy may be the culprit. Try setting the user's class back to " @@ -3019,7 +3019,7 @@ msgstr "" "`cap_mkdb`. Если это не решит проблему, перейдите ко второму шагу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "Double-check that the label policies are set correctly for the user, Xorg, " "and the [.filename]#/dev# entries." @@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr "" "Xorg и записей в [.filename]#/dev#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "If neither of these resolve the problem, send the error message and a " "description of the environment to the {freebsd-questions}." @@ -3037,13 +3037,13 @@ msgstr "" "ошибке и описание окружения на {freebsd-questions}." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:949 #, no-wrap msgid "The `_secure_path: unable to stat .login_conf` error appears" msgstr "Появляется ошибка `_secure_path: unable to stat .login_conf`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "This error can appear when a user attempts to switch from the `root` user to " "another user in the system. This message usually occurs when the user has a " @@ -3065,19 +3065,19 @@ msgstr "" "уровнем целостности." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:955 #, no-wrap msgid "The system no longer recognizes `root`" msgstr "Система больше не распознает `root`" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:957 msgid "When this occurs, `whoami` returns `0` and `su` returns `who are you?`." msgstr "" "Когда это происходит, `whoami` возвращает `0`, а `su` выводит `who are you?`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:961 msgid "" "This can happen if a labeling policy has been disabled by man:sysctl[8] or " "the policy module was unloaded. If the policy is disabled, the login " @@ -3092,7 +3092,7 @@ msgstr "" "перестройте базу данных с помощью `cap_mkdb`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mac/_index.adoc:965 msgid "" "This may also happen if a policy restricts access to [.filename]#master." "passwd#. This is usually caused by an administrator altering the file under " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc index 7c77f2e8cd..bcb918625c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'IV. Сетевое взаимодействие' prev: books/handbook/ppp-and-slip showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["mail", "sendmail", "dma", "MTA", "SMTP", "mail user agents", "fetchmail", "procmail", "alpine", "mutt", "postfix"] -title: 'Глава 31. Электронная почта' +title: 'Глава 32. Электронная почта' weight: 36 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 36 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 31 +:sectnumoffset: 32 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ endif::[] [[mail-synopsis]] == Обзор -"Электронная почта", более известная как email, является одним из самых распространённых средств связи в наши дни. Эта глава даёт базовое введение в настройку почтового сервера на FreeBSD, а также основы отправки и получения электронной почты с использованием FreeBSD. Для полного ознакомления с темой обратитесь к книгам, перечисленным в crossref:bibliography[bibliography,Библиография]. +"Электронная почта", более известная как email, является одним из самых распространённых средств связи в наши дни. Эта глава даёт базовое введение в настройку почтового сервера на FreeBSD, а также основы отправки и получения электронной почты с использованием FreeBSD. Для полного ознакомления с темой обратитесь к книгам, перечисленным в разделе crossref:bibliography[bibliography,Библиография]. Эта глава охватывает: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ endif::[] В процессе обмена электронной почтой участвуют пять основных компонентов: почтовый пользовательский агент (MUA), агент пересылки почты (MTA), почтовый хост, удалённый или локальный почтовый ящик и DNS. В этом разделе представлен обзор этих компонентов. Почтовый клиент (MUA):: -Почтовый клиент (Mail User Agent — MUA) — это приложение, используемое для создания, отправки и получения электронных писем. Это может быть программа командной строки, например встроенная утилита `mail` или стороннее приложение из коллекции портов, такое как alpine, elm или mutt. В коллекции портов также доступны десятки графических программ, включая Claws Mail, Evolution и Thunderbird. Некоторые организации предоставляют веб-почту, доступную через браузер. Дополнительную информацию об установке и использовании MUA в FreeBSD можно найти в crossref:mail[mail-agents, Почтовые клиенты]. +Почтовый клиент (Mail User Agent — MUA) — это приложение, используемое для создания, отправки и получения электронных писем. Это может быть программа командной строки, например встроенная утилита `mail` или стороннее приложение из коллекции портов, такое как alpine, elm или mutt. В коллекции портов также доступны десятки графических программ, включая Claws Mail, Evolution и Thunderbird. Некоторые организации предоставляют веб-почту, доступную через браузер. Дополнительную информацию об установке и использовании MUA в FreeBSD можно найти в разделе crossref:mail[mail-agents, Почтовые клиенты]. Почтовый агент пересылки (MTA):: Агент пересылки почты (MTA) отвечает за получение входящей почты и отправку исходящей. Начиная с версии FreeBSD 14.0, MTA по умолчанию — DragonFly Mail Agent (man:dma[8]); в более ранних версиях используется man:sendmail[8]. Другие MTA, такие как Exim, Postfix и qmail, могут быть установлены для замены MTA по умолчанию. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ newaliases /usr/local/libexec/dma [NOTE] ==== -При использовании версии man:dma[8], включенной в базовую систему, пути изменятся на [.filename]#/usr/libexec/dma#. +При использовании версии man:dma[8], включённой в базовую систему, пути изменятся на [.filename]#/usr/libexec/dma#. ==== Чтобы обеспечить сброс всего, что находится в очереди, при загрузке или перед завершением работы, выполните следующую команду: @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ example.FreeBSD.org A 204.216.27.XX ; Workstation Это необходимо настроить на DNS-сервере. Если в сети не запущен собственный DNS-сервер, обратитесь к интернет или DNS-провайдеру. -Ниже приведен пример виртуального хостинга электронной почты. +Ниже приведён пример виртуального хостинга электронной почты. Рассмотрим клиента с доменом `customer1.org`, где вся почта для `customer1.org` должна отправляться на `mail.myhost.com`. diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mail/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mail/_index.po index 3e04154fe8..1fcd4b79c2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mail/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mail/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookmail_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "IV. Сетевое взаимодействие" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 31. Electronic Mail" -msgstr "Глава 31. Электронная почта" +msgid "Chapter 32. Electronic Mail" +msgstr "Глава 32. Электронная почта" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Electronic Mail" msgstr "Электронная почта" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "\"Electronic Mail\", better known as email, is one of the most widely used " "forms of communication today. This chapter provides a basic introduction to " @@ -62,16 +62,16 @@ msgstr "" "распространённых средств связи в наши дни. Эта глава даёт базовое введение в " "настройку почтового сервера на FreeBSD, а также основы отправки и получения " "электронной почты с использованием FreeBSD. Для полного ознакомления с темой " -"обратитесь к книгам, перечисленным в crossref:bibliography[bibliography," -"Библиография]." +"обратитесь к книгам, перечисленным в разделе crossref:" +"bibliography[bibliography,Библиография]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:59 msgid "This chapter covers:" msgstr "Эта глава охватывает:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Which software components are involved in sending and receiving electronic " "mail." @@ -80,22 +80,22 @@ msgstr "" "почты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to configure DragonFly Mail Agent." msgstr "Как настроить DragonFly Mail Agent." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:63 msgid "Where basic Sendmail configuration files are located in FreeBSD." msgstr "Где расположены основные файлы конфигурации Sendmail в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:64 msgid "The difference between remote and local mailboxes." msgstr "Разница между удалёнными и локальными почтовыми ящиками." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to install and configure an alternate Mail Transfer Agent, replacing " "DragonFly Mail Agent or Sendmail." @@ -104,23 +104,23 @@ msgstr "" "заменяющий DragonFly Mail Agent или Sendmail." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to troubleshoot common mail server problems." msgstr "Как устранить распространённые проблемы с почтовым сервером." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to configure Sendmail to only send mail." msgstr "Как настроить Sendmail только для отправки почты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to configure SMTP authentication for added security in Sendmail." msgstr "" "Как настроить аутентификацию SMTP для повышения безопасности в Sendmail." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "How to install and use a Mail User Agent, such as mutt, to send and receive " "email." @@ -129,23 +129,23 @@ msgstr "" "получения электронной почты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to download mail from a remote POP or IMAP server." msgstr "Как загружать почту с удалённого POP или IMAP сервера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to automatically apply filters and rules to incoming email." msgstr "Как автоматически применять фильтры и правила к входящей почте." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Components" msgstr "Компоненты почты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "There are five major parts involved in an email exchange: the Mail User " "Agent (MUA), the Mail Transfer Agent (MTA), a mail host, a remote or local " @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ msgstr "" "представлен обзор этих компонентов." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:78 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail User Agent (MUA)" msgstr "Почтовый клиент (MUA)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "The Mail User Agent (MUA) is an application which is used to compose, send, " "and receive emails. This application can be a command line program, such as " @@ -182,17 +182,17 @@ msgstr "" "портов также доступны десятки графических программ, включая Claws Mail, " "Evolution и Thunderbird. Некоторые организации предоставляют веб-почту, " "доступную через браузер. Дополнительную информацию об установке и " -"использовании MUA в FreeBSD можно найти в crossref:mail[mail-agents, " +"использовании MUA в FreeBSD можно найти в разделе crossref:mail[mail-agents, " "Почтовые клиенты]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Transfer Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Почтовый агент пересылки (MTA)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:90 msgid "" "The Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) is responsible for receiving incoming mail and " "delivering outgoing mail. Starting with FreeBSD version 14.0, the default " @@ -207,13 +207,13 @@ msgstr "" "замены MTA по умолчанию." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:91 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail Host and Mailboxes" msgstr "Почтовый сервер и почтовые ящики" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "The mail host is a server that is responsible for delivering and receiving " "mail for a host or a network. The mail host collects all mail sent to the " @@ -232,13 +232,13 @@ msgstr "" "локально, устанавливать сервер POP или IMAP не требуется." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "Domain Name System (DNS)" msgstr "Система доменных имён (DNS)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "The Domain Name System (DNS) and its daemon man:named[8] play a large role " "in the delivery of mail. In order to deliver mail from one site to another, " @@ -253,13 +253,13 @@ msgstr "" "удалённого хоста на MTA." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "DragonFly Mail Agent (DMA)" msgstr "Почтовый агент DragonFly (DMA)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "DragonFly Mail Agent (DMA) is the default MTA in FreeBSD starting with " "version 14.0. man:dma[8] is a small Mail Transport Agent (MTA), designed " @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" "функции, как поддержка TLS/SSL и аутентификация SMTP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:112 msgid "" "man:dma[8] is not intended as a replacement for real, big MTAs like man:" "sendmail[8] or man:postfix[1]. Consequently, man:dma[8] does not listen on " @@ -288,13 +288,13 @@ msgstr "" "прослушивает порт 25 для входящих соединений." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring DragonFly Mail Agent (DMA)" msgstr "Настройка почтового агента DragonFly" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:118 msgid "" "DMA comes with a default configuration that will be suitable for many " "deployments. Custom settings are defined in [.filename]#/etc/dma/dma.conf#, " @@ -306,13 +306,13 @@ msgstr "" "dma/auth.conf#." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DMA to Route Outgoing Mail through Gmail (STARTTLS:SMTP example)" msgstr "Использование DMA для маршрутизации исходящей почты через Gmail (пример STARTTLS:SMTP)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:123 msgid "" "This example [.filename]#/etc/dma/dma.conf# can be used to send mail using " "Google's SMTP servers." @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ msgstr "" "почты через SMTP-серверы Google." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SMARTHOST smtp.gmail.com\n" @@ -339,9 +339,9 @@ msgstr "" "MASQUERADE username@gmail.com\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:136 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:170 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "Authentication can be set with one line in [.filename]#/etc/dma/auth.conf#:" msgstr "" @@ -349,13 +349,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "username@gmail.com|smtp.gmail.com:password\n" msgstr "username@gmail.com|smtp.gmail.com:password\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:145 msgid "" "With enabled 2-factor authentication a generated application-specific " "password as the normal login password will be rejected. See Google " @@ -364,30 +364,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Если у вас включена двухфакторная аутентификация, потребуется сгенерировать " "пароль для приложения, так как обычный пароль для входа будет отклонён. " -"Дополнительную информацию о https://myaccount.google.com/apppasswords[" -"паролях для приложений] смотрите в документации Google." +"Дополнительную информацию о https://myaccount.google.com/" +"apppasswords[паролях для приложений] смотрите в документации Google." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:149 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:177 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:204 msgid "Execute the following command to test the configuration:" msgstr "Выполните следующую команду для проверки конфигурации:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@gmail.com\n" msgstr "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@gmail.com\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DMA to Route Outgoing Mail through Fastmail (SSL/TLS example)" msgstr "Использование DMA для маршрутизации исходящей почты через Fastmail (пример SSL/TLS)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:158 msgid "" "This example [.filename]#/etc/dma/dma.conf# can be used to send mail using " "Fastmail's SMTP servers." @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr "" "почты через SMTP-серверы Fastmail." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SMARTHOST smtp.fastmail.com\n" @@ -412,25 +412,25 @@ msgstr "" "MAILNAME example.server.com\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "username@fastmail.com|smtp.fastmail.com:password\n" msgstr "username@fastmail.com|smtp.fastmail.com:password\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@fastmail.com\n" msgstr "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@fastmail.com\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "Using DMA to Route Outgoing Mail through a Custom Mail Host" msgstr "Использование DMA для маршрутизации исходящей почты через пользовательский почтовый хост" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "This example [.filename]#/etc/dma/dma.conf# can be used to send mail using a " "custom mail host." @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" "почты через пользовательский почтовый сервер." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SMARTHOST mail.example.org\n" @@ -455,25 +455,25 @@ msgstr "" "STARTTLS\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:201 #, no-wrap msgid "username@example.org|mail.example.org:password\n" msgstr "username@example.org|mail.example.org:password\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@example.org\n" msgstr "% echo this is a test | mail -v -s testing-email username@example.org\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "Sendmail" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "Sendmail is a venerable and versatile Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) with a long " "history in UNIX(R) and UNIX-like systems. It was a part of the FreeBSD base " @@ -488,25 +488,25 @@ msgstr "" "маршрутизации и фильтрации." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration Files" msgstr "Файлы конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "The configuration files for Sendmail are located in [.filename]#/etc/mail/#." msgstr "Конфигурационные файлы Sendmail находятся в [.filename]#/etc/mail/#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:221 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/access#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/mail/access#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:229 msgid "" "This access database file defines which hosts or IP addresses have access to " "the local mail server and what kind of access they have. Hosts listed as " @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "" "будут задержаны и хосты получат указанный текст в качестве причины задержки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "Examples of using these options for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses can be " "found in the FreeBSD sample configuration, [.filename]#/etc/mail/access." @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" "образце конфигурации FreeBSD, [.filename]#/etc/mail/access.sample#:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "To configure the access database, use the format shown in the sample to make " "entries in [.filename]#/etc/mail/access#, but do not put a comment symbol (`" @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "" "части таблицы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "Whenever this file is updated, update its database and restart Sendmail:" msgstr "" @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sendmail:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/access < /etc/mail/access\n" @@ -577,13 +577,13 @@ msgstr "" "# service sendmail restart\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/aliases#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/mail/aliases#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:247 msgid "" "This database file contains a list of virtual mailboxes that are expanded to " "users, files, programs, or other aliases. Here are a few entries to " @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ msgstr "" "несколько записей, иллюстрирующих формат файла:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root: localuser\n" @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ msgstr "" "procmail: \"|/usr/local/bin/procmail\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:265 msgid "" "The mailbox name on the left side of the colon is expanded to the target(s) " "on the right. The first entry expands the `root` mailbox to the `localuser` " @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла можно найти в man:aliases[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "Whenever this file is updated, run `newaliases` to update and initialize the " "aliases database." @@ -644,13 +644,13 @@ msgstr "" "обновления и инициализации базы данных псевдонимов." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/sendmail.cf#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/mail/sendmail.cf#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "This is the master configuration file for Sendmail. It controls the overall " "behavior of Sendmail, including everything from rewriting email addresses to " @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ msgstr "" "серверов его редко требуется изменять." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:276 msgid "" "The master Sendmail configuration file can be built from man:m4[1] macros " "that define the features and behavior of Sendmail. Refer to [.filename]#/" @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/usr/src/contrib/sendmail/cf/README#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "Whenever changes to this file are made, Sendmail needs to be restarted for " "the changes to take effect." @@ -685,13 +685,13 @@ msgstr "" "перезапустить, чтобы изменения вступили в силу." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/virtusertable#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/mail/virtusertable#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "This database file maps mail addresses for virtual domains and users to real " "mailboxes. These mailboxes can be local, remote, aliases defined in [." @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" "на одной машине." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a sample configuration file in [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "virtusertable.sample# to further demonstrate its format. The following " @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" "использованием этого формата:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root@example.com root\n" @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" "@example.com joe\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:300 msgid "" "This file is processed in a first match order. When an email address " "matches the address on the left, it is mapped to the local mailbox listed on " @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" "обновите его базу данных и перезапустите Sendmail:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable < /etc/mail/virtusertable\n" @@ -765,13 +765,13 @@ msgstr "" "# service sendmail restart\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#/etc/mail/relay-domains#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/mail/relay-domains#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:311 msgid "" "In a default FreeBSD installation, Sendmail is configured to only send mail " "from the host it is running on. For example, if a POP server is available, " @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" "отправки придёт письмо от `MAILER-DAEMON` с сообщением `5.7 Relaying Denied`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:314 msgid "" "The most straightforward solution is to add the ISP's FQDN to [.filename]#/" "etc/mail/relay-domains#. If multiple addresses are needed, add them one per " @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" "адресов, укажите их по одному на строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:321 #, no-wrap msgid "" "your.isp.example.com\n" @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.example.org\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "After creating or editing this file, restart Sendmail with `service sendmail " "restart`." @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью команды `service sendmail restart`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:327 msgid "" "Now any mail sent through the system by any host in this list, provided the " "user has an account on the system, will succeed. This allows users to send " @@ -834,13 +834,13 @@ msgstr "" "удалённо, не открывая систему для ретрансляции спама из Интернета." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:329 #, no-wrap msgid "Changing the Mail Transfer Agent" msgstr "Изменение агента передачи почты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "Starting with FreeBSD version 14.0, man:dma[8] is the default MTA, and " "before 14.0, the default MTA is man:sendmail[8]. However, the system " @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступен в категории `mail` коллекции портов FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:341 msgid "" "If the default's outgoing mail service is disabled, it is important that it " "is replaced with an alternative mail delivery system. Otherwise, system " @@ -871,13 +871,13 @@ msgstr "" "попасть в неактивную очередь и никогда не быть доставлены." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "Replacing Sendmail with Other MTA" msgstr "Замена Sendmail на другой MTA" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:347 msgid "" "In order to completely disable man:sendmail[8] execute the following " "commands:" @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы полностью отключить man:sendmail[8], выполните следующие команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" @@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc sendmail_msp_queue_enable=\"NO\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "To only disable man:sendmail[8]'s incoming mail service execute the " "following command:" @@ -908,24 +908,24 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc sendmail_enable=\"NO\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:364 msgid "Then stop the man:sendmail[8] service:" msgstr "Затем остановите службу man:sendmail[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sendmail onestop\n" msgstr "# service sendmail onestop\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "Some extra configuration is needed as man:sendmail[8] is so ubiquitous that " "some software assumes it is already installed and configured. Check [." @@ -940,8 +940,8 @@ msgstr "" "создайте его и добавьте следующие записи:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:381 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "" "daily_clean_hoststat_enable=\"NO\"\n" @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" "daily_submit_queuerun=\"NO\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:385 msgid "" "The next step is to install another MTA, man:dma[8] will be used in this " "example. As pointed above, man:dma[8] is the default MTA in FreeBSD " @@ -968,18 +968,18 @@ msgstr "" "только при использовании более ранней версии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:387 msgid "To install it execute the following command:" msgstr "Для установки выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:391 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install dma\n" msgstr "# pkg install dma\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:395 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:394 msgid "" "Perform the configuration as indicated in crossref:mail[configuring-" "dragonfly-mail-agent, Configuring DragonFly Mail Agent (DMA)]." @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" "dragonfly-mail-agent, Настройка почтового агента DragonFly (DMA)]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "Then change all the entries in the file [.filename]#/etc/mail/mailer.conf# " "to man:dma[8]:" @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr "" "dma[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:407 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Execute the \"real\" sendmail program, named /usr/libexec/sendmail/sendmail\n" @@ -1019,16 +1019,16 @@ msgstr "" "newaliases /usr/local/libexec/dma\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "When using the version of man:dma[8] included in the base system, the paths " "will change to [.filename]#/usr/libexec/dma#." msgstr "" -"При использовании версии man:dma[8], включенной в базовую систему, пути " +"При использовании версии man:dma[8], включённой в базовую систему, пути " "изменятся на [.filename]#/usr/libexec/dma#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:415 msgid "" "To ensure that anything in the queue is flushed at boot or before shutdown, " "execute the following command:" @@ -1037,14 +1037,14 @@ msgstr "" "перед завершением работы, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc dma_flushq_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc dma_flushq_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:424 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "Once everything is configured, it is recommended to reboot the system. " "Rebooting provides the opportunity to ensure that the system is correctly " @@ -1055,13 +1055,13 @@ msgstr "" "запуска нового MTA при загрузке." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "Replacing DragonFly Mail Agent (DMA) with Other MTA" msgstr "Замена почтового агента DragonFly (DMA) на другой MTA" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "As noted above, starting with FreeBSD version 14.0, the default MTA is DMA. " "In this example, package:mail/postfix[] will be used as the alternative MTA." @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" "альтернативного MTA." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:433 msgid "" "Before installing package:mail/postfix[] some extra configuration is " "needed. Check [.filename]#/etc/periodic.conf# and make sure that these " @@ -1084,18 +1084,18 @@ msgstr "" "со следующими записями:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:443 msgid "Then install package:mail/postfix[]:" msgstr "Затем установите пакет package:mail/postfix[]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install postfix\n" msgstr "# pkg install postfix\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "To start package:mail/postfix[] at system boot execute the following command:" msgstr "" @@ -1103,13 +1103,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc postfix_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc postfix_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:460 msgid "" "It is good practice to read the installation message after installing an " "application. Provides useful information about settings, etc." @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "" "Оно содержит полезную информацию о настройках и т.д." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:464 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:463 msgid "" "If postfix is *not* already activated in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/mail/" "mailer.conf# execute the following commands:" @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf#, выполните следующие команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:469 #, no-wrap msgid "" "mv /usr/local/etc/mail/mailer.conf /usr/local/etc/mail/mailer.conf.old\n" @@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ msgstr "" "install -m 0644 /usr/local/share/postfix/mailer.conf.postfix /usr/local/etc/mail/mailer.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:473 msgid "" "When employing SASL, ensure that postfix has access to read the sasldb " "file. This is accomplished by adding postfix to group mail and making the [." @@ -1152,13 +1152,13 @@ msgstr "" "(это должно быть настроено по умолчанию при новых установках)." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail User Agents" msgstr "Почтовые клиенты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:484 msgid "" "A MUA is an application that is used to send and receive email. As email " "\"evolves\" and becomes more complex, MUAs are becoming increasingly " @@ -1176,13 +1176,13 @@ msgstr "" "клиенты, такие как mutt или alpine." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "mail" msgstr "mail" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:491 msgid "" "man:mail[1] is the default MUA installed with FreeBSD. It is a console " "based MUA that offers the basic functionality required to send and receive " @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ msgstr "" "вложений и может работать только с локальными почтовыми ящиками." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "Although man:mail[1] does not natively support interaction with POP or IMAP " "servers, these mailboxes may be downloaded to a local `mbox` using an " @@ -1206,18 +1206,18 @@ msgstr "" "помощью таких приложений, как fetchmail или getmail." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:495 msgid "In order to send and receive email, run man:mail[1]:" msgstr "Для отправки и получения электронной почты запустите man:mail[1]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "% mail\n" msgstr "% mail\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "The contents of the user's mailbox in [.filename]#/var/mail# are " "automatically read by man:mail[1]. Should the mailbox be empty, the utility " @@ -1232,13 +1232,13 @@ msgstr "" "сообщений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "Messages are automatically numbered, as can be seen in the following example:" msgstr "Сообщения автоматически нумеруются, как видно в следующем примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:514 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Mail version 8.1 6/6/93. Type ? for help.\n" @@ -1254,18 +1254,18 @@ msgstr "" " N 3 root@localhost Mon Mar 8 14:05 14/509 \"sample\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:517 msgid "" "Messages can now be read by typing kbd:[t] followed by the message number." msgstr "Сообщения теперь можно читать, набрав kbd:[t] и затем номер сообщения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:520 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:519 msgid "This example reads the first email:" msgstr "Этот пример читает первое письмо:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& t 1\n" @@ -1289,25 +1289,25 @@ msgstr "" "From: root@localhost (Charlie Root)\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:533 #, no-wrap msgid "This is a test message, please reply if you receive it.\n" msgstr "This is a test message, please reply if you receive it.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:536 msgid "" "As seen in this example, the message will be displayed with full headers." msgstr "" "Как видно в этом примере, сообщение будет отображено с полными заголовками." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:538 msgid "To display the list of messages again, press kbd:[h]." msgstr "Чтобы снова отобразить список сообщений, нажмите kbd:[h]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:543 msgid "" "If the email requires a reply, press either kbd:[R] or kbd:[r] man:mail[1] " "keys. kbd:[R] instructs man:mail[1] to reply only to the sender of the " @@ -1323,12 +1323,12 @@ msgstr "" "конец сообщения должен быть обозначен отдельной строкой с kbd:[.]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:545 msgid "An example can be seen below:" msgstr "Пример можно увидеть ниже:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& R 1\n" @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ msgstr "" "Subject: Re: test\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:555 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Thank you, I did get your email.\n" @@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" "EOT\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "In order to send a new email, press kbd:[m], followed by the recipient email " "address. Multiple recipients may be specified by separating each address " @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "строкой с символом kbd:[.]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:566 #, no-wrap msgid "" "& mail root@localhost\n" @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "Subject: I mastered mail\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Now I can send and receive email using mail ... :)\n" @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "EOT\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:574 msgid "" "While using man:mail[1], press kbd:[?] to display help at any time. Refer " "to man:mail[1] for more help on how to use man:mail[1]." @@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно найти в man:mail[1]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:579 msgid "" "man:mail[1] was not designed to handle attachments and thus deals with them " "poorly. Newer MUAs handle attachments in a more intelligent way." @@ -1409,43 +1409,43 @@ msgstr "" "вложения более разумным способом." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "Mutt" msgstr "Mutt" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:585 msgid "Mutt is a powerful MUA, with many features, including:" msgstr "Mutt - это мощный MUA с множеством функций, включая:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:587 msgid "The ability to thread messages." msgstr "Возможность группировки цепочек сообщений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:588 msgid "PGP support for digital signing and encryption of email." msgstr "Поддержку PGP для цифровой подписи и шифрования электронной почты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:589 msgid "MIME support." msgstr "Поддержку MIME." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:590 msgid "Maildir support." msgstr "Поддержку Maildir." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:591 msgid "Highly customizable." msgstr "Большую гибкость в настройке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:594 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:593 msgid "" "Refer to link:http://www.mutt.org[http://www.mutt.org] for more information " "on Mutt." @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "получения дополнительной информации о Mutt." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:599 msgid "" "A Mutt fork called NeoMutt is worth mentioning, which brings added " "features. See more on the link:https://neomutt.org/about.html[NeoMutt " @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" "`mutt` на `neomutt`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "Mutt may be installed using the package:mail/mutt[] port. After the port " "has been installed, Mutt can be started by issuing the following command:" @@ -1476,13 +1476,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки порта Mutt можно запустить, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "% mutt\n" msgstr "% mutt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:612 msgid "" "Mutt will automatically read and display the contents of the user mailbox in " "[.filename]#/var/mail#. If no mails are found, Mutt will wait for commands " @@ -1494,19 +1494,19 @@ msgstr "" "Mutt:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "Mutt email client showing a list of messages" msgstr "Клиент электронной почты Mutt, отображающий список сообщений" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt1.png" msgstr "mutt1.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "To read an email, select it using the cursor keys and press kbd:[Enter]. An " "example of Mutt displaying email can be seen below:" @@ -1515,19 +1515,19 @@ msgstr "" "[Enter]. Пример отображения письма в Mutt показан ниже:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "Mutt email client displaying an email" msgstr "Почтовый клиент Mutt, отображающий письмо" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt2.png" msgstr "mutt2.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:623 msgid "" "Similar to man:mail[1], Mutt can be used to reply only to the sender of the " "message as well as to all recipients. To reply only to the sender of the " @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ msgstr "" "также всем получателям сообщения нажмите kbd:[g]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:629 msgid "" "By default, Mutt uses the man:vi[1] editor for creating and replying to " "emails. Each user can customize this by creating or editing the [." @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.mutt.org/]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "To compose a new mail message, press kbd:[m]. After a valid subject has " "been given, Mutt will start man:vi[1] so the email can be written. Once the " @@ -1572,19 +1572,19 @@ msgstr "" "письма нажмите kbd:[y]. Пример итогового экрана показан ниже:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "Mutt email client showing the summary screen" msgstr "Клиент электронной почты Mutt, отображающий сводный экран" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "mutt3.png" msgstr "mutt3.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "Mutt contains extensive help which can be accessed from most of the menus by " "pressing kbd:[?]. The top line also displays the keyboard shortcuts where " @@ -1595,13 +1595,13 @@ msgstr "" "сочетания клавиш, где это уместно." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:644 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine" msgstr "alpine" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "alpine is aimed at a beginner user, but also includes some advanced features." msgstr "" @@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ msgstr "" "расширенные возможности." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:653 msgid "" "alpine has had several remote vulnerabilities discovered in the past, which " "allowed remote attackers to execute arbitrary code as users on the local " @@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливают alpine на свой страх и риск." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "The current version of alpine may be installed using the package:mail/" "alpine[] port. Once the port has installed, alpine can be started by " @@ -1638,13 +1638,13 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:661 #, no-wrap msgid "% alpine\n" msgstr "% alpine\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "The first time alpine runs, it displays a greeting page with a brief " "introduction, as well as a request from the alpine development team to send " @@ -1661,19 +1661,19 @@ msgstr "" "анонимного сообщения. Пример приветственной страницы показан ниже:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing the greeting page" msgstr "Почтовый клиент alpine, отображающий приветственную страницу" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "pine1.png" msgstr "pine1.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "The main menu is then presented, which can be navigated using the cursor " "keys. This main menu provides shortcuts for the composing new mails, " @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполнения функций, связанных с текущей задачей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:676 msgid "" "The default directory opened by alpine is [.filename]#inbox#. To view the " "message index, press kbd:[I], or select the [.guimenuitem]#MESSAGE INDEX# " @@ -1699,19 +1699,19 @@ msgstr "" "как показано ниже:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing the default directory" msgstr "Почтовый клиент alpine, отображающий стандартный каталог" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "pine2.png" msgstr "pine2.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:681 msgid "" "The message index shows messages in the current directory and can be " "navigated by using the cursor keys. Highlighted messages can be read by " @@ -1722,19 +1722,19 @@ msgstr "" "нажав kbd:[Enter]." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing the message index" msgstr "Почтовый клиент alpine, отображающий список сообщений" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:682 #, no-wrap msgid "pine3.png" msgstr "pine3.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:687 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, a sample message is displayed by alpine. " "Contextual keyboard shortcuts are displayed at the bottom of the screen. An " @@ -1747,19 +1747,19 @@ msgstr "" "текущее отображаемое сообщение." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing an email" msgstr "Клиент электронной почты alpine, отображающий письмо" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "pine4.png" msgstr "pine4.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:694 msgid "" "Replying to an email in alpine is done using the pico editor, which is " "installed by default with alpine. pico makes it easy to navigate the " @@ -1774,19 +1774,19 @@ msgstr "" "+X]. alpine запросит подтверждение перед отправкой сообщения." #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "alpine email client showing the message compose window" msgstr "Почтовый клиент alpine с открытым окном создания сообщения" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "pine5.png" msgstr "pine5.png" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "alpine can be customized using the [.guimenuitem]#SETUP# option from the " "main menu." @@ -1794,13 +1794,13 @@ msgstr "" "alpine можно настроить с помощью пункта [.guimenuitem]#SETUP# в главном меню." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:700 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Topics" msgstr "Сложные темы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:703 msgid "" "This section covers more involved topics such as mail configuration and " "setting up mail for an entire domain." @@ -1809,13 +1809,13 @@ msgstr "" "организация почтовой системы для целого домена." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Configuration" msgstr "Базовая конфигурация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" "Out of the box, one can send email to external hosts as long as [.filename]#/" "etc/resolv.conf# is configured or the network has access to a configured DNS " @@ -1828,17 +1828,17 @@ msgstr "" "одно из следующих действий:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:711 msgid "Run a DNS server for the domain." msgstr "Запустите DNS-сервер для домена." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:712 msgid "Get mail delivered directly to the FQDN for the machine." msgstr "Получайте почту напрямую на машину, используя её полное доменное имя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "In order to have mail delivered directly to a host, it must have a permanent " "static IP address, not a dynamic IP address. If the system is behind a " @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующих двух условий:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:718 msgid "" "Make sure that the lowest-numbered MX record in DNS points to the host's " "static IP address." @@ -1861,12 +1861,12 @@ msgstr "" "IP-адрес хоста." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:719 msgid "Make sure there is no MX entry in the DNS for the host." msgstr "Убедитесь, что в DNS для хоста нет записи MX." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:721 msgid "" "Either of the above will allow mail to be received directly at the host." msgstr "" @@ -1874,44 +1874,44 @@ msgstr "" "хост." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:723 msgid "Try this:" msgstr "Попробуйте следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "# hostname\n" msgstr "# hostname\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:731 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:743 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:760 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:734 #, no-wrap msgid "example.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "example.FreeBSD.org\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:740 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:757 #, no-wrap msgid "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "# host example.FreeBSD.org\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:746 #, no-wrap msgid "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n" msgstr "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:751 msgid "" "In this example, mail sent directly to mailto:yourlogin@example.FreeBSD." "org[yourlogin@example.FreeBSD.org] should work without problems, assuming a " @@ -1926,12 +1926,12 @@ msgstr "" "соединений и не может быть использован в данном сценарии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:753 msgid "For this example:" msgstr "Для этого примера:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.FreeBSD.org has address 204.216.27.XX\n" @@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "" "example.FreeBSD.org mail is handled (pri=10) by nevdull.FreeBSD.org\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:768 msgid "" "All mail sent to `example.FreeBSD.org` will be collected on `nevdull` under " "the same username instead of being sent directly to the local host." @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ msgstr "" "`nevdull` под тем же именем пользователя вместо прямой отправки на ваш хост." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "The above information is handled by the DNS server. The DNS record that " "carries mail routing information is the link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" @@ -1964,12 +1964,12 @@ msgstr "" "адресу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:774 msgid "The MX entry for `freefall.FreeBSD.org` at one time looked like this:" msgstr "Запись MX для `freefall.FreeBSD.org` когда-то выглядела так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "" "freefall\t\tMX\t30\tmail.crl.net\n" @@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ msgstr "" "freefall\t\tMX\t20\twho.cdrom.com\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:786 msgid "" "`freefall` had many MX entries. The lowest MX number is the host that " "receives mail directly, if available. If it is not accessible for some " @@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ msgstr "" "сообщения и передаст их, когда хост с меньшим номером станет доступен." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:789 msgid "" "Alternate MX sites should have separate Internet connections in order to be " "most useful. The ISP can provide this service." @@ -2005,13 +2005,13 @@ msgstr "" "максимальной эффективности. Ваш провайдер может предоставить такую услугу." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "Mail for a Domain" msgstr "Почта для домена" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:794 msgid "" "When configuring an MTA for a network, any mail sent to hosts in its domain " "should be diverted to the MTA so that users can receive their mail on the " @@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "" "получать свою почту на главном почтовом сервере." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "To make life easiest, a user account with the same _username_ should exist " "on both the MTA and the system with the MUA. Use man:adduser[8] to create " @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ msgstr "" "записей используйте man:adduser[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:802 msgid "" "In addition to adding local users to the host, there are alternative methods " "known as virtual users. Programs like link:https://www.cyrusimap.org/" @@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "" "почты, а также предоставления доступа через POP3 и IMAP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:807 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:806 msgid "" "The MTA must be the designated mail exchanger for each workstation on the " "network. This is done in the DNS configuration with an MX record:" @@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "" "рабочей станции в сети. Это делается в конфигурации DNS с помощью записи MX:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "" "example.FreeBSD.org\tA\t204.216.27.XX\t\t; Workstation\n" @@ -2067,7 +2067,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t\t\tMX\t10 nevdull.FreeBSD.org\t; Mailhost\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:815 msgid "" "This will redirect mail for the workstation to the MTA no matter where the A " "record points. The mail is sent to the MX host." @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" "указывает запись A. Почта отправляется на MX-хост." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:818 msgid "" "This must be configured on a DNS server. If the network does not run its " "own DNS server, talk to the ISP or DNS provider." @@ -2085,12 +2085,12 @@ msgstr "" "DNS-сервер, обратитесь к интернет или DNS-провайдеру." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:820 msgid "The following is an example of virtual email hosting." -msgstr "Ниже приведен пример виртуального хостинга электронной почты." +msgstr "Ниже приведён пример виртуального хостинга электронной почты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" "Consider a customer with the domain `customer1.org`, where all the mail for " "`customer1.org` should be sent to `mail.myhost.com`." @@ -2099,18 +2099,18 @@ msgstr "" "org` должна отправляться на `mail.myhost.com`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:824 msgid "The DNS entry should look like this:" msgstr "Запись DNS должна выглядеть следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com\n" msgstr "customer1.org\t\tMX\t10\tmail.myhost.com\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:832 msgid "" "An `A` record is _not_ needed for `customer1.org` in order to only handle " "email for that domain. However, running `ping` against `customer1.org` will " @@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ msgstr "" "работать, если для этого домена не существует записи `A`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:835 msgid "" "Tell the MTA which domains and/or hostnames it should accept mail for. " "Either of the following will work for Sendmail:" @@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для Sendmail подойдет любой из следующих вариантов:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:837 msgid "" "Add the hosts to [.filename]#/etc/mail/local-host-names# when using the " "`FEATURE(use_cw_file)`." @@ -2139,19 +2139,19 @@ msgstr "" "`FEATURE(use_cw_file)`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:838 msgid "Add a `Cwyour.host.com` line to [.filename]#/etc/sendmail.cf#." msgstr "" "Добавьте строку `Cwyour.host.com` в файл [.filename]#/etc/sendmail.cf#." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:840 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up to Send Only" msgstr "Настройка только для отправки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:844 msgid "" "There are many instances where one may only want to send mail through a " "relay. Some examples are:" @@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" "релейный сервер (SMTP-ретранслятор). Некоторые примеры:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "The computer is a desktop machine that needs to use programs such as man:" "mail[1], using the ISP's mail relay." @@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr "" "ретранслятора интернет-провайдера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:847 msgid "" "The computer is a server that does not handle mail locally, but needs to " "pass off all mail to a relay for processing." @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ msgstr "" "передаёт всю почту релейному серверу для обработки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "While any MTA is capable of filling this particular niche, it can be " "difficult to properly configure a full-featured MTA just to handle " @@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr "" "для такого использования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "Additionally, a typical Internet access service agreement may forbid one " "from running a \"mail server\"." @@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ msgstr "" "запрещать запуск «почтового сервера»." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:856 msgid "" "The easiest way to fulfill those needs is to use the man:dma[8] MTA included " "in the crossref:mail[configuring-dragonfly-mail-agent, base system]. For " @@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" "портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:858 msgid "" "In addition to man:dma[8], third-party software can be used to achieve the " "same, like package:mail/ssmtp[]." @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "ssmtp[]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:863 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/mail/ssmtp\n" @@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ msgstr "" "# make install replace clean\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "Once installed, package:mail/ssmtp[] can be configured with [.filename]#/usr/" "local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf#:" @@ -2242,7 +2242,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/usr/local/etc/ssmtp/ssmtp.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "root=yourrealemail@example.com\n" @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ msgstr "" "hostname=_HOSTNAME_\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:878 msgid "" "Use the real email address for `root`. Enter the ISP's outgoing mail relay " "in place of `mail.example.com`. Some ISPs call this the \"outgoing mail " @@ -2268,12 +2268,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"SMTP-сервер\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:880 msgid "Make sure to disable Sendmail, including the outgoing mail service." msgstr "Убедитесь, что Sendmail отключён, включая службу исходящей почты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "package:mail/ssmtp[] has some other options available. Refer to the examples " "in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/ssmtp# or the manual page of ssmtp for more " @@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ msgstr "" "ssmtp# или к руководству ssmtp." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "Setting up ssmtp in this manner allows any software on the computer that " "needs to send mail to function properly, while not violating the ISP's usage " @@ -2296,13 +2296,13 @@ msgstr "" "захваченным для рассылки спама." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:886 #, no-wrap msgid "SMTP Authentication in Sendmail" msgstr "Аутентификация SMTP в Sendmail" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "Configuring SMTP authentication on the MTA provides a number of benefits. " "SMTP authentication adds a layer of security to Sendmail, and provides " @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимости перенастраивать параметры почтового клиента каждый раз." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:894 msgid "" "Install package:security/cyrus-sasl2[] from the Ports Collection. This port " "supports a number of compile-time options. For the SMTP authentication " @@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ msgstr "" "SMTP, демонстрируемого в данном примере, убедитесь, что `LOGIN` не отключен." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:896 msgid "" "After installing package:security/cyrus-sasl2[], edit [.filename]#/usr/local/" "lib/sasl2/Sendmail.conf#, or create it if it does not exist, and add the " @@ -2337,13 +2337,13 @@ msgstr "" "существует, и добавьте следующую строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:900 #, no-wrap msgid "pwcheck_method: saslauthd\n" msgstr "pwcheck_method: saslauthd\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:903 msgid "" "Next, install package:security/cyrus-sasl2-saslauthd[] and add execute the " "following command:" @@ -2352,24 +2352,24 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:907 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc saslauthd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc saslauthd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:910 msgid "Finally, start the saslauthd daemon:" msgstr "Наконец, запустите демон saslauthd:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "# service saslauthd start\n" msgstr "# service saslauthd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "This daemon serves as a broker for Sendmail to authenticate against the " "FreeBSD man:passwd[5] database. This saves the trouble of creating a new " @@ -2383,14 +2383,14 @@ msgstr "" "систему и для почты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:920 msgid "Next, edit [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# and add the following lines:" msgstr "" "Далее отредактируйте файл [.filename]#/etc/make.conf# и добавьте следующие " "строки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:925 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SENDMAIL_CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include/sasl -DSASL\n" @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr "" "SENDMAIL_LDADD=/usr/local/lib/libsasl2.so\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:929 msgid "" "These lines provide Sendmail the proper configuration options for linking to " "package:cyrus-sasl2[] at compile time. Make sure that package:cyrus-sasl2[] " @@ -2411,12 +2411,12 @@ msgstr "" "cyrus-sasl2[] установлен перед перекомпиляцией Sendmail." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:931 msgid "Recompile Sendmail by executing the following commands:" msgstr "Перекомпилируйте Sendmail, выполнив следующие команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:940 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src/lib/libsmutil\n" @@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" "# make cleandir && make obj && make && make install\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "This compile should not have any problems if [.filename]#/usr/src# has not " "changed extensively and the shared libraries it needs are available." @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступны." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:946 msgid "" "After Sendmail has been compiled and reinstalled, edit [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "freebsd.mc# or the local [.filename]#.mc#. Many administrators choose to " @@ -2457,12 +2457,12 @@ msgstr "" "качестве имени файла [.filename]#.mc# для обеспечения уникальности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:949 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:948 msgid "Add these lines:" msgstr "Добавьте следующие строки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dnl set SASL options\n" @@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@ msgstr "" "define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS', `GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN')dnl\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:958 msgid "" "These options configure the different methods available to Sendmail for " "authenticating users. To use a method other than pwcheck, refer to the " @@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ msgstr "" "обратитесь к документации Sendmail." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:961 msgid "" "Finally, run man:make[1] while in [.filename]#/etc/mail#. That will run the " "new [.filename]#.mc# and create a [.filename]#.cf# named either [." @@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "" "для локального файла [.filename]#.mc#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "Then, run `make install restart`, which will copy the file to [." "filename]#sendmail.cf#, and properly restart Sendmail." @@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#sendmail.cf# и корректно перезапустит Sendmail." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:965 msgid "" "For more information about this process, refer to [.filename]#/etc/mail/" "Makefile#." @@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/mail/Makefile#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "To test the configuration, use a MUA to send a test message. For further " "investigation, set the `LogLevel` of Sendmail to `13` and watch [.filename]#/" @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ msgstr "" "предмет ошибок." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mail/_index.adoc:969 msgid "" "For more information, refer to http://www.sendmail.org/~ca/email/auth." "html[SMTP authentication]." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc index c620d253b1..eb5d035370 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ --- -description: 'Как получить FreeBSD: наборы CD и DVD, FTP-сайты и как установить и использовать Git' +description: 'Как установить FreeBSD: сервисы распространения дистрибутивов, зеркала, репозитории кода и ключи SSH' next: books/handbook/bibliography params: path: /books/handbook/mirrors/ part: 'Часть V. Приложения' prev: books/handbook/partv showBookMenu: 'true' -tags: ["Obtaining", "CD", "DVD", "FTP", "Git"] +tags: ["FTP", "Git", "HTTPS", "Mirrors", "Obtaining", "Rsync", "SSH"] title: 'Приложение A. Получение FreeBSD' weight: 41 --- @@ -419,19 +419,3 @@ GitLab:: ** Отпечаток ключа RSA — `SHA256:jBe6FQGoH4HjvrIVM23dcnLZk9kmpdezR/CvQzm7rJM` Они также публикуются как записи SSHFP в DNS. - -[[mirrors-disc]] -== Копии на диске - -Копии дисков FreeBSD доступны у нескольких онлайн-продавцов: - -* Getlinux + - Website: https://www.getlinux.fr/ - -* Dr. Hinner EDV + - Schäftlarnstr. 10 // 4. Stock + - D-81371 München + - Germany + - Phone: +49 171 417 544 6 + - Email: infow@hinner.de + - Website: http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po index d2965796a7..470490421a 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookmirrors_index/ru/>\n" @@ -21,8 +21,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "How to get FreeBSD: CD and DVD sets, FTP sites and how to install and use Git" -msgstr "Как получить FreeBSD: наборы CD и DVD, FTP-сайты и как установить и использовать Git" +msgid "How to get FreeBSD: Distribution services, mirrors, code repositories, and SSH keys" +msgstr "" +"Как установить FreeBSD: сервисы распространения дистрибутивов, зеркала, " +"репозитории кода и ключи SSH" #. type: YAML Front Matter: part #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:1 @@ -43,13 +45,13 @@ msgid "Obtaining FreeBSD" msgstr "Получение FreeBSD" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Mirrors" msgstr "Зеркала" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "The official mirrors of the FreeBSD project are made up of many machines " "operated by the project cluster administrators and behind GeoDNS to direct " @@ -66,162 +68,162 @@ msgstr "" "две площадки, Нью-Джерси и Вашингтон)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:58 msgid "Official mirrors service:" msgstr "Официальный сервис зеркал:" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Имя Сервиса" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:62 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocols" msgstr "Протоколы" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:63 #, no-wrap msgid "More information" msgstr "Больше информации" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:64 #, no-wrap msgid "**cgit.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "**cgit.FreeBSD.org**" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/[https]" msgstr "link:https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/[https]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:67 #, no-wrap msgid "Web interface for the FreeBSD Git repositories." msgstr "Веб-интерфейс для Git-репозиториев FreeBSD." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:68 #, no-wrap msgid "**docs.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "**docs.FreeBSD.org**" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[https]" msgstr "link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/[https]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:71 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Portal." msgstr "Портал документации FreeBSD." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:72 #, no-wrap msgid "**download.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "**download.FreeBSD.org**" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://download.FreeBSD.org/[https] link:ftp://download.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp]" msgstr "link:https://download.FreeBSD.org/[https] link:ftp://download.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:75 #, no-wrap msgid "Same content as `ftp.FreeBSD.org`, `ftp` is a legacy name; `download.FreeBSD.org` is recommended." msgstr "То же содержимое, что и на `ftp.FreeBSD.org`, `ftp` — устаревшее название; рекомендуется использовать `download.FreeBSD.org`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:76 #, no-wrap msgid "**git.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "**git.FreeBSD.org**" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "git over `https` and `ssh`" msgstr "git по `https` и `ssh`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "More details on link:https://docs.freebsd.org/en/books/handbook/mirrors/#git[using git] section." msgstr "Подробнее в разделе link:https://docs.freebsd.org/en/books/handbook/mirrors/#git[использование git]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "**pkg.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "**pkg.FreeBSD.org**" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:81 #, no-wrap msgid "man:pkg[8] over `http` and `https`" msgstr "man:pkg[8] через `http` и `https`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "Official FreeBSD package repositories used by the man:pkg[8] program." msgstr "Официальные репозитории пакетов FreeBSD, используемые программой man:pkg[8]." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:84 #, no-wrap msgid "**vuxml.FreeBSD.org** / **www.VuXML.org**" msgstr "**vuxml.FreeBSD.org** / **www.VuXML.org**" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:85 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://www.vuxml.org/[https]" msgstr "link:https://www.vuxml.org/[https]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Project VuXML web page. `pkg audit` fetches the list of vulnerabilities from this service." msgstr "Страница проекта FreeBSD VuXML. `pkg audit` получает список уязвимостей из этой службы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:88 #, no-wrap msgid "**www.FreeBSD.org**" msgstr "**www.FreeBSD.org**" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:89 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/[https]" msgstr "link:https://www.FreeBSD.org/[https]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Website." msgstr "Веб-сайт FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:93 msgid "All official mirrors support IPv4 and IPv6." msgstr "Все официальные зеркала поддерживают IPv4 и IPv6." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:95 msgid "" "http://ftp-archive.FreeBSD.org is not in the GeoDNS Infrastructure, hosted " "in only one location (US)." @@ -230,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "размещается только в одном месте (США)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "The project is looking for new locations; those willing to sponsor, please " "reach out to the Cluster Administrators team for more information." @@ -240,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "информации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "link:https://www.fastly.com[Fastly] CDN is used to serve **download.FreeBSD." "org** and **pkg.FreeBSD.org**, providing acceleration, caching, and global " @@ -252,762 +254,762 @@ msgstr "" "способности для образов и пакетов FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:101 msgid "Mirror list maintained by the community and other companies:" msgstr "Список зеркал, поддерживаемый сообществом и другими компаниями:" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "Country" msgstr "Страна" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Имя сайта" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "Australia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-australia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Австралия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-australia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.au.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.au.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:112 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:115 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:114 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:http://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.au.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Brazil icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-brazil-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Бразилия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-brazil-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:http://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp3.br.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "Bulgaria icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-bulgaria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Болгария icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-bulgaria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:126 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.bg.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Czech Republic icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-czech-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Чехия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-czech-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.cz.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "Denmark icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-denmark-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Дания icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-denmark-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:132 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http] link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http] link:http://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.dk.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD/[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:136 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Finland icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-finland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Финляндия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-finland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:136 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "link:ftp://ftp.fi.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "France icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-france-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Франция icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-france-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:140 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "link:ftp://ftp3.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:http://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp6.fr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Germany icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-germany-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Германия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-germany-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.de.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:https://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:https://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.de.FreeBSD.org/FreeBSD[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp1.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:162 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.de.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:164 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp7.de.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Greece icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-greece-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Греция icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-greece-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:176 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp2.gr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:179 #, no-wrap msgid "Japan icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-japan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Япония icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-japan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:183 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:182 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:ftp://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp2.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:190 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:http://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:rsync://ftp3.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:194 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "link:ftp://ftp4.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:196 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:198 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp6.jp.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Kazakhstan icon:envelope[link=mailto:support@ps.kz, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Казахстан icon:envelope[link=mailto:support@ps.kz, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:200 #, no-wrap msgid "mirror.ps.kz" msgstr "mirror.ps.kz" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:203 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:202 #, no-wrap msgid "http://mirror.ps.kz/freebsd[http] link:ftp://mirror.ps.kz/freebsd[ftp]" msgstr "http://mirror.ps.kz/freebsd[http] link:ftp://mirror.ps.kz/freebsd[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "mirror.neolabs.kz" msgstr "mirror.neolabs.kz" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:206 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://mirror.neolabs.kz/freebsd[http] link:ftp://mirror.neolabs.kz/freebsd[ftp]" msgstr "link:http://mirror.neolabs.kz/freebsd[http] link:ftp://mirror.neolabs.kz/freebsd[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "Korea icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-korea-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Корея icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-korea-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:https://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:https://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:212 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "link:rsync://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:rsync://ftp2.kr.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "Latvia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-latvia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Латвия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-latvia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:218 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[http] link:ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[ftp]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[http] link:ftp://ftp.lv.FreeBSD.org/freebsd[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "Netherlands icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-netherlands-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Нидерланды icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-netherlands-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:220 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:http://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.nl.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "mirror.nl.altushost.com" msgstr "mirror.nl.altushost.com" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://mirror.nl.altushost.com/FreeBSD[https]" msgstr "link:https://mirror.nl.altushost.com/FreeBSD[https]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:231 #, no-wrap msgid "New Zealand icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-new-zealand-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Новая Зеландия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-new-zealand-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:235 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:234 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.nz.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "Norway icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-norway-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Норвегия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-norway-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.no.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.no.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:238 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.no.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "Poland icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-poland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Польша icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-poland-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.pl.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "Russia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-russia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Россия icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-russia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:250 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:https://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp2.ru.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Slovenia icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-slovenia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Словения icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-slovenia-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.si.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.si.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.si.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "South Africa icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-south-africa-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "ЮАР icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-south-africa-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:262 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:http://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.za.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:263 #, no-wrap msgid "Sweden icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-sweden-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Швеция icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-sweden-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:264 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.se.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.se.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.se.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "mirror.se.altushost.com" msgstr "mirror.se.altushost.com" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:271 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://mirror.se.altushost.com/FreeBSD[https]" msgstr "link:https://mirror.se.altushost.com/FreeBSD[https]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:271 #, no-wrap msgid "Taiwan icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-taiwan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Тайвань icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-taiwan-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" msgstr "link:https://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:ftp://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp4.tw.FreeBSD.org[rsync]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" msgstr "link:http://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp5.tw.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Ukraine icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-ukraine-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Украина icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-ukraine-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.ua.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "United Kingdom icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-uk-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Великобритания icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-uk-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp.uk.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https] link:https://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[https_v6] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp2.uk.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:291 #, no-wrap msgid "United States of America icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-us-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" msgstr "Соединение штаты Америки icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-us-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp11.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp11.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:294 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp11.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync] link:rsync://ftp11.FreeBSD.org[rsync_v6]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp14.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp14.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:299 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "link:ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp14.FreeBSD.org[rsync] (Former official tier 1)" msgstr "link:ftp://ftp14.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:rsync://ftp14.FreeBSD.org[rsync] (Former official tier 1)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp5.FreeBSD.org" msgstr "ftp5.FreeBSD.org" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:301 #, no-wrap msgid "link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" msgstr "link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http] link:http://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[http_v6] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp] link:ftp://ftp5.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD[ftp_v6]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:304 msgid "" "The current list of protocols supported by the community mirrors was last " "updated on 2022-01-31, and it's not guaranteed." @@ -1017,19 +1019,19 @@ msgstr "" "гарантируется." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Git" msgstr "Используя Git" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Введение" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "As of December 2020, FreeBSD uses git as the primary version control system " "for storing all of FreeBSD's base source code and documentation. As of " @@ -1043,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" "портов FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:319 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:318 msgid "" "Git is generally a developer tool. Users may prefer to use `freebsd-update` " "(crossref:cutting-edge[updating-upgrading-freebsdupdate,“FreeBSD Update”]) " @@ -1055,7 +1057,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:321 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to install Git on a FreeBSD system and use it " "to create a local copy of a FreeBSD source code repository." @@ -1064,30 +1066,30 @@ msgstr "" "его для создания локальной копии репозитория исходного кода FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:323 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" msgstr "Установка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:326 msgid "Git can be installed from the Ports Collection, or as a package:" msgstr "Git можно установить из Коллекции портов или в виде пакета:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install git\n" msgstr "# pkg install git\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "Running Git" msgstr "Запуск Git" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "To fetch a clean copy of the sources into a local directory, use `git " "clone`. This directory of files is called the _working tree_." @@ -1096,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr "" "clone`. Этот каталог с файлами называется _рабочим деревом_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:342 msgid "" "Git uses URLs to designate a repository. There are three different " "repositories, `src` for the FreeBSD system source code, `doc` for " @@ -1113,97 +1115,97 @@ msgstr "" "используя протокол `https`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:344 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Git Repository URL Table" msgstr "Таблица URL репозиториев Git FreeBSD" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "Item" msgstr "Элемент" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "Git URL" msgstr "URL Git" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only src repo via HTTPS" msgstr "Репозиторий src через HTTPS (только для чтения )" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" msgstr "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only src repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "Репозиторий src через anon-ssh (только для чтения )" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" msgstr "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/src.git`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only doc repo via HTTPS" msgstr "Репозиторий документации через HTTPS (только для чтения)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" msgstr "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only doc repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "Репозиторий документации через anon-ssh (только для чтения)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" msgstr "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/doc.git`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:352 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only ports repo via HTTPS" msgstr "Репозиторий портов через HTTPS (только для чтения)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" msgstr "`https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:353 #, no-wrap msgid "Read-only ports repo via anon-ssh" msgstr "Репозиторий портов через anon-ssh (только для чтения )" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" msgstr "`ssh://anongit@git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "External mirrors maintained by project members are also available; please " "refer to the crossref:mirrors[external-mirrors, External mirrors] section." @@ -1213,18 +1215,18 @@ msgstr "" "mirrors, Внешние зеркала]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:360 msgid "To clone a copy of the FreeBSD system source code repository:" msgstr "Для клонирования копии репозитория исходного кода системы FreeBSD:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:364 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone -o freebsd https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git /usr/src\n" msgstr "# git clone -o freebsd https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git /usr/src\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "The `-o freebsd` option specifies the origin; by convention in the FreeBSD " "documentation, the origin is assumed to be `freebsd`. Because the initial " @@ -1237,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" "сервера, это может занять некоторое время. Пожалуйста, наберитесь терпения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:372 msgid "" "Initially, the working tree contains source code for the `main` branch, " "which corresponds to CURRENT. To switch to 13-STABLE instead:" @@ -1246,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствует CURRENT. Для переключения на 13-STABLE вместо этого:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1256,7 +1258,7 @@ msgstr "" "# git checkout stable/13\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:380 msgid "" "The working tree can be updated with `git pull`. To update [.filename]#/usr/" "src# created in the example above, use:" @@ -1265,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/usr/src#, созданный в примере выше, используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:385 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/src\n" @@ -1275,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "# git pull --rebase\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "The update is much quicker than a checkout, only transferring files that " "have changed." @@ -1284,13 +1286,13 @@ msgstr "" "изменённые файлы." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "Web-based repository browser" msgstr "Веб-интерфейс репозиториев" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:392 msgid "" "The FreeBSD project uses cgit as the web-based repository browser: link:" "https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/[https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/]." @@ -1299,13 +1301,13 @@ msgstr "" "https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/[https://cgit.FreeBSD.org/]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "For Developers" msgstr "Для разработчиков" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "For information about write access to repositories see the extref:" "{committers-guide}[Committer's Guide, git-mini-primer]." @@ -1314,13 +1316,13 @@ msgstr "" "{committers-guide}[Руководство коммиттера, git-mini-primer]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "External mirrors" msgstr "Внешние зеркала" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:403 msgid "" "Those mirrors are not hosted in FreeBSD.org but still maintained by the " "project members. Users and developers are welcome to pull or browse " @@ -1335,76 +1337,76 @@ msgstr "" "этими зеркалами всё ещё обсуждается." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:404 #, no-wrap msgid "Codeberg" msgstr "Codeberg" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:406 msgid "doc: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" msgstr "doc: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:407 msgid "ports: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" msgstr "ports: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:408 msgid "src: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" msgstr "src: https://codeberg.org/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:409 #, no-wrap msgid "GitHub" msgstr "GitHub" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:411 msgid "doc: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-doc" msgstr "doc: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-doc" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:412 msgid "ports: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-ports" msgstr "ports: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-ports" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:413 msgid "src: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src" msgstr "src: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd-src" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:414 #, no-wrap msgid "GitLab" msgstr "GitLab" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:416 msgid "doc: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" msgstr "doc: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-doc" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:417 msgid "ports: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" msgstr "ports: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-ports" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:418 msgid "src: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" msgstr "src: https://gitlab.com/FreeBSD/freebsd-src" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:419 #, no-wrap msgid "Mailing lists" msgstr "Списки рассылки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "The main mailing list for general usage and questions about git in the " "FreeBSD project is https://lists.freebsd.org/subscription/freebsd-" @@ -1417,25 +1419,25 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:handbook/eresources[eresources-mail, Списки рассылки]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:424 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH host keys" msgstr "SSH ключи серверов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:427 msgid "gitrepo.FreeBSD.org host key fingerprints:" msgstr "Отпечатки ключей хоста gitrepo.FreeBSD.org:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:428 msgid "" "ECDSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:seWO5D27ySURcx4bknTNKlC1mgai0whP443PAKEvvZA`" msgstr "" "Отпечаток ключа ECDSA — `SHA256:seWO5D27ySURcx4bknTNKlC1mgai0whP443PAKEvvZA`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:429 msgid "" "ED25519 key fingerprint is `SHA256:" "lNR6i4BEOaaUhmDHBA1WJsO7H3KtvjE2r5q4sOxtIWo`" @@ -1444,26 +1446,26 @@ msgstr "" "lNR6i4BEOaaUhmDHBA1WJsO7H3KtvjE2r5q4sOxtIWo`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "RSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:f453CUEFXEJAXlKeEHV+ajJfeEfx9MdKQUD7lIscnQI`" msgstr "" "Отпечаток ключа RSA — `SHA256:f453CUEFXEJAXlKeEHV+ajJfeEfx9MdKQUD7lIscnQI`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:432 msgid "git.FreeBSD.org host key fingerprints:" msgstr "Отпечатки ключей хоста git.FreeBSD.org:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:433 msgid "" "ECDSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:/UlirUAsGiitupxmtsn7f9b7zCWd0vCs4Yo/tpVWP9w`" msgstr "" "Отпечаток ключа ECDSA — `SHA256:/UlirUAsGiitupxmtsn7f9b7zCWd0vCs4Yo/tpVWP9w`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:434 msgid "" "ED25519 key fingerprint is `SHA256:" "y1ljKrKMD3lDObRUG3xJ9gXwEIuqnh306tSyFd1tuZE`" @@ -1472,57 +1474,53 @@ msgstr "" "y1ljKrKMD3lDObRUG3xJ9gXwEIuqnh306tSyFd1tuZE`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "RSA key fingerprint is `SHA256:jBe6FQGoH4HjvrIVM23dcnLZk9kmpdezR/CvQzm7rJM`" msgstr "" "Отпечаток ключа RSA — `SHA256:jBe6FQGoH4HjvrIVM23dcnLZk9kmpdezR/CvQzm7rJM`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:436 msgid "These are also published as SSHFP records in DNS." msgstr "Они также публикуются как записи SSHFP в DNS." -#. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap -msgid "Disc Copies" -msgstr "Копии на диске" +#~ msgid "How to get FreeBSD: CD and DVD sets, FTP sites and how to install and use Git" +#~ msgstr "Как получить FreeBSD: наборы CD и DVD, FTP-сайты и как установить и использовать Git" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:443 -msgid "FreeBSD disc copies are available from several online retailers:" -msgstr "Копии дисков FreeBSD доступны у нескольких онлайн-продавцов:" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Disc Copies" +#~ msgstr "Копии на диске" + +#~ msgid "FreeBSD disc copies are available from several online retailers:" +#~ msgstr "Копии дисков FreeBSD доступны у нескольких онлайн-продавцов:" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:446 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Getlinux\n" -"Website: https://www.getlinux.fr/" -msgstr "" -"Getlinux\n" -"Website: https://www.getlinux.fr/" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Getlinux\n" +#~ "Website: https://www.getlinux.fr/" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Getlinux\n" +#~ "Website: https://www.getlinux.fr/" -#. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/mirrors/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"Dr. Hinner EDV\n" -"Schäftlarnstr. 10 // 4. Stock\n" -"D-81371 München\n" -"Germany\n" -"Phone: +49 171 417 544 6\n" -"Email: infow@hinner.de\n" -"Website: http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html" -msgstr "" -"Dr. Hinner EDV\n" -"Schäftlarnstr. 10 // 4. Stock\n" -"D-81371 München\n" -"Germany\n" -"Phone: +49 171 417 544 6\n" -"Email: infow@hinner.de\n" -"Website: http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Dr. Hinner EDV\n" +#~ "Schäftlarnstr. 10 // 4. Stock\n" +#~ "D-81371 München\n" +#~ "Germany\n" +#~ "Phone: +49 171 417 544 6\n" +#~ "Email: infow@hinner.de\n" +#~ "Website: http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dr. Hinner EDV\n" +#~ "Schäftlarnstr. 10 // 4. Stock\n" +#~ "D-81371 München\n" +#~ "Germany\n" +#~ "Phone: +49 171 417 544 6\n" +#~ "Email: infow@hinner.de\n" +#~ "Website: http://www.hinner.de/linux/freebsd.html" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "Austria icon:envelope[link=mailto:{mirrors-austria-email}, title=\"mirror contact\"]" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc index a041746ad0..35e90709b3 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ pcm1: <Realtek ALC892 Right Analog Headphones> at nid 22 on hdaa0 [.programlisting] .... -hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid22.config="as=1 seq=15 device=Headphones" +hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid22.config="as=1 seq=15 device=Headphones" hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid26.config="as=2 seq=0 device=speakers" .... @@ -224,6 +224,37 @@ hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid26.config="as=2 seq=0 device=speakers" Имейте в виду, что эти значения приведены для указанного выше примера. Они могут отличаться в зависимости от системы. ==== +[[resampling-quality]] +=== Качество ресемплинга + +Процесс изменения частоты дискретизации аудиопотока называется ресемплингом. + +Обычно это происходит автоматически в таких ситуациях, как запись звука через DI (цифровой интерфейс) или просто при воспроизведении аудиофайлов с очень низким разрешением. + +Пример: DI использует 192000 кГц, а приложение принимает только 48000 кГц (или наоборот). + +Если возможно, это следует настраивать за пределами драйвера звукового устройства, но для случаев, когда это невозможно (или оборудование плохо выполняет ресемплинг), у вас есть возможность влиять на качество, используемое при ресемплинге. + +Если вы не уверены, нужна ли эта настройка, то для обычного прослушивания музыки, проведения встреч и тому подобного значение по умолчанию вполне подходит, и большинство приложений в любом случае используют 48000 кГц, так что передискретизация происходит редко. + +При создании музыки, записи звуков в других случаях, где качество имеет значение, или если вы аудиофил, вы можете повысить качество ресемплинга. + +Для достижения максимально возможного качества передискретизации выполните следующую команду: + +[source, shell] +.... +# sysctl hw.snd.feeder_rate_quality=4<.> +# sysctl hw.snd.feeder_rate_round=0<.> +.... +<.> 100 дБ в полосе задерживания, 164 отвода и 97% полосы пропускания +<.> Крупные простые деления для высокой точности + +Чтобы сохранить эти значения после перезагрузки, их можно добавить в `/etc/sysctl.conf`. + +Важно помнить, что изменение качества ресемплинга влияет на использование процессора и задержку. + +Более подробную информацию о ресемплинге можно найти в man:sound[4] + [[troubleshooting-sound]] === Устранение неполадок со звуком @@ -286,9 +317,9 @@ set-default-sink 4 | package:multimedia/audacious[] | Qt -| MOC (music on console) +| cmus — C* музыкальный проигрыватель | GPL 2.0 -| package:audio/moc[] +| package:audio/cmus[] | TUI |=== @@ -335,17 +366,18 @@ Audacious изначально поддерживает OSS, но его нео ==== [[moc-music-on-console]] -=== MOC (music on console) +[[cmus]] +=== cmus — C* музыкальный проигрыватель -MOC (music on console) — это консольный аудиоплеер, созданный для удобства и эффективности использования. +cmus — это небольшой, быстрый и мощный консольный музыкальный плеер для Unix-подобных операционных систем. -MOC воспроизводит музыку плавно, независимо от нагрузки на систему или ввод-вывод, поскольку обрабатывает выходной буфер в отдельном потоке. Он не создаёт промежутков между файлами, потому что следующий файл для воспроизведения предварительно кэшируется во время проигрывания текущего файла. +Помимо различных плагинов ввода и вывода, он поддерживает CUE-листы, использует Unicode, поддерживает скробблинг (например, last.fm или libre.fm), может запускать внешние программы для выбранных файлов, такие как редакторы тегов, управляется через UNIX-сокеты и многое другое. -Для установки MOC (music on console) выполните: +Для установки cmus выполните: [source, shell] .... -# pkg install moc +# pkg install cmus .... [[video-ports]] @@ -358,9 +390,9 @@ MOC воспроизводит музыку плавно, независимо |=== | Имя | Лицензия | Пакет | `Toolkit` -| MPlayer +| mpv | GPL 2.0 -| package:multimedia/mplayer[] +| package:multimedia/mpv[] | CLI | SMPlayer @@ -373,7 +405,7 @@ MOC воспроизводит музыку плавно, независимо | package:multimedia/vlc[] | Qt -| Kodi (XBMC) +| Kodi (XBMC) | GPL 2.0 | package:multimedia/kodi[] | X11 @@ -381,18 +413,67 @@ MOC воспроизводит музыку плавно, независимо |=== [[mplayer]] -=== MPlayer +[[mpv]] +=== mpv -MPlayer — это мультимедийный проигрыватель и набор инструментов для кодирования, который работает на многих платформах и поддерживает командную строку. Он воспроизводит огромное количество различных форматов файлов и кодеков, включая популярные потоки DivX, XviD, H.264, а также DVD и SVCD, вместе со многими распространёнными аудиокодеками. +mpv — это свободный (в смысле свободы, а не бесплатности) медиаплеер для командной строки. Он поддерживает широкий спектр форматов медиафайлов, аудио- и видеокодеков, а также типов субтитров. mpv может использовать большинство API аппаратного декодирования на всех платформах. -Для установки MPlayer выполните: +Ориентированный также на видеолюбителей, он имеет несколько высококачественных алгоритмов масштабирования вверх/вниз, которыми, как и всеми настройками, можно управлять через профили. Профили можно выбирать с помощью параметров командной строки или на основе условий, таких как имя каталога. + +Она также поддерживает высококачественное преобразование HDR в SDR с тонкой настройкой управления, позволяя каждому наслаждаться HDR-контентом на любом дисплее. + +Для установки mpv выполните: [source, shell] .... -# pkg install mplayer +# pkg install mpv +.... + +Вот короткий пример [filename.]#~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf# + +[.programlisting] +.... +vo=gpu-next<.> +gpu-context=wayland<.> +hwdec=auto<.> +screenshot-jpeg-quality=100 +scale=ewa_lanczos4sharpest<.> +dscale=ewa_lanczos4sharpest + +[TTRPG]<.> +profile-cond=path:find('ttrpg')<.> +profile=fast<.> +save-position-on-quit=yes + +[hdr]<.> +scale=bilinear +dscale=bilinear +dither=no +correct-downscaling=no +linear-downscaling=no +sigmoid-upscaling=no +hdr-compute-peak=yes +hdr-peak-percentile=99.995 +hdr-contrast-recovery=0.30 +.... +<.> Использует новый видеовыход gpu-next. Многие функции требуют этого и/или обеспечивают более высокое качество, если этот параметр включен +<.> Пользователи Wayland должны вручную установить это при появлении графических сбоев или возникновении сбоев программы +<.> Автоматически определяет доступность аппаратного декодирования GPU и использует его +<.> Наилучший алгоритм масштабирования. Отключите, если ваше оборудование недостаточно быстрое и видео начинает пропускать кадры +<.> Пример профиля для длинных видео записанных сессий TTRPG +<.> Применяется только в том случае, если путь содержит ttrpg +<.> Использует встроенный быстрый профиль для минимально возможного использования CPU/GPU +<.> Пример профиля для пользователей с медленной встроенной графикой (iGPU), которые всё таки хотят наслаждаться HDR-контентом + +Используя эту примерную конфигурацию, профиль TTRPG автоматически применяется, если выполняется условие "Path contains ttrpg". + +Чтобы просмотреть HDR-видео на iGPU, вручную укажите профиль с помощью следующей команды: + +.... +$ mpv --profile=hdr hdr_video.mkv .... -Примеры работы MPlayer можно найти в man:mplayer[1]. +За дополнительными примерами использования mpv обращайтесь к справочному руководству mpv. [[smplayer]] === SMPlayer @@ -498,12 +579,12 @@ webcamd [-d ugen1.3] -N Realtek-802-11n-WLAN-Adapter -S 00e04c000001 -M 0 [source, shell] .... -# sysrc webcamd_0_flags="-d ugen0.2" <.> +# sysrc webcamd_0_flags="-N SunplusIT-Inc-HP-TrueVision-HD-Camera" <.> .... [NOTE] ==== -Обратите внимание, что если это веб-камера с поддержкой plug-and-play USB, то изменение USB-порта, к которому она подключена, приведёт к изменению вывода команды `webcamd -l`, и запись в rc.conf может потребовать обновления. Для ноутбуков со встроенными USB-веб-камерами это не должно быть проблемой. +Обратите внимание, что если это веб-камера с поддержкой plug-and-play USB, то изменение USB-порта, к которому она подключена, приведёт к изменению вывода команды `webcamd -l`, а именно, идентификатора устройства, и запись в rc.conf может потребовать обновления. Для ноутбуков со встроенными USB-веб-камерами это не должно быть проблемой. Чтобы избежать такой ситуации, или используйте имя устройства (опция `-N`), или/и определяйте соответствие устройства по серийному номеру, если он известен (опция `-S`) и отображается в выводе команды `webcamd -l`. Для статических устройств, например, интегрированных видеокамер ноутбуков, вы можете использовать идентификатор устройства (опция `-d`). ==== Сервис man:webcamd[8] должен быть запущен выполнением следующей команды: diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po index 06e924e02c..f4fc4a4c87 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-08 09:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-09 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookmultimedia_index/ru/>\n" @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "Мультимедиа" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "The multimedia chapter provides an overview of multimedia support on " "FreeBSD. Multimedia applications and technologies have become an integral " @@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию и практические примеры для начала работы." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:63 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card" msgstr "Настройка звуковой карты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:68 msgid "" "By default, FreeBSD will automatically detect the sound card used by the " "system. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. The list of " @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживаемых звуковых карт можно найти в man:sound[4]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "It is only necessary to load the sound card module if FreeBSD has not " "detected it correctly." @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD не определила его корректно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "Where it is not known which sound card the system has, or which module to " "use, the `snd_driver` metadriver can be loaded by executing the following " @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload snd_driver\n" msgstr "# kldload snd_driver\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the " "following line in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" @@ -132,19 +132,19 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:86 #, no-wrap msgid "snd_driver_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "snd_driver_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Testing Sound" msgstr "Тестирование звука" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "To confirm the sound card is detected the following command can be executed:" msgstr "" @@ -152,26 +152,26 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:97 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:175 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "% dmesg | grep pcm\n" msgstr "% dmesg | grep pcm\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:100 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:115 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:519 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:548 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:622 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:643 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:797 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pcm0: <Conexant CX20561 (Hermosa) (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)> at nid 26,22 and 24 on hdaa0\n" @@ -181,18 +181,18 @@ msgstr "" "pcm1: <Conexant CX20561 (Hermosa) (Internal Analog Mic)> at nid 29 on hdaa0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:107 msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:" msgstr "Состояние звуковой карты также можно проверить с помощью этой команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "# cat /dev/sndstat\n" msgstr "# cat /dev/sndstat\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:120 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Installed devices:\n" @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" "pcm1: <Conexant CX20561 (Hermosa) (Internal Analog Mic)> (rec)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "If no `pcm` devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver " "was loaded. If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD." @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" "работать в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "man:beep[1] can be used to produce some noise, confirming that the sound " "card is working:" @@ -223,19 +223,19 @@ msgstr "" "звуковая карта работает:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "% beep\n" msgstr "% beep\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer" msgstr "Микшер" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "FreeBSD has different utilities to set and display sound card mixer values " "built on the FreeBSD Sound System:" @@ -244,151 +244,151 @@ msgstr "" "микшера звуковой карты, работающие на основе FreeBSD Sound System:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Supported mixer packages" msgstr "Поддерживаемые пакеты микшера" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:141 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:293 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:383 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:575 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:827 #, no-wrap msgid "Name" msgstr "Имя" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:141 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:293 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:383 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:827 #, no-wrap msgid "License" msgstr "Лицензия" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:141 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:293 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:383 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:140 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:829 #, no-wrap msgid "Package" msgstr "Пакет" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:143 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:295 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "Toolkit" msgstr "`Toolkit`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:143 #, no-wrap msgid "man:mixer[8]" msgstr "man:mixer[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:145 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:150 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:160 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:337 #, no-wrap msgid "BSD-2" msgstr "BSD-2" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:145 #, no-wrap msgid "Included in base system" msgstr "Включено в базовую систему" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:148 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:420 #, no-wrap msgid "CLI" msgstr "CLI" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "dsbmixer" msgstr "dsbmixer" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:150 #, no-wrap msgid "package:audio/dsbmixer[]" msgstr "package:audio/dsbmixer[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:153 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:158 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:300 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:310 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:395 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:430 #, no-wrap msgid "Qt" msgstr "Qt" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "KDE Plasma audio widget" msgstr "Виджет аудио KDE Plasma" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:155 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:302 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:312 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:387 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:392 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:397 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:402 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:753 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:839 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL 2.0" msgstr "GPL 2.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:155 #, no-wrap msgid "package:audio/plasma6-plasma-pa[]" msgstr "package:audio/plasma6-plasma-pa[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:158 #, no-wrap msgid "mixertui" msgstr "mixertui" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:160 #, no-wrap msgid "package:audio/mixertui[]" msgstr "package:audio/mixertui[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:163 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:345 #, no-wrap msgid "TUI" msgstr "TUI" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "Graphics Card Sound" msgstr "Звук графической карты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "Graphics cards often come with their own integrated sound devices, and it " "may be unclear which is being used as the default device. To confirm, run " @@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ msgstr "" "определить, как система перечисляет выходы. Выполните следующую команду:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:178 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:219 msgid "The output looks something like this:" msgstr "Вывод выглядит примерно так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:189 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pcm0: <HDA NVIDIA (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n" @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" "pcm7: <HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #3 Digital> at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "The graphics card (NVIDIA(R)) has been enumerated before the sound card " "(Realtek(R)), with the sound card appearing as `pcm4`. The system can be " @@ -444,13 +444,13 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:197 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=4\n" msgstr "# sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=4\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:200 msgid "" "To make this change permanent add the next line to [.filename]#/etc/sysctl." "conf#:" @@ -459,19 +459,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=4\n" msgstr "hw.snd.default_unit=4\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "Automatically Switching to Headphones" msgstr "Автоматическое переключение на наушники" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:210 msgid "" "Some systems may struggle with switching between audio outputs, but " "fortunately FreeBSD allows automatic switchover to be configured in [." @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr "" "переключение в [.filename]#device.hints#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:212 msgid "" "Identify how the system is enumerating the audio outputs by executing the " "following command:" @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" "Определите, как система перечисляет аудиовыходы, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:224 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pcm0: <Realtek ALC892 Analog> at nid 23 and 26 on hdaa0\n" @@ -500,22 +500,22 @@ msgstr "" "pcm1: <Realtek ALC892 Right Analog Headphones> at nid 22 on hdaa0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:227 msgid "Add the following lines to [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#:" msgstr "Добавьте следующие строки в файл [.filename]#/boot/device.hints#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid22.config=\"as=1 seq=15 device=Headphones\" \n" +"hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid22.config=\"as=1 seq=15 device=Headphones\"\n" "hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid26.config=\"as=2 seq=0 device=speakers\"\n" msgstr "" -"hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid22.config=\"as=1 seq=15 device=Headphones\" \n" +"hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid22.config=\"as=1 seq=15 device=Headphones\"\n" "hint.hdac.0.cad0.nid26.config=\"as=2 seq=0 device=speakers\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:238 msgid "" "Keep in mind that these values are for the example indicated above. They " "may vary depending on the system." @@ -524,54 +524,172 @@ msgstr "" "могут отличаться в зависимости от системы." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Resampling Quality" +msgstr "Качество ресемплинга" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:244 +msgid "" +"The process of changing the sample rate of an audio stream is called " +"resampling." +msgstr "" +"Процесс изменения частоты дискретизации аудиопотока называется ресемплингом." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:246 +msgid "" +"This usually happens automatically in situations like recording audio with a " +"DI (Digital Interface) or simply when playing back audio files with very low " +"resolution." +msgstr "" +"Обычно это происходит автоматически в таких ситуациях, как запись звука " +"через DI (цифровой интерфейс) или просто при воспроизведении аудиофайлов с " +"очень низким разрешением." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:248 +msgid "" +"Example: DI uses 192000 kHz, application only accepts 48000 kHz (or the " +"other way around)." +msgstr "" +"Пример: DI использует 192000 кГц, а приложение принимает только 48000 кГц (" +"или наоборот)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:250 +msgid "" +"If possible, this should be adjusted outside the sound device driver, but " +"for cases where this is not possible (Or the hardware is bad at resampling), " +"you have influence over the quality that is used for resampling." +msgstr "" +"Если возможно, это следует настраивать за пределами драйвера звукового " +"устройства, но для случаев, когда это невозможно (или оборудование плохо " +"выполняет ресемплинг), у вас есть возможность влиять на качество, " +"используемое при ресемплинге." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:252 +msgid "" +"Should you be unsure if you need this, for normal music listening, doing " +"meetings and so on the default value is totally fine and most applications " +"use 48000 kHz anyway, so resampling rarely happens." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не уверены, нужна ли эта настройка, то для обычного прослушивания " +"музыки, проведения встреч и тому подобного значение по умолчанию вполне " +"подходит, и большинство приложений в любом случае используют 48000 кГц, так " +"что передискретизация происходит редко." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:254 +msgid "" +"When making music, recording sounds otherwise where quality matters or you " +"are an audiophile, you can increase the resampling quality." +msgstr "" +"При создании музыки, записи звуков в других случаях, где качество имеет " +"значение, или если вы аудиофил, вы можете повысить качество ресемплинга." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:256 +msgid "" +"For the highest possible resample quality, execute the following command:" +msgstr "" +"Для достижения максимально возможного качества передискретизации выполните " +"следующую команду:" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:261 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# sysctl hw.snd.feeder_rate_quality=4<.>\n" +"# sysctl hw.snd.feeder_rate_round=0<.>\n" +msgstr "" +"# sysctl hw.snd.feeder_rate_quality=4<.>\n" +"# sysctl hw.snd.feeder_rate_round=0<.>\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:263 +msgid "100dB stopband, 164 taps and 97% bandwidth" +msgstr "100 дБ в полосе задерживания, 164 отвода и 97% полосы пропускания" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:264 +msgid "Large prime divisions for high accuracy" +msgstr "Крупные простые деления для высокой точности" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:266 +msgid "" +"To keep these values after reboots, they can be added to the `/etc/sysctl." +"conf`." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы сохранить эти значения после перезагрузки, их можно добавить в `/etc/" +"sysctl.conf`." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:268 +msgid "" +"It is important to keep in mind that adjusting the resample quality has " +"influence on CPU usage and delay." +msgstr "" +"Важно помнить, что изменение качества ресемплинга влияет на использование " +"процессора и задержку." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:270 +msgid "More details about resampling can be read in man:sound[4]" +msgstr "Более подробную информацию о ресемплинге можно найти в man:sound[4]" + +#. type: Title === +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting Sound" msgstr "Устранение неполадок со звуком" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:275 msgid "Some common error messages and their solutions:" msgstr "Некоторые распространённые сообщения об ошибках и их решения:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Error Messages" msgstr "Общие сообщения об ошибках" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "Error" msgstr "Ошибка" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Solution" msgstr "Решение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "`xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!`" msgstr "`xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "Type `fstat \\" msgstr "Наберите `fstat \\" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "grep dsp` to check if another application is holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are esound and KDE's sound support." msgstr "grep dsp` для проверки, удерживает ли другое приложение устройство открытым. Основные источники проблем — это `esound` и поддержка звука в `KDE`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:293 msgid "" "Programs using package:audio/pulseaudio[] might need to restart the package:" "audio/pulseaudio[] daemon for the changes in `hw.snd.default_unit` to take " @@ -586,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" "соединение с демоном package:audio/pulseaudio[]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pacmd\n" @@ -598,7 +716,7 @@ msgstr "" ">>>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "The following command changes the default sink to card number 4 as in the " "previous example:" @@ -607,13 +725,13 @@ msgstr "" "как в предыдущем примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "set-default-sink 4\n" msgstr "set-default-sink 4\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "Do not use the `exit` command to exit the command line interface. That will " "kill the package:audio/pulseaudio[] daemon. Use kbd:[Ctrl+D] instead." @@ -623,13 +741,13 @@ msgstr "" "используйте kbd:[Ctrl+D]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:316 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio players" msgstr "Аудиоплееры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:319 msgid "" "This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD " "Ports Collection which can be used for audio playback." @@ -638,77 +756,77 @@ msgstr "" "портов FreeBSD, которое можно использовать для воспроизведения аудио." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio players packages" msgstr "Пакеты аудиоплееров" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:296 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "Elisa" msgstr "Elisa" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:327 #, no-wrap msgid "LGPL 3.0" msgstr "LGPL 3.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:328 #, no-wrap msgid "package:audio/elisa[]" msgstr "package:audio/elisa[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:301 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:360 #, no-wrap msgid "GNOME Music" msgstr "GNOME Music" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:333 #, no-wrap msgid "package:audio/gnome-music[]" msgstr "package:audio/gnome-music[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:335 #, no-wrap msgid "GTK+" msgstr "GTK+" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:306 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "Audacious" msgstr "Audacious" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "package:multimedia/audacious[]" msgstr "package:multimedia/audacious[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:311 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap -msgid "MOC (music on console)" -msgstr "MOC (music on console)" +msgid "cmus — C* Music Player" +msgstr "cmus — C* музыкальный проигрыватель" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap -msgid "package:audio/moc[]" -msgstr "package:audio/moc[]" +msgid "package:audio/cmus[]" +msgstr "package:audio/cmus[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "Elisa is a music player developed by the KDE community that strives to be " "simple and nice to use." @@ -717,18 +835,18 @@ msgstr "" "который стремится быть простым и приятным в использовании." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:353 msgid "To install Elisa, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Elisa выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:357 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install elisa\n" msgstr "# pkg install elisa\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:364 msgid "" "GNOME Music is the new GNOME music playing application. It aims to combine " "an elegant and immersive browsing experience with simple and straightforward " @@ -739,18 +857,18 @@ msgstr "" "музыки с простым и интуитивно понятным управлением." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:366 msgid "To install GNOME Music, execute:" msgstr "Для установки GNOME Music выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install gnome-music\n" msgstr "# pkg install gnome-music\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "Audacious is an open source audio player. As a descendant of XMMS, it " "provides music playback while maintaining efficient use of system resources." @@ -759,18 +877,18 @@ msgstr "" "воспроизводит музыку так эффективно используя ресурсы компьютера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:379 msgid "To install Audacious, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Audacious выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install audacious-qt6 audacious-plugins-qt6\n" msgstr "# pkg install audacious-qt6 audacious-plugins-qt6\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "Audacious supports OSS natively, but must be configured in the settings on " "the Audio tab." @@ -779,47 +897,46 @@ msgstr "" "параметрах на вкладке Audio." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" -"MOC (music on console) is a console audio player designed to be powerful and " -"easy to use." +"cmus is a small, fast and powerful console music player for Unix-like " +"operating systems." msgstr "" -"MOC (music on console) — это консольный аудиоплеер, созданный для удобства и " -"эффективности использования." +"cmus — это небольшой, быстрый и мощный консольный музыкальный плеер для Unix-" +"подобных операционных систем." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" -"MOC plays smoothly, regardless of system or I/O load, because it handles the " -"output buffer in a separate thread. It does not cause gaps between files, " -"because the next file to be played is pre-cached while playing the current " -"file." +"Beside various input and output plugins, it has support for CUE sheets, uses " +"Unicode, supports scrobbling (to e.g. last.fm or libre.fm), can run external " +"programs on selected files like tag-editors, can be controlled via UNIX " +"sockets and many more." msgstr "" -"MOC воспроизводит музыку плавно, независимо от нагрузки на систему или ввод-" -"вывод, поскольку обрабатывает выходной буфер в отдельном потоке. Он не " -"создаёт промежутков между файлами, потому что следующий файл для " -"воспроизведения предварительно кэшируется во время проигрывания текущего " -"файла." +"Помимо различных плагинов ввода и вывода, он поддерживает CUE-листы, " +"использует Unicode, поддерживает скробблинг (например, last.fm или libre.fm)" +", может запускать внешние программы для выбранных файлов, такие как " +"редакторы тегов, управляется через UNIX-сокеты и многое другое." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:369 -msgid "To install MOC (music on console), execute:" -msgstr "Для установки MOC (music on console) выполните:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:399 +msgid "To install cmus, execute:" +msgstr "Для установки cmus выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:373 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install moc\n" -msgstr "# pkg install moc\n" +msgid "# pkg install cmus\n" +msgstr "# pkg install cmus\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:406 #, no-wrap msgid "Video players" msgstr "Видеоплееры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:409 msgid "" "This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD " "Ports Collection which can be used for video playback." @@ -828,101 +945,273 @@ msgstr "" "портов FreeBSD, которое можно использовать для воспроизведения видео." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:410 #, no-wrap msgid "Video players packages" msgstr "Пакеты видеоплееров" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:386 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap -msgid "MPlayer" -msgstr "MPlayer" +msgid "mpv" +msgstr "mpv" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap -msgid "package:multimedia/mplayer[]" -msgstr "package:multimedia/mplayer[]" +msgid "package:multimedia/mpv[]" +msgstr "package:multimedia/mpv[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:391 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:423 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:421 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:501 #, no-wrap msgid "SMPlayer" msgstr "SMPlayer" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "package:multimedia/smplayer[]" msgstr "package:multimedia/smplayer[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:396 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:513 #, no-wrap msgid "VLC media player" msgstr "VLC media player" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "package:multimedia/vlc[]" msgstr "package:multimedia/vlc[]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:401 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:527 #, no-wrap msgid "Kodi (XBMC)" msgstr "Kodi (XBMC)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "package:multimedia/kodi[]" msgstr "package:multimedia/kodi[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:435 #, no-wrap msgid "X11" msgstr "X11" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" -"MPlayer is a multimedia player and encoder suite which runs on many " -"platforms and works on the command line. It plays a terrific number of " -"different file formats and codecs including popular DivX, XviD, H.264 " -"streams as well as DVD and SVCDs along with many popular audio codecs." +"mpv is a free (as in freedom) media player for the command line. It supports " +"a wide variety of media file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle " +"types. mpv can leverage most hardware decoding APIs on all platforms." msgstr "" -"MPlayer — это мультимедийный проигрыватель и набор инструментов для " -"кодирования, который работает на многих платформах и поддерживает командную " -"строку. Он воспроизводит огромное количество различных форматов файлов и " -"кодеков, включая популярные потоки DivX, XviD, H.264, а также DVD и SVCD, " -"вместе со многими распространёнными аудиокодеками." +"mpv — это свободный (в смысле свободы, а не бесплатности) медиаплеер для " +"командной строки. Он поддерживает широкий спектр форматов медиафайлов, аудио-" +" и видеокодеков, а также типов субтитров. mpv может использовать большинство " +"API аппаратного декодирования на всех платформах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:414 -msgid "To install MPlayer, execute:" -msgstr "Для установки MPlayer выполните:" +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:444 +msgid "" +"Also targeted towards vidoephile, it has several high quality up-/" +"downscaling algorithms which can also be, like all settings, controlled via " +"profiles. Profiles can be selected via command-line switches or based on " +"conditions like the folder name." +msgstr "" +"Ориентированный также на видеолюбителей, он имеет несколько " +"высококачественных алгоритмов масштабирования вверх/вниз, которыми, как и " +"всеми настройками, можно управлять через профили. Профили можно выбирать с " +"помощью параметров командной строки или на основе условий, таких как имя " +"каталога." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:446 +msgid "" +"It also supports high quality HDR to SDR conversion with fine-grained " +"control, enabling everyone to enjoy HDR content on any display." +msgstr "" +"Она также поддерживает высококачественное преобразование HDR в SDR с тонкой " +"настройкой управления, позволяя каждому наслаждаться HDR-контентом на любом " +"дисплее." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:448 +msgid "To install mpv, execute:" +msgstr "Для установки mpv выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:452 #, no-wrap -msgid "# pkg install mplayer\n" -msgstr "# pkg install mplayer\n" +msgid "# pkg install mpv\n" +msgstr "# pkg install mpv\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:421 -msgid "For examples of how MPlayer works see man:mplayer[1]." -msgstr "Примеры работы MPlayer можно найти в man:mplayer[1]." +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:455 +msgid "Here is a short sample [filename.]#~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf#" +msgstr "Вот короткий пример [filename.]#~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf#" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:464 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"vo=gpu-next<.>\n" +"gpu-context=wayland<.>\n" +"hwdec=auto<.>\n" +"screenshot-jpeg-quality=100\n" +"scale=ewa_lanczos4sharpest<.>\n" +"dscale=ewa_lanczos4sharpest\n" +msgstr "" +"vo=gpu-next<.>\n" +"gpu-context=wayland<.>\n" +"hwdec=auto<.>\n" +"screenshot-jpeg-quality=100\n" +"scale=ewa_lanczos4sharpest<.>\n" +"dscale=ewa_lanczos4sharpest\n" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:469 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[TTRPG]<.>\n" +"profile-cond=path:find('ttrpg')<.>\n" +"profile=fast<.>\n" +"save-position-on-quit=yes\n" +msgstr "" +"[TTRPG]<.>\n" +"profile-cond=path:find('ttrpg')<.>\n" +"profile=fast<.>\n" +"save-position-on-quit=yes\n" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:480 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"[hdr]<.>\n" +"scale=bilinear\n" +"dscale=bilinear\n" +"dither=no\n" +"correct-downscaling=no\n" +"linear-downscaling=no\n" +"sigmoid-upscaling=no\n" +"hdr-compute-peak=yes\n" +"hdr-peak-percentile=99.995\n" +"hdr-contrast-recovery=0.30\n" +msgstr "" +"[hdr]<.>\n" +"scale=bilinear\n" +"dscale=bilinear\n" +"dither=no\n" +"correct-downscaling=no\n" +"linear-downscaling=no\n" +"sigmoid-upscaling=no\n" +"hdr-compute-peak=yes\n" +"hdr-peak-percentile=99.995\n" +"hdr-contrast-recovery=0.30\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:482 +msgid "" +"Uses the new gpu-next video output. A lot of features need this and/or " +"provide higher quality when enabled" +msgstr "" +"Использует новый видеовыход gpu-next. Многие функции требуют этого и/или " +"обеспечивают более высокое качество, если этот параметр включен" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:483 +msgid "" +"Wayland users should manually set this when seeing graphical glitches or " +"experience crashes" +msgstr "" +"Пользователи Wayland должны вручную установить это при появлении графических " +"сбоев или возникновении сбоев программы" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:484 +msgid "Automatically detects if GPU hardware decoding is available and uses it" +msgstr "" +"Автоматически определяет доступность аппаратного декодирования GPU и " +"использует его" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:485 +msgid "" +"Best scaling algorithm. Disable if your hardware is not fast enough and " +"videos start to skip frames" +msgstr "" +"Наилучший алгоритм масштабирования. Отключите, если ваше оборудование " +"недостаточно быстрое и видео начинает пропускать кадры" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:486 +msgid "Example profile for long videos of recorded TTRPG sessions" +msgstr "Пример профиля для длинных видео записанных сессий TTRPG" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:487 +msgid "Only applies when the path contains ttrpg" +msgstr "Применяется только в том случае, если путь содержит ttrpg" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:488 +msgid "Uses the builtin fast profile for lowest possible CPU/GPU usage" +msgstr "" +"Использует встроенный быстрый профиль для минимально возможного " +"использования CPU/GPU" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:489 +msgid "" +"Example profile for users with a slow iGPU who still want to enjoy HDR " +"content" +msgstr "" +"Пример профиля для пользователей с медленной встроенной графикой (iGPU), " +"которые всё таки хотят наслаждаться HDR-контентом" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:491 +msgid "" +"Using this sample configuration, the TTRPG profile is automatically applied " +"if the \"Path contains ttrpg\" condition is met." +msgstr "" +"Используя эту примерную конфигурацию, профиль TTRPG автоматически " +"применяется, если выполняется условие \"Path contains ttrpg\"." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:493 +msgid "" +"To watch a HDR Video on an iGPU, manually specify the profile using the " +"following command:" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы просмотреть HDR-видео на iGPU, вручную укажите профиль с помощью " +"следующей команды:" + +#. type: delimited block . 4 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:496 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$ mpv --profile=hdr hdr_video.mkv\n" +msgstr "$ mpv --profile=hdr hdr_video.mkv\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:499 +msgid "" +"For more examples on how mpv can be used, consult the mpv reference manual." +msgstr "" +"За дополнительными примерами использования mpv обращайтесь к справочному " +"руководству mpv." + +#. type: Plain text +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:504 msgid "" "SMPlayer intends to be a complete front-end for MPlayer, from basic features " "like playing videos, DVDs, and VCDs to more advanced features like support " @@ -933,18 +1222,18 @@ msgstr "" "продвинутых возможностей, включая поддержку фильтров MPlayer и многое другое." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:506 msgid "To install SMPlayer, execute:" msgstr "Для установки SMPlayer выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install smplayer\n" msgstr "# pkg install smplayer\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:518 msgid "" "VLC media player is a highly portable multimedia player for various audio " "and video formats (MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, DivX, mp3, ogg, and more) as well " @@ -962,18 +1251,18 @@ msgstr "" "сохранения на диск." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:520 msgid "To install VLC, execute:" msgstr "Для установки VLC выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install vlc\n" msgstr "# pkg install vlc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "Kodi (formerly known as XBMC) is a free and open source cross-platform media-" "player and entertainment hub. It allows users to play and view most videos, " @@ -987,24 +1276,24 @@ msgstr "" "также из интернета." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:533 msgid "To install Kodi, execute:" msgstr "Для установки Kodi выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install kodi\n" msgstr "# pkg install kodi\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "Conferencing and Meetings" msgstr "Конференции и встречи" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" "A FreeBSD desktop environment can be used to join video conferences. This " "section will explain how to configure the webcam and which videoconferencing " @@ -1015,13 +1304,13 @@ msgstr "" "и какие приложения для видеоконференций поддерживаются в FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:546 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up the Webcam" msgstr "Настройка веб-камеры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:471 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:549 msgid "" "To allow FreeBSD access to the webcam and perform its configuration it is " "necessary to install certain utilities:" @@ -1030,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "установить определённые утилиты:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:551 msgid "" "package:multimedia/webcamd[] is a daemon that enables the use of hundreds of " "different USB based webcam and DVB USB devices." @@ -1039,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" "различных USB-вебкамер и DVB USB-устройств." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:552 msgid "" "package:multimedia/pwcview[] is an application that can be used to view the " "video stream of the webcam." @@ -1048,18 +1337,18 @@ msgstr "" "для просмотра видеопотока с веб-камеры." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:554 msgid "To install the required utilities, execute:" msgstr "Для установки необходимых утилит выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:558 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install webcamd pwcview\n" msgstr "# pkg install webcamd pwcview\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:561 msgid "" "Enable the man:webcamd[8] service in `/etc/rc.conf` to start it at system " "boot:" @@ -1068,13 +1357,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc webcamd_enable=YES\n" msgstr "# sysrc webcamd_enable=YES\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:569 msgid "" "The user must belong to the `webcamd` group. To add the user to `webcamd` " "group execute the following command:" @@ -1083,13 +1372,13 @@ msgstr "" "в группу `webcamd`, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod webcamd -m username\n" msgstr "# pw groupmod webcamd -m username\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:576 msgid "" "Since package:multimedia/webcamd[] needs the man:cuse[3] module this module " "must be loaded by executing the following command:" @@ -1098,24 +1387,24 @@ msgstr "" "модуль должен быть загружен выполнением следующей команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:580 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload cuse\n" msgstr "# kldload cuse\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:583 msgid "To load man:cuse[3] at system boot, execute the command:" msgstr "Чтобы загрузить man:cuse[3] при запуске системы, выполните команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kld_list+=cuse\n" msgstr "# sysrc kld_list+=cuse\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:590 msgid "" "Once the utilities have been installed the list of available webcams can be " "shown with man:webcamd[8]:" @@ -1124,13 +1413,13 @@ msgstr "" "помощью man:webcamd[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:594 #, no-wrap msgid "# webcamd -l\n" msgstr "# webcamd -l\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:602 #, no-wrap msgid "" "webcamd [-d ugen0.2] -N SunplusIT-Inc-HP-TrueVision-HD-Camera -S unknown -M 0 <.>\n" @@ -1140,37 +1429,46 @@ msgstr "" "webcamd [-d ugen1.3] -N Realtek-802-11n-WLAN-Adapter -S 00e04c000001 -M 0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:604 msgid "Available webcam" msgstr "Доступные веб-камеры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:606 msgid "Configure the available webcam executing the following command:" msgstr "Настройте доступную веб-камеру, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:610 #, no-wrap -msgid "# sysrc webcamd_0_flags=\"-d ugen0.2\" <.>\n" -msgstr "# sysrc webcamd_0_flags=\"-d ugen0.2\" <.>\n" +msgid "# sysrc webcamd_0_flags=\"-N SunplusIT-Inc-HP-TrueVision-HD-Camera\" <.>\n" +msgstr "" +"# sysrc webcamd_0_flags=\"-N SunplusIT-Inc-HP-TrueVision-HD-Camera\" <.>\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:616 msgid "" "Note here that if this is a plug-and-play USB webcam, changing the USB port " -"to which it is connected will change the output from `webcamd -l`, and the " -"entry in rc.conf might need to be updated. For laptops that use USB " -"integrated webcams, this should not be an issue." +"to which it is connected will change the output from `webcamd -l`, " +"specifically the device identifier, and the entry in rc.conf might need to " +"be updated. To avoid this issue either use the device name (`-N` option) and/" +"or match with the device serial number if known (`-S` option) as displayed " +"in the output of `webcamd -l`. For static devices, for example integrated " +"laptop cameras, you can use the device identifier (`-d` option)." msgstr "" "Обратите внимание, что если это веб-камера с поддержкой plug-and-play USB, " "то изменение USB-порта, к которому она подключена, приведёт к изменению " -"вывода команды `webcamd -l`, и запись в rc.conf может потребовать " -"обновления. Для ноутбуков со встроенными USB-веб-камерами это не должно быть " -"проблемой." +"вывода команды `webcamd -l`, а именно, идентификатора устройства, и запись в " +"rc.conf может потребовать обновления. Для ноутбуков со встроенными USB-веб-" +"камерами это не должно быть проблемой. Чтобы избежать такой ситуации, или " +"используйте имя устройства (опция `-N`), или/и определяйте соответствие " +"устройства по серийному номеру, если он известен (опция `-S`) и отображается " +"в выводе команды `webcamd -l`. Для статических устройств, например, " +"интегрированных видеокамер ноутбуков, вы можете использовать идентификатор " +"устройства (опция `-d`)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "The man:webcamd[8] service must be started by executing the following " "command:" @@ -1178,13 +1476,13 @@ msgstr "" "Сервис man:webcamd[8] должен быть запущен выполнением следующей команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "# service webcamd start\n" msgstr "# service webcamd start\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Starting webcamd.\n" @@ -1194,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "webcamd 1616 - - Attached to ugen0.2[0]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "package:multimedia/pwcview[] can be used to check the proper functioning of " "the webcam. The following command can be used to execute package:multimedia/" @@ -1205,36 +1503,36 @@ msgstr "" "package:multimedia/pwcview[]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "% pwcview -f 30 -s vga\n" msgstr "% pwcview -f 30 -s vga\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:564 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:642 msgid "Then package:multimedia/pwcview[] will display the webcam:" msgstr "Тогда package:multimedia/pwcview[] отобразит изображение с веб-камеры:" #. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image' -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "pwcview showing Absolute FreeBSD 3rd edition as an example" msgstr "pwcview с примером из книги *Absolute FreeBSD 3rd edition*" #. type: Target for macro image -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "pwcview.png" msgstr "pwcview.png" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:646 #, no-wrap msgid "Meetings software status" msgstr "Статус программного обеспечения для встреч" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "FreeBSD currently supports the following tools used to carry out " "videoconferences." @@ -1243,117 +1541,117 @@ msgstr "" "видеоконференций." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "Meeting software" msgstr "Установка программного обеспечения" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "Firefox status" msgstr "Статус Firefox" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "Chromium status" msgstr "Статус Chromium" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:655 #, no-wrap msgid "Website" msgstr "Website" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "Microsoft Teams" msgstr "Microsoft Teams" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:579 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:594 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:677 #, no-wrap msgid "Does not work" msgstr "Не работает" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:580 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:584 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:585 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:589 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:590 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:595 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:662 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "Works" msgstr "Работает" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:660 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://teams.live.com[]" msgstr "link:https://teams.live.com[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:661 #, no-wrap msgid "Google Meet" msgstr "Google Meet" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:665 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://meet.google.com/[]" msgstr "link:https://meet.google.com/[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:666 #, no-wrap msgid "Zoom" msgstr "Zoom" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:670 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://zoom.us[]" msgstr "link:https://zoom.us[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:671 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitsi" msgstr "Jitsi" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:675 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://meet.jit.si/[]" msgstr "link:https://meet.jit.si/[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:676 #, no-wrap msgid "BigBlueButton" msgstr "BigBlueButton" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:680 #, no-wrap msgid "link:https://bigbluebutton.org/[]" msgstr "link:https://bigbluebutton.org/[]" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:683 #, no-wrap msgid "Image Scanners" msgstr "Сканеры изображений" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:686 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by link:http://www.sane-" "project.org[SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy)], which is available in the " @@ -1364,13 +1662,13 @@ msgstr "" "Коллекции портов FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "Checking the Scanner" msgstr "Проверка сканера" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "Before attempting any configuration it is important to check the scanner is " "supported by SANE." @@ -1379,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживается SANE." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "With the scanner connected, run the following command to get all connected " "USB devices:" @@ -1388,13 +1686,13 @@ msgstr "" "всех подключённых USB-устройств:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:697 #, no-wrap msgid "# usbconfig list\n" msgstr "# usbconfig list\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ugen4.2: <LITE-ON Technology USB NetVista Full Width Keyboard.> at usbus4, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=LOW (1.5Mbps) pwr=ON (70mA)\n" @@ -1406,18 +1704,18 @@ msgstr "" "ugen3.2: <HP Deskjet 1050 J410 series> at usbus3, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:709 msgid "Run the following command to obtain the `idVendor` and the `idProduct`:" msgstr "Выполните следующую команду для получения `idVendor` и `idProduct`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "# usbconfig -d 3.2 dump_device_desc\n" msgstr "# usbconfig -d 3.2 dump_device_desc\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:718 msgid "" "Note here that the scanner is a plug-and-play device, and changing the USB " "port to which it is connected will change the output from `usbconfig list`." @@ -1427,13 +1725,13 @@ msgstr "" "команды `usbconfig list`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:725 #, no-wrap msgid "ugen3.2: <HP Deskjet 1050 J410 series> at usbus3, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)\n" msgstr "ugen3.2: <HP Deskjet 1050 J410 series> at usbus3, cfg=0 md=HOST spd=HIGH (480Mbps) pwr=ON (2mA)\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:739 #, no-wrap msgid "" "bLength = 0x0012\n" @@ -1465,7 +1763,7 @@ msgstr "" "bNumConfigurations = 0x0001\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:742 msgid "" "Once the `idVendor` and the `idProduct` have been obtained, it is necessary " "to check in the link:http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs." @@ -1477,13 +1775,13 @@ msgstr "" "устройств SANE], поддерживается ли сканер, выполнив фильтрацию по idProduct." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:744 #, no-wrap msgid "SANE Configuration" msgstr "Настройка SANE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "SANE provides the access to the scanner via backends. To be able to scan " "with FreeBSD the package:graphics/sane-backends[] package must be installed " @@ -1494,13 +1792,13 @@ msgstr "" "backends[], выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:752 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sane-backends\n" msgstr "# pkg install sane-backends\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:680 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "Some USB scanners require firmware to be loaded. Like the HP scanner used " "in the example above, which needs the package package:print/hplip[] " @@ -1511,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" "package:print/hplip[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "After installing the necessary packages man:devd[8] must be configured to " "allow FreeBSD access to the scanner." @@ -1520,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD получил доступ к сканеру." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "Add the `saned.conf` file to [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/devd/saned.conf# " "with the following content:" @@ -1529,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующим содержимым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:697 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:775 #, no-wrap msgid "" "notify 100 {\n" @@ -1553,7 +1851,7 @@ msgstr "" "};\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:778 msgid "" "`vendor`: Is the idVendor obtained previously by running the `usbconfig -d " "3.2 dump_device_desc` command." @@ -1562,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "d 3.2 dump_device_desc`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:779 msgid "" "`product`: Is the idProduct obtained previously by running the `usbconfig -d " "3.2 dump_device_desc` command." @@ -1571,20 +1869,20 @@ msgstr "" "-d 3.2 dump_device_desc`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:781 msgid "" "After that man:devd[8] must be restarted by running the following command:" msgstr "" "После этого необходимо перезапустить man:devd[8], выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "# service devd restart\n" msgstr "# service devd restart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:788 msgid "" "The SANE backends include man:scanimage[1] which can be used to list the " "devices and perform an image acquisition." @@ -1593,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" "вывода списка устройств и выполнения захвата изображения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:712 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "Execute man:scanimage[1] with `-L` argument to list the scanner devices:" msgstr "" @@ -1601,19 +1899,19 @@ msgstr "" "сканирующих устройств:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:794 #, no-wrap msgid "# scanimage -L\n" msgstr "# scanimage -L\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:801 #, no-wrap msgid "device `hpaio:/usb/Deskjet_1050_J410_series?serial=XXXXXXXXXXXXXX' is a Hewlett-Packard Deskjet_1050_J410_series all-in-one\n" msgstr "device `hpaio:/usb/Deskjet_1050_J410_series?serial=XXXXXXXXXXXXXX' is a Hewlett-Packard Deskjet_1050_J410_series all-in-one\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:804 msgid "" "If man:scanimage[1] is not able to identify the scanner, this message will " "appear:" @@ -1622,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "сообщение:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "" "No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n" @@ -1636,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages).\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:814 msgid "" "Once man:scanimage[1] sees the scanner, the configuration is complete and " "the scanner is now ready to use." @@ -1645,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "" "сканер готов к использованию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:816 msgid "" "To activate the service and have it run at boot execute the following " "command:" @@ -1654,13 +1952,13 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:820 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc saned_enable=YES\n" msgstr "# sysrc saned_enable=YES\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:823 msgid "" "While man:scanimage[1] can be used to perform an image acquisition from the " "command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical interface to perform " @@ -1671,49 +1969,105 @@ msgstr "" "для сканирования изображений." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:824 #, no-wrap msgid "Graphical scanner programs" msgstr "Графические программы для сканирования" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "skanlite" msgstr "skanlite" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:833 #, no-wrap msgid "graphics/skanlite" msgstr "graphics/skanlite" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "GNOME Simple Scan" msgstr "GNOME Simple Scan" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:835 #, no-wrap msgid "GPL 3.0" msgstr "GPL 3.0" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "graphics/simple-scan" msgstr "graphics/simple-scan" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid "XSANE" msgstr "XSANE" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/multimedia/_index.adoc:841 #, no-wrap msgid "graphics/xsane" msgstr "graphics/xsane" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "MOC (music on console)" +#~ msgstr "MOC (music on console)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "MOC (music on console) is a console audio player designed to be powerful " +#~ "and easy to use." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "MOC (music on console) — это консольный аудиоплеер, созданный для " +#~ "удобства и эффективности использования." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "MOC plays smoothly, regardless of system or I/O load, because it handles " +#~ "the output buffer in a separate thread. It does not cause gaps between " +#~ "files, because the next file to be played is pre-cached while playing the " +#~ "current file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "MOC воспроизводит музыку плавно, независимо от нагрузки на систему или " +#~ "ввод-вывод, поскольку обрабатывает выходной буфер в отдельном потоке. Он " +#~ "не создаёт промежутков между файлами, потому что следующий файл для " +#~ "воспроизведения предварительно кэшируется во время проигрывания текущего " +#~ "файла." + +#~ msgid "To install MOC (music on console), execute:" +#~ msgstr "Для установки MOC (music on console) выполните:" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "MPlayer" +#~ msgstr "MPlayer" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "package:multimedia/mplayer[]" +#~ msgstr "package:multimedia/mplayer[]" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "MPlayer is a multimedia player and encoder suite which runs on many " +#~ "platforms and works on the command line. It plays a terrific number of " +#~ "different file formats and codecs including popular DivX, XviD, H.264 " +#~ "streams as well as DVD and SVCDs along with many popular audio codecs." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "MPlayer — это мультимедийный проигрыватель и набор инструментов для " +#~ "кодирования, который работает на многих платформах и поддерживает " +#~ "командную строку. Он воспроизводит огромное количество различных форматов " +#~ "файлов и кодеков, включая популярные потоки DivX, XviD, H.264, а также " +#~ "DVD и SVCD, вместе со многими распространёнными аудиокодеками." + +#~ msgid "To install MPlayer, execute:" +#~ msgstr "Для установки MPlayer выполните:" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "# pkg install mplayer\n" +#~ msgstr "# pkg install mplayer\n" + +#~ msgid "For examples of how MPlayer works see man:mplayer[1]." +#~ msgstr "Примеры работы MPlayer можно найти в man:mplayer[1]." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc index 854eddf4dd..f47f15ba32 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'IV. Сетевое взаимодействие' prev: books/handbook/mail showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["network", "servers", "inetd", "NFS", "NIS", "LDAP", "DHCP", "DNS", "Apache HTTP", "FTP", "Samba", "NTP", "iSCSI"] -title: 'Глава 32. Сетевые серверы' +title: 'Глава 33. Сетевые серверы' weight: 37 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 37 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 32 +:sectnumoffset: 33 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ dhcpd_enable="YES" dhcpd_ifaces="dc0" .... -Замените `dc0` на интерфейс (или интерфейсы, разделенные пробелами), на котором DHCP-сервер должен ожидать запросы от DHCP-клиентов. +Замените `dc0` на интерфейс (или интерфейсы, разделённые пробелами), на котором DHCP-сервер должен ожидать запросы от DHCP-клиентов. Запустите сервер, выполнив следующую команду: @@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@ directory mask = 0755 Обратитесь к man:smb.conf[5], чтобы узнать о других поддерживаемых настройках для опции `security`. `passdb backend`:: -Samba поддерживает несколько различных моделей аутентификации на стороне сервера. Клиенты могут быть аутентифицированы с помощью LDAP, NIS+, SQL-базы данных или модифицированного файла паролей. Рекомендуемый метод аутентификации `tdbsam` идеально подходит для простых сетей, и мы его рассмотрим здесь. Для более крупных или сложных сетей рекомендуется `ldapsam`. `smbpasswd` был прежним методом по умолчанию и теперь устарел. +Samba поддерживает несколько различных моделей аутентификации на стороне сервера. Клиенты могут быть аутентифицированы с помощью LDAP, NIS+, SQL-базы данных или модифицированного файла паролей. Рекомендуемый метод аутентификации `tdbsam` идеально подходит для простых сетей, и мы его рассмотрим здесь. Для более крупных или сложных сетей рекомендуется `ldapsam`. `smbpasswd` был прежним методом, используемым по умолчанию, и теперь устарел. ==== Пользователи Samba diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po index 74da367699..91c450cbc2 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-22 15:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbooknetwork-servers_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "IV. Сетевое взаимодействие" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 32. Network Servers" -msgstr "Глава 32. Сетевые серверы" +msgid "Chapter 33. Network Servers" +msgstr "Глава 33. Сетевые серверы" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Network Servers" msgstr "Сетевые серверы" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:58 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:57 msgid "" "This chapter covers some of the more frequently used network services on " "UNIX(R) systems. This includes installing, configuring, testing, and " @@ -62,22 +62,22 @@ msgstr "" "приведены примеры конфигурационных файлов для справки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:60 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:59 msgid "By the end of this chapter, readers will know:" msgstr "К концу этой главы читатели будут знать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to manage the inetd daemon." msgstr "Как управлять демоном inetd." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to set up the Network File System (NFS)." msgstr "Как настроить Network File System (NFS)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "How to set up the Network Information Server (NIS) for centralizing and " "sharing user accounts." @@ -86,32 +86,32 @@ msgstr "" "совместного использования учётных записей пользователей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to set FreeBSD up to act as an LDAP server or client" msgstr "Как настроить FreeBSD в качестве сервера или клиента LDAP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to set up automatic network settings using DHCP." msgstr "Как настроить автоматические параметры сети с использованием DHCP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to set up a Domain Name Server (DNS)." msgstr "Как настроить сервер доменных имён (DNS)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to set up the Apache HTTP Server." msgstr "Как настроить веб-сервер Apache HTTP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to set up a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server." msgstr "Как настроить сервер протокола передачи файлов (FTP)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "How to set up a file and print server for Windows(R) clients using Samba." msgstr "" @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ msgstr "" "использованием Samba." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:70 msgid "" "How to synchronize the time and date, and set up a time server using the " "Network Time Protocol (NTP)." @@ -128,27 +128,27 @@ msgstr "" "использованием протокола Network Time Protocol (NTP)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:71 msgid "How to set up iSCSI." msgstr "Как настроить iSCSI." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:73 msgid "This chapter assumes a basic knowledge of:" msgstr "Эта глава предполагает базовые знания о:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:75 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/rc# scripts." msgstr "Скриптах [.filename]#/etc/rc#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:77 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:76 msgid "Network terminology." msgstr "Сетевой терминологии." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:77 msgid "" "Installation of additional third-party software (crossref:ports[ports," "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports])." @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ msgstr "" "ports[ports,Установка приложений: Пакеты и Порты])." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:79 #, no-wrap msgid "The inetd Super-Server" msgstr "Суперсервер inetd" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "The man:inetd[8] daemon is sometimes referred to as a Super-Server because " "it manages connections for many services. Instead of starting multiple " @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "" "в автономном режиме." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "Primarily, inetd is used to spawn other daemons, but several trivial " "protocols are handled internally, such as chargen, auth, time, echo, " @@ -195,18 +195,18 @@ msgstr "" "time, echo, discard и daytime." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:89 msgid "This section covers the basics of configuring inetd." msgstr "Этот раздел охватывает основы настройки inetd." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:91 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration File" msgstr "Файл конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "Configuration of inetd is done by editing [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#. " "Each line of this configuration file represents an application which can be " @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr "" "приложения, удалите `+#+` в начале соответствующей строки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:99 msgid "" "After saving the edits, configure inetd to start at system boot by editing [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -232,13 +232,13 @@ msgstr "" "отредактировав [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:103 #, no-wrap msgid "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:106 msgid "" "To start inetd now, so that it listens for the configured service, type:" msgstr "" @@ -246,13 +246,13 @@ msgstr "" "службу, введите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:110 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd start\n" msgstr "# service inetd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "Once inetd is started, it needs to be notified whenever a modification is " "made to [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#:" @@ -261,19 +261,19 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Reloading the inetd Configuration File" msgstr "Перезагрузка конфигурационного файла inetd" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:122 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd reload\n" msgstr "# service inetd reload\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:128 msgid "" "Typically, the default entry for an application does not need to be edited " "beyond removing the `+#+`. In some situations, it may be appropriate to " @@ -284,23 +284,23 @@ msgstr "" "запись по умолчанию." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:130 msgid "As an example, this is the default entry for man:ftpd[8] over IPv4:" msgstr "В качестве примера, это стандартная запись для man:ftpd[8] по IPv4:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:134 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp stream tcp nowait root /usr/libexec/ftpd ftpd -l\n" msgstr "ftp stream tcp nowait root /usr/libexec/ftpd ftpd -l\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:137 msgid "The seven columns in an entry are as follows:" msgstr "Семь столбцов в записи следующие:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:148 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:147 #, no-wrap msgid "" "service-name\n" @@ -320,18 +320,18 @@ msgstr "" "server-program-arguments\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:150 msgid "where:" msgstr "где:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "service-name" msgstr "service-name" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:156 msgid "" "The service name of the daemon to start. It must correspond to a service " "listed in [.filename]#/etc/services#. This determines which port inetd " @@ -344,13 +344,13 @@ msgstr "" "службы она сначала должна быть добавлена в [.filename]#/etc/services#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "socket-type" msgstr "socket-type" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:161 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:160 msgid "" "Either `stream`, `dgram`, `raw`, or `seqpacket`. Use `stream` for TCP " "connections and `dgram` for UDP services." @@ -359,102 +359,102 @@ msgstr "" "соединений и `dgram` для UDP-сервисов." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:161 #, no-wrap msgid "protocol" msgstr "protocol" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:163 msgid "Use one of the following protocol names:" msgstr "Используйте одно из следующих названий протоколов:" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocol Name" msgstr "Имя протокола" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:171 #, no-wrap msgid "Explanation" msgstr "Объяснение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp or tcp4" msgstr "tcp или tcp4" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:175 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:174 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP IPv4" msgstr "TCP IPv4" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "udp or udp4" msgstr "udp или udp4" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "UDP IPv4" msgstr "UDP IPv4" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:178 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp6" msgstr "tcp6" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:180 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP IPv6" msgstr "TCP IPv6" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "udp6" msgstr "udp6" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:183 #, no-wrap msgid "UDP IPv6" msgstr "UDP IPv6" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "tcp46" msgstr "tcp46" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:186 #, no-wrap msgid "Both TCP IPv4 and IPv6" msgstr "Как TCP IPv4, так и IPv6" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "udp46" msgstr "udp46" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "Both UDP IPv4 and IPv6" msgstr "Как UDP IPv4, так и IPv6" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "{wait|nowait}[/max-child[/max-connections-per-ip-per-minute[/max-child-per-" "ip]]]:: In this field, `wait` or `nowait` must be specified. `max-child`, " @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "" "необязательными." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "`wait|nowait` indicates whether or not the service is able to handle its own " "socket. `dgram` socket types must use `wait` while `stream` daemons, which " @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "`nowait` создаёт дочерний демон для каждого нового сокета." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "The maximum number of child daemons inetd may spawn is set by `max-child`. " "For example, to limit ten instances of the daemon, place a `/10` after " @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr "" "создавать неограниченное количество дочерних процессов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "`max-connections-per-ip-per-minute` limits the number of connections from " "any particular IP address per minute. Once the limit is reached, further " @@ -515,24 +515,24 @@ msgstr "" "в обслуживании\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:209 msgid "An example can be seen in the default settings for man:fingerd[8]:" msgstr "Пример можно увидеть в настройках по умолчанию для man:fingerd[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:213 #, no-wrap msgid "finger stream tcp nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s\n" msgstr "finger stream tcp nowait/3/10 nobody /usr/libexec/fingerd fingerd -k -s\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:215 #, no-wrap msgid "user" msgstr "user" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "The username the daemon will run as. Daemons typically run as `root`, " "`daemon`, or `nobody`." @@ -541,13 +541,13 @@ msgstr "" "работают от имени `root`, `daemon` или `nobody`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:220 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:219 #, no-wrap msgid "server-program" msgstr "server-program" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:222 msgid "" "The full path to the daemon. If the daemon is a service provided by inetd " "internally, use `internal`." @@ -556,13 +556,13 @@ msgstr "" "внутренне, используйте `internal`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "server-program-arguments" msgstr "server-program-arguments" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "Used to specify any command arguments to be passed to the daemon on " "invocation. If the daemon is an internal service, use `internal`." @@ -572,13 +572,13 @@ msgstr "" "`internal`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "Command-Line Options" msgstr "Параметры командной строки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "Like most server daemons, inetd has a number of options that can be used to " "modify its behavior. By default, inetd is started with `-wW -C 60`. These " @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ msgstr "" "сервису чаще 60 раз в минуту." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:236 msgid "" "To change the default options which are passed to inetd, add an entry for " "`inetd_flags` in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. If inetd is already running, " @@ -604,18 +604,18 @@ msgstr "" "перезапустите его командой `service inetd restart`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:238 msgid "The available rate limiting options are:" msgstr "Доступные варианты ограничения скорости:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "-c maximum" msgstr "-c maximum" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:242 msgid "" "Specify the default maximum number of simultaneous invocations of each " "service, where the default is unlimited. May be overridden on a per-service " @@ -627,13 +627,13 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "-C rate" msgstr "-C rate" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "Specify the default maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a " "single IP address per minute. May be overridden on a per-service basis by " @@ -645,13 +645,13 @@ msgstr "" "etc/inetd.conf#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "-R rate" msgstr "-R rate" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:250 msgid "" "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked in one minute, " "where the default is `256`. A rate of `0` allows an unlimited number." @@ -661,13 +661,13 @@ msgstr "" "количество." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "-s maximum" msgstr "-s maximum" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:254 msgid "" "Specify the maximum number of times a service can be invoked from a single " "IP address at any one time, where the default is unlimited. May be " @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" "child-per-ip` в [.filename]#/etc/inetd.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:256 msgid "" "Additional options are available. Refer to man:inetd[8] for the full list of " "options." @@ -689,13 +689,13 @@ msgstr "" "inetd[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Considerations" msgstr "Безопасность" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "Many of the daemons which can be managed by inetd are not security-" "conscious. Some daemons, such as fingerd, can provide information that may " @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ msgstr "" "быть использованы для ограничения подобных атак." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:268 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:267 msgid "" "By default, TCP wrappers are enabled. Consult man:hosts_access[5] for more " "information on placing TCP restrictions on various inetd invoked daemons." @@ -722,13 +722,13 @@ msgstr "" "man:hosts_access[5]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Сетевая файловая система (NFS — Network File System)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:273 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the Network File System (NFS), which allows a server to " "share directories and files with clients over a network. With NFS, users " @@ -741,14 +741,14 @@ msgstr "" "так, как если бы они хранились локально." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:276 msgid "NFS has many practical uses. Some of the more common uses include:" msgstr "" "NFS имеет множество практических применений. Некоторые из наиболее " "распространённых вариантов использования включают:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:278 msgid "" "Data that would otherwise be duplicated on each client can be kept in a " "single location and accessed by clients on the network." @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr "" "храниться в одном месте и быть доступными для клиентов в сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "Several clients may need access to the [.filename]#/usr/ports/distfiles# " "directory. Sharing that directory allows for quick access to the source " @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" "исходные файлы без необходимости загрузки их на каждый клиент." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:280 msgid "" "On large networks, it is often more convenient to configure a central NFS " "server on which all user home directories are stored. Users can log into a " @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "систему с любого клиента в сети и получать доступ к своим домашним каталогам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:281 msgid "" "Administration of NFS exports is simplified. For example, there is only one " "file system where security or backup policies must be set." @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr "" "резервного копирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "Removable media storage devices can be used by other machines on the " "network. This reduces the number of devices throughout the network and " @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" "централизованного носителя для установки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:286 msgid "" "NFS consists of a server and one or more clients. The client remotely " "accesses the data that is stored on the server machine. In order for this " @@ -815,63 +815,63 @@ msgstr "" "работы необходимо настроить и запустить несколько процессов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:288 msgid "These daemons must be running on the server:" msgstr "Эти демоны должны быть запущены на сервере:" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:293 #, no-wrap msgid "Daemon" msgstr "Демон" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:297 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:559 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1008 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1026 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:297 #, no-wrap msgid "nfsd" msgstr "nfsd" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:299 #, no-wrap msgid "The NFS daemon which services requests from NFS clients." msgstr "Демон NFS, обслуживающий запросы от клиентов NFS." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "mountd" msgstr "mountd" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "The NFS mount daemon which carries out requests received from nfsd." msgstr "Демон монтирования NFS, который выполняет запросы, полученные от nfsd." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "rpcbind" msgstr "rpcbind" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "This daemon allows NFS clients to discover which port the NFS server is using." msgstr "Этот демон позволяет клиентам NFS определять, какой порт использует сервер NFS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:307 msgid "" "Running man:nfsiod[8] on the client can improve performance, but is not " "required." @@ -880,13 +880,13 @@ msgstr "" "является обязательным." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Server" msgstr "Настройка сервера" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "The file systems which the NFS server will share are specified in [." "filename]#/etc/exports#. Each line in this file specifies a file system to " @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ msgstr "" "любой клиент в сети может подключить эту файловую систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "The following [.filename]#/etc/exports# entries demonstrate how to export " "file systems. The examples can be modified to match the file systems and " @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" "список опций смотрите в man:exports[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:322 msgid "" "This example shows how to export [.filename]#/media# to three hosts named " "_alpha_, _bravo_, and _charlie_:" @@ -929,13 +929,13 @@ msgstr "" "с именами _alpha_, _bravo_ и _charlie_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:326 #, no-wrap msgid "/media -ro alpha bravo charlie\n" msgstr "/media -ro alpha bravo charlie\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:331 msgid "" "The `-ro` flag makes the file system read-only, preventing clients from " "making any changes to the exported file system. This example assumes that " @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" "сервера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:336 msgid "" "The next example exports [.filename]#/home# to three clients by IP address. " "This can be useful for networks without DNS or [.filename]#/etc/hosts# " @@ -964,13 +964,13 @@ msgstr "" "разрешит клиенту монтировать необходимые каталоги по мере надобности." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/home -alldirs 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4\n" msgstr "/usr/home -alldirs 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.4\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "This next example exports [.filename]#/a# so that two clients from different " "domains may access that file system. The `-maproot=root` allows `root` on " @@ -988,13 +988,13 @@ msgstr "" "определёнными для `nobody`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:349 #, no-wrap msgid "/a -maproot=root host.example.com box.example.org\n" msgstr "/a -maproot=root host.example.com box.example.org\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "A client can only be specified once per file system. For example, if [." "filename]#/usr# is a single file system, these entries would be invalid as " @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "" "узел:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:359 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Invalid when /usr is one file system\n" @@ -1018,18 +1018,18 @@ msgstr "" "/usr/ports client\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:362 msgid "The correct format for this situation is to use one entry:" msgstr "Правильный формат для данной ситуации — использовать одну запись:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:366 #, no-wrap msgid "/usr/src /usr/ports client\n" msgstr "/usr/src /usr/ports client\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "The following is an example of a valid export list, where [.filename]#/usr# " "and [.filename]#/exports# are local file systems:" @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/exports# являются локальными файловыми системами:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:380 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Export src and ports to client01 and client02, but only\n" @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" "/exports/obj -ro\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "To enable the processes required by the NFS server at boot time, add these " "options to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте следующие параметры в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "" "rpcbind_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1081,18 +1081,18 @@ msgstr "" "mountd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:392 msgid "The server can be started now by running this command:" msgstr "Сервер можно запустить, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsd start\n" msgstr "# service nfsd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:401 msgid "" "Whenever the NFS server is started, mountd also starts automatically. " "However, mountd only reads [.filename]#/etc/exports# when it is started. To " @@ -1105,13 +1105,13 @@ msgstr "" "немедленно, заставьте mountd перечитать его:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:405 #, no-wrap msgid "# service mountd reload\n" msgstr "# service mountd reload\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:408 msgid "" "Refer to man:zfs-share[8] for a description of exporting ZFS datasets via " "NFS using the `sharenfs` ZFS property instead of the man:exports[5] file." @@ -1120,18 +1120,18 @@ msgstr "" "NFS с использованием свойства ZFS `sharenfs` вместо файла man:exports[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:410 msgid "Refer to man:nfsv4[4] for a description of an NFS Version 4 setup." msgstr "Обратитесь к man:nfsv4[4] для описания настройки NFS версии 4." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:411 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Client" msgstr "Настройка клиента" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:414 msgid "" "To enable NFS clients, set this option in each client's [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" @@ -1140,24 +1140,24 @@ msgstr "" "conf# каждого клиента:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "nfs_client_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:421 msgid "Then, run this command on each NFS client:" msgstr "Затем выполните эту команду на каждом клиенте NFS:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "# service nfsclient start\n" msgstr "# service nfsclient start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "The client now has everything it needs to mount a remote file system. In " "these examples, the server's name is `server` and the client's name is " @@ -1170,13 +1170,13 @@ msgstr "" "монтирования [.filename]#/mnt# на клиенте `client`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "# mount server:/home /mnt\n" msgstr "# mount server:/home /mnt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "The files and directories in [.filename]#/home# will now be available on " "`client`, in the [.filename]#/mnt# directory." @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге [.filename]#/mnt#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "To mount a remote file system each time the client boots, add it to [." "filename]#/etc/fstab#:" @@ -1194,24 +1194,24 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте её в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:443 #, no-wrap msgid "server:/home\t/mnt\tnfs\trw\t0\t0\n" msgstr "server:/home\t/mnt\tnfs\trw\t0\t0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:446 msgid "Refer to man:fstab[5] for a description of all available options." msgstr "Обратитесь к man:fstab[5] для описания всех доступных опций." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:447 #, no-wrap msgid "Locking" msgstr "Блокировка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:452 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:451 msgid "" "Some applications require file locking to operate correctly. To enable " "locking, execute the following command on both the client and server:" @@ -1221,24 +1221,24 @@ msgstr "" "сервере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:455 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc rpc_lockd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:458 msgid "Then start the man:rpc.lockd[8] service:" msgstr "Затем запустите службу man:rpc.lockd[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:462 #, no-wrap msgid "# service lockd start\n" msgstr "# service lockd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "If locking is not required on the server, the NFS client can be configured " "to lock locally by including `-L` when running mount. Refer to man:" @@ -1249,13 +1249,13 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительные сведения см. в man:mount_nfs[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "Automating Mounts with man:autofs[5]" msgstr "Автоматизация монтирования с помощью man:autofs[5]" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] automount facility is supported starting with FreeBSD 10.1-" "RELEASE. To use the automounter functionality in older versions of FreeBSD, " @@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ msgstr "" "автомонтирование man:autofs[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:482 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:481 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] facility is a common name for several components that, " "together, allow for automatic mounting of remote and local filesystems " @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ msgstr "" "таких как в Solaris, MacOS X и Linux." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] virtual filesystem is mounted on specified mountpoints by " "man:automount[8], usually invoked during boot." @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:487 msgid "" "Whenever a process attempts to access a file within the man:autofs[5] " "mountpoint, the kernel will notify man:automountd[8] daemon and pause the " @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" "используются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:491 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:490 msgid "" "The primary autofs configuration file is [.filename]#/etc/auto_master#. It " "assigns individual maps to top-level mounts. For an explanation of [." @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr "" "синтаксиса [.filename]#auto_master# и карт обратитесь к man:auto_master[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "There is a special automounter map mounted on [.filename]#/net#. When a " "file is accessed within this directory, man:autofs[5] looks up the " @@ -1349,13 +1349,13 @@ msgstr "" "`foobar`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "Mounting an Export with man:autofs[5]" msgstr "Подключение экспорта с помощью man:autofs[5]" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "In this example, `showmount -e` shows the exported file systems that can be " "mounted from the NFS server, `foobar`:" @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ msgstr "" "которые могут быть подключены с NFS-сервера `foobar`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:507 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% showmount -e foobar\n" @@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "% cd /net/foobar/usr\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:514 msgid "" "The output from `showmount` shows [.filename]#/usr# as an export. When " "changing directories to [.filename]#/host/foobar/usr#, man:automountd[8] " @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "В случае успеха man:automountd[8] автоматически монтирует исходный экспорт." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "To enable man:autofs[5] at boot time, add this line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" @@ -1402,18 +1402,18 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:520 #, no-wrap msgid "autofs_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "autofs_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:523 msgid "Then man:autofs[5] can be started by running:" msgstr "Затем man:autofs[5] может быть запущен выполнением:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service automount start\n" @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "# service autounmountd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:533 msgid "" "The man:autofs[5] map format is the same as in other operating systems. " "Information about this format from other sources can be useful, like the " @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr "" "com/business/docs/Autofs.pdf[документации Mac OS X]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "Consult the man:automount[8], man:automountd[8], man:autounmountd[8], and " "man:auto_master[5] manual pages for more information." @@ -1447,13 +1447,13 @@ msgstr "" "autounmountd[8] и man:auto_master[5] для получения дополнительной информации." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:537 #, no-wrap msgid "Network Information System (NIS)" msgstr "Сетевая информационная система (NIS)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:542 msgid "" "Network Information System (NIS) is designed to centralize administration of " "UNIX(R)-like systems such as Solaris(TM), HP-UX, AIX(R), Linux, NetBSD, " @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" "начинаются с `yp`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:545 msgid "" "NIS is a Remote Procedure Call (RPC)-based client/server system that allows " "a group of machines within an NIS domain to share a common set of " @@ -1485,112 +1485,112 @@ msgstr "" "места." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:547 msgid "FreeBSD uses version 2 of the NIS protocol." msgstr "FreeBSD использует вторую версию протокола NIS." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:548 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Terms and Processes" msgstr "Термины и процессы NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:551 msgid "Table 28.1 summarizes the terms and important processes used by NIS:" msgstr "Таблица 28.1 обобщает термины и важные процессы, используемые NIS:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Terminology" msgstr "Терминология NIS" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:557 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1893 #, no-wrap msgid "Term" msgstr "Термин" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS domain name" msgstr "Имя домена NIS" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:561 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS servers and clients share an NIS domain name. Typically, this name does not have anything to do with DNS." msgstr "Серверы и клиенты NIS используют общее имя домена NIS. Как правило, это имя не связано с DNS." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rpcbind[8]" msgstr "man:rpcbind[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "This service enables RPC and must be running in order to run an NIS server or act as an NIS client." msgstr "Эта служба включает RPC и должна работать для запуска сервера NIS или работы в качестве клиента NIS." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:565 #, no-wrap msgid "man:ypbind[8]" msgstr "man:ypbind[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "This service binds an NIS client to its NIS server. It will take the NIS domain name and use RPC to connect to the server. It is the core of client/server communication in an NIS environment. If this service is not running on a client machine, it will not be able to access the NIS server." msgstr "Эта служба связывает клиент NIS с его сервером NIS. Она принимает имя домена NIS и использует RPC для подключения к серверу. Это основа клиент-серверного взаимодействия в среде NIS. Если эта служба не запущена на клиентской машине, она не сможет получить доступ к серверу NIS." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:568 #, no-wrap msgid "man:ypserv[8]" msgstr "man:ypserv[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "This is the process for the NIS server. If this service stops running, the server will no longer be able to respond to NIS requests so hopefully, there is a slave server to take over. Some non-FreeBSD clients will not try to reconnect using a slave server and the ypbind process may need to be restarted on these clients." msgstr "Это процесс для сервера NIS. Если эта служба перестанет работать, сервер больше не сможет отвечать на запросы NIS, поэтому, надеюсь, есть подчиненный сервер, который возьмет на себя управление. Некоторые клиенты, не относящиеся к FreeBSD, не будут пытаться переподключиться с использованием подчиненного сервера, и процесс ypbind, возможно, потребуется перезапустить на этих клиентах." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "man:rpc.yppasswdd[8]" msgstr "man:rpc.yppasswdd[8]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:572 #, no-wrap msgid "This process only runs on NIS master servers. This daemon allows NIS clients to change their NIS passwords. If this daemon is not running, users will have to login to the NIS master server and change their passwords there." msgstr "Этот процесс работает только на основных серверах NIS. Этот демон позволяет клиентам NIS изменять свои пароли в NIS. Если этот демон не запущен, пользователям придется входить на главный сервер NIS и изменять пароли там." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine Types" msgstr "Типы машин" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:577 msgid "There are three types of hosts in an NIS environment:" msgstr "В среде NIS существует три типа хостов:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:579 msgid "NIS master server" msgstr "Основной сервер NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "This server acts as a central repository for host configuration information " "and maintains the authoritative copy of the files used by all of the NIS " @@ -1609,12 +1609,12 @@ msgstr "" "относительно небольшая среда NIS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:584 msgid "NIS slave servers" msgstr "Подчиненные серверы NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:587 msgid "" "NIS slave servers maintain copies of the NIS master's data files in order to " "provide redundancy. Slave servers also help to balance the load of the " @@ -1627,18 +1627,18 @@ msgstr "" "серверу, который отвечает первым." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:588 msgid "NIS clients" msgstr "Клиенты NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:590 msgid "NIS clients authenticate against the NIS server during log on." msgstr "" "Клиенты NIS проходят аутентификацию на сервере NIS при входе в систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "Information in many files can be shared using NIS. The [.filename]#master." "passwd#, [.filename]#group#, and [.filename]#hosts# files are commonly " @@ -1653,13 +1653,13 @@ msgstr "" "запрос к связанному с ним NIS-серверу." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "Planning Considerations" msgstr "Планирование и подготовка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:602 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:601 msgid "" "This section describes a sample NIS environment which consists of 15 FreeBSD " "machines with no centralized point of administration. Each machine has its " @@ -1676,120 +1676,120 @@ msgstr "" "повторять на всех 15 машинах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:603 msgid "The configuration of the lab will be as follows:" msgstr "Конфигурация лаборатории будет следующей:" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:608 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine name" msgstr "Имя машины" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "IP address" msgstr "IP-адрес" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:612 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine role" msgstr "Роль машины" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:613 #, no-wrap msgid "`ellington`" msgstr "`ellington`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.2`" msgstr "`10.0.0.2`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:616 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS master" msgstr "Основной сервер NIS" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:617 #, no-wrap msgid "`coltrane`" msgstr "`coltrane`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:618 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.3`" msgstr "`10.0.0.3`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:620 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS slave" msgstr "Подчиненный сервер NIS" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "`basie`" msgstr "`basie`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:622 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.4`" msgstr "`10.0.0.4`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:624 #, no-wrap msgid "Faculty workstation" msgstr "Факультетская рабочая станция" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:625 #, no-wrap msgid "`bird`" msgstr "`bird`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:626 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.5`" msgstr "`10.0.0.5`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "Client machine" msgstr "Клиентская машина" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "`cli[1-11]`" msgstr "`cli[1-11]`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "`10.0.0.[6-17]`" msgstr "`10.0.0.[6-17]`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "Other client machines" msgstr "Другие клиентские машины" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:635 msgid "" "If this is the first time an NIS scheme is being developed, it should be " "thoroughly planned ahead of time. Regardless of network size, several " @@ -1800,13 +1800,13 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо принять несколько решений." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:636 #, no-wrap msgid "Choosing a NIS Domain Name" msgstr "Выбор имени домена NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:642 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:641 msgid "" "When a client broadcasts its requests for info, it includes the name of the " "NIS domain that it is part of. This is how multiple servers on one network " @@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr "" "хостов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "Some organizations choose to use their Internet domain name for their NIS " "domain name. This is not recommended as it can cause confusion when trying " @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ msgstr "" "использоваться имя домена `test-domain`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:650 msgid "" "However, some non-FreeBSD operating systems require the NIS domain name to " "be the same as the Internet domain name. If one or more machines on the " @@ -1852,13 +1852,13 @@ msgstr "" "домена в качестве имени домена NIS." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:651 #, no-wrap msgid "Physical Server Requirements" msgstr "Требования к физическому серверу" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "There are several things to keep in mind when choosing a machine to use as a " "NIS server. Since NIS clients depend upon the availability of the server, " @@ -1877,13 +1877,13 @@ msgstr "" "сервер NIS станет недоступен, это негативно скажется на всех клиентах NIS." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:659 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the NIS Master Server" msgstr "Настройка основного сервера NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "The canonical copies of all NIS files are stored on the master server. The " "databases used to store the information are called NIS maps. In FreeBSD, " @@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ msgstr "" "каждого домена. Каждый домен будет иметь свой независимый набор карт." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:669 msgid "" "NIS master and slave servers handle all NIS requests through man:ypserv[8]. " "This daemon is responsible for receiving incoming requests from NIS clients, " @@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлу базы данных и передачу данных из базы обратно клиенту." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:673 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:672 msgid "" "Setting up a master NIS server can be relatively straight forward, depending " "on environmental needs. Since FreeBSD provides built-in NIS support, it " @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\t<.>\n" @@ -1938,19 +1938,19 @@ msgstr "" "nis_yppasswdd_enable=\"YES\"\t<.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:681 msgid "This line sets the NIS domain name to `test-domain`." msgstr "Эта строка устанавливает имя домена NIS в `test-domain`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:683 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:682 msgid "" "This automates the start up of the NIS server processes when the system " "boots." msgstr "Это автоматизирует запуск процессов сервера NIS при загрузке системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "This enables the man:rpc.yppasswdd[8] daemon so that users can change their " "NIS password from a client machine." @@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ msgstr "" "свой NIS-пароль с клиентской машины." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "Care must be taken in a multi-server domain where the server machines are " "also NIS clients. It is generally a good idea to force the servers to bind " @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "привязаться друг к другу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:690 msgid "" "A server that is also a client can be forced to bind to a particular server " "by adding these additional lines to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:695 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nis_client_enable=\"YES\"\t\t\t\t<.>\n" @@ -2001,18 +2001,18 @@ msgstr "" "nis_client_flags=\"-S test-domain,server\"\t<.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:698 msgid "This enables running client stuff as well." msgstr "Это позволяет также запускать клиентские приложения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:699 msgid "This line sets the NIS domain name to `test-domain` and bind to itself." msgstr "" "Эта строка устанавливает имя домена NIS в `test-domain` и привязывает к себе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:702 msgid "" "After saving the edits, type `/etc/netstart` to restart the network and " "apply the values defined in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#. Before initializing " @@ -2023,19 +2023,19 @@ msgstr "" "инициализацией карт NIS запустите man:ypserv[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ypserv start\n" msgstr "# service ypserv start\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "Initializing the NIS Maps" msgstr "Инициализация карт NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:714 msgid "" "NIS maps are generated from the configuration files in [.filename]#/etc# on " "the NIS master, with one exception: [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd#. This " @@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ msgstr "" "паролей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:720 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cp /etc/master.passwd /var/yp/master.passwd\n" @@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ msgstr "" "# vi master.passwd\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:723 msgid "" "It is advisable to remove all entries for system accounts as well as any " "user accounts that do not need to be propagated to the NIS clients, such as " @@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr "" "NIS, такие как `root` и другие административные учётные записи." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:727 msgid "" "Ensure that the [.filename]#/var/yp/master.passwd# is neither group or world " "readable by setting its permissions to `600`." @@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтения группе или всем, установив его права доступа на `600`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:733 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:732 msgid "" "After completing this task, initialize the NIS maps. FreeBSD includes the " "man:ypinit[8] script to do this. When generating maps for the master " @@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ msgstr "" "укажите `-m` и задайте имя домена NIS:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:753 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington# ypinit -m test-domain\n" @@ -2135,13 +2135,13 @@ msgstr "" "Is this correct? [y/n: y] y\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:755 #, no-wrap msgid "[..output from map generation..]\n" msgstr "[..output from map generation..]\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:758 #, no-wrap msgid "" "NIS Map update completed.\n" @@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" "ellington has been setup as an YP master server without any errors.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "This will create [.filename]#/var/yp/Makefile# from [.filename]#/var/yp/" "Makefile.dist#. By default, this file assumes that the environment has a " @@ -2166,19 +2166,19 @@ msgstr "" "var/yp/Makefile#, чтобы она начиналась с комментария (`+#+`):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:767 #, no-wrap msgid "NOPUSH = \"True\"\n" msgstr "NOPUSH = \"True\"\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:770 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding New Users" msgstr "Добавление новых пользователей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "Every time a new user is created, the user account must be added to the " "master NIS server and the NIS maps rebuilt. Until this occurs, the new user " @@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@ msgstr "" "domain`, выполните следующие команды на основном сервере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:781 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pw useradd jsmith\n" @@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ msgstr "" "# make test-domain\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "The user could also be added using `adduser jsmith` instead of `pw useradd " "smith`." @@ -2214,13 +2214,13 @@ msgstr "" "useradd smith`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:785 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a NIS Slave Server" msgstr "Настройка подчиненного сервера NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:791 msgid "" "To set up an NIS slave server, log on to the slave server and edit [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# as for the master server. Do not generate any NIS " @@ -2237,19 +2237,19 @@ msgstr "" "сервера NIS в дополнение к имени домена, как показано в этом примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:795 #, no-wrap msgid "coltrane# ypinit -s ellington test-domain\n" msgstr "coltrane# ypinit -s ellington test-domain\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n" msgstr "Server Type: SLAVE Domain: test-domain Master: ellington\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:800 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Creating an YP server will require that you answer a few questions.\n" @@ -2259,13 +2259,13 @@ msgstr "" "Questions will all be asked at the beginning of the procedure.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] n\n" msgstr "Do you want this procedure to quit on non-fatal errors? [y/n: n] n\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Ok, please remember to go back and redo manually whatever fails.\n" @@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" "ypxfr: Exiting: Map successfully transferred\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:850 #, no-wrap msgid "" "coltrane has been setup as an YP slave server without any errors.\n" @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" "Remember to update map ypservers on ellington.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:854 msgid "" "This will generate a directory on the slave server called [.filename]#/var/" "yp/test-domain# which contains copies of the NIS master server's maps. " @@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ msgstr "" "их синхронизировать свои карты с картами на основном сервере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "" "20 * * * * root /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byname\n" @@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr "" "21 * * * * root /usr/libexec/ypxfr passwd.byuid\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:864 msgid "" "These entries are not mandatory because the master server automatically " "attempts to push any map changes to its slaves. However, since clients may " @@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ msgstr "" "загруженных сетях, где обновления карт могут не всегда завершаться." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "To finish the configuration, run `/etc/netstart` on the slave server in " "order to start the NIS services." @@ -2417,13 +2417,13 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы запустить службы NIS." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:867 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up an NIS Client" msgstr "Настройка клиента NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "An NIS client binds to an NIS server using man:ypbind[8]. This daemon " "broadcasts RPC requests on the local network. These requests specify the " @@ -2449,12 +2449,12 @@ msgstr "" "запросов в надежде найти другой сервер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:878 msgid "To configure a FreeBSD machine to be an NIS client:" msgstr "Для настройки машины FreeBSD в качестве клиента NIS:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# and add the following lines in order to set " "the NIS domain name and start man:ypbind[8] during network startup:" @@ -2463,7 +2463,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы установить имя домена NIS и запустить man:ypbind[8] при старте сети:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:888 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:887 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nisdomainname=\"test-domain\"\n" @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr "" "nis_client_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:891 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:890 msgid "" "To import all possible password entries from the NIS server, use `vipw` to " "remove all user accounts except one from [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd#. " @@ -2483,8 +2483,8 @@ msgid "" "the superuser, and fix the problem. Before saving the edits, add the " "following line to the end of the file:" msgstr "" -"Для импорта всех возможных записей паролей с сервера NIS, используйте `vipw`" -", чтобы удалить все учётные записи пользователей, кроме одной, из [." +"Для импорта всех возможных записей паролей с сервера NIS, используйте " +"`vipw`, чтобы удалить все учётные записи пользователей, кроме одной, из [." "filename]#/etc/master.passwd#. При удалении учётных записей учитывайте, что " "хотя бы одна локальная учётная запись должна остаться, и эта учётная запись " "должна быть членом группы `wheel`. Если возникнут проблемы с NIS, эту " @@ -2493,14 +2493,14 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте следующую строку в конец файла:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:895 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1115 #, no-wrap msgid "+:::::::::\n" msgstr "+:::::::::\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:901 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:900 msgid "" "This line configures the client to provide anyone with a valid account in " "the NIS server's password maps an account on the client. There are many " @@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr "" "O'Reilly Media." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "To import all possible group entries from the NIS server, add this line to [." "filename]#/etc/group#:" @@ -2527,13 +2527,13 @@ msgstr "" "строку в [.filename]#/etc/group#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "+:*::\n" msgstr "+:*::\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:909 msgid "" "To start the NIS client immediately, execute the following commands as the " "superuser:" @@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ msgstr "" "суперпользователя:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# /etc/netstart\n" @@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ msgstr "" "# service ypbind start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "After completing these steps, running `ypcat passwd` on the client should " "show the server's [.filename]#passwd# map." @@ -2561,13 +2561,13 @@ msgstr "" "должно отобразить карту [.filename]#passwd# сервера." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:918 #, no-wrap msgid "NIS Security" msgstr "Безопасность NIS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "Since RPC is a broadcast-based service, any system running ypbind within the " "same domain can retrieve the contents of the NIS maps. To prevent " @@ -2592,7 +2592,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла [.filename]#securenets# может выглядеть так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:939 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:938 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# allow connections from local host -- mandatory\n" @@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ msgstr "" "10.0.0.0 255.255.240.0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:943 msgid "" "If man:ypserv[8] receives a request from an address that matches one of " "these rules, it will process the request normally. If the address fails to " @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ msgstr "" "разрешит соединения с любого хоста." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "crossref:security[tcpwrappers,\"TCP Wrapper\"] is an alternate mechanism for " "providing access control instead of [.filename]#securenets#. While either " @@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ msgstr "" "межсетевом экране." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "Servers using [.filename]#securenets# may fail to serve legitimate NIS " "clients with archaic TCP/IP implementations. Some of these implementations " @@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr "" "эксплуатации этих клиентских систем или отказа от [.filename]#securenets#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:955 msgid "" "The use of TCP Wrapper increases the latency of the NIS server. The " "additional delay may be long enough to cause timeouts in client programs, " @@ -2681,13 +2681,13 @@ msgstr "" "себе." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:957 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:956 #, no-wrap msgid "Barring Some Users" msgstr "Запрет доступа некоторым пользователям" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:961 msgid "" "In this example, the `basie` system is a faculty workstation within the NIS " "domain. The [.filename]#passwd# map on the master NIS server contains " @@ -2700,7 +2700,7 @@ msgstr "" "разрешить вход преподавателей в эту систему, запретив вход студентам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:965 msgid "" "To prevent specified users from logging on to a system, even if they are " "present in the NIS database, use `vipw` to add `-_username_` with the " @@ -2719,7 +2719,7 @@ msgstr "" "NIS. В этом примере пользователю `bill` запрещен вход на `basie`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:986 #, no-wrap msgid "" "basie# cat /etc/master.passwd\n" @@ -2761,19 +2761,19 @@ msgstr "" "+:::::::::\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:989 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:988 #, no-wrap msgid "basie#\n" msgstr "basie#\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:992 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Netgroups" msgstr "Использование сетевых групп" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "Barring specified users from logging on to individual systems becomes " "unscaleable on larger networks and quickly loses the main benefit of NIS: " @@ -2784,7 +2784,7 @@ msgstr "" "NIS основного преимущества: _централизованного_ администрирования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:998 msgid "" "Netgroups were developed to handle large, complex networks with hundreds of " "users and machines. Their use is comparable to UNIX(R) groups, where the " @@ -2798,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователей, так и другие сетевые группы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1000 msgid "" "To expand on the example used in this chapter, the NIS domain will be " "extended to add the users and systems shown in Tables 28.2 and 28.3:" @@ -2807,127 +2807,127 @@ msgstr "" "за счет пользователей и систем, показанным в таблицах 28.2 и 28.3:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1001 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Users" msgstr "Дополнительные пользователи" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1005 #, no-wrap msgid "User Name(s)" msgstr "Имена пользователей" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1008 #, no-wrap msgid "`alpha`, `beta`" msgstr "`alpha`, `beta`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1010 #, no-wrap msgid "IT department employees" msgstr "Сотрудники IT-отдела" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1012 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1011 #, no-wrap msgid "`charlie`, `delta`" msgstr "`charlie`, `delta`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1013 #, no-wrap msgid "IT department apprentices" msgstr "Стажеры IT-отдела" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1014 #, no-wrap msgid "`echo`, `foxtrott`, `golf`, ..." msgstr "`echo`, `foxtrott`, `golf`, ..." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1016 #, no-wrap msgid "employees" msgstr "Сотрудники" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1017 #, no-wrap msgid "`able`, `baker`, ..." msgstr "`able`, `baker`, ..." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1018 #, no-wrap msgid "interns" msgstr "Интерны" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1020 #, no-wrap msgid "Additional Systems" msgstr "Дополнительные Системы" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1025 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1024 #, no-wrap msgid "Machine Name(s)" msgstr "Имена машин" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1027 #, no-wrap msgid "`war`, `death`, `famine`, `pollution`" msgstr "`war`, `death`, `famine`, `pollution`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1030 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1029 #, no-wrap msgid "Only IT employees are allowed to log onto these servers." msgstr "Только сотрудники IT имеют право входить на эти серверы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1030 #, no-wrap msgid "`pride`, `greed`, `envy`, `wrath`, `lust`, `sloth`" msgstr "`pride`, `greed`, `envy`, `wrath`, `lust`, `sloth`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "All members of the IT department are allowed to login onto these servers." msgstr "Все сотрудники IT-отдела имеют право входить на эти серверы." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1034 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1033 #, no-wrap msgid "`one`, `two`, `three`, `four`, ..." msgstr "`one`, `two`, `three`, `four`, ..." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1036 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1035 #, no-wrap msgid "Ordinary workstations used by employees." msgstr "Обычные рабочие станции, используемые сотрудниками." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1037 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1036 #, no-wrap msgid "`trashcan`" msgstr "`trashcan`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1037 #, no-wrap msgid "A very old machine without any critical data. Even interns are allowed to use this system." msgstr "Очень старая машина без каких-либо важных данных. Даже интернам разрешено использовать эту систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1044 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1043 msgid "" "When using netgroups to configure this scenario, each user is assigned to " "one or more netgroups and logins are then allowed or forbidden for all " @@ -2947,7 +2947,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменить только один центральный файл конфигурации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1047 msgid "" "The first step is the initialization of the NIS `netgroup` map. In FreeBSD, " "this map is not created by default. On the NIS master server, use an editor " @@ -2958,7 +2958,7 @@ msgstr "" "для создания карты с именем [.filename]#/var/yp/netgroup#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1050 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1049 msgid "" "This example creates four netgroups to represent IT employees, IT " "apprentices, employees, and interns:" @@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@ msgstr "" "стажеров IT, сотрудников и интернов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1058 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1057 #, no-wrap msgid "" "IT_EMP (,alpha,test-domain) (,beta,test-domain)\n" @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@ msgstr "" "INTERNS (,able,test-domain) (,baker,test-domain)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1062 msgid "" "Each entry configures a netgroup. The first column in an entry is the name " "of the netgroup. Each set of parentheses represents either a group of one " @@ -2997,7 +2997,7 @@ msgstr "" "означают:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1065 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1064 msgid "" "The name of the host(s) where the other fields representing the user are " "valid. If a hostname is not specified, the entry is valid on all hosts." @@ -3007,12 +3007,12 @@ msgstr "" "хостах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1065 msgid "The name of the account that belongs to this netgroup." msgstr "Имя учётной записи, принадлежащей этой сетевой группе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1066 msgid "" "The NIS domain for the account. Accounts may be imported from other NIS " "domains into a netgroup." @@ -3021,7 +3021,7 @@ msgstr "" "других NIS-доменов в сетевую группу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1071 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1070 msgid "" "If a group contains multiple users, separate each user with whitespace. " "Additionally, each field may contain wildcards. See man:netgroup[5] for " @@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "" "подстановки. Подробности см. в man:netgroup[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "Netgroup names longer than 8 characters should not be used. The names are " "case sensitive and using capital letters for netgroup names is an easy way " @@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" "групп." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "" "Some non-FreeBSD NIS clients cannot handle netgroups containing more than 15 " "entries. This limit may be circumvented by creating several sub-netgroups " @@ -3057,7 +3057,7 @@ msgstr "" "группу, состоящую из этих подгрупп, как показано в этом примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1084 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1083 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIGGRP1 (,joe1,domain) (,joe2,domain) (,joe3,domain) [...]\n" @@ -3071,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "" "BIGGROUP BIGGRP1 BIGGRP2 BIGGRP3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1087 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1086 msgid "" "Repeat this process if more than 225 (15 times 15) users exist within a " "single netgroup." @@ -3080,12 +3080,12 @@ msgstr "" "умножить на 15) пользователей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1089 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1088 msgid "To activate and distribute the new NIS map:" msgstr "Для активации и распространения новой NIS-карты:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1093 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington# cd /var/yp\n" @@ -3095,7 +3095,7 @@ msgstr "" "ellington# make\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1097 msgid "" "This will generate the three NIS maps [.filename]#netgroup#, [." "filename]#netgroup.byhost# and [.filename]#netgroup.byuser#. Use the map " @@ -3106,7 +3106,7 @@ msgstr "" "ypcat[1], чтобы проверить доступность новых карт NIS:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1103 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup\n" @@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "ellington% ypcat -k netgroup.byuser\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1108 msgid "" "The output of the first command should resemble the contents of [.filename]#/" "var/yp/netgroup#. The second command only produces output if host-specific " @@ -3131,7 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "списка групп сетей для пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "" "To configure a client, use man:vipw[8] to specify the name of the netgroup. " "For example, on the server named `war`, replace this line:" @@ -3140,18 +3140,18 @@ msgstr "" "группы. Например, на сервере с именем `war` замените эту строку:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1118 msgid "with" msgstr "строкой" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" msgstr "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1125 msgid "" "This specifies that only the users defined in the netgroup `IT_EMP` will be " "imported into this system's password database and only those users are " @@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям разрешён вход в систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1130 msgid "" "This configuration also applies to the `~` function of the shell and all " "routines which convert between user names and numerical user IDs. In other " @@ -3181,13 +3181,13 @@ msgstr "" "добавив дополнительную строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1134 #, no-wrap msgid "+:::::::::/usr/sbin/nologin\n" msgstr "+:::::::::/usr/sbin/nologin\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1137 msgid "" "This line configures the client to import all entries but to replace the " "shell in those entries with [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin#." @@ -3196,7 +3196,7 @@ msgstr "" "в этих записях на [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1140 msgid "" "Make sure that extra line is placed _after_ `+@IT_EMP:::::::::`. Otherwise, " "all user accounts imported from NIS will have [.filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin# " @@ -3208,7 +3208,7 @@ msgstr "" "не сможет войти в систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1142 msgid "" "To configure the less important servers, replace the old `+:::::::::` on the " "servers with these lines:" @@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующими строками:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1148 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" @@ -3229,12 +3229,12 @@ msgstr "" "+:::::::::/usr/sbin/nologin\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1151 msgid "The corresponding lines for the workstations would be:" msgstr "Соответствующие строки для рабочих станций будут:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1157 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@IT_EMP:::::::::\n" @@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ msgstr "" "+:::::::::/usr/sbin/nologin\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1164 msgid "" "NIS supports the creation of netgroups from other netgroups which can be " "useful if the policy regarding user access changes. One possibility is the " @@ -3267,7 +3267,7 @@ msgstr "" "выглядеть так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1170 #, no-wrap msgid "" "BIGSRV IT_EMP IT_APP\n" @@ -3279,7 +3279,7 @@ msgstr "" "USERBOX IT_EMP ITINTERN USERS\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1175 msgid "" "This method of defining login restrictions works reasonably well when it is " "possible to define groups of machines with identical restrictions. " @@ -3292,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr "" "определять ограничения входа для каждой машины отдельно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1180 msgid "" "Machine-specific netgroup definitions are another possibility to deal with " "the policy changes. In this scenario, the [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd# " @@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ msgstr "" "в версии \"ВСЕ-ЗАГЛАВНЫЕ\", соответствующее имени хоста:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "+@BOXNAME:::::::::\n" @@ -3321,7 +3321,7 @@ msgstr "" "+:::::::::/usr/sbin/nologin\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1190 msgid "" "Once this task is completed on all the machines, there is no longer a need " "to modify the local versions of [.filename]#/etc/master.passwd# ever again. " @@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@ msgstr "" "`netgroup` для данного сценария:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1228 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Define groups of users first\n" @@ -3410,7 +3410,7 @@ msgstr "" "# [...more groups to follow]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1232 msgid "" "It may not always be advisable to use machine-based netgroups. When " "deploying a couple of dozen or hundreds of systems, role-based netgroups " @@ -3423,13 +3423,13 @@ msgstr "" "разумных пределах." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1233 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Formats" msgstr "Форматы паролей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1239 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1238 msgid "" "NIS requires that all hosts within an NIS domain use the same format for " "encrypting passwords. If users have trouble authenticating on an NIS " @@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционными системами, где DES является минимальным общим стандартом." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1240 msgid "" "To check which format a server or client is using, look at this section of [." "filename]#/etc/login.conf#:" @@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" "этот раздел в [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1246 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\\\n" @@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t[Further entries elided]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1251 msgid "" "In this example, the system is using the DES format for password hashing. " "Other possible values include `blf` for Blowfish, `md5` for MD5, `sha256` " @@ -3480,7 +3480,7 @@ msgstr "" "обратитесь к man:crypt[3]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1253 msgid "" "If the format on a host needs to be edited to match the one being used in " "the NIS domain, the login capability database must be rebuilt after saving " @@ -3491,13 +3491,13 @@ msgstr "" "перестроить после сохранения изменений:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1257 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1263 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1262 msgid "" "The format of passwords for existing user accounts will not be updated until " "each user changes their password _after_ the login capability database is " @@ -3508,13 +3508,13 @@ msgstr "" "возможностей входа." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1265 #, no-wrap msgid "Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)" msgstr "Протокол LDAP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1271 msgid "" "The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an application layer " "protocol used to access, modify, and authenticate objects using a " @@ -3538,7 +3538,7 @@ msgstr "" "в базе данных LDAP-сервера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1275 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1274 msgid "" "This section provides a quick start guide for configuring an LDAP server on " "a FreeBSD system. It assumes that the administrator already has a design " @@ -3553,13 +3553,13 @@ msgstr "" "несанкционированного доступа." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1275 #, no-wrap msgid "LDAP Terminology and Structure" msgstr "Терминология и структура LDAP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1281 msgid "" "LDAP uses several terms which should be understood before starting the " "configuration. All directory entries consist of a group of _attributes_. " @@ -3579,7 +3579,7 @@ msgstr "" "абсолютный путь, а RDN — как относительный путь." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1284 msgid "" "An example LDAP entry looks like the following. This example searches for " "the entry for the specified user account (`uid`), organizational unit " @@ -3590,7 +3590,7 @@ msgstr "" "организационного подразделения (`ou`) и организации (`o`):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1295 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ldapsearch -xb \"uid=trhodes,ou=users,o=example.com\"\n" @@ -3612,7 +3612,7 @@ msgstr "" "#\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1302 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# trhodes, users, example.com\n" @@ -3630,8 +3630,8 @@ msgstr "" "telephoneNumber: (123) 456-7890\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1307 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1580 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# search result\n" @@ -3643,8 +3643,8 @@ msgstr "" "result: 0 Success\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1310 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1583 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# numResponses: 2\n" @@ -3654,7 +3654,7 @@ msgstr "" "# numEntries: 1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1313 msgid "" "This example entry shows the values for the `dn`, `mail`, `cn`, `uid`, and " "`telephoneNumber` attributes. The cn attribute is the RDN." @@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr "" "`telephoneNumber`. Атрибут `cn` является RDN." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1315 msgid "" "More information about LDAP and its terminology can be found at http://www." "openldap.org/doc/admin24/intro.html[http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/" @@ -3674,13 +3674,13 @@ msgstr "" "admin24/intro.html]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1317 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an LDAP Server" msgstr "Настройка сервера LDAP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1322 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1321 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not provide a built-in LDAP server. Begin the configuration by " "installing package:net/openldap-server[] package or port:" @@ -3689,13 +3689,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки пакета package:net/openldap-server[] или порта:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1325 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install openldap-server\n" msgstr "# pkg install openldap-server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1330 msgid "" "There is a large set of default options enabled in the extref:{linux-users}" "[package, software]. Review them by running `pkg info openldap-server`. If " @@ -3710,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:ports[ports-using,фреймворка]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1333 msgid "" "The installation creates the directory [.filename]#/var/db/openldap-data# to " "hold the data. The directory to store the certificates must be created:" @@ -3719,13 +3719,13 @@ msgstr "" "данных. Необходимо создать каталог для хранения сертификатов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1337 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private\n" msgstr "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/private\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "The next phase is to configure the Certificate Authority. The following " "commands must be executed from [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/openldap/" @@ -3744,13 +3744,13 @@ msgstr "" "следуйте инструкциям:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1348 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt\n" msgstr "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -x509 -keyout ca.key -out ../ca.crt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1353 msgid "" "The entries for the prompts may be generic _except_ for the `Common Name`. " "This entry must be _different_ than the system hostname. If this will be a " @@ -3763,7 +3763,7 @@ msgstr "" "Сертификации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1356 msgid "" "The next task is to create a certificate signing request and a private key. " "Input this command and follow the prompts:" @@ -3772,13 +3772,13 @@ msgstr "" "Введите эту команду и следуйте инструкциям:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1360 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr\n" msgstr "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout server.key -out server.csr\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1364 msgid "" "During the certificate generation process, be sure to correctly set the " "`Common Name` attribute. The Certificate Signing Request must be signed " @@ -3790,13 +3790,13 @@ msgstr "" "действительного сертификата:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1368 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -CAcreateserial\n" msgstr "# openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -out ../server.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key -CAcreateserial\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1371 msgid "" "The final part of the certificate generation process is to generate and sign " "the client certificates:" @@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ msgstr "" "клиентских сертификатов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1376 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# openssl req -days 365 -nodes -new -keyout client.key -out client.csr\n" @@ -3815,7 +3815,7 @@ msgstr "" "# openssl x509 -req -days 3650 -in client.csr -out ../client.crt -CA ../ca.crt -CAkey ca.key\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1381 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1380 msgid "" "Remember to use the same `Common Name` attribute when prompted. When " "finished, ensure that a total of eight (8) new files have been generated " @@ -3826,7 +3826,7 @@ msgstr "" "общей сложности восемь (8) новых файлов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1383 msgid "" "The daemon running the OpenLDAP server is [.filename]#slapd#. Its " "configuration is performed through [.filename]#slapd.ldif#: the old [." @@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#slapd.conf# больше не используется в OpenLDAP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1390 msgid "" "http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/slapdconf2.html[Configuration examples] " "for [.filename]#slapd.ldif# are available and can also be found in [." @@ -3859,7 +3859,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасного канала. Первый раздел представляет глобальную конфигурацию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1412 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -3903,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr "" "olcTLSVerifyClient: never\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1417 msgid "" "The Certificate Authority, server certificate and server private key files " "must be specified here. It is recommended to let the clients choose the " @@ -3922,7 +3922,7 @@ msgstr "" "`olcTLSVerifyClient: never`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1419 msgid "" "The second section is about the backend modules and can be configured as " "follows:" @@ -3931,7 +3931,7 @@ msgstr "" "образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1435 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -3963,7 +3963,7 @@ msgstr "" "#olcModuleload:\tback_shell.la\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1438 msgid "" "The third section is devoted to load the needed `ldif` schemas to be used by " "the databases: they are essential." @@ -3972,7 +3972,7 @@ msgstr "" "базами данных: они являются важными." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1444 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n" @@ -3984,7 +3984,7 @@ msgstr "" "cn: schema\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1449 #, no-wrap msgid "" "include: file:///usr/local/etc/openldap/schema/core.ldif\n" @@ -3998,13 +3998,13 @@ msgstr "" "include: file:///usr/local/etc/openldap/schema/nis.ldif\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1452 msgid "Next, the frontend configuration section:" msgstr "" "Далее, раздел конфигурации фронтенда (уровня взаимодействия с клиентами):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1486 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Frontend settings\n" @@ -4072,7 +4072,7 @@ msgstr "" "# {SSHA} is already the default for olcPasswordHash\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1489 msgid "" "Another section is devoted to the _configuration backend_, the only way to " "later access the OpenLDAP server configuration is as a global super-user." @@ -4082,7 +4082,7 @@ msgstr "" "только глобальному суперпользователю." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1497 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n" @@ -4098,7 +4098,7 @@ msgstr "" "olcRootPW: {SSHA}iae+lrQZILpiUdf16Z9KmDmSwT77Dj4U\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1502 msgid "" "The default administrator username is `cn=config`. Type [." "filename]#slappasswd# in a shell, choose a password and use its hash in " @@ -4113,13 +4113,13 @@ msgstr "" "_глобальной конфигурации_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1505 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1504 msgid "The last section is about the database backend:" msgstr "" "Последний раздел посвящен бэкенду базы данных (уровню хранения данных):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#######################################################################\n" @@ -4167,7 +4167,7 @@ msgstr "" "olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1533 msgid "" "This database hosts the _actual contents_ of the LDAP directory. Types " "other than `mdb` are available. Its super-user, not to be confused with the " @@ -4182,7 +4182,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать, как и раньше." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1536 msgid "" "This http://www.openldap.org/devel/gitweb.cgi?p=openldap.git;a=tree;f=tests/" "data/regressions/its8444;h=8a5e808e63b0de3d2bdaf2cf34fecca8577ca7fd;" @@ -4200,7 +4200,7 @@ msgstr "" "опции)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1539 msgid "" "When the configuration is completed, [.filename]#slapd.ldif# must be placed " "in an empty directory. It is recommended to create it as:" @@ -4209,35 +4209,35 @@ msgstr "" "скопирован в пустой каталог. Рекомендуется создать его следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1543 #, no-wrap msgid "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "# mkdir /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1546 msgid "Import the configuration database:" msgstr "Импорт базы данных конфигурации:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1550 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/sbin/slapadd -n0 -F /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/ -l /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.ldif\n" msgstr "# /usr/local/sbin/slapadd -n0 -F /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/ -l /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.ldif\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1553 msgid "Start the [.filename]#slapd# daemon:" msgstr "Запустите демон [.filename]#slapd#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1557 #, no-wrap msgid "# /usr/local/libexec/slapd -F /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "# /usr/local/libexec/slapd -F /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1561 msgid "" "Option `-d` can be used for debugging, as specified in slapd(8). To verify " "that the server is running and working:" @@ -4246,7 +4246,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверить, что сервер запущен и работает:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1572 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# ldapsearch -x -b '' -s base '(objectclass=*)' namingContexts\n" @@ -4268,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr "" "#\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1577 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1576 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#\n" @@ -4280,7 +4280,7 @@ msgstr "" "namingContexts: dc=domain,dc=example\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1588 msgid "" "The server must still be trusted. If that has never been done before, " "follow these instructions. Install the OpenSSL package or port:" @@ -4289,13 +4289,13 @@ msgstr "" "ранее, следуйте этим инструкциям. Установите пакет или порт OpenSSL:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1592 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install openssl\n" msgstr "# pkg install openssl\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1595 msgid "" "From the directory where [.filename]#ca.crt# is stored (in this example, [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/openldap#), run:" @@ -4304,13 +4304,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/usr/local/etc/openldap#), выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1600 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1599 #, no-wrap msgid "# c_rehash .\n" msgstr "# c_rehash .\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1603 msgid "" "Both the CA and the server certificate are now correctly recognized in their " "respective roles. To verify this, run this command from the [." @@ -4321,13 +4321,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду из каталога, где находится [.filename]#server.crt#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1607 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl verify -verbose -CApath . server.crt\n" msgstr "# openssl verify -verbose -CApath . server.crt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1611 msgid "" "If [.filename]#slapd# was running, restart it. As stated in [.filename]#/" "usr/local/etc/rc.d/slapd#, to properly run [.filename]#slapd# at boot the " @@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1618 #, no-wrap msgid "" "slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -4348,13 +4348,12 @@ msgid "" "slapd_cn_config=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "" "slapd_enable=\"YES\"\n" -"slapd_flags='-h \"ldapi://%2fvar%2frun%2fopenldap%2fldapi/ ldap://0.0.0.0/\"'" -"\n" +"slapd_flags='-h \"ldapi://%2fvar%2frun%2fopenldap%2fldapi/ ldap://0.0.0.0/\"'\n" "slapd_sockets=\"/var/run/openldap/ldapi\"\n" "slapd_cn_config=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1623 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1622 msgid "" "[.filename]#slapd# does not provide debugging at boot. Check [.filename]#/" "var/log/debug.log#, [.filename]#dmesg -a# and [.filename]#/var/log/messages# " @@ -4365,7 +4364,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/var/log/messages#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1625 msgid "" "The following example adds the group `team` and the user `john` to the " "`domain.example` LDAP database, which is still empty. First, create the " @@ -4376,7 +4375,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#domain.ldif#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1634 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat domain.ldif\n" @@ -4394,7 +4393,7 @@ msgstr "" "dc: domain\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1639 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: ou=groups,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -4408,7 +4407,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou: groups\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: ou=users,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -4422,7 +4421,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou: users\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1650 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: cn=team,ou=groups,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -4438,7 +4437,7 @@ msgstr "" "gidNumber: 10001\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1663 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dn: uid=john,ou=users,dc=domain,dc=example\n" @@ -4468,7 +4467,7 @@ msgstr "" "userPassword: secret\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1670 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1669 msgid "" "See the OpenLDAP documentation for more details. Use [." "filename]#slappasswd# to replace the plain text password `secret` with a " @@ -4483,13 +4482,13 @@ msgstr "" "используйте администратора `mdb` для изменения базы данных:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1673 #, no-wrap msgid "# ldapadd -W -D \"cn=mdbadmin,dc=domain,dc=example\" -f domain.ldif\n" msgstr "# ldapadd -W -D \"cn=mdbadmin,dc=domain,dc=example\" -f domain.ldif\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1678 msgid "" "Modifications to the _global configuration_ section can only be performed by " "the global super-user. For example, assume that the option " @@ -4502,7 +4501,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо удалить. Сначала создайте файл, содержащий следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1685 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cat global_mod\n" @@ -4516,18 +4515,18 @@ msgstr "" "delete: olcTLSCipherSuite\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1688 msgid "Then, apply the modifications:" msgstr "Затем примените изменения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1692 #, no-wrap msgid "# ldapmodify -f global_mod -x -D \"cn=config\" -W\n" msgstr "# ldapmodify -f global_mod -x -D \"cn=config\" -W\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1697 msgid "" "When asked, provide the password chosen in the _configuration backend_ " "section. The username is not required: here, `cn=config` represents the DN " @@ -4540,7 +4539,7 @@ msgstr "" "отдельной строки базы данных или `ldapdelete` для удаления всей записи." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1699 msgid "" "If something goes wrong, or if the global super-user cannot access the " "configuration backend, it is possible to delete and re-write the whole " @@ -4551,13 +4550,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурацию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1703 #, no-wrap msgid "# rm -rf /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" msgstr "# rm -rf /usr/local/etc/openldap/slapd.d/\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1707 msgid "" "[.filename]#slapd.ldif# can then be edited and imported again. Please, " "follow this procedure only when no other solution is available." @@ -4567,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступного решения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1710 msgid "" "This is the configuration of the server only. The same machine can also " "host an LDAP client, with its own separate configuration." @@ -4576,13 +4575,13 @@ msgstr "" "LDAP-клиент с собственной отдельной конфигурацией." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1712 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Протокол динамической конфигурации узла (DHCP)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1719 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allows a system to connect to " "a network in order to be assigned the necessary addressing information for " @@ -4604,7 +4603,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступны на http://www.isc.org/downloads/dhcp/[isc.org/downloads/dhcp/]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1722 msgid "" "This section describes how to use the built-in DHCP client. It then " "describes how to install and configure a DHCP server." @@ -4613,7 +4612,7 @@ msgstr "" "описывает, как установить и настроить DHCP-сервер." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1728 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the man:bpf[4] device is needed by both the DHCP server and DHCP " "client. This device is included in the [.filename]#GENERIC# kernel that is " @@ -4626,7 +4625,7 @@ msgstr "" "собственное ядро, необходимо оставить это устройство, если используется DHCP." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1730 msgid "" "It should be noted that [.filename]#bpf# also allows privileged users to run " "network packet sniffers on that system." @@ -4635,13 +4634,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям запускать анализаторы сетевых пакетов в этой системе." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1733 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a DHCP Client" msgstr "Настройка клиента DHCP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1737 msgid "" "DHCP client support is included in the FreeBSD installer, making it easy to " "configure a newly installed system to automatically receive its networking " @@ -4656,7 +4655,7 @@ msgstr "" "Защита\"]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1745 msgid "" "When `dhclient` is executed on the client machine, it begins broadcasting " "requests for configuration information. By default, these requests use UDP " @@ -4680,7 +4679,7 @@ msgstr "" "список можно найти в man:dhcp-options[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1748 msgid "" "By default, when a FreeBSD system boots, its DHCP client runs in the " "background, or _asynchronously_. Other startup scripts continue to run " @@ -4691,7 +4690,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершается процесс DHCP, что ускоряет загрузку системы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1753 msgid "" "Background DHCP works well when the DHCP server responds quickly to the " "client's requests. However, DHCP may take a long time to complete on some " @@ -4708,7 +4707,7 @@ msgstr "" "приостанавливая запуск до завершения настройки DHCP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1755 msgid "" "This line in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# is used to configure background or " "asynchronous mode:" @@ -4717,13 +4716,13 @@ msgstr "" "или асинхронного режима:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1760 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1759 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0=\"DHCP\"\n" msgstr "ifconfig_fxp0=\"DHCP\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1763 msgid "" "This line may already exist if the system was configured to use DHCP during " "installation. Replace the _fxp0_ shown in these examples with the name of " @@ -4737,7 +4736,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсов\"]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1765 msgid "" "To instead configure the system to use synchronous mode, and to pause during " "startup while DHCP completes, use \"`SYNCDHCP`\":" @@ -4746,13 +4745,13 @@ msgstr "" "время запуска до завершения DHCP используйте \"`SYNCDHCP`\":" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1769 #, no-wrap msgid "ifconfig_fxp0=\"SYNCDHCP\"\n" msgstr "ifconfig_fxp0=\"SYNCDHCP\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1773 msgid "" "Additional client options are available. Search for `dhclient` in man:rc." "conf[5] for details." @@ -4761,17 +4760,17 @@ msgstr "" "выполнив поиск по `dhclient`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1775 msgid "The DHCP client uses the following files:" msgstr "Клиент DHCP использует следующие файлы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1777 msgid "[.filename]#/etc/dhclient.conf#" msgstr "[.filename]#/etc/dhclient.conf#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1781 msgid "" "The configuration file used by `dhclient`. Typically, this file contains " "only comments as the defaults are suitable for most clients. This " @@ -4782,24 +4781,24 @@ msgstr "" "клиентов. Этот конфигурационный файл описан в man:dhclient.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1782 msgid "[.filename]#/sbin/dhclient#" msgstr "[.filename]#/sbin/dhclient#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1784 msgid "" "More information about the command itself can be found in man:dhclient[8]." msgstr "" "Дополнительную информацию о самой команде можно найти в man:dhclient[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1785 msgid "[.filename]#/sbin/dhclient-script#" msgstr "[.filename]#/sbin/dhclient-script#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1789 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1788 msgid "" "The FreeBSD-specific DHCP client configuration script. It is described in " "man:dhclient-script[8], but should not need any user modification to " @@ -4810,12 +4809,12 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1789 msgid "[.filename]#/var/db/dhclient.leases.interface#" msgstr "[.filename]#/var/db/dhclient.leases.interface#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1791 msgid "" "The DHCP client keeps a database of valid leases in this file, which is " "written as a log and is described in man:dhclient.leases[5]." @@ -4824,13 +4823,13 @@ msgstr "" "записывается как журнал и описывается в man:dhclient.leases[5]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1794 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing and Configuring a DHCP Server" msgstr "Установка и настройка сервера DHCP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1799 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1798 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure a FreeBSD system to act as a DHCP " "server using the Internet Systems Consortium (ISC) implementation of the " @@ -4843,7 +4842,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно установить с помощью пакета package:net/isc-dhcp44-server[] или порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1801 msgid "" "The installation of package:net/isc-dhcp44-server[] installs a sample " "configuration file. Copy [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf.example# to " @@ -4855,7 +4854,7 @@ msgstr "" "новый файл." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1804 msgid "" "The configuration file is comprised of declarations for subnets and hosts " "which define the information that is provided to DHCP clients. For example, " @@ -4866,7 +4865,7 @@ msgstr "" "строки настраивают следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1810 #, no-wrap msgid "" "option domain-name \"example.org\";<.>\n" @@ -4878,7 +4877,7 @@ msgstr "" "option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;<.>\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1814 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default-lease-time 600;<.>\n" @@ -4890,7 +4889,7 @@ msgstr "" "ddns-update-style none;<.>\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1820 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1819 #, no-wrap msgid "" "subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {\n" @@ -4904,7 +4903,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1824 #, no-wrap msgid "" "host fantasia {\n" @@ -4918,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1827 msgid "" "This option specifies the default search domain that will be provided to " "clients. Refer to man:resolv.conf[5] for more information." @@ -4928,7 +4927,7 @@ msgstr "" "conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1828 msgid "" "This option specifies a comma separated list of DNS servers that the client " "should use. They can be listed by their Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDN), " @@ -4939,12 +4938,12 @@ msgstr "" "Именам (FQDN), как показано в примере, или по их IP-адресам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1830 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1829 msgid "The subnet mask that will be provided to clients." msgstr "Маска подсети, которая будет предоставлена клиентам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1830 msgid "" "The default lease expiry time in seconds. A client can be configured to " "override this value." @@ -4953,7 +4952,7 @@ msgstr "" "для переопределения этого значения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1831 msgid "" "The maximum allowed length of time, in seconds, for a lease. Should a client " "request a longer lease, a lease will still be issued, but it will only be " @@ -4964,7 +4963,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет действительна только в течение `max-lease-time`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1832 msgid "" "The default of `none` disables dynamic DNS updates. Changing this to " "`interim` configures the DHCP server to update a DNS server whenever it " @@ -4979,7 +4978,7 @@ msgstr "" "если DNS-сервер не настроен для поддержки динамического DNS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1833 msgid "" "This line creates a pool of available IP addresses which are reserved for " "allocation to DHCP clients. The range of addresses must be valid for the " @@ -4990,7 +4989,7 @@ msgstr "" "подсети, указанной в предыдущей строке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1834 msgid "" "Declares the default gateway that is valid for the network or subnet " "specified before the opening `{` bracket." @@ -4999,7 +4998,7 @@ msgstr "" "перед открывающей скобкой `{`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1836 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1835 msgid "" "Specifies the hardware MAC address of a client so that the DHCP server can " "recognize the client when it makes a request." @@ -5008,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "" "клиента при его запросе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1836 msgid "" "Specifies that this host should always be given the same IP address. Using " "the hostname is correct, since the DHCP server will resolve the hostname " @@ -5019,7 +5018,7 @@ msgstr "" "перед возвратом информации об аренде." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1840 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1839 msgid "" "This configuration file supports many more options. Refer to dhcpd.conf(5), " "installed with the server, for details and examples." @@ -5028,7 +5027,7 @@ msgstr "" "примеры смотрите в dhcpd.conf(5), который устанавливается вместе с сервером." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1841 msgid "" "Once the configuration of [.filename]#dhcpd.conf# is complete, enable the " "DHCP server in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -5037,7 +5036,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1846 #, no-wrap msgid "" "dhcpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -5047,27 +5046,27 @@ msgstr "" "dhcpd_ifaces=\"dc0\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1849 msgid "" "Replace the `dc0` with the interface (or interfaces, separated by " "whitespace) that the DHCP server should listen on for DHCP client requests." msgstr "" -"Замените `dc0` на интерфейс (или интерфейсы, разделенные пробелами), на " +"Замените `dc0` на интерфейс (или интерфейсы, разделённые пробелами), на " "котором DHCP-сервер должен ожидать запросы от DHCP-клиентов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1851 msgid "Start the server by issuing the following command:" msgstr "Запустите сервер, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1855 #, no-wrap msgid "# service isc-dhcpd start\n" msgstr "# service isc-dhcpd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1858 msgid "" "Any future changes to the configuration of the server will require the dhcpd " "service to be stopped and then started using man:service[8]." @@ -5076,7 +5075,7 @@ msgstr "" "последующего запуска службы dhcpd с помощью man:service[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1861 msgid "" "The DHCP server uses the following files. Note that the manual pages are " "installed with the server software." @@ -5085,22 +5084,22 @@ msgstr "" "руководства устанавливаются вместе с серверным программным обеспечением." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1863 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd#" msgstr "[.filename]#/usr/local/sbin/dhcpd#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1866 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1865 msgid "More information about the dhcpd server can be found in dhcpd(8)." msgstr "Дополнительную информацию о сервере dhcpd можно найти в dhcpd(8)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1866 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf#" msgstr "[.filename]#/usr/local/etc/dhcpd.conf#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1869 msgid "" "The server configuration file needs to contain all the information that " "should be provided to clients, along with information regarding the " @@ -5112,12 +5111,12 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурационный файл описан в dhcpd.conf(5)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1870 msgid "[.filename]#/var/db/dhcpd.leases#" msgstr "[.filename]#/var/db/dhcpd.leases#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1873 msgid "" "The DHCP server keeps a database of leases it has issued in this file, which " "is written as a log. Refer to dhcpd.leases(5), which gives a slightly " @@ -5128,12 +5127,12 @@ msgstr "" "несколько более подробное описание." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1874 msgid "[.filename]#/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay#" msgstr "[.filename]#/usr/local/sbin/dhcrelay#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1878 msgid "" "This daemon is used in advanced environments where one DHCP server forwards " "a request from a client to another DHCP server on a separate network. If " @@ -5148,13 +5147,13 @@ msgstr "" "приведены более подробные сведения." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1881 #, no-wrap msgid "Domain Name System (DNS)" msgstr "Система доменных имён (DNS)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1886 msgid "" "Domain Name System (DNS) is the protocol through which domain names are " "mapped to IP addresses, and vice versa. DNS is coordinated across the " @@ -5171,118 +5170,116 @@ msgstr "" "Для выполнения DNS-запросов в системе не обязательно запускать сервер имен." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1888 msgid "The following table describes some of the terms associated with DNS:" msgstr "Следующая таблица описывает некоторые термины, связанные с DNS:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1889 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS Terminology" msgstr "Терминология DNS" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1895 #, no-wrap msgid "Definition" msgstr "Определение" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1896 #, no-wrap msgid "Forward DNS" msgstr "Прямая запись DNS (Forward DNS)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1898 #, no-wrap msgid "Mapping of hostnames to IP addresses." msgstr "Сопоставление имён хостов с IP-адресами." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1899 #, no-wrap msgid "Origin" msgstr "Зона ответственности (Origin)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1901 #, no-wrap msgid "Refers to the domain covered in a particular zone file." msgstr "Относится к домену, охватываемому определённым файлом зоны." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1902 #, no-wrap msgid "Resolver" msgstr "Резолвер (Resolver)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1904 #, no-wrap msgid "A system process through which a machine queries a name server for zone information." -msgstr "" -"Системный процесс, с помощью которого машина запрашивает у сервера имён " -"информацию о зоне." +msgstr "Системный процесс, с помощью которого машина запрашивает у сервера имён информацию о зоне." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1905 #, no-wrap msgid "Reverse DNS" msgstr "Обратная запись DNS (Reverse DNS)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1907 #, no-wrap msgid "Mapping of IP addresses to hostnames." msgstr "Сопоставление IP-адресов с именами хостов." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1908 #, no-wrap msgid "Root zone" msgstr "Корневая зона (Root zone)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1910 #, no-wrap msgid "The beginning of the Internet zone hierarchy. All zones fall under the root zone, similar to how all files in a file system fall under the root directory." msgstr "Начало иерархии зон Интернета. Все зоны находятся под корневой зоной, аналогично тому, как все файлы в файловой системе находятся под корневым каталогом." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1912 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1911 #, no-wrap msgid "Zone" msgstr "Зона (Zone)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1912 #, no-wrap msgid "An individual domain, subdomain, or portion of the DNS administered by the same authority." msgstr "Отдельный домен, поддомен или часть DNS, управляемые одной организацией." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1915 msgid "Examples of zones:" msgstr "Примеры зон:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1917 msgid "`.` is how the root zone is usually referred to in documentation." msgstr "`.` — так обычно обозначается корневая зона в документации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1918 msgid "`org.` is a Top Level Domain (TLD) under the root zone." msgstr "`org.` — это домен верхнего уровня (TLD) в корневой зоне." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1919 msgid "`example.org.` is a zone under the `org.`TLD." msgstr "`example.org.` — это зона под доменом `org.`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1921 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1920 msgid "" "`1.168.192.in-addr.arpa` is a zone referencing all IP addresses which fall " "under the `192.168.1.*`IP address space." @@ -5291,7 +5288,7 @@ msgstr "" "входящие в адресное пространство `192.168.1.*`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1924 msgid "" "As one can see, the more specific part of a hostname appears to its left. " "For example, `example.org.` is more specific than `org.`, as `org.` is more " @@ -5305,13 +5302,13 @@ msgstr "" "файловую систему: каталог [.filename]#/dev# находится в корне и так далее." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1925 #, no-wrap msgid "Reasons to Run a Name Server" msgstr "Причины для запуска сервера имен" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1928 msgid "" "Name servers generally come in two forms: authoritative name servers, and " "caching (also known as resolving) name servers." @@ -5320,12 +5317,12 @@ msgstr "" "DNS-серверы (также известные как резолвинг-серверы)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1930 msgid "An authoritative name server is needed when:" msgstr "Авторитетный сервер имён необходим, когда:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1932 msgid "" "One wants to serve DNS information to the world, replying authoritatively to " "queries." @@ -5334,7 +5331,7 @@ msgstr "" "авторитетно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1933 msgid "" "A domain, such as `example.org`, is registered and IP addresses need to be " "assigned to hostnames under it." @@ -5343,24 +5340,24 @@ msgstr "" "назначены именам хостов в нём." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1934 msgid "An IP address block requires reverse DNS entries (IP to hostname)." msgstr "Блок IP-адресов требует обратных DNS-записей (IP к имени хоста)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1935 msgid "A backup or second name server, called a slave, will reply to queries." msgstr "" "Резервный или вторичный сервер имен, называемый подчиненным (slave), будет " "отвечать на запросы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1937 msgid "A caching name server is needed when:" msgstr "Кэширующий сервер имён необходим, когда:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1939 msgid "" "A local DNS server may cache and respond more quickly than querying an " "outside name server." @@ -5369,7 +5366,7 @@ msgstr "" "внешнему серверу имен." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1943 msgid "" "When one queries for `www.FreeBSD.org`, the resolver usually queries the " "uplink ISP's name server, and retrieves the reply. With a local, caching " @@ -5384,13 +5381,13 @@ msgstr "" "локальной сети, так как информация сохраняется в локальном кэше." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1944 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация DNS-сервера" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1950 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1949 msgid "" "Unbound is provided in the FreeBSD base system. By default, it will provide " "DNS resolution to the local machine only. While the base system package can " @@ -5405,20 +5402,20 @@ msgstr "" "коллекции портов FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1951 msgid "To enable Unbound, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "" "Чтобы включить Unbound, добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1956 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1955 #, no-wrap msgid "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1958 msgid "" "Any existing nameservers in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# will be configured " "as forwarders in the new Unbound configuration." @@ -5427,7 +5424,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроены как серверы пересылки в новой конфигурации Unbound." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1964 msgid "" "If any of the listed nameservers do not support DNSSEC, local DNS resolution " "will fail. Be sure to test each nameserver and remove any that fail the " @@ -5441,25 +5438,25 @@ msgstr "" "`192.168.1.1`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1968 #, no-wrap msgid "% drill -S FreeBSD.org @192.168.1.1\n" msgstr "% drill -S FreeBSD.org @192.168.1.1\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1972 msgid "Once each nameserver is confirmed to support DNSSEC, start Unbound:" msgstr "" "После подтверждения поддержки DNSSEC каждым сервером имен, запустите Unbound:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1977 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1976 #, no-wrap msgid "# service local_unbound onestart\n" msgstr "# service local_unbound onestart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1981 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1980 msgid "" "This will take care of updating [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# so that " "queries for DNSSEC secured domains will now work. For example, run the " @@ -5470,7 +5467,7 @@ msgstr "" "команду для проверки дерева доверия DNSSEC FreeBSD.org:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:1986 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% drill -S FreeBSD.org\n" @@ -5482,7 +5479,7 @@ msgstr "" ";; Chasing: freebsd.org. A\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2003 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2002 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DNSSEC Trust tree:\n" @@ -5518,13 +5515,13 @@ msgstr "" ";; Chase successful\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2004 #, no-wrap msgid "Authoritative Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация авторитетного сервера имен" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2007 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not provide authoritative name server software in the base " "system. Users are encouraged to install third party applications, like " @@ -5536,13 +5533,13 @@ msgstr "" "или портов." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2010 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2009 #, no-wrap msgid "Zero-configuration Networking (mDNS/DNS-SD)" msgstr "Сетевое взаимодействие без настройки (mDNS/DNS-SD)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2014 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2013 msgid "" "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zero-configuration_networking[Zero-" "configuration networking] (sometimes referred to as _Zeroconf_) is a set of " @@ -5554,7 +5551,7 @@ msgstr "" "технологий, упрощающих настройку сети. Главные составные части Zeroconf:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2015 msgid "" "Link-Local Addressing providing automatic assignment of numeric network " "addresses." @@ -5563,7 +5560,7 @@ msgstr "" "сетевых адресов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2017 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2016 msgid "" "Multicast DNS (_mDNS_) providing automatic distribution and resolution of " "hostnames." @@ -5572,7 +5569,7 @@ msgstr "" "разрешение имён хостов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2018 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2017 msgid "" "DNS-Based Service Discovery (_DNS-SD_) providing automatic discovery of " "service instances." @@ -5581,13 +5578,13 @@ msgstr "" "обнаружение экземпляров сервисов." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2019 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2018 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring and Starting Avahi" msgstr "Настройка и запуск Avahi" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2023 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2022 msgid "" "One of the popular implementations of zeroconf is https://avahi.org/" "[Avahi]. Avahi can be installed and configured with the following commands:" @@ -5596,7 +5593,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avahi можно установить и настроить с помощью следующих команд:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2031 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# pkg install avahi-app nss_mdns\n" @@ -5614,13 +5611,13 @@ msgstr "" "# service avahi-daemon start\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2034 #, no-wrap msgid "Apache HTTP Server" msgstr "HTTP сервер Apache" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2039 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2038 msgid "" "The open source Apache HTTP Server is the most widely used web server. " "FreeBSD does not install this web server by default, but it can be installed " @@ -5632,7 +5629,7 @@ msgstr "" "порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2041 msgid "" "This section summarizes how to configure and start version 2._x_ of the " "Apache HTTP Server on FreeBSD. For more detailed information about Apache 2." @@ -5645,13 +5642,13 @@ msgstr "" "apache.org]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2042 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring and Starting Apache" msgstr "Настройка и запуск Apache" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2048 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2047 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, the main Apache HTTP Server configuration file is installed as [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/apache2x/httpd.conf#, where _x_ represents the " @@ -5665,13 +5662,13 @@ msgstr "" "директивы:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2049 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2048 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"`" msgstr "`ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2051 msgid "" "Specifies the default directory hierarchy for the Apache installation. " "Binaries are stored in the [.filename]#bin# and [.filename]#sbin# " @@ -5683,13 +5680,13 @@ msgstr "" "сервера, а конфигурационные файлы — в подкаталоге [.filename]#etc/apache2x#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2053 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2052 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerAdmin \\you@example.com`" msgstr "`ServerAdmin \\you@example.com`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2056 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2055 msgid "" "Change this to the email address to receive problems with the server. This " "address also appears on some server-generated pages, such as error documents." @@ -5699,13 +5696,13 @@ msgstr "" "сгенерированных сервером, таких как документы об ошибках." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2057 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2056 #, no-wrap msgid "`ServerName www.example.com:80`" msgstr "`ServerName www.example.com:80`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2062 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2061 msgid "" "Allows an administrator to set a hostname which is sent back to clients for " "the server. For example, `www` can be used instead of the actual hostname. " @@ -5720,13 +5717,13 @@ msgstr "" "альтернативного порта." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2062 #, no-wrap msgid "`DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2_x_/data\"`" msgstr "`DocumentRoot \"/usr/local/www/apache2_x_/data\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2066 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2065 msgid "" "The directory where documents will be served from. By default, all requests " "are taken from this directory, but symbolic links and aliases may be used to " @@ -5737,7 +5734,7 @@ msgstr "" "использоваться для указания на другие расположения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2069 msgid "" "It is always a good idea to make a backup copy of the default Apache " "configuration file before making changes. When the configuration of Apache " @@ -5750,7 +5747,7 @@ msgstr "" "команды `apachectl configtest` должен вернуть `Syntax OK`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2071 msgid "" "To launch Apache at system startup, add the following line to [.filename]#/" "etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -5759,13 +5756,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2076 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2075 #, no-wrap msgid "apache24_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "apache24_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2079 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2078 msgid "" "If Apache should be started with non-default options, the following line may " "be added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to specify the needed flags:" @@ -5775,25 +5772,25 @@ msgstr "" "флагов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2082 #, no-wrap msgid "apache24_flags=\"\"\n" msgstr "apache24_flags=\"\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2086 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2085 msgid "If apachectl does not report configuration errors, start `httpd` now:" msgstr "" "Если apachectl не сообщает об ошибках конфигурации, то запустите `httpd`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2089 #, no-wrap msgid "# service apache24 start\n" msgstr "# service apache24 start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2093 msgid "" "The `httpd` service can be tested by entering `http://_localhost_` in a web " "browser, replacing _localhost_ with the fully-qualified domain name of the " @@ -5806,7 +5803,7 @@ msgstr "" "usr/local/www/apache24/data/index.html#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2096 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2095 msgid "" "The Apache configuration can be tested for errors after making subsequent " "configuration changes while `httpd` is running using the following command:" @@ -5816,13 +5813,13 @@ msgstr "" "команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2099 #, no-wrap msgid "# service apache24 configtest\n" msgstr "# service apache24 configtest\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2104 msgid "" "It is important to note that `configtest` is not an man:rc[8] standard, and " "should not be expected to work for all startup scripts." @@ -5831,13 +5828,13 @@ msgstr "" "следует ожидать, что он будет работать для всех стартовых скриптов." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2106 #, no-wrap msgid "Virtual Hosting" msgstr "Виртуальный хостинг" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2112 msgid "" "Virtual hosting allows multiple websites to run on one Apache server. The " "virtual hosts can be _IP-based_ or _name-based_. IP-based virtual hosting " @@ -5853,7 +5850,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволяет сайтам использовать один и тот же IP-адрес." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2115 msgid "" "To setup Apache to use name-based virtual hosting, add a `VirtualHost` block " "for each website. For example, for the webserver named `www.domain.tld` " @@ -5866,7 +5863,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте следующие записи в [.filename]#httpd.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2122 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<VirtualHost *>\n" @@ -5880,7 +5877,7 @@ msgstr "" "</VirtualHost>\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2127 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<VirtualHost *>\n" @@ -5894,7 +5891,7 @@ msgstr "" "</VirtualHost>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2130 msgid "" "For each virtual host, replace the values for `ServerName` and " "`DocumentRoot` with the values to be used." @@ -5903,7 +5900,7 @@ msgstr "" "`DocumentRoot` на те, которые должны использоваться." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2132 msgid "" "For more information about setting up virtual hosts, consult the official " "Apache documentation at: http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/[http://httpd." @@ -5914,13 +5911,13 @@ msgstr "" "org/docs/vhosts/[http://httpd.apache.org/docs/vhosts/]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2133 #, no-wrap msgid "Apache Modules" msgstr "Модули Apache" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2137 msgid "" "Apache uses modules to augment the functionality provided by the basic " "server. Refer to http://httpd.apache.org/docs/current/mod/[http://httpd." @@ -5933,7 +5930,7 @@ msgstr "" "деталей настройки доступных модулей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2142 msgid "" "In FreeBSD, some modules can be compiled with the package:www/apache24[] " "port. Type `make config` within [.filename]#/usr/ports/www/apache24# to see " @@ -5950,13 +5947,13 @@ msgstr "" "часто используемых модуля." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2144 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2143 #, no-wrap msgid "SSL support" msgstr "Поддержка SSL" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2150 msgid "" "At one point, support for SSL inside of Apache required a secondary module " "called [.filename]#mod_ssl#. This is no longer the case and the default " @@ -5976,7 +5973,7 @@ msgstr "" "оба файла для правильной настройки защищённых сайтов в веб-сервере Apache." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2152 msgid "" "After the configuration of SSL is complete, the following line must be " "uncommented in the main [.filename]#http.conf# to activate the changes on " @@ -5987,13 +5984,13 @@ msgstr "" "перезагрузке или обновлении Apache:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2156 #, no-wrap msgid "#Include etc/apache24/extra/httpd-ssl.conf\n" msgstr "#Include etc/apache24/extra/httpd-ssl.conf\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2163 msgid "" "SSL version two and version three have known vulnerability issues. It is " "highly recommended TLS version 1.2 and 1.3 be enabled in place of the older " @@ -6005,7 +6002,7 @@ msgstr "" "сделать, установив следующие параметры в [.filename]#ssl.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2170 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SSLProtocol all -SSLv3 -SSLv2 +TLSv1.2 +TLSv1.3\n" @@ -6015,7 +6012,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSLProxyProtocol all -SSLv2 -SSLv3 -TLSv1 -TLSv1.1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2173 msgid "" "To complete the configuration of SSL in the web server, uncomment the " "following line to ensure that the configuration will be pulled into Apache " @@ -6026,7 +6023,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезапуске или обновлении:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2178 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Secure (SSL/TLS) connections\n" @@ -6036,7 +6033,7 @@ msgstr "" "Include etc/apache24/extra/httpd-ssl.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2181 msgid "" "The following lines must also be uncommented in the [.filename]#httpd.conf# " "to fully support SSL in Apache:" @@ -6045,7 +6042,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#httpd.conf# для полной поддержки SSL в Apache:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2187 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LoadModule authn_socache_module libexec/apache24/mod_authn_socache.so\n" @@ -6057,7 +6054,7 @@ msgstr "" "LoadModule ssl_module libexec/apache24/mod_ssl.so\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2191 msgid "" "The next step is to work with a certificate authority to have the " "appropriate certificates installed on the system. This will set up a chain " @@ -6068,13 +6065,13 @@ msgstr "" "появление предупреждений о самоподписанных сертификатах." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2192 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#mod_perl#" msgstr "[.filename]#mod_perl#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2196 msgid "" "The [.filename]#mod_perl# module makes it possible to write Apache modules " "in Perl. In addition, the persistent interpreter embedded in the server " @@ -6086,7 +6083,7 @@ msgstr "" "расходов на запуск внешнего интерпретатора и задержек при старте Perl." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2199 msgid "" "The [.filename]#mod_perl# can be installed using the package:www/mod_perl2[] " "package or port. Documentation for using this module can be found at http://" @@ -6099,13 +6096,13 @@ msgstr "" "docs/2.0/index.html]." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2201 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2200 #, no-wrap msgid "[.filename]#mod_php#" msgstr "[.filename]#mod_php#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2204 msgid "" "_PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor_ (PHP) is a general-purpose scripting language " "that is especially suited for web development. Capable of being embedded " @@ -6119,7 +6116,7 @@ msgstr "" "страницы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2206 msgid "" "Support for PHP for Apache and any other feature written in the language, " "can be added by installing the appropriate port." @@ -6128,20 +6125,20 @@ msgstr "" "может быть добавлена путем установки соответствующего порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2208 msgid "For all supported versions, search the package database using `pkg`:" msgstr "" "Для всех поддерживаемых версий выполните поиск в базе данных пакетов с " "помощью `pkg`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2212 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg search php\n" msgstr "# pkg search php\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2217 msgid "" "A list will be displayed including the versions and additional features they " "provide. The components are completely modular, meaning features are " @@ -6154,13 +6151,13 @@ msgstr "" "PHP версии 7.4 для Apache, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2221 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install mod_php74\n" msgstr "# pkg install mod_php74\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2225 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2224 msgid "" "If any dependency packages need to be installed, they will be installed as " "well." @@ -6169,7 +6166,7 @@ msgstr "" "установлены." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2227 msgid "" "By default, PHP will not be enabled. The following lines will need to be " "added to the Apache configuration file located in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" @@ -6180,7 +6177,7 @@ msgstr "" "apache24#, чтобы активировать его:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2236 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<FilesMatch \"\\.php$\">\n" @@ -6198,7 +6195,7 @@ msgstr "" "</FilesMatch>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2239 msgid "" "In addition, the `DirectoryIndex` in the configuration file will also need " "to be updated and Apache will either need to be restarted or reloaded for " @@ -6209,7 +6206,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы изменения вступили в силу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2242 msgid "" "Support for many of the PHP features may also be installed by using `pkg`. " "For example, to install support for XML or SSL, install their respective " @@ -6220,13 +6217,13 @@ msgstr "" "порты:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2246 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install php74-xml php74-openssl\n" msgstr "# pkg install php74-xml php74-openssl\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2249 msgid "" "As before, the Apache configuration will need to be reloaded for the changes " "to take effect, even in cases where it was just a module install." @@ -6235,7 +6232,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурацию Apache, даже в случаях, когда была просто установка модуля." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2251 msgid "" "To perform a graceful restart to reload the configuration, issue the " "following command:" @@ -6244,13 +6241,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2255 #, no-wrap msgid "# apachectl graceful\n" msgstr "# apachectl graceful\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2259 msgid "" "Once the install is complete, there are two methods of obtaining the " "installed PHP support modules and the environmental information of the " @@ -6262,19 +6259,19 @@ msgstr "" "бинарный файл PHP и выполнить команду для получения информации:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2263 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install php74\n" msgstr "# pkg install php74\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2269 #, no-wrap msgid "# php -i | less\n" msgstr "# php -i | less\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2272 msgid "" "It is necessary to pass the output to a pager, such as the `more` or `less` " "to easier digest the amount of output." @@ -6283,7 +6280,7 @@ msgstr "" "`less`, чтобы упростить восприятие большого объёма вывода." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2276 msgid "" "Finally, to make any changes to the global configuration of PHP there is a " "well documented file installed into [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/php.ini#. At " @@ -6300,13 +6297,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторам в развертывании." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2277 #, no-wrap msgid "HTTP2 Support" msgstr "Поддержка HTTP2" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2282 msgid "" "Apache support for the HTTP2 protocol is included by default when installing " "the port with `pkg`. The new version of HTTP includes many improvements " @@ -6321,7 +6318,7 @@ msgstr "" "заголовков пакетов сжимаются, а HTTP2 по умолчанию требует шифрования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2285 msgid "" "When Apache is configured to only use HTTP2, web browsers will require " "secure, encrypted HTTPS connections. When Apache is configured to use both " @@ -6334,7 +6331,7 @@ msgstr "" "при возникновении проблем с соединением." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2288 msgid "" "While this change does require administrators to make changes, they are " "positive and equate to a more secure Internet for everyone. The changes are " @@ -6346,7 +6343,7 @@ msgstr "" "TLS." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2294 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2293 msgid "" "This configuration depends on the previous sections, including TLS support. " "It is recommended those instructions be followed before continuing with this " @@ -6357,7 +6354,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурацией." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2296 msgid "" "Start the process by enabling the http2 module by uncommenting the line in [." "filename]#/usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf# and replace the mpm_prefork " @@ -6368,7 +6365,7 @@ msgstr "" "на mpm_event, так как первый не поддерживает HTTP2." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2302 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2301 #, no-wrap msgid "" "LoadModule http2_module libexec/apache24/mod_http2.so\n" @@ -6378,7 +6375,7 @@ msgstr "" "LoadModule mpm_event_module libexec/apache24/mod_mpm_event.so\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2310 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2309 msgid "" "There is a separate [.filename]#mod_http2# port that is available. It " "exists to deliver security and bug fixes quicker than the module installed " @@ -6394,7 +6391,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#mod_http2.so# в конфигурации Apache." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2313 msgid "" "There are two methods to implement HTTP2 in Apache; one way is globally for " "all sites and each VirtualHost running on the system. To enable HTTP2 " @@ -6405,13 +6402,13 @@ msgstr "" "HTTP2 глобально, добавьте следующую строку под директивой ServerName:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2317 #, no-wrap msgid "Protocols h2 http/1.1\n" msgstr "Protocols h2 http/1.1\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2322 msgid "" "To enable HTTP2 over plaintext, use h2h2chttp/1.1 in the [.filename]#httpd." "conf#." @@ -6420,7 +6417,7 @@ msgstr "" "[.filename]#httpd.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2326 msgid "" "Having the h2c here will allow plaintext HTTP2 data to pass on the system " "but is not recommended. In addition, using the http/1.1 here will allow " @@ -6432,7 +6429,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит системе вернуться к версии протокола HTTP1.1, если это потребуется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2328 msgid "" "To enable HTTP2 for individual VirtualHosts, add the same line within the " "VirtualHost directive in either [.filename]#httpd.conf# or [.filename]#httpd-" @@ -6443,7 +6440,7 @@ msgstr "" "ssl.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2330 msgid "" "Reload the configuration using the `apachectl`[parameter]#reload# command " "and test the configuration either by using either of the following methods " @@ -6454,18 +6451,18 @@ msgstr "" "одной из страниц на сервере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2334 #, no-wrap msgid "# grep \"HTTP/2.0\" /var/log/httpd-access.log\n" msgstr "# grep \"HTTP/2.0\" /var/log/httpd-access.log\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2337 msgid "This should return something similar to the following:" msgstr "Это должно вернуть что-то похожее на следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2344 #, no-wrap msgid "" "192.168.1.205 - - [18/Oct/2020:18:34:36 -0400] \"GET / HTTP/2.0\" 304 -\n" @@ -6479,7 +6476,7 @@ msgstr "" "192.0.2.205 - - [18/Oct/2020:19:23:10 -0400] \"GET / HTTP/2.0\" 304 -\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2347 msgid "" "The other method is using the web browser's built in site debugger or " "`tcpdump`; however, using either method is beyond the scope of this document." @@ -6489,7 +6486,7 @@ msgstr "" "данного документа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2350 msgid "" "Support for HTTP2 reverse proxy connections by using the [." "filename]#mod_proxy_http2.so# module. When configuring the ProxyPass or " @@ -6500,13 +6497,13 @@ msgstr "" "RewriteRules с флагом [P] следует использовать h2:// для соединения." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2351 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic Websites" msgstr "Динамические веб-сайты" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2355 msgid "" "In addition to mod_perl and mod_php, other languages are available for " "creating dynamic web content. These include Django and Ruby on Rails." @@ -6515,13 +6512,13 @@ msgstr "" "динамического веб-содержимого. Среди них Django и Ruby on Rails." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2356 #, no-wrap msgid "Django" msgstr "Django" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2362 msgid "" "Django is a BSD-licensed framework designed to allow developers to write " "high performance, elegant web applications quickly. It provides an object-" @@ -6541,7 +6538,7 @@ msgstr "" "представления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2366 msgid "" "Django depends on [.filename]#mod_python#, and an SQL database engine. In " "FreeBSD, the package:www/py-django[] port automatically installs [." @@ -6558,7 +6555,7 @@ msgstr "" "установите порт." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2369 msgid "" "Once Django is installed, the application will need a project directory " "along with the Apache configuration in order to use the embedded Python " @@ -6571,7 +6568,7 @@ msgstr "" "определённым URL на сайте." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2371 msgid "" "To configure Apache to pass requests for certain URLs to the web " "application, add the following to [.filename]#httpd.conf#, specifying the " @@ -6582,7 +6579,7 @@ msgstr "" "проекта:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2382 #, no-wrap msgid "" "<Location \"/\">\n" @@ -6604,7 +6601,7 @@ msgstr "" "</Location>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2385 msgid "" "Refer to https://docs.djangoproject.com[https://docs.djangoproject.com] for " "more information on how to use Django." @@ -6613,13 +6610,13 @@ msgstr "" "для получения дополнительной информации о том, как использовать Django." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2386 #, no-wrap msgid "Ruby on Rails" msgstr "Ruby on Rails" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2392 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2391 msgid "" "Ruby on Rails is another open source web framework that provides a full " "development stack. It is optimized to make web developers more productive " @@ -6633,7 +6630,7 @@ msgstr "" "www/rubygem-rails[] или порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2393 msgid "" "Refer to http://guides.rubyonrails.org[http://guides.rubyonrails.org] for " "more information on how to use Ruby on Rails." @@ -6643,13 +6640,13 @@ msgstr "" "Rails." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2395 #, no-wrap msgid "File Transfer Protocol (FTP)" msgstr "Протокол передачи файлов (FTP)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2399 msgid "" "The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides users with a simple way to " "transfer files to and from an FTP server. FreeBSD includes FTP server " @@ -6660,7 +6657,7 @@ msgstr "" "базовую систему FreeBSD включено программное обеспечение FTP-сервера — ftpd." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2403 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides several configuration files for controlling access to the " "FTP server. This section summarizes these files. Refer to man:ftpd[8] for " @@ -6671,13 +6668,13 @@ msgstr "" "Подробнее о встроенном FTP-сервере можно узнать в man:ftpd[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2404 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2410 msgid "" "The most important configuration step is deciding which accounts will be " "allowed access to the FTP server. A FreeBSD system has a number of system " @@ -6695,7 +6692,7 @@ msgstr "" "разрешать доступ к FTP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2415 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2414 msgid "" "In some cases it may be desirable to restrict the access of some users " "without preventing them completely from using FTP. This can be accomplished " @@ -6709,7 +6706,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступа к FTP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2419 msgid "" "To enable anonymous FTP access to the server, create a user named `ftp` on " "the FreeBSD system. Users will then be able to log on to the FTP server " @@ -6728,7 +6725,7 @@ msgstr "" "`ftp`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2425 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2424 msgid "" "There are two text files that can be created to specify welcome messages to " "be displayed to FTP clients. The contents of [.filename]#/etc/ftpwelcome# " @@ -6747,7 +6744,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла [.filename]#~ftp/etc/ftpmotd#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2426 msgid "" "Once the FTP server has been configured, set the appropriate variable in [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to start the service during boot:" @@ -6756,35 +6753,35 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, чтобы служба запускалась при загрузке:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2430 #, no-wrap msgid "ftpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "ftpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2433 msgid "To start the service now:" msgstr "Чтобы запустить службу сейчас:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2437 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ftpd start\n" msgstr "# service ftpd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2440 msgid "Test the connection to the FTP server by typing:" msgstr "Протестируйте подключение к FTP-серверу, набрав:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2444 #, no-wrap msgid "% ftp localhost\n" msgstr "% ftp localhost\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2449 msgid "" "The ftpd daemon uses man:syslog[3] to log messages. By default, the system " "log daemon will write messages related to FTP in [.filename]#/var/log/" @@ -6797,13 +6794,13 @@ msgstr "" "путём редактирования следующей строки в [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2453 #, no-wrap msgid "ftp.info /var/log/xferlog\n" msgstr "ftp.info /var/log/xferlog\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2462 msgid "" "Be aware of the potential problems involved with running an anonymous FTP " "server. In particular, think twice about allowing anonymous users to upload " @@ -6822,13 +6819,13 @@ msgstr "" "их не проверит администратор." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2465 #, no-wrap msgid "File and Print Services for Microsoft(R) Windows(R) Clients (Samba)" msgstr "Услуги файлов и печати для клиентов Microsoft(R) Windows(R) (Samba)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2472 msgid "" "Samba is a popular open source software package that provides file and print " "services using the SMB/CIFS protocol. This protocol is built into " @@ -6848,7 +6845,7 @@ msgstr "" "локальными." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2475 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, the Samba client libraries can be installed using the package:" "net/samba416[] port or package. The client provides the ability for a " @@ -6861,7 +6858,7 @@ msgstr "" "Microsoft(R) Windows(R)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2478 msgid "" "A FreeBSD system can also be configured to act as a Samba server by " "installing the same package:net/samba416[] port or package. This allows the " @@ -6876,13 +6873,13 @@ msgstr "" "использующие клиентские библиотеки Samba." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2479 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация сервера" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2483 msgid "" "Samba is configured in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf#. This file " "must be created before Samba can be used." @@ -6891,7 +6888,7 @@ msgstr "" "должен быть создан до начала использования Samba." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2486 msgid "" "A simple [.filename]#smb4.conf# to share directories and printers with " "Windows(R) clients in a workgroup is shown here. For more complex setups " @@ -6904,7 +6901,7 @@ msgstr "" "man:samba-tool[8] для создания начального [.filename]#smb4.conf#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2496 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[global]\n" @@ -6924,7 +6921,7 @@ msgstr "" "passdb backend = tdbsam\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2508 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Example: share /usr/src accessible only to 'developer' user\n" @@ -6952,13 +6949,13 @@ msgstr "" "directory mask = 0755\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2511 #, no-wrap msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Глобальные настройки" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2515 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2514 msgid "" "Settings that describe the network are added in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/" "smb4.conf#:" @@ -6967,24 +6964,24 @@ msgstr "" "conf#:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2515 #, no-wrap msgid "`workgroup`" msgstr "`workgroup`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2517 msgid "The name of the workgroup to be served." msgstr "Имя рабочей группы, которая будет обслуживаться." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2519 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2518 #, no-wrap msgid "`netbios name`" msgstr "`netbios name`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2521 msgid "" "The NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default, it is the " "same as the first component of the host's DNS name." @@ -6993,13 +6990,13 @@ msgstr "" "первой частью DNS-имени хоста." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2523 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2522 #, no-wrap msgid "`server string`" msgstr "`server string`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2524 msgid "" "The string that will be displayed in the output of `net view` and some other " "networking tools that seek to display descriptive text about the server." @@ -7009,13 +7006,13 @@ msgstr "" "текста о сервере." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2525 #, no-wrap msgid "`wins support`" msgstr "`wins support`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2528 msgid "" "Whether Samba will act as a WINS server. Do not enable support for WINS on " "more than one server on the network." @@ -7024,13 +7021,13 @@ msgstr "" "поддержку WINS более чем на одном сервере в сети." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2530 #, no-wrap msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Настройки безопасности" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2534 msgid "" "The most important settings in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/smb4.conf# are the " "security model and the backend password format. These directives control " @@ -7041,13 +7038,13 @@ msgstr "" "директивами:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2535 #, no-wrap msgid "`security`" msgstr "`security`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2538 msgid "" "If the clients use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the " "FreeBSD machine, user level security should be used. `security = user` is " @@ -7061,7 +7058,7 @@ msgstr "" "общим ресурсам." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2540 msgid "" "Refer to man:smb.conf[5] to learn about other supported settings for the " "`security` option." @@ -7070,13 +7067,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройках для опции `security`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2541 #, no-wrap msgid "`passdb backend`" msgstr "`passdb backend`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2547 msgid "" "Samba has several different backend authentication models. Clients may be " "authenticated with LDAP, NIS+, an SQL database, or a modified password " @@ -7090,16 +7087,17 @@ msgstr "" "данных или модифицированного файла паролей. Рекомендуемый метод " "аутентификации `tdbsam` идеально подходит для простых сетей, и мы его " "рассмотрим здесь. Для более крупных или сложных сетей рекомендуется " -"`ldapsam`. `smbpasswd` был прежним методом по умолчанию и теперь устарел." +"`ldapsam`. `smbpasswd` был прежним методом, используемым по умолчанию, и " +"теперь устарел." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2548 #, no-wrap msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "Пользователи Samba" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2552 msgid "" "FreeBSD user accounts must be mapped to the `SambaSAMAccount` database for " "Windows(R) clients to access the share. Map existing FreeBSD user accounts " @@ -7110,13 +7108,13 @@ msgstr "" "Сопоставьте существующие учётные записи FreeBSD с помощью man:pdbedit[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2556 #, no-wrap msgid "# pdbedit -a -u username\n" msgstr "# pdbedit -a -u username\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2560 msgid "" "This section has only mentioned the most commonly used settings. Refer to " "the https://wiki.samba.org[Official Samba Wiki] for additional information " @@ -7127,13 +7125,13 @@ msgstr "" "https://wiki.samba.org[Официальном вики Samba]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2561 #, no-wrap msgid "Starting Samba" msgstr "Начало работы с Samba" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2564 msgid "" "To enable Samba at boot time, add the following line to [.filename]#/etc/rc." "conf#:" @@ -7142,18 +7140,18 @@ msgstr "" "etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2568 #, no-wrap msgid "samba_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "samba_server_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2571 msgid "To start Samba now:" msgstr "Чтобы сейчас запустить Samba:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2578 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service samba_server start\n" @@ -7167,7 +7165,7 @@ msgstr "" "Starting smbd.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2583 msgid "" "Samba consists of three separate daemons. Both the nmbd and smbd daemons " "are started by `samba_enable`. If winbind name resolution is also required, " @@ -7178,24 +7176,24 @@ msgstr "" "winbind, укажите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2587 #, no-wrap msgid "winbindd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "winbindd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2590 msgid "Samba can be stopped at any time by typing:" msgstr "Samba можно остановить в любой момент, набрав:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2594 #, no-wrap msgid "# service samba_server stop\n" msgstr "# service samba_server stop\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2598 msgid "" "Samba is a complex software suite with functionality that allows broad " "integration with Microsoft(R) Windows(R) networks. For more information " @@ -7209,13 +7207,13 @@ msgstr "" "org[https://www.samba.org]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2600 #, no-wrap msgid "Clock Synchronization with NTP" msgstr "Синхронизация времени с помощью NTP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2606 msgid "" "Over time, a computer's clock is prone to drift. This is problematic as " "many network services require the computers on a network to share the same " @@ -7231,7 +7229,7 @@ msgstr "" "точность часов в сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2609 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2608 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes man:ntpd[8] which can be configured to query other NTP " "servers to synchronize the clock on that machine or to provide time services " @@ -7242,7 +7240,7 @@ msgstr "" "предоставления сервиса времени другим компьютерам в сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2611 msgid "" "This section describes how to configure ntpd on FreeBSD. Further " "documentation can be found in [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/ntp/# in HTML " @@ -7252,13 +7250,13 @@ msgstr "" "документация доступна в [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/ntp/# в формате HTML." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2612 #, no-wrap msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "Конфигурация NTP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2616 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, the built-in ntpd can be used to synchronize a system's clock. " "ntpd is configured using man:rc.conf[5] variables and [.filename]#/etc/ntp." @@ -7269,7 +7267,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf#, как подробно описано в следующих разделах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2619 msgid "" "ntpd communicates with its network peers using UDP packets. Any firewalls " "between the machine and its NTP peers must be configured to allow UDP " @@ -7280,13 +7278,13 @@ msgstr "" "так, чтобы разрешать входящие и исходящие UDP-пакеты через порт 123." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2621 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2620 #, no-wrap msgid "The [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf# file" msgstr "Файл [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2630 msgid "" "ntpd reads [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf# to determine which NTP servers to " "query. Choosing several NTP servers is recommended in case one of the " @@ -7318,13 +7316,13 @@ msgstr "" "ntp.org`." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2631 #, no-wrap msgid "Sample [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf#" msgstr "Пример [.filename]#/etc/ntp.conf#" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2637 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2636 msgid "" "This is a simple example of an [.filename]#ntp.conf# file. It can safely be " "used as-is; it contains the recommended `restrict` options for operation on " @@ -7335,7 +7333,7 @@ msgstr "" "для работы в общедоступном сетевом подключении." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2644 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Disallow ntpq control/query access. Allow peers to be added only\n" @@ -7349,7 +7347,7 @@ msgstr "" "restrict source limited kod nomodify notrap noquery\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2648 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Allow unrestricted access from localhost for queries and control.\n" @@ -7361,7 +7359,7 @@ msgstr "" "restrict ::1\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2651 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add a specific server.\n" @@ -7371,7 +7369,7 @@ msgstr "" "server ntplocal.example.com iburst\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2655 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Add FreeBSD pool servers until 3-6 good servers are available.\n" @@ -7383,7 +7381,7 @@ msgstr "" "pool 0.freebsd.pool.ntp.org iburst\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2658 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Use a local leap-seconds file.\n" @@ -7393,7 +7391,7 @@ msgstr "" "leapfile \"/var/db/ntpd.leap-seconds.list\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2664 msgid "" "The format of this file is described in man:ntp.conf[5]. The descriptions " "below provide a quick overview of just the keywords used in the sample file " @@ -7403,7 +7401,7 @@ msgstr "" "краткий обзор только ключевых слов, использованных в примере файла выше." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2670 msgid "" "By default, an NTP server is accessible to any network host. The `restrict` " "keyword controls which systems can access the server. Multiple `restrict` " @@ -7423,7 +7421,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Access Control Support` в man:ntp.conf[5]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2677 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2676 msgid "" "The `server` keyword specifies a single server to query. The file can " "contain multiple server keywords, with one server listed on each line. The " @@ -7443,7 +7441,7 @@ msgstr "" "синхронизировать системное время." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2680 msgid "" "The `leapfile` keyword specifies the location of a file containing " "information about leap seconds. The file is updated automatically by man:" @@ -7456,13 +7454,13 @@ msgstr "" "значению переменной `ntp_db_leapfile` в файле [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2681 #, no-wrap msgid "NTP entries in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "Записи NTP в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2685 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_enable=YES` to start ntpd at boot time. Once `ntpd_enable=YES` " "has been added to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, ntpd can be started immediately " @@ -7473,13 +7471,13 @@ msgstr "" "запустить без перезагрузки системы, введя:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2689 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ntpd start\n" msgstr "# service ntpd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2693 msgid "" "Only `ntpd_enable` must be set to use ntpd. The [.filename]#rc.conf# " "variables listed below may also be set as needed." @@ -7489,7 +7487,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2698 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2697 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_sync_on_start=YES` to allow ntpd to step the clock any amount, one " "time at startup. Normally ntpd will log an error message and exit if the " @@ -7503,7 +7501,7 @@ msgstr "" "резервного питания часов реального времени." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2699 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_oomprotect=YES` to protect the ntpd daemon from being killed by " "the system attempting to recover from an Out Of Memory (OOM) condition." @@ -7512,7 +7510,7 @@ msgstr "" "системой при попытке восстановиться после состояния нехватки памяти (OOM)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2702 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2701 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_config=` to the location of an alternate [.filename]#ntp.conf# " "file." @@ -7521,7 +7519,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#ntp.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2703 msgid "" "Set `ntpd_flags=` to contain any other ntpd flags as needed, but avoid using " "these flags which are managed internally by [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/ntpd#:" @@ -7531,23 +7529,23 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.d/ntpd#:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2705 msgid "`-p` (pid file location)" msgstr "`-p` (расположение pid-файла)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2706 msgid "`-c` (set `ntpd_config=` instead)" msgstr "`-c` (вместо этого установите `ntpd_config=` )" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2708 #, no-wrap msgid "ntpd and the unprivileged `ntpd` user" msgstr "ntpd и непривилегированный пользователь `ntpd`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2715 msgid "" "ntpd on FreeBSD can start and run as an unprivileged user. Doing so " "requires the man:mac_ntpd[4] policy module. The [.filename]#/etc/rc.d/ntpd# " @@ -7567,7 +7565,7 @@ msgstr "" "любые файлозависимые параметры." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2717 msgid "" "The presence of any of the following in `ntpd_flags` requires manual " "configuration as described below to run as the `ntpd` user:" @@ -7576,32 +7574,32 @@ msgstr "" "настройки, как описано ниже, для запуска от пользователя `ntpd`:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2719 msgid "-f or --driftfile" msgstr "-f or --driftfile" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2720 msgid "-i or --jaildir" msgstr "-i or --jaildir" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2721 msgid "-k or --keyfile" msgstr "-k or --keyfile" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2722 msgid "-l or --logfile" msgstr "-l or --logfile" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2724 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2723 msgid "-s or --statsdir" msgstr "-s or --statsdir" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2726 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2725 msgid "" "The presence of any of the following keywords in [.filename]#ntp.conf# " "requires manual configuration as described below to run as the `ntpd` user:" @@ -7610,38 +7608,38 @@ msgstr "" "ручной настройки, как описано ниже, для запуска от пользователя `ntpd`:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2727 msgid "crypto" msgstr "crypto" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2728 msgid "driftfile" msgstr "driftfile" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2729 msgid "key" msgstr "key" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2730 msgid "logdir" msgstr "logdir" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2731 msgid "statsdir" msgstr "statsdir" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2733 msgid "To manually configure ntpd to run as user `ntpd`:" msgstr "" "Для ручной настройки ntpd для запуска от пользователя `ntpd` необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2735 msgid "" "Ensure that the `ntpd` user has access to all the files and directories " "specified in the configuration." @@ -7650,7 +7648,7 @@ msgstr "" "указанным в конфигурации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2736 msgid "" "Arrange for the `mac_ntpd` module to be loaded or compiled into the kernel. " "See man:mac_ntpd[4] for details." @@ -7659,18 +7657,18 @@ msgstr "" "в man:mac_ntpd[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2737 msgid "Set `ntpd_user=\"ntpd\"` in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" msgstr "Установите `ntpd_user=\"ntpd\"` в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2738 #, no-wrap msgid "Using NTP with a PPP Connection" msgstr "Использование NTP с PPP-подключением" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2743 msgid "" "ntpd does not need a permanent connection to the Internet to function " "properly. However, if a PPP connection is configured to dial out on demand, " @@ -7685,7 +7683,7 @@ msgstr "" "ppp.conf#. Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2754 #, no-wrap msgid "" "set filter dial 0 deny udp src eq 123\n" @@ -7707,7 +7705,7 @@ msgstr "" "set filter alive 2 permit 0/0 0/0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2757 msgid "" "For more details, refer to the `PACKET FILTERING` section in man:ppp[8] and " "the examples in [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/ppp/#." @@ -7716,7 +7714,7 @@ msgstr "" "ПАКЕТОВ` в man:ppp[8] и примерам в [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/ppp/#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2761 msgid "" "Some Internet access providers block low-numbered ports, preventing NTP from " "functioning since replies never reach the machine." @@ -7725,13 +7723,13 @@ msgstr "" "работе NTP, так как ответы никогда не достигают машины." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2764 #, no-wrap msgid "iSCSI Initiator and Target Configuration" msgstr "Настройка инициатора и цели iSCSI" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2769 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2768 msgid "" "iSCSI is a way to share storage over a network. Unlike NFS, which works at " "the file system level, iSCSI works at the block device level." @@ -7741,7 +7739,7 @@ msgstr "" "блочного устройства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2772 msgid "" "In iSCSI terminology, the system that shares the storage is known as the " "_target_. The storage can be a physical disk, or an area representing " @@ -7755,7 +7753,7 @@ msgstr "" "хранилища iSCSI." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2777 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2776 msgid "" "The clients which access the iSCSI storage are called _initiators_. To " "initiators, the storage available through iSCSI appears as a raw, " @@ -7769,7 +7767,7 @@ msgstr "" "должно быть отдельно отформатировано и смонтировано." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2779 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides a native, kernel-based iSCSI target and initiator. This " "section describes how to configure a FreeBSD system as a target or an " @@ -7780,13 +7778,13 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD в качестве целевой системы или инициатора." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2782 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2781 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an iSCSI Target" msgstr "Настройка цели iSCSI" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2784 msgid "" "To configure an iSCSI target, create the [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf# " "configuration file, add a line to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# to make sure the " @@ -7799,7 +7797,7 @@ msgstr "" "демон." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2788 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2787 msgid "" "The following is an example of a simple [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf# " "configuration file. Refer to man:ctl.conf[5] for a complete description of " @@ -7809,8 +7807,8 @@ msgstr "" "описание доступных опций этого файла можно найти в man:ctl.conf[5]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2796 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2795 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "portal-group pg0 {\n" @@ -7826,7 +7824,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2799 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -7838,8 +7836,8 @@ msgstr "" "\tportal-group pg0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2806 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2904 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2903 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\tlun 0 {\n" @@ -7855,7 +7853,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2811 msgid "" "The first entry defines the `pg0` portal group. Portal groups define which " "network addresses the man:ctld[8] daemon will listen on. The `discovery-" @@ -7872,7 +7870,7 @@ msgstr "" "0.0.0.0`) и IPv6-адресов (`listen [::]`) на стандартном порту 3260." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2814 msgid "" "It is not necessary to define a portal group as there is a built-in portal " "group called `default`. In this case, the difference between `default` and " @@ -7885,7 +7883,7 @@ msgstr "" "запрещено, а для `pg0` — всегда разрешено." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2822 msgid "" "The second entry defines a single target. Target has two possible meanings: " "a machine serving iSCSI or a named group of LUNs. This example uses the " @@ -7906,7 +7904,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации можно определить любое количество целей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2824 msgid "" "The `auth-group no-authentication` line allows all initiators to connect to " "the specified target and `portal-group pg0` makes the target reachable " @@ -7917,7 +7915,7 @@ msgstr "" "через группу порталов `pg0`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2833 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2832 msgid "" "The next section defines the LUN. To the initiator, each LUN will be " "visible as a separate disk device. Multiple LUNs can be defined for each " @@ -7934,7 +7932,7 @@ msgstr "" "ctld[8]. Вторая строка необязательна и указывает размер LUN." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2834 msgid "" "Next, to make sure the man:ctld[8] daemon is started at boot, add this line " "to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -7943,24 +7941,24 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте эту строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2838 #, no-wrap msgid "ctld_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "ctld_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2841 msgid "To start man:ctld[8] now, run this command:" msgstr "Чтобы запустить man:ctld[8] сейчас, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2845 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld start\n" msgstr "# service ctld start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2849 msgid "" "As the man:ctld[8] daemon is started, it reads [.filename]#/etc/ctl.conf#. " "If this file is edited after the daemon starts, use this command so that the " @@ -7971,19 +7969,19 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду, чтобы изменения вступили в силу немедленно:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2853 #, no-wrap msgid "# service ctld reload\n" msgstr "# service ctld reload\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2856 #, no-wrap msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Аутентификация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2860 msgid "" "The previous example is inherently insecure as it uses no authentication, " "granting anyone full access to all targets. To require a username and " @@ -7995,7 +7993,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурацию следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2867 #, no-wrap msgid "" "auth-group ag0 {\n" @@ -8009,7 +8007,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2882 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -8031,7 +8029,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2889 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2888 msgid "" "The `auth-group` section defines username and password pairs. An initiator " "trying to connect to `iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0` must first specify a " @@ -8048,7 +8046,7 @@ msgstr "" "group` вместо `no-authentication`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2891 msgid "" "It is common to define a single exported target for every initiator. As a " "shorthand for the syntax above, the username and password can be specified " @@ -8059,7 +8057,7 @@ msgstr "" "быть указаны непосредственно в записи объекта:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2897 #, no-wrap msgid "" "target iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 {\n" @@ -8071,13 +8069,13 @@ msgstr "" "\tchap username1 secretsecret\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2908 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2907 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring an iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Настройка инициатора iSCSI" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2913 msgid "" "The iSCSI initiator described in this section is supported starting with " "FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. To use the iSCSI initiator available in older " @@ -8088,7 +8086,7 @@ msgstr "" "версиях, обратитесь к man:iscontrol[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2918 msgid "" "The iSCSI initiator requires that the man:iscsid[8] daemon is running. This " "daemon does not use a configuration file. To start it automatically at " @@ -8099,24 +8097,24 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2922 #, no-wrap msgid "iscsid_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "iscsid_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2925 msgid "To start man:iscsid[8] now, run this command:" msgstr "Чтобы сейчас запустить man:iscsid[8], выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2930 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2929 #, no-wrap msgid "# service iscsid start\n" msgstr "# service iscsid start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2933 msgid "" "Connecting to a target can be done with or without an [.filename]#/etc/iscsi." "conf# configuration file. This section demonstrates both types of " @@ -8126,13 +8124,13 @@ msgstr "" "etc/iscsi.conf# или без него. В этом разделе показаны оба типа подключений." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2934 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Target Without a Configuration File" msgstr "Подключение к цели без файла конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2937 msgid "" "To connect an initiator to a single target, specify the IP address of the " "portal and the name of the target:" @@ -8141,13 +8139,13 @@ msgstr "" "портала и имя целевого устройства:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2941 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n" msgstr "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2946 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2945 msgid "" "To verify if the connection succeeded, run `iscsictl` without any " "arguments. The output should look similar to this:" @@ -8156,7 +8154,7 @@ msgstr "" "аргументов. Вывод должен выглядеть примерно так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2950 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -8166,7 +8164,7 @@ msgstr "" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Connected: da0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2954 msgid "" "In this example, the iSCSI session was successfully established, with [." "filename]#/dev/da0# representing the attached LUN. If the `iqn.2012-06.com." @@ -8179,13 +8177,13 @@ msgstr "" "показано несколько устройств:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2959 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2958 #, no-wrap msgid "Connected: da0 da1 da2.\n" msgstr "Connected: da0 da1 da2.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2962 msgid "" "Any errors will be reported in the output, as well as the system logs. For " "example, this message usually means that the man:iscsid[8] daemon is not " @@ -8195,7 +8193,7 @@ msgstr "" "Например, это сообщение обычно означает, что демон man:iscsid[8] не запущен:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2967 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -8205,7 +8203,7 @@ msgstr "" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Waiting for iscsid(8)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2970 msgid "" "The following message suggests a networking problem, such as a wrong IP " "address or port:" @@ -8214,7 +8212,7 @@ msgstr "" "адрес или порт:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2975 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -8224,12 +8222,12 @@ msgstr "" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.11 Connection refused\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2979 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2978 msgid "This message means that the specified target name is wrong:" msgstr "Это сообщение означает, что указано неправильное имя цели:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2984 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2983 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -8239,12 +8237,12 @@ msgstr "" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Not found\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2987 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2986 msgid "This message means that the target requires authentication:" msgstr "Это сообщение означает, что цель требует аутентификации:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2992 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2991 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Target name Target portal State\n" @@ -8254,26 +8252,26 @@ msgstr "" "iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 10.10.10.10 Authentication failed\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2995 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2994 msgid "To specify a CHAP username and secret, use this syntax:" msgstr "" "Чтобы указать имя пользователя CHAP и секрет, используйте следующий " "синтаксис:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2999 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:2998 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 -u user -s secretsecret\n" msgstr "# iscsictl -A -p 10.10.10.10 -t iqn.2012-06.com.example:target0 -u user -s secretsecret\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3002 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3001 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Target with a Configuration File" msgstr "Подключение к цели с использованием файла конфигурации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3005 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3004 msgid "" "To connect using a configuration file, create [.filename]#/etc/iscsi.conf# " "with contents like this:" @@ -8282,7 +8280,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/iscsi.conf# с содержимым, подобным этому:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3015 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3014 #, no-wrap msgid "" "t0 {\n" @@ -8302,7 +8300,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3022 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3021 msgid "" "The `t0` specifies a nickname for the configuration file section. It will " "be used by the initiator to specify which configuration to use. The other " @@ -8318,18 +8316,18 @@ msgstr "" "секретный ключ." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3024 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3023 msgid "To connect to the defined target, specify the nickname:" msgstr "Для подключения к указанной цели укажите псевдоним:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3028 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3027 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -An t0\n" msgstr "# iscsictl -An t0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3031 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3030 msgid "" "Alternately, to connect to all targets defined in the configuration file, " "use:" @@ -8338,13 +8336,13 @@ msgstr "" "используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3034 #, no-wrap msgid "# iscsictl -Aa\n" msgstr "# iscsictl -Aa\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3037 msgid "" "To make the initiator automatically connect to all targets in [.filename]#/" "etc/iscsi.conf#, add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -8353,7 +8351,7 @@ msgstr "" "iscsi.conf#, добавьте следующее в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3043 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network-servers/_index.adoc:3042 #, no-wrap msgid "" "iscsictl_enable=\"YES\"\n" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc index 73ef0cd67d..2e4736a17d 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ network={ На FreeBSD можно объединить два или более сетевых интерфейса в режиме "отказоустойчивости". Такой тип конфигурации использует наиболее предпочтительное и доступное соединение из группы сетевых интерфейсов, а операционная система автоматически переключается при изменении состояния канала. -Агрегация и отказоустойчивость каналов описаны в crossref:advanced-networking[network-aggregation,"Агрегация и отказоустойчивость каналов"], а пример использования как проводных, так и беспроводных соединений приведен в crossref:advanced-networking[networking-lagg-wired-and-wireless,"Режим отказоустойчивости между проводными и беспроводными интерфейсами"]. +Агрегация и отказоустойчивость каналов описаны в crossref:advanced-networking[network-aggregation,"Агрегация и отказоустойчивость каналов"], а пример использования как проводных, так и беспроводных соединений приведён в crossref:advanced-networking[networking-lagg-wired-and-wireless,"Режим отказоустойчивости между проводными и беспроводными интерфейсами"]. [[hostname]] == Имя сайта @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ hosts: files cache dns [[local-addresses]] === Локальные адреса -Файл [.filename]#/etc/hosts# представляет собой простую текстовую базу данных, которая сопоставляет имена хостов с IP-адресами. В него можно добавить записи для локальных компьютеров, подключенных через LAN, чтобы использовать простые имена вместо настройки DNS-сервера. Кроме того, [.filename]#/etc/hosts# может использоваться для хранения локальных записей интернет-имен, что уменьшает необходимость запрашивать внешние DNS-серверы для часто используемых имен. +Файл [.filename]#/etc/hosts# представляет собой простую текстовую базу данных, которая сопоставляет имена хостов с IP-адресами. В него можно добавить записи для локальных компьютеров, подключённых через LAN, чтобы использовать простые имена вместо настройки DNS-сервера. Кроме того, [.filename]#/etc/hosts# может использоваться для хранения локальных записей интернет-имен, что уменьшает необходимость запрашивать внешние DNS-серверы для часто используемых имен. Например, если в локальной среде имеется локальный экземпляр package:www/gitlab-ce[], его можно добавить следующим образом в файл [.filename]#/etc/hosts#: diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network/_index.po index 543977662c..32b71a266d 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/network/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-05-09 23:29+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-11 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-18 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbooknetwork_index/ru/>\n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Network" msgstr "Сеть" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "This chapter delves into the topic of network configuration and performance, " "showcasing the robust networking capabilities of the FreeBSD operating " @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "" "подключения в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "Before diving into the details, it is beneficial for readers to have a basic " "understanding of networking concepts such as protocols, network interfaces, " @@ -75,12 +75,12 @@ msgstr "" "адресация." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:60 msgid "This chapter covers:" msgstr "Эта глава охватывает:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:62 msgid "" "The ability to configure wired networks in FreeBSD, including network " "interface setup, addressing, and customization options." @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейсов, адресацию и параметры конфигурации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:63 msgid "" "The skills to configure wireless networks in FreeBSD, encompassing wireless " "network interface setup, security protocols, and troubleshooting techniques." @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "" "устранения неполадок." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:64 msgid "" "FreeBSD's networking capabilities and its reputation for excellent network " "performance." @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" "превосходной сетевой производительности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "An understanding of various network services and protocols supported by " "FreeBSD, with configuration instructions for DNS, DHCP and more." @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "" "инструкциями по настройке DNS, DHCP и других." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:67 msgid "" "More information about how to make advanced network configurations in " "crossref:advanced-networking[advanced-networking,Advanced Networking]." @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ msgstr "" "вопросы работы в сети]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up the Network" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "Setting up a wired or wireless connection is a common task for a FreeBSD " "user. This section will show how to identify the wired and wireless network " @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr "" "и беспроводные сетевые адаптеры и как их настроить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "Before starting with the configuration it is necessary to know the following " "network data:" @@ -152,27 +152,27 @@ msgstr "" "Прежде чем приступить к настройке, необходимо знать следующие сетевые данные:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:77 msgid "If the network has DHCP" msgstr "Есть ли в сети DHCP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:78 msgid "If the network does not have DHCP, the static IP to be used" msgstr "Если в сети нет DHCP, используемый статический IP-адрес" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:79 msgid "The netmask" msgstr "Маска сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:80 msgid "The IP address of the default gateway" msgstr "IP-адрес шлюза по умолчанию" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:85 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:84 msgid "" "The network connection may have been configured at installation time by man:" "bsdinstall[8]." @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ msgstr "" "bsdinstall[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:87 #, no-wrap msgid "Identify Network Adapters" msgstr "Определение сетевых адаптеров" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports a wide variety of network adapters for both wired and " "wireless networks. Check the Hardware Compatibility List for the used link:" @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" "убедиться, что сетевой адаптер поддерживается." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "To get the network adapters used by our system execute the following command:" msgstr "" @@ -208,26 +208,26 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:97 #, no-wrap msgid "% pciconf -lv | grep -A1 -B3 network\n" msgstr "% pciconf -lv | grep -A1 -B3 network\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:101 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:158 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:265 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:299 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:338 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:403 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:618 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:691 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:264 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:337 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:817 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:109 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:108 #, no-wrap msgid "" "em0@pci0:0:25:0: class=0x020000 rev=0x03 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x10f5 subvendor=0x17aa subdevice=0x20ee\n" @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" "--\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:113 #, no-wrap msgid "" "iwm0@pci0:3:0:0: class=0x028000 rev=0x00 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x4237 subvendor=0x8086 subdevice=0x1211\n" @@ -253,14 +253,13 @@ msgid "" " device = 'PRO/Wireless 5100 AGN [Shiloh] Network Connection' <2>\n" " class = network\n" msgstr "" -"iwm0@pci0:3:0:0: class=0x028000 rev=0x00 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 " -"device=0x4237 subvendor=0x8086 subdevice=0x1211\n" +"iwm0@pci0:3:0:0: class=0x028000 rev=0x00 hdr=0x00 vendor=0x8086 device=0x4237 subvendor=0x8086 subdevice=0x1211\n" " vendor = 'Intel Corporation' <1>\n" " device = 'PRO/Wireless 5100 AGN [Shiloh] Network Connection' <2>\n" " class = network\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:118 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:117 msgid "" "The text before the '@' symbol is the name of the driver controlling the " "device. In this case these are man:em[4] and man:iwn[4]." @@ -269,17 +268,17 @@ msgstr "" "В данном случае это man:em[4] и man:iwn[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:119 msgid "Shows the name of the vendor" msgstr "Показывает название производителя" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:120 msgid "Shows the name of the device" msgstr "Показывает название устройства" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "It is only necessary to load the network interface card module if FreeBSD " "has not detected it correctly." @@ -288,19 +287,19 @@ msgstr "" "не определил его правильно." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "For example, to load the man:alc[4] module, execute the following command:" msgstr "Например, для загрузки модуля man:alc[4] выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:130 #, no-wrap msgid "# kldload if_alc\n" msgstr "# kldload if_alc\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the " "following line in [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" @@ -309,19 +308,19 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте следующую строку в [.filename]#/boot/loader.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "if_alc_load=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "if_alc_load=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "Wired Networks" msgstr "Проводные сети" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "Once the right driver is loaded the network adapter needs to be configured. " "FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by a unit number to name the network " @@ -334,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" "обнаружения адаптера при загрузке или позднее." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "For example, `em0` is the first network interface card (NIC) on the system " "using the man:em[4] driver." @@ -343,20 +342,20 @@ msgstr "" "драйвер man:em[4]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "To display the network interface configuration, enter the following command:" msgstr "" "Для отображения конфигурации сетевого интерфейса введите следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:155 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "% ifconfig\n" msgstr "% ifconfig\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "" "em0: flags=8863<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" @@ -392,17 +391,17 @@ msgstr "" " nd6 options=21<PERFORMNUD,AUTO_LINKLOCAL>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:178 msgid "In this example, the following devices were displayed:" msgstr "В этом примере были отображены следующие устройства:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:180 msgid "`em0`: The Ethernet interface." msgstr "`em0`: Интерфейс Ethernet." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:181 msgid "" "`lo0`: The loop interface is a software loopback mechanism which may be used " "for performance analysis, software testing, and/or local communication. More " @@ -414,27 +413,27 @@ msgstr "" "Подробнее см. в man:lo[4]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:183 msgid "The example shows that `em0` is up and running." msgstr "Пример показывает, что `em0` работает и активен." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:185 msgid "The key indicators are:" msgstr "Ключевые показатели:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:187 msgid "`UP` means that the interface is configured and ready." msgstr "`UP` означает, что интерфейс настроен и готов к работе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:188 msgid "The interface has an IPv4 Internet (`inet`) address, `192.168.1.19`." msgstr "Интерфейс имеет IPv4 адрес в Интернете (`inet`) — `192.168.1.19`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:190 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:189 msgid "" "The interface has an IPv6 Internet (`inet6`) address, `fe80::21f:16ff:" "fe0f:275a%em0`." @@ -443,7 +442,7 @@ msgstr "" "%em0`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:190 msgid "" "It has a valid subnet mask (`netmask`), where `0xffffff00` is the same as " "`255.255.255.0`." @@ -452,17 +451,17 @@ msgstr "" "эквивалентно `255.255.255.0`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:191 msgid "It has a valid broadcast address, `192.168.1.255`." msgstr "У него есть корректный широковещательный адрес, `192.168.1.255`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:192 msgid "The MAC address of the interface (`ether`) is `00:1f:16:0f:27:5a`." msgstr "MAC-адрес интерфейса (`ether`) — `00:1f:16:0f:27:5a`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:193 msgid "" "The physical media selection is on autoselection mode (`media: Ethernet " "autoselect (1000baseT <full-duplex>)`)." @@ -471,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" "autoselect (1000baseT <full-duplex>)`)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "The status of the link (`status`) is `active`, indicating that the carrier " "signal is detected. For `em0`, the `status: no carrier` status is normal " @@ -482,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "является нормальным, если кабель Ethernet не подключен к интерфейсу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "If the man:ifconfig[8] output had shown something similar to the next output " "it would indicate the interface has not been configured:" @@ -491,7 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" "это означало бы, что интерфейс не настроен:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "" "em0: flags=8822<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" @@ -509,13 +508,13 @@ msgstr "" " nd6 options=29<PERFORMNUD,IFDISABLED,AUTO_LINKLOCAL>\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Static IPv4 Address" msgstr "Настройка статического IPv4-адреса" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "This section provides a guide to configuring a static IPv4 address on a " "FreeBSD system." @@ -524,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr "" "адреса в системе FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:214 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:213 msgid "" "The network interface card configuration can be performed from the command " "line with man:ifconfig[8] but will not persist after a reboot unless the " @@ -535,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурация также не добавлена в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "If the network was configured during installation by man:bsdinstall[8], some " "entries for the network interface card (NICs) may be already present. " @@ -547,48 +546,48 @@ msgstr "" "sysrc[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:221 msgid "The IP address can be set executing the following command:" msgstr "IP-адрес можно задать, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:226 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:225 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig em0 inet 192.168.1.150/24\n" msgstr "# ifconfig em0 inet 192.168.1.150/24\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:229 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:652 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:651 msgid "" "To make the change persist across reboots execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Чтобы изменение сохранялось после перезагрузки, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:233 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:232 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_em0=\"inet 192.168.1.150 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ifconfig_em0=\"inet 192.168.1.150 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:235 msgid "Add the default router executing the following command:" msgstr "Добавьте маршрут по умолчанию, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc defaultrouter=\"192.168.1.1\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc defaultrouter=\"192.168.1.1\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:242 msgid "Add the DNS records to [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#:" msgstr "Добавьте DNS-записи в [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nameserver 8.8.8.8\n" @@ -598,32 +597,32 @@ msgstr "" "nameserver 8.8.4.4\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:250 msgid "Then restart `netif` and `routing` executing the following command:" msgstr "Затем перезапустите `netif` и `routing`, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif restart && service routing restart\n" msgstr "# service netif restart && service routing restart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:258 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:330 msgid "The connection can be tested using man:ping[8]:" msgstr "Соединение можно проверить с помощью man:ping[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:262 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:334 #, no-wrap msgid "% ping -c2 www.FreeBSD.org\n" msgstr "% ping -c2 www.FreeBSD.org\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:271 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "" "PING web.geo.FreeBSD.org (147.28.184.45): 56 data bytes\n" @@ -635,8 +634,8 @@ msgstr "" "64 bytes from 147.28.184.45: icmp_seq=1 ttl=51 time=53.093 ms\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:275 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:348 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:347 #, no-wrap msgid "" "--- web.geo.FreeBSD.org ping statistics ---\n" @@ -648,13 +647,13 @@ msgstr "" "round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 53.093/54.133/55.173/1.040 ms\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Dynamic IPv4 Address" msgstr "Настройка динамического IPv4-адреса" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:282 msgid "" "If the network has a DHCP server, it is very easy to configure the network " "interface to use DHCP. FreeBSD uses man:dhclient[8] as the DHCP client. " @@ -667,31 +666,31 @@ msgstr "" "маску сети и маршрутизатор по умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:284 msgid "To make the interface work with DHCP execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Чтобы настроить интерфейс для работы с DHCP, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_em0=\"DHCP\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ifconfig_em0=\"DHCP\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:291 msgid "man:dhclient[8] can be used manually by running the following command:" msgstr "" "man:dhclient[8] можно использовать вручную, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:295 #, no-wrap msgid "# dhclient em0\n" msgstr "# dhclient em0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:306 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:305 #, no-wrap msgid "" "DHCPREQUEST on em0 to 255.255.255.255 port 67\n" @@ -705,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" "bound to 192.168.1.19 -- renewal in 43200 seconds.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "In this way it can be verified that the address assignment using DHCP works " "correctly." @@ -714,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" "корректно." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:314 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:313 msgid "" "man:dhclient[8] client can be started in background. This can cause trouble " "with applications depending on a working network, but it will provide a " @@ -725,38 +724,38 @@ msgstr "" "случаях обеспечит более быстрый запуск." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:315 msgid "To execute man:dhclient[8] in background execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Для выполнения man:dhclient[8] в фоновом режиме выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc background_dhclient=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc background_dhclient=\"YES\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:324 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:323 msgid "Then restart `netif` executing the following command:" msgstr "Затем перезапустите `netif`, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:328 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:637 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:757 #, no-wrap msgid "# service netif restart\n" msgstr "# service netif restart\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6" msgstr "IPv6" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "IPv6 is the new version of the well-known IP protocol, also known as IPv4." msgstr "" @@ -764,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "" "IPv4." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:355 msgid "" "IPv6 provides several advantages over IPv4 as well as many new features:" msgstr "" @@ -772,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" "множество новых функций:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "Its 128-bit address space allows for " "340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses. This " @@ -783,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "IPv4-адресов и неизбежного исчерпания IPv4-адресного пространства." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:358 msgid "" "Routers only store network aggregation addresses in their routing tables, " "thus reducing the average space of a routing table to 8192 entries. This " @@ -799,39 +798,39 @@ msgstr "" "маршрутизации и затрудняло эффективную маршрутизацию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "Address autoconfiguration (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4862.txt[RFC4862])." msgstr "" "Автоконфигурация адресов (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4862.txt[RFC4862])." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:360 msgid "Mandatory multicast addresses." msgstr "Обязательные multicast-адреса." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:361 msgid "Built-in IPsec (IP security)." msgstr "Встроенный IPsec (безопасность IP)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:363 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:362 msgid "Simplified header structure." msgstr "Упрощённая структура заголовка." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:363 msgid "Support for mobile IP." msgstr "Поддержка мобильного IP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:364 msgid "IPv6-to-IPv4 transition mechanisms." msgstr "Механизмы перехода с IPv6 на IPv4." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:366 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes the http://www.kame.net/[KAME project] IPv6 reference " "implementation and comes with everything needed to use IPv6." @@ -840,23 +839,23 @@ msgstr "" "[проекта KAME] и поставляется со всем необходимым для работы с IPv6." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:368 msgid "This section focuses on getting IPv6 configured and running." msgstr "Этот раздел посвящён настройке и запуску IPv6." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:370 msgid "There are three different types of IPv6 addresses:" msgstr "Существует три различных типа IPv6-адресов:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Unicast" msgstr "Unicast" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:373 msgid "" "A packet sent to a unicast address arrives at the interface belonging to the " "address." @@ -865,13 +864,13 @@ msgstr "" "принадлежащий этому адресу." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:375 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:374 #, no-wrap msgid "Anycast" msgstr "Anycast" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:378 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:377 msgid "" "These addresses are syntactically indistinguishable from unicast addresses " "but they address a group of interfaces. The packet destined for an anycast " @@ -882,13 +881,13 @@ msgstr "" "доставлен на ближайший интерфейс." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "Multicast" msgstr "Multicast" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:382 msgid "" "These addresses identify a group of interfaces. A packet destined for a " "multicast address will arrive at all interfaces belonging to the multicast " @@ -901,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" "выражается через multicast-адреса." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:385 msgid "" "When reading an IPv6 address, the canonical form is represented as `x:x:x:x:" "x:x:x:x`, where each `x` represents a 16 bit hex value. An example is `FEBC:" @@ -912,7 +911,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пример: `FEBC:A574:382B:23C1:AA49:4592:4EFE:9982`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:390 msgid "" "Often, an address will have long substrings of all zeros. A `::` (double " "colon) can be used to replace one substring per address. Also, up to three " @@ -926,7 +925,7 @@ msgstr "" "`fe80:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:393 msgid "" "A third form is to write the last 32 bits using the well known IPv4 " "notation. For example, `2002::10.0.0.1` corresponds to the hexadecimal " @@ -939,19 +938,19 @@ msgstr "" "эквивалентна `2002::a00:1`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:395 msgid "To view a FreeBSD system's IPv6 address execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Чтобы просмотреть IPv6-адрес системы FreeBSD, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:400 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:399 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig\n" msgstr "# ifconfig\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:413 #, no-wrap msgid "" "em0: flags=8863<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> metric 0 mtu 1500\n" @@ -973,7 +972,7 @@ msgstr "" " nd6 options=23<PERFORMNUD,ACCEPT_RTADV,AUTO_LINKLOCAL>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:417 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:416 msgid "" "In this example, the `em0` interface is using `fe80::21f:16ff:fe0f:275a" "%em0`, an auto-configured link-local address which was automatically " @@ -984,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" "сгенерирован из MAC-адреса." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "Some IPv6 addresses are reserved. A list of reserved addresses can be " "checked in the following table:" @@ -993,169 +992,169 @@ msgstr "" "можно посмотреть в следующей таблице:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:421 #, no-wrap msgid "Example IPv6 Reserved Addresses" msgstr "Пример зарезервированных адресов IPv6" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv6 address" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:427 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:426 #, no-wrap msgid "Description" msgstr "Описание" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:429 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:428 #, no-wrap msgid "Notes" msgstr "Заметки" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:429 #, no-wrap msgid "`::/128`" msgstr "`::/128`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:430 #, no-wrap msgid "unspecified" msgstr "не указано" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:433 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:432 #, no-wrap msgid "Equivalent to `0.0.0.0` in IPv4." msgstr "Эквивалентно `0.0.0.0` в IPv4." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:434 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:433 #, no-wrap msgid "`::1/128`" msgstr "`::1/128`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:434 #, no-wrap msgid "loopback address" msgstr "loopback-адрес (адрес обратной петли)" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:436 #, no-wrap msgid "Equivalent to `127.0.0.1` in IPv4." msgstr "Эквивалент `127.0.0.1` в IPv4." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:437 #, no-wrap msgid "`::ffff:0.0.0.0/96`" msgstr "`::ffff:0.0.0.0/96`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:438 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv4 mapped IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv4-отображенный IPv6-адрес" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "The lower 32 bits are the IPv4 address for compatibility with IPv4 hosts and routers." msgstr "Младшие 32 бита представляют IPv4-адрес для совместимости с хостами и маршрутизаторами, поддерживающих только IPv4." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:442 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:441 #, no-wrap msgid "`fe80::/10`" msgstr "`fe80::/10`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:442 #, no-wrap msgid "link-local unicast" msgstr "link-local unicast" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:444 #, no-wrap msgid "Equivalent to 169.254.0.0/16 in IPv4." msgstr "Эквивалентно 169.254.0.0/16 в IPv4." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:445 #, no-wrap msgid "`fc00::/7`" msgstr "`fc00::/7`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:446 #, no-wrap msgid "unique-local" msgstr "unique-local" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:448 #, no-wrap msgid "Unique local addresses are intended for local communication and are only routable within a set of cooperating sites." msgstr "Уникальные локальные адреса предназначены для локального взаимодействия и доступны для маршрутизации только в пределах группы взаимодействующих сайтов." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:449 #, no-wrap msgid "`ff00::/8`" msgstr "`ff00::/8`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "multicast" msgstr "multicast" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:453 #, no-wrap msgid "`2000::/3`" msgstr "`2000::/3`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:455 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:454 #, no-wrap msgid "global unicast" msgstr "global unicast" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap msgid "All global unicast addresses are assigned from this pool. The first 3 bits are `001`." msgstr "Все глобальные одноадресные адреса выделяются из этого пула. Первые 3 бита имеют значение `001`." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "``2001:db8::/32, 3fff::/20``" msgstr "``2001:db8::/32, 3fff::/20``" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:458 #, no-wrap msgid "documentation" msgstr "documentation" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:460 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:459 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6 address prefix for use in documentation." msgstr "Адресный префикс IPv6 для использования в документации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:463 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:462 msgid "" "For further information on the structure of IPv6 addresses, refer to http://" "www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4291.txt[RFC4291]." @@ -1164,13 +1163,13 @@ msgstr "" "к http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4291.txt[RFC4291]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:464 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Static IPv6 Address" msgstr "Настройка статического IPv6-адреса" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "To configure a FreeBSD system as an IPv6 client with a static IPv6 address " "it is necessary to set the IPv6 address." @@ -1179,18 +1178,18 @@ msgstr "" "адресом необходимо установить IPv6-адрес." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:469 msgid "Execute the following commands to meet the requirements:" msgstr "Выполните следующие команды для выполнения требований:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:473 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_em0_ipv6=\"inet6 2001:db8:4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344 prefixlen 64\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ifconfig_em0_ipv6=\"inet6 2001:db8:4672:6565:2026:5043:2d42:5344 prefixlen 64\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:476 msgid "" "To assign a default router, specify its address executing the following " "command:" @@ -1199,13 +1198,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:480 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ipv6_defaultrouter=\"2001:db8:4672:6565::1\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ipv6_defaultrouter=\"2001:db8:4672:6565::1\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:484 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:483 msgid "" "To configure an additional IPv6 anycast address, specify the anycast address " "as an `_aliasN`, as specified in man:rc.conf[5], followed by the `anycast` " @@ -1215,13 +1214,13 @@ msgstr "" "`_aliasN`(указано в man:rc.conf[5]) с добавлением опции `anycast`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:487 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:486 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet6 2001:db8:4672:6565::a anycast\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ifconfig_em0_alias0=\"inet6 2001:db8:4672:6565::a anycast\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:489 msgid "" "Keep in mind that the applications can't bind to anycast addresses; in that " "case you need to use an alias address instead." @@ -1230,13 +1229,13 @@ msgstr "" "этом случае необходимо использовать алиас-адрес." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Dynamic IPv6 Address" msgstr "Настройка динамического адреса IPv6" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:494 msgid "" "To dynamically configure the IPv6 address of the interface using crossref:" "glossary[slaac-glossary,SLAAC], execute the following commands:" @@ -1245,7 +1244,7 @@ msgstr "" "glossary[slaac-glossary,SLAAC], выполните следующие команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:499 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc ifconfig_em0_ipv6=\"inet6 accept_rtadv\"\n" @@ -1255,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc rtsold_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:502 msgid "" "Note that when IPv6 packet forwarding is enabled (i.e., " "`ipv6_gateway_enable=YES`), the system will not configure a SLAAC address " @@ -1266,13 +1265,13 @@ msgstr "" "переменная man:sysctl[8] `net.inet6.ip6.rfc6204w3` не установлена в 1." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:503 #, no-wrap msgid "Router Advertisement and Host Auto Configuration" msgstr "Объявление маршрутизатора и автонастройка хоста" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:507 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:506 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to setup man:rtadvd[8] on an IPv6 router to " "advertise the IPv6 network prefix and default route." @@ -1281,18 +1280,18 @@ msgstr "" "маршрутизаторе для объявления префикса IPv6-сети и маршрута по умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:508 msgid "To enable man:rtadvd[8], execute the following command:" msgstr "Чтобы включить man:rtadvd[8], выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:512 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc rtadvd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc rtadvd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:517 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:516 msgid "" "It is important to specify the interface on which to do IPv6 router " "advertisement. For example, to tell man:rtadvd[8] to use `em0`:" @@ -1301,13 +1300,13 @@ msgstr "" "маршрутизатора. Например, чтобы указать man:rtadvd[8] использовать `em0`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:520 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc rtadvd_interfaces=\"em0\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc rtadvd_interfaces=\"em0\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:524 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:523 msgid "" "Next, create the configuration file, [.filename]#/etc/rtadvd.conf# as seen " "in this example:" @@ -1316,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" "в этом примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "em0:\\\n" @@ -1326,7 +1325,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:addrs#1:addr=\"2001:db8:1f11:246::\":prefixlen#64:tc=ether:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "Replace `em0` with the interface to be used and `2001:db8:1f11:246::` with " "the prefix of the allocation." @@ -1335,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" "выделенного диапазона." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "For a dedicated `/64` subnet, nothing else needs to be changed. Otherwise, " "change the `prefixlen#` to the correct value." @@ -1344,13 +1343,13 @@ msgstr "" "случае измените значение `prefixlen#` на соответствующее." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "IPv6 and IPv4 Address mapping" msgstr "Соответствие адресов IPv6 и IPv4" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:540 msgid "" "When IPv6 is enabled on a server, there may be a need to enable IPv4 mapped " "IPv6 address communication. This compatibility option allows for IPv4 " @@ -1364,7 +1363,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:545 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:544 msgid "" "This option may not be required in most cases and is available only for " "compatibility. This option will allow IPv6-only applications to work with " @@ -1377,24 +1376,24 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживать IPv6-окружение." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:547 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:546 msgid "To enable this feature execute the following command:" msgstr "Для включения этой функции выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ipv6_ipv4mapping=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:553 #, no-wrap msgid "Wireless Networks" msgstr "Беспроводные сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:556 msgid "" "Most wireless networks are based on the link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "IEEE_802.11[IEEE(R) 802.11 standards]." @@ -1403,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_802.11[IEEE(R) 802.11]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports networks that operate using link:https://en.wikipedia.org/" "wiki/IEEE_802.11a-1999[802.11a], link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" @@ -1418,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "" "IEEE_802.11n-2009[802.11n]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:562 msgid "" "link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_802.11ac-2013[802.11ac] support on " "FreeBSD is currently under development." @@ -1427,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD в настоящее время находится в стадии разработки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "A basic wireless network consists of multiple stations communicating with " "radios that broadcast in either the 2.4GHz or 5GHz band, though this varies " @@ -1440,38 +1439,38 @@ msgstr "" "в диапазонах 2,3 ГГц и 4,9 ГГц." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:567 msgid "There are three basic steps to configure a wireless network:" msgstr "Настройка беспроводной сети включает три основных этапа:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:570 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:569 msgid "Scan and select an access point" msgstr "Сканировать и выбрать точку доступа" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:570 msgid "Authenticate the station" msgstr "Аутентификация станции" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:571 msgid "Configure an IP address or use DHCP." msgstr "Настройте IP-адрес или используйте DHCP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:573 msgid "The following sections discuss each step." msgstr "Следующие разделы описывают каждый шаг." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:575 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start to Connect to a Wireless Network" msgstr "Быстрое начало работы: подключение к беспроводной сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "Connecting FreeBSD to an existing wireless network is a very common " "situation." @@ -1480,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" "распространённая ситуация." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:582 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:581 msgid "" "This Quick Start procedure shows the steps required to connect to a network " "using basic authentication. A more detailed procedure is given in the next " @@ -1491,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "приведена в следующем разделе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:584 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:583 msgid "" "The first step is to obtain the Service Set Identifier (SSID) and Pre-Shared " "Key (PSK) for the wireless network from the network administrator." @@ -1500,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "для беспроводной сети у администратора сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:585 msgid "" "The second step is to add an entry for this network to [.filename]#/etc/" "wpa_supplicant.conf#." @@ -1509,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" "wpa_supplicant.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:589 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:588 msgid "" "If the file does not exist, create it. Consult man:wpa_supplicant.conf[5] " "for details on formatting entries in this file." @@ -1518,7 +1517,7 @@ msgstr "" "в этом файле см. в man:wpa_supplicant.conf[5]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:595 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ctrl_interface=/var/run/wpa_supplicant\n" @@ -1532,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "fast_reauth=1\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1546,14 +1545,14 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:605 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:604 msgid "" "Is the SSID of the wireless network. Replace it with the name of the " "wireless network." msgstr "Это SSID беспроводной сети. Замените его на имя беспроводной сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:606 msgid "" "Is the PSK of the wireless network. Replace it with the password of the " "wireless network." @@ -1561,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "" "Это PSK беспроводной сети. Замените его на пароль от беспроводной сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:610 msgid "" "The third step is to add the network interface entry to configure the " "network on startup. Obtain the network device interface by using the sysctl " @@ -1574,19 +1573,19 @@ msgstr "" "сетевым интерфейсом является \"iwm0\"." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.wlan.devices\n" msgstr "# sysctl net.wlan.devices\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "net.wlan.devices: iwm0\n" msgstr "net.wlan.devices: iwm0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "In the sysrc line that follows, replace \"iwm0\" with the output of the " "sysctl command if needed." @@ -1595,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "" "sysctl, если это необходимо." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:629 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc wlans_iwm0=\"wlan0\"\n" @@ -1605,7 +1604,7 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:633 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:632 msgid "" "And the last step is to restart the `netif` service executing the following " "command:" @@ -1613,13 +1612,13 @@ msgstr "" "И последний шаг — перезапуск службы `netif` выполнением следующей команды:" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:639 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Wireless Configuration" msgstr "Базовая настройка беспроводной сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:645 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:644 msgid "" "This section provides a more detailed example of configuring a wireless " "network card. To find out what wireless network cards are in the system " @@ -1632,19 +1631,19 @@ msgstr "" "Определение сетевых адаптеров]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:648 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev iwm0\n" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 create wlandev iwm0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:656 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:655 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc wlans_iwm0=\"wlan0\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc wlans_iwm0=\"wlan0\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "Since the regulatory situation is different in various parts of the world, " "it is necessary to correctly set the domains that apply to your location to " @@ -1655,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" "местоположению, чтобы получить корректную информацию о доступных каналах." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "The available region definitions can be found in [.filename]#/etc/regdomain." "xml#. To set the data at runtime, use `ifconfig`:" @@ -1664,47 +1663,47 @@ msgstr "" "xml#. Для установки данных во время выполнения используйте `ifconfig`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:667 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 regdomain etsi2 country AT\n" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 regdomain etsi2 country AT\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:670 msgid "To persist the settings, add it to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Чтобы сохранить настройки, добавьте их в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc create_args_wlan0=\"country AT regdomain etsi2\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc create_args_wlan0=\"country AT regdomain etsi2\"\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:678 #, no-wrap msgid "Scan Wireless Networks" msgstr "Сканирование беспроводных сетей" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:681 msgid "Available wireless networks can be scanned using man:ifconfig[8]." msgstr "" "Доступные беспроводные сети можно просканировать с помощью man:ifconfig[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:683 msgid "To list the wireless networks execute the following command:" msgstr "Для вывода списка беспроводных сетей выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:688 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:687 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 up list scan\n" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 up list scan\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:700 #, no-wrap msgid "" "SSID/MESH ID BSSID CHAN RATE S:N INT CAPS\n" @@ -1724,17 +1723,17 @@ msgstr "" "MacOS 46:48:b9:b3:c3:ff 44 54M -84:-96 100 EP BSSLOAD VHTPWRENV HTCAP WME RSN VHTCAP VHTOPMODE WPS\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:704 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:703 msgid "SSID/MESH ID identifies the name of the network." msgstr "SSID/MESH ID идентифицирует название сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:704 msgid "BSSID identifies the MAC address of the access point." msgstr "BSSID идентифицирует MAC-адрес точки доступа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:705 msgid "" "CAPS field identifies the type of each network and the capabilities of the " "stations operating there (see the definition of `list scan` in man:" @@ -1744,13 +1743,13 @@ msgstr "" "станций (подробности см. в определении `list scan` в man:ifconfig[8])." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "Connection and Authentication to a Wireless Network" msgstr "Подключение и аутентификация в беспроводной сети" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:712 msgid "" "Once a wireless network has been selected from the list of scanned networks, " "it is necessary to perform the connection and the authentication. In the " @@ -1769,13 +1768,13 @@ msgstr "" "серверные службы, такие как RADIUS." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:715 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:714 #, no-wrap msgid "Authenticate with WPA2/WPA/Personal" msgstr "Аутентификация с WPA2/WPA/Personal" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:718 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:717 msgid "" "The authentication process in a wireless network is managed by man:" "wpa_supplicant[8]." @@ -1784,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" "wpa_supplicant[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:721 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:720 msgid "" "The man:wpa_supplicant[8] configuration will be made in the [.filename]#/etc/" "wpa_supplicant.conf# file. For more information, see man:wpa_supplicant." @@ -1794,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "wpa_supplicant.conf#. Подробнее см. man:wpa_supplicant.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "Once the scanning of the wireless networks has been carried out, a network " "has been chosen and have the password (PSK), that information will be added " @@ -1806,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "" "wpa_supplicant.conf#, как показано в следующем примере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:730 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network={\n" @@ -1822,24 +1821,24 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:734 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:733 msgid "" "SSID scan technique. Only need to use this option if the network is hidden." msgstr "" "Метод сканирования SSID. Используйте эту опцию только если сеть скрыта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:734 msgid "Network name." msgstr "Имя сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:736 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:735 msgid "Password of the wireless network." msgstr "Пароль беспроводной сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:738 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:737 msgid "" "The next step will be to configure the wireless connection in the file [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." @@ -1848,7 +1847,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:739 msgid "" "To use a static address it will be necessary to execute the following " "command:" @@ -1856,13 +1855,13 @@ msgstr "" "Для использования статического адреса необходимо выполнить следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:744 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:743 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet 192.168.1.20 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ifconfig_wlan0=\"inet 192.168.1.20 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "To use a dynamic address it will be necessary to execute the following " "command:" @@ -1871,18 +1870,18 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc ifconfig_wlan0=\"WPA DHCP\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:753 msgid "Then restart the network executing the following command:" msgstr "Затем перезапустите сеть, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:762 msgid "" "More information on how to perform more advanced methods of authentication " "can be obtained at crossref:advanced-networking[network-advanced-wireless," @@ -1893,13 +1892,13 @@ msgstr "" "аутентификация беспроводных сетей\"]." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:765 #, no-wrap msgid "Authenticate with Open Networks" msgstr "Аутентификация в открытых сетях" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:771 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:770 msgid "" "It is important that the user is *very* careful when connecting to open " "networks without any kind of authentication." @@ -1908,7 +1907,7 @@ msgstr "" "сетям без какой-либо аутентификации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:774 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:773 msgid "" "Once the wireless network scan is done and the SSID of the wireless network " "is selected, execute the following command:" @@ -1917,30 +1916,30 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "# ifconfig wlan0 ssid SSID\n" msgstr "# ifconfig wlan0 ssid SSID\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:780 msgid "And then execute man:dhclient[8] to get the address configured:" msgstr "Затем выполните man:dhclient[8], чтобы настроить адрес:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:784 #, no-wrap msgid "# dhclient wlan0\n" msgstr "# dhclient wlan0\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Both Wired and Wireless Connections" msgstr "Использование проводного и беспроводного подключений одновременно" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:791 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:790 msgid "" "A wired connection provides better performance and reliability, while a " "wireless connection provides flexibility and mobility. Laptop users " @@ -1952,7 +1951,7 @@ msgstr "" "этими двумя типами соединений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "On FreeBSD, it is possible to combine two or even more network interfaces " "together in a \"failover\" fashion. This type of configuration uses the " @@ -1966,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" "канала." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:795 msgid "" "Link aggregation and failover is covered in crossref:advanced-" "networking[network-aggregation,\"Link Aggregation and Failover\"] and an " @@ -1976,18 +1975,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Агрегация и отказоустойчивость каналов описаны в crossref:advanced-" "networking[network-aggregation,\"Агрегация и отказоустойчивость каналов\"], " -"а пример использования как проводных, так и беспроводных соединений приведен " +"а пример использования как проводных, так и беспроводных соединений приведён " "в crossref:advanced-networking[networking-lagg-wired-and-wireless,\"Режим " "отказоустойчивости между проводными и беспроводными интерфейсами\"]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:797 #, no-wrap msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Имя сайта" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:801 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:800 msgid "" "The hostname represents the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the host " "on the network." @@ -1996,43 +1995,43 @@ msgstr "" "хоста в сети." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:805 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:804 msgid "" "If no hostname is set for the host, FreeBSD will call itself `Amnesiac`." msgstr "Если для хоста не задано имя, FreeBSD назовет себя `Amnesiac`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "Check The Current Hostname" msgstr "Проверить текущее имя хоста" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:811 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:810 msgid "man:hostname[1] can be used to check the current hostname:" msgstr "" "man:hostname[1] может использоваться для проверки текущего имени хоста:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:814 #, no-wrap msgid "$ hostname\n" msgstr "$ hostname\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:821 #, no-wrap msgid "freebsdhostname.example.com\n" msgstr "freebsdhostname.example.com\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:824 #, no-wrap msgid "Change Hostname" msgstr "Изменить имя хоста" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:828 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:827 msgid "" "To change the hostname of the host and persist it across reboots execute the " "following command:" @@ -2041,19 +2040,19 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc hostname=\"freebsdhostname.example.com\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc hostname=\"freebsdhostname.example.com\"\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS" msgstr "DNS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:837 msgid "" "The DNS could be understood as a link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "Telephone_directory[telephone directory] in which an IP is identified to a " @@ -2064,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr "" "сопоставляется с именем хоста и наоборот." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:840 msgid "" "There are three files that handle how a FreeBSD system interact with the " "DNS. These three files are man:hosts[5], man:resolv.conf[5] and man:" @@ -2074,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr "" "DNS. Эти три файла: man:hosts[5], man:resolv.conf[5] и man:nsswitch.conf[5]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "Unless otherwise stated in the [.filename]#/etc/nsswitch.conf# file, FreeBSD " "will look at the addresses in the [.filename]#/etc/hosts# file and then the " @@ -2085,7 +2084,7 @@ msgstr "" "информацию в файле [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "The man:nsswitch.conf[5] file specifies how the nsdispatch (name-service " "switch dispatcher) should operate." @@ -2094,7 +2093,7 @@ msgstr "" "(диспетчер переключения службы имен)." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:849 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:848 msgid "" "By default, the hosts section of the [.filename]#/etc/nsswitch.conf# file " "will be as follows:" @@ -2103,13 +2102,13 @@ msgstr "" "выглядеть следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:852 #, no-wrap msgid "hosts: files dns\n" msgstr "hosts: files dns\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:857 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:856 msgid "" "For example, in case of using the man:nscd[8] service. The order of " "preference could be changed by leaving the line as follows:" @@ -2118,19 +2117,19 @@ msgstr "" "можно изменить, оставив строку следующей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:860 #, no-wrap msgid "hosts: files cache dns\n" msgstr "hosts: files cache dns\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "Local addresses" msgstr "Локальные адреса" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:870 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:869 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/etc/hosts# file is a simple text database who provide host " "name to IP address mappings. Entries for local computers connected via a " @@ -2141,14 +2140,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Файл [.filename]#/etc/hosts# представляет собой простую текстовую базу " "данных, которая сопоставляет имена хостов с IP-адресами. В него можно " -"добавить записи для локальных компьютеров, подключенных через LAN, чтобы " +"добавить записи для локальных компьютеров, подключённых через LAN, чтобы " "использовать простые имена вместо настройки DNS-сервера. Кроме того, [." "filename]#/etc/hosts# может использоваться для хранения локальных записей " "интернет-имен, что уменьшает необходимость запрашивать внешние DNS-серверы " "для часто используемых имен." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:872 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:871 msgid "" "For example, in the case of having a local instance of package:www/gitlab-" "ce[] in a local environment, it could be added as follows to the file [." @@ -2159,19 +2158,19 @@ msgstr "" "hosts#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:876 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:875 #, no-wrap msgid "192.168.1.150 git.example.com git\n" msgstr "192.168.1.150 git.example.com git\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:878 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the Nameserver" msgstr "Настройка сервера имен" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:882 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:881 msgid "" "How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (DNS) is " "controlled by man:resolv.conf[5]." @@ -2180,54 +2179,54 @@ msgstr "" "управляется с помощью man:resolv.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:884 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:883 msgid "The most common entries to [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# are:" msgstr "Наиболее распространённые записи в [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#:" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:889 #, no-wrap msgid "`nameserver`" msgstr "`nameserver`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:891 #, no-wrap msgid "The IP address of a name server the resolver should query. The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three." msgstr "IP-адрес сервера имен, к которому должен обращаться резолвер. Серверы опрашиваются в указанном порядке, максимум три." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:892 #, no-wrap msgid "`search`" msgstr "`search`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:895 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:894 #, no-wrap msgid "Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain of the local hostname." msgstr "Список поиска для разрешения имён хостов. Обычно определяется доменом локального имени хоста." #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:895 #, no-wrap msgid "`domain`" msgstr "`domain`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:897 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:896 #, no-wrap msgid "The local domain name." msgstr "Локальное доменное имя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:899 msgid "A typical [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# looks like this:" msgstr "" "Типичный файл [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# выглядит следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "" "search example.com\n" @@ -2239,12 +2238,12 @@ msgstr "" "nameserver 147.11.100.30\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:910 msgid "Only one of the `search` and `domain` options should be used." msgstr "Должна использоваться только одна из опций — `search` или `domain`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:914 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:913 msgid "" "When using DHCP, man:dhclient[8] usually rewrites [.filename]#/etc/resolv." "conf# with information received from the DHCP server." @@ -2253,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc/resolv.conf# информацией, полученной от DHCP-сервера." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "If the machine in which the configuration is being made is *not* a DNS " "server, man:local-unbound[8] can be used to improve DNS lookup performance." @@ -2263,37 +2262,37 @@ msgstr "" "unbound[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:919 msgid "To enable it at boot time execute the following command:" msgstr "Чтобы включить его при загрузке, выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:924 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:923 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc local_unbound_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:927 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:926 msgid "" "To start the man:local-unbound[8] service execute the following command:" msgstr "" "Чтобы запустить службу man:local-unbound[8], выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:930 #, no-wrap msgid "# service local_unbound start\n" msgstr "# service local_unbound start\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:935 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:934 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Устранение неполадок" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:938 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:937 msgid "" "When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple " "things first." @@ -2302,32 +2301,32 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечения сначала проверяйте самые простые вещи." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:939 msgid "Is the network cable plugged in?" msgstr "Вставлен ли сетевой кабель?" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:941 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:940 msgid "Are the network services properly configured?" msgstr "Правильно ли настроены сетевые службы?" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:941 msgid "Is the firewall configured correctly?" msgstr "Настроен ли межсетевой экран правильно?" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:942 msgid "Is the NIC supported by FreeBSD?" msgstr "Поддерживается ли сетевая карта (NIC) в FreeBSD?" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:943 msgid "Is the router working correctly?" msgstr "Работает ли маршрутизатор правильно?" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "Before sending a bug report, always check the Hardware Notes in the link:" "https://www.freebsd.org/releases/[FreeBSD release page], update the version " @@ -2340,13 +2339,13 @@ msgstr "" "архивы списков рассылки и выполните поиск в Интернете." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:951 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:950 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting in Wired Networks" msgstr "Устранение неполадок в проводных сетях" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:954 msgid "" "If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through man:tuning[7]. " "Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network settings can " @@ -2357,7 +2356,7 @@ msgstr "" "могут быть причиной медленного соединения." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:960 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:959 msgid "" "`No route to host` messages occur if the system is unable to route a packet " "to the destination host. This can happen if no default route is specified " @@ -2373,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" "и маршруты\"]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:963 msgid "" "`ping: sendto: Permission denied` error messages are often caused by a " "misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on FreeBSD but no rules " @@ -2388,13 +2387,13 @@ msgstr "" "найти в crossref:firewalls[firewalls,Межсетевые экраны]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting in Wireless Networks" msgstr "Устранение неполадок в беспроводных сетях" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:968 msgid "" "This section describes a number of steps to help troubleshoot common " "wireless networking problems." @@ -2403,7 +2402,7 @@ msgstr "" "беспроводными сетями." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:970 msgid "" "If the access point is not listed when scanning, check that the " "configuration has not limited the wireless device to a limited set of " @@ -2414,7 +2413,7 @@ msgstr "" "каналов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "If the device cannot associate with an access point, verify that the " "configuration matches the settings on the access point. This includes the " @@ -2431,7 +2430,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы проверить, проходит ли трафик." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:974 msgid "" "Once the system can associate with the access point, diagnose the network " "configuration using tools like man:ping[8]." @@ -2440,7 +2439,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурацию сети с помощью таких инструментов, как man:ping[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/network/_index.adoc:975 msgid "" "There are many lower-level debugging tools. Debugging messages can be " "enabled in the 802.11 protocol support layer using man:wlandebug[8]." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc index c5ca4f81ba..4954321951 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc @@ -70,4 +70,3 @@ include::{pgpkeys-path}static/pgpkeys/portmgr-secretary.key[] === `{doceng-secretary-email}` include::{pgpkeys-path}static/pgpkeys/doceng-secretary.key[] -:sectnums: diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.po index d535f2b155..2c33e28cc4 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR The FreeBSD Project # This file is distributed under the same license as the FreeBSD Documentation package. -# Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>, 2025. +# Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>, 2025, 2026. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-06-12 17:10+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookpgpkeys_index/ru/>\n" @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "OpenPGP Keys" msgstr "Ключи OpenPGP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:60 msgid "" "The OpenPGP keys of the `FreeBSD.org` officers are shown here. These keys " "can be used to verify a signature or send encrypted email to one of the " "officers. A full list of FreeBSD OpenPGP keys is available in the extref:" -"{pgpkeys}[PGP Keys] article. The complete keyring can be downloaded at " -"link:https://docs.FreeBSD.org/pgpkeys/pgpkeys.txt[pgpkeys.txt]." +"{pgpkeys}[PGP Keys] article. The complete keyring can be downloaded at link:" +"https://docs.FreeBSD.org/pgpkeys/pgpkeys.txt[pgpkeys.txt]." msgstr "" "Здесь представлены открытые ключи OpenPGP должностных лиц `FreeBSD.org`. Эти " "ключи могут быть использованы для проверки подписи или отправки " @@ -59,31 +59,31 @@ msgstr "" "pgpkeys.txt[pgpkeys.txt]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:62 #, no-wrap msgid "Officers" msgstr "Офицеры" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:64 #, no-wrap msgid "{security-officer-name} `<{security-officer-email}>`" msgstr "{security-officer-name} `<{security-officer-email}>`" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:67 #, no-wrap msgid "{core-secretary-name} `<{core-secretary-email}>`" msgstr "{core-secretary-name} `<{core-secretary-email}>`" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:70 #, no-wrap msgid "{portmgr-secretary-name} `<{portmgr-secretary-email}>`" msgstr "{portmgr-secretary-name} `<{portmgr-secretary-email}>`" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/pgpkeys/_index.adoc:73 #, no-wrap msgid "`{doceng-secretary-email}`" msgstr "`{doceng-secretary-email}`" diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc index 8c76ed709a..cfde087395 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ FreeBSD поставляется с богатым набором системн * Пакеты обычно компилируются с консервативными параметрами, так как они должны работать на максимальном количестве систем. При компиляции из портов можно изменить параметры компиляции. * Некоторые приложения имеют параметры на этапе компиляции, определяющие, какие функции будут установлены. Например, NGINX(R) можно настроить с широким набором различных встроенных опций. + -В некоторых случаях для одного приложения могут существовать несколько пакетов с разными настройками. Например, NGINX(R) доступен в виде пакетов `nginx` и `nginx-lite`. Первый имеет гораздо больше включенных опций, но это, в свою очередь, требует установки множества зависимостей для его работы, что увеличивает занимаемое место и поверхность для атак. +В некоторых случаях для одного приложения могут существовать несколько пакетов с разными настройками. Например, NGINX(R) доступен в виде пакетов `nginx` и `nginx-lite`. Первый имеет гораздо больше включённых опций, но это, в свою очередь, требует установки множества зависимостей для его работы, что увеличивает занимаемое место и поверхность для атак. + Транзитивные зависимости могут стать довольно большими, например, полный пакет `nginx` потянет за собой несколько X-библиотек, что может оказаться неожиданным. Сборка из портов позволяет выбрать только нужные опции, избегая подхода «всё включено». В некоторых случаях для одного приложения могут существовать несколько пакетов с разными настройками. * Условия лицензирования некоторых программных продуктов запрещают распространение в бинарном виде. Такое программное обеспечение должно распространяться в виде исходного кода, который конечный пользователь должен самостоятельно скомпилировать. @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ chromium-108.0.5359.98 is vulnerable: Пакеты, которые больше не нужны, можно удалить с помощью man:pkg-delete[8]. -Например: +Для примера: [source, shell] .... diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ports/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ports/_index.po index 512d0fad45..ccc600ad09 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ports/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ports/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-02-22 15:58+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 08:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookports_index/ru/>\n" @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports" msgstr "Установка приложений: пакеты и порты" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the " "base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies " @@ -67,27 +67,27 @@ msgstr "" "сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:60 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:62 msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports." msgstr "Разница между бинарными пакетами и портами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:63 msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD." msgstr "Как найти стороннее программное обеспечение, портированное на FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to manage binary packages using pkg." msgstr "Как управлять бинарными пакетами с помощью pkg." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:65 msgid "" "How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection." msgstr "" @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" "использованием Коллекции портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:66 msgid "" "How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation " "configuration." @@ -104,18 +104,18 @@ msgstr "" "настройки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:67 msgid "What to do if a software installation fails." msgstr "Что делать, если установка программного обеспечения не удалась." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Overview of Software Installation" msgstr "Обзор установки программного обеспечения" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:73 msgid "" "A FreeBSD _port_ is a collection of files designed to automate the process " "of compiling an application from source code. The files that comprise a " @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "" "наложения исправлений, компиляции и установки приложения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "If the software has not already been adapted and tested on FreeBSD, the " "source code might need editing in order for it to install and run properly." @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "" "правильной установки и работы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:79 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:78 msgid "" "However, over link:https://ports.FreeBSD.org[{numports}] third-party " "applications have already been ported to FreeBSD. When feasible, these " @@ -149,13 +149,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки в виде предварительно скомпилированных _пакетов_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:80 msgid "" "Packages can be manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands." msgstr "Пакетами можно управлять с помощью команд управления пакетами FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is " "used to install an application and a dependent library is not already " @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr "" "установлена, эта библиотека будет автоматически установлена первой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:86 msgid "" "A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an " "application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A " @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно управлять с помощью команд man:pkg[8], таких как `pkg install`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their " "own strengths. Select the technology that meets the needs for installing a " @@ -189,13 +189,13 @@ msgstr "" "конкретного приложения." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:91 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:90 #, no-wrap msgid "Package Benefits" msgstr "Преимущества пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:92 msgid "" "A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed " "tarball containing the source code for the application." @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" "приложения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as " "Firefox, KDE Plasma, or GNOME, this can be important on a slow system." @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgstr "" "Firefox, KDE Plasma или GNOME, это может быть важно на медленной системе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in " "compiling software on FreeBSD." @@ -222,13 +222,13 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD." #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:95 #, no-wrap msgid "Port Benefits" msgstr "Преимущества портов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:98 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:97 msgid "" "Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have " "to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can " @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно изменить параметры компиляции." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are " "installed. For example, NGINX(R) can be configured with a wide variety of " @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "широким набором различных встроенных опций." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:101 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:100 msgid "" "In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application with " "different settings. For example, NGINX(R) is available as a `nginx` package " @@ -260,12 +260,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "В некоторых случаях для одного приложения могут существовать несколько " "пакетов с разными настройками. Например, NGINX(R) доступен в виде пакетов " -"`nginx` и `nginx-lite`. Первый имеет гораздо больше включенных опций, но " +"`nginx` и `nginx-lite`. Первый имеет гораздо больше включённых опций, но " "это, в свою очередь, требует установки множества зависимостей для его " "работы, что увеличивает занимаемое место и поверхность для атак." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "The transitive dependencies can grow quite large, for example the full " "`nginx` package will pull in several X libraries which can be quite " @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr "" "существовать несколько пакетов с разными настройками." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:104 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:103 msgid "" "The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such " "software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the " @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" "самостоятельно скомпилировать." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through " "source code in order to look for potential problems." @@ -301,12 +301,12 @@ msgstr "" "исходный код, чтобы выявить потенциальные проблемы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:105 msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches." msgstr "Исходный код необходим для применения пользовательских исправлений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:107 msgid "" "To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the {freebsd-ports} and the " "{freebsd-ports-bugs}." @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" "{freebsd-ports-bugs}." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "Before installing an application, check https://vuxml.freebsd.org/[] for " "related security issues." @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ msgstr "" "наличие связанных проблем с безопасностью." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:114 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:113 msgid "" "To audit installed packages against known vulnerabilities, run `pkg audit -" "F`." @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполните команду `pkg audit -F`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:116 msgid "" "The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to " "install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD." @@ -342,13 +342,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки и управления сторонним программным обеспечением в FreeBSD." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:119 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "Finding Software" msgstr "Поиск программного обеспечения" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:122 msgid "" "FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are " "a number of ways to find software to install:" @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ msgstr "" "несколько способов найти программное обеспечение для установки:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the " "available applications, at link:https://ports.FreeBSD.org[Ports Portal]. The " @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:126 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:125 msgid "" "Dan Langille maintains https://www.freshports.org/[FreshPorts] which " "provides a comprehensive search utility and also tracks changes to the " @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ msgstr "" "по электронной почте при обновлении отслеживаемых портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:127 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:126 msgid "" "If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a " "site like https://sourceforge.net/[SourceForge] or https://github.com/" @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "" "Portal], чтобы узнать, было ли это приложение портировано." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:128 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:127 msgid "" "Search the binary package repository for an application using the man:pkg[8] " "command" @@ -406,13 +406,13 @@ msgstr "" "pkg[8]" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:129 #, no-wrap msgid "Using pkg for Binary Package Management" msgstr "Использование pkg для управления бинарными пакетами" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "man:pkg[8] provides an interface for manipulating\tpackages: registering, " "adding, removing and upgrading packages." @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавления, удаления и обновления пакетов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:134 msgid "" "For sites wishing to only use prebuilt binary packages from the FreeBSD " "mirrors, managing packages with man:pkg[8] can be sufficient." @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" "может быть достаточно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:137 msgid "" "However, for those sites building from source a separate crossref:" "ports[ports-upgrading-tools, port management tool] will be needed." @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" "crossref:ports[ports-upgrading-tools,инструмент управления портами]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "Since man:pkg[8] only works with binary packages, it is not a replacement " "for such tools. Those tools can be used to install software from both " @@ -453,13 +453,13 @@ msgstr "" "тогда как man:pkg[8] устанавливает только бинарные пакеты." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting Started with pkg" msgstr "Начало работы с pkg" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "All supported versions of FreeBSD now contain `/usr/sbin/pkg` a.k.a man:" "pkg[7]. This is a small placeholder that has just the minimum functionality " @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr "" "pkg[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:151 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:150 msgid "" "An Internet working connection is required for the bootstrap process to " "succeed." @@ -480,33 +480,33 @@ msgstr "" "подключение к Интернету." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:153 msgid "Run man:pkg[8] command line:" msgstr "Выполните команду man:pkg[8] из командной строки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg\n" msgstr "# pkg\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:161 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:292 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:324 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:359 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:386 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:431 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:486 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:513 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:543 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:568 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:291 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:385 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:430 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:485 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:512 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:542 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:585 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:165 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The package management tool is not yet installed on your system.\n" @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ msgstr "" "Do you want to fetch and install it now? [y/N]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:168 msgid "" "man:pkg[7] will intercept the command, and when confirmed, downloads the man:" "pkg[8] tarball, installs man:pkg[8] from it, bootstraps the local package " @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ msgstr "" "команду." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:170 msgid "" "More recent versions of man:pkg[7] understand `pkg -N` as a test to see if " "man:pkg[8] is installed without triggering the installation, and conversely, " @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполнения других действий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:173 msgid "" "Usage information for pkg is available in the man:pkg[8] manual page or by " "running `pkg` without additional arguments. Additional pkg configuration " @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" "описаны в man:pkg.conf[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:175 msgid "" "Each pkg command argument is documented in a command-specific manual page." msgstr "" @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "" "специфичном для команды." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:177 msgid "" "To read the manual page for `pkg install`, for example, run this command:" msgstr "" @@ -568,13 +568,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:181 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg help install\n" msgstr "# pkg help install\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:186 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks " "which can be performed using man:pkg[8]. Each demonstrated command provides " @@ -588,13 +588,13 @@ msgstr "" "(help) или man-странице соответствующей команды." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:188 #, no-wrap msgid "Quarterly and Latest Ports Branches" msgstr "Квартальные и последние ветви портов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:198 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:197 msgid "" "The `Quarterly` branch provides users with a more predictable and stable " "experience for port and package installation and upgrades. This is done " @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr "" "пакетов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:199 msgid "" "To switch man:pkg[8] from Quarterly to Latest run the following commands:" msgstr "" @@ -629,18 +629,17 @@ msgstr "" "команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos\n" "# echo 'FreeBSD-ports: { url: \"pkg+https://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest\" }' > /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf\n" msgstr "" "# mkdir -p /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos\n" -"# echo 'FreeBSD-ports: { url: \"pkg+https://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest\" }" -"' > /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf\n" +"# echo 'FreeBSD-ports: { url: \"pkg+https://pkg.FreeBSD.org/${ABI}/latest\" }' > /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:207 msgid "" "Then run this command to update the local package repositories catalogues " "for the Latest branch:" @@ -649,19 +648,19 @@ msgstr "" "пакетов для ветки Latest:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg update -f\n" msgstr "# pkg update -f\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:214 #, no-wrap msgid "Kernel modules repositories" msgstr "Репозитории модулей ядра" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:222 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:221 msgid "" "The kernel module repositories allow users to install ready to use kernel " "modules like the ones used for graphic drivers and specific hardware. " @@ -678,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr "" "usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/kmods.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:230 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD-kmods: {\n" @@ -698,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "`KMODSFLAVOR` respects the following pattern: " "`kmods_PORTBRANCH_MINORRELEASE`." @@ -707,103 +706,103 @@ msgstr "" "`kmods_PORTBRANCH_MINORRELEASE`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:235 msgid "For instance:" msgstr "Например:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:237 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:236 #, no-wrap msgid "Kmodsflavor" msgstr "Kmodsflavor" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD Release" msgstr "Релиз FreeBSD" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:240 #, no-wrap msgid "ports main" msgstr "главные порты" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:242 #, no-wrap msgid "ports quarterly" msgstr "квартальные порты" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD 14.2-RELEASE" msgstr "FreeBSD 14.2-RELEASE" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:244 #, no-wrap msgid "kmods_latest_2" msgstr "kmods_latest_2" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "kmods_quarterly_2" msgstr "kmods_quarterly_2" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:247 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD 14.3-RELEASE" msgstr "FreeBSD 14.3-RELEASE" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:249 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:248 #, no-wrap msgid "kmods_latest_3" msgstr "kmods_latest_3" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:251 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:250 #, no-wrap msgid "kmods_quarterly_3" msgstr "kmods_quarterly_3" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:251 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD 14.3-STABLE" msgstr "FreeBSD 14.3-STABLE" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:253 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:256 #, no-wrap msgid "kmods_latest" msgstr "kmods_latest" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "kmods_quarterly" msgstr "kmods_quarterly" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "FreeBSD 15.0-CURRENT" msgstr "FreeBSD 15.0-CURRENT" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure pkg" msgstr "Настройка pkg" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "man:pkg.conf[5] is the system-wide configuration file used by the man:pkg[8] " "tools. The default location of this file is `/usr/local/etc/pkg.conf`." @@ -813,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "" "pkg.conf`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:269 msgid "" "FreeBSD does not need to have a `pkg.conf` file. Many installations will " "work well with no `pkg.conf` at all or with an empty `pkg.conf` (other than " @@ -824,14 +823,14 @@ msgstr "" "комментариями)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:272 msgid "Lines in the file beginning with a \"#\" are\tcomments and are ignored." msgstr "" "Строки в файле, начинающиеся с символа \"#\", являются комментариями и " "игнорируются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "The file is in UCL format. For more information on the syntax of man:" "libucl[3], please visit the link:https://github.com/vstakhov/libucl[official " @@ -842,14 +841,14 @@ msgstr "" "сайт UCL]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:277 msgid "" "The following types of options are recognized - boolean, string and list " "options." msgstr "Распознаются следующие типы опций - логические, строковые и списковые." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:279 msgid "" "A boolean option is marked as enabled if one of the following values is " "specified in the configuration file - YES, TRUE and ON." @@ -858,24 +857,24 @@ msgstr "" "одно из следующих значений: YES, TRUE или ON." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "Searching Packages" msgstr "Поиск пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:284 msgid "To search a package man:pkg-search[8] can be used:" msgstr "Для поиска пакета можно использовать man:pkg-search[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg search nginx\n" msgstr "# pkg search nginx\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:308 #, no-wrap msgid "" "modsecurity3-nginx-1.0.3 Instruction detection and prevention engine / nginx Wrapper\n" @@ -909,13 +908,13 @@ msgstr "" "rubygem-passenger-nginx-6.0.15 Modules for running Ruby on Rails and Rack applications\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:312 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:311 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing and Fetching Packages" msgstr "Установка и загрузка пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "To install a binary package man:pkg-install[8] can be used. This command " "uses repository data to determine which version of the software to install " @@ -927,13 +926,13 @@ msgstr "" "зависимостей. Например, для установки curl:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install curl\n" msgstr "# pkg install curl\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:331 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:330 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD repository catalogue...\n" @@ -947,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" "The following 9 package(s) will be affected (of 0 checked):\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "" "New packages to be INSTALLED:\n" @@ -973,13 +972,13 @@ msgstr "" " libunistring: 1.0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:343 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be installed: 9\n" msgstr "Number of packages to be installed: 9\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:346 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The process will require 11 MiB more space.\n" @@ -989,13 +988,13 @@ msgstr "" "3 MiB to be downloaded\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with this action? [y/N]\n" msgstr "Proceed with this action? [y/N]\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "The new package and any additional packages that were installed as " "dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:" @@ -1004,13 +1003,13 @@ msgstr "" "зависимостей, можно увидеть в списке установленных пакетов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg info\n" msgstr "# pkg info\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ca_root_nss-3.83 Root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n" @@ -1036,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" "pkg-1.18.4 Package manager\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "To fetch a package and install it later or in another place use man:pkg-" "fetch[8]. For example, to download `nginx-lite`:" @@ -1045,23 +1044,23 @@ msgstr "" "используйте man:pkg-fetch[8]. Например, чтобы скачать `nginx-lite`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg fetch -d -o /usr/home/user/packages/ nginx-lite\n" msgstr "# pkg fetch -d -o /usr/home/user/packages/ nginx-lite\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:382 msgid "`-d`: used to fetch all the dependencies" msgstr "`-d`: используется для получения всех зависимостей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:383 msgid "`-o`: used to specify the download directory" msgstr "`-o`: используется для указания каталога загрузки" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Updating FreeBSD repository catalogue...\n" @@ -1075,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "The following packages will be fetched:\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:396 #, no-wrap msgid "" "New packages to be FETCHED:\n" @@ -1087,13 +1086,13 @@ msgstr "" " pcre: 8.45_3 (1 MiB: 77.80% of the 2 MiB to download)\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:399 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be fetched: 2\n" msgstr "Number of packages to be fetched: 2\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The process will require 2 MiB more space.\n" @@ -1103,13 +1102,13 @@ msgstr "" "2 MiB to be downloaded.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with fetching packages? [y/N]:\n" msgstr "Proceed with fetching packages? [y/N]:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "To install the downloaded packages man:pkg-install[8] can be used as follows:" msgstr "" @@ -1117,25 +1116,25 @@ msgstr "" "следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:410 #, no-wrap msgid "# cd /usr/home/user/packages/\n" msgstr "# cd /usr/home/user/packages/\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:415 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install nginx-lite-1.22.1,3.pkg\n" msgstr "# pkg install nginx-lite-1.22.1,3.pkg\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:419 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:418 #, no-wrap msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages" msgstr "Получение информации об установленных пакетах" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by " "running man:pkg-info[8] which, when run without any switches, will list the " @@ -1146,18 +1145,18 @@ msgstr "" "выводит версию пакета для всех установленных пакетов или указанного пакета." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:423 msgid "For example, to see which version of pkg is installed, run:" msgstr "Например, чтобы узнать, какая версия pkg установлена, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:427 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg info pkg\n" msgstr "# pkg info pkg\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:456 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pkg-1.19.0\n" @@ -1209,19 +1208,19 @@ msgstr "" "Package management tool\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:458 #, no-wrap msgid "WWW: https://github.com/freebsd/pkg\n" msgstr "WWW: https://github.com/freebsd/pkg\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages" msgstr "Обновление установленных пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions using man:pkg-" "upgrade[8]:" @@ -1230,13 +1229,13 @@ msgstr "" "upgrade[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:468 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg upgrade\n" msgstr "# pkg upgrade\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:471 msgid "" "This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the " "repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository." @@ -1245,13 +1244,13 @@ msgstr "" "и обновит их из репозитория." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:473 #, no-wrap msgid "Auditing Installed Packages" msgstr "Проверка установленных пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:478 msgid "" "Software vulnerabilities are regularly discovered in third-party " "applications. To address this, pkg includes a built-in auditing mechanism. " @@ -1264,13 +1263,13 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечения, установленного в системе, используйте man:pkg-audit[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg audit -F\n" msgstr "# pkg audit -F\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:497 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Fetching vuln.xml.xz: 100% 976 KiB 499.5kB/s 00:02\n" @@ -1294,31 +1293,31 @@ msgstr "" " WWW: https://vuxml.FreeBSD.org/freebsd/83eb9374-7b97-11ed-be8f-3065ec8fd3ec.html\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:500 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Packages" msgstr "Удаление пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with man:pkg-delete[8]." msgstr "" "Пакеты, которые больше не нужны, можно удалить с помощью man:pkg-delete[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:505 msgid "For example:" -msgstr "Например:" +msgstr "Для примера:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg delete curl\n" msgstr "# pkg delete curl\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Checking integrity... done (0 conflicting)\n" @@ -1328,7 +1327,7 @@ msgstr "" "Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages (of 0 packages in the universe):\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:520 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Installed packages to be REMOVED:\n" @@ -1338,20 +1337,20 @@ msgstr "" " curl :7.86.0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:523 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:553 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:552 #, no-wrap msgid "Number of packages to be removed: 1\n" msgstr "Number of packages to be removed: 1\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid "The operation will free 4 MiB.\n" msgstr "The operation will free 4 MiB.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:528 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Proceed with deinstallation packages? [y/N]: y\n" @@ -1363,13 +1362,13 @@ msgstr "" "[1/1] Deleting files for curl-7.86.0: 100%\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:531 #, no-wrap msgid "Automatically Removing Unused Packages" msgstr "Автоматическое удаление неиспользуемых пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:535 msgid "" "Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer " "required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies (leaf " @@ -1381,13 +1380,13 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически обнаружены и удалены с помощью man:pkg-autoremove[8]:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:540 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:539 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg autoremove\n" msgstr "# pkg autoremove\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:547 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Checking integrity... done (0 conflicting)\n" @@ -1397,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Installed packages to be REMOVED:\n" @@ -1407,19 +1406,19 @@ msgstr "" " ca_root_nss-3.83\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "The operation will free 723 KiB.\n" msgstr "The operation will free 723 KiB.\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:557 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:556 #, no-wrap msgid "Proceed with deinstalling packages? [y/N]:\n" msgstr "Proceed with deinstalling packages? [y/N]:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "Packages installed as dependencies are called _automatic_ packages. Non-" "automatic packages, i.e the packages that were explicitly installed not as a " @@ -1431,13 +1430,13 @@ msgstr "" "помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg prime-list\n" msgstr "# pkg prime-list\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:574 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:573 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nginx\n" @@ -1449,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "sudo\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "`pkg prime-list` is an alias command declared in `/usr/local/etc/pkg.conf`. " "There are many others that can be used to query the package database of the " @@ -1463,13 +1462,13 @@ msgstr "" "выше списка:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:583 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:582 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg prime-origins\n" msgstr "# pkg prime-origins\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "" "www/nginx\n" @@ -1481,7 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "" "security/sudo\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "This list can be used to rebuild all packages installed on a system using " "build tools such as package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] or package:ports-mgmt/" @@ -1492,18 +1491,18 @@ msgstr "" "poudriere[] или package:ports-mgmt/synth[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:597 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:596 msgid "Marking an installed package as automatic can be done using:" msgstr "Пометить установленный пакет как автоматический можно с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -A 1 devel/cmake\n" msgstr "# pkg set -A 1 devel/cmake\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "Once a package is a leaf package and is marked as automatic, it gets " "selected by `pkg autoremove`." @@ -1512,24 +1511,24 @@ msgstr "" "выбирается командой `pkg autoremove`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:605 msgid "Marking an installed package as _not_ automatic can be done using:" msgstr "Пометить установленный пакет как _не_ автоматический можно с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:610 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:609 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -A 0 devel/cmake\n" msgstr "# pkg set -A 0 devel/cmake\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:613 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:612 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Stale Packages" msgstr "Удаление устаревших пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "By default, pkg stores binary packages in a cache directory defined by " "`PKG_CACHEDIR` in man:pkg.conf[5]. Only copies of the latest installed " @@ -1542,30 +1541,30 @@ msgstr "" "предыдущие пакеты. Чтобы удалить устаревшие бинарные пакеты, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean\n" msgstr "# pkg clean\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:624 msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:" msgstr "Весь кэш может быть очищен выполнением команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:628 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg clean -a\n" msgstr "# pkg clean -a\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:631 #, no-wrap msgid "Locking and Unlocking Packages" msgstr "Блокировка и разблокировка пакетов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:637 msgid "" "man:pkg-lock[8] is used to lock packages against reinstallation, " "modification or deletion. man:pkg-unlock[8] unlocks the named packages. " @@ -1582,35 +1581,35 @@ msgstr "" "заблокированного пакета." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:640 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:639 msgid "For example, to lock `nginx-lite`:" msgstr "Например, чтобы заблокировать `nginx-lite`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:643 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg lock nginx-lite\n" msgstr "# pkg lock nginx-lite\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:647 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:646 msgid "And to unlock `nginx-lite`:" msgstr "И чтобы разблокировать `nginx-lite`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:650 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg unlock nginx-lite\n" msgstr "# pkg unlock nginx-lite\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:654 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:653 #, no-wrap msgid "Modifying Package Metadata" msgstr "Изменение метаданных пакета" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:659 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:658 msgid "" "Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version " "number changes. To address this, pkg has a built-in command to update " @@ -1626,19 +1625,19 @@ msgstr "" "`3.11`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:660 msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:" msgstr "" "Чтобы изменить источник пакета для приведённого выше примера, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:665 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:664 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/python3:lang/python311\n" msgstr "# pkg set -o lang/python3:lang/python311\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:667 msgid "" "As another example, to update package:lang/ruby31[] to package:lang/" "ruby32[], run:" @@ -1647,13 +1646,13 @@ msgstr "" "lang/ruby32[], выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:671 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg set -o lang/ruby31:lang/ruby32\n" msgstr "# pkg set -o lang/ruby31:lang/ruby32\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that " "are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a " @@ -1664,19 +1663,19 @@ msgstr "" "зависимых пакетов выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install -Rf lang/ruby32\n" msgstr "# pkg install -Rf lang/ruby32\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:685 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Ports Collection" msgstr "Использование коллекции портов" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:689 msgid "" "The Ports Collection is a set of `Makefiles`, patches, and description " "files. Each set of these files is used to compile and install an individual " @@ -1687,14 +1686,14 @@ msgstr "" "в FreeBSD и называется _портом_." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:691 msgid "" "By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of `/usr/" "ports`." msgstr "По умолчанию Коллекция портов хранится в подкаталоге `/usr/ports`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:698 msgid "" "Before installing and using the Ports Collection, please be aware that it is " "generally ill-advised to use the Ports Collection in conjunction with the " @@ -1718,7 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "портов и pkg находятся на одной ветке релиза дерева портов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:705 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:704 msgid "" "The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. Inside " "each category are subdirectories for individual applications. Each " @@ -1733,37 +1732,37 @@ msgstr "" "(ports skeleton). Каждый каркас порта включает следующие файлы и каталоги:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:707 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:706 #, no-wrap msgid "*Makefile*: contains statements that specify how the application should be compiled and where its components should be installed.\n" msgstr "*Makefile*: содержит инструкции, определяющие порядок компиляции приложения и расположение его компонентов при установке.\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:707 #, no-wrap msgid "*distinfo*: contains the names and checksums of the files that must be downloaded to build the port.\n" msgstr "*distinfo*: содержит имена и контрольные суммы файлов, которые необходимо загрузить для сборки порта.\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:709 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:708 #, no-wrap msgid "*files/*: this directory contains any patches needed for the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also contain other files used to build the port.\n" msgstr "*files/*: в этом каталоге содержатся все необходимые патчи для компиляции и установки программы в FreeBSD. Также в этом каталоге могут находиться другие файлы, используемые для сборки порта.\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "*pkg-descr*: provides a more detailed description of the program.\n" msgstr "*pkg-descr*: содержит более подробное описание программы.\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:711 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:710 #, no-wrap msgid "*pkg-plist*: a list of all the files that will be installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove upon deinstallation.\n" msgstr "*pkg-plist*: список всех файлов, которые будут установлены портом. Также он указывает системе портов, какие файлы следует удалить при деинсталляции.\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:713 msgid "" "Some ports include `pkg-message` or other files to handle special " "situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in general, refer " @@ -1775,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "портов FreeBSD]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:717 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:716 msgid "" "The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a " "`distfile`. The extract portion of building a port will automatically save " @@ -1786,13 +1785,13 @@ msgstr "" "файлы в `/usr/ports/distfiles`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:719 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:718 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the Ports Collection" msgstr "Установка коллекции портов" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:722 msgid "" "Before an application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection " "must first be installed. If it was not installed during the installation of " @@ -1803,13 +1802,13 @@ msgstr "" "время установки FreeBSD, используйте следующий метод для её установки:" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:728 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:727 #, no-wrap msgid "*Procedure: Git Method*\n" msgstr "*Процедура: Метод Git*\n" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:731 msgid "" "If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be " "maintained, or if running FreeBSD-CURRENT, Git can be used to obtain the " @@ -1822,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "" "Git см. в extref:{committers-guide}[руководстве по Git, git-primer]." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:735 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:734 msgid "" "We add `--depth 1` to the git command line to clone the tree without " "obtaining the commit history, which saves time and is acceptable for most " @@ -1835,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужна история по какой-либо причине, опустите аргумент `--depth 1` ниже." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:736 msgid "" "Git must be installed before it can be used to check out the ports tree. If " "a copy of the ports tree is already present, install Git like this:" @@ -1845,7 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" "Git следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:742 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:741 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/devel/git\n" @@ -1855,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr "" "# make install clean\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:744 msgid "" "If the ports tree is not available, or pkg is being used to manage packages, " "Git can be installed as a package:" @@ -1864,54 +1863,54 @@ msgstr "" "Git можно установить как пакет:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:748 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install git\n" msgstr "# pkg install git\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:752 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:751 msgid "Check out a copy of the HEAD branch of the ports tree:" msgstr "Извлеките копию ветки HEAD дерева портов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:756 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:755 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone --depth 1 https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git /usr/ports\n" msgstr "# git clone --depth 1 https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git /usr/ports\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:758 msgid "Or, check out a copy of a quarterly branch:" msgstr "Или склонируйте копию квартальной ветки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:762 #, no-wrap msgid "# git clone --depth 1 https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git -b 2023Q1 /usr/ports\n" msgstr "# git clone --depth 1 https://git.FreeBSD.org/ports.git -b 2023Q1 /usr/ports\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:765 msgid "As needed, update `/usr/ports` after the initial Git checkout:" msgstr "" "По мере необходимости обновите `/usr/ports` после первоначального получения " "из Git:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "# git -C /usr/ports pull\n" msgstr "# git -C /usr/ports pull\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:772 msgid "As needed, switch `/usr/ports` to a different quarterly branch:" msgstr "" "По мере необходимости переключите `/usr/ports` на другую квартальную ветку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:778 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:777 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# git -C /usr/ports fetch --depth 1 origin 2023Q2:2023Q2\n" @@ -1921,13 +1920,13 @@ msgstr "" "# git -C /usr/ports switch 2023Q2\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:781 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:780 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing Ports" msgstr "Установка портов" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:785 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:784 msgid "" "This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to " "install or remove software. The detailed description of available `make` " @@ -1938,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступных целей `make` и переменных окружения доступно в man:ports[7]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:792 msgid "" "Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as " "described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-" @@ -1961,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "информации обратитесь к man:pkg-audit[8] и man:periodic[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:796 msgid "" "Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also " "requires superuser privilege." @@ -1970,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" "к Интернету. Также требуются права суперпользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:799 msgid "" "To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be " "installed, then type `make install` at the prompt. Messages will indicate " @@ -1981,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "" "отображать прогресс:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:822 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:821 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" @@ -2025,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr "" "...\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:835 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:834 #, no-wrap msgid "" "===> Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n" @@ -2055,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "" "#\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:838 msgid "" "Since `lsof` is a program that runs with increased privileges, a security " "warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the installation is complete, " @@ -2066,7 +2065,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершения установки будет возвращена командная строка." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:843 msgid "" "Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the " "directories listed in the `PATH` environment variable, to speed up lookup " @@ -2083,7 +2082,7 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по используемой оболочке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:847 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:846 msgid "" "During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all " "the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves " @@ -2096,7 +2095,7 @@ msgstr "" "дальнейшем при обновлении до более новой версии порта:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:852 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# make clean\n" @@ -2108,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr "" "#\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "To save this extra step, instead use `make install clean` when compiling the " "port." @@ -2117,13 +2116,13 @@ msgstr "" "при компиляции порта." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:860 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:859 #, no-wrap msgid "Customizing Ports Installation" msgstr "Настройка установки портов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:867 msgid "" "Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable " "application components, provide security options, or allow for other " @@ -2146,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполните `make install [clean]` для компиляции и установки порта." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:873 msgid "" "When using `config-recursive`, the list of ports to configure are gathered " "by the `all-depends-list` target. It is recommended to run `make config-" @@ -2161,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" "что все параметры зависимостей настроены." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to " "add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One " @@ -2179,7 +2178,7 @@ msgstr "" "начать заново. Все эти и другие варианты подробно описаны в man:ports[7]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "The ports system uses man:fetch[1] to download the source files, which " "supports various environment variables. The `FTP_PASSIVE_MODE`, " @@ -2194,7 +2193,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживаемых переменных смотрите в man:fetch[3]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, `make fetch` " "can be run within `/usr/ports`, to fetch all distfiles, or within a " @@ -2213,7 +2212,7 @@ msgstr "" "recursive`, чтобы также загрузить distfiles для всех зависимостей порта." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:892 msgid "" "In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles " "repository, the `MASTER_SITES` variable can be used to override the download " @@ -2226,7 +2225,7 @@ msgstr "" "укажите альтернативное расположение:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:898 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/directory\n" @@ -2238,7 +2237,7 @@ msgstr "" "ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/ fetch\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:902 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:901 msgid "" "The `WRKDIRPREFIX` and `PREFIX` variables can override the default working " "and target directories. For example:" @@ -2247,13 +2246,13 @@ msgstr "" "целевой каталоги по умолчанию. Например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:906 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:905 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install\n" msgstr "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:909 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:908 msgid "" "will compile the port in `/usr/home/example/ports` and install everything " "under `/usr/local`." @@ -2261,13 +2260,13 @@ msgstr "" "соберет порт в `/usr/home/example/ports` и установит все в `/usr/local`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:913 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:912 #, no-wrap msgid "# make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install\n" msgstr "# make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:916 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:915 msgid "" "will compile the port in `/usr/ports` and install it in `/usr/home/example/" "local`. And:" @@ -2276,18 +2275,18 @@ msgstr "" "local`. И:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:920 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:919 #, no-wrap msgid "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install\n" msgstr "# make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:922 msgid "will combine the two." msgstr "объединит эти два." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:926 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:925 msgid "" "These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page " "for the shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable." @@ -2297,13 +2296,13 @@ msgstr "" "переменных среды." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:928 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:927 #, no-wrap msgid "Removing Installed Ports" msgstr "Удаление установленных портов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "Installed ports can be uninstalled using `pkg delete`. Examples for using " "this command can be found in the man:pkg-delete[8] manual page." @@ -2312,12 +2311,12 @@ msgstr "" "использования этой команды приведены на man:pkg-delete[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:934 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:933 msgid "Alternately, `make deinstall` can be run in the port\\'s directory:" msgstr "Или в каталоге порта можно выполнить `make deinstall`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:942 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:941 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n" @@ -2333,13 +2332,13 @@ msgstr "" "Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:944 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:943 #, no-wrap msgid "\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n" msgstr "\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:947 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:946 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n" @@ -2349,7 +2348,7 @@ msgstr "" "[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:951 msgid "" "It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the " "port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be " @@ -2362,13 +2361,13 @@ msgstr "" "приложение, чтобы избежать нарушенных зависимостей." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:954 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:953 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports" msgstr "Обновление портов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:957 msgid "" "Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports " "Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be " @@ -2379,7 +2378,7 @@ msgstr "" "обновить, и как выполнить обновление." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:962 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:961 msgid "" "To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that " "the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating " @@ -2393,13 +2392,13 @@ msgstr "" "Method\"]. Следующая команда выведет список устаревших установленных портов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:965 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg version -l \"<\"\n" msgstr "# pkg version -l \"<\"\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "Before attempting an upgrade, read `/usr/ports/UPDATING` from the top of the " "file to the date closest to the last time ports were upgraded or the system " @@ -2420,13 +2419,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнении обновления." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:976 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:975 #, no-wrap msgid "Tools to Upgrade and Manage Ports" msgstr "Инструменты для обновления и управления портами" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:980 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:979 msgid "" "The Ports Collection contains several utilities to perform the actual " "upgrade. Each has its strengths and weaknesses." @@ -2435,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" "каждой есть свои сильные и слабые стороны." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:983 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:982 msgid "" "Historically, most installations used either Portmaster or Portupgrade. " "Synth is a newer alternative." @@ -2444,7 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "" "Portupgrade. Synth — это более современная альтернатива." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:988 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:987 msgid "" "The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system " "administrator. It is recommended practice to back up data before using any " @@ -2455,13 +2454,13 @@ msgstr "" "использованием любого из этих инструментов." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portmaster" msgstr "Обновление портов с помощью Portmaster" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:996 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:995 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[] is a very small utility for upgrading " "installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with the FreeBSD " @@ -2474,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr "" "или баз данных. Чтобы установить эту утилиту как порт:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1001 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1000 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster\n" @@ -2484,12 +2483,12 @@ msgstr "" "# make install clean\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1004 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1003 msgid "Portmaster defines four categories of ports:" msgstr "Portmaster определяет четыре категории портов:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1006 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1005 msgid "" "Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports." msgstr "" @@ -2497,33 +2496,33 @@ msgstr "" "зависимостью для других портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1007 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1006 msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" "Ствольный порт (trunk port): не имеет зависимостей, но другие порты зависят " "от него." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1008 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1007 msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" "Веточный порт (branch port): имеет зависимости и другие порты зависят от " "него." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1009 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1008 msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it." msgstr "" "Листовой порт (leaf port): имеет зависимости, но другие порты от него не " "зависят." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1011 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1010 msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:" msgstr "Чтобы перечислить эти категории и найти обновления:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1032 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1031 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# portmaster -L\n" @@ -2565,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr "" "===>>> 32 leaf ports\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1034 #, no-wrap msgid "" "===>>> 137 total installed ports\n" @@ -2575,18 +2574,18 @@ msgstr "" " ===>>> 83 have new versions available\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1038 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1037 msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:" msgstr "Эта команда используется для обновления всех устаревших портов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1042 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1041 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -a\n" msgstr "# portmaster -a\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1052 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1051 msgid "" "By default, Portmaster makes a backup package before deleting the existing " "port. If the installation of the new version is successful, Portmaster " @@ -2605,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr "" "их использовании можно узнать на man-странице man:portmaster[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1055 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1054 msgid "" "If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add `-f` to upgrade " "and rebuild all ports:" @@ -2614,13 +2613,13 @@ msgstr "" "пересборки всех портов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1059 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1058 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster -af\n" msgstr "# portmaster -af\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1062 msgid "" "Portmaster can also be used to install new ports on the system, upgrading " "all dependencies before building and installing the new port. To use this " @@ -2631,13 +2630,13 @@ msgstr "" "использовать эту функцию, укажите расположение порта в коллекции портов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1067 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1066 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster shells/bash\n" msgstr "# portmaster shells/bash\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "More information about package:ports-mgmt/portmaster[] may be found in its " "`pkg-descr`." @@ -2646,18 +2645,18 @@ msgstr "" "его `pkg-descr`." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1072 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1071 #, no-wrap msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade" msgstr "Обновление портов с помощью Portupgrade" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1076 msgid "Portupgrade is deprecated and will be removed in the near future." msgstr "Portupgrade устарел и будет удален в ближайшем будущем." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1083 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1082 msgid "" "package:ports-mgmt/portupgrade[] is another utility that can be used to " "upgrade ports. It installs a suite of applications which can be used to " @@ -2669,7 +2668,7 @@ msgstr "" "выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1088 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1087 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade\n" @@ -2679,7 +2678,7 @@ msgstr "" "# make install clean\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1091 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1090 msgid "" "Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan " "the list of installed ports using `pkgdb -F` and to fix all the " @@ -2690,7 +2689,7 @@ msgstr "" "обнаруженные несоответствия." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "" "To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use `portupgrade -" "a`. Alternately, include `-i` to be asked for confirmation of every " @@ -2701,13 +2700,13 @@ msgstr "" "обновления:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -ai\n" msgstr "# portupgrade -ai\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1101 msgid "" "To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use " "`portupgrade _pkgname_`. It is very important to include `-R` to first " @@ -2718,13 +2717,13 @@ msgstr "" "сначала обновить все порты, необходимые для данного приложения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1106 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1105 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -R firefox\n" msgstr "# portupgrade -R firefox\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1113 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1112 msgid "" "If `-P` is included, Portupgrade searches for available packages in the " "local directories listed in `PKG_PATH`. If none are available locally, it " @@ -2741,13 +2740,13 @@ msgstr "" "Portupgrade прервать работу, если пакеты недоступны:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1116 #, no-wrap msgid "# portupgrade -PP gnome3\n" msgstr "# portupgrade -PP gnome3\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1121 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1120 msgid "" "To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if `-P` is specified, without " "building or installing anything, use `-F`. For further information on all " @@ -2758,7 +2757,7 @@ msgstr "" "информации о всех доступных опциях обратитесь к руководству `portupgrade`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1122 msgid "" "More information about package:ports-mgmt/portupgrade[] may be found in its " "`pkg-descr`." @@ -2767,13 +2766,13 @@ msgstr "" "его `pkg-descr`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1124 #, no-wrap msgid "Ports and Disk Space" msgstr "Порты и дисковое пространство" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1131 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1130 msgid "" "Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building " "and installing a port, running `make clean` within the ports skeleton will " @@ -2790,13 +2789,13 @@ msgstr "" "удалит все каталоги `work` в локальной копии коллекции портов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1134 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -C\n" msgstr "# portsclean -C\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1138 msgid "" "In addition, outdated source distribution files accumulate in `/usr/ports/" "distfiles` over time. To use Portupgrade to delete all the distfiles that " @@ -2807,13 +2806,13 @@ msgstr "" "удаления всех distfiles, на которые больше нет ссылок из портов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -D\n" msgstr "# portsclean -D\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "" "Portupgrade can remove all distfiles not referenced by any port currently " "installed on the system:" @@ -2822,24 +2821,24 @@ msgstr "" "установленных в системе:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "# portsclean -DD\n" msgstr "# portsclean -DD\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1152 msgid "If Portmaster is installed, use:" msgstr "Если установлен Portmaster, используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1156 #, no-wrap msgid "# portmaster --clean-distfiles\n" msgstr "# portmaster --clean-distfiles\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1159 msgid "" "By default, this command is interactive and prompts the user to confirm if a " "distfile should be deleted." @@ -2848,7 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя на удаление distfile." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "In addition to these commands, package:ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves[] automates " "the task of removing installed ports that are no longer needed." @@ -2857,13 +2856,13 @@ msgstr "" "автоматизирует задачу удаления установленных портов, которые больше не нужны." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1163 #, no-wrap msgid "Building Packages with poudriere" msgstr "Сборка пакетов с poudriere" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1170 msgid "" "poudriere is a `BSD`-licensed utility for creating and testing FreeBSD " "packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to set up isolated compilation " @@ -2883,7 +2882,7 @@ msgstr "" "управления пакетами." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1175 msgid "" "poudriere is installed using the package:ports-mgmt/poudriere[] package or " "port. The installation includes a sample configuration file `/usr/local/etc/" @@ -2897,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурацией." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1181 msgid "" "While `ZFS` is not required on the system running poudriere, it is " "beneficial. When `ZFS` is used, `ZPOOL` must be specified in `/usr/local/" @@ -2918,7 +2917,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров конфигурации являются приемлемыми." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1185 msgid "" "The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds " "will run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with `RAM` or " @@ -2932,13 +2931,13 @@ msgstr "" "странным сообщениям об ошибках." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1187 #, no-wrap msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees" msgstr "Инициализация Jail и дерева портов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1194 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1193 msgid "" "After configuration, initialize poudriere so that it installs a jail with " "the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify a name for the jail " @@ -2953,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию используется архитектура, отображаемая командой `uname`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1240 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere jail -c -j 13amd64 -v 13.1-RELEASE\n" @@ -3047,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "[00:04:07] Jail 13amd64 13.1-RELEASE-p1 amd64 is ready to be used\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1248 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1247 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# poudriere ports -c -p local -m git+https\n" @@ -3059,7 +3058,7 @@ msgstr "" "[00:00:00] Checking out the ports tree... done\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "" "On a single computer, poudriere can build ports with multiple " "configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port trees. Custom " @@ -3075,7 +3074,7 @@ msgstr "" "poudriere-devel[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1257 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1256 msgid "" "The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-" "specific `make.conf` in `/usr/local/etc/poudriere.d`. The filename in this " @@ -3092,7 +3091,7 @@ msgstr "" "используемый build jail." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1259 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1258 msgid "" "Packages to be built are entered in `13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist` " "(ports with extref:{porters-handbook}flavors[FLAVORS] can be defined with " @@ -3103,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr "" "@FLAVOR):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1266 #, no-wrap msgid "" "editors/emacs\n" @@ -3119,29 +3118,29 @@ msgstr "" "...\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1269 msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:" msgstr "Настраиваются параметры и зависимости для указанных портов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1273 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere options -j 13amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" msgstr "# poudriere options -j 13amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1276 msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:" msgstr "Наконец, пакеты собираются и создаётся репозиторий пакетов:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1280 #, no-wrap msgid "# poudriere bulk -j 13amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" msgstr "# poudriere bulk -j 13amd64 -p local -z workstation -f 13amd64-local-workstation-pkglist\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1285 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1284 msgid "" "While running, pressing kbd:[Ctrl+t] displays the current state of the " "build. poudriere also builds files in `/poudriere/logs/bulk/jailname` that " @@ -3152,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно использовать с веб-сервером для отображения информации о сборке." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1286 msgid "" "After completion, the new packages are now available for installation from " "the poudriere repository." @@ -3161,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "" "репозитория poudriere." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1288 msgid "" "For more information on using poudriere, see man:poudriere[8] and the main " "web site, https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki[]." @@ -3171,13 +3170,13 @@ msgstr "" "wiki[]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1289 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a poudriere Repository" msgstr "Настройка клиентов pkg для использования репозитория poudriere" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1295 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1294 msgid "" "While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the " "official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official " @@ -3192,7 +3191,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD.conf` со следующим содержимым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1300 #, no-wrap msgid "" "FreeBSD: {\n" @@ -3204,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1304 msgid "" "Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines " "via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for " @@ -3217,7 +3216,7 @@ msgstr "" "название сборки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1307 msgid "" "If the URL to the package repository is: `https://pkg.example.com/13amd64`, " "then the repository configuration file in `/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom." @@ -3228,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr "" "выглядеть так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1315 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1314 #, no-wrap msgid "" "custom: {\n" @@ -3242,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1317 msgid "" "If exposing the package repository to the internet is not desired, the " "`file://` protocol can be used to point to the repository directly:" @@ -3251,7 +3250,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно использовать протокол `file://` для прямого указания на репозиторий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "custom: {\n" @@ -3265,13 +3264,13 @@ msgstr "" "}\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1327 #, no-wrap msgid "Post-Installation Considerations" msgstr "Пост-установочные вопросы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1331 msgid "" "Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or " "port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration " @@ -3284,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr "" "определить, что было установлено вместе с приложением." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1334 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1333 msgid "" "Most applications install at least one default configuration file in `/usr/" "local/etc`. In cases where an application has a large number of " @@ -3303,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr "" "редактирования файла-примера сначала скопируйте его без расширения `.sample`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1334 msgid "" "Applications which provide documentation will install it into `/usr/local/" "share/doc` and many applications also install manual pages. This " @@ -3314,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr "" "руководств. Перед продолжением следует ознакомиться с этой документацией." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1336 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1335 msgid "" "Some applications run services which must be added to `/etc/rc.conf` before " "starting the application. These applications usually install a startup " @@ -3327,7 +3326,7 @@ msgstr "" "найти в crossref:config[configtuning-starting-services,Запуск служб]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1340 msgid "" "By design, applications do not run their startup script upon installation, " "nor do they run their stop script upon deinstallation or upgrade. This " @@ -3338,7 +3337,7 @@ msgstr "" "решение остаётся на усмотрение системного администратора." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1344 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1343 msgid "" "Users of man:csh[1] should run `rehash` to rebuild the known binary list in " "the shells `PATH`." @@ -3347,7 +3346,7 @@ msgstr "" "известных двоичных файлов в `PATH` оболочки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1344 msgid "" "Use `pkg info` to determine which files, man pages, and binaries were " "installed with the application." @@ -3356,18 +3355,18 @@ msgstr "" "бинарные файлы были установлены вместе с приложением." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1346 #, no-wrap msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports" msgstr "Работа с неработающими портами" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1350 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1349 msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:" msgstr "Когда порт не собирается или не устанавливается, попробуйте следующее:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1351 msgid "" "Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the link:https://www." "FreeBSD.org/support/[Problem Report database]. If so, implementing the " @@ -3378,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "" "предложенного исправления может решить проблему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1353 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1352 msgid "" "Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type `make maintainer` in the ports " "skeleton or read the port's `Makefile` to find the maintainer's email " @@ -3391,7 +3390,7 @@ msgstr "" "предшествующий ошибке, в письмо сопровождающему." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1359 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1358 msgid "" "Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a group " "maintainer represented by a extref:{mailing-list-faq}[mailing list]. Many, " @@ -3405,7 +3404,7 @@ msgstr "" "org[freebsd-listname@FreeBSD.org]. Учтите это при отправке письма." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1361 msgid "" "In particular, ports maintained by mailto:ports@FreeBSD.org[ports@FreeBSD." "org] are not maintained by a specific individual. Instead, any fixes and " @@ -3418,7 +3417,7 @@ msgstr "" "этот список рассылки. Добровольцы всегда нужны!" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1364 msgid "" "If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report " "using the instructions in extref:{problem-reports}[Writing FreeBSD Problem " @@ -3429,7 +3428,7 @@ msgstr "" "проблемах в FreeBSD]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ports/_index.adoc:1365 msgid "" "Fix it! The extref:{porters-handbook}[Porter's Handbook] includes detailed " "information on the ports infrastructure, enabling the fixing of occasional " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc index dc23f320f3..7a526ee30b 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ part: 'IV. Сетевое взаимодействие' prev: books/handbook/serialcomms showBookMenu: 'true' tags: ["PPP", "PPPoE", "PPPoA", "modem"] -title: 'Глава 30. PPP' +title: 'Глава 31. PPP' weight: 35 --- @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ weight: 35 :toclevels: 1 :icons: font :sectnums: -:sectnumoffset: 30 +:sectnumoffset: 31 :partnums: :source-highlighter: rouge :experimental: @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ crossref:serialcomms[dialup,"Входящие соединения по моде exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct pap$IDENT .... -Для каждой включенной коммутируемой линии в [.filename]#/etc/ttys# создайте соответствующую запись в [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. Это будет прекрасно сосуществовать с определениями, созданными ранее. +Для каждой включённой коммутируемой линии в [.filename]#/etc/ttys# создайте соответствующую запись в [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. Это будет прекрасно сосуществовать с определениями, созданными ранее. [.programlisting] .... @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ppp ON example> set authkey mypassword Где _mypassword_ следует заменить на пароль, назначенный провайдером. -Если соединение установлено, но не удается найти доменное имя, попробуйте выполнить `man:ping[8]` для IP-адреса. Если наблюдается 100% потерь пакетов, вероятно, маршрут по умолчанию не назначен. Убедитесь, что во время подключения был установлен параметр `add default HISADDR`. Если удается установить соединение с удалённым IP-адресом, возможно, в файл [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# не добавлен адрес резолвера. Этот файл должен выглядеть следующим образом: +Если соединение установлено, но не удаётся найти доменное имя, попробуйте выполнить `man:ping[8]` для IP-адреса. Если наблюдается 100% потерь пакетов, вероятно, маршрут по умолчанию не назначен. Убедитесь, что во время подключения был установлен параметр `add default HISADDR`. Если удаётся установить соединение с удалённым IP-адресом, возможно, в файл [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf# не добавлен адрес резолвера. Этот файл должен выглядеть следующим образом: [.programlisting] .... @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ ng0: flags=88d1<UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,NOARP,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 Также возможно использовать FreeBSD для подключения к другим сервисам PPPoA с помощью package:net/pptpclient[]. -Для подключения к DSL-сервису с помощью package:net/pptpclient[] установите порт или пакет, затем отредактируйте файл [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. Пример раздела [.filename]#ppp.conf# приведен ниже. Дополнительные сведения о параметрах [.filename]#ppp.conf# можно найти в man:ppp[8]. +Для подключения к DSL-сервису с помощью package:net/pptpclient[] установите порт или пакет, затем отредактируйте файл [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. Пример раздела [.filename]#ppp.conf# приведён ниже. Дополнительные сведения о параметрах [.filename]#ppp.conf# можно найти в man:ppp[8]. [.programlisting] .... diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po index 35fed8780a..8b8966b4f5 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookppp-and-slip_index/ru/>\n" @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ msgstr "IV. Сетевое взаимодействие" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Chapter 30. PPP" -msgstr "Глава 30. PPP" +msgid "Chapter 31. PPP" +msgstr "Глава 31. PPP" #. type: Title = #: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:15 @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "PPP" msgstr "PPP" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:56 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the Point-to-Point (PPP) protocol which can be used to " "establish a network or Internet connection using a dial-up modem. This " @@ -62,48 +62,48 @@ msgstr "" "модема в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:58 msgid "Read this chapter to learn:" msgstr "Прочтите эту главу, чтобы узнать:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:60 msgid "How to configure, use, and troubleshoot a PPP connection." msgstr "Как настроить, использовать и устранять неполадки PPP-подключения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:61 msgid "How to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." msgstr "Как настроить PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:62 msgid "How to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA)." msgstr "Как настроить PPP over ATM (PPPoA)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:64 msgid "Before reading this chapter:" msgstr "Прежде чем читать эту главу, необходимо:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:66 msgid "Be familiar with basic network terminology." msgstr "Знать основные термины и понятия сетевых технологий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:67 msgid "Understand the basics and purpose of a dial-up connection and PPP." msgstr "Понимать основы и назначение коммутируемого соединения и PPP." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring PPP" msgstr "Настройка PPP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides built-in support for managing dial-up PPP connections using " "man:ppp[8]. The default FreeBSD kernel provides support for [." @@ -120,34 +120,34 @@ msgstr "" "`ppp` используется для запуска и управления соединениями." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:77 msgid "In order to use a PPP connection, the following items are needed:" msgstr "Для использования PPP-соединения необходимы следующие компоненты:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:80 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:79 msgid "A dial-up account with an Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgstr "" -"Учётная запись для коммутируемого доступа у поставщика интернет-услуг (" -"Internet Service Provider — ISP)." +"Учётная запись для коммутируемого доступа у поставщика интернет-услуг " +"(Internet Service Provider — ISP)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:81 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:80 msgid "A dial-up modem." msgstr "Модем для коммутируемого доступа." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:82 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:81 msgid "The dial-up number for the ISP." msgstr "Номер телефона для дозвона к ISP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:82 msgid "The login name and password assigned by the ISP." msgstr "Имя пользователя и пароль, назначенные ISP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:83 msgid "" "The IP address of one or more DNS servers. Normally, the ISP provides these " "addresses. If it did not, FreeBSD can be configured to use DNS negotiation." @@ -157,14 +157,14 @@ msgstr "" "использование согласования DNS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:85 msgid "If any of the required information is missing, contact the ISP." msgstr "" "Если отсутствует какая-либо необходимая информация, обратитесь к интернет-" "провайдеру." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:88 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:87 msgid "" "The following information may be supplied by the ISP, but is not necessary:" msgstr "" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" "является обязательной:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:90 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:89 msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway. If this information is unknown, the " "ISP will automatically provide the correct value during connection setup. " @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "" "`HISADDR`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "The subnet mask. If the ISP has not provided one, `255.255.255.255` will be " "used in the man:ppp[8] configuration file. *" @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" "man:ppp[8] будет использовано значение `255.255.255.255`. *" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:94 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:93 msgid "" "If the ISP has assigned a static IP address and hostname, it should be input " "into the configuration file. Otherwise, this information will be " @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически предоставлена при настройке соединения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:97 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:96 msgid "" "The rest of this section demonstrates how to configure FreeBSD for common " "PPP connection scenarios. The required configuration file is [.filename]#/" @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступны в [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/ppp/#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:102 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:101 msgid "" "Throughout this section, many of the file examples display line numbers. " "These line numbers have been added to make it easier to follow the " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ msgstr "" "включения в фактический файл." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "When editing a configuration file, proper indentation is important. Lines " "that end in a `:` start in the first column (beginning of the line) while " @@ -240,13 +240,13 @@ msgstr "" "показано, с использованием пробелов или табуляции." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:107 #, no-wrap msgid "Basic Configuration" msgstr "Базовая конфигурация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:111 msgid "" "In order to configure a PPP connection, first edit [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp." "conf# with the dial-in information for the ISP. This file is described as " @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" "файл описывается следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1 default:\n" @@ -297,13 +297,13 @@ msgstr "" "17 add default HISADDR\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 1" msgstr "Строка 1" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:137 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:136 msgid "" "Identifies the `default` entry. Commands in this entry (lines 2 through 9) " "are executed automatically when `ppp` is run." @@ -312,13 +312,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполняются автоматически при запуске `ppp`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:138 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:137 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 2" msgstr "Строка 2" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:141 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:140 msgid "" "Enables verbose logging parameters for testing the connection. Once the " "configuration is working satisfactorily, this line should be reduced to:" @@ -328,19 +328,19 @@ msgstr "" "сократить до:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:145 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:144 #, no-wrap msgid "set log phase tun\n" msgstr "set log phase tun\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:146 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 3" msgstr "Строка 3" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "Displays the version of man:ppp[8] to the PPP software running on the other " "side of the connection." @@ -349,13 +349,13 @@ msgstr "" "на другой стороне соединения." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 4" msgstr "Строка 4" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:151 msgid "" "Identifies the device to which the modem is connected, where [." "filename]#COM1# is [.filename]#/dev/cuau0# and [.filename]#COM2# is [." @@ -366,13 +366,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/dev/cuau1#." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:153 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:152 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 5" msgstr "Строка 5" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "Sets the connection speed. If `115200` does not work on an older modem, try " "`38400` instead." @@ -381,13 +381,13 @@ msgstr "" "модеме, попробуйте `38400`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:157 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:156 #, no-wrap msgid "Lines 6 & 7" msgstr "Строки 6 и 7" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:160 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:159 msgid "" "The dial string written as an expect-send syntax. Refer to man:chat[8] for " "more information." @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr "" "информацию смотрите в man:chat[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:163 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:162 msgid "" "Note that this command continues onto the next line for readability. Any " "command in [.filename]#ppp.conf# may do this if the last character on the " @@ -407,24 +407,24 @@ msgstr "" "таким образом, если последним символом в строке является `\\`." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 8" msgstr "Строка 8" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:166 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:165 msgid "Sets the idle timeout for the link in seconds." msgstr "Устанавливает время ожидания бездействия соединения в секундах." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:166 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 9" msgstr "Строка 9" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:169 msgid "" "Instructs the peer to confirm the DNS settings. If the local network is " "running its own DNS server, this line should be commented out, by adding a `" @@ -435,25 +435,25 @@ msgstr "" "начале строки, или удалить." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:170 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 10" msgstr "Строка 10" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:173 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:172 msgid "A blank line for readability. Blank lines are ignored by man:ppp[8]." msgstr "" "Пустая строка для удобочитаемости. Пустые строки игнорируются man:ppp[8]." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 11" msgstr "Строка 11" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Identifies an entry called `provider`. This could be changed to the name of " "the ISP so that `load _ISP_` can be used to start the connection." @@ -462,13 +462,13 @@ msgstr "" "ISP, чтобы использовать команду `load _ISP_` для установки соединения." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:178 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:177 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 12" msgstr "Строка 12" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "Use the phone number for the ISP. Multiple phone numbers may be specified " "using the colon (`:`) or pipe character (`|`) as a separator. To rotate " @@ -486,25 +486,25 @@ msgstr "" "при наборе." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "Lines 13 & 14" msgstr "Строки 13 и 14" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:186 msgid "Use the user name and password for the ISP." msgstr "Используйте имя пользователя и пароль для ISP." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:188 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:307 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 15" msgstr "Строка 15" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "Sets the default idle timeout in seconds for the connection. In this " "example, the connection will be closed automatically after 300 seconds of " @@ -515,13 +515,13 @@ msgstr "" "бездействия. Чтобы отключить таймаут, установите значение в ноль." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:193 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 16" msgstr "Строка 16" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:196 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:195 msgid "" "Sets the interface addresses. The values used depend upon whether a static " "IP address has been obtained from the ISP or if it instead negotiates a " @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" "при подключении." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:198 msgid "" "If the ISP has allocated a static IP address and default gateway, replace _x." "x.x.x_ with the static IP address and replace _y.y.y.y_ with the IP address " @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" "адреса шлюза, замените _y.y.y.y_ на `10.0.0.2/0`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "If the IP address changes whenever a connection is made, change this line to " "the following value. This tells man:ppp[8] to use the IP Configuration " @@ -556,19 +556,19 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration Protocol (IPCP) для согласования динамического IP-адреса:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:206 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:205 #, no-wrap msgid "set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n" msgstr "set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:208 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:207 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 17" msgstr "Line 17" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:211 msgid "" "Keep this line as-is as it adds a default route to the gateway. The " "`HISADDR` will automatically be replaced with the gateway address specified " @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" "строке 16. Важно, чтобы эта строка располагалась после строки 16." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:218 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:217 msgid "" "Depending upon whether man:ppp[8] is started manually or automatically, a [." "filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.linkup# may also need to be created which contains " @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" "указанным в строке 11 файла [.filename]#ppp.conf#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:222 #, no-wrap msgid "" "provider:\n" @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ msgstr "" " add default HISADDR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:228 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:227 msgid "" "This file is also needed when the default gateway address is \"guessed\" in " "a static IP address configuration. In this case, remove line 17 from [." @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "" "найти в [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/ppp/#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:231 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:230 msgid "" "By default, `ppp` must be run as `root`. To change this default, add the " "account of the user who should run `ppp` to the `network` group in [." @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ msgstr "" "`ppp`, в группу `network` в файле [.filename]#/etc/group#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:234 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:233 msgid "" "Then, give the user access to one or more entries in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/" "ppp.conf# with `allow`. For example, to give `fred` and `mary` permission " @@ -647,13 +647,13 @@ msgstr "" "в раздел `provider:`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:237 #, no-wrap msgid "allow users fred mary\n" msgstr "allow users fred mary\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:241 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:240 msgid "" "To give the specified users access to all entries, put that line in the " "`default` section instead." @@ -662,13 +662,13 @@ msgstr "" "эту строку в раздел `default` вместо этого." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:242 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:241 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Расширенная настройка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "It is possible to configure PPP to supply DNS and NetBIOS nameserver " "addresses on demand." @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr "" "запросу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:246 msgid "" "To enable these extensions with PPP version 1.x, the following lines might " "be added to the relevant section of [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#." @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ msgstr "" "строки в соответствующую секцию файла [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:252 #, no-wrap msgid "" "enable msext\n" @@ -698,12 +698,12 @@ msgstr "" "set nbns 203.14.100.5\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:255 msgid "And for PPP version 2 and above:" msgstr "А для PPP версии 2 и выше:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "" "accept dns\n" @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ msgstr "" "set nbns 203.14.100.5\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:265 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:264 msgid "" "This will tell the clients the primary and secondary name server addresses, " "and a NetBIOS nameserver host." @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr "" "также хост сервера имён NetBIOS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:266 msgid "" "In version 2 and above, if the `set dns` line is omitted, PPP will use the " "values found in [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#." @@ -733,13 +733,13 @@ msgstr "" "значения, указанные в [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "PAP and CHAP Authentication" msgstr "Проверка подлинности (аутентификация) PAP и CHAP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:272 msgid "" "Some ISPs set their system up so that the authentication part of the " "connection is done using either of the PAP or CHAP authentication " @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" "протоколу PPP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "PAP is less secure than CHAP, but security is not normally an issue here as " "passwords, although being sent as plain text with PAP, are being transmitted " @@ -766,12 +766,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:277 msgid "The following alterations must be made:" msgstr "Необходимо внести следующие изменения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:283 #, no-wrap msgid "" "13 set authname MyUserName\n" @@ -783,13 +783,13 @@ msgstr "" "15 set login\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 13" msgstr "Line 13" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:288 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:287 msgid "" "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP user name.Insert the correct value for " "_MyUserName_." @@ -798,13 +798,13 @@ msgstr "" "для _MyUserName_." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:289 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "Line 14" msgstr "Line 14" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "This line specifies the PAP/CHAP password. Insert the correct value for " "_MyPassword_. An additional line may be added, such as:" @@ -813,24 +813,24 @@ msgstr "" "_MyPassword_. Дополнительная строка может быть добавлена, например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:297 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "16 accept PAP\n" msgstr "16 accept PAP\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:300 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:299 msgid "or" msgstr "или" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:303 #, no-wrap msgid "16 accept CHAP\n" msgstr "16 accept CHAP\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "to make it obvious that this is the intention, but PAP and CHAP are both " "accepted by default." @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" "принимаются оба." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:311 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:310 msgid "" "The ISP will not normally require a login to the server when using PAP or " "CHAP. Therefore, disable the \"set login\" string." @@ -848,13 +848,13 @@ msgstr "" "PAP или CHAP. Поэтому отключите строку `set login`." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP Network Address Translation Capability" msgstr "Использование возможности трансляции сетевых адресов (NAT) в PPP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "PPP has ability to use internal NAT without kernel diverting capabilities. " "This functionality may be enabled by the following line in [.filename]#/etc/" @@ -865,13 +865,13 @@ msgstr "" "в [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:320 #, no-wrap msgid "nat enable yes\n" msgstr "nat enable yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:324 msgid "" "Alternatively, NAT may be enabled by command-line option `-nat`. There is " "also [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# knob named `ppp_nat`, which is enabled by " @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "" "который включён по умолчанию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "When using this feature, it may be useful to include the following [." "filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf# options to enable incoming connections " @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ msgstr "" "соединений:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "" "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:ftp ftp\n" @@ -903,24 +903,24 @@ msgstr "" "nat port tcp 10.0.0.2:http http\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:334 msgid "or do not trust the outside at all" msgstr "или вообще не доверять внешнему миру" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:339 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:338 #, no-wrap msgid "nat deny_incoming yes\n" msgstr "nat deny_incoming yes\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Final System Configuration" msgstr "Окончательная конфигурация системы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "While `ppp` is now configured, some edits still need to be made to [." "filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" "внести в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:346 msgid "" "Working from the top down in this file, make sure the `hostname=` line is " "set:" @@ -938,13 +938,13 @@ msgstr "" "установлена:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:351 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:350 #, no-wrap msgid "hostname=\"foo.example.com\"\n" msgstr "hostname=\"foo.example.com\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:354 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:353 msgid "" "If the ISP has supplied a static IP address and name, use this name as the " "host name." @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" "это имя в качестве имени хоста." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:357 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:356 msgid "" "Look for the `network_interfaces` variable. To configure the system to dial " "the ISP on demand, make sure the [.filename]#tun0# device is added to the " @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#tun0# добавлено в список, в противном случае удалите его." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:361 #, no-wrap msgid "" "network_interfaces=\"lo0 tun0\"\n" @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "ifconfig_tun0=\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:367 msgid "" "The `ifconfig_tun0` variable should be empty, and a file called [.filename]#/" "etc/start_if.tun0# should be created. This file should contain the line:" @@ -983,13 +983,13 @@ msgstr "" "etc/start_if.tun0# должен быть создан. Этот файл должен содержать строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:371 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp -auto mysystem\n" msgstr "ppp -auto mysystem\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:375 msgid "" "This script is executed at network configuration time, starting the ppp " "daemon in automatic mode. If this machine acts as a gateway, consider " @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующей странице Справочника." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:378 msgid "" "Make sure that the router program is set to `NO` with the following line in " "[.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -1010,13 +1010,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/rc.conf# следующая строка установлена в `NO`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "router_enable=\"NO\"\n" msgstr "router_enable=\"NO\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:385 msgid "" "It is important that the `routed` daemon is not started, as `routed` tends " "to delete the default routing table entries created by `ppp`." @@ -1025,25 +1025,25 @@ msgstr "" "удалять записи по умолчанию из таблицы маршрутизации , созданные `ppp`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:388 msgid "" "It is probably a good idea to ensure that the `sendmail_flags` line does not " "include the `-q` option, otherwise `sendmail` will attempt to do a network " "lookup every now and then, possibly causing the machine to dial out. Try " "this:" msgstr "" -"Вероятно, стоит убедиться, что строка `sendmail_flags` не содержит опцию `-q`" -", иначе `sendmail` будет периодически пытаться выполнить сетевой запрос, что " -"может привести к нежелательному дозвону. Можно попробовать:" +"Вероятно, стоит убедиться, что строка `sendmail_flags` не содержит опцию `-" +"q`, иначе `sendmail` будет периодически пытаться выполнить сетевой запрос, " +"что может привести к нежелательному дозвону. Можно попробовать:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\"\n" msgstr "sendmail_flags=\"-bd\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:397 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:396 msgid "" "The downside is that `sendmail` is forced to re-examine the mail queue " "whenever the ppp link. To automate this, include `!bg` in [.filename]#ppp." @@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте `!bg` в файл [.filename]#ppp.linkup#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:404 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:403 #, no-wrap msgid "" "1 provider:\n" @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" "4 !bg sendmail -bd -q30m\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:408 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:407 msgid "" "An alternative is to set up a \"dfilter\" to block SMTP traffic. Refer to " "the sample files for further details." @@ -1077,26 +1077,26 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительные сведения см. в примерных файлах." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "Using `ppp`" msgstr "Использование `ppp`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:413 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:412 msgid "" "All that is left is to reboot the machine. After rebooting, either type:" msgstr "Осталось только перезагрузить машину. После перезагрузки введите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:417 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp\n" msgstr "# ppp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "and then `dial provider` to start the PPP session, or, to configure `ppp` to " "establish sessions automatically when there is outbound traffic and [." @@ -1107,13 +1107,13 @@ msgstr "" "отсутствии файла [.filename]#start_if.tun0#, введите:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:423 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp -auto provider\n" msgstr "# ppp -auto provider\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "It is possible to talk to the `ppp` program while it is running in the " "background, but only if a suitable diagnostic port has been set up. To do " @@ -1124,13 +1124,13 @@ msgstr "" "добавьте следующую строку в конфигурацию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:431 #, no-wrap msgid "set server /var/run/ppp-tun%d DiagnosticPassword 0177\n" msgstr "set server /var/run/ppp-tun%d DiagnosticPassword 0177\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:436 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:435 msgid "" "This will tell PPP to listen to the specified UNIX(R) domain socket, asking " "clients for the specified password before allowing access. The `%d` in the " @@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr "" "заменяется на номер устройства [.filename]#tun#, который используется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:437 msgid "" "Once a socket has been set up, the man:pppctl[8] program may be used in " "scripts that wish to manipulate the running program." @@ -1150,13 +1150,13 @@ msgstr "" "скриптах для управления работающим приложением." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:439 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring Dial-in Services" msgstr "Настройка сервисов для входящих звонков" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:442 msgid "" "crossref:serialcomms[dialup,“Dial-in Service”] provides a good description " "on enabling dial-up services using man:getty[8]." @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошее описание настройки услуг дозвона с использованием man:getty[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:445 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:444 msgid "" "An alternative to `getty` is package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port), a smarter " "version of `getty` designed with dial-up lines in mind." @@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" "линиями." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:447 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:446 msgid "" "The advantages of using `mgetty` is that it actively _talks_ to modems, " "meaning if port is turned off in [.filename]#/etc/ttys# then the modem will " @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr "" "то модем не будет отвечать на звонки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" "Later versions of `mgetty` (from 0.99beta onwards) also support the " "automatic detection of PPP streams, allowing clients scriptless access to " @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" "доступ к серверу без использования скриптов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:450 msgid "" "Refer to http://mgetty.greenie.net/doc/mgetty_toc.html[http://mgetty.greenie." "net/doc/mgetty_toc.html] for more information on `mgetty`." @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "doc/mgetty_toc.html] для получения дополнительной информации о `mgetty`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:454 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:453 msgid "" "By default the package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port comes with the `AUTO_PPP` " "option enabled allowing `mgetty` to detect the LCP phase of PPP connections " @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо аутентифицировать пользователей с помощью PAP или CHAP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:456 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:455 msgid "" "This section assumes the user has successfully compiled, and installed the " "package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] port on his system." @@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "" "порт package:comms/mgetty+sendfax[] в своей системе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:457 msgid "" "Ensure that [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/mgetty+sendfax/login.config# has the " "following:" @@ -1239,13 +1239,13 @@ msgstr "" "config# присутствует следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "/AutoPPP/ - - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup\n" msgstr "/AutoPPP/ - - /etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:465 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:464 msgid "" "This tells `mgetty` to run [.filename]#ppp-pap-dialup# for detected PPP " "connections." @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "обнаруженных PPP-соединений." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:467 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:466 msgid "" "Create an executable file called [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp-pap-dialup# " "containing the following:" @@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "содержащий следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:472 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:471 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1273,18 +1273,18 @@ msgstr "" "exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct pap$IDENT\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:476 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:475 msgid "" "For each dial-up line enabled in [.filename]#/etc/ttys#, create a " "corresponding entry in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. This will happily co-" "exist with the definitions we created above." msgstr "" -"Для каждой включенной коммутируемой линии в [.filename]#/etc/ttys# создайте " +"Для каждой включённой коммутируемой линии в [.filename]#/etc/ttys# создайте " "соответствующую запись в [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. Это будет прекрасно " "сосуществовать с определениями, созданными ранее." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:483 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:482 #, no-wrap msgid "" "pap:\n" @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" " enable proxy\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:485 msgid "" "Each user logging in with this method will need to have a username/password " "in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.secret#, or alternatively add the following " @@ -1310,13 +1310,13 @@ msgstr "" "etc/passwd#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:489 #, no-wrap msgid "enable passwdauth\n" msgstr "enable passwdauth\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:494 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:493 msgid "" "To assign some users a static IP number, specify the number as the third " "argument in [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.secret#. See [.filename]#/usr/share/" @@ -1327,13 +1327,13 @@ msgstr "" "Примеры можно найти в [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/ppp/ppp.secret.sample#." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:495 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting PPP Connections" msgstr "Устранение неполадок PPP-подключений" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:501 msgid "" "This section covers a few issues which may arise when using PPP over a modem " "connection. Some ISPs present the `ssword` prompt while others present " @@ -1349,13 +1349,13 @@ msgstr "" "соединений `ppp` — это ручное подключение, как описано в данном разделе." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "Check the Device Nodes" msgstr "Проверьте файлы устройств" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "When using a custom kernel, make sure to include the following line in the " "kernel configuration file:" @@ -1364,13 +1364,13 @@ msgstr "" "ядра присутствует следующая строка:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:510 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:509 #, no-wrap msgid "device uart\n" msgstr "device uart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:513 msgid "" "The [.filename]#uart# device is already included in the `GENERIC` kernel, so " "no additional steps are necessary in this case. Just check the `dmesg` " @@ -1381,13 +1381,13 @@ msgstr "" "на наличие модема с помощью:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "# dmesg | grep uart\n" msgstr "# dmesg | grep uart\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:524 msgid "" "This should display some pertinent output about the [.filename]#uart# " "devices. These are the COM ports we need. If the modem acts like a " @@ -1404,13 +1404,13 @@ msgstr "" "устройство модема будет [.filename]#/dev/cuau1#." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:525 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting Manually" msgstr "Подключение вручную" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:531 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet by manually controlling `ppp` is quick, easy, and " "a great way to debug a connection or just get information on how the ISP " @@ -1426,36 +1426,36 @@ msgstr "" "которой работает PPP. Для запуска `ppp`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:540 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set device /dev/cuau1\n" msgstr "ppp ON example> set device /dev/cuau1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:543 msgid "This second command sets the modem device to [.filename]#cuau1#." msgstr "" "Эта вторая команда устанавливает модемное устройство в [.filename]#cuau1#." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:548 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:547 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set speed 115200\n" msgstr "ppp ON example> set speed 115200\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:550 msgid "This sets the connection speed to 115,200 kbps." msgstr "Это устанавливает скорость соединения на 115 200 Кбит/с." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:554 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> enable dns\n" msgstr "ppp ON example> enable dns\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:559 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:558 msgid "" "This tells `ppp` to configure the resolver and add the nameserver lines to [." "filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#. If `ppp` cannot determine the hostname, it can " @@ -1466,20 +1466,20 @@ msgstr "" "можно задать вручную позже." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:562 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> term\n" msgstr "ppp ON example> term\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:566 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:565 msgid "" "This switches to \"terminal\" mode in order to manually control the modem." msgstr "" "Это переключает в \"терминальный\" режим для ручного управления модемом." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "" "deflink: Entering terminal mode on /dev/cuau1\n" @@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" "type '~h' for help\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "at\n" @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ msgstr "" "atdt123456789\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:580 msgid "" "Use `at` to initialize the modem, then use `atdt` and the number for the ISP " "to begin the dial in process." @@ -1510,13 +1510,13 @@ msgstr "" "провайдера для начала процесса дозвона." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:584 #, no-wrap msgid "CONNECT\n" msgstr "CONNECT\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:587 msgid "" "Confirmation of the connection, if we are going to have any connection " "problems, unrelated to hardware, here is where we will attempt to resolve " @@ -1526,26 +1526,26 @@ msgstr "" "связанные с оборудованием, здесь мы попытаемся их устранить." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:592 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:591 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP Login:myusername\n" msgstr "ISP Login:myusername\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:595 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:594 msgid "" "At this prompt, return the prompt with the username that was provided by the " "ISP." msgstr "На этом приглашении введите имя пользователя, предоставленное ISP." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:599 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:598 #, no-wrap msgid "ISP Pass:mypassword\n" msgstr "ISP Pass:mypassword\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:602 msgid "" "At this prompt, reply with the password that was provided by the ISP. Just " "like logging into FreeBSD, the password will not echo." @@ -1554,13 +1554,13 @@ msgstr "" "при входе в FreeBSD, пароль не будет отображаться." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:607 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:606 #, no-wrap msgid "Shell or PPP:ppp\n" msgstr "Shell or PPP:ppp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:612 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:611 msgid "" "Depending on the ISP, this prompt might not appear. If it does, it is " "asking whether to use a shell on the provider or to start `ppp`. In this " @@ -1572,14 +1572,14 @@ msgstr "" "подключения к Интернету." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:616 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:623 #, no-wrap msgid "Ppp ON example>\n" msgstr "Ppp ON example>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:619 msgid "" "Notice that in this example the first `p` has been capitalized. This shows " "that we have successfully connected to the ISP." @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "" "Это означает, что мы успешно подключились к интернет-провайдеру." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:626 msgid "" "We have successfully authenticated with our ISP and are waiting for the " "assigned IP address." @@ -1597,26 +1597,26 @@ msgstr "" "IP-адрес." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:631 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:630 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP ON example>\n" msgstr "PPP ON example>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:634 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:633 msgid "" "We have made an agreement on an IP address and successfully completed our " "connection." msgstr "Мы согласовали IP-адрес и успешно установили соединение." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:638 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:637 #, no-wrap msgid "PPP ON example>add default HISADDR\n" msgstr "PPP ON example>add default HISADDR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:643 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:642 msgid "" "Here we add our default route, we need to do this before we can talk to the " "outside world as currently the only established connection is with the " @@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" "соединения, и тогда будет согласован новый маршрут соответствующим образом." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:647 msgid "" "If everything went good we should now have an active connection to the " "Internet, which could be thrown into the background using kbd:[CTRL+z]. If " @@ -1647,13 +1647,13 @@ msgstr "" "подключение к ISP, а строчные p показывают, что соединение потеряно." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:649 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:648 #, no-wrap msgid "Debugging" msgstr "Отладка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:654 msgid "" "If a connection cannot be established, turn hardware flow CTS/RTS to off " "using `set ctsrts off`. This is mainly the case when connected to some PPP-" @@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "Дополнительную информацию об этой опции и её использовании см. в man:ppp[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "An older modem may need `set parity even`. Parity is set at none be " "default, but is used for error checking with a large increase in traffic, on " @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" "увеличением трафика на старых модемах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:661 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:660 msgid "" "PPP may not return to the command mode, which is usually a negotiation error " "where the ISP is waiting for negotiating to begin. At this point, using " @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ msgstr "" "использование `~p` заставит ppp начать отправку информации о конфигурации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "If a login prompt never appears, PAP or CHAP authentication is most likely " "required. To use PAP or CHAP, add the following options to PPP before going " @@ -1707,13 +1707,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующие параметры в PPP перед переходом в терминальный режим:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:668 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:667 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set authname myusername\n" msgstr "ppp ON example> set authname myusername\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:670 msgid "" "Where _myusername_ should be replaced with the username that was assigned by " "the ISP." @@ -1722,20 +1722,20 @@ msgstr "" "провайдером интернет-услуг." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:674 #, no-wrap msgid "ppp ON example> set authkey mypassword\n" msgstr "ppp ON example> set authkey mypassword\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:677 msgid "" "Where _mypassword_ should be replaced with the password that was assigned by " "the ISP." msgstr "Где _mypassword_ следует заменить на пароль, назначенный провайдером." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "If a connection is established, but cannot seem to find any domain name, try " "to man:ping[8] an IP address. If there is 100 percent (100%) packet loss, " @@ -1744,16 +1744,16 @@ msgid "" "to a remote IP address, it is possible that a resolver address has not been " "added to [.filename]#/etc/resolv.conf#. This file should look like:" msgstr "" -"Если соединение установлено, но не удается найти доменное имя, попробуйте " +"Если соединение установлено, но не удаётся найти доменное имя, попробуйте " "выполнить `man:ping[8]` для IP-адреса. Если наблюдается 100% потерь пакетов, " "вероятно, маршрут по умолчанию не назначен. Убедитесь, что во время " -"подключения был установлен параметр `add default HISADDR`. Если удается " +"подключения был установлен параметр `add default HISADDR`. Если удаётся " "установить соединение с удалённым IP-адресом, возможно, в файл [.filename]#/" "etc/resolv.conf# не добавлен адрес резолвера. Этот файл должен выглядеть " "следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:690 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:689 #, no-wrap msgid "" "domain example.com\n" @@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" "nameserver y.y.y.y\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:693 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:692 msgid "" "Where _x.x.x.x_ and _y.y.y.y_ should be replaced with the IP address of the " "ISP's DNS servers." @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "провайдера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:694 msgid "" "To configure man:syslog[3] to provide logging for the PPP connection, make " "sure this line exists in [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "" "что следующая строка присутствует в [.filename]#/etc/syslog.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:700 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:699 #, no-wrap msgid "" "!ppp\n" @@ -1793,23 +1793,23 @@ msgstr "" "*.* /var/log/ppp.log\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:702 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "Использование PPP через Ethernet (PPPoE)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:705 msgid "This section describes how to set up PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)." msgstr "Этот раздел описывает, как настроить PPP через Ethernet (PPPoE)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:707 msgid "Here is an example of a working [.filename]#ppp.conf#:" msgstr "Вот пример рабочего [.filename]#ppp.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:714 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:713 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "" " set ifaddr 10.0.0.1/0 10.0.0.2/0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:722 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:721 #, no-wrap msgid "" "name_of_service_provider:\n" @@ -1841,23 +1841,23 @@ msgstr "" " add default HISADDR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:724 msgid "As `root`, run:" msgstr "Как `root`, выполните:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "# ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider\n" msgstr "# ppp -ddial name_of_service_provider\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:731 msgid "Add the following to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Добавьте следующее в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:739 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:738 #, no-wrap msgid "" "ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -1867,18 +1867,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "ppp_enable=\"YES\"\n" "ppp_mode=\"ddial\"\n" -"ppp_nat=\"YES\"\t# when needing to enable nat for the local network, " -"otherwise NO\n" +"ppp_nat=\"YES\"\t# when needing to enable nat for the local network, otherwise NO\n" "ppp_profile=\"name_of_service_provider\"\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:741 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:740 #, no-wrap msgid "Using a PPPoE Service Tag" msgstr "Использование тега сервиса PPPoE" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:744 msgid "" "Sometimes it will be necessary to use a service tag to establish the " "connection. Service tags are used to distinguish between different PPPoE " @@ -1889,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "подключённых к определённой сети." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:746 msgid "" "Any required service tag information should be in the documentation provided " "by the ISP." @@ -1898,7 +1897,7 @@ msgstr "" "документации, предоставляемой интернет-провайдером (ISP)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:754 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:753 msgid "" "As a last resort, one could try installing the package:net/rr-pppoe[] " "package or port. Bear in mind however, this may de-program the modem and " @@ -1910,12 +1909,11 @@ msgstr "" "В крайнем случае можно попробовать установить пакет или порт package:net/rr-" "pppoe[]. Однако учтите, что это может перепрограммировать ваш модем и " "сделать его бесполезным, поэтому хорошо подумайте перед этим. Просто " -"установите программу, поставляемую с модемом. Затем откройте меню " -"menu:System[] в программе. Имя профиля должно быть указано там. Обычно это " -"_ISP_." +"установите программу, поставляемую с модемом. Затем откройте меню menu:" +"System[] в программе. Имя профиля должно быть указано там. Обычно это _ISP_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:757 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:756 msgid "" "The profile name (service tag) will be used in the PPPoE configuration entry " "in [.filename]#ppp.conf# as the provider part for `set device`. Refer to " @@ -1926,13 +1924,13 @@ msgstr "" "Подробности смотрите в man:ppp[8]. Это должно выглядеть так:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:761 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:760 #, no-wrap msgid "set device PPPoE:xl1:ISP\n" msgstr "set device PPPoE:xl1:ISP\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:764 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:763 msgid "" "Do not forget to change _xl1_ to the proper device for the Ethernet card." msgstr "" @@ -1940,12 +1938,12 @@ msgstr "" "карты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:766 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:765 msgid "Do not forget to change _ISP_ to the profile." msgstr "Не забудьте изменить _ISP_ на профиль, определённый вами ранее." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:768 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:767 msgid "" "For additional information, refer to http://renaud.waldura.com/doc/freebsd/" "pppoe/[Cheaper Broadband with FreeBSD on DSL] by Renaud Waldura." @@ -1955,13 +1953,13 @@ msgstr "" "через DSL] от Renaud Waldura." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:770 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:769 #, no-wrap msgid "PPPoE with a 3Com(R) HomeConnect(TM) ADSL Modem Dual Link" msgstr "PPPoE с модемом 3Com(R) HomeConnect(TM) ADSL Modem Dual Link" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:773 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:772 msgid "" "This modem does not follow the PPPoE specification defined in http://www." "faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2516.html[RFC 2516]." @@ -1970,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" "faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2516.html[RFC 2516]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:776 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:775 msgid "" "In order to make FreeBSD capable of communicating with this device, a sysctl " "must be set. This can be done automatically at boot time by updating [." @@ -1981,24 +1979,24 @@ msgstr "" "файл [.filename]#/etc/sysctl.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:780 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:779 #, no-wrap msgid "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1\n" msgstr "net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:782 msgid "or can be done immediately with the command:" msgstr "или может быть выполнено сразу с помощью команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:787 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:786 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1\n" msgstr "# sysctl net.graph.nonstandard_pppoe=1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:789 msgid "" "Unfortunately, because this is a system-wide setting, it is not possible to " "talk to a normal PPPoE client or server and a 3Com(R) HomeConnect(TM) ADSL " @@ -2009,13 +2007,13 @@ msgstr "" "HomeConnect(TM) ADSL." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:792 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:791 #, no-wrap msgid "Using PPP over ATM (PPPoA)" msgstr "Использование PPP через ATM (PPPoA)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:795 msgid "" "The following describes how to set up PPP over ATM (PPPoA). PPPoA is a " "popular choice among European DSL providers." @@ -2024,13 +2022,13 @@ msgstr "" "популярный выбор среди европейских провайдеров DSL." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:797 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:796 #, no-wrap msgid "Using mpd" msgstr "Использование mpd" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:802 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:801 msgid "" "The mpd application can be used to connect to a variety of services, in " "particular PPTP services. It can be installed using the package:net/mpd5[] " @@ -2043,7 +2041,7 @@ msgstr "" "модемом и компьютером." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:807 msgid "" "Once installed, configure mpd to suit the provider's settings. The port " "places a set of sample configuration files which are well documented in [." @@ -2060,12 +2058,12 @@ msgstr "" "Конфигурация разделена на два файла, первый — [.filename]#mpd.conf#:" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:811 msgid "This example [.filename]#mpd.conf# only works with mpd 4.x." msgstr "Этот пример [.filename]#mpd.conf# работает только с mpd 4.x." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:817 #, no-wrap msgid "" "default:\n" @@ -2075,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr "" " load adsl\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:824 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:823 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -2091,7 +2089,7 @@ msgstr "" " set bundle disable multilink\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:828 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set link no pap acfcomp protocomp\n" @@ -2105,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr "" " set link keep-alive 30 10\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:832 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:831 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set ipcp no vjcomp\n" @@ -2115,7 +2113,7 @@ msgstr "" " set ipcp ranges 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:836 #, no-wrap msgid "" " set iface route default\n" @@ -2129,34 +2127,34 @@ msgstr "" " set iface idle 0\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:839 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:838 #, no-wrap msgid " open\n" msgstr " open\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:842 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:841 msgid "The username used to authenticate with the ISP." msgstr "Имя пользователя для аутентификации у вашего провайдера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:842 msgid "The password used to authenticate with the ISP." msgstr "Пароль, используемый для аутентификации у вашего провайдера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:846 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:845 msgid "" "Information about the link, or links, to establish is found in [." "filename]#mpd.links#. An example [.filename]#mpd.links# to accompany the " "above example is given beneath:" msgstr "" "Информация о соединении или соединениях, которые необходимо установить, " -"находится в файле [.filename]#mpd.links#. Пример файла [.filename]#mpd.links#" -", соответствующий приведённому выше примеру, представлен ниже:" +"находится в файле [.filename]#mpd.links#. Пример файла [.filename]#mpd." +"links#, соответствующий приведённому выше примеру, представлен ниже:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:855 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:854 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -2174,12 +2172,12 @@ msgstr "" " set pptp peer 10.0.0.138 <.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:857 msgid "The IP address of FreeBSD computer running mpd." msgstr "IP-адрес компьютера FreeBSD, на котором работает mpd." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:859 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:858 msgid "" "The IP address of the ADSL modem. The Alcatel SpeedTouch(TM) Home defaults " "to `10.0.0.138`." @@ -2188,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr "" "используется `10.0.0.138`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:861 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:860 msgid "" "It is possible to initialize the connection easily by issuing the following " "command as `root`:" @@ -2197,18 +2195,18 @@ msgstr "" "имени `root`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:864 #, no-wrap msgid "# mpd -b adsl\n" msgstr "# mpd -b adsl\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:868 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:867 msgid "To view the status of the connection:" msgstr "Для просмотра состояния соединения:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:874 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:873 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig ng0\n" @@ -2220,7 +2218,7 @@ msgstr "" " inet 216.136.204.117 --> 204.152.186.171 netmask 0xffffffff\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" "Using mpd is the recommended way to connect to an ADSL service with FreeBSD." msgstr "" @@ -2228,13 +2226,13 @@ msgstr "" "ADSL в FreeBSD." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:878 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:877 #, no-wrap msgid "Using pptpclient" msgstr "Использование pptpclient" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:881 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:880 msgid "" "It is also possible to use FreeBSD to connect to other PPPoA services using " "package:net/pptpclient[]." @@ -2243,7 +2241,7 @@ msgstr "" "с помощью package:net/pptpclient[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "To use package:net/pptpclient[] to connect to a DSL service, install the " "port or package, then edit [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. An example " @@ -2252,11 +2250,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Для подключения к DSL-сервису с помощью package:net/pptpclient[] установите " "порт или пакет, затем отредактируйте файл [.filename]#/etc/ppp/ppp.conf#. " -"Пример раздела [.filename]#ppp.conf# приведен ниже. Дополнительные сведения " +"Пример раздела [.filename]#ppp.conf# приведён ниже. Дополнительные сведения " "о параметрах [.filename]#ppp.conf# можно найти в man:ppp[8]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:896 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:895 #, no-wrap msgid "" "adsl:\n" @@ -2278,17 +2276,17 @@ msgstr "" " add default HISADDR\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:898 msgid "The username for the DSL provider." msgstr "Имя пользователя для провайдера DSL." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:900 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:899 msgid "The password for the account." msgstr "Пароль для вашей учётной записи." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:905 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:904 msgid "" "Since the account's password is added to [.filename]#ppp.conf# in plain text " "form, make sure nobody can read the contents of this file:" @@ -2298,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:910 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:909 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# chown root:wheel /etc/ppp/ppp.conf\n" @@ -2308,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "# chmod 600 /etc/ppp/ppp.conf\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:919 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:918 msgid "" "This will open a tunnel for a PPP session to the DSL router. Ethernet DSL " "modems have a preconfigured LAN IP address to connect to. In the case of " @@ -2323,13 +2321,13 @@ msgstr "" "открыть туннель и начать PPP-сессию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:923 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:922 #, no-wrap msgid "# pptp address adsl\n" msgstr "# pptp address adsl\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:928 msgid "" "If an ampersand (\"&\") is added to the end of this command, pptp will " "return the prompt." @@ -2338,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" "приглашение командной строки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:933 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:932 msgid "" "A [.filename]#tun# virtual tunnel device will be created for interaction " "between the pptp and ppp processes. Once the prompt is returned, or the " @@ -2349,7 +2347,7 @@ msgstr "" "или процесс pptp подтвердит соединение, проверьте туннель:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:939 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% ifconfig tun0\n" @@ -2363,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" "\tOpened by PID 918\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:943 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/ppp-and-slip/_index.adoc:942 msgid "" "If the connection fails, check the configuration of the router, which is " "usually accessible using a web browser. Also, examine the output of `pptp` " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc index c18648148a..67f7a02d0c 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/preface/_index.adoc @@ -303,4 +303,4 @@ C:\> tools\fdimage floppies\kern.flp A: Эта книга — результат труда многих сотен людей по всему миру. Будь то исправления опечаток или целые главы, все их вклады оказались полезными. -Несколько компаний поддержали разработку этого документа, оплачивая работу авторов на полную ставку, финансируя публикацию и т.д. В частности, BSDi (позже приобретенная http://www.windriver.com[Wind River Systems]) оплачивала членам FreeBSD Documentation Project работу над улучшением этой книги на полной ставке вплоть до публикации первого печатного издания в марте 2000 года (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Затем Wind River Systems оплатила работу нескольких дополнительных авторов для внесения ряда улучшений в инфраструктуру печатного вывода и добавления новых глав к тексту. Эта работа завершилась публикацией второго печатного издания в ноябре 2001 года (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). В 2003-2004 годах http://www.freebsdmall.com[FreeBSD Mall, Inc] оплатила работу нескольких участников над улучшением Руководства в рамках подготовки к третьему печатному изданию. Третье печатное издание было разделено на два тома. Оба тома были опубликованы как *The FreeBSD Handbook 3rd Edition Volume 1: User Guide* (ISBN 1-57176-327-9) и *The FreeBSD Handbook 3rd Edition Volume 2: Administrators Guide* (ISBN 1-57176-328-7). +Несколько компаний поддержали разработку этого документа, оплачивая работу авторов на полную ставку, финансируя публикацию и т.д. В частности, BSDi (позже приобретенная http://www.windriver.com[Wind River Systems]) оплачивала членам FreeBSD Documentation Project работу над улучшением этой книги на полной ставке вплоть до публикации первого печатного издания в марте 2000 года (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Затем Wind River Systems оплатила работу нескольких дополнительных авторов для внесения ряда улучшений в инфраструктуру печатного вывода и добавления новых глав к тексту. Эта работа завершилась публикацией второго печатного издания в ноябре 2001 года (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). В 2003-2004 годах FreeBSD Mall, Inc оплатила работу нескольких участников над улучшением Руководства в рамках подготовки к третьему печатному изданию. Третье печатное издание было разделено на два тома. Оба тома были опубликованы как *The FreeBSD Handbook 3rd Edition Volume 1: User Guide* (ISBN 1-57176-327-9) и *The FreeBSD Handbook 3rd Edition Volume 2: Administrators Guide* (ISBN 1-57176-328-7). diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/preface/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/preface/_index.po index f8d9119a07..60a8032a2e 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/preface/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/preface/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-03-09 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-08-08 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookpreface_index/ru/>\n" @@ -1459,26 +1459,25 @@ msgid "" "paid several additional authors to make a number of improvements to the " "print-output infrastructure and to add additional chapters to the text. " "This work culminated in the publication of the second printed edition in " -"November 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004, http://www.freebsdmall." -"com[FreeBSD Mall, Inc], paid several contributors to improve the Handbook in " -"preparation for the third printed edition. The third printed edition has " -"been split into two volumes. Both volumes have been published as The " -"FreeBSD Handbook 3rd Edition Volume 1: User Guide (ISBN 1-57176-327-9) and " -"The FreeBSD Handbook 3rd Edition Volume 2: Administrators Guide (ISBN " -"1-57176-328-7)." +"November 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004, FreeBSD Mall Inc. paid " +"several contributors to improve the Handbook in preparation for the third " +"printed edition. The third printed edition has been split into two " +"volumes. Both volumes have been published as The FreeBSD Handbook 3rd " +"Edition Volume 1: User Guide (ISBN 1-57176-327-9) and The FreeBSD Handbook " +"3rd Edition Volume 2: Administrators Guide (ISBN 1-57176-328-7)." msgstr "" "Несколько компаний поддержали разработку этого документа, оплачивая работу " -"авторов на полную ставку, финансируя публикацию и т.д. В частности, BSDi " -"(позже приобретенная http://www.windriver.com[Wind River Systems]) " -"оплачивала членам FreeBSD Documentation Project работу над улучшением этой " -"книги на полной ставке вплоть до публикации первого печатного издания в " -"марте 2000 года (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Затем Wind River Systems оплатила " -"работу нескольких дополнительных авторов для внесения ряда улучшений в " +"авторов на полную ставку, финансируя публикацию и т.д. В частности, BSDi (" +"позже приобретенная http://www.windriver.com[Wind River Systems]) оплачивала " +"членам FreeBSD Documentation Project работу над улучшением этой книги на " +"полной ставке вплоть до публикации первого печатного издания в марте 2000 " +"года (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Затем Wind River Systems оплатила работу " +"нескольких дополнительных авторов для внесения ряда улучшений в " "инфраструктуру печатного вывода и добавления новых глав к тексту. Эта работа " "завершилась публикацией второго печатного издания в ноябре 2001 года (ISBN " -"1-57176-303-1). В 2003-2004 годах http://www.freebsdmall.com[FreeBSD Mall, " -"Inc] оплатила работу нескольких участников над улучшением Руководства в " -"рамках подготовки к третьему печатному изданию. Третье печатное издание было " -"разделено на два тома. Оба тома были опубликованы как *The FreeBSD Handbook " -"3rd Edition Volume 1: User Guide* (ISBN 1-57176-327-9) и *The FreeBSD " -"Handbook 3rd Edition Volume 2: Administrators Guide* (ISBN 1-57176-328-7)." +"1-57176-303-1). В 2003-2004 годах FreeBSD Mall, Inc оплатила работу " +"нескольких участников над улучшением Руководства в рамках подготовки к " +"третьему печатному изданию. Третье печатное издание было разделено на два " +"тома. Оба тома были опубликованы как *The FreeBSD Handbook 3rd Edition " +"Volume 1: User Guide* (ISBN 1-57176-327-9) и *The FreeBSD Handbook 3rd " +"Edition Volume 2: Administrators Guide* (ISBN 1-57176-328-7)." diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc index 67598bf4ab..c1eda313ee 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\ lf=/var/log/lpd-errs: .... + -<.> Эта строка предназначена для принтера, подключенного к порту `USB`. +<.> Эта строка предназначена для принтера, подключённого к порту `USB`. + Для принтера, подключённого к параллельному или «принтерному» порту, используйте: + @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ lf=/var/log/lpd-errs: :lp=/dev/lpt0:\ .... + -Для принтера, подключенного напрямую к сети, используйте: +Для принтера, подключённого напрямую к сети, используйте: + [.programlisting] .... @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ PostScript(R) почти противоположен `ASCII`. Вместо пр Принтер на основе хоста:: Производители могут снизить стоимость принтера, используя простой процессор и минимум памяти. Такие принтеры не способны печатать обычный текст. Вместо этого растровые изображения текста и графики создаются драйвером на главном компьютере и затем отправляются на принтер. Такие принтеры называются _host-based_ (управляемыми хостом). + -Взаимодействие между драйвером и принтером, подключенным к хосту, часто осуществляется по проприетарным или недокументированным протоколам, что делает их работоспособными только в наиболее распространённых операционных системах. +Взаимодействие между драйвером и принтером, подключённым к хосту, часто осуществляется по проприетарным или недокументированным протоколам, что делает их работоспособными только в наиболее распространённых операционных системах. [[print-pdls-table]] === Преобразование PostScript(R) в другие PDL @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ lp|repairsprinter|salesprinter:\ Включение титульных страниц различается в зависимости от того, подключен ли принтер напрямую к компьютеру с помощью кабеля `USB`, кабеля параллельного или последовательного порта или удалённо через сеть. -Заголовочные страницы на непосредственно подключенных принтерах включаются путем удаления строки `:sh:\` (Suppress Header) из записи в файле [.filename]#/etc/printcap#. Эти заголовочные страницы используют только символы перевода строки для новых строк. Некоторым принтерам может потребоваться фильтр [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/printing/hpif#, чтобы предотвратить ступенчатый текст. Фильтр настраивает принтеры `PCL` на печать как возврата каретки, так и перевода строки при получении символа перевода строки. +Заголовочные страницы на непосредственно подключённых принтерах включаются путем удаления строки `:sh:\` (Suppress Header) из записи в файле [.filename]#/etc/printcap#. Эти заголовочные страницы используют только символы перевода строки для новых строк. Некоторым принтерам может потребоваться фильтр [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/printing/hpif#, чтобы предотвратить ступенчатый текст. Фильтр настраивает принтеры `PCL` на печать как возврата каретки, так и перевода строки при получении символа перевода строки. Заглавные страницы для сетевых принтеров должны быть настроены на самом принтере. Записи заглавных страниц в [.filename]#/etc/printcap# игнорируются. Настройки обычно доступны через панель управления принтера или веб-интерфейс конфигурации, который можно открыть в браузере. diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/printing/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/printing/_index.po index 3638ff6bfb..2a83df635e 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/printing/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/printing/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-05-01 19:56-0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-18 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbookprinting_index/ru/>\n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgid "Printing" msgstr "Печать" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:55 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:54 msgid "" "Putting information on paper is a vital function, despite many attempts to " "eliminate it. Printing has two basic components. The data must be " @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ msgstr "" "которую принтер может обработать." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:57 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Quick Start" msgstr "Быстрый старт" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:62 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:61 msgid "" "Basic printing can be set up quickly. The printer must be capable of " "printing plain `ASCII` text. For printing to other types of files, see " @@ -73,13 +73,13 @@ msgstr "" "lpd-filters, Фильтры]." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:65 msgid "Create a directory to store files while they are being printed:" msgstr "Создайте каталог для хранения файлов во время печати:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:72 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:341 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:340 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp\n" @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ msgstr "" "# chmod 770 /var/spool/lpd/lp\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:75 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:74 msgid "As `root`, create [.filename]#/etc/printcap# with these contents:" msgstr "" "Как `root`, создайте файл [.filename]#/etc/printcap# со следующим содержимым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:84 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:83 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\n" @@ -115,63 +115,63 @@ msgstr "" "lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:87 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:86 msgid "This line is for a printer connected to a `USB` port." -msgstr "Эта строка предназначена для принтера, подключенного к порту `USB`." +msgstr "Эта строка предназначена для принтера, подключённого к порту `USB`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:89 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:88 msgid "For a printer connected to a parallel or \"printer\" port, use:" msgstr "" "Для принтера, подключённого к параллельному или «принтерному» порту, " "используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:93 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:92 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\\n" msgstr ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:96 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:95 msgid "For a printer connected directly to a network, use:" -msgstr "Для принтера, подключенного напрямую к сети, используйте:" +msgstr "Для принтера, подключённого напрямую к сети, используйте:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:99 #, no-wrap msgid ":lp=:rm=network-printer-name:rp=raw:\\\n" msgstr ":lp=:rm=network-printer-name:rp=raw:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:103 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:102 msgid "" "Replace _network-printer-name_ with the `DNS` host name of the network " "printer." msgstr "Замените _network-printer-name_ на `DNS` имя хоста сетевого принтера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:104 msgid "Enable LPD by editing [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#, adding this line:" msgstr "" "Включите LPD, отредактировав файл [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# и добавив " "следующую строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:109 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:383 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:382 #, no-wrap msgid "lpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "lpd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:112 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:386 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:385 msgid "Start the service:" msgstr "Запустите службу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:117 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:116 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service lpd start\n" @@ -181,21 +181,18 @@ msgstr "" "Starting lpd.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:119 msgid "Print a test:" msgstr "Напечатайте тест:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:124 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "# printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr\n" -msgstr "" -"# printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n" -"2. This is the second line.\\n" -"\" | lpr\n" +msgstr "# printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:130 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:129 msgid "" "If both lines do not start at the left border, but \"stairstep\" instead, " "see crossref:printing[printing-lpd-filters-stairstep, Preventing " @@ -206,7 +203,7 @@ msgstr "" "образования ступенек на простых текстовых принтерах]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:134 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:133 msgid "" "Text files can now be printed with `lpr`. Give the filename on the command " "line, or pipe output directly into `lpr`." @@ -215,7 +212,7 @@ msgstr "" "командной строке или передайте вывод напрямую в `lpr`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpr textfile.txt\n" @@ -225,13 +222,13 @@ msgstr "" "% ls -lh | lpr\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:142 #, no-wrap msgid "Printer Connections" msgstr "Подключение принтеров" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:149 msgid "" "Printers are connected to computer systems in a variety of ways. Small " "desktop printers are usually connected directly to a computer's `USB` port. " @@ -247,30 +244,30 @@ msgstr "" "принтеры используют редкое последовательное соединение через serial-порт." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:151 msgid "FreeBSD can communicate with all of these types of printers." msgstr "FreeBSD может взаимодействовать со всеми типами принтеров." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:153 #, no-wrap msgid "`USB`" msgstr "`USB`" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:156 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:155 msgid "" "`USB` printers can be connected to any available `USB` port on the computer." msgstr "" "`USB`-принтеры можно подключить к любому свободному `USB`-порту компьютера." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:161 msgid "" -"When FreeBSD detects a `USB` printer, two device entries are created: " -"[.filename]#/dev/ulpt0# and [.filename]#/dev/unlpt0#. Data sent to either " -"device will be relayed to the printer. After each print job, " -"[.filename]#ulpt0# resets the `USB` port. Resetting the port can cause " +"When FreeBSD detects a `USB` printer, two device entries are created: [." +"filename]#/dev/ulpt0# and [.filename]#/dev/unlpt0#. Data sent to either " +"device will be relayed to the printer. After each print job, [." +"filename]#ulpt0# resets the `USB` port. Resetting the port can cause " "problems with some printers, so the [.filename]#unlpt0# device is usually " "used instead. [.filename]#unlpt0# does not reset the USB port at all." msgstr "" @@ -282,13 +279,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#unlpt0#. [.filename]#unlpt0# не сбрасывает порт USB вообще." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Parallel (`IEEE`-1284)" msgstr "Параллельный порт (`IEEE`-1284)" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:167 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:166 msgid "" "The parallel port device is [.filename]#/dev/lpt0#. This device appears " "whether a printer is attached or not, it is not autodetected." @@ -298,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" "определяется автоматически." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:172 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:171 msgid "" "Vendors have largely moved away from these \"legacy\" ports, and many " "computers no longer have them. Adapters can be used to connect a parallel " @@ -314,13 +311,13 @@ msgstr "" "устройства, называемые _серверами печати_." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:173 #, no-wrap msgid "Serial (RS-232)" msgstr "Последовательный порт (RS-232)" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:177 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:176 msgid "" "Serial ports are another legacy port, rarely used for printers except in " "certain niche applications. Cables, connectors, and required wiring vary " @@ -332,11 +329,11 @@ msgstr "" "различаться." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:180 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:179 msgid "" -"For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is " -"[.filename]#/dev/cuau0# or [.filename]#/dev/cuau1#. Serial `USB` adapters " -"can also be used, and these will appear as [.filename]#/dev/cuaU0#." +"For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is [." +"filename]#/dev/cuau0# or [.filename]#/dev/cuau1#. Serial `USB` adapters can " +"also be used, and these will appear as [.filename]#/dev/cuaU0#." msgstr "" "Для последовательных портов, встроенных в материнскую плату, имя " "последовательного устройства — [.filename]#/dev/cuau0# или [.filename]#/dev/" @@ -344,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" "будут отображаться как [.filename]#/dev/cuaU0#." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:184 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:183 msgid "" "Several communication parameters must be known to communicate with a serial " "printer. The most important are _baud rate_ or `BPS` (Bits Per Second) and " @@ -358,18 +355,18 @@ msgstr "" "проверки на чётность." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:186 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:185 #, no-wrap msgid "Network" msgstr "Сеть" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:188 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:187 msgid "Network printers are connected directly to the local computer network." msgstr "Сетевые принтеры подключаются напрямую к локальной компьютерной сети." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:191 msgid "" "The `DNS` hostname of the printer must be known. If the printer is assigned " "a dynamic address by `DHCP`, `DNS` should be dynamically updated so that the " @@ -382,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" "часто получают статические `IP`-адреса, чтобы избежать этой проблемы." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:196 msgid "" "Most network printers understand print jobs sent with the LPD protocol. A " "print queue name can also be specified. Some printers process data " @@ -397,21 +394,21 @@ msgstr "" "добавляет символы возврата каретки к обычному тексту." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:198 msgid "Many network printers can also print data sent directly to port 9100." msgstr "" "Многие сетевые принтеры также могут печатать данные, отправленные напрямую " "на порт 9100." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:201 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:287 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:200 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "Summary" msgstr "Краткое содержание" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:208 msgid "" "Wired network connections are usually the easiest to set up and give the " "fastest printing. For direct connection to the computer, `USB` is preferred " @@ -431,13 +428,13 @@ msgstr "" "принтеры встречаются редко." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:211 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:210 #, no-wrap msgid "Common Page Description Languages" msgstr "Языки описания страниц" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:215 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:214 msgid "" "Data sent to a printer must be in a language that the printer can " "understand. These languages are called Page Description Languages, or PDLs." @@ -447,13 +444,13 @@ msgstr "" "Description Languages)." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:217 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:216 #, no-wrap msgid "`ASCII`" msgstr "`ASCII`" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:223 msgid "" "Plain `ASCII` text is the simplest way to send data to a printer. " "Characters correspond one to one with what will be printed: an `A` in the " @@ -473,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" "отправленным данным." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:226 msgid "" "Some inexpensive printers cannot print plain `ASCII` text. This makes them " "more difficult to set up, but it is usually still possible." @@ -482,13 +479,13 @@ msgstr "" "усложняет их настройку, но обычно это всё равно возможно." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:229 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:228 #, no-wrap msgid "PostScript(R)" msgstr "PostScript(R)" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:235 msgid "" "PostScript(R) is almost the opposite of `ASCII`. Rather than simple text, a " "PostScript(R) program is a set of instructions that draw the final " @@ -505,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr "" "поэтому процесс остаётся невидимым для пользователя." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:237 msgid "" "Inexpensive printers sometimes leave out PostScript(R) compatibility as a " "cost-saving measure." @@ -514,13 +511,13 @@ msgstr "" "целях экономии." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:239 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCL` (Printer Command Language)" msgstr "`PCL` (Printer Command Language)" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:245 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:244 msgid "" "`PCL` is an extension of `ASCII`, adding escape sequences for formatting, " "font selection, and printing graphics. Many printers provide `PCL5` " @@ -534,13 +531,13 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечивать более быструю печать." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:247 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:246 #, no-wrap msgid "Host-Based" msgstr "Принтер на основе хоста" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:252 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:251 msgid "" "Manufacturers can reduce the cost of a printer by giving it a simple " "processor and very little memory. These printers are not capable of " @@ -555,25 +552,25 @@ msgstr "" "based_ (управляемыми хостом)." #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:254 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:253 msgid "" "Communication between the driver and a host-based printer is often through " "proprietary or undocumented protocols, making them functional only on the " "most common operating systems." msgstr "" -"Взаимодействие между драйвером и принтером, подключенным к хосту, часто " +"Взаимодействие между драйвером и принтером, подключённым к хосту, часто " "осуществляется по проприетарным или недокументированным протоколам, что " "делает их работоспособными только в наиболее распространённых операционных " "системах." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:256 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting PostScript(R) to Other PDLs" msgstr "Преобразование PostScript(R) в другие PDL" #. type: delimited block * 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "Many applications from the Ports Collection and FreeBSD utilities produce " "PostScript(R) output. This table shows the utilities available to convert " @@ -584,88 +581,87 @@ msgstr "" "преобразования этого формата в другие распространённые PDL:" #. type: Block title -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Output PDLs" msgstr "Языки PDL на выходе" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Output PDL" msgstr "PDL на выходе" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:267 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:266 #, no-wrap msgid "Generated By" msgstr "Чем создаётся" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:268 #, no-wrap msgid "Notes" msgstr "Заметки" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:269 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCL` or `PCL5`" msgstr "`PCL` или `PCL5`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:271 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:275 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:279 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:270 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "package:print/ghostscript9-base[]" msgstr "package:print/ghostscript9-base[]" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:273 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=ljet4` for monochrome, `-sDEVICE=cljet5` for color" msgstr "`-sDEVICE=ljet4` для монохромной печати, `-sDEVICE=cljet5` для цветной" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:274 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:273 #, no-wrap msgid "`PCLXL` or `PCL6`" msgstr "`PCLXL` или `PCL6`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:277 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=pxlmono` for monochrome, `-sDEVICE=pxlcolor` for color" -msgstr "" -"`-sDEVICE=pxlmono` для монохромного режима, `-sDEVICE=pxlcolor` для цветного" +msgstr "`-sDEVICE=pxlmono` для монохромного режима, `-sDEVICE=pxlcolor` для цветного" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:277 #, no-wrap msgid "`ESC/P2`" msgstr "`ESC/P2`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:281 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "`-sDEVICE=uniprint`" msgstr "`-sDEVICE=uniprint`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:282 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:281 #, no-wrap msgid "`XQX`" msgstr "`XQX`" #. type: Table -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:283 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "package:print/foo2zjs[]" msgstr "package:print/foo2zjs[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:293 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:292 msgid "" "For the easiest printing, choose a printer that supports PostScript(R). " "Printers that support `PCL` are the next preferred. With package:print/" @@ -683,7 +679,7 @@ msgstr "" "`ASCII`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:298 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:297 msgid "" "Line-based printers like typical inkjets usually do not support " "PostScript(R) or `PCL`. They often can print plain `ASCII` text files. " @@ -700,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" "медленно из-за большого объёма передаваемых и печатаемых данных." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:303 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:302 msgid "" "Host-based printers are often more difficult to set up. Some cannot be used " "at all because of proprietary PDLs. Avoid these printers when possible. " @@ -708,19 +704,19 @@ msgid "" "http://www.openprinting.org/printers[]." msgstr "" "Настроить принтеры, управляемые хостом, часто сложнее. Некоторые из них " -"вообще нельзя использовать из-за проприетарных языков описания страниц (PDL)" -". По возможности избегайте таких принтеров. Информацию о конкретных `PDL`, " -"используемых различными моделями принтеров, можно найти на сайте http://www." -"openprinting.org/printers[]." +"вообще нельзя использовать из-за проприетарных языков описания страниц " +"(PDL). По возможности избегайте таких принтеров. Информацию о конкретных " +"`PDL`, используемых различными моделями принтеров, можно найти на сайте " +"http://www.openprinting.org/printers[]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Direct Printing" msgstr "Прямая печать" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:309 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:308 msgid "" "For occasional printing, files can be sent directly to a printer device " "without any setup. For example, a file called [.filename]#sample.txt# can " @@ -731,13 +727,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#sample.txt# можно отправить на принтер с интерфейсом `USB`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "# cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0\n" msgstr "# cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:316 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:315 msgid "" "Direct printing to network printers depends on the abilities of the printer, " "but most accept print jobs on port 9100, and man:nc[1] can be used with " @@ -750,19 +746,19 @@ msgstr "" "`DNS`-именем хоста _netlaser_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:320 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:319 #, no-wrap msgid "# nc netlaser 9100 < sample.txt\n" msgstr "# nc netlaser 9100 < sample.txt\n" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:323 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:322 #, no-wrap msgid "LPD (Line Printer Daemon)" msgstr "LPD (демон линейного принтера)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:327 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:326 msgid "" "Printing a file in the background is called _spooling_. A spooler allows " "the user to continue with other programs on the computer without waiting for " @@ -773,7 +769,7 @@ msgstr "" "ожидая завершения медленного процесса печати." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:330 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:329 msgid "" "FreeBSD includes a spooler called man:lpd[8]. Print jobs are submitted with " "man:lpr[1]." @@ -782,13 +778,13 @@ msgstr "" "отправляются с помощью man:lpr[1]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Initial Setup" msgstr "Начальная настройка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:334 msgid "" "A directory for storing print jobs is created, ownership is set, and the " "permissions are set to prevent other users from viewing the contents of " @@ -799,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" "просматривать содержимое этих файлов:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:346 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:345 msgid "" "Printers are defined in [.filename]#/etc/printcap#. An entry for each " "printer includes details like a name, the port where it is attached, and " @@ -812,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующим содержимым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\t\t\t\t<.>\n" @@ -830,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\t<.>\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:357 msgid "" "The name of this printer. man:lpr[1] sends print jobs to the `lp` printer " "unless another printer is specified with `-P`, so the default printer should " @@ -841,7 +837,7 @@ msgstr "" "должен называться `lp`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "The device where the printer is connected. Replace this line with the " "appropriate one for the connection type shown here." @@ -850,17 +846,17 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующую для типа подключения, указанного здесь." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:362 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:361 msgid "Suppress the printing of a header page at the start of a print job." msgstr "Подавить вывод титульной страницы в начале задания печати." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:363 msgid "Do not limit the maximum size of a print job." msgstr "Не ограничивать максимальный размер задания на печать." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:366 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:365 msgid "" "The path to the spooling directory for this printer. Each printer uses its " "own spooling directory." @@ -869,12 +865,12 @@ msgstr "" "собственный каталог спулинга." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:368 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:367 msgid "The log file where errors on this printer will be reported." msgstr "Файл журнала, в который будут записываться ошибки для этого принтера." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:370 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:369 msgid "" "After creating [.filename]#/etc/printcap#, use man:chkprintcap[8] to test it " "for errors:" @@ -883,35 +879,35 @@ msgstr "" "проверки на ошибки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:374 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "# chkprintcap\n" msgstr "# chkprintcap\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:377 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:376 msgid "Fix any reported problems before continuing." msgstr "Исправьте все выявленные проблемы перед продолжением." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:379 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:378 msgid "Enable man:lpd[8] in [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" msgstr "Включите man:lpd[8] в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:390 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:389 #, no-wrap msgid "# service lpd start\n" msgstr "# service lpd start\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "Printing with man:lpr[1]" msgstr "Печать с помощью man:lpr[1]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "Documents are sent to the printer with `lpr`. A file to be printed can be " "named on the command line or piped into `lpr`. These two commands are " @@ -924,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" "принтер по умолчанию:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:403 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:402 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpr doc.txt\n" @@ -934,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr "" "% cat doc.txt | lpr\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:407 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:406 msgid "" "Printers can be selected with `-P`. To print to a printer called _laser_:" msgstr "" @@ -942,19 +938,19 @@ msgstr "" "_laser_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:411 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:410 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Plaser doc.txt\n" msgstr "% lpr -Plaser doc.txt\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:413 #, no-wrap msgid "Filters" msgstr "Фильтры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:417 msgid "" "The examples shown so far have sent the contents of a text file directly to " "the printer. As long as the printer understands the content of those files, " @@ -965,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет печататься корректно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:420 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:419 msgid "" "Some printers are not capable of printing plain text, and the input file " "might not even be plain text." @@ -974,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" "даже не быть текстовым." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:423 msgid "" "_Filters_ allow files to be translated or processed. The typical use is to " "translate one type of input, like plain text, into a form that the printer " @@ -990,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "или подсветка исходного кода для удобства чтения." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:428 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:427 msgid "" "The filters discussed here are _input filters_ or _text filters_. These " "filters convert the incoming file into different forms. Use man:su[1] to " @@ -1001,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr "" "Используйте man:su[1], чтобы стать `root` перед созданием файлов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:430 msgid "" "Filters are specified in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# with the `if=` " "identifier. To use [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf# as a filter, " @@ -1012,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "" "фильтра, измените [.filename]#/etc/printcap# следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:441 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:440 #, no-wrap msgid "" "lp:\\\n" @@ -1032,17 +1028,17 @@ msgstr "" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:443 msgid "`if=` identifies the _input filter_ that will be used on incoming text." msgstr "" "`if=` определяет _входной фильтр_, который будет использоваться для " "входящего текста." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:449 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:448 msgid "" -"The backslash _line continuation_ characters at the end of the lines in " -"[.filename]#printcap# entries reveal that an entry for a printer is really " +"The backslash _line continuation_ characters at the end of the lines in [." +"filename]#printcap# entries reveal that an entry for a printer is really " "just one long line with entries delimited by colon characters. An earlier " "example can be rewritten as a single less-readable line:" msgstr "" @@ -1053,21 +1049,19 @@ msgstr "" "строки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:452 #, no-wrap msgid "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" -msgstr "" -"lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/" -"lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" +msgstr "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:457 #, no-wrap msgid "Preventing Stairstepping on Plain Text Printers" msgstr "Предотвращение ступенчатости на простых текстовых принтерах" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:461 msgid "" "Typical FreeBSD text files contain only a single line feed character at the " "end of each line. These lines will \"stairstep\" on a standard printer:" @@ -1077,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" "стандартном принтере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:467 #, no-wrap msgid "" "A printed file looks\n" @@ -1089,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" " scattered by the wind\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:473 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:472 msgid "" "A filter can convert the newline characters into carriage returns and " "newlines. The carriage returns make the printer return to the left after " @@ -1102,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующим содержимым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:479 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:478 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1114,33 +1108,33 @@ msgstr "" "/usr/bin/sed -e \"s/$/${CR}/g\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:482 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:514 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:547 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:481 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:513 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:603 msgid "Set the permissions and make it executable:" msgstr "Установите разрешения и сделайте файл исполняемым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:486 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:485 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf\n" msgstr "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:489 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:520 msgid "Modify [.filename]#/etc/printcap# to use the new filter:" msgstr "Измените [.filename]#/etc/printcap#, чтобы использовать новый фильтр:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:492 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\\n" msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:496 msgid "" "Test the filter by printing the same plain text file. The carriage returns " "will cause each line to start at the left side of the page." @@ -1149,22 +1143,20 @@ msgstr "" "приведет к тому, что каждая строка будет начинаться с левого края страницы." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:498 #, no-wrap msgid "Fancy Plain Text on PostScript(R) Printers with package:print/enscript[]" -msgstr "" -"Красивое оформление текста на PostScript(R) принтерах с помощью package:" -"print/enscript[]" +msgstr "Красивое оформление текста на PostScript(R) принтерах с помощью package:print/enscript[]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:503 msgid "" "GNUEnscript converts plain text files into nicely-formatted PostScript(R) " "for printing on PostScript(R) printers. It adds page numbers, wraps long " "lines, and provides numerous other features to make printed text files " -"easier to read. Depending on the local paper size, install either " -"package:print/enscript-letter[] or package:print/enscript-a4[] from the " -"Ports Collection." +"easier to read. Depending on the local paper size, install either package:" +"print/enscript-letter[] or package:print/enscript-a4[] from the Ports " +"Collection." msgstr "" "GNUEnscript преобразует обычные текстовые файлы в аккуратно " "отформатированный PostScript(R) для печати на принтерах PostScript(R). Он " @@ -1174,14 +1166,14 @@ msgstr "" "print/enscript-letter[] или package:print/enscript-a4[] из коллекции портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:505 msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/enscript# with these contents:" msgstr "" "Создайте файл [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/enscript# со следующим " "содержимым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:510 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1191,30 +1183,30 @@ msgstr "" "/usr/local/bin/enscript -o -\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:517 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript\n" msgstr "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:524 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n" msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:528 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:527 msgid "Test the filter by printing a plain text file." msgstr "Проверьте фильтр, напечатав простой текстовый файл." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:529 #, no-wrap msgid "Printing PostScript(R) to `PCL` Printers" msgstr "Печать PostScript(R) на принтеры `PCL`" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:535 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:534 msgid "" "Many programs produce PostScript(R) documents. However, inexpensive " "printers often only understand plain text or `PCL`. This filter converts " @@ -1225,7 +1217,7 @@ msgstr "" "преобразует файлы PostScript(R) в `PCL` перед отправкой на принтер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:537 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:536 msgid "" "Install the Ghostscript PostScript(R) interpreter, package:print/" "ghostscript9-base[], from the Ports Collection." @@ -1234,30 +1226,29 @@ msgstr "" "ghostscript9-base[], из коллекции портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:539 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:538 msgid "Create [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl# with these contents:" msgstr "" "Создайте файл [.filename]#/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl# со следующим содержимым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:543 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" "/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- -\n" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" -"/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- " -"-\n" +"/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- -\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:551 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:550 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl\n" msgstr "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:554 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:553 msgid "" "PostScript(R) input sent to this script will be rendered and converted to " "`PCL` before being sent on to the printer." @@ -1266,44 +1257,43 @@ msgstr "" "обработаны, преобразованы в `PCL` и отправлены на принтер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:556 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:610 msgid "Modify [.filename]#/etc/printcap# to use this new input filter:" msgstr "" "Измените файл [.filename]#/etc/printcap#, чтобы использовать новый входной " "фильтр:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:559 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\\n" msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:562 msgid "Test the filter by sending a small PostScript(R) program to it:" msgstr "" "Протестируйте фильтр, отправив в него небольшую программу PostScript(R):" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:568 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:567 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n" "72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr\n" msgstr "" -"% printf \"%%\\!PS \\n" -" /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n" +"% printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n" "72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:570 #, no-wrap msgid "Smart Filters" msgstr "Умные фильтры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:578 msgid "" "A filter that detects the type of input and automatically converts it to the " "correct format for the printer can be very convenient. The first two " @@ -1322,7 +1312,7 @@ msgstr "" "psif# с таким содержимым:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:587 #, no-wrap msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1340,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" "first_two_chars=`expr \"$first_line\" : '\\(..\\)'`\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "" "case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n" @@ -1370,32 +1360,32 @@ msgstr "" "esac\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif\n" msgstr "# chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\\n" msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:617 msgid "Test the filter by printing PostScript(R) and plain text files." msgstr "" "Протестируйте фильтр, распечатав файлы в формате PostScript(R) и обычные " "текстовые файлы." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:620 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:619 #, no-wrap msgid "Multiple Queues" msgstr "Множественные очереди" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:625 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:624 msgid "" "The entries in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# are really definitions of " "_queues_. There can be more than one queue for a single printer. When " @@ -1408,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "над печатью их заданий." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:629 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:628 msgid "" "As an example, consider a networked PostScript(R) laser printer in an " "office. Most users want to print plain text, but a few advanced users want " @@ -1422,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/printcap#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:638 #, no-wrap msgid "" "textprinter:\\\n" @@ -1442,7 +1432,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:645 #, no-wrap msgid "" "psprinter:\\\n" @@ -1460,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:649 msgid "" "Documents sent to `textprinter` will be formatted by the [.filename]#/usr/" "local/libexec/enscript# filter shown in an earlier example. Advanced users " @@ -1472,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "фильтрация не выполняется." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:652 msgid "" "This multiple queue technique can be used to provide direct access to all " "kinds of printer features. A printer with a duplexer could use two queues, " @@ -1487,13 +1477,13 @@ msgstr "" "двусторонней печати, а затем передаёт входящий файл." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:655 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:654 #, no-wrap msgid "Monitoring and Controlling Printing" msgstr "Мониторинг и управление печатью" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:658 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:657 msgid "" "Several utilities are available to monitor print jobs and check and control " "printer operation." @@ -1502,13 +1492,13 @@ msgstr "" "управления работой принтера." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:659 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lpq[1]" msgstr "man:lpq[1]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:663 msgid "" "man:lpq[1] shows the status of a user's print jobs. Print jobs from other " "users are not shown." @@ -1517,12 +1507,12 @@ msgstr "" "других пользователей не показываются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:665 msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on a single printer:" msgstr "Показать ожидающие задания текущего пользователя на одном принтере:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:672 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:671 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq -Plp\n" @@ -1534,12 +1524,12 @@ msgstr "" "1st jsmith 0 (standard input) 12792 bytes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:674 msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on all printers:" msgstr "Показать ожидающие задания текущего пользователя на всех принтерах:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:681 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq -a\n" @@ -1553,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "" "1st jsmith 1 (standard input) 27320 bytes\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:686 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:685 #, no-wrap msgid "" "laser:\n" @@ -1565,13 +1555,13 @@ msgstr "" "1st jsmith 287 (standard input) 22443 bytes\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:688 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lprm[1]" msgstr "man:lprm[1]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:694 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:693 msgid "" "man:lprm[1] is used to remove print jobs. Normal users are only allowed to " "remove their own jobs. `root` can remove any or all jobs." @@ -1581,12 +1571,12 @@ msgstr "" "или все задания." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:695 msgid "Remove all pending jobs from a printer:" msgstr "Удалить все ожидающие задания из принтера:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:705 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lprm -Plp -\n" @@ -1606,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "cfA004smithy dequeued\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:709 msgid "" "Remove a single job from a printer. man:lpq[1] is used to find the job " "number." @@ -1615,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "" "используется man:lpq[1]." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:715 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpq\n" @@ -1627,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "" "1st jsmith 5 (standard input) 12188 bytes\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:719 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lprm -Plp 5\n" @@ -1639,13 +1629,13 @@ msgstr "" "cfA005smithy dequeued\n" #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:722 #, no-wrap msgid "man:lpc[8]" msgstr "man:lpc[8]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:730 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:729 msgid "" "man:lpc[8] is used to check and modify printer status. `lpc` is followed by " "a command and an optional printer name. `all` can be used instead of a " @@ -1661,12 +1651,12 @@ msgstr "" "изменяющие состояние принтеров." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:732 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:731 msgid "Show the status of all printers:" msgstr "Показать состояние всех принтеров:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:746 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:745 #, no-wrap msgid "" "% lpc status all\n" @@ -1694,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" "\twaiting for laser to come up\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "Prevent a printer from accepting new jobs, then begin accepting new jobs " "again:" @@ -1703,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" "новых заданий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:758 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:757 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc disable lp\n" @@ -1721,7 +1711,7 @@ msgstr "" "\tqueuing enabled\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:762 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:761 msgid "" "Stop printing, but continue to accept new jobs. Then begin printing again:" msgstr "" @@ -1729,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" "возобновить печать:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:772 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:771 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc stop lp\n" @@ -1749,12 +1739,12 @@ msgstr "" "\tdaemon started\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:775 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:774 msgid "Restart a printer after some error condition:" msgstr "Перезапустить принтер после возникновения ошибки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:783 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:782 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc restart lp\n" @@ -1770,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" "\tdaemon restarted\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:786 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:785 msgid "" "Turn the print queue off and disable printing, with a message to explain the " "problem to users:" @@ -1779,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователей с объяснением проблемы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:793 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:792 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc down lp Repair parts will arrive on Monday\n" @@ -1793,12 +1783,12 @@ msgstr "" "\tstatus message is now: Repair parts will arrive on Monday\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:796 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:795 msgid "Re-enable a printer that is down:" msgstr "Включить принтер, который выключен:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# lpc up lp\n" @@ -1812,18 +1802,18 @@ msgstr "" "\tdaemon started\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:805 msgid "See man:lpc[8] for more commands and options." msgstr "См. man:lpc[8] для получения дополнительных команд и параметров." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:807 #, no-wrap msgid "Shared Printers" msgstr "Общие принтеры" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:811 msgid "" "Printers are often shared by multiple users in businesses and schools. " "Additional features are provided to make sharing printers more convenient." @@ -1833,13 +1823,13 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительные функции." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:814 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:813 #, no-wrap msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Aliases" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:818 msgid "" "The printer name is set in the first line of the entry in [.filename]#/etc/" "printcap#. Additional names, or _aliases_, can be added after that name. " @@ -1850,13 +1840,13 @@ msgstr "" "имени. Псевдонимы отделяются от имени и друг от друга вертикальными чертами:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:822 #, no-wrap msgid "lp|repairsprinter|salesprinter:\\\n" msgstr "lp|repairsprinter|salesprinter:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:827 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:826 msgid "" "Aliases can be used in place of the printer name. For example, users in the " "Sales department print to their printer with" @@ -1865,24 +1855,24 @@ msgstr "" "отдела продаж печатают на свой принтер с помощью" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:831 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:830 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Psalesprinter sales-report.txt\n" msgstr "% lpr -Psalesprinter sales-report.txt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:833 msgid "Users in the Repairs department print to _their_ printer with" msgstr "Пользователи отдела ремонта печатают на _своём_ принтере с помощью" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:838 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:837 #, no-wrap msgid "% lpr -Prepairsprinter repairs-report.txt\n" msgstr "% lpr -Prepairsprinter repairs-report.txt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:843 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:842 msgid "" "All of the documents print on that single printer. When the Sales " "department grows enough to need their own printer, the alias can be removed " @@ -1897,13 +1887,13 @@ msgstr "" "команды, но документы отдела продаж отправляются на новый принтер." #. type: Title ==== -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:845 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:844 #, no-wrap msgid "Header Pages" msgstr "Страницы заголовков" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:851 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:850 msgid "" "It can be difficult for users to locate their documents in the stack of " "pages produced by a busy shared printer. _Header pages_ were created to " @@ -1918,7 +1908,7 @@ msgstr "" "также иногда называют _баннерами_ или _разделителями_." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:853 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:852 msgid "" "Enabling header pages differs depending on whether the printer is connected " "directly to the computer with a `USB`, parallel, or serial cable, or is " @@ -1929,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "" "или последовательного порта или удалённо через сеть." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:857 msgid "" "Header pages on directly-connected printers are enabled by removing the `:sh:" "\\` (Suppress Header) line from the entry in [.filename]#/etc/printcap#. " @@ -1938,7 +1928,7 @@ msgid "" "to prevent stairstepped text. The filter configures `PCL` printers to print " "both carriage returns and line feeds when a line feed is received." msgstr "" -"Заголовочные страницы на непосредственно подключенных принтерах включаются " +"Заголовочные страницы на непосредственно подключённых принтерах включаются " "путем удаления строки `:sh:\\` (Suppress Header) из записи в файле [." "filename]#/etc/printcap#. Эти заголовочные страницы используют только " "символы перевода строки для новых строк. Некоторым принтерам может " @@ -1948,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "" "строки." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:862 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:861 msgid "" "Header pages for network printers must be configured on the printer itself. " "Header page entries in [.filename]#/etc/printcap# are ignored. Settings are " @@ -1961,76 +1951,76 @@ msgstr "" "веб-интерфейс конфигурации, который можно открыть в браузере." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:864 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:863 #, no-wrap msgid "References" msgstr "Список литературы" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:866 msgid "Example files: [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/printing/#." msgstr "Примеры файлов: [.filename]#/usr/share/examples/printing/#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:869 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:868 msgid "" -"The _4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual_, [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/smm/" -"07.lpd/paper.ascii.gz#." +"The _4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual_, [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/smm/07." +"lpd/paper.ascii.gz#." msgstr "" "_Руководство по системе печати 4.3BSD_, [.filename]#/usr/share/doc/smm/07." "lpd/paper.ascii.gz#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:870 msgid "" -"Manual pages: man:printcap[5], man:lpd[8], man:lpr[1], man:lpc[8], " -"man:lprm[1], man:lpq[1]." +"Manual pages: man:printcap[5], man:lpd[8], man:lpr[1], man:lpc[8], man:" +"lprm[1], man:lpq[1]." msgstr "" "Страницы Справочника: man:printcap[5], man:lpd[8], man:lpr[1], man:lpc[8], " "man:lprm[1], man:lpq[1]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:873 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:872 #, no-wrap msgid "Other Printing Systems" msgstr "Другие системы печати" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:876 msgid "" -"Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in " -"man:lpd[8]. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional " +"Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in man:" +"lpd[8]. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional " "features." msgstr "" -"Несколько других систем печати доступны в дополнение к встроенной man:lpd[8]" -". Эти системы обеспечивают поддержку других протоколов или дополнительные " -"возможности." +"Несколько других систем печати доступны в дополнение к встроенной man:" +"lpd[8]. Эти системы обеспечивают поддержку других протоколов или " +"дополнительные возможности." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:879 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:878 #, no-wrap msgid "CUPS (Common UNIX(R) Printing System)" msgstr "CUPS (Common UNIX(R) Printing System)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:883 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:882 msgid "" "CUPS is a popular printing system available on many operating systems. " "Using CUPS on FreeBSD is documented in a separate article: extref:{cups}" "[CUPS]" msgstr "" "CUPS — это популярная система печати, доступная во многих операционных " -"системах. Использование CUPS в FreeBSD описано в отдельной статье: " -"extref:{cups}[CUPS]" +"системах. Использование CUPS в FreeBSD описано в отдельной статье: extref:" +"{cups}[CUPS]" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:884 #, no-wrap msgid "HPLIP" msgstr "HPLIP" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:892 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:891 msgid "" "Hewlett Packard provides a printing system that supports many of their " "inkjet and laser printers. The port is package:print/hplip[]. The main web " @@ -2047,17 +2037,17 @@ msgstr "" "com/hp-linux-imaging-and-printing/install[]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:894 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:893 #, no-wrap msgid "LPRng" msgstr "LPRng" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:898 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/printing/_index.adoc:897 msgid "" "LPRng was developed as an enhanced alternative to man:lpd[8]. The port is " -"package:sysutils/LPRng[]. For details and documentation, see https://" -"lprng.sourceforge.net/[]." +"package:sysutils/LPRng[]. For details and documentation, see https://lprng." +"sourceforge.net/[]." msgstr "" "LPRng был разработан как улучшенная альтернатива man:lpd[8]. Порт находится " "в package:sysutils/LPRng[]. Подробности и документацию можно найти на " diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc index f851894443..b8b74de491 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ jdoe@example.org Поскольку Kerberos — это подход «всё или ничего», каждая служба, включённая в сети, должна быть либо изменена для работы с Kerberos, либо защищена от сетевых атак другим способом. Это необходимо для предотвращения кражи и повторного использования учётных данных пользователей. Например, если Kerberos включён для всех удалённых оболочек, но не поддерживающий Kerberos POP3-сервер передаёт пароли в открытом виде. -KDC представляет собой единую точку отказа. По замыслу, KDC должен быть таким же защищенным, как и его главная база данных паролей. На KDC не должно быть запущено никаких других служб, и он должен быть физически защищен. Риск очень высок, поскольку Kerberos хранит все пароли, зашифрованные одним главным ключом, который хранится в виде файла на KDC. +KDC представляет собой единую точку отказа. По замыслу, KDC должен быть таким же защищённым, как и его главная база данных паролей. На KDC не должно быть запущено никаких других служб, и он должен быть физически защищен. Риск очень высок, поскольку Kerberos хранит все пароли, зашифрованные одним главным ключом, который хранится в виде файла на KDC. Скомпрометированный мастер-ключ не так страшен, как может показаться. Мастер-ключ используется только для шифрования базы данных Kerberos и в качестве затравки для генератора случайных чисел. Пока доступ к KDC защищен, злоумышленник не сможет сделать многое с мастер-ключом. diff --git a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/security/_index.po b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/security/_index.po index 486a825df5..5f698de1a8 100644 --- a/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/security/_index.po +++ b/documentation/content/ru/books/handbook/security/_index.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: FreeBSD Documentation VERSION\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-11-08 16:17+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-04-05 04:45+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2026-08-06 22:55+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2026-05-18 04:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vladlen Popolitov <vladlenpopolitov@list.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <https://translate-dev.freebsd.org/projects/" "documentation/bookshandbooksecurity_index/ru/>\n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && " -"n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Generator: Weblate 4.17\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: description @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ msgid "Security" msgstr "Безопасность" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:53 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:52 #, no-wrap msgid "Synopsis" msgstr "Обзор" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:56 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:55 msgid "" "Hundreds of standard practices have been authored about how to secure " "systems and networks, and as a user of FreeBSD, understanding how to protect " @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "" "злоумышленников, является обязательным." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:59 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:58 msgid "" "In this chapter, several fundamentals and techniques will be discussed. The " "FreeBSD system comes with multiple layers of security, and many more third " @@ -72,47 +72,47 @@ msgstr "" "усиления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:61 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:60 msgid "This chapter covers:" msgstr "Эта глава охватывает:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:63 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:62 msgid "Basic FreeBSD system security concepts." msgstr "Основные концепции безопасности системы FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:64 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:63 msgid "The various crypt mechanisms available in FreeBSD." msgstr "Доступные в FreeBSD механизмы шифрования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:65 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:64 msgid "How to configure TCP Wrappers for use with man:inetd[8]." msgstr "Как настроить TCP Wrappers для использования с man:inetd[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:66 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:65 msgid "How to set up Kerberos on FreeBSD." msgstr "Как настроить Kerberos на FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:67 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:66 msgid "How to configure and use OpenSSH on FreeBSD." msgstr "Как настроить и использовать OpenSSH на FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:68 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:67 msgid "How to use OpenSSL on FreeBSD." msgstr "Как использовать OpenSSL в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:69 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:68 msgid "How to use file system ACLs." msgstr "Как использовать ACL файловых систем." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:70 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:69 msgid "" "How to use pkg to audit third party software packages installed from the " "Ports Collection." @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ msgstr "" "из Коллекции портов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:71 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:70 msgid "How to utilize FreeBSD security advisories." msgstr "Как использовать рекомендации по безопасности FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:72 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:71 msgid "What Process Accounting is and how to enable it on FreeBSD." msgstr "Что такое учёт процессов и как его включить в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:73 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:72 msgid "" "How to control user resources using login classes or the resource limits " "database." @@ -140,12 +140,12 @@ msgstr "" "данных ограничений ресурсов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:74 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:73 msgid "What is Capsicum and a basic example." msgstr "Что такое Capsicum и базовый пример." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:76 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:75 msgid "" "Certain topics due to their complexity are found in dedicated chapters such " "as crossref:firewalls[firewalls,Firewalls], crossref:mac[mac,Mandatory " @@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ msgstr "" "[VPN через IPsec]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:78 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:77 #, no-wrap msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Введение" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:83 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:82 msgid "" "Security is everyone's responsibility. A weak entry point in any system " "could allow intruders to gain access to critical information and cause havoc " @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ msgstr "" "и Доступность информационных систем." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:86 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:85 msgid "" "The CIA triad is a bedrock concept of computer security as customers and " "users expect their data to be protected. For example, a customer expects " @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "" "своих заказах (доступность)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:92 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:91 msgid "" "To provide CIA, security professionals apply a defense in depth strategy. " "The idea of defense in depth is to add several layers of security to prevent " @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности необходимо понимать угрозы и способы защиты от них." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:95 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:94 msgid "" "What is a threat as it pertains to computer security? Threats are not " "limited to remote attackers who attempt to access a system without " @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" "конкурирующие компании." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:99 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:98 msgid "" "Systems and networks can be accessed without permission, sometimes by " "accident, or by remote attackers, and in some cases, via corporate espionage " @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "важно знать об угрозах и быть готовым к их устранению." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:104 msgid "" "When applying security to systems, it is recommended to start by securing " "the basic accounts and system configuration, and then to secure the network " @@ -274,13 +274,13 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:107 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:106 #, no-wrap msgid "Securing Accounts" msgstr "Защита учётных записей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:109 msgid "" "Maintaining secure accounts in FreeBSD is crucial for data confidentiality, " "system integrity, and privilege separation, as it prevents unauthorized " @@ -293,13 +293,13 @@ msgstr "" "данных, обеспечивая соответствие требованиям и защищая репутацию организации." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:111 #, no-wrap msgid "Preventing Logins" msgstr "Предотвращение входов в систему" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:116 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:115 msgid "" "In securing a system, a good starting point is an audit of accounts. " "Disable any accounts that do not need login access." @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" "для входа." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:120 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:119 msgid "" "Ensure that `root` has a strong password and that this password is not " "shared." @@ -318,12 +318,12 @@ msgstr "" "пароль не используется совместно." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:122 msgid "To deny login access to accounts, two methods exist." msgstr "Для запрета входа в учётные записи существуют два метода." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:124 msgid "" "The first is to lock the account, this example shows how to lock the `imani` " "account:" @@ -332,13 +332,13 @@ msgstr "" "заблокировать учётную запись `imani`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:129 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:128 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw lock imani\n" msgstr "# pw lock imani\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:133 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:132 msgid "" "The second method is to prevent login access by changing the shell to [." "filename]#/usr/sbin/nologin#. The man:nologin[8] shell prevents the system " @@ -349,25 +349,25 @@ msgstr "" "пользователю при попытке входа в систему." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:135 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:134 msgid "Only the superuser can change the shell for other users:" msgstr "" "Только суперпользователь может изменить оболочку для других пользователей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:139 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:138 #, no-wrap msgid "# chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin imani\n" msgstr "# chsh -s /usr/sbin/nologin imani\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:142 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:141 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Hashes" msgstr "Хеши паролей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:147 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:146 msgid "" "Passwords are a necessary evil of technology. When they must be used, they " "should be complex and a powerful hash mechanism should be used to encrypt " @@ -379,11 +379,11 @@ msgstr "" "необходимо, они должны быть сложными, а для хранения зашифрованной версии в " "базе данных паролей следует использовать надёжный механизм хеширования. " "FreeBSD поддерживает несколько алгоритмов, включая SHA256, SHA512 и " -"Blowfish, в своей библиотеке `crypt()`. Подробности можно найти в " -"man:crypt[3]." +"Blowfish, в своей библиотеке `crypt()`. Подробности можно найти в man:" +"crypt[3]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:149 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:148 msgid "" "The default of SHA512 should not be changed to a less secure hashing " "algorithm, but can be changed to the more secure Blowfish algorithm." @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ msgstr "" "алгоритм Blowfish." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:154 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:153 msgid "" "Blowfish is not part of AES and is not considered compliant with any Federal " "Information Processing Standards (FIPS). Its use may not be permitted in " @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторых средах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:158 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:157 msgid "" "To determine which hash algorithm is used to encrypt a user's password, the " "superuser can view the hash for the user in the FreeBSD password database. " @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "" "пароля." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:165 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:164 msgid "" "If DES is used, there is no beginning symbol. For MD5, the symbol is `$`. " "For SHA256 and SHA512, the symbol is `$6$`. For Blowfish, the symbol is `$2a" @@ -433,49 +433,49 @@ msgstr "" "данных паролей хранится зашифрованный хеш, а не сам пароль:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:169 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:168 #, no-wrap msgid "# grep imani /etc/master.passwd\n" msgstr "# grep imani /etc/master.passwd\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:172 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:188 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:239 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:447 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:539 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:702 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:732 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:766 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:994 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1036 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1081 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1101 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1153 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1279 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1308 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1336 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1350 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1395 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1417 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1932 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:171 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:238 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:446 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:538 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:701 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:731 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:765 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:993 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1035 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1080 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1100 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1152 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1278 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1335 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1394 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1416 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1931 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1969 msgid "The output should be similar to the following:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:176 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "imani:$6$pzIjSvCAn.PBYQBA$PXpSeWPx3g5kscj3IMiM7tUEUSPmGexxta.8Lt9TGSi2lNQqYGKszsBPuGME0:1001:1001::0:0:imani:/usr/home/imani:/bin/sh\n" msgstr "imani:$6$pzIjSvCAn.PBYQBA$PXpSeWPx3g5kscj3IMiM7tUEUSPmGexxta.8Lt9TGSi2lNQqYGKszsBPuGME0:1001:1001::0:0:imani:/usr/home/imani:/bin/sh\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:179 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:178 msgid "The hash mechanism is set in the user's login class." msgstr "Механизм хеширования задается в классе входа пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:181 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:180 msgid "" "The following command can be run to check which hash mechanism is currently " "being used:" @@ -484,19 +484,19 @@ msgstr "" "используется в данный момент:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "% grep passwd_format /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "% grep passwd_format /etc/login.conf\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:191 #, no-wrap msgid ":passwd_format=sha512:\\\n" msgstr ":passwd_format=sha512:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:195 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:194 msgid "" "For example, to change the algorithm to Blowfish, modify that line to look " "like this:" @@ -505,13 +505,13 @@ msgstr "" "образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:198 #, no-wrap msgid ":passwd_format=blf:\\\n" msgstr ":passwd_format=blf:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:202 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:201 msgid "" "Then, man:cap_mkdb[1] must be executed to upgrade the login.conf database:" msgstr "" @@ -519,15 +519,15 @@ msgstr "" "conf:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:206 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:273 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1850 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1849 #, no-wrap msgid "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" msgstr "# cap_mkdb /etc/login.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:210 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:209 msgid "" "Note that this change will not affect any existing password hashes. This " "means that all passwords should be re-hashed by asking users to run `passwd` " @@ -538,13 +538,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям необходимо запустить `passwd`, чтобы изменить свой пароль." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:212 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:211 #, no-wrap msgid "Password Policy Enforcement" msgstr "Политика применения паролей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:215 msgid "" "Enforcing a strong password policy for local accounts is a fundamental " "aspect of system security. In FreeBSD, password length, password strength, " @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ msgstr "" "подключаемых модулей аутентификации (Pluggable Authentication Modules - PAM)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:219 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:218 msgid "" "This section demonstrates how to configure the minimum and maximum password " "length and the enforcement of mixed characters using the man:pam_passwdqc[8] " @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователем своего пароля." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:220 msgid "" "To configure this module, become the superuser and uncomment the line " "containing `pam_passwdqc.so` in [.filename]#/etc/pam.d/passwd#." @@ -578,23 +578,23 @@ msgstr "" "строку с `pam_passwdqc.so` в [.filename]#/etc/pam.d/passwd#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:223 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:222 msgid "Then, edit that line to match the password policy:" msgstr "Затем отредактируйте эту строку в соответствии с политикой паролей:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:227 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:226 #, no-wrap msgid "password requisite pam_passwdqc.so min=disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3 enforce=users\n" msgstr "password requisite pam_passwdqc.so min=disabled,disabled,disabled,12,10 similar=deny retry=3 enforce=users\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:230 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:229 msgid "The explanation of the parameters can be found in man:pam_passwdqc[8]." msgstr "Описание параметров можно найти в man:pam_passwdqc[8]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:232 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:231 msgid "" "Once this file is saved, a user changing their password will see a message " "similar to the following:" @@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ msgstr "" "сообщение, похожее на следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:235 #, no-wrap msgid "% passwd\n" msgstr "% passwd\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:244 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:243 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Changing local password for user\n" @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ msgstr "" "Old Password:\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:255 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:254 #, no-wrap msgid "" "You can now choose the new password.\n" @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enter new password:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:258 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:257 msgid "" "If a password that does not match the policy is entered, it will be rejected " "with a warning and the user will have an opportunity to try again, up to the " @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ msgstr "" "снова, но не более установленного количества попыток." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:260 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:259 msgid "" "If the organization's policy requires passwords to expire, FreeBSD supports " "the `passwordtime` in the user's login class in [.filename]#/etc/login.conf#" @@ -666,18 +666,18 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/login.conf#" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:262 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:261 msgid "The `default` login class contains an example:" msgstr "Класс входа `default` содержит пример:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:265 #, no-wrap msgid "# :passwordtime=90d:\\\n" msgstr "# :passwordtime=90d:\\\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:269 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:268 msgid "" "So, to set an expiry of 90 days for this login class, remove the comment " "symbol (#), save the edit, and execute the following command:" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:275 msgid "" "To set the expiration on individual users, pass an expiration date or the " "number of days to expiry and a username to `pw`:" @@ -696,13 +696,13 @@ msgstr "" "истечения срока или количество дней до истечения и имя пользователя в `pw`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:280 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:279 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw usermod -p 30-apr-2025 -n user\n" msgstr "# pw usermod -p 30-apr-2025 -n user\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:283 msgid "" "As seen here, an expiration date is set in the form of day, month, and " "year. For more information, see man:pw[8]." @@ -711,13 +711,13 @@ msgstr "" "Для получения дополнительной информации см. man:pw[8]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:286 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Shared Administration with sudo" msgstr "Совместное администрирование с помощью sudo" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:292 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:291 msgid "" "System administrators often need the ability to grant enhanced permissions " "to users so they may perform privileged tasks. The idea that team members " @@ -740,14 +740,14 @@ msgstr "" "требованием." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:295 msgid "Even administrators should limit their privileges when not needed." msgstr "" "Даже администраторы должны ограничивать свои привилегии, когда в них нет " "необходимости." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:304 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:303 msgid "" "Up to this point, the security chapter has covered permitting access to " "authorized users and attempting to prevent unauthorized access. Another " @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr "" "приложением для этих целей является Sudo." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:307 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:306 msgid "" "Sudo allows administrators to configure more rigid access to system commands " "and provide for some advanced logging features. As a tool, it is available " @@ -786,19 +786,19 @@ msgstr "" "помощью утилиты man:pkg[8]." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:309 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:389 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:308 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:388 msgid "Execute the following command to install it:" msgstr "Выполните следующую команду для установки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:313 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:312 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install sudo\n" msgstr "# pkg install sudo\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:317 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:316 msgid "" "After the installation is complete, the installed `visudo` will open the " "configuration file with a text editor. Using `visudo` is highly recommended " @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr "" "ошибок перед сохранением файла." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:320 msgid "" "The configuration file is made up of several small sections which allow for " "extensive configuration. In the following example, web application " @@ -827,25 +827,25 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/usr/local/etc/sudoers#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:325 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:324 #, no-wrap msgid "user1 ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "user1 ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:328 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:327 msgid "The user may now start _webservice_ using this command:" msgstr "" "Пользователь может теперь запустить _webservice_ с помощью следующей команды:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:332 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "% sudo /usr/sbin/service webservice start\n" msgstr "% sudo /usr/sbin/service webservice start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:338 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:337 msgid "" "While this configuration allows a single user access to the webservice " "service; however, in most organizations, there is an entire web team in " @@ -860,26 +860,26 @@ msgstr "" "неё пользователя и разрешить всем членам группы управлять службой:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:342 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:341 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam\n" msgstr "# pw groupadd -g 6001 -n webteam\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:345 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:344 msgid "" "Using the same man:pw[8] command, the user is added to the webteam group:" msgstr "" "Используя ту же команду man:pw[8], пользователь добавляется в группу webteam:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:349 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:348 #, no-wrap msgid "# pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam\n" msgstr "# pw groupmod -m user1 -n webteam\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:352 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:351 msgid "" "Finally, this line in [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/sudoers# allows any member " "of the webteam group to manage _webservice_:" @@ -888,13 +888,13 @@ msgstr "" "члену группы webteam управлять _webservice_:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:356 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:355 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "%webteam ALL=(ALL) /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:360 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:359 msgid "" "Unlike man:su[1], man:sudo[8] only requires the end user password. This " "avoids sharing passwords, which is a poor practice." @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "" "является небезопасной практикой." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:364 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:363 msgid "" "Users permitted to run applications with man:sudo[8] only enter their own " "passwords. This is more secure and gives better control than man:su[1], " @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "" "получает все права `root`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:369 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:368 msgid "" "Most organizations are moving or have moved toward a two factor " "authentication model. In these cases, the user may not have a password to " @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "" "ввода." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:372 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:371 msgid "" "man:sudo[8] can be configured to permit two factor authentication model by " "using the `NOPASSWD` variable. Adding it to the configuration above will " @@ -941,19 +941,19 @@ msgstr "" "управлять службой без требования пароля:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:376 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:375 #, no-wrap msgid "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" msgstr "%webteam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/service webservice *\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:379 #, no-wrap msgid "Shared Administration with Doas" msgstr "Совместное администрирование с Doas" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:383 msgid "" "man:doas[1] is a command-line utility ported from OpenBSD. It serves as an " "alternative to the widely used man:sudo[8] command in Unix-like systems." @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "системах." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:387 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:386 msgid "" "With doas, users can execute commands with elevated privileges, typically as " "the root user, while maintaining a simplified and security-conscious " @@ -978,13 +978,13 @@ msgstr "" "избыточного количества настройки." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:393 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:392 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install doas\n" msgstr "# pkg install doas\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:396 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:395 msgid "" "After the installation [.filename]#/usr/local/etc/doas.conf# must be " "configured to grant access for users for specific commands, or roles." @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы предоставить пользователям доступ к определённым командам или ролям." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:398 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:397 msgid "" "The simplest entry could be the following, which grants the user " "`local_user` with `root` permissions without asking for its password when " @@ -1004,13 +1004,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнении команды doas." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:402 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:401 #, no-wrap msgid "permit nopass local_user as root\n" msgstr "permit nopass local_user as root\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:405 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:404 msgid "" "After the installation and configuration of the `doas` utility, a command " "can now be executed with enhanced privileges, for example:" @@ -1019,25 +1019,25 @@ msgstr "" "выполнена с повышенными привилегиями, например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:409 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:408 #, no-wrap msgid "$ doas vi /etc/rc.conf\n" msgstr "$ doas vi /etc/rc.conf\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:412 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:411 msgid "For more configuration examples, please read man:doas.conf[5]." msgstr "" "Для дополнительных примеров конфигурации обратитесь к man:doas.conf[5]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:413 #, no-wrap msgid "Intrusion Detection System (IDS)" msgstr "Система обнаружения вторжений (IDS)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:418 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:417 msgid "" "Verification of system files and binaries is important because it provides " "the system administration and security teams information about system " @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ msgstr "" "называется системой обнаружения вторжений (Intrusion Detection System — IDS)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:421 msgid "" "FreeBSD provides native support for a basic IDS system called man:mtree[8]. " "While the nightly security emails will notify an administrator of changes, " @@ -1070,19 +1070,19 @@ msgstr "" "сервере." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:424 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:423 msgid "It is also recommended to run `freebsd-update IDS` after each update." msgstr "" "Также рекомендуется запускать `freebsd-update IDS` после каждого обновления." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:425 #, no-wrap msgid "Generating the Specification File" msgstr "Генерация файла спецификации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:432 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:431 msgid "" "The built-in man:mtree[8] utility can be used to generate a specification of " "the contents of a directory. A seed, or a numeric constant, is used to " @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлов будет крайне сложно или невозможно." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:437 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:436 msgid "" "It is recommended to create specifications for the directories which contain " "binaries and configuration files, as well as any directories containing " @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/usr/local/bin#, [.filename]#/etc# и [.filename]#/usr/local/etc#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:440 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:439 msgid "" "The following example generates a set of `sha512` hashes, one for each " "system binary in [.filename]#/bin#, and saves those values to a hidden file " @@ -1128,19 +1128,19 @@ msgstr "" "bin_chksum_mtree#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:444 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:443 #, no-wrap msgid "# mtree -s 123456789 -c -K cksum,sha512 -p /bin > /home/user/.bin_chksum_mtree\n" msgstr "# mtree -s 123456789 -c -K cksum,sha512 -p /bin > /home/user/.bin_chksum_mtree\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:451 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:450 #, no-wrap msgid "mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225\n" msgstr "mtree: /bin checksum: 3427012225\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:457 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:456 msgid "" "The `123456789` value represents the seed, and should be chosen randomly. " "This value should be remembered, *but not shared*." @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "" "случайным образом. Этот параметр необходимо запомнить, *но не раскрывать*." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:459 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:458 msgid "" "It is important to keep the seed value and the checksum output hidden from " "malicious users." @@ -1157,13 +1157,13 @@ msgstr "" "Важно скрывать начальное значение и контрольную сумму от злоумышленников." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:462 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:461 #, no-wrap msgid "The Specification File Structure" msgstr "Структура файла спецификации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:465 msgid "" "The mtree format is a textual format that describes a collection of " "filesystem objects. Such files are typically used to create or verify " @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталогов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:468 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:467 msgid "" "An mtree file consists of a series of lines, each providing information " "about a single filesystem object. Leading whitespace is always ignored." @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ msgstr "" "игнорируются." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:469 msgid "" "The specification file created above will be used to explain the format and " "content:" @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ msgstr "" "и содержания:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:477 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:476 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# user: root <.>\n" @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" "# date: Thu Aug 24 21:58:37 2023 <.>\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:492 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:491 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# .\n" @@ -1241,27 +1241,27 @@ msgstr "" " sha512=1769313ce08cba84ecdc2b9c07ef86d2b70a4206420dd71343867be7ab59659956f6f5a458c64e2531a1c736277a8e419c633a31a8d3c7ccc43e99dd4d71d630\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:494 msgid "User who created the specification." msgstr "Пользователь, создавший спецификацию." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:495 msgid "Machine's hostname." msgstr "Имя хоста машины." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:496 msgid "Directory path." msgstr "Путь к каталогу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:497 msgid "The Date and time when the specification was created." msgstr "Дата и время создания спецификации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:498 msgid "" "`/set` special commands, defines some settings obtained from the files " "analyzed." @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "проанализированных файлов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:499 msgid "" "Refers to the parsed directory and indicates things like what type it is, " "its mode, the number of hard links, and the time in UNIX format since it was " @@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ msgstr "" "режим доступа, количество жёстких ссылок и время изменения в формате UNIX." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:500 msgid "" "Refers to the file and shows the size, time and a list of hashes to verify " "the integrity." @@ -1289,13 +1289,13 @@ msgstr "" "целостности." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:502 #, no-wrap msgid "Verify the Specification file" msgstr "Проверка файла спецификации" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:506 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:505 msgid "" "To verify that the binary signatures have not changed, compare the current " "contents of the directory to the previously generated specification, and " @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталога с ранее созданной спецификацией и сохраните результаты в файл." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:508 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:507 msgid "" "This command requires the seed that was used to generate the original " "specification:" @@ -1314,14 +1314,14 @@ msgstr "" "исходной спецификации:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:512 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:529 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:511 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:528 #, no-wrap msgid "# mtree -s 123456789 -p /bin < /home/user/.bin_chksum_mtree >> /home/user/.bin_chksum_output\n" msgstr "# mtree -s 123456789 -p /bin < /home/user/.bin_chksum_mtree >> /home/user/.bin_chksum_output\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:516 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:515 msgid "" "This should produce the same checksum for [.filename]#/bin# that was " "produced when the specification was created. If no changes have occurred to " @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет пустым." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:517 msgid "" "To simulate a change, change the date on [.filename]#/bin/cat# using man:" "touch[1] and run the verification command again:" @@ -1343,35 +1343,35 @@ msgstr "" "man:touch[1] и снова выполните команду проверки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:522 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:521 #, no-wrap msgid "# touch /bin/cat\n" msgstr "# touch /bin/cat\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:525 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:524 msgid "Run the verification command again:" msgstr "Выполните команду проверки ещё раз:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:531 msgid "And then check the content of the output file:" msgstr "И затем проверьте содержимое выходного файла:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:535 #, no-wrap msgid "# cat /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" msgstr "# cat /root/.bin_chksum_output\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:543 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:542 #, no-wrap msgid "cat: modification time (Fri Aug 25 13:30:17 2023, Fri Aug 25 13:34:20 2023)\n" msgstr "cat: modification time (Fri Aug 25 13:30:17 2023, Fri Aug 25 13:34:20 2023)\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:549 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:548 msgid "" "This is just an example of what would be displayed when executing the " "command, to show the changes that would occur in the metadata." @@ -1380,13 +1380,13 @@ msgstr "" "показать изменения, которые произойдут в метаданных." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:552 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:551 #, no-wrap msgid "Secure levels" msgstr "Уровни безопасности" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:556 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:555 msgid "" "securelevel is a security mechanism implemented in the kernel. When the " "securelevel is positive, the kernel restricts certain tasks; not even the " @@ -1397,42 +1397,42 @@ msgstr "" "определённых задач; даже суперпользователь (root) не может их выполнять." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:557 msgid "The securelevel mechanism limits the ability to:" msgstr "Механизм securelevel ограничивает возможность:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:560 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:559 msgid "Unset certain file flags, such as `schg` (the system immutable flag)." msgstr "" "Снять определённые флаги файлов, такие как `schg` (флаг системной " "неизменяемости)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:561 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:560 msgid "" "Write to kernel memory via [.filename]#/dev/mem# and [.filename]#/dev/kmem#." msgstr "" "Записать в память ядра через [.filename]#/dev/mem# и [.filename]#/dev/kmem#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:562 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:561 msgid "Load kernel modules." msgstr "Загрузить модули ядра." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:562 msgid "Alter firewall rules." msgstr "Изменить правила межсетевого экрана." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:565 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:564 #, no-wrap msgid "Secure Levels Definitions" msgstr "Определения уровней безопасности" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:569 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:568 msgid "" "The kernel runs with five different security levels. Any super-user process " "can raise the level, but no process can lower it." @@ -1442,18 +1442,18 @@ msgstr "" "может его понизить." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:570 msgid "The security definitions are:" msgstr "Определения безопасности следующие:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:572 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:571 #, no-wrap msgid "-1" msgstr "-1" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:575 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:574 #, no-wrap msgid "" "*Permanently insecure mode* - always run the system in insecure mode.\n" @@ -1463,13 +1463,13 @@ msgstr "" "Это значение по умолчанию при начальной настройке.\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:576 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:575 #, no-wrap msgid "0" msgstr "0" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:579 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:578 #, no-wrap msgid "" "*Insecure mode* - immutable and append-only flags may be turned off.\n" @@ -1479,13 +1479,13 @@ msgstr "" "Доступ на чтение и запись всех устройств разрешён в соответствии с их правами доступа.\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:580 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:579 #, no-wrap msgid "1" msgstr "1" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:586 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:585 #, no-wrap msgid "" "*Secure mode* - the system immutable and system append-only flags may not be turned off;\n" @@ -1494,24 +1494,20 @@ msgid "" "The kernel debugger may not be entered using the debug.kdb.enter sysctl.\n" "A panic or trap cannot be forced using the debug.kdb.panic, debug.kdb.panic_str and other sysctl's.\n" msgstr "" -"*Безопасный режим* - флаги «только для чтения» (system immutable) и «только " -"для дополнения» (system append-only) не могут быть отключены;\n" -"диски с смонтированными файловыми системами, [.filename]#/dev/mem# и [." -"filename]#/dev/kmem# не могут быть открыты для записи;\n" -"[.filename]#/dev/io# (если он есть на вашей платформе) не может быть открыт " -"вообще; загрузка и выгрузка модулей ядра (см. man:kld[4]) запрещены.\n" +"*Безопасный режим* - флаги «только для чтения» (system immutable) и «только для дополнения» (system append-only) не могут быть отключены;\n" +"диски с смонтированными файловыми системами, [.filename]#/dev/mem# и [.filename]#/dev/kmem# не могут быть открыты для записи;\n" +"[.filename]#/dev/io# (если он есть на вашей платформе) не может быть открыт вообще; загрузка и выгрузка модулей ядра (см. man:kld[4]) запрещены.\n" "Нельзя перейти в отладчик ядра с помощью sysctl debug.kdb.enter.\n" -"Нельзя вызвать панику или прерывание через sysctl debug.kdb.panic, " -"debug.kdb.panic_str и другие.\n" +"Нельзя вызвать панику или прерывание через sysctl debug.kdb.panic, debug.kdb.panic_str и другие.\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:587 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:586 #, no-wrap msgid "2" msgstr "2" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:590 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:589 #, no-wrap msgid "" "*Highly secure mode* - same as secure mode, plus disks may not be opened for writing (except by man:mount[2]) whether mounted or not.\n" @@ -1521,19 +1517,19 @@ msgstr "" "Этот уровень предотвращает изменение файловых систем путём их размонтирования, но также запрещает запуск man:newfs[8] в многопользовательском режиме.\n" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:591 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:590 #, no-wrap msgid "3" msgstr "3" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:593 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:592 #, no-wrap msgid "*Network secure mode* - same as highly secure mode, plus IP packet filter rules (see man:ipfw[8], man:ipfirewall[4] and man:pfctl[8]) cannot be changed and man:dummynet[4] or man:pf[4] configuration cannot be adjusted.\n" msgstr "*Режим сетевой безопасности* - аналогично режиму высокой безопасности, плюс правила фильтрации IP-пакетов (см. man:ipfw[8], man:ipfirewall[4] и man:pfctl[8]) не могут быть изменены, а конфигурация man:dummynet[4] или man:pf[4] не может быть скорректирована.\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:597 msgid "" "In summary, the key difference between `Permanently Insecure Mode` and " "`Insecure Mode` in FreeBSD secure levels is the degree of security they " @@ -1548,13 +1544,13 @@ msgstr "" "некоторые ограничения, но сохраняет определённый уровень контроля и защиты." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:601 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:600 #, no-wrap msgid "Modify Secure Levels" msgstr "Изменение уровней безопасности" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:604 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:603 msgid "" "In order to change the securelevel of the system it is necessary to activate " "`kern_securelevel_enable` by executing the following command:" @@ -1563,25 +1559,25 @@ msgstr "" "`kern_securelevel_enable`, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:608 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:607 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kern_securelevel_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc kern_securelevel_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:610 msgid "And set the value of `kern_securelevel` to the desired security level:" msgstr "" "И установите значение `kern_securelevel` на желаемый уровень безопасности:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:615 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:614 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc kern_securelevel=2\n" msgstr "# sysrc kern_securelevel=2\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:618 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:617 msgid "" "To check the status of the securelevel on a running system execute the " "following command:" @@ -1590,13 +1586,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:622 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:621 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysctl -n kern.securelevel\n" msgstr "# sysctl -n kern.securelevel\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:626 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:625 msgid "" "The output contains the current value of the securelevel. If it is greater " "than 0, at least some of the securelevel's protections are enabled." @@ -1605,13 +1601,13 @@ msgstr "" "значит, включена по крайней мере часть защит securelevel." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:628 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:627 #, no-wrap msgid "File flags" msgstr "Флаговые атрибуты файлов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:631 msgid "" "File flags allow users to attach additional metadata or attributes to files " "and directories beyond basic permissions and ownership. These flags provide " @@ -1625,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "расширенные атрибуты." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:635 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:634 msgid "" "File flags can be used to achieve different goals, such as preventing file " "deletion, making files append-only, synchronizing file updates, and more. " @@ -1643,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" "удаление." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:638 msgid "" "These flags can be managed using the man:chflags[1] command in FreeBSD, " "providing administrators and users with greater control over the behavior " @@ -1662,13 +1658,13 @@ msgstr "" "man:chflags[1]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:641 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:640 #, no-wrap msgid "Work with File Flags" msgstr "Работа с флагами файлов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:644 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:643 msgid "" "In this example, a file named [.filename]#~/important.txt# in user's home " "directory want to be protected against deletions." @@ -1677,18 +1673,18 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге пользователя необходимо защитить от удаления." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:646 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:645 msgid "Execute the following command to set the `schg` file flag:" msgstr "Выполните следующую команду, чтобы установить флаг файла `schg`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:650 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:649 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags schg ~/important.txt\n" msgstr "# chflags schg ~/important.txt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:653 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:652 msgid "" "When any user, including the `root` user, tries to delete the file, the " "system will display the message:" @@ -1697,13 +1693,13 @@ msgstr "" "файл, система отобразит сообщение:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:657 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:656 #, no-wrap msgid "rm: important.txt: Operation not permitted\n" msgstr "rm: important.txt: Operation not permitted\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:659 msgid "" "To delete the file, it will be necessary to delete the file flags of that " "file by executing the following command:" @@ -1712,13 +1708,13 @@ msgstr "" "команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:664 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:663 #, no-wrap msgid "# chflags noschg ~/important.txt\n" msgstr "# chflags noschg ~/important.txt\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:667 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:666 msgid "" "A list of supported file flags and their functionality can be found in man:" "chflags[1]." @@ -1727,13 +1723,13 @@ msgstr "" "chflags[1]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:668 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenSSH" msgstr "OpenSSH" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:674 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:673 msgid "" "OpenSSH is a set of network connectivity tools used to provide secure access " "to remote machines. Additionally, TCP/IP connections can be tunneled or " @@ -1749,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "уровне." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:676 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:675 msgid "" "OpenSSH is maintained by the OpenBSD project and is installed by default in " "FreeBSD." @@ -1758,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:679 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:678 msgid "" "When data is sent over the network in an unencrypted form, network sniffers " "anywhere in between the client and server can steal user/password " @@ -1772,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "аутентификации и шифрования, чтобы предотвратить это." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:681 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:680 msgid "" "More information about OpenSSH is available in the link:https://www.openssh." "com/[web page]." @@ -1781,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr "" "[веб-сайте]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:684 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:683 msgid "" "This section provides an overview of the built-in client utilities to " "securely access other systems and securely transfer files from a FreeBSD " @@ -1792,7 +1788,7 @@ msgstr "" "FreeBSD. Затем описывается, как настроить SSH-сервер на системе FreeBSD." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:688 msgid "" "As stated, this chapter will cover the base system version of OpenSSH. A " "version of OpenSSH is also available in the package:security/openssh-" @@ -1805,13 +1801,13 @@ msgstr "" "обновляется с новыми функциями." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:691 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:690 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the SSH Client Utilities" msgstr "Использование клиентских утилит SSH" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:695 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:694 msgid "" "To log into a SSH server, use man:ssh[1] and specify a username that exists " "on that server and the IP address or hostname of the server. If this is the " @@ -1824,13 +1820,13 @@ msgstr "" "предложено сначала подтвердить его отпечаток:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:698 #, no-wrap msgid "# ssh user@example.com\n" msgstr "# ssh user@example.com\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:710 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:709 #, no-wrap msgid "" "The authenticity of host 'example.com (10.0.0.1)' can't be established.\n" @@ -1846,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "" "Password for user@example.com: user_password\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:715 msgid "" "SSH utilizes a key fingerprint system to verify the authenticity of the " "server when the client connects. When the user accepts the key's " @@ -1866,19 +1862,19 @@ msgstr "" "сначала проверить, почему изменился ключ, прежде чем продолжать подключение." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:720 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:719 msgid "How to perform this check is outside the scope of this chapter." msgstr "Как выполнить эту проверку, выходит за рамки данной главы." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:723 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:722 msgid "Use man:scp[1] to securely copy a file to or from a remote machine." msgstr "" "Используйте man:scp[1] для безопасного копирования файла на удалённую машину " "или с неё." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:725 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:724 msgid "" "This example copies `COPYRIGHT` on the remote system to a file of the same " "name in the current directory of the local system:" @@ -1887,13 +1883,13 @@ msgstr "" "именем в текущем каталоге локальной системы:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:729 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:728 #, no-wrap msgid "# scp user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT\n" msgstr "# scp user@example.com:/COPYRIGHT COPYRIGHT\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:737 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:736 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Password for user@example.com: *******\n" @@ -1903,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" "COPYRIGHT 100% |*****************************| 4735\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:740 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:739 msgid "" "Since the fingerprint was already verified for this host, the server's key " "is automatically checked before prompting for the user's password." @@ -1912,7 +1908,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверяется перед запросом пароля пользователя." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:745 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:744 msgid "" "The arguments passed to man:scp[1] are similar to man:cp[1]. The file or " "files to copy is the first argument and the destination to copy to is the " @@ -1929,14 +1925,14 @@ msgstr "" "использует `-r`, тогда как man:cp[1] использует `-R`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:747 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:746 msgid "To open an interactive session for copying files, use man:sftp[1]." msgstr "" "Чтобы открыть интерактивную сессию для копирования файлов, используйте man:" "sftp[1]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:749 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:748 msgid "" "Refer to man:sftp[1] for a list of available commands while in an man:" "sftp[1] session." @@ -1945,13 +1941,13 @@ msgstr "" "сеанса man:sftp[1]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:751 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:750 #, no-wrap msgid "Key-based Authentication" msgstr "Аутентификация на основе ключей" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:755 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:754 msgid "" "Instead of using passwords, a client can be configured to connect to the " "remote machine using keys. For security reasons, this is the preferred " @@ -1962,7 +1958,7 @@ msgstr "" "предпочтительный метод." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:759 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:758 msgid "" "man:ssh-keygen[1] can be used to generate the authentication keys. To " "generate a public and private key pair, specify the type of key and follow " @@ -1975,13 +1971,13 @@ msgstr "" "трудной для угадывания парольной фразой." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:763 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:762 #, no-wrap msgid "% ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 4096\n" msgstr "% ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 4096\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:790 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:789 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Generating public/private rsa key pair.\n" @@ -2029,7 +2025,7 @@ msgstr "" "+----[SHA256]-----+\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:794 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:793 msgid "" "The private key is stored in [.filename]#~/.ssh/id_rsa# and the public key " "is stored in [.filename]#~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub#. The _public_ key must be " @@ -2042,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" "аутентификация по ключу работала." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:798 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:797 msgid "" "Utilizing a passphrase for OpenSSH keys is a key security practice, " "providing an extra layer of protection against unauthorized access and " @@ -2053,18 +2049,18 @@ msgstr "" "несанкционированного доступа и повышающей общую кибербезопасность." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:800 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:799 msgid "In case of loss or theft, this adds another layer of security." msgstr "В случае утери или кражи это добавляет дополнительный уровень защиты." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:803 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:802 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH Tunneling" msgstr "Туннелирование SSH" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:806 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:805 msgid "" "OpenSSH has the ability to create a tunnel to encapsulate another protocol " "in an encrypted session." @@ -2073,47 +2069,47 @@ msgstr "" "протокола в зашифрованном сеансе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:808 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:807 msgid "The following command tells man:ssh[1] to create a tunnel:" msgstr "Следующая команда указывает man:ssh[1] создать туннель:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:812 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:811 #, no-wrap msgid "% ssh -D 8080 user@example.com\n" msgstr "% ssh -D 8080 user@example.com\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:815 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:814 msgid "This example uses the following options:" msgstr "Этот пример использует следующие параметры:" #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:816 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:815 #, no-wrap msgid "-D" msgstr "-D" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:818 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:817 msgid "Specifies a local \"dynamic\" application-level port forwarding." msgstr "" "Указывает локальное \"динамическое\" перенаправление портов на уровне " "приложений." #. type: Labeled list -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:819 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:818 #, no-wrap msgid "user@foo.example.com" msgstr "user@foo.example.com" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:821 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:820 msgid "The login name to use on the specified remote SSH server." msgstr "Имя пользователя для входа на указанный удалённый SSH-сервер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:823 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:822 msgid "" "An SSH tunnel works by creating a listen socket on `localhost` on the " "specified `localport`." @@ -2122,7 +2118,7 @@ msgstr "" "на указанном `localport`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:825 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:824 msgid "" "This method can be used to wrap any number of insecure TCP protocols such as " "SMTP, POP3, and FTP." @@ -2131,13 +2127,13 @@ msgstr "" "протоколов, таких как SMTP, POP3 и FTP." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:826 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:825 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling the SSH Server" msgstr "Включение сервера SSH" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:829 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:828 msgid "" "In addition to providing built-in SSH client utilities, a FreeBSD system can " "be configured as an SSH server, accepting connections from other SSH clients." @@ -2147,7 +2143,7 @@ msgstr "" "клиентов." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:834 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:833 msgid "" "As stated, this chapter will cover the base system version of OpenSSH. " "Please *not* confuse with package:security/openssh-portable[], the version " @@ -2158,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" "которая поставляется с коллекцией портов FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:837 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:836 msgid "" "In order to have the SSH Server enabled across reboots execute the following " "command:" @@ -2167,24 +2163,24 @@ msgstr "" "выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:841 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:840 #, no-wrap msgid "# sysrc sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" msgstr "# sysrc sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:844 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:843 msgid "Then execute the following command to enable the service:" msgstr "Затем выполните следующую команду, чтобы включить службу:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:848 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:847 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd start\n" msgstr "# service sshd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:852 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:851 msgid "" "The first time sshd starts on a FreeBSD system, the system's host keys will " "be automatically created and the fingerprint will be displayed on the " @@ -2197,7 +2193,7 @@ msgstr "" "подключении к серверу." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:854 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:853 msgid "" "Refer to man:sshd[8] for the list of available options when starting sshd " "and a complete discussion about authentication, the login process, and the " @@ -2208,7 +2204,7 @@ msgstr "" "различных конфигурационных файлов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:856 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:855 msgid "" "At this point, the sshd should be available to all users with a username and " "password on the system." @@ -2217,13 +2213,13 @@ msgstr "" "имеющим имя пользователя и пароль." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:858 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:857 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring publickey auth method" msgstr "Настройка метода аутентификации по открытому ключу" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:863 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:862 msgid "" "Configuring OpenSSH to use public key authentication enhances security by " "leveraging asymmetric cryptography for authentication. This method " @@ -2240,7 +2236,7 @@ msgstr "" "предотвратить несанкционированный доступ." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:865 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:864 msgid "" "The first step will be to configure man:sshd[8] to use the required " "authentication method." @@ -2249,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" "аутентификации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:867 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:866 msgid "" "Edit [.filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config# and uncomment the following " "configuration:" @@ -2258,13 +2254,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующую настройку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:871 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:870 #, no-wrap msgid "PubkeyAuthentication yes\n" msgstr "PubkeyAuthentication yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:875 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:874 msgid "" "Once the configuration is done, the users will have to send the system " "administrator their *public key* and these keys will be added in [." @@ -2278,19 +2274,19 @@ msgstr "" "security[security-ssh-keygen,Аутентификация на основе ключей]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:877 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:876 msgid "Then restart the server executing the following command:" msgstr "Затем перезапустите сервер, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:881 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:952 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:880 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:951 #, no-wrap msgid "# service sshd reload\n" msgstr "# service sshd reload\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:885 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:884 msgid "" "It is strongly recommended to follow the security improvements indicated in " "crossref:security[security-sshd-security-options, SSH Server Security " @@ -2301,13 +2297,13 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности SSH-сервера]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:887 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:886 #, no-wrap msgid "SSH Server Security Options" msgstr "Параметры безопасности сервера SSH" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:890 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:889 msgid "" "While sshd is the most widely used remote administration facility for " "FreeBSD, brute force and drive by attacks are common to any system exposed " @@ -2319,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr "" "публичных сетей." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:893 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:892 msgid "" "Several additional parameters are available to prevent the success of these " "attacks and will be described in this section. All configurations will be " @@ -2330,7 +2326,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config#" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:899 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:898 msgid "" "Do not confuse [.filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config# with [.filename]#/etc/ssh/" "ssh_config# (note the extra `d` in the first filename). The first file " @@ -2343,7 +2339,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроек клиента приведён в man:ssh_config[5]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:903 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:902 msgid "" "By default, authentication can be done with both pubkey and password. To " "allow *only* pubkey authentication, *which is strongly recommended*, change " @@ -2354,13 +2350,13 @@ msgstr "" "настоятельно рекомендуется*, измените переменную:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:907 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:906 #, no-wrap msgid "PasswordAuthentication no\n" msgstr "PasswordAuthentication no\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:911 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:910 msgid "" "It is a good idea to limit which users can log into the SSH server and from " "where using the `AllowUsers` keyword in the OpenSSH server configuration " @@ -2375,13 +2371,13 @@ msgstr "" "sshd_config#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:915 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:914 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers user@192.168.1.32\n" msgstr "AllowUsers user@192.168.1.32\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:918 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:917 msgid "" "To allow `user` to log in from anywhere, list that user without specifying " "an IP address:" @@ -2390,24 +2386,24 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя без указания IP-адреса:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:922 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:921 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers user\n" msgstr "AllowUsers user\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:925 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:924 msgid "Multiple users should be listed on the same line, like so:" msgstr "Несколько пользователей следует перечислять в одной строке, например:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:929 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:928 #, no-wrap msgid "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 user\n" msgstr "AllowUsers root@192.168.1.32 user\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:932 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:931 msgid "" "After making all the changes, and before restarting the service, it is " "recommended to verify that the configuration made is correct by executing " @@ -2417,13 +2413,13 @@ msgstr "" "проверить правильность конфигурации, выполнив следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:936 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:935 #, no-wrap msgid "# sshd -t\n" msgstr "# sshd -t\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:940 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:939 msgid "" "If the configuration file is correct, no output will be shown. In case the " "configuration file is incorrect, it will show something like this:" @@ -2432,7 +2428,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигурации содержит ошибки, будет показано примерно следующее:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:945 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:944 #, no-wrap msgid "" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config: line 3: Bad configuration option: sdadasdasdasads\n" @@ -2442,7 +2438,7 @@ msgstr "" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config: terminating, 1 bad configuration options\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:948 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:947 msgid "" "After making the changes and checking that the configuration file is " "correct, tell sshd to reload its configuration file by running:" @@ -2451,13 +2447,13 @@ msgstr "" "команду `sshd` перезагрузить файл конфигурации, выполнив:" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:955 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:954 #, no-wrap msgid "OpenSSL" msgstr "OpenSSL" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:958 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:957 msgid "" "OpenSSL is a cryptography toolkit implementing the Secure Sockets Layer " "(SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) network protocols and many " @@ -2468,7 +2464,7 @@ msgstr "" "также множество криптографических функций." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:961 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:960 msgid "" "The openssl program is a command line tool for using the various " "cryptography functions of OpenSSL's crypto library from the shell. It can " @@ -2479,55 +2475,55 @@ msgstr "" "Она может быть использована для" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:963 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:962 msgid "Creation and management of private keys, public keys and parameters" msgstr "" "Создания и управления закрытыми ключами, открытыми ключами и параметрами" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:964 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:963 msgid "Public key cryptographic operations" msgstr "Криптографических операций с открытым ключом" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:965 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:964 msgid "Creation of X.509 certificates, CSRs and CRLs" msgstr "" "Создания сертификатов X.509, запросов на подпись сертификатов (CSR) и " "списков отозванных сертификатов (CRL)" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:966 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:965 msgid "Calculation of Message Digests" msgstr "Вычисления дайджестов сообщений" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:967 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:966 msgid "Encryption and Decryption with Ciphers" msgstr "Шифрования и дешифрования с использованием шифров" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:968 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:967 msgid "SSL/TLS Client and Server Tests" msgstr "Тестирования SSL/TLS клиента и сервера" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:969 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:968 msgid "Handling of S/MIME signed or encrypted mail" msgstr "Обработки почты с подписью или шифрованием S/MIME" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:970 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:969 msgid "Time Stamp requests, generation and verification" msgstr "Запросов, генерации и проверки временных меток" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:971 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:970 msgid "Benchmarking the crypto routines" msgstr "Бенчмаркинга криптографических процедур" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:973 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:972 msgid "" "For more information about OpenSSL, read the free https://www.feistyduck.com/" "books/openssl-cookbook/[OpenSSL Cookbook]." @@ -2536,13 +2532,13 @@ msgstr "" "книгой https://www.feistyduck.com/books/openssl-cookbook/[OpenSSL Cookbook]." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:975 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:974 #, no-wrap msgid "Generating Certificates" msgstr "Генерация сертификатов" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:978 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:977 msgid "" "OpenSSL supports the generation of certificates both to be validated by a " "link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Certificate_authority[CA] and for own use." @@ -2552,7 +2548,7 @@ msgstr "" "использования." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:985 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:984 msgid "" "Run the command man:openssl[1] to generate a valid certificate for a link:" "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Certificate_authority[CA] with the following " @@ -2576,19 +2572,19 @@ msgstr "" "пользователя или сервер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:987 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1029 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:986 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1028 msgid "Execute the following command to generate the certificate:" msgstr "Выполните следующую команду для создания сертификата:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:991 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:990 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout cert.key -sha3-512 -newkey rsa:4096\n" msgstr "# openssl req -new -nodes -out req.pem -keyout cert.key -sha3-512 -newkey rsa:4096\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1016 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1015 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Generating a RSA private key\n" @@ -2632,7 +2628,7 @@ msgstr "" "Email Address []:user@FreeBSD.org\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1021 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1020 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Please enter the following 'extra' attributes\n" @@ -2646,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr "" "An optional company name []:Another name\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1027 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1026 msgid "" "Alternately, if a signature from a link:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" "Certificate_authority[CA] is not required, a self-signed certificate can be " @@ -2666,13 +2662,13 @@ msgstr "" "установить с помощью команды `chmod`." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1033 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1032 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -sha3-512 -keyout /etc/ssl/private/cert.key -out /etc/ssl/certs/cert.crt\n" msgstr "# openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -sha3-512 -keyout /etc/ssl/private/cert.key -out /etc/ssl/certs/cert.crt\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1060 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1059 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Generating a RSA private key\n" @@ -2720,13 +2716,13 @@ msgstr "" "Email Address []:user@FreeBSD.org\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1063 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1062 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring the FIPS Provider" msgstr "Настройка поставщика FIPS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1070 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1069 msgid "" "With the import of OpenSSL 3 into the base system (on FreeBSD 14 and later), " "its new concept of provider modules was introduced in the system. Besides " @@ -2759,7 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "" "OpenSSL." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1074 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1073 msgid "" "Importantly, the man:fips_module[7] is protected by an additional security " "measure, preventing its use without passing an integrity check. This check " @@ -2775,14 +2771,14 @@ msgstr "" "следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1078 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1150 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1077 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1149 #, no-wrap msgid "# echo test | openssl aes-128-cbc -a -provider fips -pbkdf2\n" msgstr "# echo test | openssl aes-128-cbc -a -provider fips -pbkdf2\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1090 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1089 #, no-wrap msgid "" "aes-128-cbc: unable to load provider fips\n" @@ -2800,7 +2796,7 @@ msgstr "" "00206124D94D0000:error:078C0105:common libcrypto routines:provider_init:init fail:crypto/openssl/crypto/provider_core.c:932:name=fips\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1094 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1093 msgid "" "The check can be configured through the creation of a file in [.filename]#/" "etc/ssl/fipsmodule.cnf#, which will then be referenced in OpenSSL's main " @@ -2815,40 +2811,40 @@ msgstr "" "использовать следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1098 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1097 #, no-wrap msgid "# openssl fipsinstall -module /usr/lib/ossl-modules/fips.so -out /etc/ssl/fipsmodule.cnf\n" msgstr "# openssl fipsinstall -module /usr/lib/ossl-modules/fips.so -out /etc/ssl/fipsmodule.cnf\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1105 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1104 #, no-wrap msgid "INSTALL PASSED\n" msgstr "INSTALL PASSED\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1108 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1107 msgid "" "The [.filename]#/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf# should then be modified, in order to:" msgstr "Файл [.filename]#/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf# затем следует изменить, чтобы:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1110 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1109 msgid "Include the [.filename]#/etc/ssl/fipsmodule.cnf# file generated above," msgstr "Включить файл [.filename]#/etc/ssl/fipsmodule.cnf#, созданный выше," #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1111 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1110 msgid "Expose the FIPS module for possible use," msgstr "Предоставить доступ к модулю FIPS для возможного использования," #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1112 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1111 msgid "And explicitly activate the default module." msgstr "И явно активировать модуль по умолчанию." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1123 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1122 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[...]\n" @@ -2870,13 +2866,13 @@ msgstr "" ".include /etc/ssl/fipsmodule.cnf\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1125 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1124 #, no-wrap msgid "[...]\n" msgstr "[...]\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1132 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# List of providers to load\n" @@ -2894,7 +2890,7 @@ msgstr "" "fips = fips_sect\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1143 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1142 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# If no providers are activated explicitly, the default one is activated implicitly.\n" @@ -2920,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" "activate = 1\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1146 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1145 msgid "" "With this done, it should be possible to confirm that the FIPS module is " "effectively available and working:" @@ -2929,7 +2925,7 @@ msgstr "" "работает:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1159 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1158 #, no-wrap msgid "" "enter AES-128-CBC encryption password:\n" @@ -2941,7 +2937,7 @@ msgstr "" "U2FsdGVkX18idooW6e3LqWeeiKP76kufcOUClh57j8U=\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1162 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1161 msgid "" "This procedure has to be repeated every time the FIPS module is modified, e." "g., after performing system updates, or after applying security fixes " @@ -2952,13 +2948,13 @@ msgstr "" "исправлений безопасности, затрагивающих OpenSSL в базовой системе." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1164 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1163 #, no-wrap msgid "Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1170 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1169 msgid "" "Kerberos is a network authentication protocol which was originally created " "by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) as a way to securely " @@ -2981,7 +2977,7 @@ msgstr "" "шифроваться для обеспечения конфиденциальности и целостности информации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1174 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1173 msgid "" "The only function of Kerberos is to provide the secure authentication of " "users and servers on the network. It does not provide authorization or " @@ -2994,7 +2990,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности, которые обеспечивают сервисы авторизации и аудита." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1182 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1181 msgid "" "The current version of the protocol is version 5, described in RFC 4120. " "Several free implementations of this protocol are available, covering a wide " @@ -3019,7 +3015,7 @@ msgstr "" "портов как package:security/heimdal[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1185 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1184 msgid "" "In Kerberos users and services are identified as \"principals\" which are " "contained within an administrative grouping, called a \"realm\". A typical " @@ -3032,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr "" "в верхнем регистре)." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1187 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1186 msgid "" "This section provides a guide on how to set up Kerberos using the Heimdal " "distribution included in FreeBSD." @@ -3041,24 +3037,25 @@ msgstr "" "использованием дистрибутива Heimdal, включённого в FreeBSD." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1189 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1188 msgid "" "For purposes of demonstrating a Kerberos installation, the name spaces will " "be as follows:" -msgstr "Для демонстрации установки Kerberos пространства имён будут следующими:" +msgstr "" +"Для демонстрации установки Kerberos пространства имён будут следующими:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1191 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1190 msgid "The DNS domain (zone) will be `example.org`." msgstr "Доменная зона DNS будет `example.org`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1192 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1191 msgid "The Kerberos realm will be `EXAMPLE.ORG`." msgstr "Realm Kerberos будет `EXAMPLE.ORG`." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1197 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1196 msgid "" "Use real domain names when setting up Kerberos, even if it will run " "internally. This avoids DNS problems and assures inter-operation with other " @@ -3069,13 +3066,13 @@ msgstr "" "обеспечивает взаимодействие с другими доменами Kerberos." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1199 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1198 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a Heimdal KDC" msgstr "Настройка Heimdal KDC" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1205 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1204 msgid "" "The Key Distribution Center (KDC) is the centralized authentication service " "that Kerberos provides, the \"trusted third party\" of the system. It is " @@ -3085,15 +3082,15 @@ msgid "" "Direct access to the KDC should be limited." msgstr "" "Центр распределения ключей (Key Distribution Center — KDC) — это " -"централизованная служба аутентификации, предоставляемая Kerberos, «" -"доверенная третья сторона» системы. Это компьютер, который выдаёт билеты " +"централизованная служба аутентификации, предоставляемая Kerberos, " +"«доверенная третья сторона» системы. Это компьютер, который выдаёт билеты " "Kerberos, используемые клиентами для аутентификации на серверах. Поскольку " "KDC считается доверенным для всех остальных компьютеров в области Kerberos, " "к нему предъявляются повышенные требования безопасности. Прямой доступ к KDC " "должен быть ограничен." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1207 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1206 msgid "" "While running a KDC requires few computing resources, a dedicated machine " "acting only as a KDC is recommended for security reasons." @@ -3103,25 +3100,25 @@ msgstr "" "который будет использоваться исключительно в качестве KDC." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1209 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1208 msgid "To begin, install the package:security/heimdal[] package as follows:" msgstr "" "Для начала установите пакет package:security/heimdal[] следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1213 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1212 #, no-wrap msgid "# pkg install heimdal\n" msgstr "# pkg install heimdal\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1216 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1215 msgid "Next, update [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# using `sysrc` as follows:" msgstr "" "Далее обновите [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf# с помощью `sysrc` следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1221 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1220 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc kdc_enable=yes\n" @@ -3131,13 +3128,13 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc kadmind_enable=yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1224 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1223 msgid "Next, edit [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf# as follows:" msgstr "" "Далее отредактируйте файл [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf# следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1236 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1235 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[libdefaults]\n" @@ -3161,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "" " .example.org = EXAMPLE.ORG\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1240 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1239 msgid "" "In this example, the KDC will use the fully-qualified hostname `kerberos." "example.org`. The hostname of the KDC must be resolvable in the DNS." @@ -3170,7 +3167,7 @@ msgstr "" "org`. Имя хоста KDC должно разрешаться в DNS." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1243 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1242 msgid "" "Kerberos can also use the DNS to locate KDCs, instead of a `[realms]` " "section in [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf#. For large organizations that have " @@ -3181,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr "" "собственные DNS-серверы, приведённый выше пример можно сократить до:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1250 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1249 #, no-wrap msgid "" "[libdefaults]\n" @@ -3195,12 +3192,12 @@ msgstr "" " .example.org = EXAMPLE.ORG\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1253 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1252 msgid "With the following lines being included in the `example.org` zone file:" msgstr "Со следующими строками, включёнными в файл зоны `example.org`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1261 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1260 #, no-wrap msgid "" "_kerberos._udp IN SRV 01 00 88 kerberos.example.org.\n" @@ -3216,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr "" "_kerberos IN TXT EXAMPLE.ORG\n" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1266 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1265 msgid "" "In order for clients to be able to find the Kerberos services, they _must_ " "have either a fully configured [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf# or a minimally " @@ -3228,7 +3225,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/krb5.conf# _и_ правильно настроенный DNS-сервер." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1272 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1271 msgid "" "Next, create the Kerberos database which contains the keys of all principals " "(users and hosts) encrypted with a master password. It is not required to " @@ -3243,13 +3240,13 @@ msgstr "" "символов. Чтобы создать мастер-ключ, выполните `kstash` и введите пароль:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1276 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1275 #, no-wrap msgid "# kstash\n" msgstr "# kstash\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1284 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1283 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Master key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n" @@ -3259,7 +3256,7 @@ msgstr "" "Verifying password - Master key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1290 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1289 msgid "" "Once the master key has been created, the database should be initialized. " "The Kerberos administrative tool man:kadmin[8] can be used on the KDC in a " @@ -3277,7 +3274,7 @@ msgstr "" "данных realm:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1296 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1295 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# kadmin -l\n" @@ -3289,7 +3286,7 @@ msgstr "" "Realm max ticket life [unlimited]:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1301 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1300 msgid "" "Lastly, while still in `kadmin`, create the first principal using `add`. " "Stick to the default options for the principal for now, as these can be " @@ -3302,13 +3299,13 @@ msgstr "" "строке, чтобы увидеть доступные опции." #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1305 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1304 #, no-wrap msgid "kadmin> add tillman\n" msgstr "kadmin> add tillman\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1318 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1317 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Max ticket life [unlimited]:\n" @@ -3328,12 +3325,12 @@ msgstr "" "Verifying password - Password: xxxxxxxx\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1321 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1320 msgid "Next, start the KDC services by running:" msgstr "Далее запустите службы KDC, выполнив:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1326 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1325 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# service kdc start\n" @@ -3343,7 +3340,7 @@ msgstr "" "# service kadmind start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1329 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1328 msgid "" "While there will not be any kerberized daemons running at this point, it is " "possible to confirm that the KDC is functioning by obtaining a ticket for " @@ -3354,30 +3351,30 @@ msgstr "" "созданного принципала:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1333 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1332 #, no-wrap msgid "% kinit tillman\n" msgstr "% kinit tillman\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1340 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1339 #, no-wrap msgid "tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG's Password:\n" msgstr "tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG's Password:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1343 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1342 msgid "Confirm that a ticket was successfully obtained using `klist`:" msgstr "Подтвердите успешное получение билета с помощью `klist`:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1347 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1346 #, no-wrap msgid "% klist\n" msgstr "% klist\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1355 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1354 #, no-wrap msgid "" "Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1001\n" @@ -3387,7 +3384,7 @@ msgstr "" "\tPrincipal: tillman@EXAMPLE.ORG\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1358 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1357 #, no-wrap msgid "" " Issued Expires Principal\n" @@ -3397,24 +3394,24 @@ msgstr "" "Aug 27 15:37:58 2013 Aug 28 01:37:58 2013 krbtgt/EXAMPLE.ORG@EXAMPLE.ORG\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1361 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1360 msgid "The temporary ticket can be destroyed when the test is finished:" msgstr "Временный билет можно уничтожить после завершения теста:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1365 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1364 #, no-wrap msgid "% kdestroy\n" msgstr "% kdestroy\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1367 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1366 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Server to Use Kerberos" msgstr "Настройка сервера для использования Kerberos" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1371 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1370 msgid "" "The first step in configuring a server to use Kerberos authentication is to " "ensure that it has the correct configuration in [.filename]#/etc/krb5." @@ -3427,7 +3424,7 @@ msgstr "" "системе." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1380 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1379 msgid "" "Next, create [.filename]#/etc/krb5.keytab# on the server. This is the main " "part of \"Kerberizing\" a service - it corresponds to generating a secret " @@ -3453,8 +3450,8 @@ msgstr "" "передан на сервер безопасным способом, так как если ключ станет " "общедоступным, безопасность сервера может быть нарушена. Обычно [." "filename]#keytab# генерируется на доверенной машине администратора с помощью " -"`kadmin`, а затем безопасно передаётся на сервер, например, с помощью " -"man:scp[1]; его также можно создать непосредственно на сервере, если это " +"`kadmin`, а затем безопасно передаётся на сервер, например, с помощью man:" +"scp[1]; его также можно создать непосредственно на сервере, если это " "соответствует выбранной политике безопасности. Очень важно, чтобы keytab был " "передан на сервер безопасным способом: если ключ станет известен третьей " "стороне, эта сторона сможет выдавать себя за любого пользователя на сервере! " @@ -3462,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr "" "хостового принципала в базе данных KDC также создаётся с помощью `kadmin`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1384 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1383 msgid "" "Of course, `kadmin` is a kerberized service; a Kerberos ticket is needed to " "authenticate to the network service, but to ensure that the user running " @@ -3488,7 +3485,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью `kadmin -l`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1388 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1387 msgid "" "After installing [.filename]#/etc/krb5.conf#, use `add --random-key` in " "`kadmin`. This adds the server's host principal to the database, but does " @@ -3503,14 +3500,14 @@ msgstr "" "принципала в его собственный keytab:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1392 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1414 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1391 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1413 #, no-wrap msgid "# kadmin\n" msgstr "# kadmin\n" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1406 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1405 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kadmin> add --random-key host/myserver.example.org\n" @@ -3532,7 +3529,7 @@ msgstr "" "kadmin> exit\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1410 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1409 msgid "" "Note that `ext_keytab` stores the extracted key in [.filename]#/etc/krb5." "keytab# by default. This is good when being run on the server being " @@ -3545,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr "" "файлу_`, когда извлечение keytab происходит на другом устройстве:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1422 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1421 #, no-wrap msgid "" "kadmin> ext_keytab --keytab=/tmp/example.keytab host/myserver.example.org\n" @@ -3555,7 +3552,7 @@ msgstr "" "kadmin> exit\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1426 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1425 msgid "" "The keytab can then be securely copied to the server using man:scp[1] or a " "removable media. Be sure to specify a non-default keytab name to avoid " @@ -3566,7 +3563,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы избежать добавления ненужных ключей в системный keytab." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1431 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1430 msgid "" "At this point, the server can read encrypted messages from the KDC using its " "shared key, stored in [.filename]#krb5.keytab#. It is now ready for the " @@ -3581,13 +3578,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename]#/etc/ssh/sshd_config# добавьте строку:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1435 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1434 #, no-wrap msgid "GSSAPIAuthentication yes\n" msgstr "GSSAPIAuthentication yes\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1438 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1437 msgid "" "After making this change, man:sshd[8] must be restarted for the new " "configuration to take effect: `service sshd restart`." @@ -3596,13 +3593,13 @@ msgstr "" "новая конфигурация вступила в силу: `service sshd restart`." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1439 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1438 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuring a Client to Use Kerberos" msgstr "Настройка клиента для использования Kerberos" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1443 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1442 msgid "" "As it was for the server, the client requires configuration in [.filename]#/" "etc/krb5.conf#. Copy the file in place (securely) or re-enter it as needed." @@ -3612,7 +3609,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимости." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1448 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1447 msgid "" "Test the client by using `kinit`, `klist`, and `kdestroy` from the client to " "obtain, show, and then delete a ticket for an existing principal. Kerberos " @@ -3631,7 +3628,7 @@ msgstr "" "проверьте с помощью `ssh -o GSSAPIAuthentication=yes _имя_хоста_`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1450 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1449 msgid "" "When testing a Kerberized application, try using a packet sniffer such as " "`tcpdump` to confirm that no sensitive information is sent in the clear." @@ -3641,7 +3638,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфиденциальная информация не передаётся в открытом виде." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1453 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1452 msgid "" "Various Kerberos client applications are available. With the advent of a " "bridge so that applications using SASL for authentication can use GSS-API " @@ -3655,7 +3652,7 @@ msgstr "" "аутентификации." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1458 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1457 msgid "" "Users within a realm typically have their Kerberos principal mapped to a " "local user account. Occasionally, one needs to grant access to a local user " @@ -3672,7 +3669,7 @@ msgstr "" "принципалы также могут нуждаться в доступе к этой локальной учётной записи." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1461 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1460 msgid "" "The [.filename]#.k5login# and [.filename]#.k5users# files, placed in a " "user's home directory, can be used to solve this problem. For example, if " @@ -3687,7 +3684,7 @@ msgstr "" "учётной записи без необходимости использования общего пароля:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1466 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1465 #, no-wrap msgid "" "tillman@example.org\n" @@ -3697,20 +3694,20 @@ msgstr "" "jdoe@example.org\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1469 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1468 msgid "Refer to man:ksu[1] for more information about [.filename]#.k5users#." msgstr "" "Обратитесь к man:ksu[1] для получения дополнительной информации о [." "filename]#.k5users#." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1470 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1469 #, no-wrap msgid "MIT Differences" msgstr "Различия MIT" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1474 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1473 msgid "" "The major difference between the MIT and Heimdal implementations is that " "`kadmin` has a different, but equivalent, set of commands and uses a " @@ -3723,7 +3720,7 @@ msgstr "" "использоваться для удалённого администрирования KDC, и наоборот." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1478 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1477 msgid "" "Client applications may also use slightly different command line options to " "accomplish the same tasks. Following the instructions at http://web.mit.edu/" @@ -3741,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталоги в первую очередь." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1480 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1479 msgid "" "When using MIT Kerberos as a KDC on FreeBSD, execute the following commands " "to add the required configurations to [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" @@ -3750,7 +3747,7 @@ msgstr "" "команды, чтобы добавить необходимые конфигурации в [.filename]#/etc/rc.conf#:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1488 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1487 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc kdc_program=\"/usr/local/sbin/krb5kdc\"\n" @@ -3766,13 +3763,13 @@ msgstr "" "# sysrc kadmind_enable=\"YES\"\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1490 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1489 #, no-wrap msgid "Kerberos Tips, Tricks, and Troubleshooting" msgstr "Советы, хитрости и устранение неполадок Kerberos" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1493 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1492 msgid "" "When configuring and troubleshooting Kerberos, keep the following points in " "mind:" @@ -3780,7 +3777,7 @@ msgstr "" "При настройке и устранении неполадок Kerberos учитывайте следующие моменты:" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1495 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1494 msgid "" "When using either Heimdal or MITKerberos from ports, ensure that the `PATH` " "lists the port's versions of the client applications before the system " @@ -3790,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "версии клиентских приложений из портов указаны перед системными версиями." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1496 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1495 msgid "" "If all the computers in the realm do not have synchronized time settings, " "authentication may fail. crossref:network-servers[network-ntp,“Clock " @@ -3802,7 +3799,7 @@ msgstr "" "часы с использованием NTP." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1497 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1496 msgid "" "If the hostname is changed, the `host/` principal must be changed and the " "keytab updated. This also applies to special keytab entries like the `HTTP/` " @@ -3813,7 +3810,7 @@ msgstr "" "`HTTP/`, используемый для пакета Apache package:www/mod_auth_kerb[]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1498 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1497 msgid "" "All hosts in the realm must be both forward and reverse resolvable in DNS " "or, at a minimum, exist in [.filename]#/etc/hosts#. CNAMEs will work, but " @@ -3829,7 +3826,7 @@ msgstr "" "table entry not found`." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1499 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1498 msgid "" "Some operating systems that act as clients to the KDC do not set the " "permissions for `ksu` to be setuid `root`. This means that `ksu` does not " @@ -3840,7 +3837,7 @@ msgstr "" "работает. Это проблема прав доступа, а не ошибка KDC." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1500 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1499 msgid "" "With MITKerberos, to allow a principal to have a ticket life longer than the " "default lifetime of ten hours, use `modify_principal` at the man:kadmin[8] " @@ -3855,7 +3852,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать `kinit -l` для запроса билета с увеличенным сроком действия." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1501 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1500 msgid "" "When running a packet sniffer on the KDC to aid in troubleshooting while " "running `kinit` from a workstation, the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) is sent " @@ -3887,7 +3884,7 @@ msgstr "" "TGT." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1502 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1501 msgid "" "Host principals can have a longer ticket lifetime. If the user principal has " "a lifetime of a week but the host being connected to has a lifetime of nine " @@ -3901,7 +3898,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет работать должным образом." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1503 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1502 msgid "" "When setting up [.filename]#krb5.dict# to prevent specific bad passwords " "from being used as described in man:kadmind[8], remember that it only " @@ -3917,13 +3914,13 @@ msgstr "" "share/dict/words#." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1504 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1503 #, no-wrap msgid "Mitigating Kerberos Limitations" msgstr "Смягчение ограничений Kerberos" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1509 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1508 msgid "" "Since Kerberos is an all or nothing approach, every service enabled on the " "network must either be modified to work with Kerberos or be otherwise " @@ -3940,7 +3937,7 @@ msgstr "" "POP3-сервер передаёт пароли в открытом виде." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1514 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1513 msgid "" "The KDC is a single point of failure. By design, the KDC must be as secure " "as its master password database. The KDC should have absolutely no other " @@ -3949,13 +3946,13 @@ msgid "" "which is stored as a file on the KDC." msgstr "" "KDC представляет собой единую точку отказа. По замыслу, KDC должен быть " -"таким же защищенным, как и его главная база данных паролей. На KDC не должно " +"таким же защищённым, как и его главная база данных паролей. На KDC не должно " "быть запущено никаких других служб, и он должен быть физически защищен. Риск " "очень высок, поскольку Kerberos хранит все пароли, зашифрованные одним " "главным ключом, который хранится в виде файла на KDC." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1518 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1517 msgid "" "A compromised master key is not quite as bad as one might fear. The master " "key is only used to encrypt the Kerberos database and as a seed for the " @@ -3968,7 +3965,7 @@ msgstr "" "злоумышленник не сможет сделать многое с мастер-ключом." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1521 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1520 msgid "" "If the KDC is unavailable, network services are unusable as authentication " "cannot be performed. This can be alleviated with a single master KDC and " @@ -3981,7 +3978,7 @@ msgstr "" "тщательно реализовав вторичную или резервную аутентификацию с помощью PAM." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1526 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1525 msgid "" "Kerberos allows users, hosts and services to authenticate between " "themselves. It does not have a mechanism to authenticate the KDC to the " @@ -3997,13 +3994,13 @@ msgstr "" "tripwire[], могут помочь смягчить эту проблему." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1527 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1526 #, no-wrap msgid "Resources and Further Information" msgstr "Ресурсы и дополнительная информация" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1530 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1529 msgid "" "http://www.faqs.org/faqs/Kerberos-faq/general/preamble.html[The Kerberos FAQ]" msgstr "" @@ -4011,7 +4008,7 @@ msgstr "" "вопросы Kerberos]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1531 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1530 msgid "" "http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/dialogue.html[Designing an Authentication " "System: a Dialog in Four Scenes]" @@ -4020,7 +4017,7 @@ msgstr "" "аутентификации: диалог в четырёх сценах]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1532 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1531 msgid "" "https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4120.txt[RFC 4120, The Kerberos Network " "Authentication Service (V5)]" @@ -4029,12 +4026,12 @@ msgstr "" "Authentication Service (V5)]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1533 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1532 msgid "http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/[MIT Kerberos home page]" msgstr "http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/www/[Домашняя страница MIT Kerberos]" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1534 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1533 msgid "" "https://github.com/heimdal/heimdal/wiki[Heimdal Kerberos project wiki page]" msgstr "" @@ -4042,13 +4039,13 @@ msgstr "" "Kerberos]" #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1536 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1535 #, no-wrap msgid "TCP Wrappers" msgstr "TCP Wrappers" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1541 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1540 msgid "" "TCP Wrappers is a host-based network access control system. By intercepting " "incoming network requests before they reach the actual network service, TCP " @@ -4061,7 +4058,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP-адреса, на основе предопределённых правил в конфигурационных файлах." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1544 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1543 msgid "" "However, while TCP Wrappers provide basic access control, they should not be " "considered a substitute for more robust security measures. For " @@ -4076,13 +4073,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователей и системами обнаружения вторжений." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1546 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1545 #, no-wrap msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Начальная настройка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1550 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1549 msgid "" "TCP Wrappers are enabled by default in man:inetd[8]. So the first step will " "be to enable man:inetd[8] executing the following commands:" @@ -4091,7 +4088,7 @@ msgstr "" "включение man:inetd[8] выполнением следующих команд:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1555 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1554 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# sysrc inetd_enable=\"YES\"\n" @@ -4101,12 +4098,12 @@ msgstr "" "# service inetd start\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1558 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1557 msgid "Then, properly configure [.filename]#/etc/hosts.allow#." msgstr "Затем правильно настройте [.filename]#/etc/hosts.allow#." #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1563 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1562 msgid "" "Unlike other implementations of TCP Wrappers, the use of [.filename]#hosts." "deny# is deprecated in FreeBSD. All configuration options should be placed " @@ -4117,7 +4114,7 @@ msgstr "" "размещаться в [.filename]#/etc/hosts.allow#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1567 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1566 msgid "" "In the simplest configuration, daemon connection policies are set to either " "permit or block, depending on the options in [.filename]#/etc/hosts.allow#. " @@ -4130,7 +4127,7 @@ msgstr "" "к демонам, запущенным через inetd." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1571 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1570 msgid "" "Basic configuration usually takes the form of `daemon : address : action`, " "where `daemon` is the daemon which inetd started, `address` is a valid " @@ -4149,7 +4146,7 @@ msgstr "" "процесс поиска прекращается." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1573 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1572 msgid "" "For example, to allow POP3 connections via the package:mail/qpopper[] " "daemon, the following lines should be appended to [.filename]#/etc/hosts." @@ -4160,7 +4157,7 @@ msgstr "" "строки:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1578 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1577 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# This line is required for POP3 connections:\n" @@ -4170,24 +4167,24 @@ msgstr "" "qpopper : ALL : allow\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1581 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1580 msgid "Whenever this file is edited, restart inetd:" msgstr "Всякий раз, когда редактируется этот файл, перезапустите inetd:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1585 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1584 #, no-wrap msgid "# service inetd restart\n" msgstr "# service inetd restart\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1588 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1587 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Configuration" msgstr "Расширенная настройка" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1596 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1595 msgid "" "TCP Wrappers provides advanced options to allow more control over the way " "connections are handled. In some cases, it may be appropriate to return a " @@ -4210,13 +4207,13 @@ msgstr "" "обратитесь к man:hosts_access[5]." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1598 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1597 #, no-wrap msgid "Access Control Lists" msgstr "Списки контроля доступа" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1603 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1602 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACLs) extend traditional UNIX(R) file permissions by " "allowing fine-grained access control for users and groups on a per-file or " @@ -4232,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr "" "setfacl[1], для управления ACL." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1606 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1605 msgid "" "ACLs are useful in scenarios requiring more specific access control than " "standard permissions, commonly used in multi-user environments or shared " @@ -4246,7 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности" #. type: delimited block = 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1611 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1610 msgid "" "FreeBSD supports the implementation of NFSv4 ACLs in both UFS and OpenZFS. " "Please note that some arguments to the man:setfacl[1] command only work with " @@ -4257,13 +4254,13 @@ msgstr "" "только с POSIX ACL, а другие — с NFSv4 ACL." #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1614 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1613 #, no-wrap msgid "Enabling ACL Support in UFS" msgstr "Включение поддержки ACL в UFS" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1617 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1616 msgid "" "ACLs are enabled by the mount-time administrative flag, `acls`, which may be " "added to [.filename]#/etc/fstab#." @@ -4272,7 +4269,7 @@ msgstr "" "который может быть добавлен в [.filename]#/etc/fstab#." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1619 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1618 msgid "" "Therefore it will be necessary to access [.filename]#/etc/fstab# and in the " "options section add the `acls` flag as follows:" @@ -4281,7 +4278,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделе опций добавить флаг `acls` следующим образом:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1624 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1623 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# Device Mountpoint FStype Options Dump Pass#\n" @@ -4291,20 +4288,20 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/ada0s1a / ufs rw,acls 1 1\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1627 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1626 #, no-wrap msgid "Get ACLs information" msgstr "Получение информации об ACL" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1630 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1629 msgid "" "It is possible to check the ACLs of a file or a directory using man:" "getfacl[1]." msgstr "Можно проверить ACL файла или каталога с помощью man:getfacl[1]." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1632 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1631 msgid "" "For example, to view the ACL settings on [.filename]#~/test# file execute " "the following command:" @@ -4313,19 +4310,19 @@ msgstr "" "выполните следующую команду:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1636 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1635 #, no-wrap msgid "% getfacl test\n" msgstr "% getfacl test\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1639 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1638 msgid "" "The output should be similar to the following in case of using NFSv4 ACLs:" msgstr "Вывод должен быть похож на следующий в случае использования NFSv4 ACL:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1648 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1647 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# file: test\n" @@ -4343,7 +4340,7 @@ msgstr "" " everyone@:r-----a-R-c--s:-------:allow\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1651 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1650 msgid "" "And the output should be similar to the following in case of using POSIX.1e " "ACLs:" @@ -4351,7 +4348,7 @@ msgstr "" "И вывод должен быть похож на следующий в случае использования POSIX.1e ACL:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1660 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1659 #, no-wrap msgid "" "# file: test\n" @@ -4369,13 +4366,13 @@ msgstr "" "other::r--\n" #. type: Title === -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1663 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1662 #, no-wrap msgid "Working with ACLs" msgstr "Работа с ACL" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1666 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1665 msgid "" "man:setfacl[1] can be used to add, modify or remove ACLs from a file or " "directory." @@ -4384,7 +4381,7 @@ msgstr "" "ACL из файла или каталога." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1669 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1668 msgid "" "As noted above, some arguments to man:setfacl[1] do not work with NFSv4 " "ACLs, and vice versa. This section covers how to execute the commands for " @@ -4395,19 +4392,19 @@ msgstr "" "POSIX ACL и для ACL NFSv4, а также приводятся примеры для обоих типов." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1671 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1670 msgid "For example, to set the mandatory elements of the POSIX.1e default ACL:" msgstr "" "Например, чтобы установить обязательные элементы ACL по умолчанию POSIX.1e:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1675 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1674 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -d -m u::rwx,g::rx,o::rx,mask::rwx directory\n" msgstr "% setfacl -d -m u::rwx,g::rx,o::rx,mask::rwx directory\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1678 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1677 msgid "" "This other example sets read, write, and execute permissions for the file " "owner's POSIX.1e ACL entry and read and write permissions for group mail on " @@ -4418,26 +4415,26 @@ msgstr "" "группы mail в файле:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1682 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1681 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -m u::rwx,g:mail:rw file\n" msgstr "% setfacl -m u::rwx,g:mail:rw file\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1685 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1684 msgid "To do the same as in the previous example but in NFSv4 ACL:" msgstr "" "Чтобы сделать то же самое, что и в предыдущем примере, но с использованием " "ACL NFSv4:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1689 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1688 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -m owner@:rwxp::allow,g:mail:rwp::allow file\n" msgstr "% setfacl -m owner@:rwxp::allow,g:mail:rwp::allow file\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1692 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1691 msgid "" "To remove all ACL entries except for the three required from file in " "POSIX.1e ACL:" @@ -4446,24 +4443,24 @@ msgstr "" "ACL:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1696 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1695 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -bn file\n" msgstr "% setfacl -bn file\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1699 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1698 msgid "To remove all ACL entries in NFSv4 ACL:" msgstr "Чтобы удалить все записи ACL в NFSv4 ACL:" #. type: delimited block . 4 -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1703 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1702 #, no-wrap msgid "% setfacl -b file\n" msgstr "% setfacl -b file\n" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1706 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1705 msgid "" "Refer to man:getfacl[1] and man:setfacl[1] for more information about the " "options available for these commands." @@ -4472,13 +4469,13 @@ msgstr "" "информации о доступных опциях этих команд." #. type: Title == -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1708 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1707 #, no-wrap msgid "Capsicum" msgstr "Capsicum" #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1713 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1712 msgid "" "Capsicum is a lightweight OS capability and sandbox framework implementing a " "hybrid capability system model. Capabilities are unforgeable tokens of " @@ -4492,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr "" "Capsicum преобразует файловые дескрипторы в возможности." #. type: Plain text -#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1716 +#: documentation/content/en/books/handbook/security/_index.adoc:1715 msgid "" "Capsicum can be used for application and library compartmentalisation, the " "decomposition of larger bodies of software into isolated (sandboxed) " @@ -4504,13 +4501,13 @@ msgstr "" "безопаснос |